Aur12 R2.0

AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service
and Repair Training Package
Release: 2.0
Contents
Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015
CONTENTS
AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training Package .....................19
Preliminary Information ..................................................................................................23
Overview ........................................................................................................................183
Qualifications Framework ..............................................................................................191
Assessment Guidelines ....................................................................................................219
Competency Standards ...................................................................................................231
Supporting Text Block....................................................................................................236
AUR10112 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation .....................................237
AUR20112 Certificate II in Automotive Administration.................................................245
AUR20212 Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology ...........................251
AUR20312 Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology...........................................258
AUR20412 Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology.......................................266
AUR20512 Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology .......................................274
AUR20612 Certificate II in Marine Mechanical Technology ..........................................281
AUR20712 Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation ....................................289
AUR20812 Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology ..............................299
AUR20912 Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology..................................305
AUR21012 Certificate II in Motorsport Technology.......................................................314
AUR21112 Certificate II in Automotive Sales .................................................................323
AUR21212 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology ....................................330
AUR21312 Certificate II in Automotive Braking System Technology.............................337
AUR21412 Certificate II in Automotive Cooling System Technology .............................343
AUR21512 Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning .........................350
AUR21612 Certificate II in Automotive Driveline System Technology ...........................356
AUR21712 Certificate II in Automotive Exhaust System Technology.............................362
AUR21812 Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System Technology ...369
AUR21913 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology...............................375
AUR30112 Certificate III in Automotive Administration ...............................................383
AUR30212 Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations ...........................................390
AUR30312 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology .....................................398
AUR30412 Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology.................................409
AUR30512 Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology.........................................418
AUR30612 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology ...............................428
AUR30713 Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology.............................438
AUR30812 Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology...................................447
AUR30912 Certificate III in Motorsport Technology .....................................................455
AUR31012 Certificate III in Automotive Sales ...............................................................469
AUR31112 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology..........477
AUR31212 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology ...................................................486
AUR31312 Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning....................................495
AUR31412 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology ...................................502
AUR31512 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology ...............................509
AUR31612 Certificate III in Automotive Drivetrain Technology....................................517
AUR31712 Certificate III in Forklift Technology ...........................................................525
AUR31812 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology .............................536
AUR31912 Certificate III in Elevating Work Platform Technology................................544
AUR32012 Certificate III in Automotive Alternative Fuel Technology...........................554
AUR32112 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology ................................562
AUR32212 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology ........................................572
Approved
Commonwealth of Australia, 2015
Page 2 of 7618
Auto Skills Australia
Contents
AUR32312 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology.................580

AUR32412 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology ..................................587
AUR32512 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology ..................................594
AUR40112 Certificate IV in Automotive Management...................................................603
AUR40212 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis .....................................609
AUR40312 Certificate IV in Motorsport Technology......................................................619
AUR40412 Certificate IV in Automotive Performance Enhancement.............................627
AUR40512 Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing .......................................................635
AUR40612 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology .....................................642
AUR40712 Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology.................................651
AUR40812 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling.................................658
AUR50112 Diploma of Automotive Management ...........................................................665
AUR50212 Diploma of Automotive Technology..............................................................672
AUR50312 Diploma of Motorsport Technology..............................................................681
AURSS00004 Automotive CNG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set .....................688
AURSS00005 Automotive CNG Service and Repair Skill Set .........................................691
AURSS00006 Automotive Electrical Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians ..................693
AURSS00007 Automotive LNG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set......................696
AURSS00008 Automotive LNG Service and Repair Skill Set .........................................698
AURSS00009 Automotive LPG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set ......................701
AURSS00010 Automotive LPG Service and Repair Skill Set..........................................704
AURSS00011 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnosis and Repair Skill Set ...........................707
AURSS00012 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set ......................710
AURSS00013 Heavy Commercial Vehicle Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians .........712
AURSS00014 Hybrid Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set.......................715
AURSS00015 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Agricultural Equipment Technicians ...............718
AURSS00016 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Heavy Commercial Vehicle Technicians ..........721
AURSS00017 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians ................................724
AURSS00018 Vehicle Air Conditioning Install and Overhaul Skill Set...........................727
AURSS00019 Vehicle Air Conditioning Installation Skill Set .........................................729
AURSS00020 Vehicle Air Conditioning Overhaul Skill Set ............................................731
AURSS00021 Vehicle Air Conditioning Service, Retrofit, and Repair Skill Set ..............733
AURSS00022 Vehicle Refrigerant Recovery Skill Set .....................................................735
AURSS00023 Advanced Body Repair Skill Set...............................................................737
AURSS00024 Advanced Body Repair Welding Skill Set.................................................739
AURSS00025 Advanced Vehicle Refinishing Skill Set ....................................................741
AURAAA2001 Work in an automotive administration environment ..............................743
AURAAA4002 Determine retail rates for work ..............................................................752
AURACA2001 Establish relations with customers..........................................................759
AURACA3002 Establish customer requirements of a complex nature ...........................767
AURACA3003 Build customer relations.........................................................................775
AURAEA1001 Identify environmental requirements in an automotive workplace .........783
AURAEA2002 Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive
workplace ................................................................................................................792
AURAEA3003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive
mechanical industry.................................................................................................801
AURAEA4004 Manage environmental compliance in an automotive workplace ............811
AURAFA2001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace...............................................820
AURAFA2002 Read in an automotive workplace ...........................................................829
AURAFA2003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace ............................835
AURAFA2004 Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace ...............................844
AURAFA2005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace .....................................852
AURAFA3008 Read and apply automotive repair instructions ......................................859
Approved
Page 3 of 7618
Contents
AURAFA5006 Prepare technical reports........................................................................867

AURAFA5007 Develop and document specifications and procedures.............................874
AURAKA2001 Use information technology systems .......................................................882
AURAKA3002 Adapt work processes to new technologies .............................................889
AURALA3001 Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract ....895
AURAMA2001 Work effectively with others ..................................................................902
AURAMA2002 Communicate business information .......................................................911
AURAMA3003 Conduct information sessions ................................................................919
AURAMA3004 Maintain business image........................................................................924
AURAMA4005 Manage complex customer issues...........................................................931
AURAMA5006 Contribute to business improvement .....................................................939
AURANN4001 Prepare a vehicle repair quotation .........................................................946
AURAQA2001 Contribute to quality work outcomes .....................................................954
AURAQA3002 Inspect technical quality of work............................................................961
AURAQA3003 Maintain quality systems........................................................................969
AURASA1001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals ..................................976
AURASA2002 Apply safe working practices in an automotive workplace ......................983
AURATA2001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes............992
AURATA2002 Read and interpret engineering drawings .............................................1000
AURATA2003 Produce drawings from design concepts ...............................................1008
AURATA3004 Provide technical guidance ...................................................................1015
AURATA3005 Estimate complex jobs ..........................................................................1022
AURBCA2001 Work in a retail bicycle environment....................................................1030
AURBCA2002 Select and adjust bicycle to fit rider......................................................1040
AURBSA3001 Conduct cycling proficiency training.....................................................1048
AURBTA1001 Remove and tag bicycle components .....................................................1060
AURBTA1002 Adjust bicycles ......................................................................................1069
AURBTA2003 Assemble bicycles..................................................................................1077
AURBTA2004 Assemble box bicycles for retail sale .....................................................1086
AURBTA3005 Restore bicycles ....................................................................................1096
AURBTA3006 Identify and select components for custom bicycles ..............................1105
AURBTA3007 Provide mechanical support to cycling events .......................................1115
AURBTB2001 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems ........................1127
AURBTB2002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems ............................................1137
AURBTB3003 Repair bicycle hydraulic braking systems .............................................1146
AURBTD2001 Service bicycle steering systems ............................................................1156
AURBTD2002 Service bicycle suspension systems........................................................1165
AURBTD3003 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems .......................................1174
AURBTD3004 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems...................................1184
AURBTJ2001 Remove, repair and fit bicycle tyres.......................................................1193
AURBTJ2002 Service bicycle wheels and hubs.............................................................1202
AURBTJ3003 Design and build bicycle wheels .............................................................1212
AURBTJ3004 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs........................................1222
AURBTK2001 Use and maintain specialised bicycle repair tools..................................1233
AURBTQ2001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems.........................................................1249
AURBTQ3002 Repair bicycle drivetrain systems .........................................................1258
AURBTR3001 Service electric power assist bicycles .....................................................1268
AURBTV2001 Fit and adjust bicycle accessories ..........................................................1277
AURBTY3001 Service and repair bicycle frames .........................................................1286
AURBTY4002 Design and build bicycle frames............................................................1296
AURBTY4003 Assess carbon fibre frames for repair ...................................................1307
AURETA5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric
over-hydraulic systems ..........................................................................................1317
Approved
Page 4 of 7618
Contents
AURETA5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in safety systems..1328
AURETA5003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and
protection systems..................................................................................................1339
AURETA5004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and
entertainment systems ...........................................................................................1350
AURETA5005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent
systems...................................................................................................................1361
AURETA5006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in climate -control
systems...................................................................................................................1370
AURETB3001 Repair electric braking systems ............................................................1381
AURETB5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in braking systems1391
AURETD3001 Service and repair electronically controlled steering systems................1401
AURETD5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in stability, steering
and suspension systems ..........................................................................................1412
AURETE5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management
systems...................................................................................................................1423
AURETH3001 Depower battery electric vehicles..........................................................1434
AURETH3002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles ......................................1442
AURETH4003 Test and repair high voltage battery systems in battery electric vehicles1452
AURETH4004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control device in battery electric
vehicles ..................................................................................................................1462
AURETH4005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric
vehicles ..................................................................................................................1471
AURETH4006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in
battery electric vehicles ..........................................................................................1479
AURETH4007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in
battery electric vehicles..........................................................................................1488
AURETH4008 Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin heating and cooling systems in
battery electric vehicles ..........................................................................................1499
AURETH4009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles ..1508
AURETH4010 Test high voltage batteries in hybrid electric vehicles ...........................1517
AURETH4011 Deactivate and reinitialise power supply in hybrid electric vehicles......1526
AURETH4012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehicles 1535
AURETH4014 Diagnose complex faults in battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle
systems...................................................................................................................1544
AURETH5013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric and hybrid
vehicle systems .......................................................................................................1552
AURETK1001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment ................1563
AURETK2002 Use and maintain automotive electrical test equipment ........................1572
AURETR1001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components....................1581
AURETR1002 Test, service and maintain battery storage systems ...............................1589
AURETR1003 Apply automotive electrical system fundamentals.................................1598
AURETR2005 Install, test and repair electrical security systems and components .......1608
AURETR2006 Carry out soldering of electrical wiring and circuits .............................1619
AURETR2007 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring
systems...................................................................................................................1628
AURETR2008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies ..............................1636
AURETR2009 Install, test and repair vehicle lighting and wiring systems ...................1647
AURETR2010 Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms..........................1657
AURETR2011 Install and test basic ancillary electrical components ............................1668
AURETR2012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits .................................................1678
AURETR2013 Inspect and service charging systems ....................................................1689
AURETR2014 Inspect and service starting systems......................................................1700
Approved
Page 5 of 7618
Contents
AURETR2015 Inspect and service batteries .................................................................1711

AURETR2016 Read and apply ve hicle wiring schematics and drawings ......................1721
AURETR2035 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation ..............1730
AURETR2042 Remove, refit and test electrical componentry for operation following body
repair activities ......................................................................................................1739
AURETR3017 Overhaul charging system alternators ..................................................1747
AURETR3018 Overhaul starting motors......................................................................1758
AURETR3019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive sys tems .................1769
AURETR3020 Repair electronic systems......................................................................1778
AURETR3021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and
tracking systems ....................................................................................................1789
AURETR3022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems...........................1799
AURETR3023 Diagnose and repair electronic spark ignition engine management systems1810
AURETR3024 Diagnose and repair electronic compression ignition engine management
systems...................................................................................................................1822
AURETR3025 Test, charge and replace batteries.........................................................1834
AURETR3026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and
assemblies ..............................................................................................................1844
AURETR3027 Install ancillary electronic control unit systems and components ..........1855
AURETR3028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems ........................1867
AURETR3029 Diagnose and repair charging systems ..................................................1878
AURETR3030 Diagnose and repair starting systems ....................................................1890
AURETR3031 Diagnose and repair ignition systems ....................................................1901
AURETR3032 Repair electrical systems.......................................................................1912
AURETR3036 Service and repair electronically controlled suspension systems ...........1923
AURETR3043 Service and repair electronic body management systems ......................1934
AURETR3044 Service and repair electronic drive management systems .....................1944
AURETR4004 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in vehicle convenience
and entertainment systems.....................................................................................1954
AURETR4037 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in light vehicle safety
systems...................................................................................................................1962
AURETR4038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems1970
AURETR4039 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in light vehicle theft
deterrent systems ...................................................................................................1978
AURETR4040 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in vehicle monitoring and
protection systems..................................................................................................1986
AURETR5033 Develop and apply electronic systems modification...............................1994
AURETR5034 Develop and apply electrical systems modification................................2004
AURETU2001 Install air conditioning systems .............................................................2013
AURETU2002 Recover vehicle refrigerants .................................................................2023
AURETU2003 Service air conditioning and HVAC s ystems .........................................2032
AURETU3004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems ....................2045
AURETU3005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems .....................2059
AURETU4006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems ..........2073
AURETU4007 Ove rhaul air conditioning system components......................................2081
AURETX5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in transmission and
driveline systems ....................................................................................................2092
AURHTA1001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre -repair operations .....................................2103
AURHTA2003 Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and
accessories..............................................................................................................2111
AURHTA3002 Service and repair trailers in excess of 4.5 tonnes .................................2120
AURHTB3001 Repair air braking systems ...................................................................2132
AURHTB3002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems..............2140
Approved
Page 6 of 7618
Contents
AURHTB3007 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle electronic braking systems .............2149
AURHTB4003 Overhaul braking system components (heavy) .....................................2158
AURHTB4004 Overhaul air braking systems and components ....................................2168
AURHTB4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems 2177
AURHTB5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle braking system faults ....................2185
AURHTD2001 Inspect and service heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems .......2196
AURHTD3002 Repair steering systems (heavy vehicle) ................................................2204
AURHTD3003 Repair suspension systems (heavy vehicle) ...........................................2214
AURHTD3004 Carry out wheel alignment ope rations (heavy vehicle) .........................2224
AURHTD4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and
suspension systems.................................................................................................2233
AURHTD5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle steering and suspension system faults 2241
AURHTE2001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies .............................2251
AURHTE3002 Repair engines and associated engine components (heavy vehicle) .......2260
AURHTE4003 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines........................2270
AURHTE5004 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle engine and fuel system faults ........2278
AURHTF2001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components ...........2289
AURHTJ1001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres ...............................2296
AURHTJ2002 Select heavy vehicle tyres and rims for specific applications..................2304
AURHTJ2003 Remove, inspect, and refit heavy vehicle wheel assemblies ....................2311
AURHTJ2004 Demount, inspect, repair and mount agricultural equipment tyres and
tubes ......................................................................................................................2320
AURHTJ2006 Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes (heavy) ........................2330
AURHTJ3005 Identify and apply pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement
systems (heavy vehicle) ..........................................................................................2339
AURHTL4001 Inspect, repair and diagnose alternative fuel systems for heavy vehicle
engines ...................................................................................................................2348
AURHTQ2001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components ......................2358
AURHTQ3002 Repair final drive assemblies (heavy vehicle) .......................................2365
AURHTQ3003 Repair final drive - driveline (heavy vehicle)........................................2373
AURHTR3005 Diagnose and repair heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability
systems...................................................................................................................2382
AURHTX3001 Repair transmissions - manual (heavy vehicle).....................................2391
AURHTX3002 Inspect, test and replace transmissions - automatic (heavy vehicle) ......2401
AURHTX3003 Repair transmissions - automatic (heavy vehicle) .................................2411
AURHTX3004 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems ................................2421
AURHTX4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and
driveline systems ....................................................................................................2430
AURHTX5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle transmission system faults ............2438
AURHTY2001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers
over 4.5 tonnes .......................................................................................................2448
AURHTY3002 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers
over 4.5 tonnes .......................................................................................................2456
AURHTZ3001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems ................2465
AURJTA1001 Perform minor adjustments to motorcycles ...........................................2474
AURJTA1002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories................2483
AURJTA5003 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle engine and transmission system faults2492
AURJTB3001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems ..................................2503
AURJTB5002 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle braking system faults ........................2512
AURJTD2001 Inspect and service motorcycle suspension systems ...............................2523
AURJTD2002 Inspect and service motorcycle steering systems ....................................2531
AURJTD3003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems .............................2539
AURJTD3004 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering syste ms ..................................2549
Approved
Page 7 of 7618
Contents
AURJTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems2558

AURJTD5006 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system
faults ......................................................................................................................2566
AURJTE3001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines ................................................2577
AURJTE4002 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems2586
AURJTJ2001 Remove, inspect and fit motorcycle wheel asse mblies.............................2594
AURJTQ2001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems ..................................2602
AURJTQ3002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems ................................2610
AURJTR5001 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle electrical and electronic system faults2619
AURJTX3001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems .....................................2630
AURJTX3002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions .........................2639
AURJTX3003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions .....................2648
AURJTY3001 Repair and align motorcycle frames ......................................................2657
AURKTA3001 Synchronise plant and equipment.........................................................2667
AURKTA3002 Inspect, service and repair harvesting equipment.................................2675
AURKTA3003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment.........2685
AURKTA3004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment ............2694
AURKTA3005 Inspect, service and repair tracked type drive and support systems .....2704
AURKTA4009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems ..................2715
AURKTA5006 Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant transmission, steering and
braking systems faults............................................................................................2723
AURKTA5007 Analyse and evaluate mobile plant hydraulic system faults ..................2734
AURKTB3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems ...............................2745
AURKTB4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems.....................2755
AURKTB5002 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant braking system faults........2763
AURKTD3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems ..........................2774
AURKTD3002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems...............................2783
AURKTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems2792
AURKTD5003 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension system
faults ......................................................................................................................2800
AURKTD5004 Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant undercarriage and suspension
system faults ..........................................................................................................2811
AURKTE5001 Analyse and evaluate mobile plant engine and fuel system faults..........2822
AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres ...................2833
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and
off-the-road tyres ...................................................................................................2841
AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim
assemblies ..............................................................................................................2844
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and
off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies ...................................................................2851
AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres................2854
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and
off-the-road tyres ...................................................................................................2857
AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for
specific applications ...............................................................................................2859
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres,
wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications ...............................................2862
AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers .....................................2864
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre
handlers .................................................................................................................2868
AURKTQ3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies ......................2870
AURKTR3001 Diagnose and repair electric-over-hydraulic control systems................2879
AURKTX3001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions .....................................2888
Approved
Page 8 of 7618
Contents
AURKTX4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission systems .............2897

AURKTX5002 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant transmission system faults 2905
AURLLD3001 Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications ..........2916
AURLTA1001 Apply automotive mechanical system fundamentals .............................2925
AURLTB3003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems ................2934
AURLTB4001 Overhaul braking system components (light) ........................................2943
AURLTB4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems ......................2953
AURLTB5002 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle braking system faults ......................2961
AURLTD3001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system products ..2972
AURLTD3002 Service and rectify faults in lift assisted suspension systems..................2982
AURLTD3003 Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer specifications2993
AURLTD3004 Repair steering systems (light vehicle) ..................................................3004
AURLTD3005 Repair suspension syste ms (light vehicle)..............................................3015
AURLTD3006 Carry out wheel alignment operations (light vehicle) ............................3026
AURLTD4009 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems3036
AURLTD5007 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle steering and suspension system faults3045
AURLTE2001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies................................3057
AURLTE3002 Repair engines and associated engine components (light vehicle)..........3066
AURLTE4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines .........................3077
AURLTE4005 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines ..........................3085
AURLTE5003 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle engine and fuel system faults ...........3093
AURLTF3001 Diagnose and repair mechanical fuel injection systems .........................3105
AURLTJ2001 Select tyres and rims for specific applications (light) .............................3114
AURLTJ2002 Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes (light) ...........................3124
AURLTJ2003 Remove, inspect, and refit light vehicle wheel assemblies.......................3134
AURLTJ3004 Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations ................3142
AURLTQ3001 Repair final drive assemblies (light vehicle) ..........................................3151
AURLTQ3002 Repair final drive - driveline (light vehicle) ..........................................3161
AURLTQ5003 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle driveline system faults ....................3172
AURLTX3001 Repair transmissions - manual (light vehicle) .......................................3184
AURLTX3002 Repair transmissions - automatic (light vehicle)....................................3196
AURLTX3003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems...................................3206
AURLTX4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems3215
AURLTZ3001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems ...................3223
AURMBA2001 Transport a light competition vehicle and support equipment .............3232
AURMBA3002 Load and unload a competition vehicle and support equipment ..........3241
AURMCA5001 Manage motorsport team media liaison...............................................3251
AURMCA5002 Manage motorsport team promotional partnerships and marketing ...3261
AURMDA2001 Develop and update motorsport industry knowledge ...........................3271
AURMDA2002 Assist with motorsport officiating duties..............................................3281
AURMTA3009 Collect and log motorsport data...........................................................3290
AURMDA3004 Recover a motorsport vehicle ..............................................................3301
AURMDA3005 Act as a marshal in a motorsport event................................................3313
AURMDA3006 Communicate using flags and signals in a motorsport event ................3323
AURMDA3007 Act as a steward in a motorsport event ................................................3333
AURMGA2001 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment ...........3344
AURMGA4002 Manage personal presentation and development .................................3355
AURMKA4001 Manage motorsport data .....................................................................3364
AURMLA2001 Comply with motorsport rules and regulations when officiating..........3375
AURMLA3002 Monitor compliance with motorsport rules and regulations.................3386
AURMLA3003 Inspect motorsport vehicles and equipment for compliance.................3398
AURMMA2001 Ope rate in a motorsport environment.................................................3410
AURMMA3007 Follow motorsport event and team safety requirements......................3422
Approved
Page 9 of 7618
Contents
AURMMA3008 Coordinate operations of a motorsport team ......................................3432

AURMMA4002 Manage the preparation of a competition vehicle................................3441
AURMMA5003 Manage motorsport operations ...........................................................3453
AURMMA5004 Manage motorsport team development ...............................................3463
AURMMA5005 Manage team pit lane and service area operations ..............................3473
AURMMA5006 Prepare and implement race strategies ...............................................3482
AURMSA2001 Follow motorsport safety and risk management procedures ................3490
AURMSA3002 Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a motorsport
environment...........................................................................................................3500
AURMTA2001 Prepare and service a light competition vehicle ...................................3511
AURMTA3002 Assemble and prepare a competition vehicle........................................3522
AURMTA3004 Perform competition vehicle preparation procedures at an event ........3535
AURMTA3005 Perform pit lane and service area operations .......................................3546
AURMTA3006 Perform torquing and fastening ...........................................................3557
AURMTA3007 Conduct non-destructive testing ..........................................................3567
AURMTA5003 Determine material suitability for competition vehicle components .....3577
AURMTA5008 Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and effects to
competition vehicles ...............................................................................................3587
AURMTD4001 Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer...................................3598
AURMTD4002 Prepare competition vehicle suspension ...............................................3608
AURMTE4001 Test engines using a dynamometer.......................................................3620
AURMTF4001 Analyse and repair complex performance carburetted fuel systems .....3630
AURMTF4002 Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems........................3643
AURMTJ4001 Select and prepare tyres and wheels for motorsport applications .........3655
AURMTQ4001 Analyse and repair complex performance driveline systems................3666
AURMTS3001 Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles................3678
AURNTA3001 Inspect, service and repair lift truck mast assemblies ...........................3688
AURPTA1001 Carry out pre -repair operations to outdoor power equipment ..............3698
AURPTA1002 Perform minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment ....................3706
AURPTA2003 Service and repair rotary cutting systems .............................................3715
AURPTA2004 Service and repair drum cutting systems ..............................................3726
AURPTA2005 Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems.........................................3737
AURPTA2006 Service line trimming systems and components.....................................3749
AURPTA2007 Service and repair post-boring systems .................................................3760
AURPTA2008 Service and repair post-hole digging systems ........................................3771
AURPTA2009 Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems ..................................3782
AURPTA2010 Service pumping systems.......................................................................3793
AURPTA3011 Repair pumping systems .......................................................................3804
AURPTE2002 Service engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment) ....3815
AURPTE3003 Repair engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment) .....3825
AURPTE4004 Overhaul engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment) .3835
AURPTR2002 Test and service outdoor electric powered equipment...........................3846
AURPTR3001 Test and service 240V portable generators............................................3857
AURREA2001 Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in a marine
workplace ..............................................................................................................3868
AURREA3002 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the marine
mechanical industry...............................................................................................3878
AURREA4004 Manage environmental compliance in a marine workplace ..................3888
AURRGA3001 Launch and recover a vessel using a trailer ..........................................3898
AURRGA3002 Launch and recover a vessel from crane, gantry and forklift ...............3909
AURRGA3003 Moor a motor-driven vessel..................................................................3921
AURRTA2001 Service deck, hull and cabin equipment ................................................3933
AURRTA3002 Carry out hull repairs...........................................................................3943
Approved
Page 10 of 7618
Contents
AURRTA3003 Winterise vessel and engine systems .....................................................3953

AURRTA3004 Recommission vessel systems ................................................................3964
AURRTA3005 Repair deck, hull and cabin equipment ................................................3974
AURRTA3006 Water test a vessel ................................................................................3985
AURRTA5007 Analyse and evaluate light marine hydraulic system faults ...................3997
AURRTA5008 Analyse and evaluate light marine hull performance and stability system
faults ......................................................................................................................4007
AURRTD3001 Diagnose and repair marine steering systems .......................................4017
AURRTE1001 Prepare outboard engines for wet-run testing .......................................4028
AURRTE2002 Service outboard engines and components ............................................4036
AURRTE2003 Service inboard engines and components ..............................................4046
AURRTE3005 Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems and components ...........4056
AURRTE3006 Diagnose and repair outboard engines and components .......................4066
AURRTE3007 Diagnose and repair inboard engines and components .........................4078
AURRTE3008 Install marine engines, controls and instruments ..................................4090
AURRTE3009 Recommission marine engine systems ...................................................4101
AURRTE3010 Water test engines in tanks ...................................................................4111
AURRTE4011 Overhaul two and four cycle outboard engines .....................................4120
AURRTE5012 Analyse and evaluate light marine engine and powerhead system faults4132
AURRTQ2001 Service inboard propeller drive systems ...............................................4143
AURRTQ2002 Service jet drive propulsion systems .....................................................4153
AURRTQ3003 Install inboard propeller drive systems ................................................4163
AURRTQ3004 Diagnose and repair inboard propeller drive systems...........................4173
AURRTQ3005 Install jet drive propulsion systems ......................................................4184
AURRTQ3006 Diagnose and repair jet drive propulsion systems.................................4194
AURRTR1001 Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems ..............4205
AURRTR3002 Install marine electronic systems and components................................4214
AURRTR3003 Test, diagnose and repair marine electronic systems and components ..4225
AURRTR3004 Install marine electrical systems and components.................................4237
AURRTX2001 Service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions .......................4247
AURRTX2002 Service marine inboard transmissions ..................................................4257
AURRTX3003 Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions ...4267
AURRTX3004 Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions ..............................4278
AURRTX5005 Analyse and evaluate light marine transmission system faults ..............4289
AURSAA2001 Process customer complaints.................................................................4299
AURSAA2002 Maintain customer aftermarket relations..............................................4306
AURSBA2001 Carry out warehousing procedures .......................................................4315
AURSBA3002 Apply automotive parts interpretation process .....................................4322
AURSCA2001 Select automotive parts and products....................................................4330
AURSCA2002 Present stock and sales area ..................................................................4339
AURSCA2003 Apply sales procedures..........................................................................4346
AURSCA2004 Carry out cash, credit and funds transfers ............................................4354
AURSCA2005 Sell products .........................................................................................4361
AURSCA2006 Promote products and services..............................................................4368
AURSCA3007 Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements ................................4375
AURSCA3008 Wholesale used motor vehicle stock ......................................................4382
AURSCA3009 Provide vehicle technology information ................................................4388
AURSCA3010 Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles to supplement stock for sale 4397
AURSCP2001 Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products..4404
AURSLA2001 Apply legal requirements relating to product sale .................................4412
AURTEA4001 Manage environmental compliance in the mechanical repair industry .4419
AURTGA3001 Drive and manoeuvre trailers ...............................................................4429
AURTNA5001 Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle ....4439
Approved
Page 11 of 7618
Contents
AURTTA1001 Remove and tag steering, suspension and brake system components ....4449
AURTTA1002 Carry out workshop practice activities .................................................4458
AURTTA1003 Use and maintain basic measuring devices............................................4466
AURTTA2004 Carry out servicing operations..............................................................4475
AURTTA2005 Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives ..............4485
AURTTA2006 Service hydraulic systems .....................................................................4496
AURTTA2007 Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems......................................4507
AURTTA2008 Produce patterns and templates ............................................................4518
AURTTA2009 Carry out pre -repair operations (mechanical) ......................................4526
AURTTA2010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes ...........................................4537
AURTTA3011 Install hydraulic systems to specified applications ................................4550
AURTTA3012 Manufacture and install fluid power hose assemblies ...........................4560
AURTTA3013 Repair hydraulic systems ......................................................................4569
AURTTA3014 Assemble and install pneumatic systems and components.....................4580
AURTTA3015 Prepare engineering drawings ..............................................................4590
AURTTA3017 Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspections............................4598
AURTTA3018 Carry out diagnostic procedures ...........................................................4608
AURTTA3019 Carry out advanced diagnostic proce dures ...........................................4617
AURTTA3020 Apply heat-induction processes.............................................................4627
AURTTA4021 Carry out diagnosis of complex system faults........................................4637
AURTTA4025 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability control systems 4647
AURTTA4026 Diagnose complex faults in vehicle electric-over-hydraulic systems ......4655
AURTTA5022 Develop and apply mechanical system modifications ............................4663
AURTTA5023 Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications ...............................4672
AURTTA5024 Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications .............................4681
AURTTB2001 Inspect and service braking systems......................................................4690
AURTTB2002 Attach friction materials and radius grind ............................................4702
AURTTB2003 Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors.........................................4714
AURTTB2004 Inspect and service air braking systems ................................................4723
AURTTB3005 Assemble and fit braking systems and components ...............................4734
AURTTB3006 Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems ...........................4745
AURTTC2001 Inspect and service cooling systems.......................................................4756
AURTTC2002 Carry out radiator repairs ....................................................................4767
AURTTC3003 Diagnose and repair cooling systems .....................................................4777
AURTTD2001 Inspect steering systems ........................................................................4786
AURTTD2002 Inspect and service steering systems .....................................................4798
AURTTD2003 Inspect suspension systems ...................................................................4810
AURTTD2004 Inspect and service suspension systems .................................................4821
AURTTD4005 Overhaul steering system components ..................................................4832
AURTTE1003 Remove and tag engine system components ..........................................4843
AURTTE2004 Inspect and service engines ...................................................................4852
AURTTE3001 Apply knowledge of engine science........................................................4863
AURTTE4005 Overhaul engines and associated engine components ............................4870
AURTTF2001 Service petrol fuel systems.....................................................................4882
AURTTF2002 Service diesel fuel injection systems.......................................................4891
AURTTF3004 Repair diesel fuel injection systems .......................................................4901
AURTTF3005 Inspect and repair engine forced induction systems ..............................4911
AURTTF3006 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems....................................4921
AURTTF4003 Overhaul diesel fuel injection systems ...................................................4930
AURTTF4007 Overhaul petrol fuel system components ...............................................4941
AURTTJ2001 Balance wheels and tyres .......................................................................4951
AURTTJ2002 Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components............4961
AURTTK2001 Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace ..4971
Approved
Page 12 of 7618
Contents
AURTTK2002 Use and maintain workplace tools and equipment ................................4980

AURTTL3001 Service CNG fuel systems......................................................................4989
AURTTL3002 Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems .................................................4998
AURTTL3003 Install CNG fuel systems .......................................................................5007
AURTTL3004 Service LNG fuel systems ......................................................................5015
AURTTL3005 Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems .................................................5024
AURTTL3006 Install LNG fuel systems .......................................................................5033
AURTTL3007 Service LPG fuel systems ......................................................................5041
AURTTL3008 Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems ..................................................5050
AURTTL3009 Install LPG fuel systems........................................................................5059
AURTTL3010 Install LPG, CNG and LNG electrical control equipment.....................5067
AURTTL4011 Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems .......................................5076
AURTTL4012 Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems .......................................5084
AURTTL4013 Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems........................................5092
AURTTL5014 Analyse and evaluate gas fuel s ystem faults...........................................5100
AURTTL5015 Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications ..................................5109
AURTTM3001 Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines ...............5118
AURTTM3002 Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines........................5127
AURTTM3003 Apply metal to rebuild engine components ..........................................5138
AURTTM3004 Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies .........................................5149
AURTTM3005 Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components .......................5160
AURTTM3006 Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components 5169
AURTTM3007 Carry out grinding operations .............................................................5178
AURTTM3008 Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies ...................5189
AURTTM3009 Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders ....................................5200
AURTTM3010 Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components .........................5211
AURTTM3011 Recondition engine cylinder heads .......................................................5221
AURTTQ2001 Service final drive assemblies ...............................................................5232
AURTTQ2002 Remove and refit driveline components ................................................5243
AURTTQ2003 Service final drive (driveline)................................................................5253
AURTTQ4004 Overhaul final drive assemblies ............................................................5264
AURTTR4001 Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems.......................5275
AURTTS2001 Fabricate exhaust system and components ............................................5284
AURTTW2001 Carry out soft soldering techniques .....................................................5295
AURTTW3002 Set, operate and monitor specialist machines .......................................5304
AURTTW3003 Carry out machining operations ..........................................................5315
AURTTX1001 Remove and tag transmission system components ................................5324
AURTTX2002 Inspect and service transmissions (manual) ..........................................5333
AURTTX2003 Inspect and service transmissions (automatic) ......................................5344
AURTTX2004 Service transmissions (hydrostatic) .......................................................5355
AURTTX2005 Inspect and service clutch systems ........................................................5365
AURTTX3006 Repair transmissions (hydrostatic) .......................................................5373
AURTTX4007 Overhaul clutch assemblies ...................................................................5384
AURTTX4008 Overhaul transmissions (manual) .........................................................5395
AURTTX4009 Overhaul transmissions (automatic) .....................................................5408
AURTTX4010 Overhaul transmissions (hydrostatic) ...................................................5421
AURTTX4011 Overhaul torque converters ..................................................................5432
AURTTY3001 Repair chassis, frame and associated components.................................5442
AURTTZ2001 Inspect and service emission control systems ........................................5452
AURTTZ2002 Repair exhaust system components .......................................................5463
AURVEN2001 Apply environmental regulations and best practice in the body repair
industry .................................................................................................................5474
Approved
Page 13 of 7618
Contents
AURVEN3002 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive

body repair industry ..............................................................................................5482
AURVEN4003 Plan and manage compliance with environmental regulations in the body
repair industry.......................................................................................................5492
AURVGA3001 Determine vehicle rescue method and costs ..........................................5501
AURVGA3002 Recover vehicles ...................................................................................5510
AURVLA4001 Identify and report vehicle claim fraud indicators ................................5520
AURVLN2001 Apply legal requirements for vehicle dismantlers .................................5530
AURVNA4001 Provide vehicle loss assessment and identify repair requirements ........5539
AURVNA4002 Provide vehicle total loss assessment.....................................................5549
AURVNA4003 Review a vehicle repair quotation.........................................................5560
AURVNA4004 Apply insurance industry knowledge to vehicle loss assessment ...........5571
AURVNA4005 Inspect quality of vehicle repair work ..................................................5581
AURVNA4006 Identify and value vehicle salvage.........................................................5591
AURVNA4007 Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss
assessment..............................................................................................................5601
AURVNA4008 Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessment5610
AURVNN4001 Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements5620
AURVNP4001 Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements5631
AURVTA2001 Prepare vehicle, components and equipment for customer use .............5642
AURVTA3002 Remove and replace supplementary restraint systems ..........................5654
AURVTA3003 Inspect paint, trim and accessories and recommend repair procedures 5664
AURVTA3004 Inspect vehicle sys tems and determine preferred repair action.............5673
AURVTG2001 Repair laminated glass .........................................................................5682
AURVTG2002 Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens ....................................5691
AURVTG2003 Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens........................................5701
AURVTG2004 Remove and install direct glazed windscreens ......................................5711
AURVTG2005 Remove and install framed type windscreens .......................................5721
AURVTG2006 Apply window tinting ...........................................................................5731
AURVTG2007 Clean glass surfaces ..............................................................................5741
AURVTG3008 Cut and process flat laminated glass.....................................................5749
AURVTG3009 Remove and install fixed body glass .....................................................5759
AURVTG3010 Remove and install movable body glass ................................................5767
AURVTG3011 Install side windows..............................................................................5775
AURVTG3012 Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and urethane glazed windscreens5785
AURVTG3013 Remove and install large vehicle windscreens.......................................5795
AURVTK2001 Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools..................................5805
AURVTN1001 Remove and tag vehicle body system components.................................5813
AURVTN2002 Carry out panel repairs ........................................................................5822
AURVTN2003 Carry out pre -repair vehicle body operations .......................................5832
AURVTN2004 Remove, replace and realign bolt-on panels, sections and fittings .........5842
AURVTN2005 Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals....................5853
AURVTN2006 Remove and replace mechanical units and assemblies ..........................5863
AURVTN2007 Remove salvageable components ..........................................................5873
AURVTN2008 Clean vehicle body and door cavities ....................................................5882
AURVTN2009 Clean vehicle engine and engine compartment .....................................5893
AURVTN2010 Clean vehicle underbody ......................................................................5905
AURVTN2011 Remove and install rear vision mirrors.................................................5916
AURVTN2030 Service air compressors and air lines ....................................................5926
AURVTN2033 Service, repair and replace air compressors and components ...............5936
AURVTN2037 Disassemble and test vehicle units and components ..............................5947
AURVTN3012 Install vehicle sunroofs .........................................................................5957
AURVTN3013 Carry out paint-less dent repairs ..........................................................5968
Approved
Page 14 of 7618
Contents
AURVTN3014 Repair body panels by beating and split repair.....................................5977

AURVTN3015 Repair body panels using metal finishing techniques ............................5988
AURVTN3016 Repair body panels incorporating filler ................................................5999
AURVTN3017 Repair body panels and thermoplastic components ..............................6009
AURVTN3018 Repair and replace structural damage by welding ................................6019
AURVTN3019 Repair and replace structural damage by riveting ................................6029
AURVTN3020 Replace major welded panels................................................................6039
AURVTN3021 Repair body components using lead wiping ..........................................6049
AURVTN3022 Repair vehicle body misalignment ........................................................6059
AURVTN3023 Remove and replace adhesive bonded panels and structures ................6069
AURVTN3024 Install vehicle body component seals.....................................................6079
AURVTN3025 Repair corroded panels and components ..............................................6089
AURVTN3026 Repair aluminium body panels (finishing) ............................................6099
AURVTN3027 Repair aluminium body panels (filling) ................................................6110
AURVTN3028 Identify and repair high strength steel components ..............................6120
AURVTN3029 Set up and operate universal measuring systems ..................................6131
AURVTN3031 Conduct major sectional repairs ...........................................................6141
AURVTN3035 Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures .................6153
AURVTN4032 Determine vehicle damage and recommended repair procedures .........6161
AURVTN5034 Evaluate and select bodywork materials, equipment and processes ......6169
AURVTP2001 Apply paint removal methods ...............................................................6176
AURVTP2002 Carry out masking procedures..............................................................6186
AURVTP2003 Prepare spray painting materials and equipment..................................6196
AURVTP2004 Apply fundamental colour matching techniques ...................................6208
AURVTP2005 Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials .........................6218
AURVTP2006 Prepare vehicle components for paint repairs .......................................6229
AURVTP2007 Apply paint touch-up techniques...........................................................6240
AURVTP2008 Clean and polish vehicle exterior paint .................................................6252
AURVTP2009 Apply vehicle body film wrapping.........................................................6263
AURVTP2026 Carry out basic airbrush application techniques...................................6272
AURVTP2027 Carry out custom graphics design and layout techniques......................6284
AURVTP3010 Prepare spray booths and paint drying equipment ...............................6297
AURVTP3011 Apply solid acrylic enamel refinishing materials using two component
systems...................................................................................................................6305
AURVTP3012 Apply air dry and polyurethane enamel refinishing materials ..............6316
AURVTP3013 Prepare substrate for refinishing ..........................................................6327
AURVTP3014 Apply multi-layer and clear over-base colour matching techniques ......6338
AURVTP3015 Apply solid colour matching techniques ................................................6347
AURVTP3016 Carry out paint rectification and touch-up work for solids using two
component systems ................................................................................................6357
AURVTP3017 Carry out paint rectification and touch-up work for clear over base using
two component systems..........................................................................................6367
AURVTP3018 Carry out paint rectification for multi-layer and pearl using two
component system..................................................................................................6377
AURVTP3019 Prepare and paint plastic components...................................................6387
AURVTP3020 Carry out denibbing, buffing and polishing ..........................................6397
AURVTP3021 Restore vehicle exterior paint................................................................6406
AURVTP3022 Carry out custom painting techniques...................................................6416
AURVTP3023 Mix and apply clear over-base refinishing materials in two-component
systems...................................................................................................................6428
AURVTP3024 Mix and apply clear over-base multi-layer pearl refinishing materials .6440
AURVTP3025 Mix and apply water-based refinishing materials..................................6452
AURVTS2006 Carry out fabrication of components.....................................................6464
Approved
Page 15 of 7618
Contents
AURVTS3001 Carry out wood working operations for fabrication ..............................6474

AURVTS3002 Repair plugs, moulds, frames and flooring using wood materials ..........6484
AURVTS3003 Fabricate composite material components.............................................6495
AURVTS3004 Repair fibreglass and composite material components ..........................6506
AURVTS3005 Fabricate vehicle body panels and components .....................................6517
AURVTT2001 Carry out sewing repairs and alterations ..............................................6527
AURVTT2002 Carry out trim repairs and alterations..................................................6538
AURVTT2003 Remove and replace vehicle interior trim components..........................6549
AURVTT2004 Trim vehicle components ......................................................................6558
AURVTT2005 Select and apply trim and fabric materials ...........................................6570
AURVTT2006 Select and apply trim and fabric adhesives ...........................................6580
AURVTT2007 Clean and finish plastic trim and fittings ..............................................6591
AURVTT2008 Clean and finish vehicle interior trim and seats ....................................6602
AURVTT2009 Remove and replace seats and internal fittings .....................................6613
AURVTT3010 Remove and replace vehicle head lining ................................................6623
AURVTT3011 Repair seat frames ................................................................................6632
AURVTT3012 Carry out sewing operations .................................................................6643
AURVTT3013 Fabricate loose and fitted covers ...........................................................6654
AURVTT3014 Fabricate marine covers........................................................................6664
AURVTT3015 Fabricate canvas products ....................................................................6674
AURVTT3016 Fabricate frame structures ...................................................................6684
AURVTT3017 Fabricate and install floor coverings .....................................................6694
AURVTT3018 Fabricate and install soft tops hoods .....................................................6704
AURVTT3019 Fabricate and install canopies and curtains ..........................................6714
AURVTT3020 Select and use leather in trimming ........................................................6724
AURVTT3021 Select and use adhesives ........................................................................6735
AURVTV2001 Remove, replace, fit and test components and accessories ....................6744
AURVTW2001 Carry out manual metal arc welding procedures .................................6755
AURVTW2002 Carry out brazing procedures .............................................................6766
AURVTW2003 Carry out gas metal arc welding procedures........................................6775
AURVTW2004 Carry out gas tungsten arc welding procedures ...................................6783
AURVTW2005 Carry out spot welding procedures......................................................6793
AURVTW2007 Conduct oxy-acetylene, thermal heating and cutting ...........................6803
AURVTW2008 Carry out oxy acetylene welding, thermal cutting and thermal heating
procedures .............................................................................................................6812
AURVTW3006 Carry out thermoplastic welding procedures.......................................6820
AUMABA002 Operate load shifting equipment............................................................6830
Assessment Requirements for AUMABA002 Operate load shifting equipment ............6834
AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an automotive manufacturing
workplace ..............................................................................................................6836
Assessment Requirements for AUMAMM001 Influence and lead work groups in an
automotive manufacturing workplace....................................................................6840
AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components on vehicles.......................6842
Assessment Requirements for AUMGTG001 Install fixed and moveable glass components
on vehicles..............................................................................................................6846
AUMGTS004 Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies .............................................6848
Assessment Requirements for AUMGTS004 Fabricate parts for vehicle sub-assemblies6852
AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components .....................................................................6854
Assessment Requirements for AUMGTY002 Install vehicle components .....................6858
BSBCCO405A Survey stakeholders to gather and record information.........................6860
BSBCUS301B Deliver and monitor a service to customers ...........................................6867
BSBCUS501C Manage quality customer service ..........................................................6875
BSBFIA301A Maintain financial records .....................................................................6882
Approved
Page 16 of 7618
Contents
BSBFIA303A Process accounts payable and receivable ................................................6891

BSBFIA401A Prepare financial reports........................................................................6902
BSBFIM501A Manage budgets and financial plans ......................................................6909
BSBFLM312C Contribute to team effectiveness ...........................................................6918
BSBFRA403B Manage relationship with franchisor.....................................................6928
BSBHRM405A Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff ....................6935
BSBHRM505A Manage remuneration and employee benefits......................................6943
BSBINM202A Handle mail...........................................................................................6951
BSBINN301A Promote innovation in a team environment ...........................................6960
BSBINN502A Build and sustain an innovative work environment ...............................6969
BSBITS401B Maintain business technology .................................................................6978
BSBITU305A Conduct online transactions ...................................................................6986
BSBLED401A Develop teams and individuals ..............................................................6993
BSBSMB406A Manage small business finances ............................................................7001
BSBMGT403A Implement continuous improvement....................................................7009
BSBMGT502B Manage people performance ................................................................7016
BSBMGT515A Manage operational plan .....................................................................7023
BSBMKG523A Design and develop an integrated marketing communication plan ......7031
BSBPRO401A Develop product knowledge ..................................................................7042
BSBPUR402B Negotiate contracts ................................................................................7048
BSBREL402A Build client relationships and business networks...................................7056
BSBRES401A Analyse and present research information ............................................7065
BSBRKG304B Maintain business records ....................................................................7074
BSBSLS407A Identify and plan sales prospects............................................................7083
BSBSLS408A Present, secure and support sales solutions ............................................7091
BSBSMB407A Manage a small team ............................................................................7099
BSBWHS301A Maintain workplace safety ...................................................................7108
BSBWHS401A Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet
legislative requirements .........................................................................................7117
BSBWHS501A Ensure a safe workplace.......................................................................7126
BSBWOR202A Organise and complete daily work activities........................................7134
BSBWOR204A Use business technology.......................................................................7142
BSBWOR301B Organise personal work priorities and development............................7150
BSBWOR401A Establish effective workplace relationships .........................................7158
BSBWOR404B Develop work priorities .......................................................................7167
BSBWOR501B Manage personal work priorities and professional development .........7175
BSBWOR502B Ensure team effectiveness ....................................................................7182
BSBWRK408A Undertake negotiations........................................................................7190
FNSASIC302C Develop, present and negotiate client solutions ....................................7198
FNSPIM410A Collect, assess and use information........................................................7207
ICAWEB201A Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement .....................7214
LMFGG2005C Move glass sheets by hand ...................................................................7222
LMFGG3001C Store and handle glass .........................................................................7230
LMFUP3001B Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture ........................7238
MEM05004C Perform routine oxy acetylene welding ...................................................7246
MEM05006C Perform brazing and or silver soldering .................................................7253
MEM05007C Perform manual heating and thermal cutting.........................................7260
MEM07005C Perform general machining ....................................................................7267
MEM09002B Interpret technical drawing ....................................................................7277
MEM12023A Perform engineering measurements .......................................................7284
MEM18001C Use hand tools ........................................................................................7292
MEM18002B Use power tools/hand held operations .....................................................7299
MEM18028B Maintain engine lubrication systems.......................................................7306
Approved
Page 17 of 7618
Contents
MEM24001B Perform basic penetrant testing ..............................................................7314

MEM30012A Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing engineering or related
environment...........................................................................................................7323
MSAENV272B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices ..................7330
MSAENV472B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices ..7339
MSAENV672B Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability 7349
MSS403030A Improve cost factors in work practices ...................................................7358
PSPTRAN501A Provide specialist vehicle technical advice ..........................................7365
RIICOM201A Communicate in the workplace .............................................................7372
RIIHAN301B Operate elevating work platform ...........................................................7380
RIIOHS201A Work safely and follow OHS policies and procedures ............................7389
RIIOHS204A Work safely at heights ............................................................................7400
RIIQUA201A Maintain and monitor site quality standards .........................................7409
RIIRIS201B Conduct local risk control ........................................................................7416
SIRXCCS201 Apply point-of-sale handling procedures................................................7424
SIRXCCS202 Interact with customers..........................................................................7432
SIRXFIN201 Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal ...............................................7441
SIRXICT001A Operate retail technology .....................................................................7446
SIRXINV001A Perform stock control procedures ........................................................7452
SIRXINV002A Maintain and order stock .....................................................................7458
SIRXMER201 Merchandise products ..........................................................................7467
SIRXMER303 Coordinate merchandise presentation...................................................7475
SIRXRSK001A Minimise theft .....................................................................................7483
SIRXWHS302 Maintain store safety ............................................................................7491
SITXADM004A Plan and manage meetings .................................................................7501
TAEDEL301A Provide work skill instruction ..............................................................7508
TAEDEL404A Mentor in the workplace ......................................................................7518
TLIA2012A Pick and process orders ............................................................................7525
TLIA2013A Receive goods............................................................................................7533
TLIA2020A Replenish stock .........................................................................................7541
TLIA3039A Receive and store stock .............................................................................7549
TLIA4005A Check and evaluate records and documentation .......................................7557
TLIA5058A Manage facility and inventory requirements ............................................7564
TLID1001A Shift materials safely using manual handling methods..............................7571
TLID2004A Load and unload goods/cargo ...................................................................7579
TLID2013A Move materials mechanically using automated equipment .......................7587
TLID3011A Conduct specialised forklift operations .....................................................7594
TLIL4005A Apply conflict/grievance resolution strategies ...........................................7603
TLILIC2001A Licence to operate a forklift truck.........................................................7610
Approved
Page 18 of 7618
AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair T raining Package
AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training

Package
Modification History
Version
Release Date
Comments
January 2014
NSSC endorsement:
Two revised qualifications:
AUR21913 Certificate II in Tyre Servicing Technology

AUR30713 Certificate III in Outdoor Power
Equipment
ISC Upgrade
Five revised qualifications:
AUR32112 Certificate IIII in Automotive Body Repair

Technology
AUR32212 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing
Technology
AUR32312 Certificate IIII in Automotive & Marine
Trimming Technology
AUR40712 Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair
Technology
AUR50112 Diploma of Automotive Management
Three revised skill sets:
AURSS00011 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnosis and

Repair Skill Set
AURSS00012 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and
Servicing Skill Set
AURSS00014 Hybrid Electric Vehicle Inspection and
Servicing Skill Set
Six superseded units replaced:

AUMABA002 replaces AUMABA3002
AUMAMM001 replaces AUMAMM3001
AUMGTG001 replaces AUMGTG3001
AUMGTS004 replaces AUMGTS3004
AUMGTY002 replaces AUMGTY3002
BSBCUS501C replaces BSBCUS501A
Approved
Page 19 of 7618
1.1
August 2013
Changes between this training package (AUR12

Version 1.1) and previously endorsed training package
(AUR12 Version 1)
6 revised AUR qualifications:
AUR20712 Certificate II in Automotive Vocational
Preparation
AUR30912 Certificate III in Motorsport Technology
AUR31012 Certificate III in Automotive Sales
AUR32212 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing
Technology
AUR40312 Certificate IV in Motorsport Technology
AUR50312 Diploma in Motorsport Technology
3 revised AUR units:
AURJTD3004 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering
systems
AURLTF3001 Diagnose and repair mechanical fuel
injection systems
AURTTA2010 Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes
4 revised skills sets:
AURSS00018 Vehicle
Overhaul Skill Set
AURSS00019 Vehicle
Set
AURSS00020 Vehicle
AURSS00021 Vehicle
and Repair Skill Set
Air conditioning Install and

Air Conditioning Installation Skill
Air Conditioning Overhaul Skill Set
Air Conditioning Service, Retrofit
3 new skill sets:

AURSS00023 Advanced Body Repair Skill Set
AURSS00024 Advanced Body Repair Welding Skill Set
AURSS00025 Advanced Vehicle Refinishing Skill Set
6 imported units updated:
SBHRM402A Recruit, select and induct staff superseded
by BSBHRM405A Support the recruitment, selection and
induction of staff
BSBSLS402A Identify sales prospects superseded by
BSBSLS407A Identify and plan sales prospects
BSBSLS403A Present a sales solution superseded by
BSBSLS408A Present, secure and support sales solutions
2 imported units removed:
BSBSLS404A Secure prospect commitment
BSBSLS405A Support post sale activities
Refer to the mapping for further information
Approved
Page 20 of 7618
January 2013
Changes between this training package (AUR12) and

previously endorsed training package (AUR05)
54 new AUR qualifications
2 revised AUR qualifications
4 AUR qualifications removed
94 new AUR units of competency
489 revised AUR units of competency
6 AUR units removed
35 unchanged AUR units of competency
16 new AUR Skill Sets
3 unchanged AUR Skill Sets
Adoption of new numbering system for the AUR Training
Package
Recoding of all units of competency to conform with the
Training Package Development Handbook
Refer to the mapping for further information
Approved
Page 21 of 7618
Imprint
Copyright Statement
2014 Commonwealth of Australia.
With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Departments logo, any
material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this
document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0
Australia licence.
You are free:
to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work

to make commercial use of the work
Under the following conditions:
Attribution - You must give the original author credit.

No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work.
Special Conditions (Waiver)

For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the
work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work
carry with it the respective licence, and is thus partitioned.
The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons
website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be
attributed as the AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training Package
Release 2.0.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not
necessarily represent the view of Department of Industry or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors
which could be pertinent in particular cases.
While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Industry and the original developer
do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your
State or Territory. Department of Industry and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss
(including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this
Training Package.
The Commonwealth, through the Department of Industry, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or
advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The
information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the
relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other
format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.
Published by:
Release Date:
January 2014
Approved
Page 22 of 7618
Preliminary Information
Important Note to Users
Training Packages are not static documents; they are amended periodically to reflect the latest
industry practices and are version controlled. It is essential that the latest version is always
used.
Check the version number before commencing training or assessment
This Training Package is Version 2 check whether this is the latest version by going to the
National Training Information Service (www.ntis.gov.au) and locating information about the
Training Package. Alternatively, contact Auto Skills Australia Website
(http://www.autoskillsaustralia.com.au) to confirm the latest version number.
Explanation of version number conventions
The primary release Training Package is Version 1. When changes are made to a Training
Package, sometimes the version number is changed and sometimes it is not, depending on the
extent of the change. When a Training Package is reviewed it is considered to be a new
Training Package for the purposes of version control, and is Version 1. Do not confuse the
version number with the Training Packages national code (which remains the same during its
period of endorsement).
Explanation of the review date
The review date (shown on the title page and in the footer of each page) indicates when the
Training Package is expected to be reviewed in the light of changes such as changing
technologies and circumstances. The review date is not an expiry date. Endorsed Training
Packages and their components remain current until they are reviewed or replaced.
Version modification history
The version details of this endorsed Training Package are in the table below. The latest
information is at the top of the table.
Version
Version 2
Release Date
2014
Comments
New Release
Summary of AQF qualifications in Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair

Training Package
Code
Title
AUR10112
Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation
AUR20112
Certificate II in Automotive Administration
AUR20212
Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology
AUR20312
Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology
AUR20412
Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology
Approved
Page 23 of 7618
Code
Title
AUR20512
Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology
AUR20612
Certificate II in Marine Mechanical Technology
AUR20712
Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation
AUR20812
Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology
AUR20912
Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology
AUR21012
Certificate II in Motorsport Technology
AUR21112
Certificate II in Automotive Sales
AUR21212
Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology
AUR21312
Certificate II in Automotive Braking System Technology
AUR21412
Certificate II in Automotive Cooling System Technology
AUR21512
Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning
AUR21612
Certificate II in Automotive Driveline System Technology
AUR21712
Certificate II in Automotive Exhaust System Technology
AUR21812
Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System Technology
AUR21913
Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology
AUR30112
Certificate III in Automotive Administration
AUR30212
Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations
AUR30312
Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology
AUR30412
Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology
AUR30512
Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology
AUR30612
Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology
AUR30713
Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology
AUR30812
Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology
AUR30912
Certificate III in Motorsport Technology
Approved
Page 24 of 7618
Code
Title
AUR31012
Certificate III in Automotive Sales
AUR31112
Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology
AUR31212
Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology
AUR31312
Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning
AUR31412
Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology
AUR31512
Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology
AUR31612
Certificate III in Automotive Drivetrain Technology
AUR31712
Certificate III in Forklift Technology
AUR31812
Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology
AUR31912
Certificate III in Elevating Work Platform Technology
AUR32012
Certificate III in Automotive Alternative Fuel Technology
AUR32112
Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology
AUR32212
Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology
AUR32312
Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology
AUR32412
Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology
AUR32512
Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology
AUR40112
Certificate IV in Automotive Management
AUR40212
Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis
AUR40312
Certificate IV in Motorsport Technology
AUR40412
Certificate IV in Automotive Performance Enhancement
AUR40512
Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing
AUR40612
Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology
AUR40712
Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology
AUR40812
Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling
Approved
Page 25 of 7618
Code
Title
AUR50112
Diploma of Automotive Management
AUR50212
Diploma of Automotive Technology
AUR50312
Diploma of Motorsport Technology
Summary of Units of Competency in Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair

Training Package and their Pre-Requisite Requirements
Unit code
Unit title
Pre-requisites
Common - Administration
AURAAA2001
Work in an automotive administration environment
AURAAA4002
Determine retail rates for work
Common Sales and Marketing

AURACA2001
Establish relations with customers
AURACA3002
Establish customer requirements of a complex nature
AURACA3003
Build customer relations
Common - Environment
AURAEA1001
Identify environmental requirements in an automotive

workplace
AURAEA2002
Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in an

automotive workplace
AURAEA3003
Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in

the automotive mechanical industry
AURAEA4004
Manage environmental compliance in an automotive

workplace
Common - Foundation Skills

AURAFA2001
Use numbers in an automotive workplace
AURAFA2002
Read in an automotive workplace
AURAFA2003
Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
Approved
Page 26 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURAFA2004
Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAFA2005
Write routine texts in an automotive workplace
AURAFA3008
Read and apply automotive repair instructions
AURAFA5006
Prepare technical reports
AURAFA5007
Develop and document specifications and procedures
Pre-requisites
Common - Information Technology

AURAKA2001
Use information technology systems
AURAKA3002
Adapt work processes to new technologies
Common - Regulatory or Legal

AURALA3001
Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair

contract
Common - Management, Leadership and Supervision

AURAMA2001
Work effectively with others
AURAMA2002
Communicate business information
AURAMA3003
Conduct information sessions
AURAMA3004
Maintain business image
AURAMA4005
Manage complex customer issues
AURAMA5006
Contribute to business improvement
Common - Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting - Body

AURANN4001
Prepare a vehicle repair quotation
Common - Quality
AURAQA2001
Contribute to quality work outcomes
AURAQA3002
Inspect technical quality of work
AURAQA3003
Maintain quality systems
Approved
Page 27 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
Pre-requisites
Common - Health and Safety

AURASA1001
Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals
AURASA2002
Apply safe working practices in an automotive workplace
Common - Technical
AURATA2001
Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting

processes
AURATA2002
Read and interpret engineering drawings
AURATA2003
Produce drawings from design concepts
AURATA3004
Provide technical guidance
AURATA3005
Estimate complex jobs
Bicycle - Sales and Marketing

AURBCA2001
Work in a retail bicycle environment
AURBCA2002
Select and adjust bicycle to fit rider
Bicycle - Health and Safety

AURBSA3001
Conduct cycling proficiency training
Bicycle - Technical
AURBTA1001
Remove and tag bicycle components
AURBTA1002
Adjust bicycles
AURBTA2003
Assemble bicycles
AURBTA2004
Assemble box bicycles for retail sale
AURBTA3005
Restore bicycles
AURBTA3006
Identify and select components for custom bicycles
AURBTA3007
Provide mechanical support to cycling events
Bicycle - Technical - Brakes
Approved
Page 28 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURBTB2001
Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems
AURBTB2002
Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems
AURBTB3003
Repair bicycle hydraulic braking systems
Pre-requisites
Bicycle - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURBTD2001
Service bicycle steering systems
AURBTD2002
Service bicycle suspension systems
AURBTD3003
Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems
AURBTD3004
Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems
Bicycle - Technical - Wheels and Tyres

AURBTJ2001
Remove, repair and fit bicycle tyres
AURBTJ2002
Service bicycle wheels and hubs
AURBTJ3003
Design and build bicycle wheels
AURBTJ3004
Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs
Bicycle - Technical - Tools and Equipment

AURBTK2001
Use and maintain specialised bicycle repair tools
Bicycle - Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURBTQ2001
Service bicycle drivetrain systems
AURBTQ3002
Repair bicycle drivetrain systems
Bicycle - Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURBTR3001
Service electric power assist bicycles
Bicycle - Technical - Accessories

AURBTV2001
Fit and adjust bicycle accessories
Bicycle - Technical - Chassis and Frame

AURBTY3001
Service and repair bicycle frames
Approved
Page 29 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURBTY4002
Design and build bicycle frames
AURBTY4003
Assess carbon fibre frames for repair
Pre-requisites
Electrical - Technical
AURETA5001
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in

electric over-hydraulic systems
AURETA5002

safety systems
AURETA5003

monitoring and protection systems
AURETA5004

convenience and entertainment systems
AURETA5005

theft-deterrent systems
AURETA5006

climate-control systems
Electrical - Technical - Brakes

AURETB3001
Repair electric braking systems
AURETB5002

braking systems
Electrical - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURETD3001
Service and repair electronically controlled steering systems
AURETD5002

stability, steering and suspension systems
Electrical - Technical - Engines

AURETE5001

engine management systems
Electrical - Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

AURETH3001
Depower battery electric vehicles
Approved
Page 30 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
Pre-requisites
AURETH3002
Service and maintain battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4003
Test and repair high voltage battery systems in battery

electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4004
Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control device in

battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4005
Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery

electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4006
Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated

components in battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4007
Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety

interlocks in battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4008
Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin heating and cooling

systems in battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4009
Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric

vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETR3025
AURETH4010
Test high voltage batteries in hybrid electric vehicles
AURETR3025
AURETH4011
Deactivate and reinitialise power supply in hybrid electric

vehicles
AURETH4012
Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid

electric vehicles
AURETH4014
Diagnose complex faults in battery electric and hybrid

electric vehicle systems
AURETH5013

electric and hybrid vehicle systems
AURETH4011
Electrical - Technical - Tools and Equipment

AURETK1001
Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment
AURETK2002
Use and maintain automotive electrical test equipment
Electrical - Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURETR1001
Remove and tag automotive electrical system components
Approved
Page 31 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURETR1002
Test, service and maintain battery storage systems
AURETR1003
Apply automotive electrical system fundamentals
AURETR2005
Install, test and repair electrical security systems and

components
AURETR2006
Carry out soldering of electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR2007
Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical circuits

and wiring systems
AURETR2008
Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies
AURETR2009
Install, test and repair vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR2010
Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR2011
Install and test basic ancillary electrical components
AURETR2012
Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR2013
Inspect and service charging systems
AURETR2014
Inspect and service starting systems
AURETR2015
Inspect and service batteries
AURETR2016
Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings
AURETR2035
Demonstrate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine

operation
AURETR2042
Remove, refit and test electrical componentry for operation

following body repair activities
AURETR3017
Overhaul charging system alternators
AURETR3018
Overhaul starting motors
AURETR3019
Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems
AURETR3020
Repair electronic systems
AURETR3021
Inspect, service and repair electronic management,

monitoring and tracking systems
Approved
Pre-requisites
Page 32 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURETR3022
Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems
AURETR3023
Diagnose and repair electronic spark ignition engine

management systems
AURETR3024
Diagnose and repair electronic compression ignition engine

management systems
AURETR3025
Test, charge and replace batteries
AURETR3026
Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units

and assemblies
AURETR3027
Install ancillary electronic control unit systems and

components
AURETR3028
Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems
AURETR3029
Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR3030
Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURETR3031
Diagnose and repair ignition systems
AURETR3032
Repair electrical systems
AURETR3036
Service and repair electronically controlled suspension

systems
AURETR3043
Service and repair electronic body management systems
AURETR3044
Service and repair electronic drive management systems
AURETR4004
Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in vehicle

AURETR4037
Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in light

vehicle safety systems
AURETR4038
Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and

electronic systems
AURETR4039

vehicle theft deterrent systems
AURETR4040
Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in vehicle

Approved
Pre-requisites
Page 33 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURETR5033
Develop and apply electronic systems modification
AURETR5034
Develop and apply electrical systems modification
Pre-requisites
Electrical - Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

AURETU2001
Install air conditioning systems
AURETU2002
Recover vehicle refrigerants
AURETU2003
Service air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU3004
Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU3005
Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU4006
Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC

systems
AURETU4007
Overhaul air conditioning system components
Electrical - Technical - Transmission

AURETX5001

transmission and driveline systems
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical

AURHTA1001
Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair operations
AURHTA2003
Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary

components and accessories
AURHTA3002
Service and repair trailers in excess of 4.5 tonnes
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Brakes

AURHTB3001
Repair air braking systems
AURHTB3002
Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic braking

systems
AURHTB3007
Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle electronic braking

systems
AURHTB4003
Overhaul braking system components (heavy)
Approved
Page 34 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURHTB4004
Overhaul air braking systems and components
AURHTB4006
Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle

braking systems
AURHTB5005
Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle braking system faults
Pre-requisites
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURHTD2001
Inspect and service heavy commercial vehicle suspension

systems
AURHTD3002
Repair steering systems (heavy vehicle)
AURHTD3003
Repair suspension systems (heavy vehicle)
AURHTD3004
Carry out wheel alignment operations (heavy vehicle)
AURHTD4006

steering and suspension systems
AURHTD5005
Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle steering and suspension

system faults
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Engines

AURHTE2001
Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies
AURHTE3002
Repair engines and associated engine components (heavy

vehicle)
AURHTE4003
Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines
AURHTE5004
Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle engine and fuel system

faults
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Fuel Systems

AURHTF2001
Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and

components
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Wheels and Tyres

AURHTJ1001
Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres
AURHTJ2002
Select heavy vehicle tyres and rims for specific applications
Approved
Page 35 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURHTJ2003
Remove, inspect and refit heavy vehicle wheel assemblies
AURHTJ2004
Demount, inspect, repair and mount agricultural equipment

tyres and tubes
AURHTJ2006
Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes (heavy)
AURHTJ3005
Identify and apply pneumatic wheeled traction performance

enhancement systems (heavy vehicle)
Pre-requisites
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Alternative Fuels

AURHTL4001
Inspect, repair and diagnose alternative fuel systems for

heavy vehicle engines
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURHTQ2001
Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components
AURHTQ3002
Repair final drive assemblies (heavy vehicle)
AURHTQ3003
Repair final drive driveline (heavy vehicle)
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURHTR3005
Diagnose and repair heavy trailer electronically controlled

roll stability systems
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Transmission

AURHTX3001
Repair transmissions manual (heavy vehicle)
AURHTX3002
Inspect, test and replace transmissions - automatic (heavy

vehicle)
AURHTX3003
Repair transmissions - automatic (heavy vehicle)
AURHTX3004
Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems
AURHTX4006

AURHTX5005
Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle transmission system

faults
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Chassis and Frame
Approved
Page 36 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURHTY2001
Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy

vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes
AURHTY3002
Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy

vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes
Pre-requisites
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Emission and Exhaust

AURHTZ3001
Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical

AURJTA1001
Perform minor adjustments to motorcycles
AURJTA1002
Remove and replace motorcycle components and

accessories
AURJTA5003
Analyse and evaluate motorcycle engine and transmission

system faults
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Brakes

AURJTB3001
Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems
AURJTB5002
Analyse and evaluate motorcycle braking system faults
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURJTD2001
Inspect and service motorcycle suspension systems
AURJTD2002
Inspect and service motorcycle steering systems
AURJTD3003
Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems
AURJTD3004
Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems
AURJTD4005
Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and

suspension systems
AURJTD5006
Analyse and evaluate motorcycle steering, suspension and

frame system faults
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Engines

AURJTE3001
Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines
AURJTE4002
Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and
Approved
Page 37 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
Pre-requisites
transmission systems
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Wheels and Tyres
AURJTJ2001
Remove, inspect and fit motorcycle wheel assemblies
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURJTQ2001
Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems
AURJTQ3002
Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURJTR5001
Analyse and evaluate motorcycle electrical and electronic

system faults
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Transmission

AURJTX3001
Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems
AURJTX3002
Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions
AURJTX3003
Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Chassis and Frame

AURJTY3001
Repair and align motorcycle frames
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical

AURKTA3001
Synchronise plant and equipment
AURKTA3002
Inspect, service and repair harvesting equipment
AURKTA3003
Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding

equipment
AURKTA3004
Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading

equipment
AURKTA3005
Inspect, service and repair tracked type drive and support

systems
AURKTA4009
Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems
AURKTA5006
Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant transmission,

steering and braking systems faults
Approved
Page 38 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURKTA5007
Analyse and evaluate mobile plant hydraulic system faults
Pre-requisites
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical - BrakesAURKTB3001
Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems
AURKTB4003
Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems
AURKTB5002
Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant braking system

faults
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURKTD3001
Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems
AURKTD3002
Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems
AURKTD4005
Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and

suspension systems
AURKTD5003
Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant steering and

suspension system faults
AURKTD5004
Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant undercarriage

and suspension system faults
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical - Engines

AURKTE5001
Analyse and evaluate mobile plant engine and fuel system

faults
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical - Driveline and Drive Trains

AURKTQ3001
Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURKTR3001
Diagnose and repair electric-over-hydraulic control systems
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical - Transmission

AURKTX3001
Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions
AURKTX4003
Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission

systems
AURKTX5002
Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant transmission
Approved
Page 39 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
Pre-requisites
system faults
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Regulatory or Legal - Steering and Suspension
AURLLD3001
Determine compliance of steering and suspension

modifications
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical

AURLTA1001
Apply automotive mechanical system fundamentals
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Brakes

AURLTB3003
Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURLTB4001
Overhaul braking system components (light)
AURLTB4004
Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems
AURLTB5002
Analyse and evaluate light vehicle braking system faults
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURLTD3001
Select and install performance enhanced suspension system

products
AURLTD3002
Service and rectify faults in lift assisted suspension systems
AURLTD3003
Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer

specifications
AURLTD3004
Repair steering systems (light vehicle)
AURLTD3005
Repair suspension systems (light vehicle)
AURLTD3006
Carry out wheel alignment operations (light vehicle)
AURLTD4009
Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and

suspension systems
AURLTD5007
Analyse and evaluate light vehicle steering and suspension

system faults
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Engines

AURLTE2001
Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies
AURLTE3002
Repair engines and associated engine components (light
Approved
Page 40 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
Pre-requisites
vehicle)
AURLTE4004
Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines
AURLTE4005
Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines
AURLTE5003
Analyse and evaluate light vehicle engine and fuel system

faults
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Fuel Systems

AURLTF3001
Diagnose and repair mechanical fuel injection systems
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Wheels and Tyres

AURLTJ2001
Select tyres and rims for specific applications (light)
AURLTJ2002
Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes (light)
AURLTJ2003
Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel assemblies
AURLTJ3004
Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre

combinations
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURLTQ3001
Repair final drive assemblies (light vehicle)
AURLTQ3002
Repair final drive driveline (light vehicle)
AURLTQ5003
Analyse and evaluate light vehicle driveline system faults
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Transmission

AURLTX3001
Repair transmissions - manual (light vehicle)
AURLTX3002
Repair transmissions - automatic (light vehicle)
AURLTX3003
Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems
AURLTX4004
Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle transmission and

driveline systems
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Emission and Exhaust

AURLTZ3001
Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems
Motorsport - Support and Logistics
Approved
Page 41 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURMBA2001
Transport a light competition vehicle and support

equipment
AURMBA3002
Load and unload a competition vehicle and support

equipment
Pre-requisites
Motorsport - Sales and Marketing

AURMCA5001
Manage motorsport team media liaison
AURMCA5002
Manage motorsport team promotional partnerships and

marketing
Motorsport - Officiating
AURMDA2001
Develop and update motorsport industry knowledge
AURMDA2002
Assist with motorsport officiating duties
AURMDA3004
Recover a motorsport vehicle
AURMDA3005
Act as a marshal in a motorsport event
AURMDA3006
Communicate using flags and signals in a motorsport event
AURMDA3007
Act as a steward in a motorsport event
Motorsport
AURMGA2001
Set up and dismantle temporary work location and

equipment
AURMGA4002
Manage personal presentation and development
Motorsport - Information Technology

AURMKA4001
Manage motorsport data
AURETR2012
AURMTA3009
MEM30012A
Motorsport - Regulatory or Legal

AURMLA2001
Comply with motorsport rules and regulations when

officiating
AURMLA3002
Monitor compliance with motorsport rules and regulations
Approved
Page 42 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURMLA3003
Inspect motorsport vehicles and equipment for compliance
Pre-requisites
Motorsport - Management, Leadership and Supervision

AURMMA2001
Operate in a motorsport environment
AURMMA3007
Follow motorsport event and team safety requirements
AURMMA3008
Coordinate operations of a motorsport team
AURMMA4002
Manage the preparation of a competition vehicle
AURMMA5003
Manage motorsport operations
AURMMA5004
Manage motorsport team development
AURMMA5005
Manage team pit lane and service area operations
AURMMA5006
Prepare and implement race strategies
AURMTA3005
Motorsport - Health and Safety

AURMSA2001
Follow motorsport safety and risk management procedures
AURMSA3002
Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a

motorsport environment
Motorsport - Technical
AURMTA2001
Prepare and service a light competition vehicle
AURMTA3002
Assemble and prepare a competition vehicle
AURMTA3004
Perform competition vehicle preparation procedures at an

event
AURMTA3005
Perform pit lane and service area operations
AURMTA3006
Perform torquing and fastening
AURMTA3007
Conduct non-destructive testing
AURMTA3009
Collect and log motorsport data
AURMTA5003
Determine material suitability for competition vehicle
Approved
AURMTA3006
AURMTA3007
AURLTD3006
AURMTA3002
AURMTA3007
Page 43 of 7618
Unit code
AURMTA5008
Unit title
Pre-requisites
components
MEM30012A
Apply aerodynamic and vehicle dynamic principles and

effects to competition vehicles
AURMTD4002
AURMTJ4001
MEM30012A
Motorsport - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURMTD4001
Test suspension dampers using a dynamometer
MEM30012A
AURMTD4002
Prepare competition vehicle suspension
AURLTD3005
AURTTD2004
Motorsport - Technical - Engines

AURMTE4001
Test engines using a dynamometer
Motorsport - Technical - Fuel Systems

AURMTF4001
Analyse and repair complex performance carburetted fuel

systems
AURTTF2001
AURTTF3006
AURMTF4002
Analyse and repair performance fuel injection systems
AURETR3023
AURTTF2001
Motorsport - Technical - Wheels and Tyres

AURMTJ4001
Select and prepare tyres and wheels for motorsport

applications
Motorsport - Technical - Driveline and Final Drives
AURMTQ4001
Analyse and repair complex performance driveline systems
AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002
AURLTX3001
AURMTA3007
Motorsport - Technical - Fabrication

AURMTS3001
Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition vehicles
Mechanical - Lifting Equipment - Technical

AURNTA3001
Inspect, service and repair lift truck mast assemblies
Outdoor Power Equipment - Technical

AURPTA1001
Carry out pre-repair operations to outdoor power equipment
Approved
Page 44 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURPTA1002
Perform minor adjustments to outdoor power equipment
AURPTA2003
Service and repair rotary cutting systems
AURPTA2004
Service and repair drum cutting systems
AURPTA2005
Service and repair chainsaw cutting systems
AURPTA2006
Service line trimming systems and components
AURPTA2007
Service and repair post-boring systems
AURPTA2008
Service and repair post-hole digging systems
AURPTA2009
Service and repair reciprocating cutting systems
AURPTA2010
Service pumping systems
AURPTA3011
Repair pumping systems
Pre-requisites
Outdoor Power Equipment - Technical - Engines

AURPTE2002
Service engines and engine components (outdoor power

equipment)
AURPTE3003
Repair engines and engine components (outdoor power

equipment)
AURPTE4004
Overhaul engines and engine components (outdoor power

equipment)
Outdoor Power Equipment - Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURPTR2002
Test and service outdoor electric powered equipment
AURPTR3001
Test and service 240V portable generators
Marine - Environment
AURREA2001
Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in a

marine workplace
AURREA3002

the marine mechanical industry
AURREA4004
Manage environmental compliance in a marine workplace
Approved
Page 45 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
Pre-requisites
Marine
AURRGA3001
Launch and recover a vessel using a trailer
AURRGA3002
Launch and recover a vessel from crane, gantry and forklift
AURRGA3003
Moor a motor-driven vessel
Marine - Technical
AURRTA2001
Service deck, hull and cabin equipment
AURRTA3002
Carry out hull repairs
AURRTA3003
Winterise vessel and engine systems
AURRTA3004
Recommission vessel systems
AURRTA3005
Repair deck, hull and cabin equipment
AURRTA3006
Water test a vessel
AURRTA5007
Analyse and evaluate light marine hydraulic system faults
AURRTA5008
Analyse and evaluate light marine hull performance and

stability system faults
Marine - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURRTD3001
Diagnose and repair marine steering systems
Marine - Technical - Engines

AURRTE1001
Prepare outboard engines for wet-run testing
AURRTE2002
Service outboard engines and components
AURRTE2003
Service inboard engines and components
AURRTE3005
Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems and

components
AURRTE3006
Diagnose and repair outboard engines and components
AURRTE3007
Diagnose and repair inboard engines and components
AURRTE3008
Install marine engines, controls and instruments
Approved
Page 46 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURRTE3009
Recommission marine engine systems
AURRTE3010
Water test engines in tanks
AURRTE4011
Overhaul two and four cycle outboard engines
AURRTE5012
Analyse and evaluate light marine engine and powerhead

system faults
Pre-requisites
Marine - Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURRTQ2001
Service inboard propeller drive systems
AURRTQ2002
Service jet drive propulsion systems
AURRTQ3003
Install inboard propeller drive systems
AURRTQ3004
Diagnose and repair inboard propeller drive systems
AURRTQ3005
Install jet drive propulsion systems
AURRTQ3006
Diagnose and repair jet drive propulsion systems
Marine - Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURRTR1001
Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage

systems
AURRTR3002
Install marine electronic systems and components
AURRTR3003
Test, diagnose and repair marine electronic systems and

components
AURRTR3004
Install marine electrical systems and components
Marine - Technical - Transmission

AURRTX2001
Service marine outboard and stern drive transmissions
AURRTX2002
Service marine inboard transmissions
AURRTX3003
Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive

transmissions
AURRTX3004
Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions
AURRTX5005
Analyse and evaluate light marine transmission system
Approved
Page 47 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
Pre-requisites
faults
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management - Administration
AURSAA2001
Process customer complaints
AURSAA2002
Maintain customer aftermarket relations
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management - Support and Logistics

AURSBA2001
Carry out warehousing procedures
AURSBA3002
Apply automotive parts interpretation process
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management - Sales and Marketing

AURSCA2001
Select automotive parts and products
AURSCA2002
Present stock and sales area
AURSCA2003
Apply sales procedures
AURSCA2004
Carry out cash, credit and funds transfers
AURSCA2005
Sell products
AURSCA2006
Promote products and services
AURSCA3007
Determine used motor vehicle stock requirements
AURSCA3008
Wholesale used motor vehicle stock
AURSCA3009
Provide vehicle technology information
AURSCA3010
Appraise and purchase used motor vehicles to supplement

stock for sale
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management - Sales and Marketing - Paint
AURSCP2001
Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing

products
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management - Regulatory and Legal

AURSLA2001
Apply legal requirements relating to product sales
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Environment
Approved
Page 48 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURTEA4001
Manage environmental compliance in the mechanical repair

industry
Pre-requisites
Mechanical Miscellaneous
AURTGA3001
Drive and manoeuvre trailers
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting

AURTNA5001
Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a

vehicle
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical

AURTTA1001
Remove and tag steering, suspension and brake system

components
AURTTA1002
Carry out workshop practice activities
AURTTA1003
Use and maintain basic measuring devices
AURTTA2004
Carry out servicing operations
AURTTA2005
Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and

adhesives
AURTTA2006
Service hydraulic systems
AURTTA2007
Inspect, service and repair pneumatic systems
AURTTA2008
Produce patterns and templates
AURTTA2009
Carry out pre-repair operations (mechanical)
AURTTA2010
Service and repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes
AURTTA3011
Install hydraulic systems to specified applications
AURTTA3012
Manufacture and install fluid power hose assemblies
AURTTA3013
Repair hydraulic systems
AURTTA3014
Assemble and install pneumatic systems and components
AURTTA3015
Prepare engineering drawings
AURTTA3017
Carry out vehicle safety and roadworthy inspections
Approved
Page 49 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURTTA3018
Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTA3019
Carry out advanced diagnostic procedures
AURTTA3020
Apply heat-induction processes
AURTTA4021
Carry out diagnosis of complex system faults
AURTTA4025
Diagnose complex faults in vehicle integrated stability

control systems
AURTTA4026
Diagnose complex faults in vehicle electric-over-hydraulic

systems
AURTTA5022
Develop and apply mechanical system modifications
AURTTA5023
Develop and apply hydraulic system modifications
AURTTA5024
Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications
Pre-requisites
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Brakes

AURTTB2001
Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTB2002
Attach friction materials and radius grind
AURTTB2003
Machine brake drums and brake disc rotors
AURTTB2004
Inspect and service air braking systems
AURTTB3005
Assemble and fit braking systems and components
AURTTB3006
Inspect, service and repair auxiliary braking systems
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Cooling Systems

AURTTC2001
Inspect and service cooling systems
AURTTC2002
Carry out radiator repairs
AURTTC3003
Diagnose and repair cooling systems
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURTTD2001
Inspect steering systems
AURTTD2002
Inspect and service steering systems
Approved
Page 50 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURTTD2003
Inspect suspension systems
AURTTD2004
Inspect and service suspension systems
AURTTD4005
Overhaul steering system components
Pre-requisites
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Engines

AURTTE1003
Remove and tag engine system components
AURTTE2004
Inspect and service engines
AURTTE3001
Apply knowledge of engine science
AURTTE4005
Overhaul engines and associated engine components
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Fuel Systems

AURTTF2001
Service petrol fuel systems
AURTTF2002
Service diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF3004
Repair diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF3005
Inspect and repair engine forced induction systems
AURTTF3006
Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTF4003
Overhaul diesel fuel injection systems
AURTTF4007
Overhaul petrol fuel system components
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Wheels and Tyres

AURTTJ2001
Balance wheels and tyres
AURTTJ2002
Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake

components
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Tools and Equipment

AURTTK2001
Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive

workplace
AURTTK2002
Use and maintain workplace tools and equipment
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Alternative Fuels
Approved
Page 51 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURTTL3001
Service CNG fuel systems
AURTTL3002
Diagnose and repair CNG fuel systems
AURTTL3003
Install CNG fuel systems
AURTTL3004
Service LNG fuel systems
AURTTL3005
Diagnose and repair LNG fuel systems
AURTTL3006
Install LNG fuel systems
AURTTL3007
Service LPG fuel systems
AURTTL3008
Diagnose and repair LPG fuel systems
AURTTL3009
Install LPG fuel systems
AURTTL3010
Install LPG, CNG and LNG electrical control equipment
AURTTL4011
Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel systems
AURTTL4012
Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel systems
AURTTL4013
Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel systems
AURTTL5014
Analyse and evaluate gas fuel system faults
AURTTL5015
Develop and apply gas fuel system modifications
Pre-requisites
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Manufacture

AURTTM3001
Operate and monitor computer numerical control machines
AURTTM3002
Repair bearing tunnels and connecting rods in engines
AURTTM3003
Apply metal to rebuild engine components
AURTTM3004
Assemble engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM3005
Balance rotating and reciprocating engine components
AURTTM3006
Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine

components
AURTTM3007
Carry out grinding operations
Approved
Page 52 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURTTM3008
Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and sub-assemblies
AURTTM3009
Fit sleeves and bore and hone engine cylinders
AURTTM3010
Heat treat, straighten and reclaim engine components
AURTTM3011
Recondition engine cylinder heads
Pre-requisites
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Drivelines and Final Drives

AURTTQ2001
Service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ2002
Remove and refit driveline components
AURTTQ2003
Service final drive (driveline)
AURTTQ4004
Overhaul final drive assemblies
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURT
TR400
1
Diagnose complex faults in engine management systems
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Fabrication

AURTTS2001
Fabricate exhaust system and components
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

AURTTW2001
Carry out soft soldering techniques
AURTTW3002
Set, operate and monitor specialist machines
AURTTW3003
Carry out machining operations
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Transmission

AURTTX1001
Remove and tag transmission system components
AURTTX2002
Inspect and service transmissions (manual)
AURTTX2003
Inspect and service transmissions (automatic)
AURTTX2004
Service transmissions (hydrostatic)
AURTTX2005
Inspect and service clutch systems
Approved
Page 53 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURTTX3006
Repair transmissions (hydrostatic)
AURTTX4007
Overhaul clutch assemblies
AURTTX4008
Overhaul transmissions (manual)
AURTTX4009
Overhaul transmissions (automatic)
AURTTX4010
Overhaul transmissions (hydrostatic)
AURTTX4011
Overhaul torque converters
Pre-requisites
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Chassis and Frame

AURTTY3001
Repair chassis, frame and associated components
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Emission and Exhaust

AURTTZ2001
Inspect and service emission control systems
AURTTZ2002
Repair exhaust system components
Vehicle Body - Environment - Body

AURVEN2001
Apply environmental regulations and best practice in the

body repair industry
AURVEN3002

the automotive body repair industry
AURVEN4003
Plan and manage compliance with environmental

regulations in the body repair industry
Vehicle Body
AURVGA3001
Determine vehicle rescue method and costs
AURVGA3002
Recover vehicles
Vehicle Body - Regulatory or Legal

AURVLA4001
Identify and report vehicle claim fraud indicators
Vehicle Body - Regulatory or Legal - Body

AURVLN2001
Apply legal requirements for vehicle dismantlers
Approved
Page 54 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
Pre-requisites
Vehicle Body - Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting

AURVNA4001
Provide vehicle loss assessment and identify repair

requirements
AURVNA4002
Provide vehicle total loss assessment
AURVNA4003
Review a vehicle repair quotation
AURVNA4004
Apply insurance industry knowledge to vehicle loss

assessment
AURVNA4005
Inspect quality of vehicle repair work
AURVNA4006
Identify and value vehicle salvage
AURVNA4007
Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to

vehicle loss assessment
AURVNA4008
Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss

assessment
Vehicle Body - Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting - Body

AURVNN4001
Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair

requirements
Vehicle Body - Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting - Paint

AURVNP4001
Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish

requirements
Vehicle Body - Technical

AURVTA2001
Prepare vehicle, components and equipment for customer

use
AURVTA3002
Remove and replace supplementary restraint systems
AURVTA3003
Inspect paint, trim and accessories and recommend repair

procedures
AURVTA3004
Inspect vehicle systems and determine preferred repair

action
Vehicle Body - Technical - Glazing
Approved
Page 55 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURVTG2001
Repair laminated glass
AURVTG2002
Remove and install rubber glazed windscreens
AURVTG2003
Remove and install butyl sealed windscreens
AURVTG2004
Remove and install direct glazed windscreens
AURVTG2005
Remove and install framed type windscreens
AURVTG2006
Apply window tinting
AURVTG2007
Clean glass surfaces
AURVTG3008
Cut and process flat laminated glass
AURVTG3009
Remove and install fixed body glass
AURVTG3010
Remove and install movable body glass
AURVTG3011
Install side windows
AURVTG3012
Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and urethane

glazed windscreens
AURVTG3013
Remove and install large vehicle windscreens
Pre-requisites
Vehicle Body - Technical - Tools and Equipment

AURVTK2001
Use and maintain vehicle body repair hand tools
Vehicle Body - Technical - Body

AURVTN1001
Remove and tag vehicle body system components
AURVTN2002
Carry out panel repairs
AURVTN2003
Carry out pre-repair vehicle body operations
AURVTN2004
Remove, replace and realign bolt-on panels, sections and

fittings
AURVTN2005
Remove and fit protector mouldings, transfers and decals
AURVTN2006
Remove and replace mechanical units and assemblies
AURVTN2007
Remove salvageable components
Approved
Page 56 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURVTN2008
Clean vehicle body and door cavities
AURVTN2009
Clean vehicle engine and engine compartment
AURVTN2010
Clean vehicle underbody
AURVTN2011
Remove and install rear vision mirrors
AURVTN2030
Service air compressors and air lines
AURVTN2033
Service, repair and replace air compressors and components
AURVTN2037
Disassemble and test vehicle units and components
AURVTN3012
Install vehicle sunroofs
AURVTN3013
Carry out paint-less dent repairs
AURVTN3014
Repair body panels by beating and split repair
AURVTN3015
Repair body panels using metal finishing techniques
AURVTN3016
Repair body panels incorporating filler
AURVTN3017
Repair body panels and thermoplastic components
AURVTN3018
Repair and replace structural damage by welding
AURVTN3019
Repair and replace structural damage by riveting
AURVTN3020
Replace major welded panels
AURVTN3021
Repair body components using lead wiping
AURVTN3022
Repair vehicle body misalignment
AURVTN3023
Remove and replace adhesive bonded panels and structures
AURVTN3024
Install vehicle body component seals
AURVTN3025
Repair corroded panels and components
AURVTN3026
Repair aluminium body panels (finishing)
AURVTN3027
Repair aluminium body panels (filling)
AURVTN3028
Identify and repair high strength steel components
Approved
Pre-requisites
Page 57 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURVTN3029
Set up and operate universal measuring systems
AURVTN3031
Conduct major sectional repairs
AURVTN3035
Apply original equipment manufacturer repair procedures
AURVTN4032
Determine vehicle damage and recommended repair

procedures
AURVTN5034
Evaluate and select bodywork materials, equipment and

processes
Pre-requisites
Vehicle Body - Technical - Paint

AURVTP2001
Apply paint removal methods
AURVTP2002
Carry out masking procedures
AURVTP2003
Prepare spray painting materials and equipment
AURVTP2004
Apply fundamental colour matching techniques
AURVTP2005
Apply rust prevention and sound deadening materials
AURVTP2006
Prepare vehicle components for paint repairs
AURVTP2007
Apply paint touch-up techniques
AURVTP2008
Clean and polish vehicle exterior paint
AURVTP2009
Apply vehicle body film wrapping
AURVTP2026
Carry out basic airbrush application techniques
AURVTP2027
Carry out custom graphics design and layout techniques
AURVTP3010
Prepare spray booths and paint drying equipment
AURVTP3011
Apply solid acrylic enamel refinishing materials using two

component systems
AURVTP3012
Apply air dry and polyurethane enamel refinishing materials
AURVTP3013
Prepare substrate for refinishing
AURVTP3014
Apply multi- layer and clear over-base colour matching

techniques
Approved
Page 58 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURVTP3015
Apply solid colour matching techniques
AURVTP3016
Carry out paint rectification and touch-up work for solids

using two component systems
AURVTP3017
Carry out paint rectification and touch-up work for clear

over base using two component systems
AURVTP3018
Carry out paint rectification for multi-layer and pearl using

two component systems
AURVTP3019
Prepare and paint plastic components
AURVTP3020
Carry out denibbing, buffing and polishing
AURVTP3021
Restore vehicle exterior paint
AURVTP3022
Carry out custom painting techniques
AURVTP3023
Mix and apply clear over-base refinishing materials in

two-component system
AURVTP3024
Mix and apply clear over-base multi- layer pearl refinishing

materials
AURVTP3025
Mix and apply water-based refinishing materials
Pre-requisites
Vehicle Body - Technical - Fabrication

AURVTS2006
Carry out fabrication of components
AURVTS3001
Carry out wood working operations for fabrication
AURVTS3002
Repair plugs, moulds, frames and flooring using wood

materials
AURVTS3003
Fabricate composite material components
AURVTS3004
Repair fibreglass and composite material components
AURVTS3005
Fabricate vehicle body panels and components
Vehicle Body - Technical - Trimming and Upholstery

AURVTT2001
Carry out sewing repairs and alterations
AURVTT2002
Carry out trim repairs and alterations
Approved
Page 59 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURVTT2003
Remove and replace vehicle interior trim components
AURVTT2004
Trim vehicle components
AURVTT2005
Select and apply trim and fabric materials
AURVTT2006
Select and apply trim and fabric adhesives
AURVTT2007
Clean and finish plastic trim and fittings
AURVTT2008
Clean and finish vehicle interior trim and seats
AURVTT2009
Remove and replace seats and internal fittings
AURVTT3010
Remove and replace vehicle head lining
AURVTT3011
Repair seat frames
AURVTT3012
Carry out sewing operations
AURVTT3013
Fabricate loose and fitted covers
AURVTT3014
Fabricate marine covers
AURVTT3015
Fabricate canvas products
AURVTT3016
Fabricate frame structures
AURVTT3017
Fabricate and install floor coverings
AURVTT3018
Fabricate and install soft top hoods
AURVTT3019
Fabricate and install canopies and curtains
AURVTT3020
Select and use leather in trimming
AURVTT3021
Select and use adhesives
Pre-requisites
Vehicle Body - Technical - Accessories

AURVTV2001
Remove, replace, fit and test components and accessories
Vehicle Body - Technical - Welding,Grinding, Machining and Soldering

AURVTW2001
Carry out manual metal arc welding procedures
AURVTW2002
Carry out brazing procedures
Approved
Page 60 of 7618
Unit code
Unit title
AURVTW2003
Carry out gas metal arc welding procedures
AURVTW2004
Carry out gas tungsten arc welding procedures
AURVTW2005
Carry out spot welding procedures
AURVTW2007
Conduct oxy-acetylene, thermal heating and cutting
AURVTW2008
Carry out oxy acetylene welding, thermal cutting and

thermal heating procedures
AURVTW3006
Carry out thermoplastic welding procedures
Pre-requisites
Imported Units of Competency in the Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair
Training Package
Unit Code
Unit Title
Prerequisites
AUM Automotive Manufacturing Training Package

AUMABA002
Operate load shifting equipment
AUMAMM001
Influence and lead work groups in an auto manufacturing

workplace
AUMGTG001
Install fixed and moveable glass components
AUMGTS004
Fabricate parts for sub-assemblies
AUMGTY002
Install components
AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package

AURKKJ001
Manage use of tyre management software
AURKTJ001
Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
AURKTJ002
Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road

wheel and rim assemblies
AURKTJ003
Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road

tyres
AURKTJ004
Conduct non-destructive testing of wheel and rim

assemblies
AURKTJ005
Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim
Approved
Page 61 of 7618
Unit Code
Unit Title
Prerequisites
assemblies for specific applications

AURKTJ006
Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers
BSB07 Business Services Training Package

BSBCCO405A
Survey stakeholders to gather and record information
BSBCUS301B
Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBCUS501C
Manage quality customer service
BSBFIA301A
Maintain financial records
BSBFIA303A
Process accounts payable and receivable
BSBFIA401A
Prepare financial reports
BSBFIM501A
Manage budgets and financial plans
BSBFLM312C
Contribute to team effectiveness
BSBFRA403B
Manage relationship with franchisor
BSBWHS501A
Ensure a safe workplace
BSBHRM505A
Manage remuneration and employee benefits
BSBINM202A
Handle mail
BSBINN301A
Promote innovation in a team environment
BSBINN502A
Build and sustain an innovative work environment
BSBITS401B
Maintain business technology
BSBITU305A
Conduct online transactions
BSBLED401A
Develop teams and individuals
BSBMGT403A
Implement continuous improvement
BSBMGT502B
Manage people performance
BSBMGT515A
Manage operational plan
BSBMKG523A
Design and develop an integrated marketing

communication plan
Approved
Page 62 of 7618
Unit Code
Unit Title
BSBWHS501A
BSBPRO401A
Develop product knowledge
BSBPUR402B
Negotiate contracts
BSBREL402A
Build client relationships and business networks
BSBRES401A
Analyse and present research information
BSBRKG304B
Maintain business records
BSBSLS402A
Identify sales prospects
BSBSLS403A
Present a sales solution
BSBSLS404A
Secure prospect commitment
BSBSLS405A
Support post sale activities
BSBSMB406A
Manage small business finance
BSBSMB407A
Manage a small team
BSBWHS301A
Maintain workplace safety
BSBWHS401A
Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and

programs to meet legislative requirements
BSBWOR202A
Organise and complete daily work activities
BSBWOR204A
Use business technology
BSBWOR301B
Organise personal work priorities and development
BSBWOR401A
Establish effective workplace relationships
BSBWOR404B
Develop work priorities
BSBWOR501B
Manage personal work priorities and professional

development
BSBWOR502B
Ensure team effectiveness
BSBWRK408A
Undertake negotiations
Prerequisites
FNS10 Financial Services Training Package
Approved
Page 63 of 7618
Unit Code
Unit Title
FNSASIC302C
Develop, present and negotiate client solutions
FNSPIM410A
Collect, assess and use information
Prerequisites
ICA11 Information and Communications Technology Training Package

ICAWEB201A
Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement
LMF02 Furnishing Training Package

LMFGG2005C
Move glass sheets by hand
LMFGG3001C
Store and handle glass
LMFUP3001B
Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture
MEM05 Metal and Engineering Training Package

MEM05004C
Perform routine oxy acetylene welding
MEM05006C
Perform brazing and or silver soldering
MEM05007C
Perform manual heating and thermal cutting
MEM07005C
Perform general machining
MEM09002B
Interpret technical drawing
MEM12023A
Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C
Use hand tools
MEM18002B
Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM18028B
Maintain engine lubrication systems
MEM24001B
Perform basic penetrant testing
MEM30012A
Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing

engineering or related environment
MSA07 Manufacturing Training Package

MSAENV272B
Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAENV472B
Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work

practices
Approved
Page 64 of 7618
Unit Code
Unit Title
MSAENV672B
Develop workplace policy and procedures for

environmental sustainability
Prerequisites
MSS11 Sustainability Training Package

MSS403030A
Improve cost factors in work practices
PSP12 Public Sector Training Package

PSPTRAN501A Provide specialist vehicle technical advice
RII09 Resources and Infrastructure Industry Training Package
RIICOM201A
Communicate in the workplace
RIIHAN301B
Operate elevating work platform
RIIOHS201A
Work safely and follow OHS policies and procedures
RIIOHS204A
Work safely at heights
RIIQUA201A
Maintain and monitor site quality standards
RIIRIS201B
Conduct local risk control
SIR07 Retail Services Training Package

SIRXCCS201
Apply point-of-sale handling procedures
SIRXCCS202
Interact with customers
SIRXFIN201
Balance and secure point-of-sale terminal
SIRXICT001A
Operate retail technology
SIRXINV001A
Perform stock control procedures
SIRXINV002A
Maintain and order stock
SIRXMER201
Merchandise products
SIRXMER303
Coordinate merchandise presentation
SIRXRSK001A
Minimise theft
SIRXWHS302
Maintain store safety
Approved
Page 65 of 7618
Unit Code
Unit Title
Prerequisites
SITXADM004A Plan and manage meetings

TAE10 Training and Education
TAEDEL301A
Provide work skill instruction
TAEDEL404A
Mentor in the workplace
TLI10 Transport and Logistics Training Package

TLIA2012A
Pick and process orders
TLIA2013A
Receive goods
TLIA2020A
Replenish stock
TLIA3039A
Receive and store stock
Mapping of qualifications
Summary Mapping of AUR12 v1.1 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair
Training Package to AUR12 v2 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair
Training Package Qualifications
Key: E = equivalent, N = not equivalent
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship
E/N Comment
AUR21913
Certificate II in
Automotive Tyre
Servicing Technology
AUR21912 Certificate
II in Automotive Tyre
Servicing Technology
AUR30713
Certificate III in
AUR30712 Certificate N
Outdoor Power
III in Outdoor Power
Equipment Technology Equipment Technology
New earthmoving and

off-the-road tyre
specialist group added to
specialist elective
groups. This new
specialist group includes
four imported units from
AUR Version 1.
Core unit requirement
reduced from 18 to 15
units with the relocation
of three core units to
elective unit pool:
Approved
AURPTA2004
AURPTR2002
AURPTR3001
Page 66 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship
E/N Comment
One elective unit
removed:
AUR32112
AURTTB3006.
Certificate III in
Automotive Body
Repair Technology
Release 2
AUR32112 Certificate E
III in Automotive Body
Repair Technology
Release 1
AUMABA3002
superseded by
AUMABA002
AUR32212
Certificate III in
Automotive Glazing
Technology
Release 3
III in Automotive
Glazing Technology
Release 2
AUMGTG3001
superseded by
AUMGTG001
AUR32312
Certificate III in
Automotive And
Marine Trimming
Technology
Release 2
III in Automotive And
Marine Trimming
Technology
Release 1
AUMGTS3004
superseded by
AUMGTS004
AUR40712
Certificate IV in
Automotive Body
Repair Technology
Release 2
AUR40712 Certificate E
IV in Automotive Body
Repair Technology
Release 1
AUMAMM3001
superseded by
AUMAMM001
AUR50112
Diploma of
Automotive
Management
Release 3
Diploma of
Automotive
Management
Release2
BSBCUS501A
superseded by
BSBCUS501C
AUMGTY3002
superseded by
AUMGTY002
Summary Mapping of AUR12 v1 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair

Training Package to AUR12 v1.1 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair
E= equivalent
N= not equivalent
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship
E/N Comment in
relationship to
Training Package
AUR12 v1
AUR20712 Certificate II in
AUR20712 Certificate II
E
Automotive
in Automotive
Vocational Preparation Vocational Preparation
Approved
Unit titles changed to

reflect intent of unit:
AURJTJ2001
Page 67 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship
Release 2
Release 1
AURLTJ2003
III in Motorsport
Technology
Release 1
AURMKA4001
Pre requisites amended
to:
AURETR2012,
AURMTA3009,
MEM30012A
AUR30912 Certificate III in

Motorsport
Technology
Release 2
E/N Comment in
relationship to
Training Package
AUR12 v1
Added 2 Elective Units:

AURLTX3003
AURTTF3005
Automotive Sales
Release 2
III in Automotive Sales
Release 1
BSBSLS402A
superseded by
BSBSLS407A
BSBSLS403A
superseded by
BSBSLS408A
units removed from
Specialist Elective
Units:
BSBSLS404A
BSBSLS405A

Automotive Glazing
III in Automotive
Technology Release 2 Glazing Technology
Release 1
AUR40312 Certificate IV in
Motorsport
Technology
Release 2
IV in Motorsport
Technology Release 1
AUR50112 Diploma of
Automotive
Management
Diploma of Automotive
Management
Release 1
Unit titles corrected:

AURAEA2002
AUMGTG3001
AURMKA4001
Pre requisites amended
to:
AURETR2012,
AURMTA3009,
MEM30012A
BSBHRM402A
superseded by
BSBHRM405A
Release 2
Approved
Page 68 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship
AUR50312 Diploma in Motorsport AUR50312 Diploma in

Technology Release 2 Motorsport Technology
Release 1
E/N Comment in
relationship to
Training Package
AUR12 v1
Added Pre Requisites

for:
AURMMA5005
AURMTA5003
AURMTA5008
Summary Mapping of AUR05 v4 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair

Training Package to AUR12 v1 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair
E= equivalent
N= not equivalent
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship
E/N Comment in relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
Automotive
Aftermarket
Manufacturing
N/A Qualification removed due

to lack of clear vocational
outcome
AUR21205 N/A This qualification has been

Certificate II in
removed at the request of
Automotive
industry
Warehousing/Distribu
tion Operations
AUR31105 N/A This qualification has been
Certificate III in
removed at the request of
Automotive
industry
Warehousing/Distribu
tion Operations
AUR31205
Certificate III in
Automotive Retail,
Service and Repair
Approved
N/A Qualification removed due

to lack of clear vocational
outcome
Page 69 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
AUR10112
Certificate I in
Automotive
Vocational
Preparation
AUR10105 Certificate I in
Automotive
Major changes to structure

and focus of qualification.
Core units changed from 2
to 5 units
Total units changed from 7
to 8 units
AUR20112
Certificate II in
Automotive
Administration
Automotive
Administration
Minor changes to structure

to 6 units
Total units changed from
13 to 10 units
AUR20212
AUR20312
AUR20412
Certificate II in
Automotive Air
Conditioning
Technology
Automotive
Mechanical
Certificate II in
Bicycle Mechanical
Technology
Bicycles

to 7 units
to 8 units
Certificate II in
AUR20408 N
Automotive Electrical Certificate II in
Technology
Automotive Electrical
Technology

to 10 units
13 to 16 units
AUR20512
AUR20612
Certificate II in
AUR20505 Automotive Servicing Certificate II in
Technology
Automotive Vehicle
Servicing
Certificate II in
Marine Mechanical
Technology
Approved
Marine

to 3 units
to 12 units
Page 70 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
AUR20712
Certificate II in
Automotive
Vocational
Preparation
AUR20812
Certificate II in
Outdoor Power
Equipment
Technology
Outdoor Power
Equipment
Certificate II in
Automotive Body
Repair Technology
Automotive Vehicle
Body
Certificate II in
Motorsport
Technology
Motorsport
AUR20912
AUR21012
Relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
N/A New qualification

to 8 units
to 6 units
to 8 units
15 to 16 units
AUR21112
Certificate II in
Automotive Sales
Automotive Sales

to 6 units
12 to 18 units
AUR21212
Certificate II in
Automotive
Underbody
Technology
Automotive
Mechanical

to 8 units
13 to 14 units
AUR21312
Certificate II in
Automotive Braking
System Technology
Approved
Automotive
Mechanical

to 7 units
Page 71 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
13 to 12 units
AUR21412
Certificate II in
Automotive Cooling
System Technology
Automotive
Mechanical

to 8 units
13 to 14 units
AUR21512
Certificate II in
Automotive Cylinder
Head Reconditioning
Automotive
Mechanical

to 7 units
13 to 14 units
AUR21612
Certificate II in
AUR20705 Automotive Driveline Certificate II in
System Technology
Automotive
Mechanical

to 8 units
13 to 14 units
AUR21712
Certificate II in
Automotive Exhaust
System Technology
Automotive
Mechanical

to 8 units
13 to 14 units
AUR21812
Certificate II in
Automotive Steering
and Suspension
System Technology
Automotive
Mechanical

to 8 units
13 to 12 units
AUR21912
Certificate II in
Automotive Tyre
Approved

Page 72 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
Servicing Technology Automotive

Mechanical

to 4 units
13 to 14 units
AUR30112
Certificate III in
Automotive
Administration

Automotive
Administration

to 10 units
23 to 18 units
AUR30212
AUR30312
Certificate III in
Bicycle Workshop
Operations

Bicycles

to 16 units
Certificate III in
AUR30308 N
Automotive Electrical Certificate III in
Technology
Technology

to 21 units
28 to 32 units
AUR30412
AUR30512
AUR30612
Certificate III in
Agricultural
Mechanical
Technology

Automotive
Mechanical
Technology
Certificate III in
Marine Mechanical
Technology

Marine
Certificate III in Light AUR30405 Vehicle Mechanical

Certificate III in
Technology
Automotive
Mechanical
Technology
Approved

to 24 units
to 15 units
to 20 units
Page 73 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
AUR30712
Certificate III in
Outdoor Power
Equipment
Technology

Outdoor Power
Equipment
Certificate III in
Motorcycle
Mechanical
Technology

Automotive
Mechanical
Technology
Certificate III in
Motorsport
Technology

Motorsport
Certificate III in
Automotive Sales

Automotive Sales
AUR30812
AUR30912
AUR31012

to 18 units
to 24 units
to 21 units
to 10 units
28 to 20 units
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31312
Certificate III in
Heavy Commercial
Vehicle Mechanical
Technology

Automotive
Mechanical
Technology
Certificate III in
Mobile Plant
Technology

Automotive
Mechanical
Technology
Certificate III in
Automotive Engine
Reconditioning

Automotive Engine
Reconditioning
Approved

to 23 units
to 22 units
ISC update equivalent
Revised qualification
Qualification and unit
codes recoded to meet
policy requirements
Page 74 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
AUR31412
Certificate III in
Automotive Diesel
Fuel Technology
AUR30611 N
Certificate III in
Automotive Specialist

to 13 units
28 to 21 units
AUR31512
AUR31612
Certificate III in
Automotive Diesel
Engine Technology
AUR30611 N
Certificate III in

Certificate III in
Automotive
Drivetrain
Technology
AUR30611 N
Certificate III in


to 14 units

to 11 units
28 to 25 units
AUR31712
AUR31812
AUR31912
Certificate III in
Forklift Technology
AUR30611 N
Certificate III in

Certificate III in
Heavy Commercial
Trailer Technology
AUR30611 N
Certificate III in

Certificate III in
Elevating Work
Platform Technology
AUR30611 N
Certificate III in


to 18 units

to 12 units

to 20 units
28 to 32 units
AUR32012
Certificate III in
Automotive
Alternative Fuel
Technology
Approved
AUR30611 N
Certificate III in

to 11 units
Page 75 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
28 to 32 units
AUR32112
Certificate III in
Automotive Body
Repair Technology

Automotive Vehicle
Body

to 16 units
28 to 30 units
AUR32212
Certificate III in
Automotive Glazing
Technology

Automotive Vehicle
Body

to 18 units
28 to 30 units
AUR32312
Certificate III in
Automotive and
Marine Trimming
Technology

Automotive Vehicle
Body

to 11 units
28 to 30 units
AUR32412
Certificate III in
Automotive
Refinishing
Technology

Automotive Vehicle
Body

to 51 units
28 to 30 units
AUR32512
AUR40112
Certificate III in
Automotive
Underbody
Technology
AUR30611 N
Certificate III in

Certificate IV in
Automotive
Management
Automotive
Management

Approved

to 13 units

to 6 units
Page 76 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
20 to 10 units
AUR40212
Certificate IV in
AUR40208 Automotive
Certificate IV in
Mechanical Diagnosis Automotive
Technology
Significant change to focus

of qualification and elective
list
AUR40312
Certificate IV in
Motorsport
Technology

list
Motorsport

to 1 units
AUR40412
AUR40512
Certificate IV in
Automotive
Performance
Enhancement
Automotive
Performance
Enhancement
Certificate IV in
Vehicle Loss
Assessing
Replaces AUR40511
- Certificate IV in
Vehicle Loss
Assessing

list
to 3 units
ISC update equivalent
Revised qualification
Qualification and unit
codes recoded to meet
policy requirements
AUR40612
Certificate IV in
Technology
AUR40712
Certificate IV in
Automotive Body
Repair Technology
AUR40812
Certificate IV in
Automotive
Mechanical
Overhauling
Automotive
Technology

list
AUR50112
Diploma of
Automotive
Management
AUR50105 Diploma of
Automotive
Management

Approved
Page 77 of 7618
Code
Qualification Title
Relationship

to Training Package
AUR05v4
to 6 units
29 to 12 units
AUR50212
Diploma of
Automotive
Technology
AUR50205 Diploma of
Automotive
Technology

AUR50312
Diploma of
Motorsport
Technology
AUR50305 Diploma of
Motorsport

to 3 units
Mapping to units of competency AUR12 Version 1.1

E= equivalent
N= not equivalent
AUR12 Version 1.1 Unit code AUR12 Version 1 Unit code
and Title
and Title
E/N Comment in relation

to AUR12 Version
1
AURLTF3001 Diagnose and

repair fuel injection systems
AURLTF3001 Diagnose and

repair fuel injection systems
Minor typographical
errors corrected
Release 2
Release 1
AURJTD3004 Diagnose and

repair motorcycle steering
systems Release 2
AURJTD3004 Diagnose and

repair motorcycle steering
systems Release 1
Minor typographical
errors corrected
AURTTA2010 Service and

repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes
Release 2

repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes
Release 1
Minor typographical
errors corrected
Mapping to Units of Competency AUR12 Version 1

E= equivalent
N= not equivalent
AUR12 v1 Unit code and
Title
Approved

Title
Comment in relation to
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURC341903A Apply
relevant finance, leasing and
Unit removed
N/A
Page 78 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURC456633A Investigate
and assess automotive
insurance claims
Unit removed
N/A
AURC456661A Recover
claim losses
Unit removed
N/A
AURT223104A Assemble
and install refrigeration
systems/components
Unit removed
N/A
AURV228630A Inspect
Unit removed
vehicle for saleable items and
determine their value
N/A
AURV229603AA Apply
acrylic lacquer refinishing
materials
N/A
insurance contracts/policies
Approved
Unit removed
Page 79 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
AURAAA2001 Work in an
automotive administration
environment
AURA254280A Operate in an Unit code updated to meet

automotive administration
policy requirements.
environment
Minor changes to unit title
E/N
E
Reference to OHS legislation

replaced with new WHS
legislation
Licensing statement added to
unit descriptor
AURAAA4002 Determine
retail rates for work
AURA454516A Determine
retail rates for work
Unit code updated to meet


legislation
unit descriptor
AURACA2001 Establish
relations with customers
AURC270421A Establish
relations with customers

policy requirements

unit descriptor
AURACA3002 Establish
customer requirements of a
complex nature
AURC362721A Establish
customer requirements of a
complex nature

policy requirements
AURACA3003 Build
customer relations
AURC362807A Build
customer relations


unit descriptor
E

legislation
unit descriptor
AURAEA1001 Identify
environmental requirements
in an automotive workplace
AURC172003A Identify
environmental regulations and
best practice in a workplace
or business
New unit replacing

AURC172003A
AURAEA2002 Apply
AURC272003A Apply
New unit replacing
Approved
Performance Criteria updated

to reflect sustainability
N
Page 80 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
environmental and
sustainability best practice
environmental regulations and AURC272003A

best practice in a workplace
or business
AURAEA3003 Monitor
environmental and
in the automotive
mechanical industry
AURT271781A Implement
and monitor environmental
regulations in the automotive
mechanical industry
AURAEA4004 Manage
environmental compliance
AURC472082A Plan and

manage compliance with
policy requirements
environmental regulations in a Minor change to unit title
workplace or business
legislation
AURAFA2001 Use
numbers in an automotive
workplace
AURC251677A Use numbers

in the workplace
AURAFA2002 Read in an
AURC251356A Read in the

workplace
New unit replacing

AURT271781A
E/N

New unit replacing

AURC251677A
to reflect automotive
workplace
New unit replacing
AURC251356A

workplace
AURAFA2003
AURC270789A
Communicate effectively in Communicate effectively in
an automotive workplace
the workplace
New unit replacing

AURC270789A
AURAFA2004 Solve
routine problems in an
AURC252327A Identify,
clarify and resolve problems
New unit replacing

AURC252327A
AURAFA2005 Write
routine texts in an
AURC251179A Write routine Unit code updated to meet

texts in the workplace and
Approved

workplace
N

workplace
E
Page 81 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
complete automotive
documentation
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURAFA3008 Read and

apply automotive repair
instructions
AURAFA5006 Prepare
technical reports
AURT577520A Prepare
technical reports
New unit
N/A


legislation
unit descriptor
AURAFA5007 Develop and AURT577620A Develop and
document specifications and document specifications and
procedures
procedures


legislation
unit descriptor
AURAKA2001 Use
information technology
systems
AURA254180A Operate
systems


legislation
unit descriptor
AURAKA3002 Adapt work AURC361101A Adapt work

processes to new
processes to new technology
technologies
Approved

Page 82 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURALA3001 Determine
legal aspects of an
automotive service and
repair contract
AURA354616A Determine
legal aspects of an automotive policy requirements.
service and repair contract
legislation

unit descriptor
AURAMA2001 Work
effectively with others
AURC270688A Work
effectively with others


legislation
unit descriptor
AURAMA2002
Communicate business
information
AURC270889A
Communicate business
information


legislation
unit descriptor
AURAMA3003 Conduct
information sessions
AURC359350A Conduct
information sessions


legislation
unit descriptor
AURAMA3004 Maintain
business image
AURC363337A Maintain
business image

Approved
Page 83 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURAMA4005 Manage
complex customer issues
AURC463238B Manage
complex customer issues

policy requirements

legislation
AURAMA5006 Contribute
to business improvement
AURC561614A Contribute to Unit code updated to meet

business improvement

legislation
unit descriptor
AURANN4001 Prepare a
vehicle repair quotation
AURC465349B Prepare a


legislation
AURAQA2001 Contribute
to quality work outcomes
AURC261314A Contribute to Unit code updated to meet

quality work outcomes

legislation
unit descriptor
AURAQA3002 Inspect
technical quality of work
AURC361230A Inspect
technical quality of work


legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 84 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURAQA3003 Maintain
quality systems
AURC361337A Maintain
quality systems


legislation
unit descriptor
Application of the unit added
Critical Aspects updated
AURASA1001 Apply
safety fundamentals
New unit
N/A
New unit replacing

AURC270103A
AURASA2002 Apply safe

working practices in an
AURC270103A Apply safe

working practices
AURATA2001 Identify
basic automotive faults
using troubleshooting
processes
AURC252103A Apply basic

automotive troubleshooting
processes
New unit replacing

AURC252103A
AURATA2002 Read and

interpret engineering
drawings
AURT225156A Read and

interpret engineering
drawings


workplace
N

workplace
E

legislation
unit descriptor
AURATA2003 Produce
drawings from design
concepts
AURT225191A Produce
drawings from design
concepts


legislation
Approved
Page 85 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
unit descriptor
AURATA3004 Provide
technical guidance
AURC359554A Provide
technical guidance


legislation
unit descriptor
AURATA3005 Estimate
complex jobs
AURC365722A Estimate
complex jobs


legislation
unit descriptor
AURBCA2001 Work in a
retail bicycle environment
AURB254380B Operate in a

policy requirements
Minor change to unit title

legislation
AURBCA2002 Select and
adjust bicycle to fit rider
AURB254401A Select and

adjust bicycle to fit rider


legislation
unit descriptor
AURBSA3001 Conduct
cycling proficiency training
AURB354601A Conduct
cycling proficiency training


legislation
AURBTA1001 Remove and AURB100064B Remove and
tag bicycle components
Approved

Page 86 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURBTA1002 Adjust
bicycles
AURBTA2003 Assemble
bicycles
AURB211304B Assemble
bicycles
New unit
N/A


legislation
unit descriptor
AURBTA2004 Assemble
box bicycles for retail sale
AURB211305A Assemble
box bicycle for retail sale

policy requirements

legislation
AURBTA3005 Restore
bicycles
AURB311401A Restore a
bicycle


legislation
AURBTA3006 Identify and AURB332301A Specify and
select components for
select components for a
custom bicycles
custom bicycle


legislation
AURBTA3007 Provide
mechanical support to
cycling events
Approved
AURB354501A Provide
mechanical support to cycling
events

Page 87 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
AURBTB2001 Service and
repair bicycle mechanical
braking systems
Service and repair bicycle

mechanical braking systems

AURBTB2002 Service
bicycle hydraulic braking
systems
AURB212370B Service
systems

AURBTB3003 Repair
systems
AURB312366B Repair
systems

AURBTD2001 Service
bicycle steering systems
AURB215672A Service


legislation
E

legislation
E

legislation
E

legislation
AURBTD2002 Service
bicycle suspension systems
AURB216672A Service


legislation
AURBTD3003 Repair and
overhaul bicycle steering
systems
AURB315646A
Repair/overhaul bicycle
steering systems


legislation
AURBTD3004 Repair and

overhaul bicycle suspension
Approved
AURB316646A
Repair/overhaul bicycle

Page 88 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
systems
suspension systems
E/N

legislation
AURBTJ2001 Remove,
repair and fit bicycle tyres
AURB218168B Remove,
repair and fit bicycle tyres


legislation
AURBTJ2002 Service
bicycle wheels and hubs
AURB218267A Service


legislation
AURBTJ3003 Design and
build bicycle wheels
AURB318207B Design and

build bicycle wheels


legislation
AURBTJ3004 Repair and
AURB318267A
overhaul bicycle wheels and Repair/overhaul bicycle
hubs
wheels and hubs

policy requirements
AURBTK2001 Use and

maintain specialised bicycle
repair tools
New unit
N/A

AURBTQ2001 Service
bicycle drivetrain systems
AURB214670B Service

legislation
AURBTQ3002 Repair
AURB314666B Repair


legislation
Approved
Page 89 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURBTR3001 Service
electric power assist
bicycles
AURB318301A Service
electric power assist bicycles

AURBTV2001 Fit and

adjust bicycle accessories
AURB232265B Fit and adjust Unit code updated to meet

bicycle accessories

legislation
E

legislation
AURBTY3001 Service and
repair bicycle frames
AURB328267A Service and

repair bicycle frames


legislation
AURBTY4002 Design and
build bicycle frames
AURB428201A Design and

build a bicycle frame


legislation
AURBTY4003 Assess
carbon fibre frames for
repair
AURB428202A Assess
carbon fibre frames for repair
AURETA5001 Analyse and

evaluate electrical and
electronic faults in electric
over-hydraulic systems
AURT575193A Analyse and

over hydraulic systems


legislation

legislation
unit descriptor
AURETA5002 Analyse and AURT575593A Analyse and
Approved
Page 90 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4

electronic faults in safety
systems

electronic faults in safety
systems
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURETA5003 Analyse and

electronic faults in
monitoring and protection
systems
AURT575693A Analyse and Unit code updated to meet

monitoring/protection systems
legislation

unit descriptor
convenience and
convenience and
entertainment systems


legislation
unit descriptor

electronic faults in theft
theft-deterrent systems
deterrent systems


legislation
unit descriptor

electronic faults in climate
climate-control systems
control systems


legislation
Approved
Page 91 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
unit descriptor
AURETB3001 Repair
electric braking systems
AURE311666A Repair


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETB5002 Analyse and
electronic faults in braking
systems

electronic faults in braking
systems


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETD3001 Service and

repair electronically
controlled steering systems
AURE320871A Service and



legislation
unit descriptor
AURETD5002 Analyse and

electronic faults in stability,
steering and suspension
systems

stability/steering/suspension
systems


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETE5001 Analyse and

electronic faults in engine
management systems

electronic faults in engine
management systems


legislation
Approved
Page 92 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
unit descriptor
AURETH3001 Depower
AURETH3001 Depower

legislation
AURETH3002 Service and

maintain battery electric
vehicles

maintain battery electric
vehicles

legislation
AURETH4003 Test and

repair high voltage battery
systems in battery electric
vehicles
AURETH4003 Test and

repair high voltage battery
vehicles

legislation
AURETH4004 Diagnose
and repair traction motor
speed control device in
AURETH4004 Diagnose and

repair traction motor speed
control device in battery
electric vehicles

legislation
AURETH4005 Diagnose
and repair high voltage
traction motors in battery
electric vehicles

repair high voltage traction
motors in battery electric
vehicles

legislation
AURETH4006 Diagnose
and repair auxiliary motors
and associated components
in battery electric vehicles

repair auxiliary motors and
associated components in

legislation
AURETH4007 Diagnose
and repair system
instrumentation and safety
interlocks in battery electric
vehicles

repair system instrumentation
and safety interlocks in

legislation
AURETH4008 Diagnose
and repair high voltage
cabin heating and cooling
vehicles

repair high voltage cabin
heating and cooling systems

legislation
AURETH4009 Diagnose
AURETH4009 Diagnose and Reference to OHS legislation
and repair DC to DC
repair DC to DC converters in replaced with new WHS
converters in battery electric battery electric vehicles
legislation
vehicles
Approved
Page 93 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURETH4010 Test high

voltage batteries in hybrid
electric vehicles
AURETH4010 Test high

voltage batteries in hybrid
electric vehicles

legislation
AURETH4011 Deactivate
and reinitialise power
supply in hybrid electric
vehicles
AURETH4011 Deactivate
and reinitialise power supply
in hybrid electric vehicles

legislation

maintain electrical
components in hybrid
electric vehicles

maintain electrical
components in hybrid electric
vehicles

legislation
New unit
N/A

AURETH4014 Diagnose
complex faults in battery
electric and hybrid electric
vehicle systems
AURETH5013 Analyse and
and hybrid vehicle systems

and hybrid vehicle systems

legislation
unit descriptor
AURETK1001 Identify,
select and use low voltage
electrical test equipment
New unit
N/A
AURETK2002 Use and

maintain automotive
New unit
N/A
AURETR1001 Remove and AURE100064A Remove and

tag automotive electrical
system components
system components


legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 94 of 7618

Title

Title
AURETR1002 Test, service AURE118671A Test, service

and maintain battery storage and maintain battery storage
systems
systems
AUR05 v4
E/N


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR1003 Apply
automotive electrical system
fundamentals
New unit
AURETR2005 Install, test AURE219431A Install, test

and repair electrical security and repair electrical security
systems and components
systems/components


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR2006 Carry out

soldering of electrical
wiring and circuits
AURE224008A Carry out

soldering of electrical
wiring/circuits


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR2007 Demonstrate
knowledge of automotive
electrical circuits and wiring
systems
New unit
N/A
AURETR2008 Remove and

replace electrical units and
assemblies
New unit
N/A
New unit replacing

AURE219331A
AURETR2009 Install, test

and repair vehicle lighting
Approved
AURE219331A Install, test

and repair low voltage
Page 95 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
and wiring systems
wiring/lighting systems
Performance Criteria and

Range Statement updated to
reflect technologies
AURETR2010 Fabricate,
test and repair wiring
harnesses and looms
AURE220140A Manufacture
and repair wiring
harness/looms
New unit replacing

AURE220140A

AURETR2011 Install and

AURE219531A Install
test basic ancillary electrical ancillary electrical
components
components
New unit replacing

AURE219531A
AURETR2012 Test and

repair basic electrical
circuits
New unit replacing

AURE218708A
AURE218708A Carry out

repairs to single electrical
circuits
E/N

N

AURETR2013 Inspect and

service charging systems
New unit
N/A

service starting systems
New unit
N/A
New unit replacing

AURE218670A

service batteries
AURE218670A Service,
maintain or replace batteries

AURETR2016 Read and
apply vehicle wiring
schematics and drawings
New unit
N/A
AURETR2035 Demonstrate
knowledge of petrol and
diesel engine operation
New unit
N/A
AURETR2042 Remove,
refit and test electrical
Approved
AURE218764A Remove, refit Unit code updated to meet

and test electrical
Page 96 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
componentry for operation

following body repair
activities
componentry for normal

operation following body
repair activities
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR3017 Overhaul
charging system alternators
AURE319145A Overhaul
charging system alternators


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR3018 Overhaul
starting motors
AURE319245A Overhaul
starting motors


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR3019 Inspect,
AURE319271A Inspect,
service and repair AC
service and repair AC electric
electric motor drive systems motor drive systems


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR3020 Repair
electronic systems
AURE321066A Repair
electronic systems


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR3021 Inspect,
service and repair electronic
Approved
AURE321971A Inspect,
service and repair electronic

Page 97 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
management, monitoring
and tracking systems
management, monitoring and

tracking systems

legislation
E/N

unit descriptor
AURETR3022 Diagnose
and repair vehicle dynamic
control systems

repair electronically operated
stability control systems
repair electronically operated
traction control systems
controlled anti-lock braking
systems
New unit replacing:
AURE321671A,
AURE321571A and
AURE321471A
AURETR3023 Diagnose
and repair electronic spark
ignition engine management
systems

repair electronic spark
systems
New unit replacing

AURE321171A
AURETR3024 Diagnose
and repair electronic
compression ignition engine
management systems

repair electronic compression
systems
New unit replacing

AURE321771A
AURETR3025 Test, charge

and replace batteries
AURE218676A Test, service

and charge batteries
New unit replacing

AURE218676A

N

N

Approved
Page 98 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURETR3026 Remove,
replace and program
electrical and electronic
units and assemblies
AURE218664A Remove and

replace electrical/electronic
units/assemblies
New unit replacing

AURE218664A
AURETR3027 Install
ancillary electronic control
unit systems and
components

New unit
N/A
AURETR3028 Diagnose
and repair instruments and
warning systems
AURE318966A Repair
instruments and warning
systems
New unit replacing

AURE318966A
AURETR3029 Diagnose
and repair charging systems
AURE319166B Repair
charging systems
New unit replacing

AURE319166B

N

AURETR3030 Diagnose
and repair starting systems
AURE319266B Repair
starting systems
New unit replacing

AURE319266B

AURETR3031 Diagnose
and repair ignition systems
AURE320666B Repair
ignition systems
New unit replacing

AURE320666B

AURETR3032 Repair
electrical systems
AURE318866A Repair
electrical systems

Approved
Page 99 of 7618

Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR3036 Service and
controlled suspension
systems
AURE320971A Service and Unit code updated to meet

controlled suspension systems Reference to OHS legislation
legislation

unit descriptor
repair electronic body
management systems

repair electronic body
management systems


legislation
unit descriptor

repair electronic drive
management systems

repair electronic drive
management systems


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR4004 Diagnose
complex electrical and
electronic faults in vehicle
convenience and
New unit
N/A
AURETR4037 Diagnose
electronic faults in light
New unit
N/A
AURETR4038 Diagnose
complex faults in
motorcycle electrical and
New unit
N/A
Approved
Page 100 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURETR4039 Diagnose
electronic faults in light
vehicle theft deterrent
systems
New unit
N/A
AURETR4040 Diagnose
electronic faults in vehicle
monitoring and protection
systems
New unit
N/A
AURETR5033 Develop and AURT576620A Develop and

apply electronic systems
apply electronic systems
modification
modification

electronic systems

legislation
unit descriptor
AURETR5034 Develop and AURT576520A Develop and

apply electrical systems
apply electrical systems
modification
modification


legislation
unit descriptor
AURETU2001 Install air

conditioning systems
AURT222631A Install air



legislation
unit descriptor
AURETU2002 Recover
vehicle refrigerants
AURETU2003 Service air
conditioning and HVAC
Approved
AURT222670A Service air

New unit
N/A
New unit replacing

AURT222670A
Page 101 of 7618


Title

Title
systems
AURETU3004 Diagnose
and repair air conditioning
and HVAC systems
AUR05 v4
E/N
Performance Criteria, Range

Statement and Critical Aspects
of Evidence updated to reflect
technologies
AURT322666A
Repair/retrofit air
New unit replacing

AURT322666A
AURETU3005 Retrofit and AURT322666A

modify air conditioning and Repair/retrofit air
HVAC systems
New unit replacing

AURT322666A
AURETU4006 Diagnose
complex faults in air
systems
New unit
N/A
AURETU4007 Overhaul air AURT322645A Overhaul air

conditioning system
conditioning system
components
components


technologies
N

technologies

legislation
unit descriptor
AURETX5001 Analyse and

transmission and driveline
systems

transmission/driveline
systems


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTA1001 Carry out

heavy vehicle pre-repair
Approved
New unit
N/A
Page 102 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
New unit
N/A
operations
AURHTA2003 Remove and
replace heavy commercial
vehicle ancillary
AURHTA3002 Service and AURT337273A Service and Unit code updated to meet
repair trailers in excess of
repair trailers in excess of 4.5 policy requirements.
4.5 tonnes
tonnes
legislation
AURHTB3001 Repair air

braking systems
AURT311166A Repair air

braking systems

legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTB3002 Diagnose
and repair heavy vehicle
hydraulic braking systems
AURT310166A - Repair

modern heavy vehicle
technologies
AURHTB3007 Diagnose
electronic braking systems
AURHTB4003 Overhaul
braking system components
(heavy)
New unit replacing

AURT310166A
AURT410145BA Overhaul
(heavy)
New unit
N/A


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTB4004 Overhaul air AURT411145A Overhaul air

braking systems and
braking systems/components
Approved

Page 103 of 7618


Title

Title
components
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTB4006 Diagnose
complex faults in heavy
commercial vehicle braking
systems
New unit
N/A
AURHTB5005 Analyse and AURT571393A Analyse and

evaluate heavy vehicle
braking system faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTD2001 Inspect and

service heavy commercial
vehicle suspension systems
AURHTD3002 Repair
steering systems (heavy
vehicle)
AURTH315166A Repair
steering systems (heavy
vehicle)
New unit
N/A


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTD3003 Repair
suspension systems (heavy
vehicle)
AURTH316166A Repair
suspension systems (heavy
vehicle)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTD3004 Carry out

wheel alignment operations
Approved
AURTH317108A Carry out


Page 104 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
(heavy vehicle)
(heavy vehicle)

legislation
E/N

unit descriptor
AURHTD4006 Diagnose
commercial vehicle steering
and suspension systems
New unit
N/A
AURHTD5005 Analyse and AURT571093A Analyse and

system faults
system faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTE2001 Remove and AURT201164A Remove and

install heavy vehicle engine install engine assemblies
assemblies
New unit replacing

AURT201164A
AURHTE3002 Repair
engines and associated
engine components (heavy
vehicle)

AURTH301166A Repair
engines and associated engine
components (heavy vehicle)

technologies
E

legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTE4003 Diagnose
vehicle diesel engines
New unit
N/A
AURHTE5004 Analyse and AURT571293A Analyse and

evaluate heavy vehicle engine
engine and fuel system
and fuel system faults
faults

Approved

Page 105 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTF2001 Inspect
heavy commercial vehicle
fuel systems and
components
New unit
N/A
AURHTJ1001 Inspect
wheels and tyres
New unit
N/A
AURT317968A Identify and

fit tyres and rims for specific
applications (heavy) and
New unit replacing

AURT317968A and
AURT217985A
AURT217985A Fit tyres and

rims for specific applications
(heavy)

technologies
AURHTJ2002 Select heavy

vehicle tyres and rims for
specific applications
AURHTJ2003 Remove,
inspect, and refit heavy
vehicle wheel assemblies
AURT217665A - Remove, fit New unit replacing

and inspect wheel assemblies AURT217665A
technologies
AURHTJ2004 Demount,
inspect, repair and mount
agricultural equipment tyres
and tubes
AURHTJ2006 Remove,
inspect, repair and fit tyres
and tubes (heavy)
AURT217966A Remove,
and tubes (heavy)
New unit
N/A


legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 106 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURHTJ3005 Identify and

apply pneumatic wheeled
traction performance
enhancement systems
(heavy vehicle)
AURT309627A Identify and

apply pneumatic wheeled
enhancement systems (heavy
vehicle)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTL4001 Inspect,
repair and diagnose
alternative fuel systems for
AURTH404584A Inspect,
repair and diagnose
alternative fuel systems for


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTQ2001 Inspect
driveline components
AURHTQ3002 Repair final
drive assemblies (heavy
vehicle)
New unit
N/A
AURTH312666A Repair final Unit code updated to meet

drive assemblies (heavy
vehicle)
legislation

unit descriptor
AURHTQ3003 Repair final
drive driveline (heavy
vehicle)
AURTH313166A Repair final Unit code updated to meet

drive driveline (heavy
vehicle)
legislation

unit descriptor
AURHTR3005 Diagnose
and repair heavy trailer
electronically controlled roll
stability systems
Approved
New unit
N/A
Page 107 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURHTX3001 Repair
transmissions manual
(heavy vehicle)
AURTH306666A Repair
transmissions manual
(heavy vehicle)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTX3002 Inspect, test AURTH307165A Inspect, test Unit code updated to meet
and replace transmissions - and replace transmissions policy requirements.
automatic (heavy vehicle)
automatic (heavy vehicle)
legislation

unit descriptor
AURHTX3003 Repair
transmissions - automatic
(heavy vehicle)
AURTH307166A Repair
(heavy vehicle)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTX3004 Diagnose
clutch systems
AURT306170A Inspect,
service and/or repair clutch
assemblies and associated
operating system components
New unit replacing

AURT306170A

technologies
AURHTX4006 Diagnose
commercial vehicle
transmission and driveline
systems
New Unit
N/A
AURHTX5005 Analyse and AURT571193A Analyse and

transmission system faults

Approved

Page 108 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
legislation
unit descriptor
AURHTY2001 Inspect and
service mechanical
connections of heavy
vehicles and trailers over
4.5 tonnes
New unit
N/A
AURHTY3002 Diagnose
and repair mechanical
connections of heavy
vehicles and trailers over
4.5 tonnes
New unit
N/A
New unit replacing

AURT304666A
AURHTZ3001 Diagnose
emission control systems
AURT304666A Repair and

replace emission control
systems

technologies
AURJTA1001 Perform
minor adjustments to
motorcycles
New unit
N/A
AURJTA1002 Remove and

replace motorcycle
New unit
N/A

AURJTA5003 Analyse and

evaluate motorcycle engine
and transmission system
faults

evaluate motorcycle engine
and transmission system
faults

legislation
unit descriptor
AURJTB3001 Diagnose and AURT310166A - Repair

repair motorcycle braking
systems
Approved
New unit replacing

AURT310166A

Page 109 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

modern motorcycle
technologies
AURJTB5002 Analyse and AURT573393A Analyse and
evaluate motorcycle braking evaluate motorcycle braking
system faults
system faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURJTD2001 Inspect and

service motorcycle
suspension systems
New unit
N/A
AURJTD2002 Inspect and

service motorcycle steering
systems
New unit
N/A
AURJTD3003 Diagnose
and repair motorcycle
suspension systems
AURTM316166A Repair
suspension systems
(motorcycle)
New unit replacing

AURTM316166A
AURJTD3004 Diagnose
steering systems
AURTM315166A Repair
steering systems (motorcycle)
New unit replacing

AURTM315166A
Approved

modern motorcycle
technologies
AURJTD4005 Diagnose
complex faults in
motorcycle steering and
suspension systems
AURJTD5006 Analyse and
evaluate motorcycle
steering, suspension and

modern motorcycle
technologies

evaluate motorcycle steering,
suspension and frame system
New unit
N/A

Page 110 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
frame system faults
faults

legislation
E/N

unit descriptor
AURJTE3001 Diagnose and
repair motorcycle engines
New unit
N/A
AURJTE4002 Diagnose
complex faults in
motorcycle engine and
New unit
N/A
AURJTJ2001 Remove,
inspect and fit motorcycle
wheel assemblies
New unit
N/A
AURJTQ2001 Inspect and

service motorcycle driveline
systems
New unit
N/A
AURJTQ3002 Diagnose
driveline systems
New unit
N/A

AURJTR5001 Analyse and

evaluate motorcycle
system faults

evaluate motorcycle
electrical/electronic system
faults

legislation
unit descriptor
AURJTX3001 Diagnose
and repair motorcycle clutch service and/or repair clutch
systems
New unit replacing

AURT306170A
AURJTX3002 Diagnose
New unit
Approved

modern motorcycle
technologies
N/A
Page 111 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
New unit
N/A

manual transmissions
AURJTX3003 Diagnose
automatic transmissions
AURJTY3001 Repair and
align motorcycle frames
AURV328166A Repair and

align motorcycle frames

legislation
unit descriptor
AURKTA3001 Synchronise AURT300373A Synchronise
plant and equipment
plant/equipment


legislation
unit descriptor
AURKTA3002 Inspect,
service and repair
harvesting equipment
AURT300471B Inspect,
service and repair harvesting
equipment


legislation
unit descriptor
AURKTA3003 Inspect,
service and repair crop
planting and seeding
equipment
service and repair crop
equipment


legislation
unit descriptor
AURKTA3004 Inspect,
service and repair spraying
Approved
service and repair spraying

Page 112 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
and spreading equipment
and spreading equipment

legislation
E/N

unit descriptor
AURKTA3005 Inspect,
service and repair tracked
type drive and support
systems
service and repair tracked
systems


legislation
unit descriptor
AURKTA4009 Diagnose
complex faults in mobile
plant hydraulic systems
AURKTA5006 Analyse and
evaluate tracked mobile
plant transmission, steering
and braking systems faults

evaluate tracked mobile plant
transmission, steering and
braking systems faults
New unit
N/A


legislation
unit descriptor
AURKTA5007 Analyse and AURT572693A Analyse and

evaluate mobile plant
hydraulic system faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURKTB3001 Diagnose
and repair mobile plant
braking systems
New unit
N/A
AURKTB4003 Diagnose
plant braking systems
New unit
N/A
Approved
Page 113 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
AURKTB5002 Analyse and AURT572593A Analyse and Unit code updated to meet
evaluate wheeled mobile
evaluate wheeled mobile plant policy requirements.
plant braking system faults
legislation
E/N
E

unit descriptor
AURKTD3001 Diagnose
suspension systems
New unit
N/A
AURKTD3002 Diagnose
steering systems
New unit
N/A
AURKTD4005 Diagnose
plant steering and
suspension systems
New unit
N/A

AURKTD5003 Analyse and

plant steering and

evaluate wheeled mobile plant
system faults

legislation
unit descriptor
AURKTD5004 Analyse and

evaluate tracked mobile
plant undercarriage and

evaluate tracked mobile plant
undercarriage and suspension
system faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURKTE5001 Analyse and AURT572293A Analyse and

evaluate mobile plant engine
engine and fuel system
faults
Approved


legislation
Page 114 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

unit descriptor
AURKTQ3001 Diagnose
and repair mobile plant final
drive assemblies
New unit
N/A
AURKTR3001 Diagnose
and repair
electric-over-hydraulic
control systems
New unit
N/A
AURKTX3001 Diagnose
and repair powershift
transmissions
New unit
N/A
AURKTX4003 Diagnose
plant transmission systems
New unit
N/A
AURKTX5002 Analyse and AURT572193A Analyse and

evaluate wheeled mobile plant
plant transmission system
faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLLD3001 Determine
compliance of steering and
suspension modifications
AURT316316A Determine
compliance of steering and


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTA1001 Apply
automotive mechanical
system fundamentals
AURLTB3003 Diagnose
and repair light vehicle
Approved
AURT310166A Repair
New unit
N/A
New unit replacing

AURT310166A

Page 115 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

modern light vehicle
technologies
AURLTB4001 Overhaul
(light)
AURT410145AA Overhaul
(light)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTB4004 Diagnose
complex faults in light
vehicle braking systems
New unit
N/A
AURLTB5002 Analyse and AURT570393A Analyse and

evaluate light vehicle
evaluate light vehicle braking
system faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTD3001 Select and

AURT316168A Select and
install performance
install performance enhanced
enhanced suspension system suspension system products
products


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTD3002 Service and

rectify faults in lift assisted
suspension systems
AURT316171A Service and

rectify faults in lift assisted
suspension systems


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTD3003 Reset
steering system alignment
Approved
AURT317172A Reset
steering system alignment

Page 116 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
adjustments to customer
specifications
adjustments to customer
specifications

legislation
E/N

unit descriptor
AURLTD3004 Repair
steering systems (light
vehicle)
AURTL315166A Repair
steering systems (light
vehicle)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTD3005 Repair
suspension systems (light
vehicle)
AURTL316166A Repair
suspension systems (light
vehicle)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTD3006 Carry out

(light vehicle)
AURTL317108A Carry out

(light vehicle)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTD4009 Diagnose
vehicle steering and
suspension systems
New unit
N/A
AURLTD5007 Analyse and AURT570093A Analyse and

evaluate light vehicle steering
system faults

Approved

legislation
Page 117 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

unit descriptor
AURLTE2001 Remove and AURT201164A Remove and
install light vehicle engine
install engine assemblies
assemblies
New unit replacing

AURT201164A
AURLTE3002 Repair
engine components (light
vehicle)

AURTL301166A Repair
components (light vehicle)

technologies
E

legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTE4004 Diagnose
vehicle petrol engines
New unit
N/A
AURLTE4005 Diagnose
New unit
N/A
AURLTE5003 Analyse and AURT570293A Analyse and

evaluate light vehicle engine evaluate light vehicle engine


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTF3001 Diagnose
and repair mechanical fuel
injection systems
AURT303166B Repair petrol New unit replacing

fuel systems
AURT303166B
AURLTJ2001 Select tyres
AURT217668A Select tyres
Approved

of Evidence reflect mechanical
fuel injection technologies
Page 118 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
and rims for specific

applications (light)

E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTJ2002 Remove,
and tubes (light)
AURT217766A Remove,
and tubes (light)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTJ2003 Remove,
inspect, and refit light
vehicle wheel assemblies
AURT217665A Remove, fit

and inspect wheel assemblies
Unit replacing AURT217665A N
AURLTJ3004 Provide
advice on the effects of
wheel and tyre
combinations
AURT318054A Provide
advice on the effects of wheel policy requirements.
and tyre combinations
legislation

technologies
E

unit descriptor
AURLTQ3001 Repair final
drive assemblies (light
vehicle)
AURTL312666A Repair final Unit code updated to meet

drive assemblies (light
vehicle)
legislation

unit descriptor
AURLTQ3002 Repair final
drive driveline (light
vehicle)
Approved
AURTL313166A Repair final Unit code updated to meet

drive driveline (light
vehicle)
Page 119 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTQ5003 Analyse and AURT570193A Analyse and
driveline system faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTX3001 Repair
transmissions - manual
(light vehicle
AURTL306666A Repair
transmissions - manual (light
vehicle)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTX3002 Repair
(light vehicle)
AURTL307166A Repair
(light vehicle)


legislation
unit descriptor
AURLTX3003 Diagnose
clutch systems
AURLTX4004 Diagnose
vehicle transmission and
driveline systems
Approved
service and/or repair clutch
New unit replacing

AURT306170A

technologies
New unit
N/A
Page 120 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURLTZ3001 Diagnose
emission control systems
AURT304666A Repair and

replace emission control
systems
New unit replacing

AURT304666A

technologies
AURMBA2001 Transport a AURM240173A Transport a

light competition vehicle
light competition vehicle and
and support equipment
support equipment

AURMBA3002 Load and

unload a competition
vehicle and support
equipment
AURM340205A Load and

unload a competition vehicle

AURMCA5001 Manage
motorsport team media
liaison
AURM542538A Manage
motorsport team media liaison policy requirements.

legislation
E

legislation
E

legislation
unit descriptor
AURMCA5002 Manage
motorsport team
promotional partnerships
and marketing
AURM542638A Manage
motorsport team promotional
partnerships and marketing


legislation
unit descriptor
AURMDA2001 Develop
and update motorsport
industry knowledge
Approved
AURMO2001A Develop and

update motorsport industry
knowledge


legislation
Page 121 of 7618


Title

Title
AURMDA2002 Assist with AURMO2004A Assist with

motorsport officiating duties motorsport officiating duties
AUR05 v4
E/N


legislation
AURMDA3004 Recover a
motorsport vehicle
AURMDA3005 Act as a
marshal in a motorsport
event
AURMDA3006
Communicate using flags
and signals in a motorsport
event
AURMO3007A Recover a
motorsport vehicle


legislation
AURMO3003A
Communicate using flags and policy requirements.
signals
AURMO3006A Act as a
marshal in a motorsport event Reference to OHS legislation
legislation

legislation
AURMDA3007 Act as a
steward in a motorsport
event
AURMO3005A Act as a
steward in a motorsport event policy requirements.
AURMGA2001 Set up and

dismantle temporary work
location and equipment
AURM240172B Set up and

dismantle temporary work

legislation

legislation
unit descriptor
AURMGA4002 Manage
personal presentation and
Approved
AURM441538B Manage
personal presentation and

Page 122 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
development
development

legislation
AURMKA4001 Manage
motorsport data
AURM441438B Manage
motorsport data acquisition

E/N

legislation
AURMLA2001 Comply
with motorsport rules and
regulations when officiating
AURMO2003A Comply with Unit code updated to meet

motorsport rules and
legislation
AURMLA3002 Monitor
AURMO3002A Monitor
compliance with motorsport compliance with motorsport
rules and regulations

AURMLA3003 Inspect
motorsport vehicles and
equipment for compliance
AURMO3004A Inspect
motorsport vehicles and

AURMMA2001 Operate in
a motorsport environment
AURM240080B Operate in a Unit code updated to meet


legislation
E

legislation
E

legislation
AURMMA3007 Follow
motorsport event and team
safety requirements
AURM340175A Follow
motorsport event and team
safety requirements
AURMMA3008 Coordinate AURM340710B Coordinate

operations of a motorsport
operations of a motorsport
Approved


legislation
Page 123 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
team
team
E/N

legislation
AURMMA4002 Manage
the preparation of a
competition vehicle
AURM441638B Manage the

preparation of a competition
vehicle

AURMMA5003 Manage
motorsport operations
AURM542338A Manage
motorsport operations


legislation
E

legislation
unit descriptor
AURMMA5004 Manage
motorsport team
development
AURM542438A Manage
motorsport team development


legislation
unit descriptor
AURMMA5005 Manage
team pit lane and service
area operations
AURM542738A Manage
team pit lane/service area
operations


legislation
unit descriptor
AURMMA5006 Prepare
and implement race
strategies
Approved
AURM542849A Prepare and

implement race strategies


legislation
Page 124 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

unit descriptor
AURMSA2001 Follow
motorsport safety and risk
management procedures
AURMO2002A Follow
motorsport safety and risk

AURMSA3002 Implement
and monitor safety and risk
management in a motorsport
environment
AURMO3001A Implement
and monitor safety and risk
management in a motorsport
environment


legislation
E

legislation
AURMTA2001 Prepare and AURM240174A Prepare and

service a light competition
service a light competition
vehicle
vehicle

AURMTA3002 Assemble
and prepare a competition
vehicle
AURM340204B Assemble
and prepare a competition
vehicle

AURMTA3004 Perform
competition vehicle
preparation procedures at an
event
AURM340851B Perform
competition vehicle
preparation procedures at an
event

AURMTA3005 Perform pit AURM340951B Perform pit

lane and service area
lane and service area
operations
operations


legislation
E

legislation
E

legislation
E

legislation
AURMTA3006 Perform
torquing and fastening
Approved
AURM341051B Perform
torquing and fastening

Page 125 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
AURMTA3007 Conduct
non-destructive testing
AURM340550B Conduct
AURMTA3009 Collect and AURM340312B Collect and

log motorsport data
log motorsport data


legislation

legislation
AURMTA5003 Determine
material suitability for
competition vehicle
components
AURM542216A Determine
material suitability for
competition vehicle
component construction


legislation
unit descriptor
AURMTA5008 Apply
aerodynamic and vehicle
dynamic principles and
effects to competition
vehicles
AURM542103A Apply
aerodynamic and vehicle
dynamic principles and
effects to competition
vehicles


legislation
unit descriptor
AURMTD4001 Test
AURM442076B Test
suspension dampers using a suspension dampers using a
dynamometer
dynamometer

AURMTD4002 Prepare
competition vehicle
suspension

Approved
AURM441749B Prepare
competition vehicle
suspension

legislation
E
Page 126 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
AURMTE4001 Test engines AURM441976B Test engines
using a dynamometer
using a dynamometer


legislation
AURMTF4001 Analyse and AURM441394A Analyse and Unit code updated to meet
repair complex performance repair complex performance
carburetted fuel systems
legislation
Changes to pre-requisites
AURMTF4002 Analyse and AURM441395A Analyse and Unit code updated to meet
repair performance fuel
repair performance fuel
injection systems
injection systems
legislation
AURMTJ4001 Select and

AURM441868B Select and
prepare tyres and wheels for prepare tyres and wheels for
motorsport applications
motorsport applications
AURMTQ4001 Analyse
and repair complex
performance driveline
systems

legislation
AURM441293B Analyse and Unit code updated to meet

repair complex performance
driveline systems
legislation
AURMTS3001 Construct
AURM340607B Construct
hose and pipe assemblies for hose and pipe assemblies for
competition vehicles

AURNTA3001 Inspect,
service and repair lift truck

Approved
service and repair lift truck

legislation
E
Page 127 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
mast assemblies
mast assemblies

legislation
E/N

unit descriptor
AURPTA1001 Carry out
pre-repair operations to
outdoor power equipment
New unit
N/A
AURPTA1002 Perform
minor adjustments to
outdoor power equipment
New unit
N/A
AURPTA2003 Service and AURP245171B Service and

repair rotary cutting systems repair rotary cutting systems


legislation
AURPTA2004 Service and
repair drum cutting systems
AURP245271B Service and

repair drum cutting systems


legislation
repair chainsaw cutting
systems

repair chainsaw cutting
systems

AURPTA2006 Service line

trimming systems and
components
AURP245465B Service line

trimming systems and
components


repair post-boring systems

repair post-boring systems


legislation
E

legislation
E

legislation
Approved
Page 128 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

repair post-hole digging
systems

repair post-hole digging
systems


repair reciprocating cutting
systems

repair reciprocating cutting
systems

AURPTA2010 Service
pumping systems
AURP247670B Service
pumping systems


legislation
E

legislation
E

legislation
AURPTA3011 Repair
pumping systems
AURP347666B Repair
pumping systems


legislation
AURPTE2002 Service
engines and engine
components (outdoor power
equipment)
AURP201570B Service
engines and engine
equipment)

AURPTE3003 Repair
engines and engine
equipment)
AURP301566B Repair
engines and engine
equipment)

AURPTE4004 Overhaul
engines and engine
equipment)
AURP401245B Overhaul
engines and engine
equipment)

Approved

legislation
E

legislation
E

legislation
Page 129 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURPTR2002 Test and

service outdoor electric
powered equipment
AURE222976B Test and

service outdoor electric
powered equipment

AURPTR3001 Test and

service 240V portable
generators
AURP322776B Test and

service 240V portable
generators


legislation
E

legislation
Licensing / Regulatory
Information updated
AURREA2001 Apply
environmental and
in a marine workplace
AURR271103A Apply
environmental regulations in
the marine service industry
New unit replacing

AURR271103A
AURREA3002 Monitor
environmental and
in the marine mechanical
industry
AURR371181A Implement
regulations in the marine
repair industry
New unit replacing

AURR371181A
AURREA4004 Manage
in a marine workplace
AURR471182A Plan and

environmental regulations in
the marine service and repair
industry


N

E

legislation
unit descriptor
AURRGA3001 Launch and AURR346336A Launch and Unit code updated to meet
recover a vessel using a
recover a vessel using a trailer policy requirements.
trailer
legislation
AURRGA3002 Launch and AURR346435B Launch and

recover a vessel from crane, recover vessel from crane,
Approved
Page 130 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
gantry and forklift
gantry and forklift
E/N

legislation
AURRGA3003 Moor a
motor-driven vessel
AURR346543A Moor a
motor driven vessel


legislation
AURRTA2001 Service
deck, hull and cabin
equipment
AURR246870B Service deck, Unit code updated to meet

hull and cabin equipment
AURRTA3002 Carry out

hull repairs
AURR346108B Carry out

hull repairs

legislation

legislation
AURRTA3003 Winterise
vessel and engine systems
AURR346650A Winterise
vessel and engine systems


legislation
AURRTA3004
Recommission vessel
systems
AURR346660B
Recommission vessel systems policy requirements.
AURRTA3005 Repair deck, AURR346866B Repair deck,


legislation

Approved
Page 131 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
legislation
AURRTA3006 Water test a AURR346931A Water test a
vessel
vessel


legislation
AURRTA5007 Analyse and AURT573593A Analyse and
evaluate light marine


legislation
unit descriptor
AURRTA5008 Analyse and

evaluate light marine hull
performance and stability
system faults

evaluate light marine hull
performance and stability
system faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURRTD3001 Diagnose
and repair marine steering
systems
AURR346267A Diagnose and Unit code updated to meet

repair marine steering systems policy requirements.
legislation
AURRTE1001 Prepare
outboard engines for
wet-run testing
New unit
N/A
AURRTE2002 Service
outboard engines and
components
AURR201103A Service
outboard engines and
components

AURRTE2003 Service
inboard engines and
AURR201104A Service
inboard engines and

Approved

legislation
E
Page 132 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
components
components

legislation
AURRTE3005 Diagnose
and repair marine electrical
AURE320066B Diagnose and Unit code updated to meet

repair marine electrical
legislation
AURRTE3006 Diagnose
and repair outboard engines
and components

repair outboard engines and
components
legislation
AURRTE3007 Diagnose
and repair inboard engines
and components

repair inboard engines and
components
legislation
AURRTE3008 Install
AURR346131B Install marine Unit code updated to meet
marine engines, controls and engines, controls and
instruments
instruments
legislation
AURRTE3009
Recommission marine
engine systems
AURR346760B
Recommission marine engine
systems

AURRTE3010 Water test

engines in tanks
AURR346975B Water test

engines in tanks


legislation
E

legislation
AURRTE4011 Overhaul
AURR401103A Overhaul two Unit code updated to meet
two and four cycle outboard and four cycle outboard
engines
engines
Approved
Page 133 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
AURRTE5012 Analyse and AURT573793A Analyse and
evaluate light marine engine evaluate light marine engine
and powerhead system
and powerhead system faults
faults


legislation
unit descriptor
AURRTQ2001 Service
inboard propeller drive
systems
AURR213670A Service
systems

AURRTQ2002 Service jet

drive propulsion systems
AURR214170B Service jet



legislation
E

legislation
AURRTQ3003 Install
systems
AURR313631A Install
systems

AURRTQ3004 Diagnose
and repair inboard propeller
drive systems
AURR313684B Diagnose and Unit code updated to meet

repair inboard propeller drive policy requirements.
systems
legislation
AURRTQ3005 Install jet

AURR314131B Install jet


legislation

legislation
AURRTQ3006 Diagnose
and repair jet drive
Approved

repair jet drive propulsion
Page 134 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
propulsion systems
systems
E/N

legislation
AURRTR1001 Inspect,
service and maintain marine
battery storage systems
New unit
N/A
AURRTR3002 Install
marine electronic systems
and components
AURE321831B Install marine Unit code updated to meet

electronic systems and
components
legislation
AURRTR3003 Test,
diagnose and repair marine
components
AURE321832A Test,
diagnose and repair marine
components
AURRTR3004 Install
marine electrical systems
and components
AURE320031B Install marine Unit code updated to meet

electrical systems and
components
legislation
AURRTX2001 Service
marine outboard and stern
drive transmissions
AURR207670B Service
marine outboard and stern
drive transmissions

AURRTX2002 Service
marine inboard
transmissions
AURR207770B Service
marine inboard transmissions

AURRTX3003 Diagnose
and repair marine outboard
and stern drive
transmissions

repair marine outboard and
stern drive transmissions
Approved

legislation

legislation
E

legislation
E
Page 135 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
legislation
AURRTX3004 Diagnose
and repair marine inboard
transmissions

repair marine inboard
transmissions
legislation
AURRTX5005 Analyse and AURT573693A Analyse and



legislation
unit descriptor
AURSAA2001 Process
customer complaints
AURS252290A Process
customer complaints


unit descriptor
AURSAA2002 Maintain
customer aftermarket
relations
AURSBA2001 Carry out
warehousing procedures
AURS239508A Carry out

warehousing procedures
New unit
N/A


legislation
unit descriptor
AURSBA3002 Apply
automotive parts
interpretation process
AURS338103A Apply
automotive parts
interpretation process


legislation
unit descriptor
AURSCA2001 Select
Approved
AURS238127A Identify and
Page 136 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
automotive parts and

products
select automotive parts and

products
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURSCA2002 Present
stock and sales area
AURS238150A Present stock Unit code updated to meet

and sales area

legislation
unit descriptor
AURSCA2003 Apply sales
procedures
AURS241303A Apply sales

procedures


legislation
unit descriptor
AURSCA2004 Carry out
cash, credit and funds
transfers
AURS241608A Carry out

cash and/or credit/funds
transfer transactions

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURSCA2005 Sell
products
AURS241769A Sell
product(s)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 137 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURSCA2006 Promote
products and services
AURS242621A Promote

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURSCA3007 Determine
used motor vehicle stock
requirements
AURS338216A Determine
requirements

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURSCA3008 Wholesale
AURS342369A Wholesale

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURSCA3009 Provide
vehicle technology
information
AURSCA3010 Appraise
and purchase used motor
vehicles to supplement
stock for sale
AURS344330A Inspect,
appraise and purchase used
motor vehicles to supplement
stock for sale
New unit
N/A

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURSCP2001 Provide
AURS238154A Provide
information to customers on information to customers on
automotive refinishing
automotive refinishing
products
products
Approved

policy requirements
Page 138 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURSLA2001 Apply legal
requirements relating to
product sales
AURS241803A Apply legal

requirements relating to
product sales

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTEA4001 Manage
in the mechanical repair
industry
AURT471782A Plan and

policy requirements
environmental regulations in Minor change to unit title
the mechanical repair industry
legislation

unit descriptor
AURTGA3001 Drive and
manoeuvre trailers
AURT337119A Drive and

manoeuvre trailer(s)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTNA5001 Estimate
AURT577727B Estimate and
and calculate costs to repair, calculate costs to repair,
maintain or modify a
maintain or modify a vehicle
vehicle

policy requirements
AURTTA1001 Remove and AURT100164A Remove and

tag steering, suspension and tag steering, suspension and
Approved

legislation
E
Page 139 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
brake system components
policy requirements
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA1002 Carry out
workshop practice activities
AURT100308A Carry out

workshop practice activities

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA1003 Use and
maintain basic measuring
devices
AURT125667A Use and

maintain basic measuring
devices

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

servicing operations

servicing operations

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA2005 Select and
use bearings, seals, gaskets,
sealants and adhesives
AURT200368A Select and

use bearings, seals, gaskets,
sealants and adhesives

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA2006 Service
hydraulic systems
Approved
AURT209170A Service
hydraulic systems

policy requirements
Page 140 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA2007 Inspect,
service and repair
pneumatic systems
service and repair pneumatic
systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA2008 Produce
patterns and templates
AURT225291A Produce
patterns and templates

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
pre-repair operations
(mechanical)

(mechanical)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

repair trailers up to 4.5
tonnes
AURT237272A Service and Unit code updated to meet

repair trailers up to 4.5 tonnes policy requirements
AURTTA3011 Install
hydraulic systems to
specified applications
AURT309131B Install
hydraulic systems to specified policy requirements
applications
legislation
Approved

legislation
E
Page 141 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

unit descriptor
AURTTA3012 Manufacture
and install fluid power hose
assemblies
AURT309140A Manufacture
and install fluid power hose
assemblies

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA3013 Repair
hydraulic systems
AURT309166A Repair
hydraulic systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA3014 Assemble
and install pneumatic
and install pneumatic
systems/components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA3015 Prepare
engineering drawings
AURT325149A Prepare

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
vehicle safety and
roadworthy inspections

vehicle safety/roadworthy
inspection

policy requirements

Approved
Page 142 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
legislation
unit descriptor
diagnostic procedures


policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
advanced diagnostic
procedures

advanced diagnostic
procedures

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA3020 Apply
heat-induction processes
diagnosis of complex
system faults

diagnosis of complex system
faults
New unit
N/A

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTA4025 Diagnose
complex faults in vehicle
integrated stability control
systems
New unit
N/A
AURTTA4026 Diagnose
complex faults in vehicle
electric-over-hydraulic
systems
New unit
N/A
AURTTA5022 Develop and AURT574020A Develop and

apply mechanical system
apply mechanical systems
Approved
Page 143 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
modifications
modification
policy requirements
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
apply hydraulic system
apply hydraulic systems
modifications
modification

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

apply pneumatic system
apply pneumatic systems
modifications
modification

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTB2001 Inspect and

service braking systems
AURT210170A Inspect and

service braking systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTB2002 Attach
AURT210605A Attach
friction materials and radius friction materials and radius
grind
grind

policy requirements

legislation
Approved
Page 144 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
unit descriptor
AURTTB2003 Machine
brake drums and brake disc
rotors
AURT210736A Machine
brake drums and brake disc
rotors

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTB2004 Inspect and

service air braking systems

service air braking systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTB3005 Assemble
and fit braking systems and
components
and fit braking
systems/components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTB3006 Inspect,
service and repair auxiliary
braking systems
service and repair auxiliary
braking systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTC2001 Inspect and

service cooling systems
AURT202170B Inspect and

service cooling systems

policy requirements

legislation
Approved
Page 145 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURTTC2002 Carry out

radiator repairs

radiator repairs

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTC3003 Diagnose
and repair cooling systems
AURT202166B Repair
cooling systems
New unit replacing

AURT202166B

modern technologies
AURTTD2001 Inspect
steering systems
AURT215130A Inspect
steering systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTD2002 Inspect and
service steering systems

service steering systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTD2003 Inspect
suspension systems
AURT216130A Inspect
suspension systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTD2004 Inspect and
service suspension systems
Approved

service suspension systems

policy requirements
Page 146 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTD4005 Overhaul
steering system components
AURT415145A Overhaul
steering system components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTE1003 Remove and AURT100064A Remove and
tag engine system
tag engine system
components
components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTE2004 Inspect and

service engines

service engines

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTE3001 Apply
knowledge of engine
science
AURTTE3001 Apply
knowledge of engine science

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTE4005 Overhaul
engine components
Approved
components

policy requirements
Page 147 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTF2001 Service
petrol fuel systems
AURT203170B Service petrol Unit code updated to meet

fuel systems
policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTF2002 Service
AURT203670B Service diesel Unit code updated to meet
diesel fuel injection systems fuel injection systems
policy requirements

legislation
AURTTF3004 Repair diesel AURT303666A Repair diesel Unit code updated to meet
fuel injection systems
fuel systems
policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTF3005 Inspect and
repair engine forced
induction systems

repair engine forced induction policy requirements
systems
legislation

unit descriptor
AURTTF3006 Diagnose
AURT303166B Repair petrol New unit replacing
N
and repair petrol carburettor fuel systems
AURT303166B
systems
of Evidence reflect carburettor
Approved
Page 148 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
technologies
AURTTF4003 Overhaul
diesel fuel injection systems diesel fuel injection systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTF4007 Overhaul
petrol fuel system
components
AURT403145B Overhaul
petrol fuel system
components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTJ2001 Balance
wheels and tyres
AURT217606A Balance
wheels and tyres

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTJ2002 Remove and
refit wheel hubs and
associated brake
components
AURT217865A Remove and

refit wheel hubs and
associated brake components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTK2001 Use and

maintain measuring
equipment in an automotive
workplace
Approved
AURT225667A Use and

maintain measuring
equipment
New unit replacing

AURT225667A

technologies
Page 149 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURTTK2002 Use and

maintain workplace tools
and equipment
AURT270278A Use and

maintain workplace tools and
equipment

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTL3001 Service
CNG fuel systems
AURT304370A Service CNG Unit code updated to meet

fuel systems
policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTL3002 Diagnose
and repair CNG fuel
systems
AURT304366A Repair CNG New unit replacing

fuel systems
AURT304366A and
AURT404384A
AURT404384A Diagnose
CNG fuel system faults
AURTTL3003 Install CNG AURT304331A Install CNG

fuel systems
fuel systems

technologies
policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTL3004 Service LNG AURT304470A Service LNG Unit code updated to meet
fuel systems
fuel systems
policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTL3005 Diagnose
Approved
AURT304466A Repair LNG
New unit replacing
Page 150 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
and repair LNG fuel

systems
fuel systems
AURT304466A and
AURT404484A
LNG fuel system faults

technologies
AURT304431A Install LNG

fuel systems

policy requirements
AURTTL3006 Install LNG

fuel systems
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTL3007 Service LPG AURT304270A Service LPG Unit code updated to meet
fuel systems
fuel systems
policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTL3008 Diagnose
AURT304266A Repair LPG
and repair LPG fuel systems fuel systems
AURTTL3009 Install LPG

fuel systems
New unit replacing

AURT304266A and
AURT404284A
LPG fuel system faults

technologies
AURT304231A Install LPG

fuel systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTL3010 Install LPG,
CNG and LNG electrical
control equipment
Approved
AURT304031A Install
LPG/CNG electrical control
equipment
New unit replacing

AURT304031A
Page 151 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

technologies and to include
LNG technology
AURTTL4011 Diagnose
complex faults in CNG fuel
systems
New unit
N/A
AURTTL4012 Diagnose
complex faults in LNG fuel
systems
New unit
N/A
AURTTL4013 Diagnose
complex faults in LPG fuel
systems
New unit
N/A
AURTTL5014 Analyse and AURT477093A Analyse and Unit code updated to meet
evaluate gas fuel system
evaluate gas fuel system faults policy requirements
faults
legislation

unit descriptor
AURTTL5015 Develop and AURT577120A Develop and
apply gas fuel system
apply gas fuel systems
modifications
modification

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTM3001 Operate and AURTTM3001 Operate and

monitor computer numerical monitor computer numerical
control machines
control machines

legislation
AURTTM3002 Repair
bearing tunnels and
connecting rods in engines

legislation

AURTTM3002 Repair
bearing tunnels and
connecting rods in engines
AURTTM3003 Apply metal AURTTM3003 Apply metal

to rebuild engine
Approved
Page 152 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
components
to rebuild engine components
legislation
AURTTM3004 Assemble
engine blocks and
sub-assemblies
AURTTM3004 Assemble
engine blocks and
sub-assemblies

legislation
AURTTM3005 Balance
rotating and reciprocating
engine components
AURTTM3005 Balance
rotating and reciprocating
engine components

legislation
AURTTM3006 Perform
advanced machining and
blueprinting of engine
components
AURTTM3006 Perform
advanced machining and
blueprinting of engine
components

legislation
AURTTM3007 Carry out

grinding operations
AURTTM3007 Carry out

grinding operations

legislation
AURTTM3008 Dismantle
and evaluate engine blocks
and sub-assemblies
AURTTM3008 Dismantle
and evaluate engine blocks
and sub-assemblies

legislation
AURTTM3009 Fit sleeves

and bore and hone engine
cylinders
AURTTM3009 Fit sleeves

and bore and hone engine
cylinders

legislation
AURTTM3010 Heat treat,

straighten and reclaim
engine components
AURTTM3010 Heat treat,

straighten and reclaim engine
components

legislation
AURTTM3011 Recondition AURTTM3011 Recondition

engine cylinder heads
engine cylinder heads

legislation
AURTTQ2001 Service final AURT212670A Service final

drive assemblies
drive assemblies

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTQ2002 Remove and AURT213165A Remove and
refit driveline components
refit driveline components
Approved

policy requirements
Page 153 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTQ2003 Service final AURT213170A Service final
drive (driveline)
drive (driveline)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTQ4004 Overhaul
final drive assemblies

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTR4001 Diagnose
complex faults in engine
management systems
AURTTS2001 Fabricate
exhaust system and
components
AURT205123A Fabricate
exhaust system/components
New unit
N/A

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTW2001 Carry out

soft soldering techniques
AURV223808A Carry out

soft soldering techniques

policy requirements

legislation
Approved
Page 154 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
unit descriptor
AURTTW3002 Set, operate AURT334972A Set, operate
and monitor specialist
and monitor specialist
machines
machines

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTW3003 Carry out

machining operations

machining operations

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTX1001 Remove and AURT100264A Remove and
tag transmission system
tag transmission system
components
components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTX2002 Inspect and

service transmissions
(manual)

(manual)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

(automatic)

(automatic)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 155 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURTTX2004 Service
transmissions (hydrostatic)
AURT208170A Service

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
service clutch systems
AURTTX3006 Repair
AURT308166A Repair
New unit
N/A

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTX4007 Overhaul
clutch assemblies
clutch assemblies

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTX4008 Overhaul
transmissions (manual)
transmissions (manual)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTX4009 Overhaul
transmissions (automatic)
transmissions (automatic)

policy requirements

legislation
Approved
Page 156 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
unit descriptor
AURTTX4010 Overhaul

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTX4011 Overhaul
torque converters
AURTTY3001 Repair
chassis, frame and
associated components
AURV328366A Repair
chassis/frame and associated
components
New unit
N/A

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTZ2001 Inspect and

service emission control
systems

service emission control
systems

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURTTZ2002 Repair
exhaust system components
AURT205166A Repair
exhaust system components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVEN2001 Apply
AURV271403A Apply
environmental regulations
environmental regulations and policy requirements
and best practice in the body best practice in the body
Approved
Page 157 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
repair industry
repair industry

legislation
E/N

unit descriptor
AURVEN3002 Monitor
environmental and
in the automotive body
repair industry
AURV371481A Implement
regulations and best practice
in the body repair industry
AURVEN4003 Plan and

AURV471482A Plan and
environmental regulations in environmental regulations in
the body repair industry
the body repair industry
New unit replacing

AURV371481A

to eflect sustainability
policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVGA3001 Determine
vehicle rescue method and
costs
AURV328916A Determine
vehicle rescue method and
ascertain cost

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVGA3002 Recover
vehicles
AURV328961A Recover
vehicle

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVLA4001 Identify and AURVLA4001 Identify and
report vehicle claim fraud
report vehicle claim fraud
indicators
indicators
Approved

legislation
Page 158 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURVLN2001 Apply legal

requirements for vehicle
dismantlers
AURV228603A Apply legal

requirements for vehicle
dismantlers

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVNA4001 Provide
vehicle loss assessment and
identify repair requirements
AURVNA4001 Provide
vehicle loss assessment and
identify repair requirements

legislation
AURVNA4002 Provide
AURVNA4002 Provide
vehicle total loss assessment vehicle total loss assessment

legislation
AURVNA4003 Review a
AURVNA4003 Review a

legislation
AURVNA4004 Apply
insurance industry
knowledge to vehicle loss
assessment
AURVNA4004 Apply
insurance industry knowledge
to vehicle loss assessment

legislation
AURVNA4005 Inspect
quality of vehicle repair
work
AURVNA4005 Inspect
quality of vehicle repair work replaced with new WHS
legislation
AURVNA4006 Identify and AURVNA4006 Identify and

value vehicle salvage
value vehicle salvage

legislation
AURVNA4007 Apply
automotive mechanical and
electrical knowledge to
AURVNA4007 Apply
automotive mechanical and
electrical knowledge to

legislation
AURVNA4008 Apply
automotive body and paint
assessment
AURVNA4008 Apply
automotive body and paint
assessment

legislation
AURVNN4001 Evaluate
vehicle bodywork for
AURVNN4001 Evaluate
vehicle bodywork for damage replaced with new WHS
Approved
Page 159 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
damage and identify repair

requirements
and identify repair

requirements
legislation
AURVNP4001 Evaluate
vehicle paintwork for
damage and identify refinish
requirements
AURVNP4001 Evaluate
vehicle paintwork for damage replaced with new WHS
and identify refinish
legislation
requirements
AURVTA2001 Prepare
AURV231649A Prepare
vehicle, components and
vehicle/component/equipment policy requirements
equipment for customer use for customer use
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTA3002 Remove and AURV327164A Remove and
replace supplementary
replace supplementary
restraint systems
restraint systems (SRS)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTA3003 Inspect
paint, trim and accessories
and recommend repair
procedures
AURV465230A Inspect paint, Unit code updated to meet

trim and accessories and
policy requirements
ascertain recommended repair Minor change to unit title
procedures
legislation

unit descriptor
AURVTA3004 Inspect
vehicle systems and
determine preferred repair
action
AURT365130A Inspect
vehicle systems and
determine preferred repair
action

policy requirements

legislation
Approved
Page 160 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
unit descriptor
AURVTG2001 Repair
laminated glass
AURV233166A Repair
laminated glass

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTG2002 Remove and AURV233363A Remove and
install rubber glazed
install rubber glazed
windscreens
windscreens

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

install butyl sealed
install butyl sealed
windscreens
windscreens

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

install direct glazed
install direct glazed
windscreens
windscreens

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

install framed type
install framed type
windscreens
windscreens

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 161 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURVTG2006 Apply
window tinting
AURV233849A Prepare
surfaces and apply window
tinting

policy requirements
AURVTG2007 Clean glass

surfaces
AURVTG3008 Cut and
process flat laminated glass
AURV333215A Cut and

process flat laminated glass

New unit
N/A

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
install fixed body glass
install fixed body glass

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
install movable body glass
install movable body glass

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTG3011 Install side
windows
AURV334031A Install side

windows

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
install heavy vehicle rubber install rubber and urethane
Approved

policy requirements
Page 162 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
and urethane glazed

windscreens
(heavy vehicle) glazed

windscreens
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor

install large vehicle
install large vehicle
windscreens
windscreens

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTK2001 Use and

maintain vehicle body repair
hand tools
New unit
N/A
AURVTN1001 Remove and AURV100064A Remove and

tag vehicle body system
tag vehicle body system
components
components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN2002 Carry out

panel repairs

panel repairs

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
pre-repair vehicle body
operations

pre-repair operations (vehicle
body)

policy requirements

legislation
Approved
Page 163 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

unit descriptor
AURVTN2004 Remove,
replace and realign bolt-on
panels, sections and fittings
AURV226864A Remove,
replace and realign bolt-on
panels, sections and fittings

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

fit protector mouldings,
replace/fit protector
transfers and decals
mouldings, transfers and
decals

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

replace mechanical units
replace mechanical
and assemblies
units/assemblies

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN2007 Remove
salvageable components
AURV228662A Remove
salvageable components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN2008 Clean
vehicle body and door
cavities
Approved
AURV231786AA Wash/clean Unit code updated to meet

vehicle body and door cavities policy requirements
Page 164 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN2009 Clean
vehicle engine and engine
compartment
AURV231786BA Wash/clean Unit code updated to meet

vehicle engine and engine
policy requirements
compartment

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN2010 Clean
vehicle underbody
AURV231786CA Wash/clean Unit code updated to meet

vehicle underbody
policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
install rear vision mirrors
install rear vision mirrors

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN2030 Service air
compressors and air lines
AURT222170A Service air

compressors and air lines

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 165 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURVTN2033 Service,
repair and replace air
compressors and
components
AURT222171A Service,
repair and replace air
compressors/components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN2037 Disassemble AURV228617A Disassemble

and test vehicle units and
and test vehicle
components
units/components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3012 Install
vehicle sunroofs
AURV324431A Install
vehicle sunroofs

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
paint-less dent repairs

paint-less dent repairs

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3014 Repair body AURV326266AA Repair
panels by beating and split
body panels (beating and split policy requirements
repair
repair)

Approved
Page 166 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3015 Repair body AURV326266BA Repair
panels using metal finishing body panels (metal finishing)
techniques

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3016 Repair body AURV326266CA Repair

panels incorporating filler
body panels (incorporating
filler)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3017 Repair body AURV326266DA Repair

panels and thermoplastic
body panels/components
components
(thermoplastic)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3018 Repair and

replace structural damage
by welding
AURV326366AB Repair and

(welding)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 167 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
AURVTN3019 Repair and

by riveting
AURV326366BA
Repair/replace structural
damage (riveting)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3020 Replace
major welded panels
AURV326367B Replace
major welded panels

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3021 Repair body AURV326466A Repair body Unit code updated to meet
components using lead
components using lead wiping policy requirements
wiping
legislation

unit descriptor
AURVTN3022 Repair
vehicle body misalignment
AURV326508A Repair
vehicle body misalignment

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
replace adhesive bonded
replace adhesive bonded
panels and structures
panels and structures

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 168 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
AURVTN3024 Install
vehicle body component
seals
AURV327231A Install
vehicle body component seals policy requirements
E/N
E

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3025 Repair
corroded panels and
components
AURV327366A Repair
corroded panels and
components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3026 Repair
aluminium body panels
(finishing)
AURV327466AA Repair
(finishing)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3027 Repair
(filling)
AURV327466BA Repair
(filling)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN3028 Identify and

repair high strength steel
components
New unit
N/A
AURVTN3029 Set up and

operate universal measuring
systems
New unit
N/A
New unit replacing
AURVTN3031 Conduct
Approved
Page 169 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
major sectional repairs
major sectional repair
AURV326708A
E/N

reflect repairs to vehicle body
skirt and rails
AURVTN3035 Apply
original equipment
manufacturer repair
procedures
AURVTN4032 Determine
vehicle damage and
recommended repair
procedures
AURV465116A Determine
vehicle damage and
recommended repair
procedures
New unit
N/A

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTN5034 Evaluate
and select bodywork
materials, equipment and
processes
AURT577394A Evaluate and Unit code updated to meet

select bodywork materials,
policy requirements
equipment and processes
legislation

unit descriptor
AURVTP2001 Apply paint
removal methods
AURV229503A Apply paint

removal methods

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP2002 Carry out
masking procedures

masking procedures

policy requirements

legislation
Approved
Page 170 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

unit descriptor
AURVTP2003 Prepare
AURV229749A Prepare
spray painting materials and spray painting materials and
equipment
equipment

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP2004 Apply
fundamental colour
matching techniques
AURV229803AA Apply
fundamental colour matching
techniques

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP2005 Apply rust

prevention and sound
deadening materials
AURV230203A Apply rust

prevention and sound
deadening materials

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP2006 Prepare
vehicle components for
paint repairs
AURV230349A Prepare
vehicle components for paint
repairs

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP2007 Apply paint

touch-up techniques
AURV230449A Apply paint

touch-up techniques

policy requirements

legislation
Approved
Page 171 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
unit descriptor
AURVTP2008 Clean and
AURV231809CA Clean and
polish vehicle exterior paint polish vehicle exterior paint

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP2009 Apply
vehicle body film wrapping
basic airbrush application
techniques

fundamental airbrush
application techniques
New unit
N/A

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

custom graphics design and
layout techniques

custom graphics design and
layout techniques

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP3010 Prepare
spray booths and paint
drying equipment
AURV329549A Prepare
spray booths and paint drying
equipment

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP3011 Apply solid

acrylic enamel refinishing
materials using two
Approved
AURV329603BA Apply solid Unit code updated to meet

acrylic enamel refinishing
policy requirements
materials (two component
Page 172 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
component systems
system)

legislation
E/N

unit descriptor
AURVTP3012 Apply air
AURV329603DA Apply air
dry and polyurethane
dry and polyurethane enamel
enamel refinishing materials refinishing materials

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP3013 Prepare
substrate for refinishing
AURV329649A Prepare
substrate for refinishing

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP3014 Apply
multi- layer and clear
over-base colour matching
techniques
AURV329803BA Apply
multi layer/clear over base
colour matching techniques

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP3015 Apply solid

AURV329803CA Apply solid Unit code updated to meet

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 173 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

paint rectification and
touch-up work for solids
using two component
systems
AURV329903AA Carry out

paint rectification and touch
up work for solids (two
component system)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

paint rectification and
touch-up work for clear over
base using two component
systems
AURV329903BA Carry out

up work for clear over base
(two component system)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

paint rectification for
multi- layer and pearl using
two component systems
AURV329903CA Carry out

up work for multi layer/pearl
(two component system)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP3019 Prepare and

paint plastic components
AURV330149A Prepare and

paint plastic components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
denibbing, buffing and
polishing
Approved

denibbing, buffing and
polishing

policy requirements

Page 174 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP3021 Restore
vehicle exterior paint
AURV331987A Restore
vehicle exterior paint

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
custom painting techniques

custom painting techniques

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTP3023 Mix and
apply clear over-base
refinishing materials in
two-component systems
AURV329603CA Apply clear

over base refinishing
materials (two component
system)
New unit replacing

AURV329603CA
AURVTP3024 Mix and

apply clear over-base
multi- layer pearl refinishing
materials
AURV329603EA Apply clear New unit replacing

over base multi layer/pearl
AURV329603EA
refinishing materials
Elements and Performance

Criteria updated to reflect
mixing of paint products
N

AURVTP3025 Mix and
apply water-based
refinishing materials
AURV329603FA Apply
water based refinishing
materials
New unit replacing

AURV329603FA
AURVTS2006 Carry out

fabrication of components

fabrication of components

policy requirements
Approved

E
Page 175 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTS3001Carry out
wood working operations
for fabrication
AURV324708ACarry out
wood working operations for
fabrication

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTS3002 Repair
plugs, moulds, frames and
flooring using wood
materials
AURV324766A Repair plugs, Unit code updated to meet

moulds, frames and flooring
policy requirements
using wood materials
legislation

unit descriptor
AURVTS3003 Fabricate
composite material
components
AURV324823A Fabricate
composite material
components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTS3004 Repair
fibreglass and composite
material components
AURV324866A Repair
fibreglass/composite material
components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTS3005 Fabricate
vehicle body panels and
Approved
New unit
N/A
Page 176 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

sewing repairs and alterations

policy requirements
components
AURVTT2001 Carry out
sewing repairs and
alterations

legislation
unit descriptor

trim repairs and alterations

trim repairs and alterations

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTT2003 Remove and AURV230864A Remove and
replace vehicle interior trim replace vehicle interior trim
components
components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTT2004 Trim vehicle AURV231208A Carry out

components
trimming of vehicle
components

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTT2005 Select and

apply trim and fabric
materials
AURV231268A Select and

apply trim/fabric materials
and determine attachment
methods

policy requirements

Approved
Page 177 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
legislation
unit descriptor
apply trim and fabric
adhesives
AURV231368A Select and

apply trim/fabric adhesives

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTT2007 Clean and

finish plastic trim and
fittings
AURV231809AA Clean and

finish plastic trim and fittings

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTT2008 Clean and

finish vehicle interior trim
and seats
AURV231809BA Clean and Unit code updated to meet

finish vehicle interior trim and policy requirements
seats
legislation

unit descriptor
replace seats and internal
replace seats and internal
fittings
fittings

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

replace vehicle head lining
replace vehicle head lining

policy requirements

Approved
Page 178 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N
legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTT3011 Repair seat
frames
AURV331066A Repair seat

frames

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
sewing operations

sewing operations

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTT3013 Fabricate
loose and fitted covers
AURV331423AA Fabricate
and install loose and fitted
covers

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
marine covers
AURV331423BA Fabricate
and install marine covers

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
canvas products
Approved
AURV331423CA Fabricate
and install canvas products

policy requirements
Page 179 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor
frame structures
AURV331423DA Fabricate
and install frame structures

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
and install floor coverings
AURV331423EA Fabricate
and install floor coverings

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
and install soft top hoods
AURV331423FA Fabricate
and install hoods (soft tops)

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
and install canopies and
curtains
AURV331423GA Fabricate
and install canopies and
curtains

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 180 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
E/N

use leather in trimming
New unit
N/A

use adhesives
New unit
N/A
AURVTV2001 Remove,
AURV232165A Remove,
replace, fit and test
replace, fit and test
components and accessories components/accessories

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTW2001 Carry out

manual metal arc welding
procedures

manual metal arc welding
procedures

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

brazing procedures

brazing procedures

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
gas metal arc welding
procedures
AURV281308A Carry out gas Unit code updated to meet

metal arc (MIG) welding
policy requirements
procedures

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
AURV281408A Carry out gas Unit code updated to meet
Page 181 of 7618


Title

Title
AUR05 v4
gas tungsten arc welding

procedures
tungsten arc (TIG) welding

procedures
policy requirements
E/N

legislation
unit descriptor

spot welding procedures

spot welding procedures

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
AURVTW2007 Conduct
oxy-acetylene, thermal
heating and cutting
oxy acetylene welding,
thermal cutting and thermal
heating procedures

oxy acetylene welding,
thermal cutting and thermal
heating procedures
New unit
N/A

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor

thermoplastic welding
procedures

thermoplastic welding
procedures

policy requirements

legislation
unit descriptor
Approved
Page 182 of 7618

Overview
Overview
What is a Training Package?
A Training Package is an integrated set of nationally endorsed competency standards,
assessment guidelines and Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) qualifications for a
specific industry, industry sector or enterprise.
Each Training Package:
provides a consistent and reliable set of components for training, recognising and
assessing peoples skills, and may also have optional support materials
enables nationally recognised qualifications to be awarded through direct assessment of
workplace competencies
encourages the development and delivery of flexible training which suits individual and
industry requirements
encourages learning and assessment in a work-related environment which leads to
verifiable workplace outcomes.
How do Training Packages fit within the National Skills Framework?

The National Skills Framework applies nationally, is endorsed by the Ministerial Council for
Vocational and Technical Education, and comprises the Australian Quality Training
Framework 2010 (AQTF 2010), and Training Packages endorsed by the National Quality
Council (NQC).
How are Training Packages developed?
Training Packages are developed by Industry Skills Councils or enterprises to meet the
identified training needs of specific industries or industry sectors. To gain national
endorsement of Training Packages, developers must provide evidence of extensive research,
consultation and support within the industry area or enterprise.
How do Training Packages encourage flexibility?
Training Packages describe the skills and knowledge needed to perform effectively in the
workplace without prescribing how people should be trained.
Training Packages acknowledge that people can achieve vocational competency in many
ways by emphasising what the learner can do, not how or where they learned to do it. For
example, some experienced workers might be able to demonstrate competency against the
units of competency, and even gain a qualification, without completing a formal training
program.
With Training Packages, assessment and training may be conducted at the workplace,
off-the-job, at a training organisation, during regular work, or through work experience, work
placement, work simulation or any combination of these.
Who can deliver and assess using Training Packages?
Training and assessment using Training Packages must be conducted by a Registered
Training Organisation (RTO) that has the qualifications or specific units of competency on its
scope of registration, or that works in partnership with another RTO, as specified in the AQTF
2010.
Training Package Components
Training Packages are made up of mandatory components endorsed by the NQC, and optional
support materials.
Training Package Endorsed Components
Approved
Page 183 of 7618

Overview
The nationally endorsed components include the Competency Standards, Assessment

Guidelines and Qualifications Framework. These form the basis of training and assessment in
the Training Package and, as such, they must be used.
Competency Standards
Each unit of competency identifies a discrete workplace requirement and includes the
knowledge and skills that underpin competency as well as language, literacy and numeracy;
and occupational health and safety requirements. The units of competency must be adhered to
in training and assessment to ensure consistency of outcomes.
Assessment Guidelines
The Assessment Guidelines provide an industry framework to ensure all assessments meet
industry needs and nationally agreed standards as expressed in the Training Package and the
AQTF 2010. The Assessment Guidelines must be followed to ensure the integrity of
assessment leading to nationally recognised qualifications.
Qualifications Framework
Each Training Package provides details of those units of competency that must be achieved to
award AQF qualifications. The rules around which units of competency can be combined to
make up a valid AQF qualification in the Training Package are referred to as the packaging
rules. The packaging rules must be followed to ensure the integrity of nationally recognised
qualifications issued.
Training Package Support Materials
The endorsed components of Training Packages are complemented and supported by optional
support materials that provide for choice in the design of training and assessment to meet the
needs of industry and learners.
Training Package support materials can relate to single or multiple units of competency, an
industry sector, a qualification or the whole Training Package. They tend to fall into one or
more of the categories illustrated below.
Approved
Page 184 of 7618

Overview
Training Package support materials are produced by a range of stakeholders such as RTOs,
individual trainers and assessors, private and commercial developers and Government
agencies.
Training Package, Qualification and Unit of Competency Codes

There are agreed conventions for the national codes used for Training Packages and their
components. Always use the correct codes, exactly as they appear in the Training Package,
and with the code always before the title.
Training Package Codes
Each Training Package has a unique five-character national code assigned when the Training
Package is endorsed, for example XYZ08. The first three characters are letters identifying the
Training Package industry coverage and the last two characters are numbers identifying the
year of endorsement.
Qualification Codes
Within each Training Package, each qualification has a unique eight-character code, for
example XYZ10108. Qualification codes are developed as follows:
the first three letters identify the Training Package;

the first number identifies the qualification level (noting that, in the qualification titles
themselves, arabic numbers are not used);
the next two numbers identify the position in the sequence of the qualification at that
level; and
the last two numbers identify the year in which the qualification was endorsed. (Where
qualifications are added after the initial Training Package endorsement, the last two
numbers may differ from other Training Package qualifications as they identify the year in
which those particular qualifications were endorsed.)
Unit of Competency Codes

Within each Training Package, each unit of competency has a unique code. Unit of
competency codes are assigned when the Training Package is endorsed, or when new units of
competency are added to an existing endorsed Training Package. Unit codes are developed as
follows:
a typical code is made up of 12 characters, normally a mixture of uppercase letters and

numbers, as in AURAAA2001
the first three characters signify the Training Package Automotive Industry Retail,
Service and Repair Training Package in the above example and up to eight characters,
relating to an industry sector, function or skill area, follow;
the last character is always a letter and identifies the unit of competency version. An A
at the end of the code indicates that this is the original unit of competency. B, or another
incremented version identifier means that minor changes have been made. Typically this
would mean that wording has changed in the range statement or evidence guide, providing
clearer intent; and
where changes are made that alter the outcome, a new code is assigned and the title is
changed.
Training Package, Qualification and Unit of Competency Titles
Approved
Page 185 of 7618

Overview
There are agreed conventions for titling Training Packages and their components. Always use
the correct titles, exactly as they appear in the Training Package, and with the code always
placed before the title.
Training Package Titles
The title of each endorsed Training Package is unique and relates the Training Packages broad
industry coverage.
Qualification Titles
The title of each endorsed Training Package qualification is unique. Qualification titles use
the following sequence:
first, the qualification is identified as either Certificate I, Certificate II, Certificate III,
Certificate IV, Diploma, Advanced Diploma, Vocational Graduate Certificate, or
Vocational Graduate Diploma;
this is followed by the words in for Certificates I to IV, and of for Diploma, Advanced
Diploma, Vocational Graduate Certificate and Vocational Graduate Diploma;
then, the industry descriptor, for example Telecommunications; and
then, if applicable, the occupational or functional stream in brackets, for example
(Computer Systems).
For example: AUR10112 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation.

Unit of Competency Titles
Each unit of competency title is unique. Unit of competency titles describe the competency
outcome concisely, and are written in sentence case.
For example: AURAFA2001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace
Introduction to the AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training Package
Qualification requirements are such that flexibility occurs whilst providing rigor in the core
competencies of a qualification to ensure clear occupational outcomes. Logical qualification
pathways for individual industry sectors through to Diploma level have been identified that
ensure coverage of advanced levels in technology and management.
Environmental units of competency have been developed to ensure an increase in complexity
and responsibility through AQF levels while exposure to key environmental considerations is
included in all qualifications.
While every attempt was made to provide consistency in numbers of units across each AQF
level within the various sectors, this was simply not possible. Some variation does exist but
this is justified following agreement from key stakeholders that the groups of units of
competency cover the level and breadth of the occupations that the qualifications serve.
Overall, the number of qualifications is 56, with the number of automotive-specific units of
competency being 618. The number of imported units of competency is 97.
Approved
Page 186 of 7618

Overview
Specific VET in Schools and pre-apprenticeship qualifications have been developed in this
Training Package, with the focus being on industry taster and foundation skills units of
competency. It was the strong opinion of industry that there needed to be qualifications for
VET in Schools and pre-apprenticeship that had a strong emphasis on providing an
understanding of the industry and preparing individuals to successfully transition to work. It
was felt that qualifications in the past had focused on credit transfer rather than vocational
preparation.
Significant changes have been made to the unit of competency codes. The unit codes now
consist of 10 characters; for example AURETH3001. The first three characters signify the
Training Package AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training
Package. The fourth character, the industry sector, E Electrical. The fifth and sixth
character identifies the areas, TH Technical Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle.
The seventh character, the AQF level of the qualification where the unit of competency first
appears, 3 AQF3. The last three characters identifies the position in the sequence of
competencies in the same industry sector, 001 - the first unit in the sequence.
The table below describes the new codes used for the units of competency.
Unit of Competency Code Descriptor
Sector First Letter
Field of Competency
Area Second Letter
Common
AURA Administration
A Not assigned
Bicycle
AURB Support and Logistics
B Brakes
Electrical
AURE Sales and Marketing
C Cooling Systems
D Steering and
Suspension
Manufacturing - Passenger AURF

Vehicle
Officiating
Manufacturing - Bus,
Truck and Trailer
AURG Environment
E Engines
Mechanical - Heavy
Vehicle
AURH Foundation Skills
F Fuel systems
Mechanical - Motorcycle
AURJ
G Glazing
Mechanical Mobile
Plant
AURK Information
Technology
K Hybrid Vehicle and

H
Battery Electric Vehicle
Mechanical - Light
Vehicle
AURL Regulatory or Legal
L Wheels and Tyres
Motorsport
AURM Management,
Leadership and
Supervision
M Tools and Equipment
Approved
Not Assigned
Page 187 of 7618

Overview
Sector First Letter
Field of Competency
Mechanical - Lifting
Equipment
AURN Loss Assessment or

Repair Quoting
Outdoor Power Equipment AURP
Quality
Area Second Letter

N Alternative Fuels
Q Manufacture
Marine
AURR Health and Safety
S Body
Sales and Parts,

Administration and
Management
AURS
T Paint
Technical
Mechanical Miscellaneous AURT
Driveline and Final

Drives
Vehicle Body
Electrical and
Electronic
Fabrication
Trimming and
Upholstery
Air Conditioning and

HVAC
Accessories
Welding, Grinding,
Machining and
Soldering
Transmission
Chassis and Frame
Emission and Exhaust
Approved
AURV
Page 188 of 7618

Overview
Benefits of the Retail, Service and Repair Training Package
Focuses on outcomes, not delivery methods.

Provides a framework for the recognition of employee skills regardless of how those skills
were developed.
Provides transferable, recognised qualifications across industry and states/territories.
Assists industry to develop job profiles.
Assists training organisations and employers to design training plans.
Enables access to New Apprenticeship arrangements in sectors and occupations not
previously covered.
Assists training and assessment providers to develop training resources to achieve
nationally recognised outcomes
Provides clear qualifications pathways
Aligns to contemporary occupational job roles and titles.
Introduction to the Industry

Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair
The Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair (RS&R) Training Package is one of three
Automotive Industry Training Packages:
1. AUM Automotive Manufacturing Training Package Version 1 (new standards)
2. AUR Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 1 (new
standards)
3. AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 2.
The automotive industry is crucial to Australias economy. Australia is only one of thirteen
countries with the capability to design, engineer and produce vehicles from start to finish. The
Australian vehicle market is also one of the most open and competitive in the world.
The automotive industry encompasses a wide range of activities including:
Motor Vehicle and Motor Vehicle Parts Manufacturing
Motor Vehicle and Motor Vehicle Parts Wholesaling
Automotive Retailing, Servicing and Repair
Fuel Retailing
Supply of Aftermarket Equipment
Vehicle Recycling and Disposal
Motorsport
Outdoor Power Equipment
Agricultural Machinery and Equipment
Bicycles
Recreational Boating
Annual turnover in aggregate for the automotive industry is estimated at approximately
$208.1 billion for 2010-11. This is largely comprised of sales and service income. The largest
portion of annual turnover is recorded by the Motor Vehicle and Parts Retailing sector at $61
billion, followed by Motor Vehicle and Parts Wholesaling ($49.1 billion) and Fuel Retailing
($37 billion).
Approved
Page 189 of 7618

Overview
Total employment within the automotive industry for the 2011-12 financial year is estimated
at 371,590 people. The majority of these people (129,500 or 34.9%) are employed within
Automotive Repair and Maintenance. This is followed by Motor Vehicle and Parts Retailing
(96,500 or 26%) and Motor Vehicle and Parts Manufacturing (49,500 or 13.3%).
Victoria has the largest number of people employed in the automotive industry (100,000
people) followed by New South Wales (90,000 people) and Queensland (64,750). The ACT
and the Northern Territory have the smallest automotive workforces (2,750 and 3,500 people
respectively).
This Training Package is aimed at satisfying the training needs of RS&R sector of the
automotive industry, including occupational areas covering:
Automotive Retailing, Servicing and Repair
Fuel Retailing
Supply of Aftermarket Equipment
Vehicle Recycling and Disposal
Motorsport
Agricultural Machinery and Equipment
Bicycles
Recreational Boating.
This Training Package covers the breadth of the automotive retail service and repair industry
and related areas mentioned above.
On average more than 1,000,000 new vehicles have been sold in Australia every year since
2006, with car registrations having increased by over 2,000,000 in the same time period. This
is placing immense pressure on the skill requirements of those involved in service,
maintenance and repair.
Approved
Page 190 of 7618

The Australian Qualifications Framework
What is the Australian Qualifications Framework?
A brief overview of the Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) follows. For a full
explanation of the AQF, see the AQF Implementation Handbook.
http://www.aqf.edu.au/Portals/0/Documents/Handbook/AQF_Handbook_07.pdf
The AQF provides a comprehensive, nationally consistent framework for all qualifications in
post-compulsory education and training in Australia. In the vocational education and training
(VET) sector it assists national consistency for all trainees, learners, employers and providers
by enabling national recognition of qualifications and Statements of Attainment.
Training Package qualifications in the VET sector must comply with the titles and guidelines
of the AQF. Endorsed Training Packages provide a unique title for each AQF qualification
which must always be reproduced accurately.
Qualifications
Training Packages can incorporate the following eight AQF qualifications.
Certificate I in ...
Certificate II in ...
Certificate III in ...
Certificate IV in ...
Diploma of ...
Advanced Diploma of ...
Vocational Graduate Certificate of ...
Vocational Graduate Diploma of ...
On completion of the requirements defined in the Training Package, a Registered Training

Organisation (RTO) may issue a nationally recognised AQF qualification. Issuance of AQF
qualifications must comply with the advice provided in the AQF Implementation Handbook
and the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.
Statement of Attainment
A Statement of Attainment is issued by a Registered Training Organisation when an
individual has completed one or more units of competency from nationally recognised
qualification(s)/courses(s). Issuance of Statements of Attainment must comply with the advice
provided in the current AQF Implementation Handbook and the AQTF 2010 Essential
Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.
Under the AQTF 2010, RTOs must recognise the achievement of competencies as recorded
on a qualification or Statement of Attainment issued by other RTOs. Given this, recognised
competencies can progressively build towards a full AQF qualification.
AQF Guidelines and Learning Outcomes
The AQF Implementation Handbook provides a comprehensive guideline for each AQF
qualification. A summary of the learning outcome characteristics and their distinguishing
features for each VET related AQF qualification is provided below.
Certificate I
Approved
Page 191 of 7618

Characteristics of Learning Outcomes

Breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge and skills would prepare a person to perform a
defined range of activities most of which may be routine and predictable.
Applications may include a variety of employment related skills including preparatory access
and participation skills, broad-based induction skills and/or specific workplace skills. They
may also include participation in a team or work group.
Distinguishing Features of Learning Outcomes
Do the competencies enable an individual with this qualification to:
demonstrate knowledge by recall in a narrow range of areas;

demonstrate basic practical skills, such as the use of relevant tools;
perform a sequence of routine tasks given clear direction
receive and pass on messages/information.
Certificate II
Breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge and skills would prepare a person to perform in
a range of varied activities or knowledge application where there is a clearly defined range of
contexts in which the choice of actions required is usually clear and there is limited
complexity in the range of operations to be applied.
Performance of a prescribed range of functions involving known routines and procedures and
some accountability for the quality of outcomes.
Applications may include some complex or non-routine activities involving individual
responsibility or autonomy and/or collaboration with others as part of a group or team.
demonstrate basic operational knowledge in a moderate range of areas;

apply a defined range of skills;
apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems;
perform a range of tasks where choice between a limited range of options is required;
assess and record information from varied sources;
take limited responsibility for own outputs in work and learning.
Certificate III
Breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge and competencies would cover selecting,
adapting and transferring skills and knowledge to new environments and providing technical
advice and some leadership in resolution of specified problems. This would be applied across
a range of roles in a variety of contexts with some complexity in the extent and choice of
options available.
Performance of a defined range of skilled operations, usually within a range of broader related
activities involving known routines, methods and procedures, where some discretion and
judgement is required in the section of equipment, services or contingency measures and
within known time constraints.
Applications may involve some responsibility for others. Participation in teams including
group or team co-ordination may be involved.
Approved
Page 192 of 7618

demonstrate some relevant theoretical knowledge

apply a range of well-developed skills
apply known solutions to a variety of predictable problems
perform processes that require a range of well-developed skills where some discretion and
judgement is required
interpret available information, using discretion and judgement
take responsibility for own outputs in work and learning
take limited responsibility for the output of others.
Certificate IV
Breadth, depth and complexity of knowledge and competencies would cover a broad range of
varied activities or application in a wider variety of contexts most of which are complex and
non-routine. Leadership and guidance are involved when organising activities of self and
others as well as contributing to technical solutions of a non-routine or contingency nature.
Performance of a broad range of skilled applications including the requirement to evaluate
and analyse current practices, develop new criteria and procedures for performing current
practices and provision of some leadership and guidance to others in the application and
planning of the skills. Applications involve responsibility for, and limited organisation of,
others.

demonstrate understanding of a broad knowledge base incorporating some theoretical
concepts
apply solutions to a defined range of unpredictable problems
identify and apply skill and knowledge areas to a wide variety of contexts, with depth in
some areas
identify, analyse and evaluate information from a variety of sources
take responsibility for own outputs in relation to specified quality standards
take limited responsibility for the quantity and quality of the output of others.
Diploma
Breadth, depth and complexity covering planning and initiation of alternative approaches to
skills or knowledge applications across a broad range of technical and/or management
requirements, evaluation and co-ordination.
The self directed application of knowledge and skills, with substantial depth in some areas
where judgment is required in planning and selecting appropriate equipment, services and
techniques for self and others.
Applications involve participation in development of strategic initiatives as well as personal
responsibility and autonomy in performing complex technical operations or organising others.
It may include participation in teams including teams concerned with planning and evaluation
functions. Group or team co-ordination may be involved.
The degree of emphasis on breadth as against depth of knowledge and skills may vary
between qualifications granted at this level.
Approved
Page 193 of 7618


Do the competencies or learning outcomes enable an individual with this qualification to:
demonstrate understanding of a broad knowledge base incorporating theoretical concepts,

with substantial depth in some areas
analyse and plan approaches to technical problems or management requirements
transfer and apply theoretical concepts and/or technical or creative skills to a range of
situations
evaluate information, using it to forecast for planning or research purposes
take responsibility for own outputs in relation to broad quantity and quality parameters
take some responsibility for the achievement of group outcomes.
Advanced Diploma
Breadth, depth and complexity involving analysis, design, planning, execution and evaluation
across a range of technical and/or management functions including development of new
criteria or applications or knowledge or procedures.
The application of a significant range of fundamental principles and complex techniques
across a wide and often unpredictable variety of contexts in relation to either varied or highly
specific functions. Contribution to the development of a broad plan, budget or strategy is
involved and accountability and responsibility for self and others in achieving the outcomes is
involved.
Applications involve significant judgement in planning, design, technical or
leadership/guidance functions related to products, services, operations or procedures.
The degree of emphasis on breadth as against depth of knowledge and skills may vary
between qualifications granted at this level.
Do the competencies or learning outcomes enable an individual with this qualification to:
demonstrate understanding of specialised knowledge with depth in some areas

analyse, diagnose, design and execute judgements across a broad range of technical or
management functions
generate ideas through the analysis of information and concepts at an abstract level
demonstrate a command of wide-ranging, highly specialised technical, creative or
conceptual skills
demonstrate accountability for personal outputs within broad parameters
demonstrate accountability for personal and group outcomes within broad parameters.
Vocational Graduate Certificate

Characteristics of competencies or learning outcomes
The self-directed development and achievement of broad and specialised areas of

knowledge and skills, building on prior knowledge and skills.
Substantial breadth and complexity involving the initiation, analysis, design, planning,
execution and evaluation of technical and management functions in highly varied and
highly specialised contexts.
Approved
Page 194 of 7618

Applications involve making significant, high- level, independent judgements in major

broad or planning, design, operational, technical and management functions in highly
varied and specialised contexts. They may include responsibility and broad-ranging
accountability for the structure, management and output of the work or functions of
others.
The degree of emphasis on breadth, as opposed to depth, of knowledge and skills may
vary between qualifications granted at this level.
Distinguishing features of learning outcomes
Demonstrate the self-directed development and achievement of broad and specialised

areas of knowledge and skills, building on prior knowledge and skills.
Initiate, analyse, design, plan, execute and evaluate major broad or technical and
management functions in highly varied and highly specialised contexts.
Generate and evaluate ideas through the analysis of information and concepts at an
abstract level.
Demonstrate a command of wide-ranging, highly specialised technical, creative or
conceptual skills in complex contexts.
Demonstrate responsibility and broad-ranging accountability for the structure,
management and output of the work or functions of others.
Vocational Graduate Diploma


Substantial breadth, depth and complexity involving the initiation, analysis, design,
planning, execution and evaluation of major functions, both broad and highly specialised,
in highly varied and highly specialised contexts.
Further specialisation within a systematic and coherent body of knowledge.
Applications involve making high-level, fully independent, complex judgements in broad
planning, design, operational, technical and management functions in highly varied and
highly specialised contexts. They may include full responsibility and accountability for all
aspects of work and functions of others, including planning, budgeting and strategy
development.
Demonstrate the self-directed development and achievement of broad and highly

specialised areas of knowledge and skills, building on prior knowledge and skills.
Initiate, analyse, design, plan, execute and evaluate major functions, both broad and
within highly varied and highly specialised contexts.
Generate and evaluate complex ideas through the analysis of information and concepts at
an abstract level.
Demonstrate an expert command of wide-ranging, highly specialised, technical, creative
or conceptual skills in complex and highly specialised or varied contexts.
Demonstrate full responsibility and accountability for personal outputs.
Demonstrate full responsibility and accountability for all aspects of the work or functions
of others, including planning, budgeting and strategy.
Approved
Page 195 of 7618

Vocational Graduate Diploma


Substantial breadth, depth and complexity involving the initiation, analysis, design,
planning, execution and evaluation of major functions, both broad and highly
specialised, in highly varied and highly specialised contexts.
Further specialisation within a systematic and coherent body of knowledge.
Applications involve making high-level, fully independent, complex judgements in
broad planning, design, operational, technical and management functions in highly
varied and highly specialised contexts. They may include full responsibility and
accountability for all aspects of work and functions of others, including planning,
budgeting and strategy development.
Demonstrate the self-directed development and achievement of broad and highly

specialised areas of knowledge and skills, building on prior knowledge and skills.
Initiate, analyse, design, plan, execute and evaluate major functions, both broad and
within highly varied and highly specialised contexts.
Generate and evaluate complex ideas through the analysis of information and concepts
at an abstract level.
Demonstrate an expert command of wide-ranging, highly specialised, technical,
creative or conceptual skills in complex and highly specialised or varied contexts.
Demonstrate full responsibility and accountability for personal outputs.
Demonstrate full responsibility and accountability for all aspects of the work or
functions of others, including planning, budgeting and strategy.
Qualifications and Packaging Rules

AUR12 Qualifications
Qualification requirements from Certificate I to Diploma have been altered, in some cases
significantly, however, more importantly, they allow for flexibility while the creation of
descriptors within qualifications provide specialisation as appropriate.
While some variation occurs in numbers of units of competency across qualifications,
occupational descriptors align with the descriptions provided by the AQF at various levels.
VET in Schools
The delivery and assessment of competence under this package is seen as appropriately
designed for VET in Schools and these programs are to be encouraged.
Approved
Page 196 of 7618

However, due to the requirement to demonstrate competence, it may be difficult for a school
to assess and award qualifications within AUR12, except in close partnerships with other
RTOs or organisations within the industry. The Certificate I and Certificate II in Automotive
Vocational Preparation has been designed to better suit VET in Schools and
pre-apprenticeship delivery.
Transition Arrangements
Qualifications achieved from AUR05 will be recognised.
People who have attained units of competency from AUR05, should be granted equivalent
units of competency in AUR12, hence, credit towards a full AUR12 qualification may be
achievable dependant on competencies attained under the relevant AUR05 qualification. A
comprehensive mapping from AUR05 to AUR12 is included in the Training Package.
AUR12 Assessment Criteria
AUR12 has adopted the mandatory Assessment Guidelines, which provide the endorsed
framework for assessment of units of competency in this Training Package. They are designed
to ensure that assessment is consistent with the AQTF 2010. Assessments against units of
competency in this Training Package must be carried out in accordance with these
Assessment Guidelines.
Additional assessment advice is provided below with regard to simulated workplace
environments. Some emphasis has been given to the establishment of partnerships in delivery
and assessment to ensure satisfactory demonstration of workplace competence. This section
provides an overview of the requirements for assessment when using the AUR12 Training
Package, including a summary of the AQTF 2010 requirements, licensing/registration
requirements, and assessment pathways.
Assessment in the Automotive Industry
The automotive industry considers skills and knowledge demonstrated in a real workplace
environment to be of great importance. While assessment of the units of competency in the
AUR12 Training Package can be carried out in a simulated work environment, the industry
strongly recommends that assessment of skills acquired is conducted under partnership
arrangement in the workplace.
Assessment of competence requires the collection of evidence which should be conducted
over a period of time. This assessment approach may include demonstration at the workplace
and/or a simulated work environment to ensure that demonstration of competence is valid and
reliable. The individual being assessed needs to be aware that the collection of evidence is
ongoing and part of planning, conducting and reviewing the assessment process.
Simulated Work Environment
The AUR12 Training Package defines Simulated Work Environment as a model of
convenience that is established to resemble the real thing which is for training purposes only.
Should it be necessary to conduct competency-based training and/or assessment in a
simulated work environment and/or worksite, both the environment and/or worksite must
resemble the real circumstances according to the task required to be assessed. These tasks
should not be interpreted as being projects that are related to the off-the-job training outcomes
rather than skills acquired within any given competency standard.
Units of competency from the AUR12 Training Package should wherever possible be
assessed in a work environment. Where this is not possible assessment may occur in a
simulated work environment.
A simulated work environment may be required for the following reasons:
the candidate may not have access to a workplace (e.g. Certificate I qualification, which is
targeted at VET in Schools)
Approved
Page 197 of 7618

the workplace may not use the relevant skill, equipment or process
conducting assessments may be disruptive or interfere with work requirements, for example,
there may be ethical, privacy or confidentiality issues to consider
it may not be appropriate to apply the skills in the workplace due to potential risks, such as
work health and safety (WHS) or equipment being damaged.
In order to be valid and reliable, the simulated work environment must closely resemble what
occurs in a real work environment. The simulated work environment should involve a range
of activities that reflect real work experience.
It is critical that when a simulated work environment is being set up that the assessor is
thoroughly familiar with the units of competence as well as experienced in the current
circumstances of the work.
In deciding whether a simulation or an assessment environment has been adequately set up,
the following questions should be considered. Are there opportunities to:
test the full range of equipment?

use up to date equipment and software?
reflect times and deadlines?
show the complexity of dealing with multiple tasks?
involve prioritizing among competing tasks?
deal with customers, including difficult ones?
work with others in a team?
communicate with diverse groups?
find, discuss and test solutions to problems?
explore health and safety issues?
answer practically oriented, applied knowledge questions?
show the level of written and verbal expression sufficient for the work requirements?
Supporting Integrated Training Delivery and Assessment

As a general principle, the automotive industry supports the integration of units of
competency for assessment, where practical, as this reflects real work practices.
An integrated approach to assessment brings together a number of units of competency, which
reflect actual workplace requirements. For example, an employee working in an automotive
environment would complete a number of interrelated repair/sales and WHS tasks together,
not simply one individual task at a time. An integrated assessment activity would be designed
to collect evidence for a number of units together rather than designing one assessment
activity for each individual element or performance criteria.
Where both training and assessment are required, the industry supports an approach which
provides for off-the-job training combined with assessment of the application of skills and
knowledge in a real work situation.
The AUR12 Training Package defines on-the-job assessment as that which occurs within the
normal operation of the business. The industry considers it important that candidates should
have the opportunity to develop competence through structured learning programs which
include assessing in the workplace.
It would be expected that where an integrated assessment approach is implemented that
several integrated assessments would be necessary to cover the breadth and complexity of the
qualification, at Certificate II and above.
The context of the assessment, the role of the candidate and the complexity of the task will
influence how many units of competence may be integrated.
Benchmarks for Assessment
Approved
Page 198 of 7618

Assessment within the National Skills Framework is the process of collecting evidence and
making judgements about whether competency has been achieved to confirm whether an
individual can perform to the standards expected in the workplace, as expressed in the
relevant endorsed unit of competency.
In the areas of work covered by the AUR12 Training Package, the endorsed units of
competency are the benchmarks for assessment. As such, they provide the basis for nationally
recognised Australian Qualifications Framework (AQF) qualifications and Statements of
Attainment issued by RTOs.
Employability Skills
The definition of employability skills is "skills required not only to gain employment, but also
to progress within an enterprise so as to achieve ones potential and contribute successfully to
enterprise strategic directions". Employability skills are also sometimes referred to as generic
skills, capabilities or key competencies.
The Employability Skills Framework identifies eight Employability Skills:
communication
teamwork
problem solving
initiative and enterprise
planning and organising
self-management
learning
technology.
These Employability Skills can be further described for particular occupational and industry
contexts by sets of facets. Together these form the Employability Skills Framework below.
Employability Skills Framework
Skill
Facets
Aspects of the skill that employers identify as important. The nature
and application of these facets will vary depending on industry and
job type.
Communication that
contributes to productive
and harmonious relations
across employees and
customers
Approved
listening and understanding

speaking clearly and directly
writing to the needs of the audience
negotiating responsively
reading independently
empathising
using numeracy effectively
understanding the needs of internal and external customers
persuading effectively
establishing and using networks
being assertive
sharing information
Page 199 of 7618

Skill
Facets
job type.
Teamwork that contributes

to productive working
relationships and outcomes
speaking and writing in languages other than English
working across different ages irrespective of gender, race,

religion or political persuasion
working as an individual and as a member of a team
knowing how to define a role as part of the team
applying teamwork to a range of situations e.g. futures planning
and crisis problem solving
identifying the strengths of team members
coaching and mentoring skills, including giving feedback
developing creative, innovative and practical solutions
showing independence and initiative in identifying and solving
problems
solving problems in teams
applying a range of strategies to problem solving
using mathematics, including budgeting and financial
management to solve problems
applying problem-solving strategies across a range of areas
testing assumptions, taking into account the context of data and
circumstances
resolving customer concerns in relation to complex project issues
adapting to new situations
developing a strategic, creative and long-term vision
being creative
identifying opportunities not obvious to others
translating ideas into action
generating a range of options
initiating innovative solutions
Problem solving that

contributes to productive
outcomes
Initiative and enterprise

that contribute to
innovative outcomes
Planning and organising

that contribute to long and
short-term strategic
planning
Approved
managing time and priorities - setting time lines, coordinating

tasks for self and with others
being resourceful
taking initiative and making decisions
adapting resource allocations to cope with contingencies
establishing clear project goals and deliverables
allocating people and other resources to tasks
planning the use of resources, including time management
participating in continuous improvement and planning processes
developing a vision and a proactive plan to accompany it
Page 200 of 7618

Skill
Facets
job type.
Self-management that
contributes to employee
satisfaction and growth
Learning that contributes

to ongoing improvement
and expansion in employee
and company operations
and outcomes
Technology that
contributes to the effective
carrying out of tasks
predicting - weighing up risk, evaluating alternatives and

applying evaluation criteria
collecting, analysing and organising information
understanding basic business systems and their relationships
having a personal vision and goals
evaluating and monitoring own performance
having knowledge and confidence in own ideas and visions
articulating own ideas and visions
taking responsibility
managing own learning
contributing to the learning community at the workplace
using a range of mediums to learn - mentoring, peer support and
networking, IT and courses
applying learning to technical issues (e.g. learning about
products) and people issues (e.g. interpersonal and cultural
aspects of work)
having enthusiasm for ongoing learning
being willing to learn in any setting - on and off the job
being open to new ideas and techniques
being prepared to invest time and effort in learning new skills
acknowledging the need to learn in order to accommodate change
having a range of basic IT skills
applying IT as a management tool
using IT to organise data
being willing to learn new IT skills
having the WHS knowledge to apply technology
having the appropriate physical capacity
Employability Skills Summary

An Employability Skills Summary exists for each qualification. Summaries provide a lens
through which to view Employability Skills at the qualification level and capture the key
aspects or facets of the Employability Skills that are important to the job roles covered by the
qualification. Summaries are designed to assist trainers and assessors to identify and include
important industry application of Employability Skills in learning and assessment strategies.
The following is important information for trainers and assessors about Employability Skills
Summaries.
Employability Skills Summaries provide examples of how each skill is applicable to the
job roles covered by the qualification.
Approved
Page 201 of 7618

Employability Skills Summaries contain general information about industry context which
is further explained as measurable outcomes of performance in the units of competency in
each qualification.
The detail in each Employability Skills Summary will vary depending on the range of job
roles covered by the qualification in question.
Employability Skills Summaries are not exhaustive lists of qualification requirements or
checklists of performance (which are separate assessment tools that should be designed by
trainers and assessors after analysis at the unit level).
Employability Skills Summaries contain information that may also assist in building
learners' understanding of industry and workplace expectations.
Industry requirements for Employability Skills

Employability Skills Summaries have been developed for each AUR12 qualification.
Environmental Issues
Underpinning the assessment process is the notion that workplace performance should lead to
viable and sustainable enterprises or organisations. This covers profitability, sustainability and
observance of good industry practices. These themes have been incorporated into the units of
competency and are therefore an essential component of the assessment process.
Many work practices in the automotive industry can have either positive or negative
environmental impacts that the assessor should be aware of and incorporate into judgments,
when assessing evidence.
For example, negative work practices can include:
inappropriate WHS clothing and equipment

inappropriate recycling of materials
failing to carry out the safe disposal of chemicals, oils, greases, solvents and packaging
materials.
Positive work practices can include:
installing and using effluent disposal systems
use of masks, overalls and gloves to protect employees
installation of exhaust and other systems to reduce air pollutant.
Those being assessed at the higher qualification levels are responsible for the development of
processes, strategies, procedures and controls. Those at lower levels have responsibility to act
on, observe and report on processes, strategies, procedures and controls.
Questioning strategies can be used during assessment to ascertain whether a candidate is
working towards enterprise viability and sustainability and is minimising environmental
impacts.
Open-ended questions like those below can assist in making this judgment.
What are the main environmental issues surrounding your workplace?

How and why do these environmental issues occur?
What current work practices can have a negative impact on the environment?
How do you minimise environmental impacts in your workplace?
What current work practices have been adopted to limit negative impacts on the
environment?
How are staff informed about what constitutes good environmental practice?
Approved
Page 202 of 7618

Finally, evidence presented for assessment should indicate the application of good
environmental practice in operational tasks and in planning and management. Where this is
not obvious, assessors should require further evidence to be submitted that illustrates
adherence to environmental principles and practices.
Language, Literacy and Numeracy
Automotive RS&R units of competency have been developed to accommodate varying
language, literacy and numeracy capabilities. The required levels of language, literacy and
numeracy will be outlined in these standards. Fairness in assessment means that where high
levels of language, literacy and numeracy are not integral to successful completion of a work
function (i.e. unit of competency); the assessment should provide alternatives for determining
a persons competence. For a person with low levels of language, literacy and numeracy, this
could include:
oral questioning rather than written tests or project work

arranging for a supervisor or colleague to assist in the evidence gathering and even the
evidence interview
the use of signs and gestures rather than words where there exists a language barrier
less reliance on written work in favour of practical demonstration and references.
In some situations it may be possible to conduct the oral part of an assessment or to assess
aspects of knowledge by using a language other than English.
Where there is a requirement for basic language, literacy and numeracy such as in units of
competence dealing with chemical use and application, then only the essential requirement for
language, literacy and numeracy should be evaluated. For example, a person may be able to
read relevant information in an operators manual that will enable them to operate a particular
machine in a safe manner and as required by the unit of competence. However, it would be
unfair to expect them to read and understand other written material within the manual that is
not relevant to the standard.
Variations in language, literacy and numeracy can result from a range of circumstances such
as culture and ethnicity; educational background; and physical, learning or intellectual
disabilities.
The assessors role is not to evaluate the language, literacy and numeracy skills of the
individual, but to judge whether they are able to perform the required work function to a
workplace standard as defined by the units of competence. Making this judgment will often
rely on the development of creative approaches to designing assessment techniques and tools
that respect the diversity of language, literacy and numeracy skills in the workplace and
training institutions.
Work Health and Safety
In the automotive industry, WHS is an integral part of every work function. This has been
reflected in the units of competency for the AUR12 Training Package. When assessing an
individual, consideration must be made of the WHS aspects of evidence tendered for
assessment.
For example, at the lower qualification levels, the identification of hazards and the use of
personal protective equipment are essential requirements. Therefore, evidence for assessment
should indicate that an individual not only performs the task as required, but also uses
appropriate safety equipment and clothing and is capable of identifying hazards. While the
wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment can be assessed by observation and
demonstration, the identification of hazards may require use of written or oral questioning
strategies.
Approved
Page 203 of 7618

Open-ended questions like those below can assist in this process:
What things could possibly cause harm to workers in your workplace?

What do you do when you see something that looks dangerous and may harm someone?
How do you make sure you protect yourself from hazards in the workplace?
What protective equipment do you use and when?
At the higher qualification levels there is a strong focus on not only identifying hazards, but
also on assessing and controlling risks (adverse outcomes associated with hazards). These
risks range from death, injury and illness, to financial loss and prosecution. Risk management
covers facilities and equipment, planning, training, labour organisation and work procedures.
Evidence for assessment at the higher levels should include documentation of WHS risk
assessment and management. This should be found in a range of areas, including reports,
business plans, WHS audits, training programs for staff, forms detailing compliance with
legislation, and enterprise policies and procedures.
Questioning strategies at the higher qualifications levels should also focus on risk assessment
and management. Questions such as:
How do you assess risks associated with workplace operations?

What actions have you undertaken in relation to hazards identified in the workplace?
How do you ensure that staff members employed in the workplace observe WHS
guidelines?
Can you show me the WHS policies and procedures for your enterprise?
Where an individual cannot provide evidence, an assessor may need to provide additional
time for that evidence to be prepared or obtained.
The automotive industry defined how to package units of competence into the qualifications
in this Training Package.
Qualification Pathways
The following pathways charts are provided to show the types of pathways into and from
qualifications that are possible with this Training Package. For more information about
qualifications and pathways contact ASA email info@autoskillsaustralia.com.au
Approved
Page 204 of 7618

Approved
Page 205 of 7618

Approved
Page 206 of 7618

Approved
Page 207 of 7618

Approved
Page 208 of 7618

Approved
Page 209 of 7618

Approved
Page 210 of 7618

Approved
Page 211 of 7618

Approved
Page 212 of 7618

Approved
Page 213 of 7618

Skill Sets
Definition
Skill sets are defined as single units of competency, or combinations of units of competency
from an endorsed Training Package, which link to a licence or regulatory requirement, or
defined industry need.
Wording on Statements of Attainment
Skill sets are a way of publicly identifying logical groupings of units of competency which
meet an identified need or industry outcome. Skill sets are not qualifications.
Where skill sets are identified in a Training Package, the Statement of Attainment can set out
the competencies a person has achieved in a way that is consistent and clear for employers
and others. This is done by including the wording these competencies meet [insert skill set
title or identified industry area] need on the Statement of Attainment. This wording applies
only to skill sets that are formally identified as such in the endorsed Training Package. See the
2010 edition of the AQF Implementation Handbook for advice on wording on Statements of
Attainment. http://www.aqf.edu.au/Portals/0/Documents/Handbook/AQF_Handbook_07.pdf
Skill Sets in this Training Package
This section provides information on Skill Sets within this Training Package, with the
following important disclaimer: Readers should ensure that they have also read the part of the
Training Package that outlines licensing and regulatory requirements.
Where this section is blank, nationally recognised Skill Sets have yet to be identified in this
industry.
The Skill Sets within this Training Package are as follows:
AURSS0004
AURSS0005
AURSS0006
AURSS0007
AURSS0008
AURSS0009
AURSS0010
AURSS0011
AURSS0012
AURSS0013
AURSS0014
AURSS0015
AURSS0016
AURSS0017
AURSS0018
AURSS0019
AURSS0020
AURSS0021
AURSS0022
AURSS0023
AURSS0024
AURSS0025
Automotive CNG Installation Service and Repair Skill Set

Automotive CNG Service and Repair Skill Set
Automotive Electrical Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians
Automotive LNG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set
Automotive LNG Service and Repair Skill Set
Automotive LPG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set
Automotive LPG Service and Repair Skill Set
Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnosis and Repair Skill Set
Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set
Heavy Commercial Vehicle Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians
Hybrid Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set
Mobile Plant Skill Set for Agricultural Equipment Technicians
Mobile Plant Skill Set for Heavy Commercial Vehicle Technicians
Mobile Plant Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians
Vehicle Air Conditioning Install and Overhaul Skill Set
Vehicle Air Conditioning Installation Skill Set
Vehicle Air Conditioning Overhaul Skill Set
Vehicle Air Conditioning Service, Retrofit and Repair Skill Set
Vehicle Refrigerant Recovery Skill Set
Advanced Body Repair Recovery Skill Set
Advanced Body Repair Welding Skill Set
Advanced Vehicle Refinishing Skill Set
Approved
Page 214 of 7618

Pathways Information, Licensing/Regulatory Information, Target Group and Suggested

Words for Statement of Attainment are included in each Skill Set within this Training
Package.
Approved
Page 215 of 7618

Approved
Page 216 of 7618

Approved
Page 217 of 7618

Approved
Page 218 of 7618

Introduction
These Assessment Guidelines provide the endorsed framework for assessment of units of
competency in this Training Package. They are designed to ensure that assessment is
consistent with the Australian Quality Training Framework (AQTF) Essential Standards for
Initial and Continuing Registration. Assessments against the units of competency in this
Training Package must be carried out in accordance with these Assessment Guidelines.
Assessment System Overview
This section provides an overview of the requirements for assessment when using this
Training Package, including a summary of the AQTF requirements; licensing and registration
requirements; and assessment pathways.
Quality assessment underpins the credibility of the vocational education and training sector.
The Assessment Guidelines of a Training Package are an important tool in supporting quality
assessment.
Assessment within the National Skills Framework is the process of collecting evidence and
making judgements about whether competency has been achieved to confirm whether an
individual can perform to the standards expected in the workplace, as expressed in the
relevant endorsed unit of competency.
Assessment must be carried out in accordance with the:
benchmarks for assessment
principles of assessment
rules of evidence
assessment requirements set out in the AQTF
Benchmarks for Assessment

The endorsed units of competency in this Training Package are the benchmarks for
assessment. As such, they provide the basis for nationally recognised Australian
Qualifications Framework (AQF) qualifications and Statements of Attainment issued by
Registered Training Organisations (RTOs).
Principles of Assessment
All assessments carried out by RTOs are required to demonstrate compliance with the
principles of assessment:
validity
reliability
flexibility
fairness
sufficiency
These principles must be addressed in the:
Approved
Page 219 of 7618

design, establishment and management of the assessment system for this Training
Package
development of assessment tools, and
the conduct of assessment.
Validity
Assessment is valid when the process is sound and assesses what it claims to assess. Validity
requires that:
(a)
assessment against the units of competency must cover the broad range of skills and
knowledge that are essential to competent performance
(b)
assessment of knowledge and skills must be integrated with their practical application
(c)
judgement of competence must be based on sufficient evidence (that is, evidence
gathered on a number of occasions and in a range of contexts using different assessment
methods). The specific evidence requirements of each unit of competency provide advice on
sufficiency
Reliability
Reliability refers to the degree to which evidence presented for assessment is consistently
interpreted and results in consistent assessment outcomes. Reliability requires the assessor to
have the required competencies in assessment and relevant vocational competencies (or to
assess in conjunction with someone who has the vocational competencies). It can only be
achieved when assessors share a common interpretation of the assessment requirements of the
unit(s) being assessed.
Flexibility
To be flexible, assessment should reflect the candidates needs; provide for recognition of
competencies no matter how, where or when they have been acquired; draw on a range of
methods appropriate to the context, competency and the candidate; and support continuous
competency development.
Fairness
Fairness in assessment requires consideration of the individual candidates needs and
characteristics, and any reasonable adjustments that need to be applied to take account of
them. It requires clear communication between the assessor and the candidate to ensure that
the candidate is fully informed about, understands and is able to participate in, the assessment
process, and agrees that the process is appropriate. It also includes an opportunity for the
person being assessed to challenge the result of the assessment and to be reassessed if
necessary.
Sufficiency
Sufficiency relates to the quality and quantity of evidence assessed. It requires collection of
enough appropriate evidence to ensure that all aspects of competency have been satisfied and
that competency can be demonstrated repeatedly. Supplementary sources of evidence may be
necessary. The specific evidence requirements of each unit of competency provide advice on
sufficiency. Sufficiency is also one of the rules of evidence.
Rules of Evidence
Approved
Page 220 of 7618

The rules of evidence guide the collection of evidence that address the principles of validity
and reliability, guiding the collection of evidence to ensure that it is valid, sufficient, current
and authentic.
Valid
Valid evidence must relate directly to the requirements of the unit of competency. In
ensuring evidence is valid, assessors must ensure that the evidence collected supports
demonstration of the outcomes and performance requirements of the unit of competency
together with the knowledge and skills necessary for competent performance. Valid
evidence must encapsulate the breadth and depth of the unit of competency, which will
necessitate using a number of different assessment methods.
Sufficient
Sufficiency relates to the quality and quantity of evidence assessed. It requires collection of
enough appropriate evidence to ensure that all aspects of competency have been satisfied and
that competency can be demonstrated repeatedly. Supplementary sources of evidence may be
necessary. The specific evidence requirements of each unit of competency provide advice on
sufficiency.
Current
In assessment, currency relates to the age of the evidence presented by a candidate to
demonstrate that they are still competent. Competency requires demonstration of current
performance, so the evidence collected must be from either the present or the very recent past.
Authentic
To accept evidence as authentic, an assessor must be assured that the evidence presented for
assessment is the candidates own work.
Assessment Requirements of the Australian Quality Training Framework
Assessment leading to nationally recognised AQF qualifications and Statements of
Attainment in the vocational education and training sector must meet the requirements of the
AQTF as expressed in the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Registration.
The AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration can be
downloaded from <www.training.com.au>.
The following points summarise the assessment requirements.
Registration of Training Organisations
Assessment must be conducted by, or on behalf of, an RTO formally registered by a State or
Territory Registering Body in accordance with the AQTF. The RTO must have the specific
units of competency and/or AQF qualifications on its scope of registration.
Quality Training and Assessment
Each RTO must provide quality training and assessment across all its operations. See the
AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration, Standard 1.
Assessor Competency Requirements
Approved
Page 221 of 7618

Each person involved in training and assessment must be competent for the functions they
perform. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration,
Standard 1 for assessor (and trainer) competency requirements. See also the AQTF 2010
Users Guide to the Essential Standards for Registration Appendix 2.
Assessment Requirements
The RTOs assessments, including RPL, must meet the requirements of the relevant endorsed
Training Package. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing
Registration.
Assessment Strategies
Each RTO must have strategies for training and assessment that meet the requirements of the
relevant Training Package or accredited course and are developed in consultation with
industry stakeholders. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing
Registration.
National Recognition
Each RTO must recognise the AQF qualifications and Statements of Attainment issued by any
other RTO. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration..
Access and Equity and Client Outcomes
Each RTO must adhere to the principles of access and equity and maximise outcomes for its
clients. See the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.
Monitoring Assessments
Training and/or assessment provided on behalf of the RTO must be monitored to ensure that it
is in accordance with all aspects of the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and
Continuing Registration.
Recording Assessment Outcomes
Each RTO must manage records to ensure their accuracy and integrity. See the AQTF 2010
Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing Registration.
Issuing AQF qualifications and Statement of Attainment
Each RTO must issue AQF qualifications and Statements of Attainment that meet the
requirements of the current AQF Implementation Handbook and the endorsed Training
Packages within the scope of its registration. An AQF qualification is issued once the full
requirements for a qualification, as specified in the nationally endorsed Training Package are
met. A Statement of Attainment is issued when an individual has completed one or more units
of competency from nationally recognised qualification(s)/courses(s). See the AQTF and the
edition of the AQF Implementation Handbookavailable on the AQF Council website
<www.aqf.edu.au >
Licensing/Registration Requirements
This section provides information on licensing/registration requirements for this Training
Package, with the following important disclaimer.
The developers of this Training Package consider that no licensing or registration
requirements apply to RTOs, assessors or candidates with respect to this Training Package.
Contact the relevant State or Territory Department(s) to check if there are any licensing or
registration requirements with which you must comply.
Licensing may be applicable to assessors, RTOs and candidates in specific occupations.
However, where the AUR12 Training Package may direct licensing, the regulation process is
separate. There are no general licensing issues. However, specific licenses may be required in
some occupations. Licensing occurs in NSW, in most areas covered by the package, while in
QLD and WA, licensing is being introduced. Licensing in these jurisdictions is compatible
with the RS&R Training Package.
Approved
Page 222 of 7618

Contact the relevant State or Territory Department(s) to check if the licensing/registration

requirements described below still apply, and to check if there are any others with which you
must comply. For further information contact Licence Recognition
(http://www.licencerecognition.gov.au/authorities.aspx)
(http://www.licencerecognition.gov.au/authorities/aspx)
Pathways
The competencies in this Training Package may be attained in a number of ways including
through:
formal or informal education and training

experiences in the workplace
general life experience, and/or
any combination of the above.
Assessment under this Training Package leading to an AQF qualification or Statement of

Attainment may follow a learning and assessment pathway, or a recognitio n pathway, or a
combination of the two as illustrated in the following diagram.
Statement of
Attainment and/or
qualification under
the Australian
Qualifications
Framework
Units of
Competency
Learning and Assessment

Pathways
and/or
Approved
Credit Pathways
(RPL and Credit Transfer)
Page 223 of 7618

Each of these assessment pathways leads to full recognition of competencies held the
critical issue is that the candidate is competent, not how the competency was acquired.
Assessment, by any pathway, must comply with the assessment requirements set out in the
Assessment Guidelines of the Training Package , the AQTF and, where relevant, the
Australian Qualifications Framework.
Learning and Assessment Pathways
Usually, learning and assessment are integrated, with evidence being collected and feedback
provided to the candidate at anytime throughout the learning and assessment process.
Learning and assessment pathways may include structured programs in a variety of contexts
using a range of strategies to meet different learner needs. Structured learning and assessment
programs could be: group-based, work-based, project-based, self-paced, action
learning-based; conducted by distance or e-learning; and/or involve practice and experience in
the workplace.
Learning and assessment pathways to suit Australian Apprenticeships have a mix of formal
structured training and structured workplace experience with formative assessment activities
through which candidates can acquire and demonstrate skills and knowledge from the relevant
units of competency.
Credit Pathways
Credit is the value assigned for the recognition of equivalence in content between different
types of learning and/or qualifications which reduces the volume of learning required to
achieve a qualification.
Credit arrangements must be offered by all RTOs that offer Training Package qualifications.
Each RTO must have a systematic institutional approach with clear, accessible and
transparent policies and procedures.
Competencies already held by individuals can be formally assessed against the units of
competency in this Training Package, and should be recognised regardless of how, when or
where they were acquired, provided that the learning is relevant to the unit of competency
outcomes.
Recognition of Prior Learning
Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) is an assessment process which determines the credit
outcomes of an individual application for credit.
The availability of Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) provides all potential learners with
access to credit opportunities.
The recognition of prior learning pathway is appropriate for candidates who have previously
attained skills and knowledge and who, when enrolling in qualifications, seek to shorten the
duration of their training and either continue or commence working. This may include the
following groups of people:
existing workers;
individuals with overseas qualifications;
recent migrants with established work histories;
Approved
Page 224 of 7618

people returning to the workplace; and

people with disabilities or injuries requiring a change in career.
As with all assessment, RPL assessment should be undertaken by academic or teaching staff
with expertise in the subject, content of skills area, as well as knowledge of and expertise in
RPL assessment policies and procedures.
Assessment methods used for RPL should provide a range of ways for individuals to
demonstrate that they have met the required outcomes and can be granted credit. These might
include:
questioning (oral or written)

consideration of a portfolio and review of contents
consideration of third party reports and/or other documentation such as documentation
such as articles, reports, project material, papers, testimonials or other products prepared
by the RPL applicant that relate to the learning outcomes of the relevant qualification
component
mapping of learning outcomes from prior formal or non-formal learning to the relevant
qualification components
observation of performance, and
participation in structured assessment activities the individual would normally be required
to undertake if they were enrolled in the qualification component/s.
In a Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) pathway, the candidate provides current, quality
evidence of their competency against the relevant unit of competency. This process may be
directed by the candidate and verified by the assessor. Where the outcomes of this process
indicate that the candidate is competent, structured training is not required. The RPL
requirements of the AQTF must be met.
As with all assessment, the assessor must be confident that the evidence indicates that the
candidate is currently competent against the endorsed unit of competency. This evidence may
take a variety of forms and might include certification, references from past employers,
testimonials from clients, work samples and/or observation of the candidate. The onus is on
candidates to provide sufficient evidence to satisfy assessors that they currently hold the
relevant competencies. In judging evidence, the assessor must ensure that the evidence of
prior learning is:
authentic (the candidates own work);

valid (directly related to the current version of the relevant endorsed unit of competency);
reliable (shows that the candidate consistently meets the endorsed unit of competency);
current (reflects the candidates current capacity to perform the aspect of the work covered
by the endorsed unit of competency); and
sufficient (covers the full range of elements in the relevant unit of competency and
addresses the four dimensions of competency, namely task skills, task management skills,
contingency management skills, and job/role environment skills).
Credit Transfer
Credit transfer is a process which provides learners with agreed and consistent credit
outcomes based on equivalences in content between matched qualifications.
Approved
Page 225 of 7618

This process involves education institutions:
mapping, comparing and evaluating the extent to which the defined learning outcomes
and assessment requirements of the individual components of one qualification are
equivalent to the learning outcomes and assessment requirements of the individual
components of another qualification
making an educational judgment of the credit outcomes to be assigned between the
matched components of the two qualifications
setting out the agreed credit outcomes in a documented arrangement or agreement, and
publicising the arrangement/agreement and credit available.
Combination of Pathways
Credit may be awarded on the basis of a combination of credit transfer plus an individual RPL
assessment for additional learning. Once credit has been awarded on the basis of RPL,
subsequent credit transfer based on these learning outcomes should not include revisiting the
RPL assessment but should be based on credit transfer or articulation or other arrangements
between providers.
Where candidates for assessment have gained competencies through work and life experience
and gaps in their competence are identified, or where they require training in new areas, a
combination of pathways may be appropriate.
In such situations, the candidate may undertake an initial assessment to determine their
current competency. Once current competency is identified, a structured learning and
assessment program ensures that the candidate acquires the required additional competencies
identified as gaps.
Assessor Requirements
This section identifies the specific requirements on the vocational competence and experience
for assessors, to ensure that they meet the needs of industry and their obligations under
AQTF, and clarifies how others may contribute to the assessment process where one person
alone does not hold all the required competencies.
Assessor Competencies
The AQTF specifies mandatory competency requirements for assessors. For information,
Element 1.4 from the AQTF 2007 Essential Standards for Registration follows:
1.4
Training and assessment are conducted by trainers and assessors who:
a)
have the necessary training and assessment competencies as determined by the

National Quality Council or its successors, and
b) have the relevant vocational competencies at least to the level being delivered or
assessed, and
c) can demonstrate current industry skills directly relevant to the training/assessment
being undertaken, and
d) continue to develop their Vocational Education and Training (VET) knowledge and
Approved
Page 226 of 7618

skills as well as their industry currency and trainer/assessor competence.

* See AQTF 2010 Users Guide to the Essential Standards for Registration Appendix 2
Designing Assessment Tools

This section provides an overview on the use and development of assessment tools.
Use of Assessment Tools
Assessment tools provide a means of collecting the evidence that assessors use in making
judgements about whether candidates have achieved competency.
There is no set format or process for the design, production or development of assessment
tools. Assessors may use prepared assessment tools, such as those specifically developed to
support this Training Package, or they may develop their own.
Using Prepared Assessment Tools
If using prepared assessment tools, assessors should ensure these relate to the current version
of the relevant unit of competency. The current unit of competency can be checked on the
National Register <www.ntis.gov.au>.
Developing Assessment Tools
When developing their own assessment tools, assessors must ensure that the tools:
are benchmarked against the relevant unit or units of competency;

are reviewed as part of the validation of assessment strategies required under the AQTF;
and
meet the assessment requirements expressed in the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for
Initial and Continuing Registration.
A key reference for assessors developing assessment tools is TAE10 Training and Education
Training Package.
Language, Literacy and Numeracy
The design of assessment tools must reflect the language, literacy and numeracy competencies
required for the performance of a task in the workplace and not exceed these expectations.
Conducting Assessment
This section details the mandatory assessment requirements and provides information on
equity in assessment including reasonable adjustment.
Approved
Page 227 of 7618

Mandatory Assessment Requirements

Assessments must meet the criteria set out in the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial
and Continuing Registration. For information, the mandatory assessment requirements
from Standard 1 from the AQTF 2010 Essential Standards for Initial and Continuing
Registration are as follows:
1.5
Assessment, including Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL):
a) meets the requirements of the relevant Training Package or accredited course

b) is conducted in accordance with the principles of assessment and the rules of evidence
c) meets workplace and, where relevant, regulatory requirements
d) is systematically validated.
Assessment of Employability Skills

Employability Skills are integral to workplace competency. As such, they must be considered
in the design, customisation, delivery and assessment of vocational education and training
programs in an integrated and holistic way, as represented diagrammatically below.
Approved
Page 228 of 7618

Employability Skills are embedded within each unit of competency, and an Employability
Skills Summary is available for each qualification. Training providers must use Employability
Skills information in order to design valid and reliable training and assessment strategies. This
analysis could include:
reviewing units of competency to locate relevant Employability Skills and determine how
they are applied within the unit
analysing the Employability Skills Summary for the qualification in which the unit or
units are packaged to help clarify relevant industry and workplace contexts and the
application of Employability Skills at that qualification outcome
designing training and assessment to address Employability Skills requirements.
The National Quality Council has endorsed a model for assessing and reporting Employability
Skills, which contains further suggestions about good practice strategies in teaching,
assessing, learning and reporting Employability Skills. The model is available from
<http://www.training.com.au/>.
The endorsed approach includes learners downloading qualification specific Employability
Skills Summaries for Training Package qualifications from an online repository at
<http://employabilityskills.training.com.au>
For more information on Employability Skills in
Auto Skills Australia Training Packages go to the Auto Skills Australia website at ASA
website.
Employability Skills are reported on each qualification using the following statement on the
qualification testamur: "A summary of the Employability Skills developed through this
qualification can be downloaded from http://employabilityskills.training.com.au "
Access and Equity
An individual's access to the assessment process should not be adversely affected by
restrictions placed on the location or context of assessment beyond the requirements specified
in this Training Package: training and assessment must be bias-free.
Under the rules for their development, Training Packages must reflect and cater for the
increasing diversity of Australias VET clients and Australias current and future workforce.
The flexibilities offered by Training Packages should enhance opportunities and potential
outcomes for all people so that we can all benefit from a wider national skills base and a
shared contribution to Australias economic development and social and cultural life.
Reasonable Adjustments
It is important that education providers take meaningful, transparent and reasonable steps to
consult, consider and implement reasonable adjustments for students with disability.
Under the Disability Standards for Education 2005, education providers must make
reasonable adjustments for people with disability to the maximum extent that those
adjustments do not cause that provider unjustifiable hardship. While reasonable adjustment
and unjustifiable hardship are different concepts and involve different considerations, they
both seek to strike a balance between the interests of education providers and the interests of
students with and without disability.
Approved
Page 229 of 7618

An adjustment is any measure or action that a student requires because of their disability, and
which has the effect of assisting the student to access and participate in education and training
on the same basis as students without a disability. An adjustment is reasonable if it achieves
this purpose while taking into account factors such as the nature of the students disability, the
views of the student, the potential effect of the adjustment on the student and others who
might be affected, and the costs and benefits of making the adjustment.
An education provider is also entitled to maintain the academic integrity of a course or
program and to consider the requirements or components that are inherent or essential to its
nature when assessing whether an adjustment is reasonable. There may be more than one
adjustment that is reasonable in a given set of circumstances; education providers are required
to make adjustments that are reasonable and that do not cause them unjustifiable hardship.
The Training Package Guidelines provides more information on reasonable adjustment,
including examples of adjustments. Go to http://www.deewr.gov.au/tpdh/Pages/home.aspx .
Further Sources of Information
The section provides a listing of useful contacts and resources to assist assessors in planning,
designing, conducting and reviewing of assessments against this Training Package.
Contacts
Street Address
Level 4, 533 Little Lonsdale Street
MELBOURNE VIC 3000
Postal Address:
PO Box 13295
LAW COURTS VIC 8010
Ph: +613 8610 2500
Fax: +613 8610 2550
Email: ASA email info@autoskillsaustralia.com.au
Web: Auto Skills Australia Website (http://www.autoskillsaustralia.com.au)
Technical and Vocational Education and
Training (TVET) Australia Limited
Level 21, 390 St Kilda Road, Melbourne
VIC 3150
PO Box 12211, ABeckett Street Post Office,
Melbourne, Victoria, 8006
Ph: +61 3 9832 8100
Fax: +61 3 9832 8198
Email: sales@tvetaustralia.com.au
Web: www.tvetaustralia.com.au
Approved
Page 230 of 7618

For information on the TAE10 Training and

Education Training Package contact:
Innovation & Business Skills Australia
Telephone: (03) 9815 7000
Facsimile: (03) 9815 7001
Email: virtual@ibsa.org.au
Web: www.ibsa.org.au
General Resources
AQF Implementation Handbook, Fourth Edition 2007. Australian Qualifications Framework
Advisory Board, 2002 <www.aqf.edu.au>
Australian Quality Training Framework (AQTF) and AQTF 2010 Users Guide to the
Essential Standards for Registration
http://www.training.com.au/pages/menuitem5cbe14d51b49dd34b225261017a62dbc.aspx
For general information and resources go to http://www.training.com.au/
The National Register is an electronic database providing comprehensive information about
RTOs, Training Packages and accredited courses - <www.ntis.gov.au>
The Training Package Development Handbook site provides National Quality Council policy
for the development of Training Packages. The site also provides guidance material for the
application of that policy, and other useful information and links.
http://www.deewr.gov.au/Skills/Overview/Policy/TPDH/Pages/main.aspx
Assessment Resources
Registered training organisations (RTOs) are at the forefront of vocational education and
training (VET) in Australia. They translate the needs of industry into relevant, quality,
client-focussed training and assessment.
RTOs should strive for innovation in VET teaching and learning practices and develop highly
flexible approaches to assessment which take cognisance of specific needs of learners, in
order to improve delivery and outcomes of training.
Resources can be purchased or accessed from:
TVET Australia provides an integrated service to enable users of the national training
system to identify and acquire training materials, identify copyright requirements and
enter licenses for use of that material consistent with the scope and direction of the NQC.
http://www.productservices.tvetaustralia.com.au/
What is competency?
Approved
Page 231 of 7618

The broad concept of industry competency concerns the ability to perform particular tasks and
duties to the standard of performance expected in the workplace. Competency requires the
application of specified skills, knowledge and attitudes relevant to effective participation in an
industry, industry sector or enterprise.
Competency covers all aspects of workplace performance and involves performing individual
tasks; managing a range of different tasks; responding to contingencies or breakdowns; and,
dealing with the responsibilities of the workplace, including working with others. Workplace
competency requires the ability to apply relevant skills, knowledge and attitudes consistently
over time and in the required workplace situations and environments. In line with this concept
of competency Training Packages focus on what is expected of a competent individual in the
workplace as an outcome of learning, rather than focussing on the learning process itself.
Competency standards in Training Packages are determined by industry to meet identified
industry skill needs. Competency standards are made up of a number of units of competency
each of which describes a key function or role in a particular job function or occupation. Each
unit of competency within a Training Package is linked to one or more AQF qualifications.
Contextualisation of Units of Competency by RTOs
Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) may contextualise units of competency in this
endorsed Training Package to reflect required local outcomes. Contextualisation could
involve additions or amendments to the unit of competency to suit particular delivery
methods, learner profiles, specific enterprise equipment requirements, or to otherwise meet
local needs. However, the integrity of the overall intended outcome of the unit of competency
must be maintained.
Any contextualisation of units of competency in this Training Package must be within the
bounds of the following advice:
RTOs must not remove or add to the number and content of elements and performance
criteria.
RTOs can include specific industry terminology in the range statement.
Any amendments and additions to the range statement made by RTOs must not diminish
the breadth of application of the competency, or reduce its portability.
RTOs may add detail to the evidence guide in areas such as the critical aspects of
evidence or required resources and infrastructurebut only where these expand the
breadth of the competency and do not limit its use.
Components of Units of Competency

The components of units of competency are summarised below, in the order in which they
appear in each unit of competency.
Unit Title
The unit title is a succinct statement of the outcome of the unit of competency. Each unit of
competency title is unique, both within and across Training Packages.
Approved
Page 232 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
The unit descriptor broadly communicates the content of the unit of competency and the skill
area it addresses. Where units of competency have been contextualised from units of
competency from other endorsed Training Packages, summary information is provided. There
may also be a brief second paragraph that describes its relationship with other units of
competency, and any licensing requirements.
This sub-section contains a statement that the unit contains Employability skills.
Pre-requisite Units (optional)
If there are any units of competency that must be completed before the unit, these will be
listed.
Application of the Unit
This sub-section fleshes out the unit of competencys scope, purpose and operation in
different contexts, for example, by showing how it applies in the workplace.
Competency Field (Optional)
The competency field either reflects the way the units of competency are categorised in the
Training Package or denotes the industry sector, specialisation or function. It is an optional
component of the unit of competency.
Sector (optional)
The industry sector is a further categorisation of the competency field and identifies the next
classification, for example an elective or supervision field.
Elements of Competency
The elements of competency are the basic building blocks of the unit of competency. They
describe in terms of outcomes the significant functions and tasks that make up the
competency.
Performance Criteria
The performance criteria specify the required performance in relevant tasks, roles, skills and
in the applied knowledge that enables competent performance. They are usually written in
passive voice. Critical terms or phrases may be written in bold italics and then defined in
range statement, in the order of their appearance in the performance criteria.
Required Skills and Knowledge
The essential skills and knowledge are either identified separately or combined. Knowledge
identifies what a person needs to know to perform the work in an informed and effective
manner. Skills describe the application of knowledge to situations where understanding is
converted into a workplace outcome.
Range Statement
Approved
Page 233 of 7618

The range statement provides a context for the unit of competency, describing essential
operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment, depending on the work
situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional
contexts. As applicable, the meanings of key terms used in the performance criteria will also
be explained in the range statement.
Evidence Guide
The evidence guide is critical in assessment as it provides information to the Registered
Training Organisation (RTO) and assessor about how the described competency may be
demonstrated. The evidence guide does this by providing a range of evidence for the assessor
to make determinations, and by providing the assessment context. The evidence guide
describes:
conditions under which competency must be assessed including variables such as the
assessment environment or necessary equipment;
relationships with the assessment of any other units of competency;
suitable methodologies for conducting assessment including the potential for workplace
simulation;
resource implications, for example access to particular equipment, infrastructure or
situations;
how consistency in performance can be assessed over time, various contexts and with a
range of evidence; and
the required underpinning knowledge and skills
Employability Skills in Units of Competency

The detail and application of Employability Skills facets will vary according to the job-role
requirements of each industry. In developing Training Packages, industry stakeholders are
consulted to identify appropriate facets of Employability Skills which are incorporated into
the relevant units of competency and qualifications.
Employability Skills are not a discrete requirement contained in units of competency (as was
the case with Key Competencies). Employability Skills are specifically expressed in the
context of the work outcomes described in units of competency and will appear in elements,
performance criteria, range statements and evidence guides. As a result, users of Training
Packages are required to review the entire unit of competency in order to accurately determine
Employability Skills requirements.
How Employability Skills relate to the Key Competencies
The eight nationally agreed Employability Skills now replace the seven Key Competencies in
Training Packages. Trainers and assessors who have used Training Packages prior to the
introduction of Employability Skills may find the following comparison useful.
Employability Skills Mayer Key Competencies
Communication
Communicating ideas and information
Teamwork
Working with others and in teams
Approved
Page 234 of 7618

Problem solving
Solving problems
Using mathematical ideas and techniques
Initiative and
enterprise
Planning and
organising
Collecting, analysing and organising

information
Planning and organising activities
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Using technology
When analysing the above table it is important to consider the relationship and natural overlap
of Employability Skills. For example, using technology may involve communication skills
and combine the understanding of mathematical concepts.
Explicitly embedding Employability Skills in units of competency
This Training Package seeks to ensure that industry-endorsed Employability Skills are
explicitly embedded in units of competency. The application of each skill and the level of
detail included in each part of the unit will vary according to industry requirements and the
nature of the unit of competency.
Employability Skills must be both explicit and embedded within units of competency. This
means that Employability Skills will be:
embedded in units of competency as part of the other performance requirements that make
up the competency as a whole
explicitly described within units of competency to enable Training Packages users to
identify accurately the performance requirements of each unit with regards to
Employability Skills.
This Training Package also seeks to ensure that Employability Skills are well-defined and
written into units of competency so that they are apparent, clear and can be delivered and
assessed as an essential component of unit work outcomes.
Sample unit of competency components showing Employability Skills
The following table shows the sequence of a unit of competency, and each cell contains text
taken from a range of units. It provides examples of where and how various Employability
Skills could be embedded in each component.
Please note that in the example, the bracketed Employability Skills are provided for
clarification only and would not be present in units of competency within this Training
Package.
Unit Title
Give formal presentations and take part in meetings (Communication)
Approved
Page 235 of 7618

Supporting Text Block
Unit Descriptor
This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to promote the use and
implementation of innovative work practices to effect change. (Initiative
and enterprise)
Element
Proactively resolve issues. (problem solving)
Performance
Criteria
Information is organised in a format suitable for analysis and dissemination

in accordance with organisational requirements. (Planning and organising)
Range Statement
Software applications may include email, internet, word processing,

spreadsheet, database or accounting packages. (technology)
Modify activities depending on differing workplace contexts, risk situations
and environments. (Learning)
Required Skills
and Knowledge
Work collaboratively with others during a fire emergency. (teamwork)

Instructions, procedures and other information relevant the maintenance of
vessel and port security. (Communication)
Evidence Guide
Evidence of having worked constructively with a wide range of community

groups and stakeholders to solve problems and adapt or design new solutions
to meet identified needs in crime prevention. In particular, evidence must be
obtained on the ability to:
assess response options to identified crime-prevention needs and

determine the optimal action to be implemented
in consultation with relevant others, design an initiative to address
identified issues. (Initiative and enterprise).
Employability Skills Summaries and units of competency

An Employability Skills Summary exists for each qualification. Summaries include broad
advice on industry expectations with regard to Employability Skills at the qualification level.
Summaries should be used by trainers and assessors to assist in identifying the Employability
Skills requirements contained within units of competency.
Supporting Text Block

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 236 of 7618

AUR10112 Ce rtificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation
AUR10112 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR10105 Certificate I in Automotive
Approved
Page 237 of 7618

Description
This qualification is an introductory qualification to the automotive retail, service and repair
industries and an entry to further training in several sectors. It is designed for application in a
highly supervised context, such as VET in schools or other equivalent introduction or
induction to industry environments. The range of technical skills and knowledge is limited.
Job roles and employment outcomes
The Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation offers entry-level training for those
working or seeking to work in any of the automotive sectors covered by this Training Package
such as:
Bicycle
Light vehicle
Vehicle Body and Paint - Detailing
Motorcycle
Marine
Heavy Vehicle
They may undertake a range of simple tasks under close supervision. The qualification targets
introductory employment, such as induction or probationary periods for automotive retail,
service and repair employment. It may also be suitable for a cadetship, or part time and casual
employment positions where a full range of skills are not required.
Application
This qualification is suitable for an Australian Apprenticeship pathway.
Pathways Information
Pathways from the qualification
Further training pathways from this qualification include any Certificate II qualificatio n
within the AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training Package or other
relevant qualifications.
Licensing/Regulatory Information
There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, some units in this
qualification may have licensing or regulatory requirements, depending on the work context.
Local regulations should be checked for details.
Entry Requirements
This qualification may be accessed by direct entry.
Approved
Page 238 of 7618


EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS QUALIFICATION SUMMARY
The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills as identified by the
Automotive retail service and repair industry for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets
described here are broad industry requirements that may vary depending on qualification
packaging options.
Employability Skill
Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Learning
Approved
Gathering, conveying, receiving and understanding verbal and

written information and workplace instructions
Communicating with clients, colleagues and others
Understanding relevant industry definitions, terminology,
symbols, abbreviations and language
Recording relevant information using standard workplace
documentation
Working with colleagues and supervisors to prioritise and
action tasks
Providing assistance to other team members
Relating to people from diverse social, cultural and ethnic
backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities
Solving routine problems related to hazards in the workplace,
while under direct supervision
Examining tools and equipment prior to use for damage,
missing components or other defects
Identifying typical faults and problems and taking necessary
remedial action
Raising workplace health and safety (WHS) issues with the
appropriate person
Responding to change and workplace challenges
Maximising use of resources by recycling, re-using or using
appropriate disposal methods
Planning own work schedule to ensure tasks are completed on
time
Selecting and using appropriate materials, tools and equipment
Sequencing tasks using time management techniques
Behaving in ways that contribute to an effective and safe
working environment
Identifying own roles and responsibilities
Completing daily work activities
Cleaning up work area
Listening to ideas and opinions of other members of the team
Identifying own learning needs and seeking skill development
Page 239 of 7618


Automotive retail service and repair industry for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets
packaging options.
Employability Skill
Technology
Approved
as required
Being open to learning new ideas and techniques
Using computers and relevant software
Using and operating a range of tools and equipment correctly
and safely
Applying measurements and calculations using appropriate
equipment and formulas as required
Page 240 of 7618

Packaging Rules
To be awarded this qualification, competency must be demonstrated in 8 units of
competency, consisting of:
5 core units
plus
3 elective units of which:
up to 3 elective units may be chosen from the elective groups listed below.
up to 2 elective units may be chosen from this Training Package or another endorsed
Training Package or accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the
vocational outcome of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another
unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
Unit Code
Unit Title
AURAEA1001
Identify environmental requirements in an automotive workplace

AURASA1001
Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals

AURETR1003

AURLTA1001

AURTTK2002
Elective units
Unit Code
Unit Title

AURAFA2001
Approved
Page 241 of 7618

Unit Code
Unit Title
AURAFA2002
Bicycles - Technical
AURBTA1001
AURBTA1002
Adjust bicycles
Bicycles - Technical - Wheels and Tyres

AURBTJ2001

AURETK1001

AURETR1001
AURETR2006
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical

AURHTA1001
Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair operations
AURHTA2003
Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and

accessories

AURHTJ1001
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical

AURJTA1001
AURJTA1002
Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Wheels and Tyres

AURJTJ2001

AURLTJ2003
Remove, inspect, and refit light vehicle wheel assemblies
Approved
Page 242 of 7618

Unit Code
Unit Title

AURPTA1001
AURPTA1002
AURPTA2006

AURRTE1001

AURRTQ2001

AURRTR1001
Inspect, service and maintain marine battery storage systems

AURTTA1001
Remove and tag steering, suspension and brake system components
AURTTA1002
AURTTA1003
AURTTA2009

AURTTE1003

AURVTN1001
Remove and tag vehicle body system components
AURVTN2008

AURVTP2006
Approved
Page 243 of 7618

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 244 of 7618

AUR20112 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Administration
AUR20112 Certificate II in Automotive Administration

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR20105 Certificate III in Automotive Administration
Approved
Page 245 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of
administrative tasks within an automotive retail, service or repair business.
The Certificate II in Automotive Administration is intended to prepare new employees or
recognise and develop existing workers who are performing office and administrative
functions in an automotive retail, service or repair business.
Job roles related to this qualification include:
clerical assistant
office assistant
receptionist
service department receptionist
on-line receptionist
data entry assistant
Application
This qualification is suitable for an Australian traineeship pathway.
Pathways into the qualification
Credit will be granted towards this qualification to those who have completed AUR10112
Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation in this Training Package or other relevant
qualifications.
Further training pathways from this qualification include AUR30112 Certificate III in
Automotive Administration or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 246 of 7618


The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills required by the
automotive industry for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets described here are
broad industry requirements that may vary depending on qualification packaging options.
Employability Skill
Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification

include:
Communication
gathering, conveying and receiving verbal and written

information
listening and understanding workplace instructions
Teamwork
working with colleagues and supervisors to contribute to

organisation goals
Problem solving
solving routine problems related to hazards in the workplace,

checking own work to ensure errors are minimal and work
flow is maintained
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved
raising workplace health and safety (WHS) issues with the

WHS officer
recognise and respond to circumstances outside of personal
competence
planning own work schedule to ensure tasks are completed
on time
set, monitor and satisfy personal work goals
behaving in ways that contribute to an effective and safe
working environment
identifying own roles and responsibilities
listening to ideas and opinions of other members of the team
following safety procedures
operating a range of tools and equipment or specific
machinery
Page 247 of 7618

Packaging Rules
competency consisting of:
6 core units
plus
up to 4 elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below
up to 2 units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training

Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the
units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not
duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAAA2001
Common Foundation Skills

AURAFA2003
AURAFA2005
Common Information Technology

AURAKA2001
Common - Quality
AURAQA2001
Common Health and Safety

AURASA2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Common - Sales and Marketing

AURACA2001
Approved
Page 248 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002
Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive

workplace

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2004
Common Management , Leadership and Supervision

AURAMA2001
AURAMA2002
AURAMA3004
Common - Quality
AURAQA3003

AURSAA2001
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing

AURSCA2004
Imported Units
BSBFIA303A
BSBINM202A
Handle mail
BSBITU305A
BSBWOR204A
SIRXCCS202
Approved
Page 249 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 250 of 7618

AUR20212 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning T echnology
AUR20212 Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR20705 Certificate II in Automotive Mechanical
Approved
Page 251 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of tasks related
to servicing and repairing air conditioning components and systems of cars and heavy
vehicles within an automotive service and repair business.
The Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology is intended to prepare new
employees or recognise and develop existing workers who are performing servicing and
repair of air conditioning components/systems of vehicles in an automotive service or repair
business.
automotive specialist air conditioning
Application
This qualification is typically used to develop employees or recognise and develop existing
workers who are performing vehicle service and repair functions in an automotive
environment.
They would be expected to perform a range of mechanical operations involving known
routines, methods and procedures and take some accountability for the quality of outcomes.
Credit may be granted towards this qualification by those who have completed AUR10112
Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation or other relevant qualifications.
Automotive Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology, AUR30312 Certificate III in Automotive
Electrical Technology or other relevant qualifications.
Some jurisdictions may require this qualification for licensing purposes. In addition some
units in this qualification may have licensing or regulatory requirements, depending on the
work context. Local regulations should be checked for details.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 252 of 7618


The following table contains a summary of the employability skills as identified by the
automotive industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets described here are
Employability Skill

include:
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Planning and
organising
Self-management
Approved
Understanding and carrying out verbal instructions from

supervisors and others
Reading, understanding and completing workplace
documentation, forms and records
Sharing work-related information with other team members
using industry terminology
Communicating with people from a range of social, cultural
and ethnic backgrounds
Contributing positively to the work team environment
Working effectively with others in a socially diverse
environment
Respecting and understanding the views of others
Giving, receiving and acting upon feedback
Identifying and describing own role and role of others
Recognising a problem or a potential problem within a vehicle
component/system servicing environment
Seeking information and assistance to solve problems outside
own area of responsibility
Solving problems within own area of responsibility
Suggesting ideas for workplace improvement to supervisors
and team members
Positively adapting to changes in workplace procedures and
making adjustments to improve own performance
Taking positive action to report hazards or risk situations to
supervisors
Planning daily work tasks to work safely and manage risks
according to workplace procedures
Prioritising activities to achieve required outcomes
Planning and organising appropriate equipment and materials
Planning ahead to anticipate problems with availability of
equipment, materials and personnel to assist
Following workplace safety requirements and other policies
and procedures
Completing known delegated tasks on time
Page 253 of 7618


Employability Skill

include:
Learning
Technology
Approved
Selecting and using appropriate equipment, materials,

processes and procedures
Asking for advice and assistance when appropriate
Identifying personal strengths and weaknesses
Acting upon feedback and accepting opportunities to learn to
improve work performance
Asking questions to gain information and identify sources of
information to expand knowledge and understanding
Appropriately selecting and using tools and equipment
Recognising and reporting faulty equipment
Using information and communication technology
Page 254 of 7618

Packaging Rules
7 core units
plus
up to 3 elective units may be chosen from a Certificate I qualification or above in this

Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided
that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do
not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002

AURETR2012

AURETU2003
AURETU3004
AURETU3005

AURTTA3018
Elective units
Unit Code
Unit Title
Approved
Page 255 of 7618

Unit Code
Unit Title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURETR2006
AURETR2011

AURETU2001
AURETU4007

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2009

AURTTC3003

AURTTE2004

AURTTK2002
Vehicle body - Technical

AURVTA2001
Prepare vehicle, components and equipment for customer use
Approved
Page 256 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 257 of 7618

AUR20312 Ce rtificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology
AUR20312 Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR20311 Certificate II in Bicycles
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of routine
assembly and servicing tasks within the bicycle industry. It is suitable for entry into the
bicycle retail, service and repair sector.
The Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology is intended to prepare new employees or
develop existing workers who are performing bicycle service tasks in the bicycle industry.
bicycle assembler
bicycle service technician
assistant mechanic
bicycle sales assistant.
Application
Approved
Page 258 of 7618

Credit will be granted towards this qualification to those who have completed relevant units
of competency from AUR10112 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation in this
Training Package or other relevant qualifications.
Further training pathways from this qualification include AUR30212 Certificate III in Bicycle
Mechanical Operations, AUR31012 Certificate III in Automotive Sales, or other relevant
qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 259 of 7618


Bicycle Retail, Service and Repair sector for this qualification. The Employability Skills
facets described here are broad industry requirements that may vary depending on
qualification packaging options.
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved
understanding and carrying out verbal instructions from

reading, understanding and completing workplace
sharing work-related information with other team members
communicating with people from a range of social, cultural
contributing positively to the work team environment
working effectively with others in a socially diverse
environment
respecting and understanding the views of others
giving, receiving and acting upon feedback
identifying and describing own role and role of others
recognising a problem or a potential problem within a bicycle
component or system or with equipment
seeking information and assistance to solve problems outside
solving problems within own area of responsibility
suggesting ideas for workplace improvement to supervisors
and team members
positively adapting to changes in workplace procedures and
taking positive action to report hazards or risk situations to
supervisors
planning daily work tasks to work safely and manage risks
prioritising activities to achieve required outcomes
planning and organising appropriate equipment and materials
planning ahead to anticipate problems with availability of
following workplace safety requirements and other policies
and procedures
completing known delegated tasks on time
Page 260 of 7618

Learning
Technology
Approved
selecting and using appropriate equipment, materials,

asking for advice and assistance when appropriate
identifying personal strengths and weaknesses
acting upon feedback and accept opportunities to learn to
asking questions to gain information and identify sources of
appropriately setting up technological equipment
recognising and reporting faulty equipment
using appropriate tools and equipment
applying knowledge of operating principles of bicycle
components and systems
Page 261 of 7618

Packaging Rules
8 core units
plus
8 elective units, of which:
up to 3 elective units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this

Training Package, another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002

AURASA2002
Bicycle - Technical
AURBTA2004

AURBTJ2001

AURBTV2001

AURTTK2002
Approved
Page 262 of 7618

Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2003
AURAFA2004
AURAFA2005

AURAMA2001
AURAMA2002
Common - Quality
AURAQA2001
Common - Technical
AURATA2001
Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes

AURBCA2001
AURBCA2002
Bicycle - Technical
AURBTA2003
Assemble bicycles
Bicycle Technical - Brakes

AURBTB2001
AURBTB2002
Approved
Page 263 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURBTD2001
AURBTD2002

AURBTJ2002

AURBTK2001

AURBTQ2001
Sales and Parts, Administration And Management - Administration

AURSAA2001
Sales and Parts, Administration And Management - Sales and Marketing

AURSCA2002
AURSCA2003
AURSCA2005
Sell products
AURSCA2006

AURTTA2004

AURTTK2001
Use and maintain measuring equipment in an automotive workplace
Imported Units
BSBCUS301B
Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBFLM312C
BSBPRO401A
BSBWOR202A
Approved
Page 264 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
BSBWOR301B
MEM18001C
Use hand tools
MEM18002B
SIRXCCS202
SIRXINV001A
SIRXINV002A
TLIA3039A

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 265 of 7618

AUR20412 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology
AUR20412 Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR20408 Certificate II in Automotive Electrical

Technology
Description
to installation, assembly and servicing of electrical components/systems of motor vehicles
within the automotive electrical installation, service and repair technology sector.
The Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology is intended to prepare prospective
employees and existing workers who undertake service and repair of vehicle electrical
components and systems in the automotive electrical industry. Work may include performing
component/system fabricating, fitting or modifying operations of automotive aftermarket
electrical componentry and installation.
Employment outcomes targeted by this qualification include:
automotive electrical component installer

automotive electrical trainee / assistant
Application
Credit may be granted towards this qualification by those who have completed relevant units
of competency from AUR10112 Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation in this
Training Package or other relevant qualifications.
Automotive Electrical Technology, or other relevant qualifications.
Approved
Page 266 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 267 of 7618


automotive, service and repair sector for this qualification. The employability skills facets
packaging options.
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

communicating with people from a range of social, cultural and
ethnic backgrounds
environment
recognising a problem or a potential problem within a vehicle
suggesting ideas for workplace improvement to supervisors and
team members
supervisors
following workplace safety requirements and other policies and
procedures
Page 268 of 7618

Learning
Technology
Approved
selecting and using appropriate equipment, materials, processes

and procedures
acting upon feedback and accept opportunities to learn to
using appropriate tools and equipment
applying knowledge of operating principles of vehicle
components and systems
Page 269 of 7618

Packaging Rules
10 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002
Electrical Technical Tools and Equipment

AURETK2002
Electrical Technical Electrical and Electronic

AURETR2006
AURETR2007
Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems
AURETR2008
AURETR2009
AURETR2011
AURETR2012
AURETR2015
Elective units
Approved
Page 270 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003
AURAFA2005
Common Management, Leadership and Supervision

AURAMA2001
AURAMA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA2001
AURATA2002
AURATA2003

AURETK1001
Electrical Technical - Body

AURETR2042
Remove, refit and test electrical componentry for operation following body
repair activities

AURETR1003
AURETR2005
Install, test and repair electrical security systems and components
AURETR2010
AURETR2013
Approved
Page 271 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURETR2014
AURETR2016
AURETR3025
Electrical Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC

AURETU2001
AURETU2002
AURETU2003
AURETU3004
AURETU3005
Outdoor Power Equipment Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURPTR2002
Marine Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURRTR1001

AURSCA2001
AURSCA2003
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2008
Produce patterns and templates
AURTTA2009
AURTTA3018
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Engines

AURTTE2004
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Tools and Equipment
Approved
Page 272 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTK2001
AURTTK2002
Vehicle Body Technical Trimming and Upholstery

AURVTT2003
AURVTT2004
AURVTT2005
AURVTT2006
Vehicle Body Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

AURVTW2003
AURVTW2008
Carry out oxy acetylene welding, thermal cutting and thermal heating
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 273 of 7618

AUR20512 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology
AUR20512 Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR20505 Certificate II in Automotive Vehicle

Servicing
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of servicing
operations on light vehicles, heavy vehicles and/or motorcycles within an automotive service
or repair business.
Job roles or employment outcomes
The Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology is intended to prepare new employees
or recognise and develop existing workers who are performing servicing and maintenance of
vehicles in an automotive service or repair business.
automotive serviceperson.
Application
Further training pathways from this qualification include AUR30612 Certificate III in Light
Vehicle Mechanical Technology or other relevant qualifications.
qualification may have licensing or regulatory requirements. Local regulations should be
checked for details.
Approved
Page 274 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 275 of 7618


Employability Skill

include:
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Planning and
organising
Self-management
Approved

environment
and team members
supervisors
and procedures
Page 276 of 7618


Employability Skill

include:
Learning
Technology
Approved

Page 277 of 7618

Packaging Rules
13 core units
plus

Core units
Unit Code
Unit Title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA2001

AURETR2015

AURTTA2004

AURTTB2001

AURTTC2001
Approved
Page 278 of 7618

Unit Code
Unit Title
AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004

AURTTE2004

AURTTK2002
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURTTQ2001
AURTTQ2003
Elective units
Unit Code
Unit Title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURETR2012
AURETH3001
AURETR3025
Test, service and charge batteries

AURLTJ2001
Approved
Page 279 of 7618

Unit Code
Unit Title
AURLTJ2002
AURLTJ2003

AURTTA2006
AURTTA2009

AURTTF2001
AURTTF2002

AURTTJ2001

AURTTL3007
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical -Transmission

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003
AURTTX2004
AURTTX2005

AURTTZ2001

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 280 of 7618

AUR20612 Ce rtificate II in Marine Mechanical Technology
AUR20612 Certificate II in Marine Mechanical Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR20611 Certificate II in Marine
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a limited range of
mechanical service tasks within the marine industry. It is suitable for entry into the marine
mechanical service and repair sector.
The employment outcomes of Certificate II in Marine Mechanical Technology would see an
individual working in the marine mechanical service and repair industry.
The marine service technician would be typically involved in tasks involving defined and
known routines, methods and procedures and providing solutions to a limited range of
predictable problems. Some complex and non-routine activities involving autonomy and
judgement in structured and stable contexts may be expected.
Application
Credit will be granted towards this qualification by those who have completed AUR10112
Further training pathways from this qualification include AUR30512 Certificate III in Marine
Mechanical Technology or other relevant qualifications.
Approved
Page 281 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 282 of 7618


The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills as identified by the Marine
service and repair industry for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets described here
are broad industry requirements that may vary depending on qualification packaging options.
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

reading and understanding workplace documents
completing written workplace documentation, forms, logs and
diaries
ethnic backgrounds
seeking and acting upon feedback
environment
giving and receiving feedback
recognising a problem or a potential problem within a marine
team members
positively adapting to changes in workplace procedures or
arrangements
supervisors
understanding how own job role fits into the wider workplace
context
following workplace safety requirements and other policy and
procedures
managing own time
Page 283 of 7618

Learning
Technology
Approved
completing non-routine tasks as requested

selecting appropriate equipment and materials
asking for advice and assistance
identifying personal strength and weaknesses
positively accepting opportunities to learn
acting upon feedback to improve work performance
asking questions to gain information
using workplace diagnosis technology
Page 284 of 7618

Packaging Rules
12 core units listed below
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2005

AURASA2002
AURREA2001
Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in a marine workplace

AURRTE2002
AURRTE2003

AURRTQ2001
AURRTQ2002
Marine - Technical - Transmissions
Approved
Page 285 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURRTX2001
AURRTX2002

AURTTK2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2003
AURAFA2004

AURAMA2001
AURAMA2002
Common - Quality
AURAQA2001

AURETK1001
AURETK2002

AURETR1003
AURETR2006
AURETR2009
AURETR2011
AURETR2012
Approved
Page 286 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURETR2015
AURETR3025

AURLTA1001
Marine
AURRGA3003
Marine - Technical
AURRTA2001
AURRTA3005
AURRTA3006
Water test a vessel

AURRTE1001
AURRTE3006
AURRTE3007
AURRTE3010

AURRTR1001
AURRTR3004

AURTTA2005
Select and use bearings, seals, gaskets, sealants and adhesives
AURTTA2010

AURTTB2001
Approved
Page 287 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTE2004

AURTTF2002
AURTTF3005

AURTTK2001
Vehicle Body - Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2008
procedures
Imported Units
BSBFLM312C
BSBWOR202A
TLID1001A
Shift materials safely using manual handling methods

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 288 of 7618

AUR20712 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation
AUR20712 Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation

Release
Comment
Release 1
New qualification
Release 2
Unit Titles Changed:

AURJTJ2001 - Remove, inspect and fit motorcycle wheel
assemblies
AURLTJ2003 - Remove, inspect and refit light vehicle wheel
assemblies.
Approved
Page 289 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a limited range of tasks
related to familiarisation and inspection of mechanical and electrical components and systems
of cars, heavy vehicles, outdoor power equipment, bicycles, marine craft and motorcycles.
This qualification also covers the skills and knowledge required to perform minor
maintenance and repair of an automotive vehicle body. The range of technical skills and
knowledge is limited.
The Certificate II in Automotive Vocational Preparation prepares prospective employees to
undertake work in the broader automotive industry.
trades assistant
vehicle service assistant
automotive service assistant
trainee serviceperson
automotive trainee.
Application
This qualification provides individuals with an introduction to the automotive industry as well
as some of the basic skills needed. It is an appropriate level for an individual undertaking
work experience, or in a probationary period in employment.
The qualification is particularly applicable to school-based studies as an entry-level pathway
to employment, and is suitable as an Australian traineeship or apprenticeship pathway.
Further training pathways from this qualification include AUR12 Training Package
Certificate III qualifications or other relevant qualifications.
Approved
Page 290 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 291 of 7618


automotive retail, service and repair industry for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets
packaging options.
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

completing written workplace documentation, forms, logs and
diaries
ethnic backgrounds
seeking and acting on feedback
environment
recognising a problem or potential problem with automotive
component, system or equipment
solving problems in own area of responsibility
team members
arrangements
supervisors
context
following workplace safety requirements and other policy and
procedures
managing own time
Page 292 of 7618

Learning
Technology
Approved

selecting appropriate equipment and materials
acting on feedback to improve work performance
using workplace diagnosis technology
Page 293 of 7618

Packaging Rules
7 core units
plus
up to 2 elective units may be chosen from a Certificate I or Certificate II qualification

in this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course,
provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this
qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the
qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common Environment
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURAFA2003
AURAFA2004

AURASA2002

AURETR1003
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical

AURLTA1001

AURTTK2002
Elective units
Approved
Page 294 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2005

AURAMA2001
Common Quality
AURAQA2001
Bicycle Technical
AURBTA1001
Bicycle Technical Wheels and Tyres

AURBTJ2001
Bicycle Technical Tools and Equipment

AURBTK2001
Bicycle Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURBTQ2001
Bicycle Technical Accessories

AURBTV2001

AURETK1001

AURETR1001
AURETR1002
Test, service and maintain battery storage systems
AURETR2006
AURETR2009
AURETR2015
Approved
Page 295 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Mechanical Heavy Vehicle Technical Steering and Suspension

AURHTD2001
Inspect and service heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
Mechanical Heavy Vehicle Technical Fuel Systems

AURHTF2001
Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components
Mechanical Heavy Vehicle Technical Wheels and Tyres

AURHTJ1001
Mechanical Heavy Vehicle Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURHTQ2001
Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical

AURJTA1001
AURJTA1002
Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Steering and Suspension

AURJTD2001
Inspect and service motorcycle suspension systems
AURJTD2002
Inspect and service motorcycle steering systems
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Wheels and Tyres

AURJTJ2001
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical Wheels and Tyres

AURLTJ2003
Outdoor Power Equipment Technical

AURPTA1001
AURPTA1002
AURPTA2003
AURPTA2006
Outdoor Power Equipment Technical Engines
Approved
Page 296 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURPTE2002
Service engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment)
Marine Technical Engines

AURRTE1001
AURRTE2002
Marine Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURRTQ2001
AURRTQ2002
Marine Technical Electrical and Electronic

AURRTR1001

AURTTA1001
Remove and tag steering, suspension and brake system components
AURTTA1002
AURTTA1003
AURTTA2004
AURTTA2005
AURTTA2009
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Engines

AURTTE1003
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURTTQ2002
Vehicle Body Technical Tools and Equipment

AURVTK2001
Vehicle Body Technical Body

AURVTN2003
Approved
Page 297 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Vehicle Body Technical Paint

AURVTP2006
AURVTP2008

AURVTT2008

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 298 of 7618

AUR20812 Ce rtificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment T echnology
AUR20812 Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR20811 Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment
Approved
Page 299 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a limited range of
service and repair tasks on outdoor power equipment. It is suitable for entry into the outdoor
power equipment service and repair sector.
The Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology is intended to prepare new
employees or develop existing workers to perform a limited range of service and repair tasks
in the outdoor power equipment industry.
Job outcomes targeted by this qualification include:
service technicians
Application
Outdoor Power Equipment Technology, AUR31012 Certificate III in Automotive Sales, or
other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 300 of 7618


outdoor power equipment industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets
packaging options.
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Planning and
organising
Self-management
Approved

communicating with people from a range of social, cultural
environment
recognising a problem or a potential problem within a sales
and customer service environment
suggesting ideas for workplace improvement to supervisors
and team members
supervisors
following workplace safety requirements and other policies
and procedures
Page 301 of 7618


outdoor power equipment industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets
packaging options.
Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
selecting and using appropriate equipment, materials,

acting upon feedback and accepting opportunities to learn to
using tools and equipment efficiently and safely
using information and communication technology
applying knowledge of outdoor power equipment components
and operating principles
Page 302 of 7618

Packaging Rules
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002

AURASA2002

AURETR2006
AURETR2015

AURPTE2002

AURTTK2002
Elective units
Approved
Page 303 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURPTA1001
AURPTA1002
AURPTA2003
AURPTA2004
AURPTA2005
AURPTA2006
AURPTA2007
AURPTA2008
AURPTA2009
AURPTA2010
AURPTA3011

AURPTE3003
Repair engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment)

AURPTR3001
Test and service 240v portable generators

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 304 of 7618

AUR20912 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology
AUR20912 Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR20905 Certificate II in Automotive Vehicle Body
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of basic tasks
when repairing and maintaining the automotive body of cars and other vehicles.
The Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology prepares new employees or
recognises and develops existing workers who perform repair and maintenance operations in
an automotive repair facility.
vehicle
vehicle
vehicle
vehicle
vehicle
vehicle
vehicle
vehicle
vehicle
body repair assistant

paint-less dent repair assistant
painter assistant
trimmer assistant
glazing assistant
dismantler
detailer
body assembler
tinter
Application
This qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.
Approved
Page 305 of 7618

Further training pathways from this qualification include any of the four streams in
AUR32112 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology or other relevant
qualifications.
Some jurisdictions require this qualification for licensing purposes. In addition some units in
this qualification may have licensing or regulatory requirements, depending on the work
context. Local regulations should be checked for details.
Approved
Page 306 of 7618

Entry Requirements

The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills required by industry for
this qualification. The Employability Skills facets described here are broad industry
requirements that may vary depending on qualification packaging options.
Employability Skill

include:
Communication

information
Teamwork

organisational goals
Problem solving

checking own work to ensure errors are minimal and work
flow is maintained
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

WHS officer
recognising and responding to circumstances outside of
personal competence
planning own work schedule to ensure tasks are completed
on time
setting, monitoring and satisfying personal work goals
behaving in ways that contribute to an effective and safe
work environment
operating a range of tools and equipment or specific
machinery
Page 307 of 7618

Packaging Rules
5 core units
plus
3 specialist elective units in one of the selected specialist groups relating to occupational
streams
plus
5 general elective units, of which:

Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2002

AURAMA2001

AURASA2002

AURTTK2002
Vehicle Body Environment Body

AURVEN2001
Apply environmental regulations and best practice in the body repair industry
Specialist elective units

Group A: Auto Body Repair
Unit code
Unit title
Approved
Page 308 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURVTN2002
AURVTN2003
AURVTN3016
Group B: Paint-Less Dent Repair

Unit code
Unit title

AURVTN3013

AURVTP3020

AURVTT2003
Group C: Automotive Painting

Unit code
Unit title

AURVTP2001
Apply paint removal methods
AURVTP2003
Prepare spray painting materials and equipment
AURVTP2006
Group D: Automotive Trimming

Unit code
Unit title

AURVTT2002
AURVTT2003
Approved
Page 309 of 7618

AUR20912 Ce rtificate II in Automoti ve Body Repair Technology
Unit code
Unit title
AURVTT2004
Group E: Automotive Glazing

Unit code
Unit title
Vehicle Body Technical Glazing

AURVTG2002
AURVTG2004
AURVTG3009
Group F: Automotive Dismantling

Unit code
Unit title
Vehicle Body Regulatory or Legal Body

AURVLN2001
Apply legal requirements for vehicle dismantlers

AURVTN2007
Remove salvageable components
AURVTN2037
Disassemble and test vehicle units and components
Group G: Automotive Detailing

Unit code
Unit title
Vehicle Body Technical

AURVTA2001

AURVTN2008

AURVTT2008
Group H: Vehicle Body Assembling
Approved
Page 310 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Electrical Technical Body

AURETR2042
repair activities

AURVTN2004
Remove, replace and realign bolt-on panels, sections and fittings

AURVTT2009
Group I: Vehicle Tinting

Unit code
Unit title

AURVTA2001

AURVTG2006
Apply window tinting

AURVTT2003
General elective units

Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2001
Electrical Technical Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

AURETH3001

AURETR3025
Approved
Page 311 of 7618

AURLTJ2003
Electrical Technical Air Conditioning and HVAC

AURETU2002

AURVTA2001

AURVTG2001
AURVTG2003
AURVTG2007
AURVTG3010
AURVTG3011
Vehicle Body Technical Tools and Equipment

AURVTK2001

AURVTN2004
AURVTN2005
AURVTN2009
Clean vehicle engine and engine compartment
AURVTN2010
Clean vehicle underbody
AURVTN2011

AURVTP2002
AURVTP2005
AURVTT2007
AURVTP2008
AURVTP3010
Approved
Page 312 of 7618

AURVTP3013
AURVTP3019
Prepare and paint plastic components
AURVTP3020
AURVTP3021
Restore vehicle exterior paint

AURVTT2001
Carry out sewing repairs and alterations
AURVTT2005
AURVTT2006
AURVTT3021
Vehicle Body Technical Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

AURVTW2003
AURVTW2007

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 313 of 7618

AUR21012 Ce rtificate II in Motorsport Technology
AUR21012 Certificate II in Motorsport Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR21011 Certificate II in Motorsport
Approved
Page 314 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform basic mechanical
servicing and repairs for motorsport vehicles. It is suitable for entry into the motorsport
industry.
The Certificate II in Motorsport Technology offers training for individuals to perform vehicle
servicing in a motorsport environment.
a junior member or general hand within a race team.
Application
workers who are performing vehicle service and repair functions in a motorsport environment.
Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal
training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship arrangement.
Motorsport Technology, AUR30612 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology
or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 315 of 7618


The following table contains a summary of the employability skills as identified by the automotive
industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets described here are broad industry
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem-solving
Approved

completing written workplace documentation, forms and
records
ethnic backgrounds
seeking and acting upon feedback
environment
recognising a problem or a potential problem within a
team members
positively adapting to changes in workplace procedures or
arrangements
supervisors
context
Page 316 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

procedures
managing own time
and procedures
identifying personal strength and weaknesses
acting upon feedback to improve work performance
identifying sources of information to expand knowledge and
understanding
appropriately selecting and using tools and equipment
Page 317 of 7618

Packaging Rules

plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common - Environmental
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002

AURLTJ2002
Motorsport
AURMGA2001
Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment

AURMMA2001
AURMTA2001
Prepare and service a light competition vehicle

AURTTK2002
Imported Units
Approved
Page 318 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
MSAENV272B
Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Common - Technical
AURATA2001
AURATA2002
AURATA2003

AURETR2006
AURETR2009
AURETR2010
AURETR2011
AURETR2012
AURETR2015
AURETR2042
repair activities
AURETR3025
AURETR3026
Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assemblies

AURLTE2001

AURLTJ2001
AURLTJ2003
Approved
Page 319 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURMBA2001
Transport a light competition vehicle and support equipment
AURMDA2001
AURMDA2002

AURMLA2001
Comply with motorsport rules and regulations when officiating

AURMSA2001
Follow motorsport safety and risk management procedures
AURMTA3006

AURTTA2004

AURTTB2001
AURTTB2002
AURTTB2003

AURTTC2001
AURTTC2002

AURTTD2001
Inspect steering systems
AURTTD2002
AURTTD2003
Approved
Page 320 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTD2004

AURTTE2004

AURTTF2001

AURTTJ2001

AURTTK2001

AURTTQ2001
AURTTQ2003

AURTTS2001

AURTTW2001

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003

AURTTZ2001
AURTTZ2002
Vehicle Body Technical - Fabrication

AURVTS2006
Approved
Page 321 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2002
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2005
AURVTW2008
procedures
AURVTW3006

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 322 of 7618

AUR21112 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Sales
AUR21112 Certificate II in Automotive Sales

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR21105 Certificate II in Automotive Sales
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform sales-related tasks in
the automotive retail, service or repair industry.
The Certificate II in Automotive Sales prepares new employees or recognises and develops
existing workers who are performing general sales and marketing functions in an automotive
retail, service or repair business.
service station attendant or salesperson

bicycle salesperson
outdoor equipment salesperson
sales assistant.
Application
Additional qualification advice
The Certificate II in Automotive Sales may be attained as a generic qualification, or when a
particular occupational outcome is required. Advice is provided in the qualification on the
recommended units of competency for specialisation areas.
Approved
Page 323 of 7618

Automotive Sales or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 324 of 7618


The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills required by the automotive
industry for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets described here are broad industry
Employability Skill
Communication

information
Teamwork

organisational goals
Problem solving

checking own work to ensure errors are minimal and work flow
is maintained
WHS officer
recognising and responding to circumstances outside of
personal competence
Self-management
behaving in ways that contribute to an effective and safe work

environment
operating a range of tools and equipment or specific machinery
Learning
Technology
Approved
planning own work schedule to ensure tasks are completed on

time
setting, monitoring and satisfying personal work goals
Page 325 of 7618

Packaging Rules
Packaging Rules
6 core units
plus
streams
plus

training package or another endorsed training package or accredited course, provided
that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of the qualification and do
Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001

AURASA2002

AURSCA2002
AURSCA2006
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Regulatory or Legal

AURSLA2001
Imported Units
SIRXRSK001A
Minimise theft

Group A: Service Station Sales and Service
Approved
Page 326 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURSCA2005
Sell products
Imported Units
SIRXCCS201
SIRXINV002A
SIRXMER201
SIRXWHS302
TLIA2020A
Replenish stock
Group B: Bicycle Sales

Unit code
Unit title

AURAMA2001
Bicycle Technical
AURBTA2004
Bicycle Technical Accessories

AURBTV2001

AURSCA2005
Sell products
Imported Units
SIRXINV002A
SIRXMER201
SIRXWHS302
Approved
Page 327 of 7618

Group C: Outdoor Power Equipment Sales

Unit code
Unit title

AURACA3003

AURSCA2003
Imported Units
SIRXICT001A
SIRXINV001A
TLIA2013A
Receive goods

Unit code
Unit title

AURACA3003
Common Environment
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003
AURAFA2004

AURAMA3004
Approved
Page 328 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Common Quality
AURAQA2001

AURSCA2003
AURSCA2004
Imported Units
BSBITU305A
ICAWEB201A
Use social media tools for collaboration and engagement
SIRXCCS201
SIRXFIN201

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 329 of 7618

AUR21212 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology
AUR21212 Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 330 of 7618

Description
to servicing underbody system components of cars and heavy vehicles within an automotive
service and repair business.
The Certificate II in Automotive Underbody Technology is intended to prepare new
employees or recognise and develop existing workers who are performing servicing of
underbody systems of vehicles in an automotive service or repair business.
automotive vehicle serviceperson
Application
workers who are performing vehicle service functions in an automotive environment.
Vehicle Mechanical Technology, AUR32512 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody
Technology or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 331 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

Communicating with people from a range of social, cultural and
ethnic backgrounds
environment
Suggesting ideas for workplace improvement to supervisors and
team members
supervisors
Following workplace safety requirements and other policies and
procedures
Selecting and using appropriate equipment, materials, processes
Page 332 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
and procedures
Page 333 of 7618

Packaging Rules
8 core units
plus
6 elective units, of which

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA2001

AURTTB2001

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004

AURTTK2002

AURTTZ2002
Approved
Page 334 of 7618

Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Common- Sales and Marketing

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURLTJ2002
AURLTJ2003

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2009

AURTTB2003

AURTTQ2001
AURTTQ2003

AURTTS2001
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Transmission

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003
Vehicle Body - Technical Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering
Approved
Page 335 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2008
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 336 of 7618

AUR21312 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Braking System Technology
AUR21312 Certificate II in Automotive Braking System

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 337 of 7618

Description
to servicing and repairing of braking components and systems of cars and heavy vehicles
within an automotive service and repair business. It is suitable for entry into the automotive
retail, service and repair industry.
The Certificate II in Automotive Braking System Technology is intended to prepare new
repair of braking components/systems of vehicles in an automotive service or repair business.
automotive braking systems specialist.
Application
environment.
Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation or other relevant qualificatio ns.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 338 of 7618


Employability Skill

include:
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Planning and
organising
Self-management
Approved

environment
and team members
supervisors
and procedures
Page 339 of 7618


Employability Skill

include:
Learning
Technology
Approved

Page 340 of 7618

Packaging Rules
7 core units
plus
up to 2 elective units may be drawn from a Certificate I qualification or above in this

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common - Engines
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA2001

AURTTA2004

AURTTB2001

AURTTK2001
AURTTK2002
Elective units
Approved
Page 341 of 7618

Unit Code
Unit Title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURLTJ2003

AURTTA2009

AURTTB2002
AURTTB2003
AURTTB2004

AURTTJ2002
Remove and refit wheel hubs and associated brake components

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 342 of 7618

AUR21412 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Cooling System Technology
AUR21412 Certificate II in Automotive Cooling System

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 343 of 7618

Description
to servicing and repairing cooling system components and systems of vehicles in the
automotive service and repair industry.
The Certificate II in Automotive Cooling System Technology prepares new employees or
recognises and develops existing workers who service and repair vehicle cooling systems in
an automotive service or repair business.
automotive radiator repair specialist.
Application
This qualification provides individuals with the skills and knowledge to perform a range of
mechanical operations involving known routines, methods and procedures and to take some
accountability for the quality of outcomes.
The qualification is suitable for an Australian apprenticeship pathway.
Vehicle Mechanical Technology or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 344 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

ethnic backgrounds
environment
giving, receiving and acting on feedback
recognising a problem or potential problem in a vehicle
component or system servicing environment
solving problems in own area of responsibility
team members
supervisors
procedures
Page 345 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
and procedures
acting on feedback and accepting opportunities to learn to
appropriately selecting and using tools and equipment
Page 346 of 7618

Packaging Rules
8 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common Environment
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002
Common Technical
AURATA2001
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Cooling Systems

AURTTC2001
AURTTC2002

AURTTK2002
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

AURTTW2001

AURVTW3006
Approved
Page 347 of 7618

Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURETR2012

AURETU2002
AURETU2003
AURETU3004
AURETU3005

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2009

AURTTE2004

AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
procedures
Approved
Page 348 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 349 of 7618

AUR21512 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning
AUR21512 Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head

Reconditioning
Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 350 of 7618

Description
to servicing and repairing engine cylinder heads of cars and heavy vehicles within an
automotive service and repair business.
The Certificate II in Automotive Cylinder Head Reconditioning is intended to prepare new
repair of cylinder heads of vehicles in an automotive service or repair business.
automotive engine cylinder head repair specialists

automotive engine reconditioners
Application
environment.
Automotive Engine Reconditioning, AUR30612 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 351 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

ethnic backgrounds
environment
team members
supervisors
procedures
Page 352 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
and procedures
Page 353 of 7618

Packaging Rules
7 core units
plus
up to 7 elective units may be chosen from the elective units list below

not duplicate the outcome of another unit selected for this qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA2001

AURTTA2009

AURTTK2001
AURTTK2002

AURTTM3011
Elective units
Approved
Page 354 of 7618

Unit Code
Unit Title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURTTA2004

AURTTC2001

AURTTE2004

AURTTW3003

AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 355 of 7618

AUR21612 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Driveline System Technology
AUR21612 Certificate II in Automotive Driveline System

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 356 of 7618

Description
to servicing and repairing driveline and transmission components and systems of cars and
heavy vehicles within an automotive service and repair business.
The Certificate II in Automotive Driveline System Technology is intended to prepare new
repair of driveline and transmission components/systems of vehicles in an automotive service
or repair business.
automotive driveline and transmission specialists.
Application
environment.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 357 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

ethnic backgrounds
environment
team members
supervisors
procedures
Page 358 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
and procedures
Page 359 of 7618

Packaging Rules
8 core units
plus
up to 6 elective units may be taken from the elective units listed below

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA2001

AURTTK2002

AURTTQ2001
AURTTQ2003

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003
Approved
Page 360 of 7618

Elective units
Unit Code
Unit Title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURETR2012

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2009

AURTTC2001

AURTTQ2002

AURTTX2005

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 361 of 7618

AUR21712 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Exhaust System Technology
AUR21712 Certificate II in Automotive Exhaust System

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 362 of 7618

Description
to servicing and repairing exhaust components and systems of cars and heavy vehicles within
an automotive service and repair business.
The Certificate II in Automotive Exhaust System Technology is intended to prepare new
repair of exhaust components/systems of vehicles in an automotive service or repair business.
automotive exhaust fitting specialists.
Application
environment.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 363 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

ethnic backgrounds
environment
team members
supervisors
procedures
Page 364 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
and procedures
Page 365 of 7618

Packaging Rules
8 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA2001

AURTTA2004

AURTTK2002

AURTTS2001

AURTTZ2002
Approved
Page 366 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTW2003
Elective units
Unit Code
Unit Title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURTTA2009

AURTTE2004

AURTTW3003

AURTTZ2001

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2002
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
procedures
Approved
Page 367 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 368 of 7618

AUR21812 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System TechnologyDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AUR21812 Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension

System Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 369 of 7618

Description
to servicing steering and suspension components and systems of cars and heavy vehicles
within an automotive service and repair business.
The Certificate II in Automotive Steering and Suspension System Technology is intended to
prepare new employees or recognise and develop existing workers who are performing
servicing of steering and suspension components/systems of vehicles in an automotive service
or repair business.
automotive steering and suspension specialists.
Application
workers who are performing vehicle service functions in an automotive environment.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 370 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

ethnic backgrounds
environment
team members
supervisors
procedures
Page 371 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
and procedures
Page 372 of 7618

Packaging Rules
plus
up to 4 elective units may be taken from the elective units listed below

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA2001

AURTTA2004

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004

AURTTK2001
AURTTK2002
Approved
Page 373 of 7618

Elective units
Unit Code
Unit Title
Common - Sales
AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURLTJ2001
AURLTJ2002
AURLTJ2003

AURTTJ2001

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 374 of 7618

AUR21913 Ce rtificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology
AUR21913 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR21912 Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing
Description
to servicing tyres of motorcycles, light vehicles, heavy vehicles, agricultural vehicles,
earthmoving and off-the-road vehicles in an automotive service and repair business.Job roles
and employment outcomes
The Certificate II in Automotive Tyre Servicing Technology prepares new employees or
recognises and develops existing workers who service the following vehicle tyres in an
automotive service or repair business:
light vehicles
heavy vehicles
agricultural equipment.
automotive tyre fitter and repairer
Technology and AUR32613 Certificate III in Automotive Tyre Management, or other
relevant qualifications
Approved
Page 375 of 7618

Licensing considerations
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 376 of 7618


automotive body repair industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets
packaging options.
Employability skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Initiative and
enterprise
Planning and
organising
Self-management
Approved
clearly communicating workplace information and ideas with

workplace colleagues (verbal and non-verbal), including use of
automotive terms
completing workplace reports
using and contributing to workplace procedures
maintaining workplace records
communicating with colleagues and clients to handle verbal
enquiries, such as clarifying instructions and responding to
requests for information
interpreting the needs of customers
reading and interpreting workplace-related documentation
working in a team
working with diverse individuals and groups
applying knowledge of own role to complete activities
efficiently to support team activities and tasks
recognising a workplace problem or potential problem and
taking action
determining problems that need priority action
referring problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate
person and suggesting possible causes
seeking information and assistance as required to solve problems
using a range of problem-solving techniques
developing practical responses to common breakdowns in
workplace systems and procedures
adapting to new and emerging situations in the workplace
being proactive and creative in responding to workplace
problems, changes and challenges
planning own work requirements and prioritising actions to
achieve required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed on
time
identifying risk factors and taking action to minimise them
and procedures
Page 377 of 7618


packaging options.
Employability skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
recognising limitations and seeking timely advice

planning own work requirements, setting own work program and
managing time to ensure tasks are completed on time
following workplace documentation, such as codes of practice
and operating procedures
identifying sources of information, assistance and expert
knowledge to expand knowledge, skills and understanding
participating in self-improvement activities
participating in development of workplace continuous
improvement strategies
helping others develop competency
operating diagnostic and test equipment
performance testing components, systems and equipment
storing and caring for components, parts, tools, test equipment
using business technology to collect, analyse and provide
information
Page 378 of 7618

Packaging Rules
Packaging Rules
4 core units
all units must be chosen in one of the specialist elective unit Groups A to D below,
which relate to occupational streams
of the remaining units required to make up the elective unit total:
up to 7 units may be from the specialised elective or general elective units listed
below
up to 3 units may be from a Certificate I qualification or above in this Training

Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that
the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common Environment
AURAEA2002
Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in an


AURASA2002
Common Technical
AURATA2001

AURTTK2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Specialist Elective Units

Group A: Light Vehicle Tyres
Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical Wheels and Tyres
AURLTJ2001
Approved
Page 379 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURLTJ2002
AURLTJ2003
Group B: Heavy Vehicle Tyres

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle Technical Wheels and Tyres
AURHTJ2002
AURHTJ2003
AURHTJ2006
Group C: Agricultural Tyres

Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle Technical Wheels and Tyres
AURHTJ2002
AURHTJ2003
AURHTJ2004
Demount, inspect, repair and mount agricultural equipment tyres and

tubes
Group D: Earthmoving and Off-the-Road Tyres

Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical Wheels and Tyres
AURKTJ001
Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
AURKTJ002
Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim
assemblies
AURKTJ005
Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim

assemblies for specific applications
AURKTJ006
Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers
General Elective Units

AURACA2001
Approved
Page 380 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURETR2015

AURTTA2004
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Brakes

AURTTB2001

AURTTC2001
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Steering and Suspension

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004

AURTTE2004
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Fuel Systems

AURTTF2001
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Wheels and Tyres

AURTTJ2001
AURTTJ2002
Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical Wheels and Tyres

AURKTJ003
Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
Imported Units
Approved
Page 381 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
RIICOM201A
Communicate in the workplace
RIIOHS201A
Work safely and follow OHS policies and procedures
RIIOHS204A
RIIQUA201A
Maintain and monitor site quality standards
RIIRIS201B
Conduct local risk control
TLID3011A
Conduct specialised forklift operations
TLILIC2001A
Licence to operate a forklift truck

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 382 of 7618

AUR30112 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Administration
AUR30112 Certificate III in Automotive Administration

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR30105 Certificate III in Automotive Administration
Approved
Page 383 of 7618

Description
The Certificate III in Automotive Administration is intended to prepare new employees or
recognise and develop existing workers who are performing as administrators in the
automotive industry.
office administration
sales administration
warehousing and distribution administration
bicycle administration
marine administration
outdoor power equipment administration
motorsport administration
vehicle servicing administration
vehicle repair administration
Application
Certificate II in Automotive Administration or other relevant qualifications.
Further training pathways from this qualification include AUR40112 Certificate IV in
Automotive Management or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 384 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
reading and interpreting workplace related documentation
identifying and describe own role and role of others
working within a team
recognising a workplace problem or a potential problem and
take action
determining problems needing priority action
seeking information and assistance as required to solve
problems
taking action to resolve concerns
time
identifying risk factors and taking action to minimise risk
Page 385 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
planning own work requirements, setting own work program
and managing time to ensure tasks are completed on time
or operating procedures
performance testing of components, systems and equipment
information
Page 386 of 7618

Packaging Rules
10 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAAA2001

AURACA2001
AURACA3003
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURAFA2003

AURAKA2001
AURAKA3002

AURAMA3004
Common - Quality
Approved
Page 387 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURAQA3003

AURASA2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA3002

AURAFA2002
AURAFA2004
AURAFA2005

AURALA3001
Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract

AURAMA2001

AURSAA2001
AURSAA2002
Maintain customer aftermarket relations

AURSCA2005
Sell products
AURSCA2006
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management - Regulatory or Legal

AURSLA2001
Approved
Page 388 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Imported Units
BSBFIA303A
BSBINM202A
Handle mail
BSBITU305A
TAEDEL301A

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 389 of 7618

AUR30212 Ce rtificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations
AUR30212 Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR30211 Certificate III in Bicycles
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a broad range of
mechanical tasks on a variety of bicycles in the bicycle retail, service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Bicycle Workshop Operations is intended to prepare new employees or
recognise and develop existing workers performing mechanical work in the bicycle retail,
service and repair industry. The work may also include tasks related to the operation of the
business, retail sales and/or the supervision of others.
bicycle repair technicians

bicycle mechanics
Application
Not applicable.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 390 of 7618


The following table contains a summary of the employability skills as identified by the bicycle
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 391 of 7618


Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 392 of 7618

Packaging Rules
16 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURASA2002

AURBCA2001
Bicycle - Technical
AURBTA2004
Bicycle - Technical - Brakes

AURBTB2001
AURBTB2002
AURBTB3003
Repair bicycle hydraulic braking systems

AURBTD2001
AURBTD2002
Approved
Page 393 of 7618

AURBTD3003
Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

AURBTJ2002
AURBTJ3003
Design and build bicycle wheels
AURBTJ3004
Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

AURBTQ2001
AURBTQ3002
Repair bicycle drivetrain systems

AURBTV2001
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003
AURAFA2004
AURAFA2005

AURAKA3002

AURAMA2001
Approved
Page 394 of 7618

AURAMA2002
Common - Quality
AURAQA2001
AURAQA3002
AURAQA3003

AURBCA2002
Bicycle - Health and Safety

AURBSA3001
Conduct cycling proficiency training
Bicycle - Technical
AURBTA2003
Assemble bicycles
AURBTA3005
Restore bicycles
AURBTA3006
Identify and select components for custom bicycles
AURBTA3007
Provide mechanical support to cycling events

AURBTD3004
Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

AURBTJ2001

AURBTK2001
Bicycle - Technical - Electrical and Electronic

AURBTR3001
Service electric power assist bicycles
Bicycle - Technical - Chassis and Frame

AURBTY3001
Service and repair bicycle frames
AURBTY4002
Design and build bicycle frames
Approved
Page 395 of 7618

AURBTY4003
Assess carbon fibre frames for repair

AURSAA2001

AURSCA2002
AURSCA2003
AURSCA2005
Sell products
AURSCA2006

AURTTA3018

AURTTK2001
AURTTK2002

AURTTW2001

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2002
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
procedures
Imported Units
BSBWOR202A
BSBWOR301B
Approved
Page 396 of 7618

MEM18002B
SIRXINV001A
SIRXINV002A
TAEDEL301A
TLIA3039A

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 397 of 7618

AUR30312 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology
AUR30312 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR30308 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical

Technology
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to service, diagnose and repair
electrical systems and components in vehicles in the automotive electrical service and repair
industry.
The Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology prepares new employees or
recognises and develops existing workers who service, diagnose and repair vehicle electrical
and electronic systems and components.
automotive electrician
automotive electrical technician
automotive electrical diagnostic technician.
Application
Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology in this Training Package or other relevant
qualifications.
Automotive Electrical Technology or other relevant qualifications.
Approved
Page 398 of 7618

AUR30312 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Electrical Te chnology
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 399 of 7618


automotive, service and repair industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets
packaging options.
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved
clearly communicating workplace verbal and non-verbal

information and ideas with workplace colleagues, including
using automotive terms
taking action
seeking information and assistance to solve problems
time
and procedures
Page 400 of 7618

Learning
Technology
Approved

applying and operating electrical and electronic diagnostic test
equipment effectively
using a range of workplace tools and equipment efficiently and
safely
applying digital literacy skills when fault finding vehicle
information in both written and verbal formats
Page 401 of 7618

Packaging Rules
20 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common Environment
AURAEA3003
Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETK2002

AURETR2006
AURETR2007
Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systems
AURETR2009
AURETR2010
AURETR2012
AURETR2035
Demonstrate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation
AURETR3023
Diagnose and repair electronic spark ignition engine management systems
AURETR3024
Diagnose and repair electronic compression ignition engine management

systems
AURETR3025
Approved
Page 402 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURETR3027
Install ancillary electronic control unit systems and components
AURETR3028
AURETR3029
AURETR3030
AURETR3031
AURETR3032
AURETR3043

AURTTA3018
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisite

AURAFA2003
Common Tools and Equipment

AURAKA3002

AURAMA2001
AURAMA2002
Common Quality
AURAQA3002
AURAQA3003
Common Technical
AURATA3004
Approved
Page 403 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURATA3005
Prerequisite
Electrical Technical Brakes

AURETB3001

AURETH3001
AURETH3002
AURETH3001

AURETR2005

components
AURETR2008
AURETR2011
AURETR2013
AURETR2014
AURETR2015
AURETR2016
AURETR2042
Remove, refit and test electrical componentry for

operation following body repair activities
AURETR3017
AURETR3018
AURETR3019
Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive

systems
AURETR3021

AURETR3022
AURETR3026
Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic

Approved
Page 404 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURETR3036

systems
AURETR3044
Prerequisite

AURETU2001
AURETU2002
AURETU2003
AURETU3004
AURETU3005
AURETU4007
Mechanical Heavy Vehicle Technical Emission and Exhaust

AURHTZ3001
Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control

systems
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical Brakes

AURLTB3003
Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking

systems
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical Steering and Suspension

AURLTD3004
AURLTD3005
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical Engines

AURLTE2001
AURLTE3002

vehicle)
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical Fuel Systems

AURLTF3001
Outdoor Power Equipment Technical Electrical and Electronic
Approved
Page 405 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURPTR2002
Prerequisite

AURRTE3005
Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems and

components
Marine Technical Electrical and Electronic

AURRTR3002
AURRTR3003
Test, diagnose and repair marine electronic systems and

components
AURRTR3004

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2005

adhesives
AURTTA3017
AURTTA3019
AURTTA4021

AURTTB2001

AURTTC3003

AURTTE2004

AURTTF2001
AURTTF3004
Approved
Page 406 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisite

AURTTK2002
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Alternative Fuels

AURTTL3010

AURTTW2001
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Emission and Exhaust

AURTTZ2002

AURVTA3002
AURVTA3004

action

AURVTT2003

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2002
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008

Imported Units
BSBINN301A
BSBWHS301A
TAEDEL301A
Approved
Page 407 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 408 of 7618

AUR30412 Ce rtificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology
AUR30412 Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR30405 Certificate III in Automotive Mechanical

Technology
Approved
Page 409 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a broad range of tasks
on a variety of agricultural vehicles.
The Certificate III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology is intended to prepare new
employees or recognise and develop existing workers performing mechanical work in the
agricultural vehicle and equipment service and repair sector.
agricultural mechanical technicians
Application
Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology, AUR20712 Certificate II in Automotive
Vocational Preparation or other relevant qualifications.
Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis, AUR40812 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical
Overhauling or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 410 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 411 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 412 of 7618

Packaging Rules
competency, comprising of:
24 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURAFA2003

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3025
AURETR3029
AURETR3030

AURHTD3002
Approved
Page 413 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURHTE3002
Repair engines and associated engine components (heavy vehicle)

AURHTQ3002
AURHTQ3003
Repair final drive - driveline (heavy vehicle)
Mechanical - Mobile Plant- Technical - Brakes

AURKTB3001
Mechanical - Mobile Plant- Technical - Transmission

AURKTX3001

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2005
AURTTA3013
AURTTA3018

AURTTB2001

AURTTC3003

AURTTE2004

AURTTF2002
AURTTF3004
Approved
Page 414 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTK2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURETR3024

systems
Electrical - Technical - Air conditioning and HVAC

AURETU2003
AURETU3004
AURETU3005

AURHTD3003

AURHTE2001

AURHTJ2003

AURHTX3001
Repair transmissions - manual (heavy vehicle)
AURHTX3004

AURHTZ3001
Mechanical - Mobile Plant- Technical

AURKTA3001
Approved
Page 415 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURKTA3002
Inspect, service and repair harvesting equipment
AURKTA3003
Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment
AURKTA3004
Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment
AURKTA3005
Inspect, service and repair tracked type drive and support systems
Mechanical - Mobile Plant- Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURKTQ3001

AURTTA2006
AURTTA2007
AURTTA3011
AURTTA3012
AURTTA3014

AURTTB2004

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical -Fuel Systems

AURTTF3005

AURTTK2001

AURTTQ2001
AURTTQ2003
Approved
Page 416 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2004
AURTTX3006

AURTTZ2002

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 417 of 7618

AUR30512 Ce rtificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology
AUR30512 Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR30511 Certificate III in Marine
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of mechanical
service and repair tasks within the marine industry. It is suitable for entry into the marine
mechanical service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Marine Mechanical Technology is intended to prepare new employees or
recognise and develop existing workers in the marine mechanical service and repair industry.
Marine technician
Application
Certificate II in Marine Mechanical Technology, or other relevant qualifications.
Approved
Page 418 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 419 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 420 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 421 of 7618

Packaging Rules
13 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURASA2002
AURREA3002
Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the marine

mechanical industry

AURRTE3005
Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems and components
AURRTE3006
AURRTE3007
AURRTE3008
Install marine engines, controls and instruments
Marine - Technical - Drivelines and Final Drives

AURRTQ3003
Install inboard propeller drive systems
AURRTQ3004
Diagnose and repair inboard propeller drive systems

AURRTR3002
AURRTR3004
Approved
Page 422 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURRTX3003
Diagnose and repair marine outboard and stern drive transmissions
AURRTX3004
Diagnose and repair marine inboard transmissions

AURTTK2002
Elective
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003
AURAFA2004
AURAFA2005

AURAMA2001
AURAMA2002
Common - Quality
AURAQA2001

AURETB3001

AURETK2002
Approved
Page 423 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURETR2006
AURETR2009
AURETR2011
AURETR2012
AURETR2015
AURETR3021
Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking

systems
AURETR3023
AURETR3024

systems
AURETR3025
AURETR3026
AURETR3028
AURETR3029
AURETR3030
AURETR3031
AURETR3032

AURHTZ3001

AURLTB3003
Marine
AURRGA3001
Launch and recover a vessel using a trailer
AURRGA3002
Launch and recover a vessel from crane, gantry and forklift
AURRGA3003
Approved
Page 424 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Marine - Technical
AURRTA2001
AURRTA3002
Carry out hull repairs
AURRTA3003
Winterise vessel and engine systems
AURRTA3004
Recommission vessel systems
AURRTA3005
AURRTA3006
Water test a vessel
Marine - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURRTD3001
Diagnose and repair marine steering systems

AURRTE2002
AURRTE2003
AURRTE3009
Recommission marine engine systems
AURRTE3010
AURRTE4011
Marine - Technical - Drivelines and Final Drives

AURRTQ2001
AURRTQ2002
AURRTQ3005
Install jet drive propulsion systems
AURRTQ3006
Diagnose and repair jet drive propulsion systems

AURRTR3003
Test, diagnose and repair marine electronic systems and components

AURRTX2001
Approved
Page 425 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURRTX2002
Mechanical Miscellaneous
AURTGA3001
Drive and manoeuvre trailers

AURTTA2010
AURTTA3013
AURTTA3018
AURTTA3019
AURTTA4021

AURTTB2001

AURTTF2002
AURTTF3004
AURTTF3005

AURTTK2001

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2008
procedures
Imported Units
BSBFLM312C
Approved
Page 426 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
BSBWOR202A
BSBWOR301B
MEM09002B
TLID1001A

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 427 of 7618

AUR30612 Ce rtificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology
AUR30612 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1

Technology
Approved
Page 428 of 7618

Description
on a variety of light vehicles in the automotive service and repair industry.
The Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology prepares new employees or
recognises and develops existing workers performing mechanical work in the automotive light
vehicle service and repair industry.
light vehicle mechanical technician.
Application
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 429 of 7618


Employability Skill
Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include :
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

information and ideas with workplace colleagues, including use
of automotive terms
taking action
problems
time
and procedures
Page 430 of 7618


Employability Skill
Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include :
Learning
Technology
Approved

information
Page 431 of 7618

Packaging Rules
20 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common Environment
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3023
AURETR3025
AURETR3029
AURETR3030
AURETR3031
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical Emission and Exhaust

AURLTZ3001

AURLTB3003
Approved
Page 432 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURLTD3004
AURLTD3005

AURLTE3002
Repair engines and associated engine components (light vehicle)

AURTTA2004
AURTTA3018

AURTTB2001

AURTTC3003

AURTTE2004

AURTTF2001

AURTTK2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites

AURACA2001
Approved
Page 433 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURAFA2003
Prerequisites
Electrical Technical Steering and Suspension

AURETD3001
Service and repair electronically controlled steering

systems

AURETH3001
AURETH3002
AURETH3001
Electrical Technical Body

AURETR3043

AURETR2005

components
AURETR2010
AURETR2011
AURETR3020
AURETR3022
AURETR3024
Diagnose and repair electronic compression ignition

AURETR3028
AURETR3032
AURETR3036

systems
AURETR3044

AURETU2003
AURETU3004
Approved
Page 434 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURETU3005
Prerequisites

AURLTD3006

AURLTE2001

AURLTF3001

AURLTJ2001
AURLTJ2002
AURLTJ2003
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical Transmission

AURLTX3001
Repair transmissions manual (light vehicle)
AURLTX3002
Repair transmissions automatic (light vehicle)
AURLTX3003

AURTTA2005

adhesives
AURTTA2009
AURTTA3017
AURTTA3019
Approved
Page 435 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites

AURTTB2003
AURTTB3005
AURTTB3006

AURTTC2001

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004

AURTTF2002
AURTTF3004
AURTTF3005
AURTTF3006

AURTTJ2001
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Measuring Equipment

AURTTK2001

workplace

AURTTL3007
AURTTL3008

AURTTQ2001
Approved
Page 436 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTQ2003
Prerequisites

AURTTW2001
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Transmission

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003

AURTTZ2002

AURVTA3004

action

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2002
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 437 of 7618

AUR30713 Ce rtificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology
AUR30713 Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment

Technology
Not applicable.
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of service and
repair tasks on outdoor power equipment. It is suitable for entry into the outdoor power
equipment mechanical service and repair industry.
The Certificate III in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology prepares new employees, and
develops existing workers, to perform service and repair roles in the outdoor power
equipment mechanical service and repair industry.
outdoor power equipment technicians

repair technicians.
The work may also include tasks related to operating a business and/or supervising others.
Application
Approved
Page 438 of 7618

Certificate II in Outdoor Power Equipment Technology in this Training Package, or other
relevant qualifications.
Automotive Management, AUR40212 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis,
AUR40812 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling, and other relevant
qualifications.
Licensing considerations
Entry Requirements

The following table contains a summary of the employability skills as identified by the outdoor
power equipment industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets described here are
Employability Skill
Communication
Approved

automotive terms
communicating with people who speak languages other than
English and in a cross-cultural context
Page 439 of 7618


Employability Skill
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Learning
Approved

working in a team
applying knowledge of own role to complete activities efficiently
to support team activities and tasks
recognising a workplace problem or potential problem and taking
appropriate action
determining problems that need priority action
seeking information and assistance, as required, to solve
problems
time
identifying risk factors and taking action to minimise them
and procedures
planning own work requirements, setting own work program, and
Page 440 of 7618


Employability Skill
Technology
operating and adjusting outdoor power equipment components,
systems and equipment
setting up equipment and work area
selecting and using appropriate tools, equipment and materials
applying knowledge of operating principles of components and
systems
information
Packaging Rules
Packaging Rules
15 core units
up to 21 units may be chosen from the elective units listed below
up to 6 units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in this
Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course,
qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA3003
Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the

automotive mechanical industry
Approved
Page 441 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURASA2002

AURPTA2003
AURPTA2005
AURPTA2006
AURPTA2007
AURPTA2008
AURPTA2009
AURPTA2010
AURPTA3011

AURPTE2002
AURPTE3003
Repair engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment)
AURPTE4004
Overhaul engines and engine components (outdoor power

equipment)

AURTTA3018

AURTTK2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA3002
AURACA3003
Approved
Page 442 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURAFA2003

AURAMA2001
AURAMA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA2001

AURETK2002

AURETR2006
AURETR2009
AURETR2012
AURETR2015
AURETR3023
Diagnose and repair electronic spark ignition engine management

systems
AURETR3025
AURETR3026
Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and

assemblies
AURETR3029
AURETR3030
AURETR3031
AURETR3032

AURHTX3004
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical
Approved
Page 443 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURKTA3005
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Steering and Suspensions

AURLTD3004
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Engine

AURLTE3002

AURLTJ2002

AURLTX3001
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical Emission and Exhaust

AURLTZ3001

AURPTA2004

AURPTR2002
AURPTR3001
Test and service 240V portable generators

AURTTA2006
AURTTA3013
AURTTA4021

AURTTB2001

AURTTC2001
Approved
Page 444 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTC3003

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2003
AURTTD2004

AURTTE2004

AURTTF3004
AURTTF3005
AURTTF3006

AURTTJ2002

AURTTK2001

AURTTQ2001

AURTTX2004
AURTTX3006

AURTTZ2002

AURVTW2001
Approved
Page 445 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTW2002
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
procedures
Imported Units
MEM18002B
TLID1001A
TLID2004A
Load and unload goods/cargo
TLID2013A
Move materials mechanically using automated equipment

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 446 of 7618

AUR30812 Ce rtificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology
AUR30812 Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1

Technology
Approved
Page 447 of 7618

Description
on a variety of motorcycles within the automotive service and repair industry.
The Certificate III in Motorcycle Mechanical Technology prepares new employees or
recognises and develops existing workers performing mechanical work in the automotive
motorcycle service and repair industry.
automotive motorcycle repair technician.
Application
qualification may have licensing or regulatory requirements, depending on work context.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 448 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

of automotive terms
taking action
problems
time
and procedures
Page 449 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved

information
Page 450 of 7618

Packaging Rules
24 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common Environment
AURAEA3003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive
mechanical industry
AURASA2002 Apply safe working practices in an automotive workplace
AURETR2012 Test and repair basic electrical circuits
AURETR3023 Diagnose and repair electronic spark ignition engine management systems
AURETR3025 Test, charge and replace batteries
AURETR3029 Diagnose and repair charging systems
AURETR3030 Diagnose and repair starting systems
AURETR3031 Diagnose and repair ignition systems
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Brakes
AURJTB3001
Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems

AURJTD3003
AURJTD3004
Approved
Page 451 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Engines

AURJTE3001
Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURJTQ3002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Transmission
AURJTX3001
Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems
AURJTX3002
Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions

AURTTA3018 Carry out diagnostic procedures
AURTTB2001 Inspect and service braking systems
AURTTC3003 Diagnose and repair cooling systems
AURTTE2004 Inspect and service engines
AURTTF2001 Service petrol fuel systems
AURTTF3006 Diagnose and repair petrol carburettor systems
AURTTK2002 Use and maintain workplace tools and equipment
AURTTQ2001 Service final drive assemblies
AURTTQ2003 Service final drive (driveline)
Elective units
Approved
Page 452 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2003

AURETR3022
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Wheels and Tyres

AURJTJ2001
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Transmission

AURJTX3003
Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions

AURLTD3004
AURLTD3005

AURLTJ2002

AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002

AURLTZ3001

AURSCA2006
Approved
Page 453 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTA2005
AURTTA2009

AURTTC2001

AURTTZ2002

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2008
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 454 of 7618

AUR30912 Ce rtificate III in Motorsport Technology
AUR30912 Certificate III in Motorsport Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR30911 Certificate III in Motorsport
Release 2
Prerequisites updated for AURMKA4001

Two new units added to elective bank:
AURLTX3003
AURTTF3005
Approved
Page 455 of 7618

AUR30912 Ce rtificate III in Motorsport Techn ology
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to service and repair the
mechanical parts, transmission and suspension systems of vehicles within the motorsport
sector. It is suitable for entry into the automotive motorsport service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Motorsport Technology offers training to service and repair the
mechanical components of motorsport vehicles, and to operate sustainably and safely within a
motorsport environment.
a number three mechanic within a V8 Supercar team

a vehicle service and repair technician within a motorsport race team
service/pit crew race team member
an opportunity to branch into different roles within a race team which may include data
technician, engine technician, driveline technician, machinist, fabricator or promotional
activities.
Application
workers who are performing mechanical technology service and repair tasks in the motorsport
sector of the automotive industry.
They would be expected to perform a range of skilled operations involving known routines,
methods and procedures and take some accountability for the quality of outcomes. Some
complex and non-routine activities involving individual responsibility or autonomy and/or
collaboration with others may be expected.
Training programs for this qualification are suitable to be undertaken as part of a formal
training contract with an employer under an Australian Traineeship arrangement.
Certificate II in Motorsport Technology, or other relevant qualifications. Credit for this
qualification may also include units contained within relevant skill sets.
Motorsport Technology, or other relevant qualifications.
There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However some units in this
Approved
Page 456 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 457 of 7618


The following table contains a summary of the employability skills for this qualification as
identified by the motorsport industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets
packaging options.
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved
clearly communicating workplace information to others (verbal

and non-verbal), including use of automotive terms
communicating ideas and information with workplace
colleagues
enquiries, such as clarifying instructions, and responding to
English and in a cross cultural context
taking action
seeking information and assistance, as required, to solve
problems
using a range of problem solving techniques
Page 458 of 7618


The following table contains a summary of the employability skills for this qualification as
identified by the motorsport industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets
packaging options.
Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved
prioritising actions to achieve required outcomes

planning own work requirements
allocating resources to workplace tasks and requirements
identifying risk factors and take action to minimise risk
and procedures
recognising limitations and seek timely advice
planning own work requirements, set own work program and
manage time to ensure tasks are done on time
selecting and using appropriate equipment and materials
Page 459 of 7618

Packaging Rules
21 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites
Common -Environment
AURAEA3003

the automotive mechanical industry

AURETR3023

management systems

AURLTD3006

AURMBA3002
Load and unload a competition vehicle and support

equipment
AURMDA2002

AURMMA2001
AURMMA3007
Follow motorsport event and team safety requirements
AURMMA3008
Coordinate operations of a motorsport team
Approved
Page 460 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites
AURMTA3002
Assemble and prepare a competition vehicle
AURLTD3006
AURMTA3006
AURMTA3007
AURMTA3004
Perform competition vehicle preparation procedures at an AURMTA3002

event
AURMTA3005
Perform pit lane and service area operations
AURMTA3006
AURMTA3007
AURMTA3009
Motorsport - Technical - Fabrication

AURMTS3001
Construct hose and pipe assemblies for competition

vehicles

AURTTA3018

AURTTB2001

AURTTD2004

AURTTE2004

AURTTQ2003

AURTTX2002
Approved
Page 461 of 7618

Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites

AURASA2002
Apply safe working practices in an automotive

workplace
Common - Technical
AURATA2002
AURATA2003
Electrical - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURETD3001
Service and repair electronically controlled steering

systems

AURETR2006
AURETR2010
AURETR2012
AURETR3017
AURETR3018
AURETR3020
AURETR3022
AURETR3024

AURETR3025
AURETR3026
Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic

AURETR3028
AURETR3029
AURETR3030
Approved
Page 462 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURETR3031
AURETR3032
AURETR3036

systems
AURETR3043
AURETR3044
Prerequisites

AURHTE3002

vehicle)

AURHTX3004
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Steering and Suspension

AURJTD3003
AURJTD3004
Mechanical - Motorcycle - Technical - Chassis and Frame

AURJTY3001
Repair and align motorcycle frames

AURLTB3003

systems
AURLTB4001

AURLTD3004
AURLTD3005

AURLTE3002

vehicle)
Approved
Page 463 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical Fuel Systems

AURLTF3001

AURLTJ2001
AURLTJ2002
AURLTJ2003

AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002
Repair final drive - driveline (light vehicle)

AURLTX3001
AURLTX3002
Repair transmissions - automatic (light vehicle)
AURLTX3003
Motorsport Support and Logistics

AURMBA2001
Transport a light competition vehicle and support

equipment
AURMDA2001
AURMDA3004
Recover a motorsport vehicle
AURMDA3005
Act as a marshal in a motorsport event
AURMDA3006
Communicate using flags and signals in a motorsport

event
AURMDA3007
Act as a steward in a motorsport event
Motorsport
AURMGA2001
Set up and dismantle temporary work location and
Approved
Page 464 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites
equipment
AURMGA4002
Motorsport - Technology (Computing)

AURMKA4001
AURETR2012
AURMTA3009
MEM30012A

AURMLA2001
Comply with motorsport rules and regulations when

officiating
AURMLA3002
Monitor compliance with motorsport rules and

regulations
AURMLA3003
Inspect motorsport vehicles and equipment for

compliance

AURMMA4002

AURMSA2001
Follow motorsport safety and risk management

procedures
AURMSA3002
Implement and monitor safety and risk management in a


AURMTD4001
MEM30012A
AURMTD4002
AURLTD3005
AURTTD2004
Motorsport - Technical -Engines

AURMTE4001

AURMTF4001
Analyse and repair complex performance carburetted fuel AURTTF2001
Approved
Page 465 of 7618

Unit code
AURMTF4002
Unit title
Prerequisites
systems
AURTTF3006
AURETR3023
AURTTF2001

AURMTJ4001

applications

AURMTQ4001
Analyse and repair complex performance driveline

systems
AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002
AURLTX3001
AURMTA3007

AURTTA4021

AURTTB3005

AURTTC3003

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004
AURTTD4005

AURTTE4005

AURTTF2001
AURTTF3005
Approved
Page 466 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTF4007
Prerequisites

AURTTJ2001

AURTTK2001

workplace

AURTTM3003
AURTTM3004
AURTTM3008
Dismantle and evaluate engine blocks and

sub-assemblies
AURTTM3010
AURTTM3011

AURTTQ2001
AURTTQ4004

AURTTS2001

AURTTX2003
AURTTX4007
AURTTX4008
AURTTX4009

AURVTA3002
Approved
Page 467 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2002
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2005
AURVTW3006
AURVTW2008

Imported Units
MEM07005C
Perform general machining
MEM09002B
MEM12023A
Perform engineering measurements
MEM18001C
Use hand tools
MEM18002B
MEM30012A
Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing,

MEM09002B
MEM12023A
MEM18001C

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 468 of 7618

AUR31012 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Sales
AUR31012 Certificate III in Automotive Sales

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR31005 Certificate III in Automotive Sales
Release 2
BSBSLS402A superseded by BSBSLS407A

BSBSLS403A superseded by BSBSLS408A
Units removed from Specialist Elective Units:
BSBSLS404A
BSBSLS405A
Approved
Page 469 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform sales-related tasks in
the automotive retail, service or repair industry.
The Certificate III in Automotive Sales prepares new employees or recognises and develops
existing workers who are performing general sales and marketing functions in an automotive
retail, service or repair business.
parts interpreter
vehicle salesperson
farm machinery salesperson
motorcycle salesperson.
Application
Certificate II in Automotive Sales in this Training Package or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 470 of 7618


The following table contains a summary of the Employability Skills for this qualification as
identified by the automotive industry. The Employability Skills facets described here are
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Initiative and
enterprise
Approved

information to others, including use of automotive terms
collecting, analysing and organising information
communicating ideas and information to workplace colleagues
English and in a cross-cultural context
interpreting needs of internal and external clients
writing to audience needs
working in a team to provide office administration services
recognising a workplace problem or potential problem and taking
action
rectifying discrepancies or errors in documentation and
transactions
Page 471 of 7618


Employability Skill
Planning and
organising
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved
prioritising actions to achieve required outcomes

planning own work requirements
identifying tasks to achieve team goals
allocating resources to workplace tasks and requirements
collecting, analysing and organising workplace data
organising meeting schedules for clients and colleagues and
negotiating alternative arrangements
planning for contingencies
planning information and documentation requirements
using and determining required resources
and procedures
projecting a professional image when representing the
organisation
taking personal responsibility at the appropriate level
working ethically when dealing with financial transactions
selecting and using appropriate equipment and materials
using business technology, such as software programs for word
processing, spreadsheets, presentations and scheduling
Page 472 of 7618

Packaging Rules
To be awarded this qualification, competency must be achieved in 20 units of competency,
consisting of:
10 core units
plus
streams
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001
Common Environment
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURAFA2004

AURAMA3004

AURASA2002
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Administration

AURSAA2001
Approved
Page 473 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURSCA2005
Sell products
AURSCA2006
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Regulatory or Legal

AURSLA2001
Imported Units
BSBITU305A

Group A: Parts Interpreting
Unit code
Unit title

AURETR3025
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Support and Logistics

AURSBA2001
Carry out warehousing procedures
AURSBA3002
Apply automotive parts interpretation process

AURSCA2001
Imported Units
BSBPRO401A
BSBWOR204A
SIRXINV002A
SIRXMER201
TLIA2012A
Group B: Vehicle, Farm Machinery and Motorcycles Sales
Approved
Page 474 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURSCA2002
AURSCA2003
AURSCA3007
AURSCA3008
AURSCA3009
Provide vehicle technology information
Imported Units
BSBSLS407A
Identify and plan sales prospects
BSBSLS408A
Present, secure and support sales solutions

Unit code
Unit title

AURACA3003

AURAFA2001
AURAFA2002
AURAFA2003

AURAMA2002
AURAMA3003
Common Quality
AURAQA2001
Approved
Page 475 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURSCA2001
AURSCA2002
AURSCA2004
AURSCA3007
AURSCA3008
Sales and Parts, Administration and Management Sales and Marketing Paint
AURSCP2001
Provide information to customers on automotive refinishing products
Imported Units
BSBFIA301A
Maintain financial records
SIRXCCS201
SIRXFIN201
SIRXICT001A
SIRXINV001A
SIRXMER303
Coordinate merchandise presentation
TAEDEL301A
TLIA2012A
TLIA2020A
Replenish stock

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 476 of 7618

AUR31112 Ce rtificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical T echnology
AUR31112 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle

Mechanical Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1

Technology
Description
on a variety of heavy commercial vehicles within the automotive service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology is intended to
prepare new employees or recognise and develop existing workers performing mechanical
work in the automotive heavy commercial vehicle service and repair sector.
heavy commercial vehicle technicians
Application
Approved
Page 477 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 478 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Initiative and
enterprise
Planning and
organising
Self-management
Approved

automotive terms
recognising a workplace problem or a potential problem and take
action

time
Page 479 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
and procedures
following workplace documentation, such as codes of practice or
operating procedures
information
Page 480 of 7618

Packaging Rules
23 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3022
AURETR3024

systems
AURETR3025
AURETR3029
AURETR3030

AURHTB3001

AURHTD3002
Approved
Page 481 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURHTD3003

AURHTE3002

AURHTQ3003

AURHTX3001
Repair transmissions - manual (heavy vehicle)

AURHTZ3001

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2006
AURTTA3018

AURTTC3003

AURTTF2002
AURTTF3005

AURTTK2002

AURTTQ2001
Elective units
Approved
Page 482 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2003

AURAMA2001

AURETR3043
AURETR3044
Electrical - Technical - Air conditioning and HVAC

AURETU2003
AURETU3004
AURETU3005
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Braking

AURHTB3002
Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURHTB3007
Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle electronic braking systems

AURHTD3004
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Engine

AURHTE2001

AURHTJ2003
AURHTJ2006

AURHTQ3002
Approved
Page 483 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURHTX3003
AURHTX3004

AURTTA2005
AURTTA3013
AURTTA3014

AURTTB2001
AURTTB2004

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Engine

AURTTE2004

AURTTF3004

AURTTK2001

workplace

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003

AURTTZ2002
Approved
Page 484 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
Carry out oxy acetylene welding, thermal cutting and thermal

heating procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 485 of 7618

AUR31212 Ce rtificate III in Mobile Plant Technology
AUR31212 Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1

Technology
Description
on a variety of mobile plant vehicles in the automotive service and repair industry. It is
suitable for entry into the mining, construction and agricultural environment.
The Certificate III in Mobile Plant Technology prepares new employees or recognises and
develops existing workers performing mechanical work in the automotive heavy vehicle
service and repair sector.
mobile plant technician

diesel fitter.
Application definitely
Approved
Page 486 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 487 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved
clearly communicating verbal and non-verbal workplace

of automotive terms
taking action
problems
time
and procedures
Page 488 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved

information
Page 489 of 7618

Packaging Rules
22 core units
plus
up to 6 elective units may be chosen from a Certificate II qualification or above in

this Training Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course,
qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common Environment
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3024

systems
AURETR3025
AURETR3029
AURETR3030
Mechanical Heavy Vehicle Technical Engines

AURHTE3002
Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical

AURKTA3005
Approved
Page 490 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical Brakes

AURKTB3001
Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical Steering and Suspension

AURKTD3002
Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURKTQ3001
Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical Transmission

AURKTX3001

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2006
AURTTA3013
AURTTA3018

AURTTC3003

AURTTF3004
AURTTF3005

AURTTK2002

AURTTX3006
Elective units
Approved
Page 491 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2003
Common Technical
AURATA2002

AURETR3032

AURETU2003
AURETU3004
AURETU3005
Mechanical Heavy Vehicle Technical Brakes

AURHTB3001

AURHTE2001

AURHTJ2006

AURHTQ3003
Mechanical Heavy Vehicle Technical Transmission

AURHTX3002
Inspect, test and replace transmissions - automatic (heavy vehicle)
AURHTX3004
Approved
Page 492 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURHTZ3001

AURKTA3001

AURKTD3001
Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems
Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical Electrical and Electronic

AURKTR3001
Diagnose and repair electric-over-hydraulic control systems

AURTTA2005
AURTTA2007
AURTTA3011
AURTTA3012
AURTTA3014

AURTTB2001
AURTTB2004

AURTTC2001

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004

AURTTE2004
AURTTE4005
Approved
Page 493 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURTTF2002
AURTTF4003

AURTTK2001

AURTTQ2001
AURTTQ2003

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003
AURTTX2004

AURTTZ2002

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 494 of 7618

AUR31312 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning
AUR31312 Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR31311 Certificate III in Automotive Engine

Reconditioning
Unit codes updated to meet policy requirements
Approved
Page 495 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to recondition engines in the
automotive service and repair sector. It is suitable for entry into the automotive specialist
service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Automotive Engine Reconditioning is intended to prepare new
employees or recognise and develop existing workers who recondition engines.
automotive engine reconditioners.
Application
Cylinder Head Reconditioning or other relevant qualifications.
Some jurisdictions may require this qualification for licensing purposes. In addition some
units in this qualification may have licensing or regulatory requirements, depending on the
work context. Local regulations should be checked for details.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 496 of 7618


Employability skill Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Initiative and
enterprise
Planning and
organising
Approved

automotive terms
enquiries, such as clarifying instructions and responding to requests
for information
applying knowledge of own role to complete activities efficiently to
support team activities and tasks
recognising a workplace problem or a potential problem and taking
action to resolve it
undertaking numerical operations, calculations and using formulae
(including addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, fractions
and decimals, percentages and proportions, simple ratios and
averages)
being proactive and creative in responding to workplace problems,
changes and challenges
planning own work requirements and prioritising actions to achieve
required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed on time
Page 497 of 7618


Employability skill Industry/enterprise requirements for this qualification include:
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved
selecting and using appropriate equipment, materials, processes and

procedures
identifying sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge
to expand knowledge, skills and understanding
participating in development of workplace continuous improvement
strategies
storing and caring for components, parts, tools, test equipment and
support equipment
information
Page 498 of 7618

Packaging Rules
13 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common- Environment
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002
AURMTA3007
Miscellaneous Mechanical - Technical - Engines

AURTTE3001
Apply knowledge of engine science
Miscellaneous Mechanical - Technical - Tools and Equipment

AURTTK2001
AURTTK2002
Miscellaneous Mechanical - Technical - Manufacture

AURTTM3002
AURTTM3004
AURTTM3007
Approved
Page 499 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTM3008
AURTTM3009
AURTTM3011
Miscellaneous Mechanical - Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

AURTTW3003
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURHTE3002
Mechanical -Light Vehicle -Technical -Engines

AURLTE2001
AURLTE3002
Miscellaneous Mechanical -Technical

AURTTA2005
AURTTA2009
AURTTA3018
Miscellaneous Mechanical Technical -Fuel Systems

AURTTF3005
Miscellaneous Mechanical -Technical - Manufacture

AURTTM3001
AURTTM3003
AURTTM3005
AURTTM3006
Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components
Approved
Page 500 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTM3010
Miscellaneous Mechanical -Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

AURTTW3002
Set, operate and monitor specialist machines
Vehicle Body -Technical - Welding, Grinding, Machining and Soldering

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 501 of 7618

AUR31412 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology
AUR31412 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR30611 Certificate III in Automotive Specialist
Approved
Page 502 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to repair diesel fuel systems
within the automotive service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Fuel Technology is intended to prepare new
automotive heavy vehicle service and repair sector.
automotive heavy vehicle diesel fuel technicians
Application
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 503 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 504 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 505 of 7618

Packaging Rules
13 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3024

systems

AURHTZ3001

AURTTA3018
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Engine

AURTTE2004
Approved
Page 506 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTF2002
AURTTF3004
AURTTF3005
AURTTF4003

AURTTK2001
AURTTK2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2003

AURAMA2001 Work effectively with others
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Engine
AURHTE2001
AURHTE3002

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2006
AURTTA3011
AURTTA3012
AURTTA3013
Approved
Page 507 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTC3003

AURTTZ2002

AURVTW2001 Carry out manual metal arc welding procedures
AURVTW2003 Carry out gas metal arc welding procedures
AURVTW2004 Carry out gas tungsten arc welding procedures
AURVTW2008 Carry out oxy acetylene welding, thermal cutting and thermal heating
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 508 of 7618

AUR31512 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Diesel En gine Technology
AUR31512 Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of tasks on a
variety of diesel engines and associated systems within the automotive service and repair
sector.
The Certificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology is intended to prepare new
diesel engine service and repair sector.
diesel engine technicians
Application
Approved
Page 509 of 7618

AUR31512 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Diesel Engine Technology
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 510 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 511 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 512 of 7618

Packaging Rules
14 core units
plus
up to 5 elective units may be chosen from a Certificate III qualification or above in this
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry
Common - Health & Safety

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3025

AURHTE3002

AURTTA2004
AURTTA3018

AURTTE2004
Approved
Page 513 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTF3004

AURTTK2001
AURTTK2002

AURTTM3004
AURTTM3008
AURTTM3011
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2003

AURAMA2001

AURETR3024

systems
AURETR3028
AURETR3029
AURETR3030
AURETR3032

AURHTE2001
Approved
Page 514 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURHTX3004

AURHTZ3001

AURMTE4001

AURTTA2005
AURTTA2009

AURTTF2002
AURTTF3005

AURTTL3001
AURTTL3002

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
Imported Units
MEM05006C
Perform brazing and or silver soldering
MEM05007C
Perform manual heating and thermal cutting
MEM18028B
Maintain engine lubrication systems
Approved
Page 515 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 516 of 7618

AUR31612 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Drivetrain Technology
AUR31612 Certificate III in Automotive Drivetrain Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 517 of 7618

Description
on a variety of drivetrain systems within the automotive service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Automotive Drivetrain Technology is intended to prepare new
automotive light or heavy vehicle service and repair sector.
automotive light vehicle repair technicians

automotive heavy vehicle repair technicians
Application
Certificate II in Mechanical Servicing technology, AUR20712 Certificate II in Automotive
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 518 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 519 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 520 of 7618

Packaging Rules
11 core units
plus
all specialist elective units in one of the selected specialist groups relating to occupational
streams
plus
10-12 general elective units to bring the total number of units to 25, of which:
10-12 elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below;

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3025

AURTTA3018

AURTTK2002

AURTTQ2001
Approved
Page 521 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTQ2002
AURTTQ2003

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003
Group A: Elective units - Light Vehicle Automatic Drivelines

Unit code
Unit title
Electrical - Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURETR3044

AURLTX3002

AURTTX4009
Group B: Elective units Heavy Vehicle Automatic Drivelines

Unit code
Unit title

AURETR3044

AURHTX3003
Group C: Elective units - Light Vehicle Manual Drivelines

Unit code
Unit title
Approved
Page 522 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002
Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical - Transmission

AURLTX3001

AURTTX4008
Group D: Elective units Heavy Vehicle Manual Drivelines

Unit code
Unit title

AURHTQ3002
AURHTQ3003
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle Technical - Transmission

AURHTX3001

AURTTX4008

Unit Code
Unit Title

AURHTX3004
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURKTQ3001
Approved
Page 523 of 7618

Unit Code
Unit Title
Mechanical - Mobile Plant - Technical - Transmission

AURKTX3001

AURLTX3003

AURTTQ4004

AURTTX3006
AURTTX4007
AURTTX4011
Overhaul torque converters

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 524 of 7618

AUR31712 Ce rtificate III in Forklift Technology
AUR31712 Certificate III in Forklift Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Description
on a variety of forklift systems in the automotive service and repair industry.
The Certificate III in Forklift Technology prepares new employees or recognises and develops
existing workers performing mechanical work in the automotive forklift service and repair
industry.
automotive forklift repair technician

automotive forklift mechanic.
Application
Approved
Page 525 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 526 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

of automotive terms
taking action
problems
time
and procedures
Page 527 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved

information
Page 528 of 7618

Packaging Rules
18 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Common Environment
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3025
AURETR3029
AURETR3030

AURHTB3002

AURHTD3002
Mechanical Lifting Equipment Technical

AURNTA3001
Inspect, service and repair lift truck mast assemblies
Approved
Page 529 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURTTA2004
AURTTA2005
AURTTA2006
AURTTA3013
AURTTA3018

AURTTB2001

AURTTC3003

AURTTE2004

AURTTK2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites

AURACA2001

AURAFA2003

AURETH3001
AURETH3002
Approved
AURETH3001
Page 530 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites

AURETK2002

AURETR2007
Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical circuits

and wiring systems
AURETR2010
AURETR2011
AURETR3019
Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive

systems
AURETR3021

AURETR3023

management systems
AURETR3024

AURETR3028
AURETR3031
AURETR3032
AURETR3044

AURETU2003
AURETU3004
AURETU3005

AURHTE2001
AURHTE3002

vehicle)
Approved
Page 531 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites

AURHTJ2006

AURHTQ3002

AURHTZ3001
Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control

systems
Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical Electrical and Electronic

AURKTR3001
Diagnose and repair electric-over-hydraulic control

systems
Mechanical Light Vehicle Brakes

AURLTB3003

systems

AURLTD3004
AURLTD3005
AURLTD3006

AURLTE2001
AURLTE3002

vehicle)

AURLTJ2001
AURLTJ2002
AURLTJ2003
Approved
Page 532 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURLTQ3001
Prerequisites

AURLTX3002
AURLTX3003

AURLTZ3001
Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control

systems

AURTTA2009
AURTTA3011
AURTTA3012
AURTTA3017

AURTTB2003
AURTTB3006

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004

AURTTF2001
AURTTF2002
AURTTF3004
AURTTF3005
AURTTF3006
Approved
Page 533 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites

AURTTJ2001

AURTTK2001

workplace

AURTTL3001
AURTTL3002
AURTTL3007
AURTTL3008

AURTTQ2001
AURTTQ2003

AURTTW2001

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003
AURTTX2004
AURTTX3006

AURTTZ2002

AURVTW2001
Approved
Page 534 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTW2002
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2008

Prerequisites

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 535 of 7618

AUR31812 Ce rtificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology
AUR31812 Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 536 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to repair trailers and associated
systems within the automotive service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Heavy Commercial Trailer Technology is intended to prepare new
automotive heavy vehicle service and repair sector.
heavy commercial trailer technicians
Application
Certificate II in Mechanical Servicing Technology, AUR20712 Certificate II in Automotive
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 537 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 538 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 539 of 7618

Packaging Rules
12 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETR2009
AURETR2012
AURETR3022

AURHTB3001

AURHTD3003

AURHTJ2003
Approved
Page 540 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURHTY3002
Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers

over 4.5 tonnes

AURTTA2006
AURTTA3018

AURTTK2002
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2003
Common - Technical
AURATA2002

AURETR2010
AURETR2011

AURHTB3002
AURHTB3007
Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle electronic braking systems

AURHTJ2002
Approved
Page 541 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURHTJ2006
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle Electrical and Electronic

AURHTR3005
Diagnose and repair heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability

systems

AURHTY2001
Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers

over 4.5 tonnes

AURTTA2004
AURTTA3011
AURTTA3012
AURTTA3013
AURTTA3014

AURTTB2001
AURTTB2004
AURTTB3005
AURTTB3006

AURTTD2004

AURTTJ2001

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
Approved
Page 542 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTW2008
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 543 of 7618

AUR31912 Ce rtificate III in Elevating Work Platform Technology
AUR31912 Certificate III in Elevating Work Platform Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 544 of 7618

Description
on a variety of elevating work platforms and associated systems within the automotive service
and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Elevating Work Platform Technology is intended to prepare new
elevating work platform service and repair sector.
elevating work platform technicians
Application
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 545 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 546 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 547 of 7618

Packaging Rules
20 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3025

AURHTE3002

AURHTQ3002
AURHTQ3003

AURLTB3003
Approved
Page 548 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTA2004
AURTTA2005
AURTTA2006
AURTTA3013
AURTTA3018

AURTTB2001

AURTTE2004

AURTTF3004

AURTTK2001
AURTTK2002

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2003
Approved
Page 549 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURETH3001

AURETR2005
Install, test and repair electrical security systems and components
AURETR2010
AURETR2011
AURETR3021
Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking

systems
AURETR3024

systems
AURETR3028
AURETR3029
AURETR3030
AURETR3031
AURETR3032
AURETR3044

AURHTE2001

AURLTD3006

AURLTE2001

AURLTJ2001
AURLTJ2002
Approved
Page 550 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURLTJ2003
Mechanical - Light Vehicle Technical - Transmission

AURLTX3001
Repair transmissions manual (light vehicle)
AURLTX3002
AURLTX3003
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical - Emission and Exhaust

AURLTZ3001

AURTTA2009
AURTTA3017
AURTTA3019
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Brakes

AURTTB2003
AURTTB3005
AURTTB3006
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Technical - Cooling System

AURTTC3003

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Fuel System

AURTTF2002
AURTTF3005
AURTTF3006
Approved
Page 551 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURTTJ2001

AURTTL3007

AURTTQ2001
AURTTQ2003

AURTTW2001

AURTTX2002
AURTTX2003
AURTTX2004
AURTTX3006

AURTTZ2002

AURVTA3004
Inspect vehicle systems and determine preferred repair action

AURVTW2002
AURVTW2008
procedures
Imported Units
RIIHAN301B
Operate elevating work platform
Approved
Page 552 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 553 of 7618

AUR32012 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Alternative Fuel Technology
AUR32012 Certificate III in Automotive Alternative Fuel

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 554 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to install and repair alternative
fuel systems and associated systems within the automotive service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Automotive Alternative Fuel Technology is intended to prepare new
automotive light or heavy vehicle service and repair sector.
automotive light vehicle repair technicians

automotive heavy vehicle repair technicians
Application
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 555 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 556 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 557 of 7618

AUR32012 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Alternative Fuel Technol ogy
Packaging Rules
11 core units
plus
streams
plus
up 10 elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below

Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002

AURETR2012
AURETR3025

AURTTA2004
AURTTA3018

AURTTC2001
Approved
Page 558 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTE2004

AURTTF2001

AURTTK2002

AURTTZ2001

Group A: CNG
Unit code
Unit title

AURTTL3001
AURTTL3002
Group B: LNG
Unit code
Unit title

AURTTL3004
AURTTL3005
Group C: LPG
Unit code
Unit title
Approved
Page 559 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTL3007
AURTTL3008

Unit Code
Unit Title

AURACA2001

AURAFA2003
Common - Technical
AURATA2002

AURETR2006
AURETR2010
AURETR3023
AURETR3031
AURETR3032
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Technical - Alternative Fuels

AURHTL4001
Inspect, repair and diagnose alternative fuel systems for heavy vehicle
engines

AURHTZ3001

AURLTE3002
Approved
Page 560 of 7618

Unit Code
Unit Title

AURTTF3004
AURTTF3006

AURTTL3003
AURTTL3006
AURTTL3009
AURTTL3010

AURTTW2001

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2002
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2004
AURVTW2008
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 561 of 7618

AUR32112 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology
AUR32112 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR30805 Certificate III in Automotive Vehicle Body
Release 2
AUMABA3002 replaced by AUMAGA002

AUMGTY3002 replaced by AUMGTY002
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to repair and maintain the body of
cars, heavy vehicles and other vehicles in the automotive industry.
The Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology prepares new employees or
recognises and develops existing workers who are repairing, maintaining and
re-manufacturing the body of vehicles in the automotive industry.
vehicle body repair technician

vehicle body restoration technician
heavy vehicle body and chassis repair technician.
Application
Approved
Page 562 of 7618

Certificate II in Automotive Body Repair Technology or other relevant qualifications.
Automotive Body Repair Technology or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 563 of 7618


body repair industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets described here are broad
industry requirements that may vary depending on qualification packaging options.
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

of automotive terms
taking action
problems
time
and procedures
Page 564 of 7618


body repair industry for this qualification. The employability skills facets described here are broad
Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved

information
Page 565 of 7618

Packaging Rules
16 core units
plus
streams
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA3008
Read and apply automotive repair instructions

AURASA2002

AURETR3025

AURTTK2002
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Chassis and Frame

AURTTY3001
Repair chassis, frame and associated components
Vehicle Body Environment Body

AURVEN3002
Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive body

repair industry
Approved
Page 566 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTN2003
AURVTN2004
AURVTN3016
AURVTN3020
Replace major welded panels
AURVTN3022
Repair vehicle body misalignment
AURVTN3023
AURVTN3035
AURVTN4032
Determine vehicle damage and recommended repair procedures

AURVTW2003
AURVTW2007

Group A: Vehicle Body Repair
Unit code
Unit title

AURVTA3002

AURVTN2002
AURVTN2005
AURVTN3015
AURVTN3017
AURVTN3018
Repair and replace structural damage by welding
AURVTN3019
Approved
Page 567 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTN3026
AURVTN3027
Repair aluminium body panels (filling)
AURVTN3028
AURVTN3029
AURVTN3031
Conduct major sectional repairs
AURVTW2005
Group B: Vehicle Body Restoration

Unit code
Unit title

AURTTW2001

AURVTN3015
AURVTN3021
Repair body components using lead wiping
AURVTN3025
Repair corroded panels and components
Vehicle Body Technical Fabrication

AURVTS2006
AURVTS3001
Carry out wood working operations for fabrication
AURVTS3002
Repair plugs, moulds, frames and flooring using wood materials
AURVTS3003
Fabricate composite material components
AURVTS3005
Fabricate vehicle body panels and components

AURVTW2004
Approved
Page 568 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Imported Units
MEM05004C
Perform routine oxy acetylene welding
Group C: Heavy Vehicle Body and Chassis Repair

Unit code
Unit title

AURTTA3020

AURVTN3019
AURVTN3026
AURVTN3029

AURVTP3013

AURVTW2004
Imported Units
AUMABA002
Operate load shifting equipment
AUMGTY002
Mount and install assembled components to chassis or frame
MEM24001B
Perform basic penetrant testing
RIIOHS204A

Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2002
Approved
Page 569 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURAFA2004

AURAMA2001

AURETH3001
AURETH4011
Deactivate and reinitialise power supply in hybrid electric vehicles

AURETR2042
repair activities

AURVTA2001

AURVTN2006
Remove and replace mechanical units and assemblies
AURVTN3013

AURVTP2005
Vehicle Body Technical Fabrication

AURVTS3004

AURVTT2009
AURVTT3021
Vehicle Body Technical Accessories

AURVTV2001
Remove, replace, fit and test components and accessories
Imported Units
Approved
Page 570 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
MEM18001C
Use hand tools
TAEDEL301A

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 571 of 7618

AUR32212 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology
AUR32212 Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Release 2
AURAEA2002
Typographical error corrected in title
AUMGTG3002 Typographical error corrected in title

Release 3
Approved
Unit AUMGTG3001 replaced by AUMGTG001
Page 572 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to remove, install, repair and
manage auto glazing technical operations of cars and other vehicles within the automotive
industry.
The Certificate III in Automotive Glazing Technology is intended to prepare new employees
or recognise and develop existing workers who are removing, installing and repairing
windscreens and other glass items on vehicles in the automotive industry.
automotive glazing technician

windscreen repair technician
Application
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 573 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Initiative and
enterprise
Planning and
organising
Approved

automotive terms
explaining the processes used in auto glazing to customers
taking action
determining which problems need priority action
time
Page 574 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 575 of 7618

Packaging Rules
18 core units
plus
up to 5 elective units may be chosen from a Certificate II or above in this Training

Package or another endorsed Training Package or accredited course, provided that the
units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome of this qualification and do not
duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace

AURAMA2001

AURASA2002

AURAFA2003

AURACA3003

AURTTK2002

AURVTA2001

AURVTG2001
Approved
Page 576 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTG2002
AURVTG2004
AURVTG2007
AURVTG3009
AURVTG3010
AURVTG3012
Remove and install heavy vehicle rubber and urethane glazed windscreens
AURVTG3013
Remove and install large vehicle windscreens
Vehicle Body - Technical Body

AURVTN2011
Imported Units
LMFGG2005C
Move glass sheets by hand
LMFGG3001C
Store and handle glass
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2002
AURAFA2004

AURANN4001
Common - Technical
AURATA3005
Electrical - Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electrical Vehicle

AURETH3001
Approved
Page 577 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURETH4011

AURETR3025

AURSAA2001

AURSCA2004

AURVTG2003
AURVTG2005
Remove and install framed type windscreens
AURVTG3008
Cut and process flat laminated glass
AURVTG3011

AURVTN3035

AURVTP2002

AURVTT2007
AURVTT2008
Imported Units
AUMGTG001
Install fixed and moveable glass components
BSBFLM312C
BSBWHS301A
BSBWOR301B
Approved
Page 578 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
SIRXINV002A
TAEDEL301A

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 579 of 7618

AUR32312 Ce rtificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology
AUR32312 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming

Technology
Release
Comment
Release 1
Release 2
Unit AUMGTS3004 replaced by AUMGTS004
Approved
Page 580 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required in the manufacturing, repair and
maintenance of trimming components to a range of motor vehicles, marine craft,
recreational, canvas, camping and other vehicles within the automotive industry.
The Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology will prepare new
employees or recognise and develop existing workers who are manufacturing, repairing and
maintaining trimming components to a range of motor vehicles, marine, aviation, recreational,
canvas, camping and other vehicles within the industry.
Motor trimming technician

Vehicle trimming technician
Marine trimming technician
Application
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 581 of 7618

AUR32312 Ce rtificate III in Automoti ve and Marine Trimming Technology

Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Initiative and
enterprise
Planning and
organising
Self-management
Approved

automotive terms
action

time
Page 582 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved
and procedures
information
Page 583 of 7618

Packaging Rules
competency comprising of:
11 core units
plus
up to 5 elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below or from a
Certificate II or above in this Training or another endorsed Training Package or
accredited course, provided that the units chosen contribute to the vocational outcome
of this qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for the
qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAMA2001

AURASA2002

AURTTK2002
Vehicle Body - Environment - Body

AURVEN3002
Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive body

repair industry

AURVTN3035

AURVTS2006

AURVTT2002
AURVTT2003
Approved
Page 584 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTT2004
AURVTT3012
Carry out sewing operations
AURVTT3021
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAAA4002
Common- Foundation Skills

AURAFA2002
Common - Technical
AURATA3005

AURETH3001
AURETH4011
Electrical - Technical - Electrical and Electronics

AURETR2006
AURETR3025
AURETR3026

AURVTA3002

AURVTS3004
Approved
Page 585 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTT3010
Remove and replace vehicle head lining
AURVTT3013
Fabricate loose and fitted covers
AURVTT3014
Fabricate marine covers
AURVTT3015
Fabricate canvas products
AURVTT3017
Fabricate and install floor coverings
AURVTT3018
Fabricate and install soft top hoods
AURVTT3019
Fabricate and install canopies and curtains
AURVTT3020
Select and use leather in trimming

AURVTW2003
AURVTW3006
Imported Units
AUMGTS004
Fabricate parts for sub-assemblies
TAEDEL301A
LMFUP3001B
Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 586 of 7618

AUR32412 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology
AUR32412 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to paint, refinish, repair and
maintain painted surfaces to a range of automotive vehicles, recreational vehicles and other
vehicles within the automotive industry. This qualification may also cover non-automotive
which may include industrial machinery and tools.
The Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology is intended to prepare new
employees or recognise and develop existing workers who are painting and maintaining
painted surfaces on a range of vehicles and non-vehicle applications.
vehicle refinishing technician

vehicle refinishing technician, heavy vehicle and industry
Application
Approved
Page 587 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 588 of 7618


packaging options.
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Initiative and
enterprise
Planning and
organising
Approved

automotive terms
action
time
Page 589 of 7618


packaging options.
Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 590 of 7618

Packaging Rules
17 core units
plus

Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA3008 Read and apply automotive repair instructions
Vehicle Body Environment - Body
AURVEN3002 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive
body repair industry
Vehicle Body Technical - Paint
AURVTP2001 Apply paint removal methods
AURVTP2002 Carry out masking procedures
AURVTP2003 Prepare spray painting materials and equipment
AURVTP2004 Apply fundamental colour matching techniques
AURVTP2006 Prepare vehicle components for paint repairs
AURVTP3013 Prepare substrate for refinishing
AURVTP3014 Apply multi- layer and clear over-base colour matching techniques
AURVTP3015 Apply solid colour matching techniques
Approved
Page 591 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTP3017 Carry out paint rectification and touch-up work for clear over base using two
component systems
AURVTP3019 Prepare and paint plastic components
AURVTP3020 Carry out denibbing, buffing and polishing
AURVTP3023 Mix and apply clear over-base refinishing materials in two-component
systems
AURVTP3024 Mix and apply clear over-base multi- layer pearl refinishing materials
AURVTP3025 Mix and apply water-based refinishing materials
Elective Units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA2002
AURAFA2004

AURAMA2001
Electrical Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

AURETH3001
AURETH4011
Electrical Technical Electric and Electronic

AURETR3025

AURVTA2001
Vehicle Body Technical - Body

AURVTN2005
Approved
Page 592 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURVTN3017
AURVTN3035
AURVTN4032

AURVTP2007
Apply paint touch-up techniques
AURVTP2009
Apply vehicle body film wrapping
AURVTP2026
Carry out basic airbrush application techniques
AURVTP3010
AURVTP3011
Apply solid acrylic enamel refinishing materials using two component

systems
AURVTP3012
Apply air dry and polyurethane enamel refinishing materials
AURVTP3016
Carry out paint rectification and touch-up work for solids using two
component systems
AURVTP3018
Carry out paint rectification for multi-layer and pearl using two component
systems
Imported Units
TAEDEL301A

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 593 of 7618

AUR32512 Ce rtificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology
AUR32512 Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 594 of 7618

Description
on a variety of underbody systems within the automotive service and repair sector.
The Certificate III in Automotive Underbody Technology is intended to prepare new
automotive light vehicle service and repair sector.
automotive light vehicle underbody repair technicians.
Application
environment.
Credit may be granted towards this qualification by those who have completed:
qualifications.
II in
II in
II in
II in
II in
II in
Automotive
Automotive
Automotive
Automotive
Automotive
Automotive
Underbody Technology
Braking System Technology
Driveline System Technology
Exhaust System Technology
Steering and Suspension System Technology
Tyre Servicing Technology, or other relevant

Approved
Page 595 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 596 of 7618


Employability Skill

include:
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Planning and
organising
Self-management
Approved

environment
and team members
supervisors
and procedures
Page 597 of 7618


Employability Skill

include:
Learning
Technology
Approved

Page 598 of 7618

Packaging Rules
13 core units
plus

not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for this qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA3003

mechanical industry

AURASA2002
Mechanical Light Vehicle Brakes

AURLTB3003
Mechanical Light Vehicle Steering and Suspension

AURLTD3004
AURLTD3005
Mechanical Vehicle Tyres and Wheels

AURLTJ2001
AURLTJ2002
AURLTJ2003
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical - Driveline and Final Drives

AURLTQ3002
Approved
Page 599 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title

AURTTA3018

AURTTJ2001

AURTTK2002

AURTTZ2002
Elective units
Unit Code
Unit Title

AURAFA2003
Common Teamwork, Supervision and Management

AURAMA2001

AURETD3001
Service and repair electronically controlled steering systems
Electrical Technical - - Electrical and Electronic

AURETR2012
AURETR3025
AURETR3036
Service and repair electronically controlled suspension systems
Mechanical Light Vehicle Regulatory or Legal Steering and Suspension

AURLLD3001
Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications
Approved
Page 600 of 7618

AURLTD3003
Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer specifications
AURLTD3006
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical - Wheels and Tyres

AURLTJ3004
Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical - Transmission

AURLTX3003
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical - Brakes

AURTTB2001
AURTTB2002
AURTTB2003
AURTTB3005

AURTTD2002
AURTTD2004

AURTTJ2002
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Driveline Final Drives

AURTTQ2003
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Fabrication

AURTTS2001

AURTTX2005

AURVTW2001
AURVTW2003
Approved
Page 601 of 7618

AURVTW2008
procedures

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 602 of 7618

AUR40112 Ce rtificate IV in Automotive Management
AUR40112 Certificate IV in Automotive Management

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR40105 Certificate IV in Automotive Management
Approved
Page 603 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform management roles in
an automotive retail, service and repair environment.
The Certificate IV in Automotive Management is intended to prepare new employees or
recognise and develop existing workers who are performing management roles in the
automotive retail, service and repair industry.
business manager
sales manager
customer service manager
workplace manager
parts manager
Application
Certificate III in Automotive Administration, AUR31012 Certificate III in Automotive Sales
or other relevant qualifications.
Further training pathways from this qualification include AUR50112 Diploma of Automotive
Management or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 604 of 7618


Employability skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved
communicating with colleagues and customers to gather

information about their needs
listening to and following complex oral instructions
reading, interpreting, writing and presenting reports
writing clear and detailed instructions
negotiating effectively
reading, interpreting and questioning legal, financial and other
business documentation
working within own role to support team activities
referring queries to colleagues
identifying and using the strengths of other team members
providing coaching, mentoring and feedback to other team
members to develop skills and knowledge related to vehicle
loss assessment
working with vehicle repairers
finding, analysing and interpreting data
determining appropriate strategies to complete tasks in a timely
and efficient manner
diagnosing customer issues and taking action to resolve them
applying a range of problem-solving strategies
seeking information from various sources to determine causes
of problem
using numerical skills to calculate costs and prices of vehicle
contributing to the strategic direction of the enterprise
identifying learning opportunities to improve work practices
evaluating tasks to improve efficiency
suggesting improvements to the structure and design of existing
systems
developing innovative solutions to business challenges
identifying business opportunities
organising loss assessment information
organising resources, equipment and timelines
Page 605 of 7618


Employability skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved
organising work schedules and meetings

developing operational procedures for the business
identifying performance measures for the business
evaluating own performance and identifying areas for
improvement
managing time to independently complete tasks
planning and reviewing own work
using judgement and discretion with confidential information
participating in professional networks and associations to obtain
and maintain knowledge and skills
actively participating in coaching and mentoring sessions to
improve standards of service provision
contributing to the learning of team members
seeking assistance and expert advice on financial, legal and/or
technical aspects of the job
seeking out and learning new ideas, skills and techniques
keeping abreast of latest technology related to automotive
management
information
applying business technology for communication, planning,
financial management and operating the business
Page 606 of 7618

Packaging Rules
6 core units
plus
Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURACA3003
Common - Electrical
AURAEA4004
Manage environmental compliance in an automotive workplace

AURAMA3004
AURAMA4005
Imported Units
BSBSMB407A
Manage a small team
BSBWHS401A
Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet

legislative requirements
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAAA4002
Approved
Page 607 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURAKA3002

AURALA3001
Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract

AURAMA3003
Common - Quality
AURAQA3003
Imported Units
BSBITS401B
Maintain business technology
BSBSMB406A
Manage small business finances
BSBWOR401A
BSBWOR404B
FNSASIC302C
Develop, present and negotiate client solutions
TAEDEL404A

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 608 of 7618

AUR40212 Ce rtificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis
AUR40212 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR40208 Certificate IV in Automotive Technology
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform advanced diagnostic
operations in the automotive retail, service and repair environment.
The Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis provides advanced training for
automotive technicians who want to further develop their diagnostic and technical skills.
automotive lead or master technician

automotive technical adviser.
Application
Management, AUR50212 Diploma in Automotive Technology or other relevant
qualifications.
Approved
Page 609 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis are required to have
completed an automotive mechanical Certificate III qualification or be able to demonstrate
equivalent competency.
Approved
Page 610 of 7618


automotive industry for this qualification. The Employability Skills facets described here are broad
Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

of automotive terms
taking action
problems
time
and procedures
Page 611 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved

information
Page 612 of 7618

Packaging Rules
1 core unit
plus
Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURTTA4021
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites
Common Environment
AURAEA4004 Manage environmental compliance in an
AURETR3023
Diagnose and repair electronic spark ignition

AURETR3025
AURETR4037
Diagnose complex electrical and electronic

faults in light vehicle safety systems

AURETH3001
AURETH3002
Service and maintain battery electric

vehicles
Approved
AURETH3001
Page 613 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites
AURETH4003
Test and repair high voltage battery systems

AURETH3001
AURETR3025
AURETH4004
Diagnose and repair traction motor speed

control device in battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4005
Diagnose and repair high voltage traction

motors in battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4006
Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and

associated components in battery electric
vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4007
Diagnose and repair system instrumentation

and safety interlocks in battery electric
vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4008
Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin

heating and cooling systems in battery
electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4009
Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in AURETH3001

AURETR3025
AURETH4010
Test high voltage batteries in hybrid electric

vehicles
AURETH4011
Deactivate and reinitialise power supply in

hybrid electric vehicles
AURETH4012
Service and maintain electrical components

AURETR3025
AURETH4011

AURETU4006
Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning

and HVAC systems

AURHTB4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy
commercial vehicle braking systems
AURHTD4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy
commercial vehicle steering and suspension
Approved
Page 614 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites
systems
AURHTE4003
Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle

diesel engines

AURHTX4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy
commercial vehicle transmission and
driveline systems
AURJTD4005
Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Engines

AURJTE4002
Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle

engine and transmission systems

AURKTA4009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant
hydraulic systems
AURKTB4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant
braking systems
AURKTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant
AURKTX4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant
AURLTB4004
Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle

braking systems
Approved
Page 615 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites

AURLTD4009


AURLTE4004

petrol engines
AURLTE4005

diesel engines

AURLTF3001
Diagnose and repair mechanical fuel

injection systems

AURLTQ3001 Repair final drive assemblies (light vehicle)
AURLTQ3002 Repair final drive driveline (light vehicle)
AURLTX3001
AURLTX4004

Motorsport Technical
AURMTA3007 Conduct non-destructive testing
Motorsport Technical Steering and Suspension
AURMTD4001 Test suspension dampers using a
dynamometer
MEM30012A BSBRES401A
Motorsport Technical Engines

AURMTE4001 Test engines using a dynamometer
Motorsport Technical Fuel Systems
AURMTF4001 Analyse and repair complex performance
Approved
AURETR3023 AURTTF2001
Page 616 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisites
AURLTF3001
AURMTF4002 Analyse and repair performance fuel

injection systems
AURETR3023 AURTTF2001
AURLTF3001
Motorsport Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURMTQ4001 Analyse and repair complex performance
driveline systems
AURLTX3001
AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002
AURMTA3007

AURTTA4025
Diagnose complex faults in vehicle

integrated stability control systems
AURTTA4026

electric-over-hydraulic systems

AURTTF2001

AURTTL4011
Diagnose complex faults in CNG fuel

systems
AURTTL4012
Diagnose complex faults in LNG fuel

systems
AURTTL4013
Diagnose complex faults in LPG fuel

systems
Mechanical Miscellaneous Technical Electrical and Electronic

AURTTR4001
Diagnose complex faults in engine

management systems
Imported Units
BSBRES401A
Analyse and present research information
MEM30012A
Apply mathematical techniques in a

manufacturing engineering or related
environment
Approved
Page 617 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 618 of 7618

AUR40312 Ce rtificate IV in Motorsport Technology
AUR40312 Certificate IV in Motorsport Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR40305 Certificate IV in Motorsport
Release 2
Prerequisites updated for AURMKA4001
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform the role of team leader
and supervisor in a motorsport environment. It includes preparing competition vehicles,
coordinating team operations, performing non-destructive testing, and supervising pit lane
operations.
The Certificate IV in Motorsport Technology provides advanced training for those who
perform technical and supervisory roles in motorsport.
master technician
pit crew coordinator.
Application
Further training pathways from this qualification include AUR50312 Diploma of Motorsport
Technology, AUR50212 Diploma in Automotive Technology or other relevant qualifications.
Approved
Page 619 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Those undertaking Certificate IV in Motorsport Technology are required to have completed
the automotive qualification AUR30912 Certificate III in Motorsport Technology or be able
to demonstrate equivalent competency.
Approved
Page 620 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

of automotive terms
taking action
problems
time
and procedures
Page 621 of 7618

Learning
Technology
Approved

information
Page 622 of 7618

Packaging Rules
1 core unit
plus
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Imported Unit
BSBWHS401A

Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Pre requisites

AURETR2012
AURETR3023

management systems

AURLTD3005

AURLTB4001

AURLTQ3001
Approved
Page 623 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURLTQ3002
Pre requisites
Mechanical Light Vehicle Technical - Transmission

AURLTX3001
Motorsport Sales and Marketing

AURMCA5001
AURMCA5002
Manage motorsport team promotional partnerships and

marketing
Motorsport
AURMGA4002
Motorsport Information Technology

AURMKA4001
AURETR2012
AURMTA3009
MEM30012A
Motorsport Management, Leadership and Supervision

AURMMA4002
AURMMA5003
AURMMA5004
AURMMA5005
AURMMA5006
AURMTA3005
Motorsport Technical
AURMTA3007
AURMTA3009
AURMTA5003

components
AURMTA3007
MEM30012A
AURMTA5008

AURMTD4002
AURMTJ4001
MEM30012A
Approved
Page 624 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
Pre requisites
Motorsport Technical Steering and Suspension

AURMTD4001
MEM30012A
AURMTD4002
AURLTD3005
AURTTD2004
Motorsport Technical Engines

AURMTE4001
Motorsport Technical Fuel Systems

AURMTF4001

systems
AURTTF3006
AURMTF4002
AURETR3023
AURTTF2001
Motorsport Technical Wheels and Tyres

AURMTJ4001

applications
Motorsport Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURMTQ4001

systems
AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002
AURLTX3001
AURMTA3007

AURTTA4021

AURTTD2004
AURTTD4005

AURTTE4005
Approved
Page 625 of 7618

Unit code
Unit title
AURTTF2001
AURTTF3006
AURTTF4007
Pre requisites

AURTTQ4004

AURTTX4007
AURTTX4008
AURTTX4009
Imported Units
MEM30012A


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 626 of 7618

AUR40412 Ce rtificate IV in Automotive Performance Enhancement
AUR40412 Certificate IV in Automotive Performance

Enhancement
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR40405 Certificate IV in Automotive Performance

Enhancement
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to analyse and repair complex
performance driveline systems.
The Certificate IV in Automotive Performance Enhancement is intended to provide advanced
training for automotive technicians who want to further develop their technical, diagnostic
and repair skills.
master technician
performance vehicle technician
Application
Approved
Page 627 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Performance Enhancement are required to
have completed an automotive AUR30612 Certificate III in Light Vehicle Mechanical
Technology or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.
Approved
Page 628 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 629 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 630 of 7618

Packaging Rules
plus
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Pre requisites

AURMTE4001

AURMTF4002
AURETR3023
AURTTF2001

AURTTA4021
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Pre requisites
Administration - Foundation Skills

AURAFA5006
AURAFA5007
Administration - Management, Leadership and Supervision

AURAMA5006
Approved
Page 631 of 7618

AURETR3023

management systems
AURETR5033
AURETR5034

AURLTB4001
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical Steering and Suspension

AURLTD3005
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical Driveline and Final Drives

AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002
AURMTA3007
AURMTA5003

components
AURMTA3007
MEM30012A
AURMTA5008

AURMTD4002
AURMTJ4001
MEM30012A
Mechanical - Light Vehicle - Technical Transmission

AURLTX3001

AURMTD4001
MEM30012A
AURMTD4002
AURLTD3005
AURTTD2004

AURMTF4001

systems
AURTTF3006
Approved
Page 632 of 7618

AURMTJ4001

applications

AURMTQ4001

systems
AURLTQ3001
AURLTQ3002
AURLTX3001
AURMTA3007
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Environment

AURTEA4001
Manage environmental compliance in the mechanical

repair industry
Mechanical Miscellaneous - Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting

AURTNA5001
Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify

a vehicle

AURTTA5022
AURTTA5023

AURTTD2004
AURTTD4005

AURTTE4005

AURTTF2001
AURTTF3006
AURTTF4007

AURTTL5015
Approved
Page 633 of 7618

AURTTQ4004

AURTTX4007
AURTTX4008
AURTTX4009
Imported Units
BSBWHS401A

MEM30012A


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 634 of 7618

AUR40512 Ce rtificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing
AUR40512 Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR40511 Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing

Unit code updated to meet policy requirements
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform a range of high level
evaluation and assessment functions in the vehicle loss assessing industry. It is suitable for
entry into the vehicle loss assessing industry.
The Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing is intended to prepare an individual working as
a vehicle loss assessor in the vehicle loss assessing industry. The vehicle loss assessing job
role may include assessing one or more of the following vehicle types:
light vehicle
commercial vehicle
heavy vehicle
agricultural and plant equipment
recreational vehicle
motorcycle.
Application
Additional qualification advice
Training organisations are advised that in addition to the technical knowledge outlined in the
relevant units of competency, any appropriate specialised technical knowledge related to the
vehicle type chosen by the individual should be included in any training plan.
Management, or other relevant qualifications in the insurance-related industries.
Approved
Page 635 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Those undertaking Certificate IV in Vehicle Loss Assessing are required to have completed
an automotive Certificate III qualification in one of the following disciplines:
Automotive
Automotive
Automotive
Automotive
Vehicle Body or equivalent

Paint or equivalent
Mechanical or equivalent
Electrical or equivalent.
Approved
Page 636 of 7618


Employability skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

loss assessment
of problem
systems
Page 637 of 7618


Employability skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

improvement
keeping abreast of latest technology related to panel, paint,
mechanical and electrical vehicle repair
information
Page 638 of 7618

Packaging Rules
11 core units
plus
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
Vehicle Body - Regulatory or Legal

AURVLA4001
Identify and report vehicle claim fraud indicators

AURVNA4001
Provide vehicle loss assessment and identify repair requirements
AURVNA4002
Provide vehicle total loss assessment
AURVNA4003
AURVNA4004
Apply insurance industry knowledge to vehicle loss assessment
AURVNA4005
AURVNA4006
Identify and value vehicle salvage
AURVNA4007
Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss

assessment
AURVNA4008
Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessment

AURVNN4001
Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements

AURVNP4001
Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements
Approved
Page 639 of 7618

Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA2002

workplace
AURAEA4004

AURAKA2001

AURAMA4005

AURVTA3004
Imported Units
BSBCCO405A
Survey stakeholders to gather and record information
BSBMGT403A
Implement continuous improvement
BSBREL402A
BSBWHS301A
BSBWOR401A
BSBWOR404B
BSBWRK408A
Undertake negotiations
FNSPIM410A
Collect, assess and use information
PSPTRAN501A
Provide specialist vehicle technical advice
Approved
Page 640 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 641 of 7618

AUR40612 Ce rtificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology
AUR40612 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
New qualifications
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to service, diagnose and repair
electrical systems and components as a master diagnostic technician on vehicles in the
automotive service and repair industry. A range of advanced electrical diagnostic skills and
knowledge is necessary and leadership and supervision of others would be expected.
The Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology is a post-trade level qualification in
the automotive body repair industry.
It is designed for a master diagnostic technician and covers a range of specialised functions in
the electrical repair industry.
automotive electrical workshop manager or service manager

automotive workshop technical service adviser
automotive master diagnostic technician.
Application
Approved
Page 642 of 7618

Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology in this Training Package or other relevant
qualifications.
Management or other relevant qualifications.
Entry Requirements
Entry requirements
Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology are required to have
completed an automotive AUR30312 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology or
be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.
Approved
Page 643 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved
understanding input from specialist personnel and technical

representatives
providing guidance to others and clearly describing faults,
problems and repair requirements
negotiating with other team members or supervisors regarding
timing and progress of work activities and access to equipment
understanding and interpreting regulations, procedures,
instructions and repair manuals
interpreting wiring diagrams and system schematics, and
reading drawings relating to repair activities
using computers to obtain technical data and complete
documentation
articulating complex ideas clearly
interpreting a range of complex and technical documents
analysing and evaluating records, reports and reference
materials
understanding relevant definitions, terminology, symbols and
language
performing tasks as an individual while being responsive to
working effectively with others who may be of different ages,
gender, race, religion and political persuasions
assisting other team members with tasks and providing advice
on work processes and troubleshooting
seeking expert advice where appropriate
supporting team members in developing skills and knowledge
working in own role to support team activities
identifying problems in a timely manner and developing
practical solutions to problems or faults not fully covered by
technical data
responding to emergencies or accidents according to regulatory
and organisational requirements
identifying possible solutions for improving environmental and
resource-efficient work practices
Page 644 of 7618

Self-management
Learning
Approved
using mathematical techniques to relate diagnostic/test results

to system or component performance and converting values
between systems of measurement
finding, analysing and interpreting data that may be incomplete
or have discrepancies
diagnosing customer service complaints and taking steps to
improve the service
seeking information from various sources to determine the
cause of the problem
adapting to new situations that arise as a consequence of
regulatory changes, revised technical data, practices and
procedures
varying work practices and behaviour as a result of
performance feedback from peers and supervisors
adapting competencies to the performance of a wide range of
repair tasks
contributing to a process of continuous improvement and a
willingness to support and participate in the effective
introduction of new work practices
promoting environmental and resource-efficient work practices
clarifying task objectives and required outcomes through
discussion with supervisors and other team members
collecting, analysing and organising information relating to
assigned repair tasks and confirming the purpose and required
work outcomes
identifying and organising equipment and material or resource
requirements
accepting responsibility for managing individual workload to
meet target completion times or fit in with team milestones
improvement
taking advantage of learning opportunities that arise internally
and externally
adapting competencies to accommodate new ideas and
techniques
Page 645 of 7618

Technology
Approved
using feedback from supervisors and peers to identify ways in

which competence can be improved
participating in professional networks and associations to
obtain and maintain skills and knowledge
using computers and microfiche to obtain technical and repair
data
information
Page 646 of 7618

Packaging Rules
1 core unit
plus
Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURTTA4021
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
Prerequisite

AURAFA5006
AURAFA5007
Common Information Technology

AURAKA3002
Common Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting

AURANN4001
Common Quality
AURAQA3002
AURAQA3003
Common Technical
Approved
Page 647 of 7618

AURATA3004
AURATA3005

AURETB3001

AURETH3001
AURETH3002
AURETH3001
AURETH4003
Test and repair high voltage battery systems in battery

electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4004
Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control device

AURETH3001
AURETH4005
Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in

AURETH3001
AURETH4006
Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated

components in battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4007
Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety

interlocks in battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4008
Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin heating and

cooling systems in battery electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETH4009
Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery

electric vehicles
AURETH3001
AURETR3025
AURETH4010
AURETR3025
AURETH4011
Deactivate and reinitialise power supply in hybrid

electric vehicles
AURETH4012
Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid

electric vehicles
AURETH4014
Diagnose complex faults in battery electric and hybrid

AURETH4011

AURETR2035
Demonstrate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine
Approved
Page 648 of 7618

operation
AURETR3025
AURETR4004
Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in

vehicle convenience and entertainment systems
AURETR4037

AURETR4038
Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and

electronic systems
AURETR4039

AURETR4040
Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in

vehicle monitoring and protection systems
AURETR5033
AURETR5034

AURETU3004
AURETU3005
AURETU4006
Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC

systems
AURETU4007
Mechanical Miscellaneous Environment

AURTEA4001
Manage environmental compliance in the mechanical

repair industry
Mechanical Miscellaneous Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting

AURTNA5001
Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify

a vehicle

AURTTA4026

electric-over-hydraulic systems
Approved
Page 649 of 7618

AURTTA3017

AURTTL3010
Imported Units
BSBLED401A
BSBINN301A
BSBWHS401A

BSBWOR301B
TAEDEL301A
TAEDEL404A

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 650 of 7618

AUR40712 Ce rtificate IV in Automotive Body Repair T echnology
AUR40712 Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
New qualification
Release 2
Unit AUMAMM3001 replaced by AUMAMM001
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge to become a Master Technician within the
automotive body repair and refinishing sector. The range of technical skills and knowledge
is proficient and leadership and supervision of others is expected.
This qualification is a post-trade level qualification in the automotive body repair industry.
It is designed for a Master Technician covering a range of specialised functions in the body
repair industry.
workshop manager or master technician

workplace loss assessor adviser and or estimator
workplace technical adviser for panel and paint
group and team leader
workplace supervisor
customer service, internal and external
Application
Approved
Page 651 of 7618

Management, or other relevant qualifications related to leadership and supervision.
Entry Requirements
Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Body Repair Technology are required to
have completed an automotive Certificate III in one of the following disciplines, or be able to
demonstrate equivalent competency.
AUR32112
AUR32212
AUR32312
AUR32412
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Approved
III in
III in
III in
III in
Automotive
Automotive
Automotive
Automotive
Body Repair Technology

Glazing Technology
and Marine Trimming Technology
Refinishing Technology
Page 652 of 7618


Employability skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

loss assessment
of problem
systems
Page 653 of 7618


Employability skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

improvement
keeping abreast of latest technology related to panel, paint,
mechanical and electrical vehicle repair
information
Page 654 of 7618

Packaging Rules
6 core units
plus
up to 4 elective units may be chosen from the elective units listed below.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA4004

AURAMA4005

AURANN4001

AURVNA4005

AURVTN3035
AURVTN4032
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURETH3001
Approved
Page 655 of 7618

AUR40712 Ce rtificate IV in Automoti ve Body Repair T echnology
Unit code
Unit title
AURETH4011

AURVNA4003
AURVNA4007
Apply automotive mechanical and electrical knowledge to vehicle loss

assessment
AURVNA4008
Apply automotive body and paint knowledge to vehicle loss assessment

AURVNN4001
Evaluate vehicle bodywork for damage and identify repair requirements

AURVNP4001
Evaluate vehicle paintwork for damage and identify refinish requirements

AURVTA3002
AURVTA3004
Imported Units
AUMAMM001
Influence and lead work groups in an auto manufacturing environment
BSBREL402A
BSBRKG304B
Maintain business records
BSBWHS401A

BSBWOR401A
MSS403030A
Improve cost factors in work practices
PSPTRAN501A
Provide specialist vehicle technical advice
TAEDEL404A
TLIL4005A
Apply conflict/grievance resolution strategies
Approved
Page 656 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 657 of 7618

AUR40812 Ce rtificate IV in Automotive Mechanical O verhauling
AUR40812 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR40208 Certificate IV in Automotive Technology
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to perform advanced
troubleshooting and repair operations in an automotive retail, service and repair environment.
The Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling is intended to provide advanced
training for automotive technicians who want to further develop their repair and technical
skills.
automotive lead/master technician
Application
Management and AUR50212 Diploma in Automotive Technology or other relevant
qualifications.
Approved
Page 658 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Those undertaking Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling are required to have
completed an automotive mechanical Certificate III qualification or be able to demonstrate
equivalent competency.
Approved
Page 659 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 660 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 661 of 7618

Packaging Rules
1 core unit
plus
9 elective units; of which:
up to 2 elective units may be chosen from a Certificate IV qualification or above in

this Training Package, another endorsed Training Package or accredited course,
qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURTTA4021
Elective units
Unit Code
Unit Title

AURETR3017
AURETR3018
Electrical - Technical Air Conditioning and HVAC

AURETU4007

AURHTB4003
Overhaul braking system components (heavy)
AURHTB4004
Overhaul air braking systems and components
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle - Steering and Suspension

AURHTD3004
Approved
Page 662 of 7618


AURLTB4001

AURLTD3006
AURMTA3007

AURMTE4001

AURPTE4004
Overhaul engines and engine components (outdoor power equipment)

AURRTE4011

AURTTD4005

AURTTE4005

AURTTF4003
AURTTF4007

AURTTM3001
AURTTM3002
AURTTM3003
AURTTM3004
AURTTM3005
Approved
Page 663 of 7618

AURTTM3006
Perform advanced machining and blueprinting of engine components
AURTTM3007
AURTTM3008
AURTTM3009
AURTTM3010
AURTTM3011

AURTTQ4004

AURTTW3003

AURTTX4007
AURTTX4008
AURTTX4009
AURTTX4010
Overhaul transmissions (hydrostatic)

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 664 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR50105 Diploma of Automotive Management
Release 2
BSBHRM402A superseded by BSBHRM405A
Release 3
BSBCUS501A superseded by BSBCUS501C
Approved
Page 665 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to undertake leadership and
management roles within the automotive industry. It is suitable for entry into senior
management roles in all sectors of the automotive industry.
The Diploma of Automotive Business Management is intended to prepare new employees or
recognise and develop existing workers who are performing management roles in the
business manager
automotive directorship
dealer principal
operations manager
sales manager
area manager
marketing manager
retail manager
parts manager
purchasing manager
automotive service manager
automotive aftermarket manager
automotive retail sales manager
automotive warehouse manager
automotive repair manager
Application
Credit will be granted towards this qualification by those who have completed AUR40112
Certificate IV in Automotive Management or other relevant qualifications.
Further training pathways from this qualification may lead to a relevant Advanced Diploma
qualification.
Approved
Page 666 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Approved
Page 667 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Initiative and
enterprise
Planning and
organising
Approved
Communicating with business contacts to promote the goals

and objectives of the business
Obtaining feedback from colleagues and clients
Interpreting and completing business documentation
Advising stakeholders of the outcome
Communicating information about tasks, processes and events
Communicating business and legal requirements, including
workplace health and safety (WHS) responsibilities
Leading, planning and supervising the performance of team
members
Developing team cohesion and fostering innovative work
practices
Supporting, respecting and understanding the views of others
Identifying own role and responsibility within a team
Undertaking appropriate and effective communication with
team members
Building and maintaining networks and relationships
Accessing and assessing information for accuracy and
relevance
Evaluating and modifying as required
Checking and making required adjustments
Using knowledge to solve problems
Using a wide range of strategies and techniques to solve
problems
Identifying networking opportunities and developing
operational strategies to ensure the viability of the business
Instigating new or different work practices to improve
productivity or service delivery
Supporting a continuous improvement environment
Identifying issues requiring action and recommending action
Making adjustments to improve workplace processes and
procedures
Allocating work to meet time and budget constraints
Developing plans and schedules
Page 668 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Planning for and organising resources
Prioritising tasks
Operating within appropriate time constraints and work
standards
Demonstrating consistent performance
Learning
Technology
Approved
Participating in professional networks and associations to

obtain and maintain personal knowledge and skills
Systematically identifying learning and development needs
Identifying sources of information to expand knowledge and
understanding
Recognising limits of own professional expertise and
consulting specialists as necessary
Accessing manufacturers manuals/specifications to expand
knowledge
Using business technology to access, organise and monitor
information
Page 669 of 7618

Packaging Rules
6 core units
plus

qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAEA4004

AURAMA4005
AURAMA5006
Imported Units
BSBFIM501A
Manage budgets and financial plans
BSBMGT502B
Manage people performance
BSBWHS501A
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title
AURAAA4002
Determine retail rates of work
Imported Units
BSBCUS501C
Manage quality customer service
Approved
Page 670 of 7618

BSBFIA401A
Prepare financial reports
BSBFRA403B
Manage relationship with franchisor
BSBHRM405A
Support the recruitment, selection and induction of staff
BSBHRM505A
Manage remuneration and employee benefits
BSBINN502A
Build and sustain an innovative work environment
BSBLED401A
BSBMGT515A
Manage operational plan
BSBMKG523A
Design and develop an integrated marketing communication plan
BSBPUR402B
Negotiate contracts
BSBWOR501B
Manage personal work priorities and professional development
BSBWOR502B
Ensure team effectiveness
SITXADM004A
Plan and manage meetings
TLIA4005A
Check and evaluate records and documentation
TLIA5058A
Manage facility and inventory requirements

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 671 of 7618

AUR50212 Diploma of Automotive Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR50205 Diploma of Automotive Technology
Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to diagnose, analyse, evaluate,
design and modify automotive electrical and mechanical systems. It is suitable for those
working in the automotive service and repair industry at the forefront of the implementation
of new technologies.
The Diploma of Automotive Technology prepares new employees or recognises and develops
existing workers who are performing advanced diagnosis and design tasks in the automotive
industry.
advanced diagnostic technician

automotive system designer.
Application
Further training pathways from this qualification may lead to a relevant Advanced Diploma
qualification.
Approved
Page 672 of 7618

Entry Requirements
Those undertaking the Diploma of Automotive Technology are required to have completed
AUR40212 Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis or AUR40812 Certificate IV
in Automotive Mechanical Overhauling or be able to demonstrate equivalent competency.
Approved
Page 673 of 7618

AUR50212 Diploma of Automotive Techn ology

Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Self-management
Approved

of automotive terms
taking action
problems
time
and procedures
Page 674 of 7618


Employability Skill
Learning
Technology
Approved

information
Page 675 of 7618

Packaging Rules
1 core unit
plus

qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA5007
Elective units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAFA5006
Electrical Technical
AURETA5001
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric over-hydraulic

systems
AURETA5002
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in safety systems
AURETA5003
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and

protection systems
AURETA5004
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and

AURETA5005
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems
Approved
Page 676 of 7618

AURETA5006
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in climate-control

systems

AURETB5002
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in braking systems

AURETD5002
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in stability, steering and
suspension systems
Electrical Technical Engines

AURETE5001
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management

systems

AURETH5013
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric and hybrid
vehicle systems

AURETR5033
AURETR5034
Electrical Technical Transmission

AURETX5001
Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in transmission and

driveline systems

AURHTB5005
Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle braking system faults

AURHTD5005
Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle steering and suspension system faults

AURHTE5004
Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle engine and fuel system faults

AURHTX5005
Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle transmission system faults
Approved
Page 677 of 7618

Mechanical Motorcycle Technical

AURJTA5003
Analyse and evaluate motorcycle engine and transmission system faults
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Brakes

AURJTB5002
Analyse and evaluate motorcycle braking system faults

AURJTD5006
Analyse and evaluate motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system

faults
Mechanical Motorcycle Technical Electrical and Electronic

AURJTR5001
Analyse and evaluate motorcycle electrical and electronic system faults
Mechanical Plant and Heavy Equipment Technical

AURKTA5006
Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant transmission, steering and braking
systems faults
AURKTA5007
Analyse and evaluate mobile plant hydraulic system faults

AURKTB5002
Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant braking system faults

AURKTD5003
Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension system
faults
AURKTD5004
Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant undercarriage and suspension

system faults
Mechanical Mobile Plant Technical Engines

AURKTE5001
Analyse and evaluate mobile plant engine and fuel system faults

AURKTX5002
Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant transmission system faults

AURLTB5002
Approved
Page 678 of 7618

AURLTD5007
Analyse and evaluate light vehicle steering and suspension system faults

AURLTE5003
Analyse and evaluate light vehicle engine and fuel system faults

AURLTQ5003
Marine Technical
AURRTA5007
Analyse and evaluate light marine hydraulic system faults
AURRTA5008
Analyse and evaluate light marine hull performance and stability system
faults

AURRTE5012
Analyse and evaluate light marine engine and powerhead system faults
Marine Technical Transmission

AURRTX5005
Analyse and evaluate light marine transmission system faults
Mechanical Miscellaneous Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting

AURTNA5001
Estimate and calculate costs to repair, maintain or modify a vehicle

AURTTA5022
AURTTA5023
AURTTA5024
Develop and apply pneumatic system modifications

AURTTL5014
Analyse and evaluate gas fuel system faults
AURTTL5015

AURVTN5034
Evaluate and select bodywork materials, equipment and processes
Imported Units
Approved
Page 679 of 7618

MSAENV472B
Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSAENV672B
Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 680 of 7618

AUR50312 Diploma of Motorsport Technology

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR50305 Diploma of Motorsport
Release 2
Pre Requisites added to:

AURMMA5005
AURMT5003
AURMTA5008
Approved
Page 681 of 7618

Description
This qualification covers the skills and knowledge required to manage motorsport operational
or technical teams. It is suitable for those working within the motorsport industry in a
management role.
The Diploma of Motorsport Technology is intended to develop new employees or recognise
and develop existing workers who are working in management roles in the motorsport sector
in the automotive industry.
advanced diagnostic technician

motorsport team manager
motorsport design technician.
Application
Further training pathways from this qualification may lead to a relevant Advanced Diploma.
Entry Requirements
Entrants to this qualification are required to have completed AUR40312 Certificate IV in
Motorsport Technology or be able to demonstrate equivalent competence.
Approved
Page 682 of 7618


Employability Skill
Communication
Teamwork
Problem solving
Approved

automotive terms
take action
problems
time
Page 683 of 7618


Employability Skill
Self-management
Learning
Technology
Approved

and procedures
information
Page 684 of 7618

Packaging Rules
plus
6 elective units of which;

this Training Package, another endorsed Training Package or accredited course,
qualification and do not duplicate the outcome of another unit chosen for this
qualification.
Core units
Unit code
Unit title

AURAMA5006

AURMMA5003
AURMMA5004
Elective units
Unit code
Unit Title
Pre-requisite

AURETB5002

stability, steering and suspension systems
Electrical - Technical - Engines

AURETE5001


AURETR5034
Approved
Page 685 of 7618

Electrical - Technical - Transmission

AURETX5001


AURLTB5002

AURLTD5007
Analyse and evaluate light vehicle steering and


AURLTE5003
Analyse and evaluate light vehicle engine and fuel

system faults

AURLTQ5003
Motorsport - Sales and Marketing

AURMCA5001
AURMCA5002
Manage motorsport team promotional partnership and

marketing

AURMMA5005
AURMMA5006
AURMTA3005
AURMTA5003

components
AURMTA3007
MEM30012A
AURMTA5008

AURMTD4002
AURMTJ4001

AURTTA5022
Imported Units
Approved
Page 686 of 7618

BSBWHS401A

MSAENV672B
Develop workplace policy and procedures for

environmental sustainability

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 687 of 7618

AURSS00004 Automotive CNG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set
AURSS00004 Automotive CNG Installation, Service and Repair

Skill Set
Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 688 of 7618

The skill set may be undertaken in addition to or as part of:
AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
AUR31912
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
Automotive Electrical Technology

Agricultural Mechanical Technology
Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology
Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology
Mobile Plant Technology
Forklift Technology, or
Elevating Work Platform Technology.
Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this skill set.
Readers should ensure that they have also read the part of the Training Package that outlines
licensing and regulatory requirements.
Skill Set Requirements

A total of 3 units of competency must be completed.
Units
AURTTL3001
AURTTL3002
AURTTL3003
Target Group
The skill set targets mechanics and automotive electricians who require the skills and
knowledge to install, service and repair CNG systems and components in an automotive
workplace.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental safety requirements for installation, service and
repair of automotive CNG systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.
Approved
Page 689 of 7618

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training
Package meet the needs of mechanics and automotive electricians required to install, service
and repair automotive CNG systems. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages,
and provide the skills and knowledge required by persons installing, servicing and repairing
automotive CNG systems.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 690 of 7618

AURSS00005 Automotive CNG Service and Repair Skill Set

Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
AUR31912
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in

Approved
Page 691 of 7618


Units
AURTTL3001
AURTTL3002
Target Group
knowledge to service and repair CNG systems and components in an automotive workplace.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental safety requirements for service and repair of
automotive CNG systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Package meet the needs of mechanics and automotive electricians required to service and
repair automotive CNG systems. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages, and
provide the skills and knowledge required by persons servicing and repairing automotive
CNG systems.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 692 of 7618

AURSS00006 Automotive Electrical Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians
AURSS00006 Automotive Electrical Skill Set for Light Vehicle

Technicians
Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 693 of 7618

The skill set may be undertaken in addition to or as part of AUR30612 Certificate III in Light
Vehicle Mechanical Technology qualification.

Units
AURETK2002
AURETR2006
AURETR2007
Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring

systems
AURETR2009
AURETR2010
AURETR2011
AURETR2016
AURETR3024

management systems
AURETR3028
AURETR3032
AURETR3043
Approved
Page 694 of 7618

Target Group
The skill set targets light vehicle mechanical technicians who require the skills and knowledge
to enable them to diagnose and repair electrical faults in contemporary vehicles within an
automotive workplace.
This is a skill set covering the requirements for light vehicle mechanical technicians to gain
the required skills and knowledge to diagnose and repair electrical faults in contemporary
vehicles within the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Package meet the needs of automotive light vehicle mechanical technicians that would be
required to diagnose and repair electrical faults in contemporary vehicles within the
Automotive industry. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages, and provide the
skills and knowledge required by light vehicle mechanical technicians diagnosing and
repairing electrical faults in contemporary vehicles within the Automotive industry.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 695 of 7618

AURSS00007 Automotive LNG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set
AURSS00007 Automotive LNG Installation, Service and Repair

Skill Set
Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
AUR31912
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
Automotive Electrical Technology.

Elevating Work Platform Technology
Approved
Page 696 of 7618

AURSS00007 Automotive LNG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set

Units
AURTTL3004
AURTTL3005
AURTTL3006
Target Group
knowledge to install, service and repair LNG systems and components in an automotive
workplace.
repair of automotive LNG systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

and repair automotive LNG systems. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages,
automotive LNG systems.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 697 of 7618

AURSS00008 Automotive LNG Service and Repair Skill Set

Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 698 of 7618

AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
AUR31912
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in


Units
AURTTL3004
AURTTL3005
Target Group
knowledge to service and repair LNG systems and components in an automotive workplace.
automotive LNG systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

repair automotive LNG systems. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages, and
provide the skills and knowledge required by persons servicing and repairing automotive
LNG systems.
Approved
Page 699 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 700 of 7618

AURSS00009 Automotive LPG Installation, Service and Repair Skill Set
AURSS00009 Automotive LPG Installation, Service and Repair

Skill Set
Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 701 of 7618

AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
AUR31912
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in


Units
AURTTL3007
AURTTL3008
AURTTL3009
Target Group
knowledge to install, service and repair LPG systems and components in an automotive
workplace.
repair of automotive LPG systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.
Approved
Page 702 of 7618


and repair automotive LPG systems. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages,
automotive LPG systems.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 703 of 7618

AURSS00010 Automotive LPG Service and Repair Skill Set

Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 704 of 7618

AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
AUR31912
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in
III in

Forklifts Technology, or

Units
AURTTL3007
AURTTL3008
Target Group
knowledge to service and repair LPG systems and components in an automotive workplace.
automotive LPG systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

repair automotive LPG systems. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages, and
provide the skills and knowledge required by persons servicing and repairing automotive LPG
systems.
Approved
Page 705 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 706 of 7618

AURSS00011 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnosis and Repair Skill Set
AURSS00011 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnosis and Repair Skill

Set
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR05 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnosis and Repair

Skill Set
Pathways Information updated
Target Group updated
Licensing statement updated
Release 2
Skill Set Requirements updated to include prerequisite units
Description
Not applicable.
The skill set may be undertaken in addition to AUR30612 Certificate III in Light Vehicle
Mechanical Technology, AUR30312 Certificate III in Automotive Electrical Technology, or
as part of AUR40612 Certificate IV in Automotive Electrical Technology and AUR40212
Certificate IV in Automotive Mechanical Diagnosis.
Approved
Page 707 of 7618


Units
AURETH3001
AURETH4004
Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control device in battery

electric vehicles
AURETH4005
Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric

vehicles
AURETH4006
Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in

AURETH4008
Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin heating and cooling systems
AURETH4009
Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles
AURETR3025
Target Group
knowledge to diagnose and repair battery electric vehicle (BEV) systems and components in
an automotive workplace.
This is a skill set covering the requirements for diagnosing and repairing BEVs in the
Approved
Page 708 of 7618


These competencies from AUR12 Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package
meet the needs of mechanics and automotive electricians required to diagnose and repair
battery electric vehicle systems and components. The units are drawn from endorsed Training
Packages, and provide the skills and knowledge required by persons who diagnose, maintain
and repair battery electric vehicles.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 709 of 7618

AURSS00012 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set
AURSS00012 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing

Skill Set
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR05 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing

Skill Set
Target Group Updated
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 710 of 7618

AURSS00012 Battery Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set

Units
AURETH3001
AURETH3002
AURETH4003
Test and repair high voltage battery systems in battery electric

vehicles
AURETH4007
Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in

Target Group
knowledge to inspect and service BEV systems and components in an automotive workplace.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental safety requirements for inspecting and servicing
battery electric vehicles (BEVs) in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

meet the needs of mechanics and automotive electricians required to inspect and service
battery electric vehicles. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages, and provide
the skills and knowledge required by persons inspecting and servicing battery electric
vehicles.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 711 of 7618

AURSS00013 Heavy Commercial Vehicle Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians
AURSS00013 Heavy Commercial Vehicle Skill Set for Light

Vehicle Technicians
Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 712 of 7618

Vehicle Mechanical Technology.

Units
AURETR3022
AURETR3024

management systems
AURHTB3001
AURHTD3002
AURHTD3003
AURHTE3002
AURHTQ3003
AURHTX3001
AURHTZ3001
AURTTA2006
AURTTF2002
AURTTF3005
Approved
Page 713 of 7618

Target Group
The skill set targets and automotive Light Vehicle Technicians who require the skills and
knowledge to diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicles in the Road Transport industry.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental requirements for Light Vehicle technicians to
diagnose and repair heavy commercial vehicles in the Road Transport industry.

Package meet the needs of automotive Light Vehicle technicians required to diagnose and
repair Heavy Commercial Vehicles. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages,
and provide the skills and knowledge required by Light Vehicle technicians diagnosing and
repairing Heavy Commercial Vehicles.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 714 of 7618

AURSS00014 Hybrid Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing Skill Set
AURSS00014 Hybrid Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing

Skill Set
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AUR05 Hybrid Electric Vehicle Inspection and Servicing

Skill Set
Target Group updated
Release 2
Skill Set Requirements updated to include prerequisite units
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 715 of 7618


Units
AURETH4010
AURETH4011
AURETH4012
Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric

vehicles
AURETR3025
Target Group
knowledge to inspect and service hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) systems and components in
an automotive workplace.
This is a skill set covering the requirements for inspecting and servicing HEVs in the
Approved
Page 716 of 7618


meet the needs of mechanics and automotive electricians required to inspect and service
hybrid electric vehicles. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages, and provide
the skills and knowledge required by persons inspecting and servicing hybrid electric
vehicles.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 717 of 7618

AURSS00015 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Agricultural Equipment Technicians
AURSS00015 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Agricultural Equipment

Technicians
Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 718 of 7618

The skill set may be undertaken in addition to or as part of AUR30412 Certificate III in
Agricultural Mechanical Technology.

Units
AURETR3024

management systems
AURKTA3005
AURKTD3002
AURKTQ3001
AURTTA2006
AURTTF3005
AURTTX3006
Target Group
The skill set targets and automotive Agricultural Equipment Technicians who require the
skills and knowledge to diagnose and repair Mobile Plant Equipment in the Construction and
Mining industries.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental requirements for Agricultural Equipment
technicians to diagnose and repair mobile plant equipment in the Construction and Mining
industries.
Approved
Page 719 of 7618


Package meet the needs of automotive Agricultural Equipment technicians required to
diagnose and repair Mobile Plant Equipment. The units are drawn from endorsed Training
Packages, and provide the skills and knowledge required by Agricultural Equipment
technicians diagnosing and repairing Mobile Plant Equipment.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 720 of 7618

AURSS00016 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Heavy Commercial Vehicle Technicians
AURSS00016 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Heavy Commercial

Vehicle Technicians
Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
The skill set may be undertaken in addition to or as part of AUR31112 Certificate III in
Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology.
Approved
Page 721 of 7618


Units
AURKTA3005
AURKTB3001
AURKTD3002
AURKTQ3001
AURKTX3001
AURTTA3013
AURTTF3004
AURTTX3006
Target Group
The skill set targets and automotive Heavy Commercial Vehicle Technicians who require the
skills and knowledge to diagnose and repair Mobile Plant Equipment in the Construction and
Mining industries.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental requirements for Heavy Commercial Vehicle
technicians to diagnose and repair mobile plant equipment in the Construction and Mining
industries.

Package meet the needs of automotive Heavy Commercial Vehicle technicians required to
diagnose and repair Mobile Plant Equipment. The units are drawn from endorsed Training
Packages, and provide the skills and knowledge required by Heavy Commercial Vehicle
technicians diagnosing and repairing Mobile Plant Equipment.
Approved
Page 722 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 723 of 7618

AURSS00017 Mobile Plant Skill Set for Light Vehicle Technicians

Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 724 of 7618

Vehicle Mechanical Technology.

Units
AURHTE3002
AURKTA3005
AURKTB3001
AURKTD3002
AURKTQ3001
AURKTX3001
AURTTA2006
AURTTA3013
AURTTF3004
AURTTF3005
AURTTX3006
Approved
Page 725 of 7618

Target Group
The skill set targets and automotive Light Vehicle Technicians who require the skills and
knowledge to diagnose and repair Mobile Plant Equipment in the Construction and Mining
industries.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental requirements for Light Vehicle technicians to
diagnose and repair mobile plant equipment in the Construction and Mining industries.

Package meet the needs of automotive Light Vehicle technicians required to diagnose and
repair Mobile Plant Equipment. The units are drawn from endorsed Training Packages, and
provide the skills and knowledge required by Light Vehicle technicians diagnosing and
repairing Mobile Plant Equipment.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 726 of 7618

AURSS00018 Vehicle Air Conditioning Install and O verhaul Skill Set
AURSS00018 Vehicle Air Conditioning Install and Overhaul Skill

Set
Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Release 2
Pathways Information updated with new and existing qualifications
Description
Not applicable.
The skill set may be undertaken in addition to, or as part of:
AUR20212
AUR20412
AUR21412
AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology

II in Automotive Electrical Technology
II in Automotive Cooling System Technology
III in Automotive Electrical Technology
III in Agricultural Mechanical Technology
III in Light Vehicle Mechanical Technology
III in Heavy Commercial Vehicle Mechanical Technology
III in Mobile Plant Technology
III in Forklift Technology
This skill set also involves licencing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements.
Approved
Page 727 of 7618

AURSS00018 Vehicle Air Conditioning Install and O verhaul Skill Set

Units
AURETU2001
AURETU4007
Target Group
The skill set targets automotive mechanical and electrical technicians who require the skills
and knowledge to install and overhaul automotive air conditioning system components in an
This is a skill set covering the requirements for installation and overhaul of vehicle air
conditioning system components in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Package meet the needs of automotive mechanical and electrical technicians required to
install and overhaul automotive air conditioning system components. These units are drawn
from the Nationally endorsed Training Packages, and provide the skills and knowledge
required by persons installing and overhauling automotive air conditioning system
components.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 728 of 7618

AURSS00019 Vehicle Air Conditioning Installation Skill Set

Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Release 2
Description
Not applicable.
AUR20212
AUR20412
AUR21412
AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Approved

Page 729 of 7618

This skill set involves licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements.

A total of 1 unit of competency must be completed.
Units
AURETU2001
Target Group
and knowledge to install automotive air conditioning systems in an automotive workplace.
This is a skill set covering the requirements for carrying out installation vehicle air
conditioning systems in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

This competency from AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training
install automotive air conditioning systems. The unit is drawn from Nationally endorsed
Training Package, and provide the skills and knowledge required by persons to install
automotive air conditioning systems.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 730 of 7618

AURSS00020 Vehicle Air Conditioning O verhaul Skill Set
AURSS00020 Vehicle Air Conditioning Overhaul Skill Set

Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Release 2
Description
Not applicable.
AUR20212
AUR20412
AUR21412
AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Approved

III in Automotive Mechanical Technology
Page 731 of 7618

AURSS00020 Vehicle Air Conditioning O verhaul Skill Set

Units
AURETU4007
Target Group
and knowledge to overhaul automotive air conditioning system components in an automotive
workplace.
This is a skill set covering the requirements for carrying out overhaul of vehicle air
conditioning system components in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

overhaul automotive air conditioning system components. The unit is drawn from a
Nationally endorsed Training Package, and provides the skills and knowledge required by
persons overhauling automotive air conditioning system components.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 732 of 7618

AURSS00021 Vehicle Air Conditioning Service, Retrofit, and Repair Skill Set
AURSS00021 Vehicle Air Conditioning Service, Retrofit, and

Repair Skill Set
Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Release 2
Description
Not applicable.
AUR20212
AUR20412
AUR21412
AUR30312
AUR30412
AUR30612
AUR31112
AUR31212
AUR31712
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Certificate
Approved

Page 733 of 7618

AURSS00021 Vehicle Air Conditioning Service, Retrofit, and Repair Skill Set

Units
AURETU2003
AURETU3004
AURETU3005
Target Group
and knowledge to service, retrofit, modify, diagnose and repair automotive air conditioning
and HVAC systems in an automotive workplace.
This is a skill set covering the requirements for servicing, retrofitting and modification,
diagnosis and repairs to vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems in the automotive retail,
service and repair industry.

service, retrofit, modify, diagnose and repair automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems.
The units are drawn from Nationally endorsed Training Packages, and provide the skills and
knowledge required by persons to service, retrofit, modify, diagnose and repair automotive air
conditioning and HVAC systems.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 734 of 7618

AURSS00022 Vehicle Refrigerant Recovery Skill Set

Release
Comment
Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
The skill set may be undertaken in addition to or as part of an automotive qualification or as a
stand alone skill set.

Units
AURETU2002
Approved
Page 735 of 7618

Target Group
This skill set targets persons working in a automotive parts dismantlers / parts recyclers
workplace or those working in the automotive industry that require the skills and knowledge
to recover vehicle refrigerants from end of life vehicles in an automotive workplace
environment.
This is a skill set covering the requirements for recovering vehicle air conditioning
refrigerants in the automotive retail, service and repair industry.

Package meet the needs of those employed within an automotive parts dismantlers / parts
recyclers, vehicle wrecking yard. The units are drawn from Nationally endorsed Training
Packages, and provide the skills and knowledge required by persons recovering vehicle air
conditioning refrigerants.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 736 of 7618


Release 1
New skill set
Description
Not applicable.
AUR32112 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology

Units
AURETH4011
AURVTA3002
AURVTN3023
AURVTN3028
AURVTN3029
AURVTN3035
Approved
Page 737 of 7618

Target Group
The skill set targets automotive body repair technicians who require the skills and knowledge
to conduct advanced body repairs.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental requirements for body repair technicians to
conduct advanced body repairs.

Package meet the needs of automotive body repair technicians required to conduct advanced
repairs. These units are drawn from the Nationally endorsed Training Packages, and provide
the skills and knowledge required by automotive body repair technicians.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 738 of 7618


Not applicable.
Description
Not applicable.
AUR32112 Certificate III in Automotive Body Repair Technology.

Units
AURTTA3020
AURVTW2003
AURVTW2005
Target Group
The skill set targets automotive body repair technicians who require the skills and knowledge
to conduct advanced body repairs.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental requirements for body repair technicians to
conduct advanced body repair welding.
Approved
Page 739 of 7618


Package meet the needs of automotive body repair technicians required to conduct advanced
welding. These units are drawn from the Nationally endorsed Training Packages, and provide
the skills and knowledge required by persons installing and overhauling body repair
technicians.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 740 of 7618


Not applicable.
Description
Not applicable.
AUR32412 Certificate III in Automotive Refinishing Technology

Units
AURETH4011
AURVTN3035
AURVTP3018
Carry out paint rectification for multi-layer and pearl using two component
systems
AURVTP3024
Mix and apply clear over-base multi- layer pearl refinishing materials
AURVTP3025
Mix and apply water-based refinishing materials
Approved
Page 741 of 7618

Target Group
The skill set targets automotive refinishing technicians.
This is a skill set covering the fundamental requirements for automotive refinishing
technicians to conduct advanced refinishing activities.

Package meet the needs of automotive refinishing technicians required to conduct advanced
refinishing activities. These units are drawn from the Nationally endorsed Training
Packages, and provide the skills and knowledge required by automotive refinishing
technicians.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 742 of 7618

AURAAA2001 Work in an automotive administration environment
AURAAA2001 Work in an automotive administration

environment
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURA254280A Operate in an automotive administration

environment
Unit code updated to meet policy requirements.
Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislation
Licensing statement added to unit descriptor
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to operate in an

automotive administration environment. It includes determining a
career path, meeting business expectations and employment
requirements, managing daily work activities and contributing to
the effective working of the team.
Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may
apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check
with the relevant regulatory authority.

Application of the unit
Work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion, judgement and

problem-solving skills in managing own work activities and
contributing to a productive business environment
Not applicable
Approved
Page 743 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Employability Skills Information

Employability skills
This unit contains employability skills.
Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the
essential outcomes of a unit
of competency.
Approved
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed to

demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text
is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and
knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance
is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
Page 744 of 7618

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Determine potential
career path and develop
individual goals
1.1. Worplace health and safety (WHS) requirements, including

personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2. Structure of the relevant automotive sector, including roles
and functions of industry/association bodies, is identified
1.3. Personal skills are assessed to identify strengths and
weaknesses
1.4. Business expectations are researched
1.5. Personal expectations are identified and goals determined
1.6. Potential career paths in automotive are researched and
matched with personal goals
1.7. Training needs are identified and incorporated into career
planning
2. Meet automotive
administration
employment requirements
2.1. Business organisational structure and individual roles and

responsibilities are identified
2.2. Obligations to employers and others, including
confidentiality requirements are complied with
2.3. Lines of communication and authority are identified and
complied with
2.4. Work practices comply with legislation, regulations, codes
of practice and team expectations, policies and procedures
3. Manage daily work

activities
3.1. Own work role and responsibilities are identified and

complied with
3.2. Lines of communication with supervisors, peers and
external persons are identified and utilised
3.3. Individual tasks are identified, prioritised and completed
within designated timeframes and business standards
according to work schedule
3.4. Assistance is sought from appropriate persons when
difficulties arise in achieving allocated tasks
3.5. Changes are made to workload or work priorities where
unforeseen circumstances or developments occur
3.6. Own work is monitored and adjusted according to feedback
obtained from supervisors and comparison with established
business and workplace standards
3.7. Personal workspace is kept in a well organised and in a safe
condition in accordance with workplace standards
3.8. Potentially discriminating and/or hazardous practices and
policies are identified and reported to appropriate team
persons
Approved
Page 745 of 7618

ELEMENT
4. Contribute to a
productive team
environment
Approved
4.1. Information and knowledge relevant to work is shared with
team members to ensure designated work goals are met
4.2. Personal work objectives are identified and prioritised in
accordance with team requirements
4.3. Constructive feedback received from other team persons is
encouraged, acknowledged and acted upon
4.4. Variations in the quality of components and/or work
practices from team standards are detected and reported to
appropriate team persons in accordance with team
procedures
4.5. Assistance is actively sought from or provided to other
persons when difficulties arise
4.6. Communication techniques are used to gather and
understand relevant instructions
4.7. Signs of potential interpersonal conflict are identified,
constructively acted upon and/or referred to a supervisor
where appropriate
Page 746 of 7618


REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to automotive administration, including

roles and responsibilities, WHS requirements and potential career paths
communicate ideas and information to enable articulation of personal goals and career choices,
and information to team members in the workplace
plan and organise activities, including equipment and resources to avoid backtracking,
workflow interruptions or wastage
work with others and in a team using cooperative approaches to optimise work practices and
contribute to a productive team environment
use mathematical ideas and techniques to interpret work instructions and complete specified
tasks
use problem-solving techniques to develop solutions to unpredicted situations, clarify work
instructions where necessary, and resolve conflict
use workplace technology related to measurement, including tools, equipment, calculators and
measuring devices
Required knowledge
structure of relevant sector of automotive industry

roles of the industry associations and regulatory bodies
roles and responsibilities of trainees
source of information related to contract to train, including NAC and RTO
authority and communication lines within automotive businesses
work ethic and business expectations, including personal attitudes needed
appropriate automotive terminology used to assist work performance
goal setting methods and techniques
communication principles and techniques
conflict resolution principles and techniques
Approved
Page 747 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the
Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, Range Statement and the Assessment
Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment
Critical aspects for
assessment and evidence
required to demonstrate
competency in this unit
Context of and specific

resources for assessment
Method of assessment
Interpret and apply business requirements

Correctly apply and use safety equipment and personal
protective equipment
Follow task instructions, operating procedures and inspection
processes to:
minimise the risk of injury to self and others
prevent damage to equipment or documents
achieve required outcomes within business time and quality

standards
produce a career plan which covers:
personal goals and expectations
opportunities
timeframes and personal development needs

Work with and around other team members
Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace context
and environment.
Assessment may occur on the job or in a workplace simulated
facility with relevant stationery, office tools and equipment.
Assessment of this unit of competence may include project
related tasks and require portfolios or other forms of indirect
evidence of process.
Access to standard business policies and procedures related to
job descriptions, WHS policy, authority and communication
lines, as identified in the Range Statement.
Personal protective equipment and information and procedures
as identified in the Range Statement and a work environment.
Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance
over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.
Assessment should be by direct observation of tasks and
questioning on underpinning knowledge.
Assessment should be conducted over time and may be in
conjunction with assessment of other units of competence.
Guidance information for
Approved
Page 748 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
assessment
Approved
Page 749 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work
environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the
performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with
training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of
the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Business types
Businesses may include but are not limited to those related to

mechanical repairers, body repairers, vehicle sales, bicycle
workshops, marine repairers, parts and aftermarket sales
Business expectations
Business expectations include standards of:
dress, personal presentation, preparedness and personal conduct

(including respect for the rights and responsibilities of others)
quality and timeframe of work and the role of excellence and
innovation
knowledge of tools and equipment and specific work area
functions
commitment, responsibility and preparedness for work,
including working flexible hours to meet deadlines
confidentiality and ethical work practices
contribution to the overall effectiveness of the business
Personal protective
equipment
Personal protective equipment is to include that prescribed under

legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information/documents
Sources of information/documents may include:
Approved
business policies and procedures relating to use of work areas,

authorities and lines of communication
instructions, including worksheets, checklists and plans
procedures relating to reporting and communication
procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment
manufacturer/component supplier specifications and application
procedures for materials, tools and equipment
WHS requirements include safety management systems, and
safe operating procedures
work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
including environmental requirements, relevant health
regulations, manual handling procedures and insurance
requirements
industry code of ethics
relevant legislation related to trade practices, sale of goods,
vehicle registration and privacy
Page 750 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Administration
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Common
Page 751 of 7618

AURAAA4002 Determine retail rates for work

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURA454516A Determine retail rates for work

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to calculate fixed

and variable costs to determine retail rates for jobs performed. It
also involves calculating the effects of discount on overall
profitability.

This unit is applicable to the administration and repair sectors of

the automotive industry. It includes:
work undertaken in-house

work involving subcontracting
costing of purchased parts for sale.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 752 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 753 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Determine fixed costs
1.1. Identify components of fixed costs

1.2. Use historical records and business knowledge to estimate
fixed costs for next period
1.3. Calculate administrative and business operation overhead
costs
1.4. Allocate proportion of fixed cost to be included in labour
rate
2. Determine labour rate
2.1. Identify cost components of labour rate

2.2. Using historical records identify average chargeable hours
of each category of staff
2.3. Calculate subcontractor cost component of jobs
2.4. Calculate applicable hourly retail rate for labour, including
provision for fixed costs
3. Determine variable cost
3.1. Identify components of variable cost for job

3.2. Estimate and record materials required for the job
3.3. Use accounting records and details of job undertaken to
calculate variable cost
4. Determine retail price of

goods for resale
4.1. Research local market price for items

4.2. Estimate turnover volume of items
4.3. Calculate margins and mark-ups for each category of goods
4.4. Calculate effect of various discounts, loss leaders and
specials on items based on retail price, volume and overall
business flow-on
4.5. Calculate effect of high pricing strategy on some items
4.6. Monitor effects of price changes on business levels and
profitability
Approved
Page 754 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to determining retail rates

communicate ideas and information to establish appropriate retail rates for work
plan and organise activities to comply with requirements for determining business retail rates
work with others and in a team to allocate charges
use mathematical ideas and techniques to support the business operation
solve problems to establish business
use workplace technology to optimise performance
Required knowledge
basic mathematical concepts, addition, subtraction, percentages and fractions
Approved
Page 755 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment
Critical aspects for assessment and
evidence required to demonstrate
Calculate cost for a range of retail service and repair

jobs, including fixed, variable and component
pricing.
Determine effect of price changes on overall business
profitability.
Gathering cost estimates from external service
providers and documenting quotations.
Context of and specific resources for

assessment
Practical assessments:
Accounts payable and cash disbursement records,

payroll records, equipment cost and asset register,
pricing impact charts, stock turnover records,
calculator or computer.
determine hourly charge-out rate for classes of labour

using proportion of fixed, variable and labour cost
determine on-cost for parts and components
determine effect of change in price on business
profitability.

assessment
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, in the
Calculations
Calculation will include:
Approved
overheads may be calculated for a specific job or be a constant
Page 756 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Work requirements
Work requirements may include:
External service providers
enterprise stationery, telephone and appropriate forms/business

documents
repair order and job cards
component price lists
accounting records
purchasing records
computer, calculator and software
standard repair times
Approved
other departments
specialist businesses
Resources may include:
written and verbal communication

sourcing and costing parts and consumables
estimating costs
documentation
specific requirements
External service providers may be:
Resources
component based on historical records and projections

overheads will include accommodation costs, utilities,
depreciation, insurance, licence and other business charges
labour costs will include on-costs, such as leave provision,
superannuation, training and workers' compensation
chargeable hours/productive hours based on total hours worked
less acknowledged non-chargeable hours
manufacturer/component supplier specifications

enterprise operating procedures
customer requirements
state/territory/industry Workplace Health and Safety (WHS)
legislation
industry/workplace codes of practice
Page 757 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Administration
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Common
Page 758 of 7618

AURACA2001 Establish relations with customers

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC270421A Establish relations with customers

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required

to establish effective relations with customers.

This unit of competency applies to the following and should be

contextualised to the qualification to which it is being applied:
retail, service and repair
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 759 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 760 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Establish contact with

customer
1.1. A welcoming customer environment is maintained

1.2. Customer is greeted warmly according to enterprise policies
and procedures
1.3. An effective service environment is created through verbal
and non-verbal presentation according to enterprise policies
and procedures
2. Clarify specific needs of

a customer
2.1. Customer needs are determined through questioning and

active listening
2.2. Customer needs are accurately assessed against the
products/services of the enterprise
2.3. Customer details are documented clearly and accurately in
required format
3. Provide information and

advice
3.1. Features and benefits of products/services provided by the

enterprise are described/recommended to meet customer
needs
3.2. Information to satisfy customer needs is provided
3.3. Alternative sources of information/advice are discussed
with the customer
3.4. Alternatives are followed up
4. Follow up customer
needs
4.1. Further information is dispatched to customer

4.2. Gaps in available information are identified and referred to
relevant persons for action
Approved
Page 761 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to specific needs of customers being
identified
operational skills and techniques in questioning/listening, resolving conflict, following set
routines and procedures, handling difficult or abusive customers and greeting/farewelling
techniques
literacy skills in regard to message-taking in person or by telephone and completing written or
computer documents of customer details
plan and organise activities for implementation of a customer service plan
work with others and in a team by team members with specific skills being sought to meet
customer needs
use mathematical ideas and techniques for customer timeframes being identified and followed
establish diagnostic processes in which a logical approach to issues is followed
use workplace technology related to technical skills in operating enterprise telephone systems
and other communication equipment
Required knowledge
General knowledge of
enterprise policies and procedures in regard to:
customer service
dealing with difficult customers
allocated duties/responsibilities
the range of enterprise merchandise and services, location of telephone extensions and
departments/sections
legislation and statutory requirements, including consumer law, trade practices and fair trading
legislation
industry/workplace codes of practice in relation to customer service
Approved
Page 762 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment
It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is ability

to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to
unusual situations in the critical aspects of:

Approved
consistently applying enterprise policies and procedures and

industry codes of practice in regard to customer service
providing a quality service environment by treating customers
in a courteous and professional manner through all stages of the
procedure
using effective questioning/active listening and observation
skills to identify customer needs
communicating effectively with others involved in or affected
by the work.
This unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units that
form part of the job role or function.
Elements of competence contain both knowledge and practical
components. Knowledge components may be assessed off the
job. Practical components should be assessed on the job or in a
Evidence is best gathered using the products, processes and
procedures of the individual workplace as the means by which
the candidate achieves industry competencies.
The following should be made available:
a workplace or simulated workplace
documentation, such as enterprise policy and procedure

manuals relating to customer service, enterprise telephone
directory, legislation and codes of practice
a range of customers with different requirements (real or

simulated)
a communication system or a range of communication

equipment
enterprise products/services, features and benefits
a qualified workplace assessor.
It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an

event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying
circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided by
Page 763 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
customers, team leaders/members or other persons, subject to
agreed authentication arrangements.
Approved
Page 764 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Business types
Enterprise may vary in size, type and location, and in the range of
merchandise and services provided and in delivery policies
Customers
Customers may be regular or new and may have routine or special

requests. They may include persons from a range of social, cultural
or ethnic backgrounds and have physical and intellectual abilities.
Regardless, all customers are made feel welcome, valued and, at the
end of the process, satisfied. Customer contact may be face-to-face,
by telephone or electronic means or in writing
Customer service
Customer service may include:
Customer needs
all enterprise activities, internal and external customers and

follow-up in event of delays in service provision
Customer needs may require information regarding:
products or services available, quality of products or services,

complementary products or services, enterprise facilities and
services, and the location of specific items
Staff
Staff may be full-time, part-time or casual and vary in terms of

training, product knowledge and in staffing levels. Staff may be
operating in routine or busy trading conditions
Information/documents may include:
enterprise policies and procedures relating to customer service,

equipment and product manufacturer/component supplier
specifications, enterprise operating procedures,
industry/workplace codes of practice and customer
requirements
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Sales and Marketing
Page 765 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Common
Page 766 of 7618

AURACA3002 Establish customer requirements of a complex nature
AURACA3002 Establish customer requirements of a complex

nature
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC362721A Establish customer requirements of a

complex nature
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to establish

customer requirements for sales, parts, administration, finance or
services which are more complex.

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 767 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 768 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Confirm customer
requirements
1.1. Questioning and active listening techniques are used to

clarify customer needs
1.2. Customer requirements are elicited professionally,
courteously, with tact and without presumptions
1.3. Customer requirements are fed back accurately and
concisely to the customer for confirmation
1.4. Customer requirements are documented accurately in
language that can be understood by the customer and by
staff
1.5. Customer requirements are documented in accordance with
industry, legal and/or enterprise standards and procedures
1.6. Customer acknowledgement and confirmation of the
documented requirements are obtained
2. Advise customer of
available options
2.1. Viable options to customer needs are generated by the

employee
2.2. Viable options that conform to industry, legal and/or
enterprise policies and procedures are generated by the
employee
2.3. Suppliers are contacted to research options
2.4. Options are explained and discussed with the customer to
facilitate customer understanding
2.5. Supporting information is made available to the customer,
to facilitate customer understanding
2.6. Benefits and approximate costs of each option are explained
to the customer to facilitate informed decision making
3. Inform customer of costs
3.1. Customer is provided with estimated costs and timeframes

of selected option
3.2. Costs and timeframes are communicated verbally or in
writing, in accordance with enterprise standards and
procedures
3.3. Sale or service conditions are explained to customer
4. Agree action plan with

customer
4.1. Customer's preferred option, including agreed delivery

timeframe, is detailed in action plan
4.2. Agreed action plan is documented
4.3. Customer commitment to agreed action plan is gained, in
accordance with enterprise requirements
4.4. Assistance with paperwork requiring completion by
customer is provided
4.5. Customer feedback is sought on services provided
Approved
Page 769 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to collating and analysing customer
requirements and information
communication skills in relation to dealing with customers, difficult customers and managing
conflict and negotiation
literacy skills in regard to message taking in person or by telephone and completing written or
computer documents of customer requirements and action plans
plan and organise activities to select and follow processes/procedures to ensure desired
outcome
work with others and in a team by requesting and using information/assistance from colleagues
use mathematical ideas and techniques to include numerical skills in relation to
calculating/modelling various financial and/or insurance arrangements
establish diagnostic processes which include operational skills and techniques in customer
service and problem-solving skills
use workplace technology related to technical skills in operating enterprise telephone systems
and other communication equipment
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
industry/enterprise policies and procedures in regard to:
customer service
customer requirements/needs documentation
the range of enterprise merchandise and services, location of departments/sections and
telephone extensions of departments/sections, suppliers, finance and insurance
legislation and statutory requirements, including workplace health and safety (WHS),
consumer law, trade practices and fair trading legislation
Approved
Page 770 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


Approved
identifying customer requirements professionally, courteously,

with tact and without presumptions
generating and advising customer of viable options to meet
customer needs
calculating and informing customer of detailed costs and
timeframes of agreed option
proposing and gaining agreement by customer to an action plan
to satisfy customer needs.

a range of customers with different complex requirements

(real or simulated)

equipment
real or simulated customer documents or database

event and occurs over a period of time to cover the varying
customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed
Page 771 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
authentication arrangements.
Approved
Page 772 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Unit scope
Enterprises may vary in size, type and location, in the range of

merchandise and services provided and in delivery policies
Customers
Customers may:
Staff
Staff may be:
Complex customer
requirements
unusual or out of the ordinary problems, requirements of special

or high importance customers, complex technical problems,
matters involving more than one solution or area of service,
needs of customers who have not been happy with some aspect
of product or service provided or complex financial or
insurance arrangements, such as lease, fleet or warranty
extension arrangements
Approved
full-time, part-time or casual and vary in terms of training,

product knowledge and staffing levels
Complex customer requirements may include, but are not limited

to:
be regular or new
have special or unusual requests
be from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds and
with different physical and mental abilities

specifications, enterprise operating procedures, legislative and
regulatory requirements, industry/workplace codes of practice
and customer requirements
Page 773 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Sales and Marketing
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Common
Page 774 of 7618

AURACA3003 Build customer relations

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC362807A Build customer relations

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to establish

customer needs, maintain a customer database and ensure
appropriate treatment of customers.


retail, service and repair.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 775 of 7618



of competency.
Approved
Performance criteria describe the performance needed to

knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of
performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.
Page 776 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Ensure maintenance of
customer database
1.1. Evidence of maintenance of customer documents is sought

regularly from staff responsible to ensure vital data is kept
on existing and potential customers
1.2. Customer data is maintained to ensure database relevance
and currency
1.3. Information on customers and sales and service history is
gathered for analysis
2. Establish needs of
customer
2.1. Customer needs are regularly monitored through formal and

informal communication channels
2.2. Current products and services are assessed against customer
needs to determine the ability of the enterprise to meet
customer needs
2.3. Trends in customer service needs are documented and
reported to appropriate persons periodically for planning
purposes
3. Ensure appropriate
treatment of customer
3.1. Service standards are reviewed regularly against outcomes

to ensure required standards are met
3.2. Staff are trained to provide customer service to an
appropriate standard to ensure consistent treatment of
customers
3.3. Work activities of staff are reviewed regularly to ensure
customer requirements are met
3.4. Business operations are reviewed to ensure they meet
current and projected customer requirements
3.5. Staff are actively involved in providing information to
improve customer service operations and activities
Approved
Page 777 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to collating and analysing customer
information to identify needs
communicate ideas and information to conduct information sessions for staff
plan and organise activities concerning information for database entries
work with others and in a team by involving staff in improvements to customer service
use mathematical ideas and techniques to plan database cells and size
establish diagnostic processes which identify and recommend improvements to customer
service
use workplace technology related to use of customer database
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
enterprise policies and procedures in regard to:
customer service
maintenance of customer databases
dealing with difficult customers
the range of enterprise merchandise and services, location of departments/sections and
telephone extensions of departments/sections
legislation and statutory requirements, including workplace health and safety (WHS) ,
consumer law, trade practices and fair trading legislation
Approved
Page 778 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

maintaining relevant and current customer databases in

accordance with enterprise policies and procedures
monitoring, reviewing and assessing customer needs and trends
ensuring appropriate treatment of customers.
This unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units that form
part of the job role or function.
Approved


computer, database software, customer information and

enterprise policies and procedures
a range of customers with different requirements (real or

simulated)

equipment
real or simulated customer database

Page 779 of 7618

Approved
Page 780 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Enterprises
Enterprises may vary in size, type and location, range of

merchandise and services provided and delivery policies
Customers
Customers may:
be regular or new
have routine or special requests
be from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds and
physical and intellectual abilities
Regardless, all customers are made feel welcome, valued and, at the
end of the process, satisfied. Customer contact may be:
face to face, by telephone, or electronic means or in writing
Customer service
Customer service may include all enterprise activities, internal and

external customers and follow-up in event of delays in service
provision
Staff
Staff may be:
Customer needs
Customer needs may include:
Customer databases
information on customer name, contact details, purchase history

details of products or services, information requests, special
needs and customer 'rating' by enterprise
Policies and procedures may include:
Approved
information regarding available products or services, quality of

products or services, complementary products or services,
enterprise facilities and services or the location of specific items
Customer databases may include:
Policies and procedures
full-time, part-time or casual and vary in terms of training,

product knowledge and staffing levels

specifications, enterprise operating procedures, legislative and
regulatory requirements, industry/workplace codes of practice
Page 781 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Sales and Marketing
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Common
Page 782 of 7618

AURAEA1001 Identify environmental requirements in an automotive workplace
AURAEA1001 Identify environmental requirements in an

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC172003A Identify environmental regulations and

best practice in a workplace or business
Performance Criteria updated to reflect sustainability
Unit Descriptor
Unit Descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify

environmental requirements and sustainability practices to be aware
of potential environmental hazards in an automotive workplace.

Work involves the theory, knowledge and the limited application of

skills related to fundamental environmental and sustainability
issues in an automotive workplace. Performance of work tasks that
maintain sustainability and environmental considerations may be
applied in the application of the unit.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 783 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 784 of 7618


ELEMENT

of competency.

1. Identify environment
regulations and practices
1.1. Reasons for ethical environmental practice in an

automotive workshop are identified
1.2. Environmental responsibilities of staff in an automotive
workshop are identified
1.3. Documents and procedures relevant to environmental
safety and hazards are located and reviewed
1.4. Penalties for individual breaches of legislation are identified
and determined
1.5. Safety equipment and other material necessary to support
environmentally sound practices are located and identified
2. Identify hazards to
stormwater and
wastewater drainage
system
2.1. Actions are identified in relation to controlling waste water

or prescribed wastes entering either stormwater or
wastewater drainage systems
2.2. Storage methods for parts and components containing
environmentally hazardous materials are identified
2.3. Recycling and storage procedures for liquid wastes are
identified
2.4. Uses of a spill kit are identified and confirmed
2.5. Procedures are identified to keep workplace
3. Identify hazards to air

quality
3.1. Hazards of airborne particles and methods to minimise and

contain them are identified
3.2. Hazards of gases and fumes and methods to minimise and
contain them are identified
4. Identify noise hazards
4.1. Effects of noise creating activities and methods to minimise

these are identified
5. Identify sustainability
practices
5.1. Sustainability practices are identified to minimise waste

and sort and store items for recycling or disposal
5.2. Methods to reduce resource consumption (water, electricity,
fossil fuels, chemicals) are identified
Approved
Page 785 of 7618


Required skills
communication skills to:
communicate verbal and written ideas and information relating to environmental issues of
an automotive workplace
initiative and enterprise to:
identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand knowledge,

skills and understanding
participate in self-improvement activities
literacy skills to:
read and interpret workplace environmental procedures
read and interpret information in written instructions, specifications, standard operating

procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents
numeracy skills to measure and calculate length, area and volume
planning and organising skills to:
identify risk factors and actions to minimise risk
identify planning, checking and inspection techniques to avoid environmental

contamination and wastage
problem-solving skills to:
recognise a workplace problem or a potential problem
refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person and suggest possible
causes
identify processes which contribute to improvements for environmental issues
self-management skills to:
identify appropriate safety and environmental response equipment, materials, processes and
procedures
recognise limitations and seek timely advice
identify and follow workplace documentation, such as environmental codes of practice and
teamwork skills to collaborate and cooperate with other team members
technical skills to:
collect, organise and interpret technical information relating to recognising workplace

situations that are potentially harmful to the environment
technology skills to use workplace environmental safety-related technology to assist with clean
and safe work practices
Required knowledge
aspects of environmental legislation and its implications for work being undertaken in an
Approved
Page 786 of 7618

automotive business
characteristics and potential environmental impact of products used in the automotive industry
philosophy of prevention, reuse, reduce, recycle
procedures for use of spill kit
effects of pollution and mitigation methods
Approved
Page 787 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit must

be relevant to workplace operations and satisfy all of the
requirements of the performance criteria and required skills and
knowledge.
A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able
to:

demonstrate knowledge of environmental regulations and best

practice as they would apply in an automotive workplace or
business
identify materials used in an automotive business and assess
their environmental impact
identify sustainability practices in an automotive workplace.
Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated

workplace environment that accurately reflects performance in a
real workplace setting.
Assessment is to occur:
using standard workplace practices and procedures

following safety requirements
applying environmental constraints.
Assessment is to comply with relevant:
regulatory requirements
Australian standards
industry codes of practice.
The following resources must be made available for the assessment

of this unit:
Approved
access to environmental legislation, regulations and best

practice models
access to an automotive workplace or simulated environment
that accurately reflects automotive workshop working
conditions
access to workplace documents and reference images
access to personal protective and environmental protection
equipment of the type intended to be used in response to an
Page 788 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
environmental incident or accident.
Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of

this Training Package.
Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy of
performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant
contexts) together with the application of required skills and
knowledge.
Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks and
include questioning on required skills and knowledge to ensure
correct interpretation and application.
Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with other
units which together form part of a holistic work role.
Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work
environments and training situations to accommodate the needs of
diverse clients.
Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally sensitive
and appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of
the candidate and the work being performed.
Approved
Page 789 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Ethical environmental
practice may include:
Documents and procedures

may include:
Hazards may include:
Safety equipment and other

material may include:
Prescribed wastes may

include:
Approved
conformance to legislative guidelines and obligations

hazardous materials handling best practice applications
organisation insurance requirements
discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in undertaking
environmentally sound work practices.
environmental legislation
material safety data sheets (MSDS)
hazardous substances register
workplace environmental procedures and safety instructions
dangerous goods code safe operating procedures.
toxic fumes and substances
flammable materials and fire hazards
spillages
waste and debris especially on floors, ladders, trolleys
electricity and water
toxic substances
damaged packing material or containers
broken or damaged equipment
unsafe lifting practices.
personal protective equipment (PPE) including:
eye protection
hearing protection
gloves
other suitable protective clothing
safety footwear
spill kit
absorbent materials
drip and catchment trays
waste bags
waste segregation systems.
solid or liquid wastes
oil, fuel and grease
hydrocarbon based degreasing agents and solvents
Page 790 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Sustainability practices may

include:
acids
alkaline wastes
paint, lacquer, varnish
glues and adhesive compounds
household chemicals and pesticides.
recycling waste
energy conservation practices
natural resources (water, etc.) conservation practices
reusing
environmental (green) purchasing practices
noise minimisation.
Unit Sector(s)
Field of Competency
Common
Unit Sector
Environment

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 791 of 7618

AURAEA2002 Apply environmental and sustainability best practice in an automotive workplace Date this document was generated: 22
January 2015
AURAEA2002 Apply environmental and sustainability best

practice in an automotive workplace
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC272003A Apply environmental regulations and best

practice in a workplace or business
Unit Descriptor
Unit Descriptor

and apply environmental regulations and sustainability best practice
to work safely and avoid potential environmental hazards in an

Work involves the theory, knowledge and application of skills

related to environmental regulations and sustainability best practice
in a general automotive workplace.
problem-solving skills in undertaking environmentally sound work
practices.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 792 of 7618

January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 793 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT
1. Identify and apply

environment regulations
1.1. Reasons for ethical environmental practice in an

automotive workplace are identified
1.2. Environmental responsibilities and penalties for individual
breaches of legislation and regulations are identified
1.3. Documents and procedures relevant to environmental
safety and hazards are applied
environmentally sound practices are identified and sourced
2. Identify and avoid

contamination to water
systems and land
2.1. Wastewater and contaminants are identified and prevented

from entering water systems or contaminating land
2.2. Parts and components containing hazardous materials are
drained and stored in a sealed container
2.3. Liquid wastes are put into storage or recycling containers
and placed in an undercover bunded area
2.4. Spill kit is located and used to prevent water or land
contamination
2.5. Spills are cleaned immediately and workplace is kept clean
to prevent unintentional water or land contamination
3. Identify and avoid

hazards to air quality
3.1. Hazardous airborne particles are identified, prevented,

reduced and contained
3.2. Hazardous gases and fumes are identified, prevented,
4. Identify and avoid noise

hazards
4.1. Hazardous noise activities are identified, prevented, reduced

and contained
4.2. Hazardous noise activities are carried out within approved
operating hours and regulations

sustainability best
practice
5.1. Sustainability best practice is identified and applied to

minimise waste and potential damage to the environment
according to workplace policies and procedures
fossil fuels, chemicals) are identified and applied
5.3. Environmental damage and breaches of environmental
regulations are reported
Approved
Page 794 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills
follow oral instructions
communicate verbal and written ideas and information as they relate to environmental
regulations and sustainability best practice of an automotive workplace
initiative and enterprise to identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to
expand knowledge, skills and understanding
literacy skills to:
understand workplace environmental procedures
read and apply environmental regulations for an automotive workplace

numeracy skills to measure and calculate length, area and volume

causes
identify processes which contribute to improvements for sustainability best practice

procedures

teamwork skills to collaborate and cooperate with other team members
collect, organise and interpret technical information related to recognising workplace

situations that are potentially harmful to the environment
use spill kits

Required knowledge
effects of pollution and methods to minimise it

environmental regulations and their implications for work being undertaken in an automotive
workplace
characteristics and potential environmental impact of products, equipment and machinery used
Approved
Page 795 of 7618

January 2015
in the automotive workplace

reporting procedures for environmental damage and breaches of environmental regulations
Approved
Page 796 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

apply environmental regulations and sustainability best practice

identify materials used in an automotive workplace and assess
their potential environmental impact
use a spill kit
report environmental damage and breaches of environmental
regulations.



of this unit:
Approved

practice models
conditions
access to personal protective equipment of the type intended to
Page 797 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
be used in response to an environmental incident or accident.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 798 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Ethical environmental practice
may include:
Documents and procedures may

include:

Approved
legislative obligations
health regulations
hazardous materials handling procedures
discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in
undertaking environmentally sound work practices.
workplace environmental procedures and safety
instructions
spillages
toxic substances
eye protection
hearing protection
gloves
safety footwear
spill kit
absorbent materials
waste bags
waste segregation systems.
Page 799 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
Contaminants may include:
Sustainability best practice may

include:

acids
alkaline wastes
recycling waste
reusing
noise minimisation.
Unit Sector(s)
Field of Competency
Common
Unit Sector
Environment

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 800 of 7618

AURAEA3003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive mechanical industry
generated: 22 January 2015
Date this document was
AURAEA3003 Monitor environmental and sustainability best

practice in the automotive mechanical industry
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT271781A Implement and monitor environmental

regulations in the automotive mechanical industry
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply and

monitor environmental regulations and sustainability best practice
whilst undertaking mechanical service or repair of light or heavy
vehicles, motorcycles, outdoor power equipment or their
components in the automotive mechanical industry.

Work involves the theory, knowledge and application of skills

related to environmental regulations and sustainability best practice
in the automotive mechanical industry.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 801 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 802 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Apply and monitor

environment regulations
1.1. Reasons for ethical environmental practice in an automotive

workplace are identified
1.2. Environmental responsibilities and penalties for individual
breaches of legislation and regulations are identified
1.3. Documents and procedures relevant to environmental safety
and hazards are applied
environmentally sound practices are identified and sourced
2. Monitor and avoid

contamination to water
systems and land
2.1. Wastewater and contaminants are identified and prevented

from entering water systems or contaminating land
2.2. Surface cleaning, engine degreasing and preparation is
undertaken in an impervious paved area and does not
contaminate water systems or land
2.3. Parts and components containing hazardous materials are
drained and stored in a sealed container
2.4. Liquid wastes are put into storage or recycling containers
and placed in an undercover bunded area
2.5. Parts washing is undertaken in an approved parts washer
that does not cause contamination of water systems or land
2.6. Spill kit is located and used to prevent water or land
contamination
2.7. Drip trays are used under vehicles to minimise spills
2.8. Spills are cleaned immediately and workplace is kept clean
to prevent unintentional water or land contamination
2.9. Hands are cleaned over drains connected to an oil/water
separator or drums for collection of liquid waste
3. Monitor and avoid

hazards to air quality
3.1. Vehicle exhausts and emissions are minimised and

prevented from collection in the workplace
3.2. Welding is conducted in a well ventilated area
3.3. Hazardous airborne particles are monitored, prevented,
3.4. Hazardous gases and fumes are monitored, prevented,
4. Monitor and avoid noise

hazards
4.1. Hazardous noise activities are monitored, prevented,

4.2. Hazardous noise activities are carried out within approved
operating hours and regulations
5. Monitor and apply

sustainability best
5.1. Sustainability best practice is monitored and applied to

minimise waste and potential damage to the environment
Approved
Page 803 of 7618

practice
Approved
according to workplace policies and procedures

fossil fuels, chemicals) are monitored and applied
5.3. Environmental damage and breaches of environmental
regulations are monitored and recorded
Page 804 of 7618


Required skills
communicate ideas and information (verbal and written) as they relate to environmental
regulations and sustainability best practice for an automotive mechanical workplace
literacy skills to:
understand automotive mechanical workplace environmental procedures
read and apply environmental regulations for an automotive workplace
record environmental damage and breaches of environmental regulations

numeracy skills to:
interpret instruments, gauges and other recording equipment
measure and calculate length, area and volume


causes
identify processes which contribute to improvements for sustainability best practice

procedures
teamwork skills to work with others and in a team by cooperating with team members
collect, organise and interpret technical information related to recognising automotive

mechanical workplace situations that are potentially harmful to the environment
use spill kits

Required knowledge
Approved
Page 805 of 7618

aspects of environmental regulations and its implications for work being undertaken in an
characteristics and potential environmental impact of products, equipment and machinery used
in the automotive workplace
effects of pollution and methods to minimise it
actions to be undertaken in case of significant environmental threat in the automotive
mechanical workplace
monitoring and recording procedures for environmental damage and breaches of
Approved
Page 806 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

monitor and apply environmental regulations and sustainability

best practice as they apply in an automotive mechanical
workplace
identify materials used in an automotive mechanical workplace
and assess their potential environmental impact
monitor and record environmental damage and breaches to
environmental regulations.



of this unit:
Approved

practice models
conditions
access to personal protective equipment of the type intended to
Page 807 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
be used in response to an environmental incident or accident.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 808 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Ethical environmental
practice may include:
Documents and procedures

may include:

Contaminants may include:
Approved
legislative obligations
health regulations
hazardous materials handling procedures
discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in
undertaking environmentally sound work practices.
workplace environmental procedures and safety instructions
spillages
toxic substances
eye protection
hearing protection
gloves
safety footwear
spill kit
absorbent materials
waste bags
waste segregation systems
Page 809 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Sustainability best practice

may include:

acids
alkaline wastes
recycling waste
reusing
noise minimisation.
Unit Sector(s)
Field of Competency
Common
Unit Sector
Environment

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 810 of 7618

AURAEA4004 Manage environmental compliance in an automotive workplace
AURAEA4004 Manage environmental compliance in an

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC472082A Plan and manage compliance with

environmental regulations in a workplace or business
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to plan and

implement management system that ensures the protection of the
environment in a workplace or business.
Approved
Page 811 of 7618


Work involves the activities of an automotive business, including

the planning and management of the occupations of glazing,
accessory fitting, window tinting, trimming, and bicycles.
This unit is applicable to qualifications at both the Certificate IV
and V level. In recreational boating, vehicle body and some
technical areas involving the removal of components containing
oils or other fluids, specific environmental units of competency
should be used.
problem-solving skills to improve environmental performance by
reducing environmental risk and waste.
Competence may be demonstrated in any automotive business
excluding, body repair, marine and mechanical involving the
removal of components containing oils or other fluids.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 812 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Plan and manage

compliance with
1.1. Reasons for ethical environmental practice in a workplace

or business are identified
1.2. Environmental responsibilities of employers and employees
in an automotive workplace or business are identified
1.3. Penalties for enterprise and individual breaches of the
legislation are identified
1.4. Waste products are minimised and facilities provided for
waste materials to be stored in bins for recycling or disposal
1.5. Collection and recycling arrangements are implemented for
liquids, sludge, solids and other waste
1.6. Suppliers with minimal excess packaging on goods received
are sourced and packaging on goods received is sorted and
disposed of appropriately
1.7. Waste and energy conservation strategies are identified and
implemented
2. Manage potential hazards

to stormwater system to
avoid contamination
2.1. Systems are in place to ensure wastewater does not enter the
stormwater system
2.2. All drains and flows are identified on a worksite map
directly indicating where they flow
2.3. Trade waste permits are in place
2.4. Undercover and bunded or drained areas are provided and
used for the storage of all materials containing
environmentally hazardous substances
2.5. Spill kit is provided and used to prevent stormwater
contamination
2.6. Workplace is kept clean to prevent unintentional stormwater
pollution
3. Manage potential hazards

to air quality to avoid
contamination
3.1. Hazards of airborne particles are identified, minimised and

contained
3.2. Hazards of gases and fumes are identified, minimised and
contained
3.3. A well-ventilated area is provided for any welding activities
4. Minimisation of noise
hazards is planned and
managed
4.1. Noise creating activities are minimised and carried out

within approved operating hours
4.2. Fixed machinery is fitted with silencers or surrounded by
noise containment material
5. Management systems
5.1. An environmental policy and contingency plan suitable to

the needs of the business is developed and implemented
5.2. Waste to landfill is calculated and possible savings through
Approved
Page 813 of 7618

ELEMENT
reuse and recycling are calculated
5.3. Payback period on environmental equipment is calculated
5.4. Manage staff adherence to environmental responsibilities
5.5. Environmental documents are maintained and stored
securely in a form accessible for reporting procedures
Approved
Page 814 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to environmental procedures from

legislation, regulations, policies, guidelines, standards and workplace best practices in an
automotive business
communicate ideas and information to ensure all work undertaken is in accordance with
environmental best practice, support from stakeholders is actively sought for implementing
suitable innovation and continuous improvement
plan and organise activities including the preparation of equipment and materials recycling and
waste management systems and the selection of worksite to avoid environmental
contamination, back tracking, workflow interruptions or wastage
promote work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative
approaches to minimise wastage, optimise workflow and productivity
use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements and estimate material
requirements required for the work and calculate wastage rates of various methods
use planning, checking and inspection techniques to avoid environmental contamination and
wastage
use the workplace technology related to environmental protection and recycling equipment
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
aspects of environmental legislation and its relationship with workplace health and safety
(WHS), finance and risk management
requirements for trade waste permits
spill clean-up procedures
characteristics and potential environmental impact of products used in the business
philosophy of sustainability through prevention, reuse, reduce and recycle
procedures for rectifying machinery faults and material defects
actions to be taken in case of environmental threat in the workplace
reporting procedures for environmental damage occurring in the workplace
cleaner production and eco-efficient strategies to avoid the production of waste
Approved
Page 815 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

Approved
Plan and manage safe handling requirements for equipment,

products and materials, including use of personal protective
equipment
Plan and mange environmental protection procedures
Identify materials used in the business and assess and manage
their environmental impact
Plan and manage work instructions, operating procedures and
inspection processes to:
minimise the risk of injury to self or others
maintain a clean workplace
prevent damage and wastage of goods, equipment and

products
dispose of waste in accordance with legislative requirements

and best practice
maintain production output, and product and service quality

Report environmental damage or spills
Plan and manage operator maintenance on equipment to ensure
environmental efficiency
Manage effective planning and teamwork related to
environmental best practice
Develop/implement or audit an existing business environmental
policy which covers at a minimum: waste, recycling, hazards to
stormwater, air quality, noise, energy minimisation and costs
and environment.
facility with process equipment, materials, work instructions
and deadlines
access to an automotive business which includes waste

materials of various types, recycling bins, liquid, sludge and
solid wastes
resources may include pressure washing and facilities for

the use of recycled water.
Page 816 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance

over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.
Assessment should be conducted over time and should be in
conjunction with assessment of other units of competence.
Assessment of this unit of competence is most likely to be
project related under real or simulated conditions and require
portfolios or other forms of indirect evidence of process. Direct
evidence may include certification of compliance of the final
outcome/product or authorisation for use by a component
authority.
Assessment must confirm the inference that competence is able
not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstances, but
is able to be transferred to other circumstances.
Page 817 of 7618

AURAEA4004 Manage en vironmental compliance in an automotive workplace
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Automotive business
Any automotive business excluding body repair, marine and

mechanical involving the removal of components containing oils or
other fluids
Work procedures
Work is carried out in accordance with:
Tools and equipment
WHS legislation, material safety data sheets (MSDS),

hazardous substances and dangerous goods code and local safe
legislative obligations, environmental legislation, health
regulations, and manual handling procedures and organisation
insurance requirements
Tools and equipment are to include:
spill kits, recycling bins and drums
Personal protective
equipment

Approved
environmental legislation, regulations and advice

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment
work instructions and procedures
worksite environmental policy
workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication
manufacturer/component supplier specifications and operational
procedures
local council and waterways regulations
MSDS, environmental documents, manufacturer/component
supplier specifications, costing of equipment and waste removal
staff environmental induction material
Page 818 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Environment
Page 819 of 7618

AURAFA2001 Use numbers in an automotive workplace

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC251677A Use numbers in the workplace

Performance Criteria updated to reflect the automotive workplace
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to make

simple calculations and numerical estimations relating to vehicle
repairs, parts and labour quotations and preparatory calculations for
workplace documentation.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Work requires individuals to demonstrate entry level proficiency

with numerically orientated problem-solving skills as they relate to
vehicle repairs or workplace administrative documentation in an
automotive workplace or setting.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 820 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 821 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Collect and organise

numerical information
1.1. Relevant examples of numerical information are sourced

1.2. Numerical information is extracted from automotive
workplace documents and compared to job requirements
1.3. Automotive mechanical text and related numerical
information collected from other sources is checked and
identified as relevant to task
2. Interpret and present

automotive numerical
information
2.1. Procedures are established for the interpretation of

2.2. Numerical information is identified and interpreted
2.3. Calculations are carried out to establish comparable
2.4. Calculations are checked for accuracy against numerical
information
2.5. Numerical and related information is applied to inspection
or repair activity
2.6. Evidence for interpretation of results is presented
3. Prepare and present other

workplace numerical and
related information
3.1. Information and workplace documents that support

automotive workplace administrative functions are sourced
3.2. Quantities/resources required in the workplace are estimated
3.3. The time required to complete the task is estimated
3.4. Settings for equipment and machinery are estimated and
adjusted
3.5. Estimates or calculations are documented according to
workplace documentation procedures
Approved
Page 822 of 7618


Required skills
communication skills to communicate ideas and information using calculations in reports and
repair quotations
literacy skills to:
understand written numerical workplace procedures and documents
read and follow numerical information on written instructions, specifications, standard

operating procedures, manuals, lists, mechanical drawings and other applicable reference
documents
numeracy skills to:
use mathematical ideas and techniques to count and measure
select and apply mathematical processes, including at a minimum; addition, subtraction,

multiplication and division
plan and organise activities using numbers/calculations in plans and work requirements
plan and organise activities relating to the reading of automotive specific text
identifying suitable mathematical principles to solve numerical problems
causes
select and use appropriate written materials, processes and procedures
follow workplace documentation, such as codes of practice and operating procedures

teamwork skills to work with others and in a team by seeing and conveying information
relating to the calculating, planning, sequencing and completion of the task
technical skills to collect, organise and understand information relating to collating figures,
calculation and analysis
technology skills to:
use available workplace technology relating to using numbers in an automotive workplace
use workplace technology to assist with information transfer
Required knowledge
knowledge of workplace policies and procedures relating to the collection, storage and
application of numerical information
basic mathematical concepts
Approved
Page 823 of 7618

metric and non-metric systems of measurement as they relate to numerical calculations for
vehicle repairs
calculations including addition, multiplication, subtraction, division and percentages
calculations involving whole numbers and fractions
Approved
Page 824 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Performance Criteria, required Skills and Knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment

knowledge.
to:

identify and source relevant technical information

gather and evaluate mathematical information relating to the
problem or job requirement
devise and implement mathematical and numerical solutions for
a minimum of three key vehicle or workplace functions
demonstrate mathematical and numerical solutions in


applying environmental constraints
industry codes of practice
The following resources should be made available:
Approved

documentation, such as workshop manuals, vehicle repair
information, enterprise or sample documents, invoices,
statements, stock records, job cards, repair quotations,
personnel records, time sheets and supply quotations
equipment for calculations, such as calculators or computers.
Page 825 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 826 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Examples of numerical information
may include:
Calculations may include:
Information and workplace

documents may include:
Approved

vehicle workshop / repair manuals
equipment / component specifications
automotive texts
information sourced from enterprise-specific
documents
equipment or material supply quotations.
using simple mathematical equations with or without
assistance of a calculator, relating to automotive
oriented data and equipment, involving the use of:
counting
measurement
addition
subtraction
multiplication
division
whole numbers
fractions
using metric and non-metric measurement systems
using measuring devices.
repair quotations
numerical invoices
statements
stock records
job cards
personal records
time sheets
computer records,
supplier invoices or statements.
Page 827 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Field of Competency
Common
Unit Sector
Foundation Skills

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 828 of 7618

AURAFA2002 Read in an automotive workplace

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC251356A Read in the workplace

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to read

automotive workplace documents, such as safety procedures and
workshop manuals, in order to perform routine tasks in an
automotive or workshop setting.

Work requires individuals to demonstrate entry-level proficiency to

read automotive-specific texts and manuals so that decisions can be
made regarding mechanical service and repair requirements.
Work applies to the application of technical information gained
from reading automotive text and should be contextualised to the
service and repair of vehicles in an automotive workplace.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 829 of 7618



essential outcomes of a
unit of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Read text that contains
specialist information in a
variety of formats
Approved
1.1. Specialist text is understood and correctly applied
1.2. Main points identified while reading are presented and
applied as solutions or ideas
1.3. Meaning of new technical words is determined
1.4. Meaning of key words and phrases is determined
1.5. Text information of relevance to own role and
responsibilities is identified and communicated to others as
required
Page 830 of 7618


Required skills
communication skills to communicate ideas and information to others relating to

automotive-specific text in the workplace
initiative and enterprise skills to identify sources of information, assistance and expert
literacy skills to:
understand written workplace specialist text relating to automotive service and repair tasks
read and follow information in specialist text, including specifications, standard operating
numeracy skills to understand numbers and mathematical units
causes

technology skills to use workplace technology to:
read in an automotive workplace
assist with accessing and transferring information
Required knowledge
techniques for understanding key ideas in specialist workplace text and documents
common automotive workplace terminology
procedures for accessing and reviewing workplace texts and documents
Approved
Page 831 of 7618

AURAFA2002 Read in an automotive work place
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

read automotive-related or business text and take appropriate

action
read equipment manuals to assist in operation and maintenance
schedules
apply information from written specialist texts
extract key information and communicate it to others as
required.


Approved
written automotive text and repair information

equipment and materials relevant to task
workplace-specific documents, such as stock records, job cards,
repair quotations, personnel records, time sheets and meeting
notes
operational forms, memos, messages and faxes
equipment manuals
Page 832 of 7618

service bulletins
dictionaries and other language aids.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 833 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Specialist text may include:
Reading includes:
workplace standard operating procedures

product manufacturer and component supplier specifications
instructions in vehicle workshop manuals
service and repair bulletins
automotive text.
reading and understanding text
reading and interpreting specific business details and
documents (e.g. service manuals and work or job orders) for
own use and passing on to others
reading and interpreting internal and external correspondence
and taking action
reading and interpreting manufacturers installation and fitting
instructions for ancillary equipment
interpreting written text to enable action to be taken.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Common
Unit sector
Foundation Skills

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 834 of 7618

AURAFA2003 Communicate effectively in an automotive workplace
AURAFA2003 Communicate effectively in an automotive

workplace
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC270789A Communicate effectively in the

workplace
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes to communicate in

an automotive workplace by oral and written means, including the
use of automotive technical terminology and vehicle and
component descriptions as they pertain to modern motor vehicles.
Work requires individuals to communicate effectively with other
persons in an automotive workshop or setting and includes
communicating specific technical information.

Work applies to day-to-day workplace communications and

workplace correspondence relating to vehicle servicing and repair,
technical workplace information, as well as general workplace
communication procedures and instructions.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 835 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 836 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for
communication activities
1.1. Documents, forms or other relevant sources of technical

information are sourced
1.2. Items of stationery, documents or instructions appropriate to
the method of communication are sourced
1.3. Communication procedures are determined to minimise task
time
2. Read routine documents
2.1. Purpose of the text is understood and described

2.2. Main points or ideas identified by reading are presented and
described
2.3. Meaning of new technical words are comprehended and
applied
2.4. Meaning of key words and phrases is identified
3. Write routine texts
3.1. Routine texts of one or more sentences are composed

according to workplace requirements
3.2. Routine forms are completed according to workplace
requirements
3.3. Spelling, punctuation and grammar rules are followed
3.4. Texts are self-checked for accuracy and presented for
progress checks by relevant persons
4. Contribute to workplace
communications
4.1. Information is conveyed by appropriate means to ensure

effective communication when sending or receiving
information
4.2. Assistance is provided to colleagues in the workplace to
foster common understanding
4.3. Requests for information from colleagues are determined
and responded to
5. Operate workplace
communication systems
5.1. Communication system functions are used according to

communication requirements and workplace policy
5.2. Communication by telephone is carried out using customer
relation practices according to workplace policy and
procedures
5.3. Communication by computer is carried out according to
workplace policy and procedures
5.4. Messages are responded to promptly and returned if
required
Approved
Page 837 of 7618


Required skills
communicate ideas and information utilising plain English literacy and communication
skills in relation to writing, reading and understanding workplace documents
oral communication skills in relation to conveying and receiving workplace

information
initiative and enterprise to identify sources of information, assistance and expert
literacy skills to:
understand written workplace procedures
read, interpret and follow information on written instructions, specifications, standard

operating procedures, charts, lists, drawings and other applicable reference documents
numeracy skills to understand numbers and mathematical units
plan and organise activities which communicate standard procedures
plan and organise activities to take or leave a telephone message

refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person and suggest

possible causes

teamwork skills to work with others and in a team by distributing information to team
members
technical skills to collect, organise and understand information relating to technical
automotive workplace information
technology skills to use relevant workplace technology related to communicating
effectively in an automotive workplace by written or oral means
Required knowledge
workplace forms, documents and stationery

common automotive terminology
manufacturers repair manuals
enterprise policies and procedures including:
workplace document style, format and layout
Approved
Page 838 of 7618

workplace communication procedures
workplace documents
telephone protocols and operating procedures

worksite reporting procedures
Approved
Page 839 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

write short routine texts using correct spelling, punctuation and

grammar
read, interpret and apply routine texts in the workplace
interpret and convey workplace information
apply and demonstrate workplace procedures for incoming and
outgoing telephone calls
maintain workplace communications, including documents.


Approved

documentation, such as enterprise sample policies and
procedures manuals relating to workplace communication
procedures
workplace documents, telephone protocols and operating
procedures
enterprise or sample stationery, documents and forms
Page 840 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
access to workplace or similar communication systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 841 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Documents, forms or other
relevant sources of technical
information may include:
Effective communication
may include:
Communication system
functions may include:
manufacturers repair manuals

job cards
work instructions
workplace forms, documents or stationery
telephone operating procedure.
communicating by most appropriate means including face to
face, telephone, written or electronic means
speaking clearly
writing legibly
using eye contact
using appropriate body language.
telephone use and system operating procedures such as:
transferring calls
calls on hold
messaging
computer
emails
file transfers
document distribution.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Common
Unit sector
Foundation Skills
Approved
Page 842 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 843 of 7618

AURAFA2004 Solve routine problems in an automotive workplace
AURAFA2004 Solve routine problems in an automotive

workplace
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC252327A Identify, clarify and resolve problems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and clarify the nature of routine problems commonly encountered
in an automotive workplace as they relate to automotive vehicle
repair. It involves deciding on the best solution, implementing and
evaluating solutions and assisting others to identify and resolve
problems.

Work applies to the process implemented when addressing a

problem in relation to vehicle or equipment repair. This unit has
application throughout all sectors of the automotive industry and
can be applied to resource, equipment, job function, workplace
environment or process related problems.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 844 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 845 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Identify and clarify nature

of the problem
1.1. Signs of problems are identified or anticipated

1.2. Information and evidence is gathered from a variety of
sources
1.3. Detailed analysis of the information is prepared, listing all
options
1.4. Relevant and irrelevant components of the problem are
distinguished within the available timeframe
2. Determine criteria for

optimal solution and
implement solution
2.1. Range of possible solution methods are defined

2.2. Options and strategies are identified or devised
2.3. Strengths and weaknesses of each option and strategy are
considered against determined criteria
2.4. The optimal solution is determined
2.5. An implementation strategy is prepared and presented to
designated persons for approval
2.6. The chosen solution is implemented within available
timeframe
3. Evaluate and report on

effectiveness of solutions
and outcomes
3.1. Criteria are established to determine if chosen solutions

resolve the problem
3.2. The chosen solution is evaluated against the determined
criteria
3.3. Follow-up procedures are implemented by investigating
things that have gone wrong and developing contingency
arrangements
3.4. The effectiveness of the solution is reported to the
workgroup or designated persons
4. Assist others to identify,

clarify and resolve
problems in the
workplace
4.1. Others are assisted to anticipate or identify the indicators of

a problem
4.2. Others are assisted to investigate the problem
4.3. Others are assisted to devise and evaluate alternative
options and strategies
4.4. Others are assisted to implement the chosen solution
Approved
Page 846 of 7618


Required skills
communication skills to communicate ideas and information relating to reading and

understanding workplace documents
assist with problem solving
literacy skills to:
understand written workplace procedures and documents
read and follow information in written instructions, specifications, standard operating

procedures, charts and other applicable reference documents
numeracy skills to use mathematical ideas and techniques where required for solution options
planning and organising skills to plan and organise activities for a plan of action developed to
solve problems
adopt strategic approaches to routine problem solving
establish diagnostic processes that use basic analytical and problem-solving skills relating
to identifying, evaluating and resolving work-related problems
causes

teamwork skills to work with others and in a team by using basic communication and
teamwork skills to assist others to solve problems
technical skills to collect, organise and understand information relating to collating
information to define problems
technology skills to use workplace technology for research and to report on effectiveness
Required knowledge
workplace policies and work procedures in relation to problem identification and problem
solving
problem identification, evaluation and reporting procedures
problem identification, evaluation and reporting practices and strategies
Approved
Page 847 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

communicate effectively with others involved in or affected by

the work
identify indicators of problems or potential problems
gather and evaluate information relating to the problem
devise solutions
implement solutions as they relate to mechanical or electrical
faults or problems in an automotive workplace.



of this unit:
Approved
workplace location or simulated workplace

documentation, such as workplace or sample policies and
procedures, vehicle workshop or repair manuals related to work
procedures and problem solving
vehicles with mechanical or electrical faults or problems
requiring resolution.
Page 848 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 849 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Problems may include:
Information and evidence

may include:
Solution methods may

include:
Contingency arrangements
may include:
Approved
problems relating to normal work activities within the

responsibility of the individual or workgroup
problems that arise relating to additional or non-standard work
activities
problems caused by internal or external changes in work
conditions or the environment.
equipment or product manufacturer and component supplier
specifications
workplace policies and procedures
repair quotations
legislation and regulations
industry and workplace codes of practice.
personal problem solving
mathematical problem solving
root cause analysis
brainstorming
lateral thinking
trial and error
substitution.
technical evaluation
physical evaluation
formulating or revising plans
strategy development
evaluating procedures
time management
cpmmunication strategies.
Page 850 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Common
Unit sector
Foundation Skills

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 851 of 7618

AURAFA2005 Write routine texts in an automotive workplace

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC251179A Write routine texts in the workplace and

complete automotive documentation
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to write routine

texts, ensuring correct grammar and punctuation are used, and to
complete standard automotive forms.


contextualised to the qualification to which it is being applied.
retail, service and repair administration/sales.
Methods include:
documenting details of a telephone message

completing and lodging various forms.
Specific requirements include:
Approved
information on routine operational matters

writing to persons who are familiar with subject matter
using correct grammar/punctuation.
Page 852 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 853 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Write routine texts
1.1. A text of one or two sentences is documented

1.2. A factual statement of one or two sentences is composed
1.3. Spelling, punctuation and grammar are accurate
1.4. Information is self-checked and presented for frequent
progress checks by designated officer
2. Complete industry form
2.1. Identify correct form for purpose

2.2. Collect information for completion of form
2.3. Complete relevant sections of form
2.4. Organise for other sections of form to be completed by
relevant persons
2.5. Gather supporting documentation or information
2.6. Determine signatory requirements and complete
3. Lodge form
3.1. Determine body for lodging form, due date and method of
lodgement
3.2. Copy form and store in accordance with enterprise
procedure
3.3. Lodge form with body with necessary supporting
documents or payments
4. Follow up
4.1. Follow-up dates for action are noted in accordance with

company procedure
Approved
Page 854 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to writing routine texts and completing
automotive forms in the workplace
communicate ideas and information related to writing routine texts and completing automotive
forms in the workplace
plan and organise activities related to writing routine texts and completing automotive forms in
the workplace
work with others and in a team by seeking and conveying information related to the planning,
sequencing and completion of the task
utilise processes that identify methods to gather information and resolve questions related to
writing routine texts and completing automotive forms in the workplace
use workplace technology related to writing routine texts, completing automotive forms,
sourcing information and lodgement of forms in the workplace
Required knowledge
written communication techniques

routine enterprise texts/stationery
enterprise policies and procedures for preparing written texts
sources of information required on standard forms
purpose of forms
Approved
Page 855 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off

the job.
Assessment of practical skills must take place only after a
period of supervised practice and repetitive experience. If
workplace conditions are not available, assessment in simulated
workplace conditions is acceptable.
Prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without direct
supervision.
forms from government departments or agencies
car hire agreements
writing equipment and materials
enterprise-specific documents (e.g. time cards, leave

application forms and requisitions)
telephones, faxes, email and internet
dictionaries and other written language aids.
Approved
writing short routine texts using correct grammar and

punctuation
use of correct form for the requirement
correct completion of all aspects of the form
correct lodgement procedure.
complete routine business texts

use correct grammar and punctuation
identification and completion of form.
Page 856 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Forms
Forms may include:
Lodgement
Lodgement may be by:
post, hand, electronically or facsimile
Workplace health and

safety (WHS)
vehicle registration, change of ownership, insurance policies or

car hire agreements
information related to forms and requirements from government

departments or agencies
information related to completion and supporting
documentation from government department or agencies
information related to:
car hire agreements
product manufacturer/component supplier specifications
WHS requirements may include:
state/territory WHS legislation

award provisions
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Common
Page 857 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Foundation Skills
Page 858 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
New unit of competency
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to source,

read and apply workplace instructions in an automotive repair
environment.

Work applies to the automotive repair industry and relates to all

sectors in that environment. It involves the application of skills and
knowledge to follow worksheets and work orders at a technician
level.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgement and
problem-solving skills in managing own work activities.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 859 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Identify and obtain repair

instructions
1.1. Repair instructions are sourced and read

1.2. Recommended repair procedures are identified and
relevant information is located and applied
2. Initiate work order for

repairs
2.1. Repair instructions are followed

2.2. Equipment and material requirements are identified and
checked for correct operation
2.3. Repair procedures are initiated where required according to
original equipment manufacturer (OEM) recommended
repair procedure and workplace requirements
3. Conduct work
3.1. Repairs are carried out in line with instructions and without
causing damage to workplace property, vehicles, systems or
components
3.2. Completed work is checked for compliance with
worksheets, work orders and OEM specifications; and
finalised to workplace quality standard
Approved
Page 860 of 7618


Required skills
follow recommended repair procedure
follow workplace verbal instructions

initiative and enterprise skills to recognise a workplace problem or potential problem and take
action
learning skills to identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand
skills, knowledge and understanding
literacy skills to:
read and follow information in written job instructions, specifications, worksheets, work
orders and OEM repair procedures
read and follow industry and workplace quality standards and procedures
document required repair procedures and parts

numeracy skills to interpret and calculate OEM repair measurements
plan repair requirements and follow job repair specification
identify risk factors and take action to minimise them

problem-solving skills to seek information and assistance as required to solve problems
select and use appropriate repair equipment, materials, processes and procedures
follow workplace policies and documentation, including industry codes of practice and
procedures
respond positively to changing work requirements

technical skills to use workplace tools relating to repair procedures, including:
specialist tools and equipment
measuring equipment
operate body repair and repair equipment
use technology to collect and provide information on repair processes
Required knowledge
techniques for reading and interpreting regulations and technical documentation, such as
worksheets and work orders, component specification sheets, workplace policies and
procedures, and environmental regulations
workplace health and safety (WHS) regulations and requirements relating to automotive
repairs
Approved
Page 861 of 7618

work organisation and planning processes for work required

OEM-recommended repair procedures and quality processes
workplace quality processes relating to automotive repairs
Approved
Page 862 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:
Context of, and specific

read and correctly interpret work sheets and work orders

maintain working knowledge of repair systems and practices
work and communicate effectively and positively with others
apply, within scope of own role, the requirements of the job or
work role to:
achieve work quality goals
effectively apply problem-solving techniques

read worksheets and work orders
establish correct work processes and material requirements.



of this unit:
Approved
worksheets
work orders
vehicle specification sheets
vehicle repair requirements
Page 863 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
vehicle job cards

OEM-recommended repair procedures.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 864 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Recommended repair
procedures may include:
Information may include:
Workplace requirements
may include:
Instructions may include:
Approved
OEM specifications
repair sequence
specialist equipment.
award provisions
OEM repair procedures
symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations
workplace manuals
workplace operating procedures
worksheets and work orders.
access and equity principles and practices
environmental management: waste disposal, recycling and
re-use guidelines
emergency and evacuation procedures
equipment use procedures
legal obligations
maintenance and storage procedures
WHS requirements
workplace and site guidelines
policies and procedures relating to own role and responsibility
quality guidelines
quality and continuous improvement processes
recording and reporting guidelines.
worksheets
work orders
OEM-recommended repair procedures
industry and workplace quality standards.
Page 865 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Common
Unit sector
Foundation Skills

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 866 of 7618

AURAFA5006 Prepare technical reports

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT577520A Prepare technical reports

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to identify and analyse

requirements, to plan and conduct research, to evaluate information
and findings, and to develop, document and present technical
reports.

A technical report is one that researches, analyses and reports on

the specifications and/or effectiveness of existing or proposed
technical systems, componentry, materials and/or processes.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 867 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 868 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for the reporting

requirement
1.1. Purpose or objective of the report is identified, clearly

defined and confirmed with the customer or sponsor.
1.2. Project timeframe and outline plan of the main activities are
prepared and confirmed with key parties.
1.3. Requirements for information entry, storage, output and
quality of document production are identified in accordance
with enterprise procedures.
2. Plan the research effort
2.1. Scope and nature of the information requirements are

identified.
2.2. All possible sources of the required information are
researched and identified.
2.3. A systematic research or information collection plan is
designed to optimise the process.
2.4. Resources are obtained and scheduled to service the
research requirements.
3. Conduct research
3.1. Research is undertaken effectively in accordance with the

plan.
3.2. Experiments and tests to support the research effort are
conducted in a manner which ensures the demonstrable
integrity of the outcomes or findings.
3.3. Research findings are logged, documented and stored to
maintain traceability.
3.4. Preliminary analysis is conducted to identify requirements
for variations or additions to the research plan.
4. Analyse the information
4.1. Information is sorted, documented and prepared for the

analytical process.
4.2. Information and data is manipulated to enable reasonable
comparisons and judgements.
4.3. Clarification by way of expert advice and opinion is sought.
4.4. Conclusions and findings reached are logical and based on
objective analysis of the available data.
5. Prepare and present the

report
5.1. Report clearly defines the objectives, process, findings and

further actions.
5.2. Report addresses and satisfies the stated objective and
timeframe.
5.3. Report and associated presentation materials are of a
standard and quality for the intended audience.
5.4. Reader comprehension of the report is aided by use of
executive summaries and attachments.
Approved
Page 869 of 7618

ELEMENT
5.5. Protocols, conventions and legal requirements related to
acknowledgements and intellectual property are applied.
5.6. Information management requirements, including
documenting and repository actions are satisfied in
accordance with enterprise procedures.

Required skills
research, collect, organise and understand technical information related to the subject area,
developmental activities, testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and safety
procedures.
communicate ideas and information to ensure the completeness, clarity and comprehension of
the technical report by the target audience.
plan and organise the research and writing effort to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions
or wastage.
work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches
to optimise research and writing.
use mathematical ideas and techniques to incorporate calculation, measurements, calibration
and test requirements into research and validation activities.
establish processes which anticipate and allow for risks, cater for both direct and indirect
causes, avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage in the research and report preparation
activities.
use the workplace technology related to document preparation, including computing systems
and information management systems, calculators and measuring devices.
Required knowledge
technical writing and presentation techniques.

enterprise (or equivalent) technical procedure formats, content rules, preparation and
management techniques.
Approved
Page 870 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

Locate, interpret and apply information.

Apply safety requirements throughout the work sequence,
including the use of personal protective clothing and
equipment.
Identify and itemise steps and stages covering confirmation of
objective, research planning and conduct and report preparation.
Complete a significant technical report covering:
detailed research of the topic area
a full analysis of the research outcomes
conclusions and recommendations clearly supported by the

facts
satisfaction of legal, regulatory or intellectual property law

requirements.
Modify activities to cater for variations in research findings.
Work effectively with others.

activity.
Access to a significant technical research and reporting
requirement, information sources and a working environment.
Assessment of this unit of competence is most likely to be project

related and require portfolios or other forms of indirect evidence of
process. Direct evidence will include acceptance of the final
outcome/report by a competent authority.
Assessment must confirm the inference that competence is able not
only to be satisfied under the particular circumstances, but is able to
be transferred to other projects.
functional units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Approved
Page 871 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Unit context
Workplace environment
WHS requirements include legislation, safety management

systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes and
safe operating procedures.
Work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations,
environmental legislation, health regulations, authorised
handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual ability,
discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills.
Work may involve individual and team related activities.

Work may be carried out in a commercial, workshop, laboratory or
research establishment.
Personal protective
equipment
Information and
procedures

legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices.
Workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication.

Vehicle industry publications related to emerging system
technology and technology changes.
Professional publications.
Automotive research collections and access facilities.
Manufacturer/component supplier specifications and
application procedures for testing equipment and materials.
Manufacturer/component supplier specifications, schematics
and operational procedures related to systems.
Australian Standards.
Australian Design Rules.
Vehicle industry regulations.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Common
Page 872 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Foundation Skills
Page 873 of 7618

AURAFA5007 Develop and document specifications and procedures
AURAFA5007 Develop and document specifications and

procedures
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT577620A Develop and document specifications and

procedures
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse requirements and to

develop and document technical specifications and procedures
providing concise and unambiguous direction and guidance for
workplace activities.

This unit covers the work involved in the research for and writing
of specifications and procedures for the workplace.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual ability,
discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills.
Work may involve individual and team related activities and will
normally relate to the standard forms of activity performed in the
enterprise and industry.
Approved
Page 874 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 875 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Identify requirements
1.1. Information required for technical specifications and

procedures is identified and assembled.
1.2. Specifications and procedures requirements and formats are
established and confirmed, where necessary.
1.3. Requirements for information entry, storage, output and
quality of document production are identified in accordance
with enterprise procedures.
1.4. Specifications and procedures document design is
appropriate for efficient entry of information and satisfies
appearance and presentation requirements for the purpose of
the document.
1.5. Range of functions incorporated in the document design
reflects the nominated requirements.
2. Prepare specifications
2.1. Technical information for use in the specification is

collected, tested and validated or confirmed before use.
2.2. Authoritative sources and references are identified and used
in the preparation and presentation of the specification.
2.3. Specifications are written in a format, to ensure
requirements can be met.
2.4. Specifications are written in a manner that is clear and
understood in the workplace.
2.5. Specification documentation satisfies enterprise and
industry standards.
3. Prepare technical
procedures
3.1. Activities and tasks are identified, analysed and

documented.
3.2. Activities and tasks are sequenced and logically grouped.
3.3. Procedures are documented to enterprise and industry
standards.
Approved
Page 876 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand technical information related to the specifications and
procedures, testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and safety procedures.
communicate ideas and information to ensure the completeness, clarity and comprehension of
the specifications and procedures by the target audience.
plan and organise to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage.
to optimise workflow and productivity.
use mathematical ideas and techniques to incorporate measurements, calibration and test
requirements into specifications and procedures.
establish processes which anticipate and allow for risks, cater for both direct and indirect
causes, avoid or minimise reworking and avoid wastage in the preparation and content of
procedures.
use the workplace technology related to document preparation, including calculators and
measuring devices, computing systems and information management systems.
Required knowledge
technical writing and presentation techniques.

enterprise (or equivalent) technical procedure formats, content rules, preparation and
management techniques.
Approved
Page 877 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

Locate, interpret and apply information.

Apply safety requirements throughout the work sequence,
including the use of personal protective clothing and
equipment.
Identify and itemise steps and stages in procedures.
Complete a significant operational procedure, incorporating
safety obligations, and covering:
a full analysis of the topic area
a step-by-step operational procedure
supporting documents to the procedure.

Complete or review and update a specification for a significant
system or sub-system covering:
system/sub-system description
components
materials
construction
circuitry
related information sources
legal, regulatory or intellectual property law requirements.

Modify products to cater for variations in workplace cultures
and environment.

facility.
Access to systems requiring specification, activities requiring
procedural coverage, related, technical information and a work
environment.

process. Direct evidence will include certification of compliance
of the final outcome/product or authorisation for use by a
competent authority.
Approved
Page 878 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 879 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Specifications
Specifications are technical criteria for an object, item, system or

sub-system describing the components, materials, construction,
circuitry and associated legal, regulatory or intellectual property
issues.
Procedures
Procedures contain detailed descriptions of the tasks, activities,

sequences, materials, tooling, rules and safety requirements leading
or guiding an individual through an authorised work practice.
Function
The function is undertaken in accordance with established

enterprise procedures and practices may include requirements
recommended by manufacturer.
Unit context
WHS requirements include legislation, safety management

systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes and
safe operating procedures.
environmental legislation, health regulations, authorised
handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements.
Workplace environment
Specifications and procedures may be used in established

workshops or under external site conditions.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures
Approved
Workplace procedures relating to the use of tooling and

equipment.
and operational procedures related to systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging system
Page 880 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Foundation Skills
Page 881 of 7618

AURAKA2001 Use information technology systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
ReplacesAURA254180A Operate information technology systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence involved in the use

and application of enterprise information technology systems.

This unit requires knowledge of the hardware and

software in use, and the ability to enter, retrieve and use
information.
This unit of competency applies to the following and
should be contextualised to the qualification to which it is
being applied:
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 882 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 883 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Use enterprise
systems
1.1. Knowledge of enterprise information technology systems is

accurately demonstrated and conveyed to other staff
members
1.2. Hardware is accurately identified and operated according to
manufacturer/component supplier instructions and enterprise
procedures
1.3. Software, including databases, menus and electronic data
interchange (EDI), is accurately identified and used
according to manufacturer/component supplier instructions
and enterprise procedures
1.4. Application and uses of available software is accurately
identified and used according to enterprise procedures
1.5. Data is transmitted according to EDI procedures
1.6. Keyboard skills are used accurately to enter information
according to enterprise policies
1.7. Back-up procedures are regularly performed according to
enterprise procedures
2. Edit/update information
2.1. Information to be edited/updated is correctly identified

according to enterprise procedures
2.2. Information on system is accurately edited/updated
3. Solve problems
3.1. Equipment/hardware/software faults are identified and

rectified where possible or expert assistance sought without
delay
3.2. Maintenance programs for hardware and software systems
are monitored and implemented according to
manufacturer/component supplier specifications and
3.3. Routine problems are handled using appropriate
problem-solving techniques and referred to appropriate
persons
3.4. Assistance is positively and actively provided to staff as
problems arise
Approved
Page 884 of 7618


Required skills
plain English literacy skills in regard to interpreting documentation and completing reports or
documents
information is provided according to enterprise policies and procedures
back up procedures are planned for data
involve staff in dealing with information technology issues
enterprise version control procedures are followed
establish diagnostic processes which develop problem-solving skills related to hardware and
software problems
technical skills in the operation of enterprise information technology hardware and software
and the use, application and operation of databases, menus and EDI
Required knowledge
operational knowledge of enterprise policies and procedures in regard to use of enterprise

information technology systems, including:
use and maintenance of hardware and software systems
solutions to problems/breakdowns
operation of equipment
operational knowledge of legislation for WHS, including use of screen-based equipment
Approved
Page 885 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
It is essential that competence in this unit signifies the ability to

transfer the competence to changing circumstances and to respond
to unusual circumstances in critical aspects of:

Approved
consistently applying enterprise policies and procedures in

regard to information technology systems, including resolution
of systems faults and accessing/entering information on
enterprise systems
following requirements of legislation.
This unit should be assessed in conjunction with other units that
Evidence is best gathered using products, processes and
procedures of the individual workplace context as the means by
which the candidate achieves industry competencies.
The following are required:
documentation, such as enterprise policies and procedures

manuals relating to information technology systems,
legislation requirements, industry codes of practice, and
hardware and software manuals
information technology systems

event and that it occurs over a period of time to cover varying
customers, team leaders/members or other appropriate persons
subject to agreed authentication arrangements.
Page 886 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Enterprise
Enterprises may vary in size, type and location and in their range of
Information technology
systems
Information technology systems used may be centrally based,

location-based or networked. Communications may be by network
or by the internet
Software
Types of software may include:
System problems
System problems:
Staff
Information
staffing information, customer details/records, including names,

addresses and profiles, stock records, stock transfers, orders and
delivery details
a range of personal computers and computer terminals, which

may be stand-alone or networked
information technology equipment such as scanning equipment,
bar-coding equipment, point of sale terminals and pricing
equipment
Approved
Staff may be full time, part time or casual and vary in terms of
staff training, in staffing levels, e.g. staff shortages and in the
range of responsibilities for information technology systems.
Staff may be operating in routine or busy trading conditions
Equipment may include:
may relate to hardware faults, breakdowns, software faults or

staff abilities/training
may be solved by routine procedures, manufacturer/component
supplier recommendations, lateral thinking or referral to a
specialist/expert
Information to be entered may include:
Equipment
menus, databases or EDI
enterprise policies and procedures in regard to information

technology systems
legislative requirements for WHS, particularly in regard to use
Page 887 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
of screen-based equipment, and may also include industry
codes of practice
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Information Technology
Page 888 of 7618

AURAKA3002 Adapt work processes to new technologies

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC361101A Adapt work processes to new technology

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence required to

investigate the nature of new technologies and modify existing
work processes and procedures to incorporate new technologies
into the workplace.

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 889 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Investigate the nature of

the new technology
1.1. Training/information sessions are attended, to gain a full

understanding of new technology
1.2. Technical sources are consulted to gain a full understanding
of new technology
1.3. New technologies are analysed to determine their
importance and value to the enterprise
1.4. Impact of new technologies on existing processes is
analysed
1.5. Information about additional materials and equipment
required to adopt the technology is communicated to staff
2. Modify existing work

2.1. Processes are modified to incorporate new technologies

2.2. Impact on workflow and productivity is minimised through
effective planning and communication with staff
2.3. Staff are provided with training/information in the use of
new technologies
Approved
Page 890 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to adapting work processes to new
technologies
communicate ideas and information to supervisors related to adapting work processes to new
technologies
plan and organise activities adapting work processes to new technologies
work with others and in a team by seeing and conveying information related to the planning,
establish diagnostic processes which adapts work processes to new technologies
use the workplace technology related to adapting work processes to new technologies
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
enterprise existing activity, processes and procedures relevant to application

cost-benefit analysis principles
analytical skills, processes and procedures
planning, communication and management skills, processes and procedures
Approved
Page 891 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

investigating the nature of new technologies and modifying

existing work processes and procedures to incorporate new
technologies into the workplace.


the job.
supervision.
technical information, hand tooling, specialised tooling and

equipment.
Approved
research and adapt a process to a previously unknown

technology
train staff in use of a new technology
compare costs and benefits of a current process and one which
incorporates a new technology
make a recommendation as to whether a given technology
should be introduced to the workplace, taking into
consideration the value to the enterprise of the change
plan and implement the introduction of a new technology into
the workplace, with provision to minimise the impact on
workflow and productivity.
Page 892 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Methods
Methods include:
Processes which may be

modified
Processes which may be modified could include:
New technologies
a body repair involving a multi- layer paint system is

encountered for the first time in the workshop. The technician
contacts the paint supplier to gather information on the paint
system. Other persons might also need to be contacted to gain
an understanding of how to effect the repair, such as the paint
manufacturer or industry contacts who may have encountered
such a paint system before and/or employer bodies. Because
normal 'blending' is not possible, alternative methods for colour
matching need to be determined after gathering information
Approved
new equipment or tooling, base materials or automotive

systems
Workplace example:
work/repair sequence
WHS practices
administration and/or documentation
stock control
New technologies which could be incorporated into the workplace

include:
Unit context
analysis of existing work practices

planning
communication
research

technical journals, including workshop
manuals, tune-up manuals
legislation
Page 893 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

award provisions
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 894 of 7618

AURALA3001 Determine legal aspects of an automotive service and repair contract Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURALA3001 Determine legal aspects of an automotive service

and repair contract
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURA354616A Determine legal aspects of an

automotive service and repair contract
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to act within legal

and ethical boundaries in dealing with customers and implement
measures to avoid disputes and resolve those that do occur.

This unit of competency applies to the legal and ethical operation in

retail, service and repair. Methods include:

researching requirements
monitoring performance against requirements
ensuring currency of requirements
documentation.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 895 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 896 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Comply with service and

repair contract and
agreement legislation
1.1. Identify and comply with the rights and legal obligations of
parties involved in a valid service and repair contract
1.2. Identify and comply with the legal liabilities of a repairer
who performs service or repair work without a valid contract
1.3. Prepare draft documents that would form a valid contract
for service and repair work in the automotive industry
1.4. Implement procedures to advise customers of the nature of
the contract they are entering into requesting service and
repair work to be undertaken
1.5. Implement procedures for staff to follow to ensure valid
contracts are in place for all stages of work undertaken
1.6. Implement procedures to minimise liability or customer
claims in relationship to bailment
1.7. Identify which regulatory bodies have authority to inspect
the premises and the procedures for this to occur
2. Establish warranties in
accordance with legal
requirements and
company policy
2.1. Ensure customer statutory rights have been protected

2.2. Ensure warranty documents have regard for fair trading
principles
2.3. Ensure warranty interpretation is in accordance with
company policy
3. Enforce contract in
accordance with legal
requirements and
company policy
3.1. Develop company policy on payment terms for services

rendered
3.2. Identify and observe different forms of liens and their
applicability of the automotive industry
3.3. Identify and observe the legal rights and obligations of an
automotive business in respect of the disposal or sale of
uncollected vehicles or goods
3.4. Outline the legal procedure that should be followed for
recovery of payment when a customer is in default of
payment
4. Dispute resolution in the

automotive industry
4.1. Implement procedures to minimise disputes with customers

4.2. Maintain necessary records to support positions in disputes
with customers
4.3. Identify external sources of assistance in dispute resolution
4.4. Monitor customer disputes and resolutions to implement
procedures for avoidance strategies
Approved
Page 897 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to legal and ethical business dealings
communicate ideas and information to customers and supervisors related to legal and ethical
business dealings
plan and organise activities related to legal and ethical business dealings
work with others and in a team by observing and conveying information related to planning,
establish and utilise processes that identify appropriate methods related to legal and ethical
business dealings
use workplace technology related to legal and ethical business dealings
Required knowledge
legal and ethical requirements related to contracts

warranty rights and responsibilities of suppliers and repairers
components of a valid contract
written communication and report writing skills procedures
oral communication skills procedures
assessing vehicle damage and recommended repair methods
dispute resolution techniques
Approved
Page 898 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Performance Criteria, Required Skills and Knowledge, Range Statement and the Assessment

to transfer the competence to changing circumstances and to
respond to unusual situations in critical aspects of:

establishment and revision of model customer contracts

implementation procedures to avoid or deal with customer
disputes
maintenance of customer records
identification of key components of a valid service and repair
contract
establishment of an appropriate paper trail and records to verify
actions taken in a dispute situation.
Underpinning knowledge may be assessed on or off the job.
period of supervised practice and repetitive experience.
Assessment must take place in the workplace.
The prescribed outcome must be able to be achieved without
direct supervision.
Approved
Page 899 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Resources
enterprise stationery, telephone and appropriate forms/business

documents
repair orders, job cards and invoices
sample repair contracts
computer, calculator and software
customer records
consumer legislation and regulation, including sections of the

Trade Practices Act
product manufacturer/component supplier specifications and
warranties
state/industry WHS legislation
contract law information relevant to automotive business
company policy on payment terms
industry association code of ethics
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 900 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Regulatory or Legal
Page 901 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC270688A Work effectively with others

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to organise self,

perform tasks, behave responsibly and work effectively as a
member of a work group or team.

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 902 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 903 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Contribute to
determination of work
roles
1.1. Work roles for each group or team member are identified
based on information and instructions about objectives,
performance requirements and procedures
1.2. Contributions are made to assist in the determination of the
roles and responsibilities for the successful completion of
work activities
2. Contribute to planning of
activities
2.1. Suggestions and information are provided to contribute to

the planning of work activities and associated procedures
3. Organise and accept

responsibility for own
workload
3.1. Priorities and deadlines are established and documented in

consultation with others
3.2. Work activities are planned and progress of work is
communicated to others whose personal work plans and
timeframes may be affected
3.3. Work is completed to the standard expected in the
workplace in accordance with guidelines, directions and
instructions
3.4. Variations and difficulties affecting work requirements are
identified through regular reviews and action is taken to
report these issues to appropriate persons
3.5. Additional support to improve work is communicated
clearly to appropriate persons
4. Maintain enterprise dress

and grooming standards
4.1. Enterprise and/or industry dress standards and requirements

are maintained
4.2. Enterprise and/or industry grooming standards are
maintained
5. Work with others
5.1. Forms of communication appropriate to the work activities

are used
5.2. Assistance in the completion of activities is requested
5.3. Support is provided to colleagues to ensure designated team
goals are achieved
5.4. Contributions to the achievement of a required outcome are
made
5.5. Work is undertaken in accordance with procedures on an
individual and shared basis
5.6. Problems are discussed and resolved where possible
through agreed and accepted processes
5.7. Suggestions for improvements to process are made and
discussed within the team
6. Participate in identifying
6.1. Competencies for the workplace are identified
Approved
Page 904 of 7618

ELEMENT
and meeting own
development needs
7. Work effectively and

responsibly
Approved
6.2. Organisational structure, career paths and development
opportunities are identified
6.3. Steps are taken, in consultation with appropriate persons, to
identify own learning needs through assessment and
planning for future work requirements
6.4. Opportunities to learn and develop required competencies
are undertaken, including establishing networks and
working relationships with others
7.1. Notification of shift/work availability or non-attendance for
shift/work is given without undue delay and according to
7.2. Staff rosters are interpreted
7.3. Non-discriminatory attitudes are displayed when interacting
with customers, staff and management
7.4. Non-discriminatory language is used consistently
7.5. Awards/enterprise agreements are identified and interpreted
Page 905 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information to follow routine procedures and directions
communicate ideas and information to plain English literacy and communication skills in
relation to reading and understanding workplace documents
plan and organise activities to carry out routine tasks with limited supervision
work with others and in a team by informing supervisor of issues which will affect timeframes
and goals
use mathematical ideas and techniques to estimate requirements of tasks
establish diagnostic processes which use basic analytical, problem-solving, negotiation and
conflict management skills in relation to working with others
use workplace technology related to documenting work progress on computers/information
systems
Required knowledge
General knowledge of:
enterprise work procedures

group dynamics and the impact of working effectively with others on individual and group
performance
enterprise work systems, equipment, management and facility operating systems
enterprise policies and procedures and legislative requirements in regard to:
workplace ethics
work availability or non-attendance
staff rosters
dress and grooming
discriminatory behaviour
harassment
equal opportunity
staff counselling and disciplinary procedures

industry awards or enterprise/ workplace agreements
Approved
Page 906 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


Approved
organising and accepting responsibility for own workload

following the designated work plan for the job
contributing to collective planning, cooperative work and
effective outcomes
cooperating with others to complete work-oriented activities
participating in identifying and meeting own development
needs
consistently applying enterprise and/or industry standards of
dress and grooming
consistently and responsibly applying enterprise policies and
procedures in regard to workplace ethics, including
interpretation of staff rosters, notification of availability for
work and allocated duties/job description
consistently applying enterprise policies and procedures and
legislative requirements regarding non-discriminatory language
and attitudes
knowing own rights and responsibilities regarding
awards/enterprise agreements.
documentation, such as enterprise or sample policies and

procedures manuals related to ethics, employee and
employer rights and responsibilities, dress and grooming,
Page 907 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
discrimination, job descriptions and organisation charts

legislation, such as equal employment opportunity, equal
opportunity and anti-discrimination
enterprise or sample awards and/or enterprise/ workplace
agreements

Page 908 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Business types
Enterprise may vary in size, type and location, the range of work
activities conducted, hours of operation and the number and type of
staff
Staff
Staff may:
Staff activities
Activities may include:
Communication
legislation or regulations in relation to WHS, equal opportunity,

anti-discrimination, consumer law, trade practices and fair
trading, industrial relations, and industry codes of practice
awards/agreements may include state/territory and federal
industry awards and enterprise or workplace agreements
Enterprise policies and procedures may relate to:
Approved
face to face, telephone, written or electronic means
Legislative requirements may include:
Policies and procedures
normal or routine work requirements or non-routine work

requirements
Communication may include:
Legislative requirements
be full-time, part-time or casual and vary in terms of staff

training and in staffing levels
be operating in routine or busy trading and may include persons
from a range of social, cultural or ethnic backgrounds and
physical and mental abilities
work in teams or groups of varying size and structure
organisational structure, work roles and responsibilities, career

paths, work standards, dress and grooming standards, work
objectives and performance requirements
Page 909 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Management, Leadership and Supervision
Page 910 of 7618

AURAMA2002 Communicate business information

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC270889A Communicate business information

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to communicate

effectively with other persons in the automotive industry. This
includes communicating verbally and in written form, participating
in meetings, making presentations and conducting negotiations.

This unit of competence has application in:
day-to-day workplace communications

workplace correspondence
attending/conducting internal and external meetings
making a presentation to others, either formally or informally
conducting complex negotiations with a customer or supplier.

Approved
Page 911 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 912 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Communicate
information orally
1.1. The purpose of oral communication is clarified with either

the speaker or the listeners
1.2. A suitable oral communication style is selected to match the
communication purpose and audience
1.3. Oral information given to others is delivered clearly,
succinctly and unambiguously
1.4. Where oral information has been given to others, the
received information is checked with the listeners to ensure
it has been received and understood
1.5. Oral information received from others is listened to
carefully and intently
1.6. Where oral information has been received from others, its
meaning is checked with the speaker to ensure it has been
received and understood
1.7. Where an oral communication has been received
inaccurately, it is repeated and/or clarified with further detail
2. Communicate
information in writing
2.1. The purpose of the written communication is clarified with

either the writer or the reader
2.2. A suitable written communication style is selected to match
the communication purpose and audience
2.3. Written information given to others is delivered clearly,
succinctly and unambiguously
2.4. Where written information has been provided to others, the
received information is checked with the readers to ensure it
has been received and understood
2.5. Written information received from others is read carefully
and intently
2.6. Where written information has been received from another,
it is checked with the writer to ensure it has been read and
understood
2.7. Where a written communication has been read inaccurately,
further detail is sought to clarify the message
3. Achieve meeting
outcomes
3.1. Purpose of a meeting is clarified with those participating

3.2. When a meeting is chaired, it is well-planned with a clear
agenda, time and place of meeting, and the meeting is
conducted efficiently in accordance with official law and
procedures of meetings and constitution or requirements of
the organisation concerned
3.3. Outcomes of a meeting are documented and official minutes
of the meeting are promptly provided to all participants
Approved
Page 913 of 7618

ELEMENT
3.4. Required action flowing from decisions reached at a
meeting is documented
3.5. Persons responsible for implementing action from decisions
at a meeting are promptly notified and details of the required
action confirmed in writing
3.6. Follow-up action is taken to ensure all decisions of a
meeting are acted upon
4. Make a presentation
4.1. Purpose of a presentation is identified and clarified with

organisers and confirmed with the intended audience
4.2. Information to be communicated in a presentation is
suitably organised and structured in accordance with
company requirements
4.3. Resources available for the presentation are discussed with
the organisers and suitable media selected for use in the
presentation
4.4. Presentation aids, such as overhead projector transparencies,
handouts, speech notes and demonstrations, are organised
and prepared in advance, in accordance with recognised
standards of good practice
4.5. Resources such as projectors, microphones and amplifiers
are checked prior to the presentation to ensure they are
functioning properly
4.6. Presentation is made as planned with attention to the
reactions and feedback provided by the audience
4.7. Outcomes of the presentation are evaluated and acted upon
in accordance with company procedures
5. Negotiate a solution
5.1. Preparation is made for the negotiation in accordance with

company procedures, including consideration of subject
matter, significance of outcomes for parties involved, facts,
issues and options, and perceived positions of the parties
involved
5.2. A suitable negotiation strategy is selected in accordance
with company requirements, including the location, time and
approach to be taken
5.3. Negotiations are conducted in accordance with planned
approach
5.4. Negotiation outcomes are reviewed in terms of desired
outcomes of both parties and suitable action initiated
according to company requirements
5.5. Follow-up action to the negotiations is carried out,
including discussions with other parties
5.6. Outcomes of the negotiation are documented in accordance
Approved
Page 914 of 7618

ELEMENT
with company requirements

Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to the communication of business

information to customers, supervisors and other staff or relevant persons
communicate ideas and information to plain English speaking and communication skills in
relation to oral communications with customers, supervisors and other staff both informally
and in making formal presentations
writing skills to allow effective written communications in the workplace
effective listening and interpersonal skills to enable effective communication in meetings and
negotiations
plan and organise activities to plan a presentation and an approach for the negotiation of an
issue
work with others and in a team by communicating with and involve team members in
presentations
use mathematical ideas and techniques to ensure meetings and presentations meet planned
timeframes
establish diagnostic processes which negotiate a solution to an issue
use the workplace technology related to ensure the use of business technology to make a
presentation
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
common automotive and enterprise terminology

the activities, procedures and policies of the enterprise
the requirements for oral communication
conventions and requirements for written communications
preparation, conduct of and follow-up from meetings
preparing for and conducting a presentation
negotiating techniques and their application
Approved
Page 915 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


Approved
conducting oral communication in the workplace

communicating in writing
achieving meeting outcomes
conducting presentations
negotiating issues in the workplace.
form part of a job role or function.
documentation, such as enterprise or sample policies and

procedures related to work processes
real or simulated business information to be communicated
access to communication partners

Page 916 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Customers
Unit context
Customers may be:
internal or external
work may be undertaken at any enterprise involved in the

automotive industry
communication will occur within and between work groups and
external to the enterprise at all levels
customer and supplier contact and coordination are a
requirement of these operations
work may involve 24 hour operation at workplace or external
locations
environment may be internal or external, administrative or
industrial and may include movement of persons, equipment,
goods, materials and vehicular traffic
the employee may work under general supervision, but may
have some leadership/supervisory responsibilities
judgement and discretion in conducting workplace
communication is required
conditions of service, legislation and industrial agreements may
include workplace agreements and awards
WHS, including federal and state/territory legislation
consultative processes may include:
other staff and supervisors
management
employee representatives
customers
communications may be face to face, in writing, by telephone
or other electronic means and may be formal or informal
documenting and reporting of information is in accordance with
enterprise procedures and policies
Approved
operation manuals
quality or enterprise work specifications and procedures
manufacturer/customer requirements/issues
Page 917 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
workplace operating procedures and policies

material safety data sheets
personal and work area work procedures and practices
federal/state/territory legislation and codes of practice relating
to the industry, dangerous and hazardous goods, environmental
protection and WHS
enterprise communications, management and inventory systems
conditions of service and workplace agreements
enterprise quality assurance procedures
emergency procedures
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 918 of 7618

AURAMA3003 Conduct information sessions

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC359350A Conduct information sessions

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence required to present

technical and other information in structured sessions.


Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 919 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for session
1.1. Specific need to be met by the information session is

confirmed
1.2. Arrangements are made for the time, place and duration of
the session
1.3. Equipment, tooling and/or other resources required are
organised to be available
1.4. Information is planned to be presented in a logical sequence
2. Present session
2.1. Participants are made aware of the reason for the session
and relevance of information being presented
2.2. Information is presented clearly, with demonstration
3. Follow up outcomes of
session
3.1. Participants are encouraged to raise questions on any aspect

of the information session
3.2. Participant reactions to the session are sought and feedback
is used to guide future presentation
3.3. Actions required as a result of the session are carried out
Approved
Page 920 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to a presentation

communicate ideas and information to conducting an information session
plan and organise activities for an information session
work with others and in a team by involving team members in the information session
use mathematical ideas and techniques to ensure times are allocated and followed in the
information session
establish diagnostic processes which analyse issues raised and recommend solutions during the
information session
use workplace technology related to conducting information session
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
adult learning principles

effective presentation techniques
information session planning procedures
Approved
Page 921 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

presentation of technical and other information in structured

sessions.

The underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or

off the job.
The assessment of practical skills must take place only after a
The prescribed outcome must be achieved without direct
supervision.
situations requiring information sessions
group of persons for the presentation
equipment, information, materials, and tooling
a qualified workplace assessor
technical training information.
Approved
plan and conduct information sessions on a range of topics, and

include demonstration.
Page 922 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Methods
Methods include:
Information sessions
Information sessions may relate to:
technical information, WHS and enterprise policies or

procedures
WHS practices
mentoring and training

WHS practices must comply with:

award provisions
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 923 of 7618

AURAMA3004 Maintain business image

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC363337A Maintain business image

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

maintain staff dress and grooming standards, maintain the physical
appearance of the workplace, implement waste disposal processes,
and promote business products and services.


Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 924 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 925 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Maintain physical
appearance of the
workplace
1.1. Cleanliness and tidiness of the workplace is maintained in

accordance with industry and/or enterprise standards of
workplace health and safety (WHS)
1.2. Workplace is free of rubbish and waste in accordance with
industry, WHS and enterprise requirements
1.3. Standards of cleanliness are communicated to staff in
accordance with enterprise procedures
1.4. Customer reception area is maintained to enterprise
standards
1.5. Defined areas for specific tasks are created and maintained
to enterprise requirements
1.6. Facilities and equipment maintenance is planned and
regularly carried out
1.7. Enterprise image and signage is displayed consistently
throughout the organisation
2. Maintain enterprise dress

and grooming standards
2.1. Expectations regarding dress and grooming are

communicated to staff on a regular basis
2.2. Standards are updated as needs arise according to enterprise
requirements
2.3. Dress and grooming of staff are monitored to ensure
standards are met
2.4. Breaches of standards are identified and corrected
3. Implement waste disposal

processes
3.1. Waste disposal is monitored to ensure compliance with

environmental, WHS, industry and enterprise requirements
3.2. Recycling opportunities are identified and implemented in
accordance with environmental legislative, industry and
enterprise standards
3.3. Environment Protection Authority documents are
maintained
4. Promote products and

services provided by the
business
4.1. Promotional activities are implemented as planned

according to enterprise policies and industry and legal
requirements
4.2. Products/services are sold to highest quality level according
to enterprise policies, manufacturer/component supplier
specifications, industry and legal requirements
4.3. Sales promotions/campaigns are actively supported
Approved
Page 926 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to enterprise expectations

communicate ideas and information to ensure staff are advised of enterprise requirements
plan and organise activities for waste disposal processes
work with others and in a team by using a team approach to maintain workplace appearance
use mathematical ideas and techniques to budgets associated with sales campaigns
establish diagnostic processes to resolve environmental issues
use the workplace technology related to promote products and services
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
WHS requirements within the state/territory of operation

industry and enterprise standards and requirements regarding physical appearance of the
workplace, dress and grooming
industry and enterprise standards regarding waste disposal processes
enterprise standards regarding promotion of services and products
environmental protection authority regulations and guidelines
advertising codes and requirements for ethical advertising practices
legal obligations and requirements
Approved
Page 927 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


The underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or

off the job.
The assessment of practical skills must take place only after a
direct supervision.
enterprise or equivalent policy and procedures
enterprise stationery, forms/business documents
Approved
maintaining staff dress and grooming standards

maintaining the physical appearance of the workplace
implementing waste disposal processes
promoting business products and services.
address staff breaches of dress and grooming standards

complete Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) paperwork
maintain the physical appearance of the worksite
maintain enterprise dress and grooming standard
implement waste disposal processes
promote products and services provided by the business.
Page 928 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Methods
Methods include:
Defined areas for specific

tasks
Defined areas for specific tasks may include:
Waste
overalls
shirts
jacket
trousers
work safety or waterproof footwear
ear plugs/muffs
safety goggles
other personal protection equipment
Approved
individual or group staff counselling, notices or memos
Standard clothing may include:
materials
products
parts
consumables
Corrective action to breaches of dress and grooming standards may

include:
Standard clothing
lunchrooms
work areas for specific tasks (e.g. paint, electrical, transmission
and wheel alignment)
warehouse areas
office/administration areas
workshop bays
Waste may include:
Corrective actions

Page 929 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements
state/territory industry WHS legislation

award provisions
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 930 of 7618

AURAMA4005 Manage complex customer issues

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC463238B Manage complex customer issues

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge

required to resolve complex customer complaints or issues.
It requires the ability to communicate effectively and make an
informed judgement.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to manage and

resolve complex customer issues in an automotive environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 931 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Examine the nature of the

issue
1.1. Ascertain all facts relating to the issue

1.2. Use effective communication to understand customer
feelings and opinions
1.3. Determine enterprise and/or supplier policies relating to the
issue
2. Exercise judgement to
resolve the issue
2.1. Determine implications of the issue for the customer and

organisation
2.2. Analyse and negotiate options for resolution with the
customer in accordance with legislative requirements and
enterprise policies
2.3. Refer matters for which a solution cannot be negotiated to
management
3. Document issue and

outcome
3.1. Report outcome of the issue to management

3.2. Incorporate issue and outcome into customer feedback
system
Approved
Page 932 of 7618


Required skills
Required skills include:
technical skills to the level required to use workplace technology to manage, resolve and
record customer issue
communication skills to the level required to listen effectively to a customer complaint,
negotiate effectively to resolve the issue and communicate effectively with the supervisor and
other workers, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds,
and of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to identify and understand information related to the issue,
the enterprise procedures to resolve issues, and to prepare a report on the issue and outcome
numeracy skills to the level required to undertake any calculations related to the complex issue
management
problem-solving skills to the level required to undertake diagnostic processes that lead to a
solution to the complex customer complaint
team skills to the level required to seek advice from others to lead to a solution to the complex
customer issues
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes:
negotiation and problem-solving strategies

industry codes of conduct
applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of
practice, including workplace health and safety (WHS), personal safety and environment,
relevant to resolving complex customer complaints
organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements, reporting and recording
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to resolving complex
customer complaints
Approved
Page 933 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and

consistently:

Approved
observe safety procedures and requirements

the work
select methods and techniques which are appropriate to the
circumstances
understand and follow enterprise procedures to resolve
customer complaints
use a planned approach to resolve the complaint
determine the facts and implications of the issue for both the
customer and the organisation
resolve the customer complaint to the satisfaction of both the
customer and the enterprise
document the resolved issue according to workplace
procedures.
The application of competency is to be assessed in the
workplace or a simulated environment that reflects as far as
possible the actual working environment.
Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work
practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.
Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory requirements,
including specified Australian standards.
environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity,
age, gender, demographics and disability.
details of a range of complex customer complaints
workplace procedures related to customer service
legislation and codes of practice
computer hardware and software, calculators and general

office equipment.
Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines
of this Training Package.
Page 934 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

contexts) together with application of Required Skills and
Knowledge.
include questioning on Required Skills and Knowledge to
ensure its correct interpretation and application.
Assessment may be applied under project-related conditions
(real or simulated) and require evidence of process.
Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that
competency is able not only to be satisfied under the particular
circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other
circumstances.
Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction with
other functional units which together form part of the holistic
work role.

and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity of the
candidate and the work being performed.
Page 935 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different
work environments and situations that may affect performance. Essential operating
conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work
situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and
regional contexts) may also be included.
Complex issues
Complex issues may include:
Options for resolution
Options for resolution may include:
Workplace procedures
customers issue resolution process and

procedures
industry and workplace codes of practice
product manufacturer and component supplier
specifications
industry and workplace codes of practice
Legislative requirements are to be in accordance

with applicable commonwealth, state or territory
legislation, regulations, certification requirements
and codes of practice, and may include:
Approved
rework
reduced fee for work completed/agreed
additional services for free/reduced fee
referrals to other suppliers
Workplace procedures may include:
cost issues
warranty issues
policy matters
commercial decisions taken
code of practice adherence
work standards
time taken or time expected to repair
selection of parts
award and enterprise agreements

industrial relations
Australian Design Rules
confidentiality and privacy
WHS
the environment
Page 936 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements
WHS requirements are to be in accordance with

applicable commonwealth, state or territory
legislation and regulations, and organisational
safety policies and procedures, and may include:
Environmental requirements
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Organisational policies and procedures may

include:
Approved
personal protective equipment and clothing

safety equipment
first aid equipment
hazard and risk control
elimination of hazardous materials and
substances
manual handling, including shifting, lifting
and carrying
road rules
safe driving policy
Environmental requirements may include:
Organisational policies and

procedures
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
quality policies and procedures, including

WHS, sustainability, environment, equal
manufacturer specifications and industry
codes of practice
safe work procedures
reporting and recording procedures
Page 937 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 938 of 7618

AURAMA5006 Contribute to business improvement

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC561614A Contribute to business improvement

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

contribute to the budget process, manage expenses in order to
maintain levels of profitability within the specific area of
responsibility, and contribute to the planning of business
promotions.


Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 939 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 940 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Contribute to the setting

of budgets and targets
1.1. Information for budgets and targets is collected within

agreed timeframes
1.2. Budget and targets are set to achieve required levels of
financial and business performance
1.3. Hourly rate is calculated based on business costs and
margins, according to enterprise requirements
1.4. Expenditure requirements are agreed with appropriate
persons, and provision is made in targets
1.5. Provision for unplanned costs is included in annual budget
2. Manage income and

expenses
2.1. Expenditure and income for jobs is monitored on a regular

basis
2.2. Financial information on jobs is collected on a regular basis
and compared to budget
2.3. Corrective action for budget discrepancies is implemented
2.4. Invoices are prepared within timeframes according to
industry and/or enterprise standards
2.5. Performance against budgets is monitored on a regular
basis, and options for corrective action are discussed with
management
2.6. Assistance is provided in the resolution of disputed accounts
according to industry and/or enterprise standards and
procedures for dispute resolution
3. Contribute to planning of
business promotions
3.1. Promotional strategies are regularly reviewed with

management
3.2. Adjustments to promotional strategies are discussed and
agreed with management
3.3. New stock and/or display equipment required to support
promotions is identified and arranged in a timely fashion
3.4. Displays are arranged to enhance enterprise image
Approved
Page 941 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to contributing to business improvement

communicate ideas and information to customers and supervisors related to contributing to
business improvement
plan and organise activities related to contributing to business improveme nt
establish diagnostic processes which identify methods related to contributing to business
improvement
use the workplace technology related to contributing to business improvement
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
accounting principles
how to set a budget
hourly rate components, based on general industry models/formulas
responses to a range of budget and target situations in the workplace
marketing concepts and principles
Approved
Page 942 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

contributing to the budget process, managing expenses in order

to maintain levels of profitability within the specific area of
responsibility, and contributing to the planning of business
promotions.


the job.
supervision.
enterprise stationery, telephone, forms/business documents.
Approved
calculate and review hourly rate, based on supplied business

costs and margins
discuss current budget status, based on provided data
achieve department budgets
discuss strategy for treatment of debtors and bad debts
prepare analysis of current enterprise/department promotional
strategies and recommendations for adjustments.
Page 943 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Methods
Methods include:
Budgets and targets
Budgets and targets may be for:
Financial information
retail labour sales

component sales
accessories and other items
margins on sublet jobs
government employment incentives
Business costs and margins may include:
Approved
accident
burglary/loss
damage
Business or department income may be sourced from:
Business costs and margins
hourly rate components

expenditure on jobs, at hourly rate
income from jobs, at hourly rate
supplier invoices
stock documents
Unplanned costs may include:
Business or department
income
finances
sales
stock throughput
work won
Financial information may include:
Unplanned costs

planning
general expenses
fixed expenses
on costs
rework component
profit margins
Page 944 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Corrective action
Corrective action in response to budget discrepancies may include:
Business promotions
Business promotions may relate to:
Displays
stock and other merchandise

enterprise signage
promotional and advertising material
WHS requirements
regular advertising
special campaigns
Displays may include:
reassessing budget
reducing costs
changing procedures


award provisions
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 945 of 7618

AURANN4001 Prepare a vehicle repair quotation

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC465349B Prepare a vehicle repair quotation

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to prepare a written vehicle repair quotation.
It requires the ability to use numeracy and literacy skills to identify
and document the costs.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to prepare vehicle

repair quotations in the vehicle repair and vehicle loss assessing
industries. Vehicles may include light vehicles, heavy vehicles,
agricultural and plant equipment, recreational boats, recreational
vehicles and motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 946 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Gather information
1.1. Clarify the particular service required

1.2. Locate information sources
1.3. Gather any job cost estimation and calculation details
1.4. Obtain labour unit cost projections
1.5. Identify enterprise quotation elements and procedures
2. Estimate, cost and

prepare vehicle repair
quotation
2.1. Estimate and cost required parts and materials

2.2. Estimate and cost direct labour and subcontractor services
2.3. Estimate and cost overheads and mark-up percentages in
accordance with enterprise procedures
2.4. Note potential quotation variations
2.5. Prepare a legible and accurate quotation using the enterprise
approved format
2.6. Verify final costs, calculations and other details with
relevant enterprise person
3. Present quotation to
customer
3.1. Present verbal and written report to customer

3.2. Gain approval to complete repairs from customer
3.3. Complete documentation and file quotation as required by
enterprise
Approved
Page 947 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use the internet and other workplace technology related
to preparing a vehicle repair quotation
communication skills to the level required to verify costs with others, to report work outcomes
and problems, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds,
and of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to undertake costing research and to document and report
findings
numeracy skills to the level required to estimate and calculate labour, materials and on-costs
and to validate work costs
problem-solving skills to the level required to anticipate costing problems and to avoid
reworking, wastage, and planning and scheduling problems
team skills to the level required to work effectively and cooperatively with others to optimise
workflow and productivity
Required knowledge
methods and processes for identifying, apportioning, summarising and validating total costs for
work
components of labour costs
current assessing and quoting methodologies
commercial approaches to warehousing and physical distribution and costing
manufacturer and component supplier specifications and manuals, including costing catalogues
relevant to calculating vehicle repairs
procedures, related to calculating vehicle repair costs
Approved
Page 948 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

by the work
select appropriate methods and techniques
interpret proposals, specifications and instructions for the work
obtain information relevant to the determination of costs
calculate and cost accurately the quantities of parts and
materials, the amount of labour and time required to complete
the work and overheads for a range of vehicle repair quotes
document the process and outcomes in accordance with
enterprise practice.
vehicles requiring repair that can be used for quotations
appropriate worksite and costing details
manufacturer and component costs, labour rates,

commercial and industry information
Repair Times manuals
equipment, including calculators, computer, internet and

software
enterprise procedures.
Page 949 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 950 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Quotation
Quotation may include:
Overhead costs
Overhead costs may include:
rental and leasing costs

utilities
non-production resources
depreciation of plant and equipment
warehousing margins
warehousing costs
insurance and other costs incurred by doing business
material/supply costs, including catalogues, contracts, standing
agreements, market rates and warehousing margins
Approved
customer details
vehicle details
work to be performed
details of costs, including labour
legible and accurate documentation using the
enterprise-approved format
Motor Vehicle Insurance and Repair Industry Code of Conduct

verbal, written and graphical instructions
parts listing prices and catalogues
inventory systems
diagrams or sketches
safe work procedures for inspection of vehicles for saleable
components
engineer's design specifications and instructions
workplace specifications and requirements
instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external persons
current driver's licence
Page 951 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Legislative requirements are to be in accordance with applicable

commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations,
certification requirements and codes of practice, and may include:
WHS requirements
WHS requirements are to be in accordance with applicable

commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulations, and
organisational safety policies and procedures, and may include:
Environmental
requirements

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment
elimination of hazardous materials and substances
manual handling, including shifting, lifting and carrying
road rules
safe driving policy
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Organisational policies and Organisational policies and procedures may include:

procedures
financial management policies and procedures
cost and apportioning overheads policies and procedures
labour employment costs, including awards and contracts
quality policies and procedures, including Australian standards
WHS, sustainability, environment, equal opportunity and

anti-discrimination
manufacturer specifications and industry codes of practice
Approved
Page 952 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Loss Assessment or Repair Quoting - Body
Page 953 of 7618

AURAQA2001 Contribute to quality work outcomes

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC261314A Contribute to quality work outcomes

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence for the individual

to be involved in the achievement of quality work outcomes and
environmental compliance throughout work activities.

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 954 of 7618

AURAQA2001 Contribu te to quality work outcomes


of competency.
Approved

Page 955 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Plan and prepare for

1.1. Quality procedures are identified from worksite/enterprise

and team quality requirements
1.2. Performance indicators for individual work are identified
and agreed with the appropriate persons
1.3. Work plans and processes which facilitate the achievement
of quality work outcomes are adopted
2. Comply with
environmental
requirements
2.1. Environmental requirements for the work are interpreted

and considered as a factor in work planning/preparation
2.2. Environmental monitoring and control procedures are
implemented during the work processes
2.3. Environmental incidents and potential problems are
identified and responded to or referred to others in
accordance with worksite requirements
3. Achieve and maintain

3.1. Responsibility for monitoring quality of outputs is accepted

and changes implemented by the individual, in accordance
with worksite procedures
3.2. Performance indicators are monitored, adjusted and agreed
to meet changing circumstances
3.3. Loss and damage incidents are minimised by monitoring
work processes, reporting incidents and applying local risk
control processes
3.4. Procedural improvements and/or recommendations are
communicated to relevant persons
Approved
Page 956 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to researching and interpretive skills to
locate, interpret and apply operational quality and environmental information
questioning and active listening skills, e.g. when obtaining information on quality and
environmental working practices
plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with others involved in
the work
technical literacy and communication skills sufficient to interpret and apply common industry
terminology, and interpret symbols used for quality and environmental signage
plan and organise activities to plan performance indicators for individuals
work with others and in a team by involving team members in recommendations for
improvement
use mathematical ideas and techniques to estimate value of improvements or costs of
continuing with present procedures
establish diagnostic processes which include basic problem-solving skills to assess quality and
environmental issues
use workplace technology related to the use of business technology
Required knowledge
General knowledge of
quality systems in a workplace

typical loss and damage control systems
environmental legislative framework and licence provisions
work planning processes
workplace health and safety (WHS) regulations/req uirements, equipment, material and
personal safety requirements
enterprise quality systems and processes
worksite environmental procedures and key constraints
worksite environment control measures
Approved
Page 957 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


Approved
identifying quality procedures and needs

identifying individual performance indicators
monitoring and adjusting performance indicators to meet
changing circumstances
satisfying performance indicators
applying environmental control systems
processing recommendations for change
by the work.
This unit may be assessed in conjunction with other units which
form part of a work role
Assessment of this unit may be completed on the job or in a
simulated work environment which reflects a range of quality
situations requiring quality and environmental working

practices
worksite or equivalent instructions on quality and

environmental working practices
hazardous chemicals and/or dangerous goods information
materials, tooling and equipment and may include

stationery, forms, business documents, job cards, internal
memoranda and file notes.

event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying work
process circumstances. Evidence of performance may be provided
by customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to
Page 958 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Quality procedures
Quality procedures may be contained in:
Performance indicators
Performance indicators are to account for issues of time, quantity,

quality and cost factors and may include:
state/territory legislation related to WHS and Australian Design

Rules
Environmental requirements are those established under law and by

the enterprise, and coverage may include:
Environmental control
measures
establishing time targets for own work, identifying reasonable

criteria for evaluating own work outcomes, identifying
measures to avoid wastage, identifying reasonable criteria to
judge internal and/or external customer satisfaction and
identifying processes to ensure a 'right first time' approach
Legislative requirements include:
Environmental
requirements
worksite quality system documentation, work instructions, safe

work procedures, product specifications, equipment
maintenance schedules, technical procedures and adopted or
specifically prepared standards
dust control, water quality, wastewater management, chemicals

handling, noise/vibration, fuel/oil handling and disposal, waste
management and rehabilitation
Environmental control measures may include:
chemical management, dust suppression, water treatment, waste

water processes, application of materials, compliance with
noise/vibration standards and application of waste disposal
procedures
Environmental reports and Environmental reports and documents may include:

documents
complaints register and incidental reporting procedures

Loss and damage incidents
Loss and damage incidents may include:
Approved
personal injury, loss and damage of plant, equipment and

materials
Page 959 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Communications
Communications may be:
verbal, written, by telephone or by other means
manufacturer/component supplier specifications, enterprise

operating procedures, supplier directories, parts catalogues,
customer orders and industry/workplace codes of practice,
material safety data sheets (MSDS) and HAZCHEM
specifications
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Quality
Page 960 of 7618

AURAQA3002 Inspect technical quality of work

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC361230A Inspect technical quality of work

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to inspect work

done by other staff, apply quality standards to work, and protect
customer property and interests.


contributing to a productive team environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 961 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 962 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Gather information to
carry out inspection
1.1. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements,

including state/territory regulatory requirements and
personal protection needs are observed throughout the work
1.2. Information, such as Australian Design Rules, workshop
manuals and specifications, are sourced
1.3. Method options are analysed and those most appropriate to
the circumstances are selected and prepared
1.4. Technical and/or calibration requirements for inspection are
sourced and support equipment is identified and prepared
2. Inspect work
2.1. Work is identified and confirmed for inspection in

accordance with worksite procedures
2.2. Inspections are conducted to ensure in-house quality
systems and procedures are maintained/followed in
accordance with worksite and quality procedures
2.3. Level of observation and inspection conducted is
appropriate to the skill/experience of the employee
2.4. Faults identified are brought to the relevant person's
attention in accordance with worksite procedures
3. Apply quality standards

to work
3.1. Inspections are conducted throughout the course of the work

to ensure quality standards are maintained
3.2. Quality standards are applied during work completion to
ensure the treatment of customer property meets industry
and/or enterprise standards
3.3. Activities are coordinated throughout the workplace in
accordance with worksite procedures
3.4. Documents of work quality are maintained according to
worksite requirements
4. Achieve quality work

outcomes
4.1. Damage to customer property is avoided through ensuring

staff adherence to quality procedures and use of protective
materials at all stages of the repair/service
4.2. Quality improvements and/or recommendations are
communicated in accordance with worksite requirements
Approved
Page 963 of 7618


Required skills
research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply manufacturer
procedures, workplace policies and procedures
analytical skills required for the identification and analysis of technical information
the work
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information of technical
quality working practices
as applied to own work activities, including making good use of time and resources, sorting
out priorities and monitoring own performance
interacting effectively with other persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including
understanding and responding to the needs of a customer and working effectively as a member
of a team to achieve a shared goal
such as number and space and techniques, estimation and approximation, for practical
purposes
capacity to apply problem-solving strategies in purposeful ways, both in situations where the
problem and the desired solution are clearly evident and in situations requiring critical thinking
and a creative approach to achieve an outcome
combine the physical and sensory skills needed to operate equipment with understanding of
scientific and technological principles needed to explore and adapt systems
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
quality systems in a workplace

common automotive terminology
vehicle safety requirements
work planning processes
WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements
enterprise quality systems and procedures
worksite environmental control measures
worksite reporting procedures
Approved
Page 964 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


Approved
observing safety procedures and requirements

by the work
identifying and assessing hazardous situations and rectifying, or
reporting to the relevant persons
applying WHS policies and procedures
identifying quality procedures
inspecting work undertaken by others
applying quality standards to work
communicating improvements
processing recommendations for change.
This unit will normally need to be assessed as a discrete entity.
Performance may involve the application of a range of
contributory competencies
Assessment of this unit must be completed on the job or in a
direct supervision
The competence should be assessed within the context of the
qualification being sought
situations requiring inspections of technical quality
worksite or equivalent instructions on quality working

practices and/or standards
computer hardware and software, access to electronic

communication
access to information.

event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality
Page 965 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
authentication arrangements
Evidence of being able to:
Approved
access, interpret and apply service information

identify inspection requirements
use service tooling and equipment
provide customer service
prepare service reports
communicate with customers orally and in writing
maintain workplace documents.
Page 966 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Quality procedures
Quality procedures may be:
Quality inspections
Quality inspections may include:
personal injury, and loss and damage of plant, equipment and

materials
Approved
issues of time, quantity, quality and cost factors and may

include establishing time targets for own work, identifying
reasonable criteria for evaluating own work outcomes,
identifying measures to avoid wastage, identifying reasonable
criteria to judge internal and/or external customer satisfaction
and identifying processes to ensure a 'right first time' approach
Loss and damage incidents may include:
Communications
state/territory WHS legislation, manufacturer/ component

supplier specifications and safe operating procedures
environmental requirements, manual handling procedures and
Performance indicators are to account for:
Loss and damage incidents
periodic inspection during the job or observation at completion

of the job to ensure all ordered parts have been fitted,
components used meet manufacturer/component supplier
specifications, invoicing complies with service/repair/parts
order and contains sufficient details of labour and/or
components used, reported and diagnosed problems have been
confirmed as rectified via test procedures and presentation of
the vehicle or equipment after service/repair meets
manufacturer and enterprise standards
contained in worksite quality system documentation, work

instructions, safe work procedures, product specifications,
equipment maintenance schedules, technical procedures, and
adopted or specifically prepared standards
verbal, written or by telephone or electronic means
Page 967 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
manufacturer/component supplier specifications, enterprise

operating procedures, supplier directories, parts catalogues,
customer orders and industry/workplace codes of practice,
material safety data sheets (MSDS) and HAZCHEM
information
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Quality
Page 968 of 7618

AURAQA3003 Maintain quality systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC361337A Maintain quality systems

Application of the unit added
Critical Aspects updated
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence to conduct the final

quality check on completed work or orders, report on the quality of
processes and work outcomes, and implement improvements to
work processes.

Work applies to the conduct of final quality checks on

work/orders,reporting on quality process and implementation of
improvements to work processes. This includes seeking input
from staff and providing feedback on quality of work.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 969 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved
Performance criteria describe the required performance

needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where
bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in
the required skills and knowledge and/or the range
statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent
with the evidence guide.
Page 970 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Conduct final quality

check on completed
work/orders
1.1. Completed work/orders are checked for compliance with

supplier, enterprise or customer specifications
1.2. Level of inspection conducted is appropriate to the size and
importance of the job
1.3. Documentation is authorised in accordance with enterprise
requirements
1.4. Feedback is provided to staff on the quality of their work
with equal emphasis on strengths and weaknesses and
opportunities for development
2. Report on the quality of

processes and work
outcomes
2.1. Documents are kept according to enterprise quality systems

on outcomes of quality checks
2.2. Quality problems are identified according to enterprise
performance indicators
2.3. Information relating to the quality of processes and work
outcomes is provided to appropriate persons on a regular
basis
3. Implement improvements
to work processes
3.1. Staff input is encouraged to generate possible solutions to

quality problems
3.2. Options for solving quality problems are generated and the
costs and benefits of each option are evaluated
3.3. Recommended solutions to quality problems are discussed
with management
3.4. Improvements to work processes are implemented
according to enterprise policies and procedures
Approved
Page 971 of 7618


Required skills
research and interpretive skills to locate, interpret and apply quality audit policies and
procedures
investigative and analytical skills required for identification and analysis of quality breaches,
incidents or risks, and identification of quality related training needs
English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and team
members on worksite quality audit issues
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information of worksite
operational and quality issues
written communication skills sufficient to prepare reports, document investigations and
maintain worksite quality documents
plan and organise activities for leadership skills required in organising, implementing and
promoting worksite quality systems and measures
work with others and in a team by seeking advice and assistance from team members
use mathematical ideas and techniques to document quantities and enterprise sampling
procedures
establish diagnostic processes which analyse problems and recommend solutions
use the workplace technology related to document and analyse quality problems
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
quality systems and application techniques in a work environment

typical loss and damage control systems
work planning and organisation processes
workplace health and safety (WHS) regulations/requirements, equipment, material and
personal safety requirements at the worksite
enterprise quality systems and procedures
worksite information management systems
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 972 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Approved

by the work
identifying quality system procedures and needs
identifying performance indicators
conducting final quality checks on completed work orders
reporting on the quality of processes and work outcomes
processing and implementing recommendations for change.
This unit may be assessed in conjunction with units which form
part of the normal job role
situations requiring worksite quality systems maintenance
worksite quality policies and procedures
worksite quality documents system
personnel
materials, tooling and equipment

event and occurs over a period of time to cover the varying
Page 973 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Quality procedures
Quality procedures may:
Performance indicators are to:
Quality problems
manually, electronically or by other means
Approved
verbal, written or by telephone or other means
Documents of information are completed and may be stored:
state/territory legislation related to WHS and Australian Design

Rules
Storage of documents
misdiagnosed faults, jobs requiring rework, jobs which do not

meet customer requirements and repairs which do not fix the
problem within the allocated timeframe
Legislative requirements include:
Communication
account for issues of time, quantity, quality and cost factors and
may include establishing time targets for own work, identifying
reasonable criteria for evaluating own work outcomes,
identifying measures to avoid wastage, identifying reasonable
criteria to judge internal and/or external customer satisfaction
and identifying processes to ensure a 'right first time' approach
Quality problems may include:
be contained in worksite quality system documentation, work

instructions, safe work procedures, product specifications,
equipment maintenance schedules, technical procedures and
adopted or specifically prepared standards
vehicle manufacturer practices, enterprise operating procedures,

supplier directories, parts catalogues, customer orders and
industry/workplace codes of practice, material safety data
sheets (MSDS) and HAZCHEM, computer software manuals,
bookkeeping procedures, taxation laws and regulations
Page 974 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Quality
Page 975 of 7618

AURASA1001 Apply automotive workplace safety fundamentals

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

basic safety and emergency procedures that are used to maintain a
safe automotive workplace.

Work involves the theory and knowledge related to fundamental

safety and emergency issues in an automotive workplace.
Performance of work tasks that take in to consideration automotive
workplace safety and emergency procedures may be applied in the
application of the unit.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 976 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Identify basic workplace

safety practices and
procedures
1.1. Reasons for safe work practice in an automotive workshop

are identified and determined
1.2. Responsibilities of staff in an automotive workshop are
identified
1.3. Worksite policies and procedures to achieve a safe working
environment are identified
including personal safety needs, are identified and applied
1.5. Potential unsafe workplace situations are recognised
1.6. Fire and safety hazards and precautions are identified
1.7. Dangerous goods and substances, including storage and safe
handling, are identified
2. Identify emergency
procedures
2.1. Location of worksite emergency procedures is identified

and referred to
2.2. Safety alarms are identified
2.3. Fire fighting equipment and appliances are identified
2.4. Qualified persons to be contacted in the event of accident or
sickness of customers or staff are identified
2.5. Worksite evacuation procedures are identified and applied
Approved
Page 977 of 7618


Required skills
communication skills to communicate basic verbal and written information relating to

workplace safety procedures
initiative and enterprise to participate in self-improvement activities
literacy skills to:
understand basic workplace safety-related procedures
read and follow information on written instructions
identify and understand information relating to recognising and reporting situations

identify risk factors to minimise risk to self and others
contribute to activities which implement and follow standard safety procedures

refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person
identify, document and report numbers for emergency procedures

locate and identify appropriate safety equipment
follow basic workplace documentation, such as operating and safety procedures

technical skills to understand technical information relating to recognising and reporting
unsafe situations
technology skills to use workplace safety-related technology to assist with safe work practices
Required knowledge
WHS procedures and requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements
relating to automotive workplace safety
location and identification of fire-fighting appliances
dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals handling and storage practices
worksite emergency and evacuation procedures
Approved
Page 978 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

communicate safety matters effectively with others in an

identify WHS requirements in the automotive workplace such
as personal protective equipment (PPE)
identify hazardous situations, and report to the relevant persons
identify safe handling and storage of dangerous and/or
hazardous goods and substances
follow worksite emergency and evacuation procedures.



of this unit:
Approved
a workplace or simulated workplace containing materials, tools

and equipment used for automotive service and repair activities
worksite or equivalent instructions on safe working practice
hazardous chemicals and/or dangerous goods information
Page 979 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
fire-fighting appliances and equipment.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 980 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Policies and procedures may
include:
WHS requirements may

include:
Emergency procedures may

include:
Approved
job procedures and work instructions

safe working practices
hazard policies and procedures
emergency, fire and accident procedures
personal safety procedures
procedure for the use of personal protective clothing and
equipment.
personal protective clothing and equipment
worksite documentation for WHS
industry or workplace codes of practice
emergency / incident signage or instructions.
sharp cutting tooling and instruments
toxic substances
lifting practices
spillages
glue guns/burns.
sickness or accident reporting procedure
fire or workshop evacuation involving staff or customers
environmental incidents
incidents / accidents involving harmful or hazardous
substances.
Page 981 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Common
Unit sector
Health and Safety

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 982 of 7618

AURASA2002 Apply safe working practices in an automotive

workplace
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC270103A Apply safe working practices

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes to apply basic safety

and emergency procedures in order to contribute to a safe
workplace for staff, customers and others.
The unit involves the safety factors related to the use of automotive
workplace hand tools and hand-held power tools, fixed equipment,
chemicals, as well as vehicles and their use.

Work applies to the safety and emergency procedures of

automotive workplaces.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 983 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 984 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Apply basic safety

procedures
1.1. Worksite policies and procedures for safety are followed

and maintained while performing work tasks
1.2. Unsafe situations and hazards in the workplace are
recognised and reported according to workplace health and
safety (WHS) requirements and regulations
1.3. Procedure and reporting guidelines for machinery and
equipment breakdowns are identified
1.4. Fire and safety hazards are identified and precautions are
taken or reported according to workplace policy and
procedures
1.5. Storage and handling practices for dangerous goods and
substances are identified and applied according to workplace
policy, procedures and WHS requirements
1.6. Workplace policy regarding manual handling practice is
identified and followed
1.7. Participation in WHS consultative arrangements established
by company is exercised
2. Apply emergency
procedures
2.1. Worksite policies and emergency procedures regarding

illness or accidents are identified and applied
2.2. Safety alarms are identified
2.3. Fire fighting appliances and equipment are located and
identified for emergency use
2.4. Qualified persons are identified for contacting in the event
of accident or sickness of customers or staff
2.5. Accident and incident documentation practices are followed
according to worksite accident and injury procedures
2.6. Worksite evacuation procedures are identified
Approved
Page 985 of 7618


Required skills
communication skills to communicate verbal and written information relating to reporting

procedures and unsafe conditions
initiative and enterprise to:
adapt to emerging situations in an automotive workplace

literacy skills to:
understand workplace safety-related procedures
read, interpret and follow information on written instructions, specifications, standard

numeracy skills to understand numbers and mathematical
identify risk factors and take action to minimise risk
plan and organise activities which implement and follow standard procedures
recognise a workplace problem or a potential problem and take action
causes
establish diagnostic processes which recommend improvements for WHS issues

select and use appropriate safety equipment, materials, processes and procedures
document and report numbers for emergency procedures

teamwork skills to:
work with others and in a team by assisting and cooperating with team members
work with diverse individuals and groups

collect, organise and understand technical information relating to recognising and reporting
unsafe situations
technology skills to use workplace safety-related technology to assist with safe work practices
Required knowledge
implications for WHS of business operations and customer relations

common automotive workplace safety terminology
Approved
Page 986 of 7618

WHS regulations, requirements, equipment and material and personal safety requirements
safe manual handling theories and practices
the location and application of fire fighting appliances in the workplace
dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals handling processes
workplace reporting procedures
Approved
Page 987 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:
Approved

the work
identify and assess hazardous situations and rectify, or report to
the relevant persons
safely handle and store dangerous and hazardous goods and
substances
apply safe manual handling practices
identify fire safety equipment and procedures applicable to
emergency situations in an automotive workplace
follow workplace safety, accident, incident and evacuation
procedures.
Page 988 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE



worksite or equivalent instructions on safe working practice
hazardous chemicals and dangerous goods information
materials, tools and equipment relevant to an automotive
workplace
access to fire fighting appliances and equipment.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 989 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Policies and procedures may
include:
Workplace health and safety

(WHS) requirements:
Emergency procedures may

include:
Approved
hazard policies and procedures

emergency, fire and accident procedures
personal safety procedures
procedures for the use of personal protective clothing and
equipment
use of motor vehicles
resolution procedures
job procedures and work instructions
safe working practices
workplace operating procedures.
are those prescribed under legislation, regulations, codes of
practice, and workplace policies and procedures
may include:
protective clothing and equipment
use of tools and equipment
handling of material
use of fire-fighting equipment
first aid equipment

hazard control, including control of hazardous materials and
toxic substances.
sharp cutting tooling and instruments
toxic substances
lifting practices
spillages
waste and debris especially on floors, ladders, trolleys.
sickness or accident reporting procedure
fire or workshop evacuation involving staff or customers
environmental incidents
incidents and accidents involving harmful or hazardous
Page 990 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
substances.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Common
Unit sector
Health and Safety

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 991 of 7618

AURATA2001 Identify basic automotive faults using troubleshooting processes
AURATA2001 Identify basic automotive faults using

troubleshooting processes
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC252103A Apply basic automotive troubleshooting

processes
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to conduct

troubleshooting processes to identify common automotive faults or
problems based on evidence provided by customers.

Work applies to the identification of basic automotive faults of

motorcycles, light vehicles, heavy commercial vehicles, agricultural
equipment, mobile plant and other industrial environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 992 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 993 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Identify nature of the

fault or problem
1.1. Questioning techniques are applied to determine nature of

the customer enquiry
1.2. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements are
observed and applied throughout the work
1.3. Information relating to the fault or problem is gathered,
documented and confirmed with customer
1.4. Troubleshooting process options are researched and those
most appropriate to the circumstances are selected
1.5. Appropriate tools and equipment are selected and prepared
2. Identify fault using

troubleshooting processes
2.1. Automotive system or component relating to the fault or

problem is identified
2.2. Troubleshooting processes are performed according to
workplace procedures and without causing damage to
components or systems to identify the likely cause of the
fault or problem
2.3. Report is forwarded to persons for action according to
workplace procedures
3. Clean up work area and

finalise work processes
3.1. Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace

expectations
3.2. Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to
workplace expectations
3.3. Workplace documentation is completed according to
Approved
Page 994 of 7618


Required skills
clarify workplace instructions and determine job requirements
gain information from appropriate persons and assistance as required

learning skills to identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge
literacy skills to:
read, interpret and follow information on written job instructions, specifications, standard
follow workplace documentation, such as codes of practice or operating procedures
document work performed during troubleshooting operations

numeracy skills to assess tolerances and apply accurate measurements
planning and organising skills to ensure tasks are completed within an acceptable timeframe
problem-solving skills to seek information and assistance as required
select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and procedures

teamwork skills to apply knowledge of own role to complete activities efficiently to support
team activities and tasks
technical skills to use tools and equipment relating to troubleshooting processes
technology skills to use technology to collect and provide information
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment and material, and personal safety requirements
identification of basic automotive systems
basic troubleshooting techniques and processes, including:
customer questioning skills to identify vehicle system in which fault lies
use of simple diagnostic charts

procedures for reporting and documenting findings
Approved
Page 995 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


select methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances
identify a range of basic automotive faults
conduct troubleshooting procedures according to workplace,
manufacturer and component supplier requirements
complete workplace documentation according to workplace
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles and components with basic faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the troubleshooting of basic
automotive faults
specifications and workplace instructions.
Page 996 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 997 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
training and assessment (depending on the work situatio n, needs of the candidate, accessibility of
Questioning techniques may
include:
(WHS) requirements may
include:
Troubleshooting process
options may include:
Fault may include:
open and closed questions

funnel, probing and leading questions.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
analysis of available information to provide a list of tests to
perform
use of diagnostic flowcharts
are basic in their scope
may include:
lighting steering, suspension, braking, engine, drivetrain or

fuel system faults
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 998 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 999 of 7618

AURATA2002 Read and interpret engineering drawings

Release
Comment
Release 1
ReplacesAURT225156A Read and interpret engineering drawings

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to read and interpret engineering

drawings applicable to an automotive environment.

This unit covers reading and interpretation of engineering

drawings applicable to manufacturing or modification of
components in an automotive environment.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate discretion,
judgement and problem-solving skills in managing own
work activities and contributing to a productive team
environment.
Work is carried out in accordance with award provisions.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1000 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1001 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Work instructions are used to determine job requirements

1.2. Job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3. Product/system/component/item to be
manufactured/modified is identified
1.4. Engineering drawings are selected relevant to information
required
1.5. WHS requirements, including personal protection needs
observed throughout the work
1.6. Correct equipment is identified and checked for safe use
2. Read and interpret

2.1. Symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations

are correctly identified
2.2. Material specifications/finish and dimensions/tolerances are
identified
2.3. Product/system/component/item represented by the drawing
is correctly identified

maintain equipment
3.1. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected for
serviceable condition in accordance with workplace
procedures
3.2. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in
accordance with workplace procedures
3.3. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance with
manufacturer/component supplier specifications and site
procedures
Approved
Page 1002 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to work orders, plans and safety
procedures for viewing engineering drawings
communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and
specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and customers, and the
reporting of work outcomes and problems
plan and organise activities, including the preparation and layout of the worksite and obtaining
of equipment and drawing versions to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or time
wastage
to optimise workflow and productivity
use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly interpret drawing specifications
use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate planning and scheduling problems
and avoid wastage of time
use workplace technology related to the reading and interpretation of engineering drawings,
including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment, computerised technology and
communication devices and the reporting/ documenting of results
Required knowledge
A working knowledge of:
WHS and environmental regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety

requirements
common automotive terminology, symbols, codes, legends and diagrammatic representations
ISO standards and/or Australian Design Rules and equipment safety requirements
design theory and its application to the workplace
engineering drawing procedures and interpretive techniques
site reporting procedures
work organisation and planning processes
enterprise quality processes
Approved
Page 1003 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to

transfer competence to changing circumstances and to respond to
unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of:


by the work
selecting methods and techniques appropriate to the
circumstances
completing preparatory activity in a systematic manner
reading and interpreting a range of engineering drawings
covering both component manufacturing and modification
Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or

simulated worksite
practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints
Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements, including
Australian Standards

material relevant to the reading and interpretation of
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the reading
and interpretation of engineering drawings
activities covering mandatory task requirements
specifications and work instructions
Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of the

automotive industry's RS&R Training Package
performance together with application of underpinning knowledge
Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with
questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce
the integration of key competencies
Approved
Page 1004 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Assessment may be applied under project related conditions and
require evidence of process
Assessment must confirm a reasonable inference that competence is
able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but
is able to be transferred to other circumstances
functional units which together form part of the holistic work role
Approved
Page 1005 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Methods of identification
Methods are to include identification of symbols, codes, legends

and diagrammatic representations
Interpretation
Interpretation of manufacture/modification specifications
WHS

legislation/regulations/codes of practice and enterprise safety
policies and procedures. This may include protective clothing and
equipment, workplace environment and safety and enterprise first
aid
Personal protective
equipment

legislation/regulations/codes of practice and workplace policies and
practices
Safe operating procedures
Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to the
conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated
with site safety, working in proximity to others and site visitors
Emergency procedures
Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are not
limited to enterprise first aid requirements and site evacuation
Environmental
requirements
Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to

waste management and clean-up management
Quality requirements
Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to

regulations, including Australian Standards, internal company
quality policy and standards and enterprise operations and
procedures
Statutory/regulatory
authorities
Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal,

State/Territory and local authorities administering acts, regulations
and codes of practice
Resources
Resources may include manual and electronic viewing aids
Communications
Communications are to include, but are not limited to verbal and

visual instructions and may include site specific instructions,
written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task,
Approved
Page 1006 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
telephones and pagers
schedules/plans/specifications, memos, material safety data

sheets, diagrams or sketches
regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to the automotive
industry, including Australian Design Rules
organisation work specifications and requirements
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1007 of 7618

AURATA2003 Produce drawings from design concepts

Release
Comment
Release 1
ReplacesAURT225191A Produce drawings from design concepts

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to produce drawings of objects

from design concepts.

Drawings are to include assembly type components which

are hand drawn and may include computer-aided
drawings.
problem-solving skills in managing own work activities
and contributing to a productive team environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1008 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Identify object to be
drawn
1.1. Purpose (and operational characteristics) of object to be

drawn are identified
1.2. Production materials and method are identified
2. Establish design
requirements and
limitations
2.1. Type of drawing to be completed is identified

2.2. Design concept requirements are established and
documented identifying dimensions, angles, shapes and
finished size
2.3. Drawing conventions and specifications to be noted are
identified and selected
3. Quantify and draft initial

drawing
3.1. Dimensions are plotted from prototype sketch and

documented specifications
3.2. Dimensional points are connected to match drawing view
3.3. Production notes or special requirements are noted
3.4. Drawing conventions and specifications are noted
4. Complete drawing
4.1. Angles, shapes and dimensions are checked against

specifications and concept prototype drawing
4.2. Adjustments are made to the drawing within scope of
authority
4.3. Drawing is checked for compliance with workplace
documentation requirements
Approved
Page 1009 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information

research and interpretive skills to locate, interpret and apply drawing production techniques
and procedures
English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with others involved in design
work
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information of technical
quality working practices and drawing production procedures
apply planning and organising skills to one's own work activities, including making good use
of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring one's own performance
interact effectively with other people both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including
understanding and responding to the needs of a client and working effectively as a member of
a team to achieve a shared goal
establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and
downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid
wastage
use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, assess tolerances, apply
accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks
use workplace technology related to the production of drawings, including the use of
measuring equipment and communication devices and the reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge

common automotive terminology and vehicle safety requirements
design and techniques for translating concepts into form
design standards, including Australian Design Rules
technical drawing procedures
detailed site reporting procedures
Approved
Page 1010 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
interpreting specifications and measurements in two and three
dimensional form
presenting information within production drawings
completing essential post-activity housekeeping

simulated worksite

material relevant to the production of drawings
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the
production of drawings

Approved
Page 1011 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1012 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
WHS

equipment, workplace environment and safety and enterprise first
aid
Personal protective
equipment

practices
with site safety, working in proximity to others and site visitors
limited to enterprise first aid requirements and site evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures
authorities

Resources
Resources are to include drawing equipment/aids which are manual

and electronically based
Communications

visual instructions and may include site specific instructions,
written instructions, plans or instructions related to job/task,
Approved
Page 1013 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
schedules/plans/specifications, memos, material safety data

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1014 of 7618

AURATA3004 Provide technical guidance

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC359554A Provide technical guidance

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the competence required to access

and interpret technical information, assist staff with service/repair
work, provide technical information to staff, and facilitate
continuous education.


retail, service and repair - mechanical/technical.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1015 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1016 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Assist staff with

service/repair work
1.1. Technical guidance, appropriate to skill level and need, is

provided to staff when determining the repair/service
method
1.2. Staff with advanced technical competence are used as a
point of reference
1.3. Technical assistance is provided to staff, to identify difficult
faults
1.4. Assistance is provided to staff during work completion, to
ensure technical requirements are met
1.5. Potential faults are recognised and precautionary steps are
taken to prevent them
1.6. Problems arising from the repair procedure are addressed
2. Provide technical
information to staff
2.1. Technical information is made available to staff

2.2. Current technical information is communicated to staff on a
regular basis
2.3. Staff are shown how to access, interpret and apply technical
information
2.4. A range of information sources is accessed through an
established network
3. Facilitate continuous
education of self and
others
3.1. Sharing of information/knowledge is encouraged to

continue expansion of personal and team knowledge
3.2. Training and education opportunities are identified, to meet
technical and business needs, and to enhance technical skills
of self and staff
3.3. Approval to attend courses is sought from management to
ensure current and future technical requirements are met
Approved
Page 1017 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to providing technical guidance

communicate ideas and information to customers and supervisors related to providing
technical guidance
plan and organise activities related to providing technical guidance
establish diagnostic processes that identify methods related to providing technical guidance
use the workplace technology related to providing technical guidance
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:
coaching principles
sources of technical information
technical training and education options for staff
technical and technological developments to the sector of the industry in which one is
employed
Approved
Page 1018 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

accessing and interpreting technical information, assisting staff

with service/repair work, providing technical information to
staff, and facilitating continuous education.


the job.
direct supervision.
testing equipment and technical information.
Approved
effectively communicate with staff

identify sources of technical information for a range of
technical problems
identify training and education opportunities for self and staff.
Page 1019 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Methods
Methods include:
interpreting technical information and mentoring
Technical requirements for Technical requirements for work completion may include:
work completion
manufacturer/component supplier specification
organisational quality standards
industry standards
recommended repair procedures
precaution notes
Areas of advanced
technical competence
(mechanical)
Areas of advanced technical competence (mechanical) may include:
Areas of advanced
technical competence
(body)
Areas of advanced technical competence (body) may include:
body electronics
advanced welding
advanced colour matching
restoration
panel body alignment
air-conditioning systems (gas and degas)
airbags
preparation of race cars (body)
Approved

automatic transmission control
air conditioning, including climate control
advanced braking systems, including heavy vehicle testing
LPG service and repair
steering alignment (front, rear and 4WS)
advanced steering systems
preparation of race cars (mechanical)
in-house literature (electronic or paper-based)

experience of others in the organisation
Page 1020 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements
other industry contacts (network)

spare part representatives
insurance assessors
industry bodies/associations
manufacturer/component supplier information
technical information may include:
workshop manuals
trade publications
manufacturer/component supplier service bulletins and

repair procedures
manufacturer/component supplier specialised training

programs

award provisions
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1021 of 7618

AURATA3005 Estimate complex jobs

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURC365722A Estimate complex jobs

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

estimate the time requirements for complex jobs, source
requirements, gather cost estimates from external service providers
and document quotations.

This unit of competency applies to retail, service and repair

complex estimation work within the repair sector of the automotive
industry.
Competence may be demonstrated in a workplace environment or
simulated workplace.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1022 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1023 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Estimate time
requirements for jobs
1.1. Time estimates for job requirements are calculated based on

warranty times, staff estimates, standard service/repair
times, specifications, and subcontracted timeframes
1.2. Service/repair times are estimated and compared to
documented estimate to ensure repair job is viable
1.3. Turn-around times for work completed by subcontractor are
incorporated into total time estimates
2. Source parts
2.1. Viability of replacement compared to repair is ascertained

to meet quality standards and legal requirements
2.2. Part requirements are determined to ensure cost constraints
are met
2.3. Parts and consumables required for the job are ordered
2.4. Parts are sourced externally when internal stock is not
available to meet customer requirements
3. Identify subcontract
testing and/or service/
repair work costs for
incorporation into the
total estimated cost
3.1. Estimate is documented

3.2. Service/repair requirements, procedures and costs are
documented in a logical order
3.3. Service/repair requirements are documented in detail
3.4. Estimate is relevant to the identified service/repair
requirements
3.5. Potential variations are noted on the estimate
4. Estimate total job costs
4.1. External service providers are given a clear outline of the

work and time requirements of the job
4.2. Job cost estimate is documented and agreed with external
service providers
4.3. Parts and consumables are costed according to industry
and/or enterprise pricing standards
4.4. Supplementary estimate is prepared, to gain authorisation
from owner for additional service/repairs
4.5. Final estimate is documented
4.6. Authorisation is gained from customer to commence work
and/or undertake supplementary work
5. Report estimations to
customer
5.1. Report of findings is completed in the enterprise-approved

format
5.2. Customer is advised of the estimation
5.3. Job card is completed and delivered to appropriate persons
Approved
Page 1024 of 7618


Required skills
research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply

manufacturer/component supplier procedures, workplace policies and procedures
analytical skills required for the identification and analysis of technical information
plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and team
members
questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining information from customers
oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to customers
out priorities and monitoring own performance
use mathematical ideas and techniques such as number and space and techniques, e.g.
estimation and approximation, for practical purposes
apply problem-solving strategies in purposeful ways, both in situations where the problem and
the desired solution are clearly evident and in situations requiring critical thinking and a
creative approach to achieve an outcome
combine the physical and sensory skills needed to operate equipment with understanding of
scientific and technological principles needed to explore and adapt systems
Required knowledge
Knowledge of:

principles of estimating and job costing
enterprise quality procedures
contract law
sale-contracting principles
written communication and report writing skills procedures relevant to application
oral communication skills procedures relevant to application
Approved
Page 1025 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


Approved

by the work
circumstances
estimating in accordance with workplace requirements
estimation is carried out to manufacturer/component supplier
requirements
estimation of the work completed within workplace timeframes
report presented to customer is in compliance with workplace
requirements.
This unit will normally need to be assessed as a discrete entity.
Performance may involve the application of a range of
contributory competencies.
processes and procedures.
direct supervision.
The competence should be assessed within the context of the
qualification being sought.
enterprise stationery, telephone and forms/business

documents
repair order, job cards and quotes/estimates
computer and software, calculator
hand tooling, workshop equipment
access to information
Page 1026 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Evidence of being able to:
Approved
access, interpret and apply service information

identify estimating and job costing procedures
accurately estimating time required for a job involving sublet
work and/or a mix of service/repair disciplines (e.g. mechanical,
electrical and body)
estimate on a wide variety of jobs, including non-routine jobs
justify a repair job deemed to be 'viable' from a cost perspective
justify a replacement/repair decision according to quality
standards and legal requirements
use service tooling and equipment
provide customer service
prepare service reports
communicate with customers orally and in writing
maintain workplace documents.
Page 1027 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Variables
Variables may include:
Methods
Methods include:

sourcing of parts
estimating costs
documentation
jobs involving subcontracted work

jobs involving a mix of vocations (e.g. mechanical, body and
electrical)
non-routine jobs
state/territory WHS legislation, manufacturer/component

supplier specifications and safe operating procedures
environmental requirements, manual handling procedures and

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Common
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1028 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1029 of 7618

AURBCA2001 Work in a retail bicycle environment

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB254380B Operate in a retail bicycle environment

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to work effectively in a retail bicycle environment.

This unit applies to individuals who work, or are seeking

employment, in a bicycle retail environment.
It requires an understanding of the structure of the retail bicycle
sector, including industry associations, potential career paths,
industry practices and standards, bicycle terminology and
developments in technology.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1030 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1031 of 7618


ELEMENT
career path and develop
individual goals
1.1. Identify structure of retail bicycle sector, including roles and

functions of industry/association bodies
1.2. Assess personal skills to identify strengths and weaknesses
1.3. Identify personal expectations and determine goals
1.4. Research potential career paths in the bicycle industry and
match with personal goals
1.5. Identify training needs and incorporate into career planning
2. Meet employment
requirements
2.1. Identify applicable workplace health and safety (WHS)

requirements, including regulatory requirements and
personal protection needs
2.2. Identify roles and responsibilities of employees in a bicycle
workshop
2.3. Identify and comply with obligations to employers and
others, including confidentiality requirements
2.4. Identify lines of communication and authority
2.5. Identify and comply with work practices, including
legislation, regulations, codes of practice, team expectations
and policies and procedures
2.6. Identify principles and methods of gaining and maintaining
health and fitness through cycling
3. Develop and maintain

currency in bicycle
terminology and general
knowledge
3.1. Identify key cycling magazines and other sources of

information
3.2. Identify and use key bicycle terminologies
3.3. Research major cycling events and their potential impact on
business
3.4. Identify bicycle types and their uses
4. Maintain equipment and

work environment
4.1. Maintain personal workspace in a well organised and safe

condition in accordance with team and workplace standards
4.2. Maintain workplace equipment in a clean and operational
manner
4.3. Perform routine maintenance on workplace equipment
4.4. Identify and report faulty equipment to the appropriate
person for repair action
Approved
Page 1032 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to carry out work role, including maintaining equipment
and operating communications and information technology
communication skills to the level required to communicate ideas and information to enable
articulation of personal goals and career choices and information in the workplace, and to
relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and of varying
literacy skills to the level required to collect, organise and understand information related to
the retail bicycle sector, including roles and responsibilities, WHS requirements and potential
career paths
numeracy skills to the level required to interpret work instructions and complete specified
tasks using calculators and measuring devices
problem-solving skills to the level required to develop solutions to unpredicted situations,
clarify work instructions and resolve conflict
Required knowledge
bicycle categories and bicycle terminology

calendar of various Australian and international bicycle events
structure of the retail bicycle sector
authority and communication lines within the enterprise
retail bicycle work ethic and team expectations, including personal attitudes needed
equipment used by retail bicycle workshops
workshop layout and organisation
benefits of cycling in gaining and maintaining health and fitness
goal setting methods and techniques
Australian standards applicable to bicycles
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to bicycle retail operations
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to bicycle retail operations
Approved
Page 1033 of 7618

Approved
Page 1034 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved
correctly apply and use safety and personal protective

equipment
follow task instructions, operating procedures and inspection
processes to:
minimise risk of injury to self or others
achieve outcomes within time and quality standards
produce a career plan which covers:
personal goals and expectations
opportunities
timelines and personal development needs
work effectively with others
use terminology in communication with customers,

suppliers and colleagues
ensure workplace equipment is in operational order.

materials relevant to operating in a retail bicycle

environment
equipment and hand and power tooling appropriate to work

operations in a retail bicycle environment
computer with internet connection
Page 1035 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1036 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
environments and situations that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may
be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate,
accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Workplace expectations
Workplace expectations include standards of:
WHS requirements
bicycle racing organisations for road bikes and off-road bikes

other bicycle organisations and regional event organising
organisations
bicycle websites and periodical publications
business policies and procedures relating to use of work areas,
business procedures relating to the use of tooling and
equipment
procedures for materials, tooling and equipment

Approved
dress, personal presentation, preparedness and personal

conduct, including respect for the rights and responsibilities of
others
quality and timeliness of work and the role of excellence and
innovation
knowledge of tooling and equipment and specific work area
functions

safety equipment
first aid equipment
Page 1037 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Environmental
requirements

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
relevant industry codes of practice
duty of care
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Quality requirements may include:
regulations, including Australian standards

internal organisational quality policies and procedures
enterprise operations and procedures

procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Bicycle
Page 1038 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Sales and Marketing
Page 1039 of 7618

AURBCA2002 Select and adjust bicycle to fit rider

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB254401A Select and adjust bicycle to fit rider

Licensing statement updated in unit descriptor
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to select and/or adjust a bicycle to best fit the physical
abilities and cycling requirements of the rider.

This unit applies to individuals who advise on the selection and

adjustment of a bicycle and/or bicycle components to meet the
needs of the rider.
It applies to individuals working in a bicycle retail, service and
repair environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1040 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Gather information about

the rider
1.1. Check and confirm customer requirements and cycling

preferences
1.2. Assess physical attributes of customer by discussion,
observation and measurements, if appropriate
1.3. Identify suitable bicycle types and configurations to match
1.4. Discuss features and benefits of selected bicycles with
customer
2. Adjust bicycle to fit the

rider
2.1. Check that frame size matches rider's physical attributes

2.2. Check and adjust seat setting according to rider and
manufacturer specifications
2.3. Check and adjust handlebars and stem settings according to
rider and manufacturer specifications
2.4. Check and adjust clipless pedal settings to match rider's
needs
2.5. Allow customer to test ride bicycle for riding comfort and
efficiency
2.6. Make final adjustments as required
Approved
Page 1041 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to adjust bicycle
components
communication skills to the level required to confirm work requirements and specifications, to
communicate effectively regarding work requirements with supervisor, other workers and
customers, to report work outcomes and problems, and to relate to people from a range of
social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to understand information related to bicycles, including
common industry terminology, to prepare reports and interpret technical information and
specifications
numeracy skills to the level required to correctly complete tests and measurements
problem-solving skills to the level required to identify non-optimal bicycle fit and make
required adjustments
team skills to the level required to work effectively and cooperatively with others to optimis e
Required knowledge
bicycle terminology
types and classifications of bicycles
manufacturer and/or component supplier specifications
biomechanical principles of cycling
testing procedures and adjustment methods
tools and equipment used in bicycle adjustment
relevant to adjusting bicycles
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to adjusting bicycles
Approved
Page 1042 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

communicate effectively with customer to determine
requirements
recommend bicycle types to suit customer requirements
identify and assess variables that affect cycling comfort,
stability, efficiency and aerodynamics
complete adjustment of components to optimise cycling
comfort, stability, efficiency and aerodynamics.
a range of bicycle models and components
equipment and tools appropriate to adjusting bicycles
technical specifications and standards
Knowledge.
Page 1043 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1044 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Bicycles may include:
Best fit considerations
Best fit considerations may include:
Rider measurements
hand tooling
floor stand and workbench
Testing is to confirm:
Approved
frame size
crank length
distance from crank centre or bottom bracket to saddle
saddle angle
seat tube angle and saddle offset
distance from saddle to handlebar
relative height of saddle and handlebar
handlebar width, angle and lever reach
handlebar drop on road style handlebars
clipless pedal tension, and position of pedal and shoe
Tooling and equipment may include:
Testing
height
body shape
length of arms and legs
fitness
Bicycle adjustments for best fit may include:
Tooling and equipment
comfort
stability
efficiency
aerodynamics
fitness for purpose
Rider measurements to be considered may include:
Bicycle adjustments
those with and without gears, and with lever operated brakes
children and adult models of different heights
mountain, road, hybrid, BMX, track and trials models
safety, comfort and efficiency
Page 1045 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements
Approved

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements
verbal or written and graphical instructions, signage, work

schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos, material
safety data sheets (MSDS), diagrams or sketches
safe work procedures related to adjusting bicycles
regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to bicycle safety

stable handling, turning and steering

no failure in parts of the bicycle

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
waste management
Page 1046 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Sales and Marketing
Page 1047 of 7618

AURBSA3001 Conduct cycling proficiency training

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB354601A Conduct cycling proficiency training

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to conduct individual and group instruction in safe cycling
techniques.

This unit applies to individuals who deliver cycling training in the

community to promote safe and effective cycling in a road
environment.
It includes bicycle safety principles and bicycle handling skills,
road safety skills and traffic awareness. The unit covers risk
management processes, instructional methods and planning for
trainers.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1048 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1049 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Plan an instructional
session for teaching
cycling proficiency
1.1. Identify safe cycling techniques

1.2. Determine client needs and assess current skill level and
experience of client group
1.3. Identify cycling skills to be taught or developed
1.4. Select a suitable site for the instructional session based on
client needs and session aims
1.5. Plan appropriate instructional activities and sequence of
instruction to facilitate and enhance the learning process
1.6. Access and prepare learning resources, equipment and
technological aids to supplement instruction
1.7. Prepare contingency plans to cope with inclement weather
and other factors that may affect the session
1.8. Conduct a risk assessment of the instructional activities and
location and implement a risk management plan
2. Prepare for instructional

session
2.1. Select and prepare equipment and other resources suitable

for the instructional activities
2.2. Fit and adjust equipment, where appropriate, to suit the
needs of individual clients
2.3. Check all equipment for compliance with safety and road
use regulations and good working order
2.4. Ensure first aid and repair kits are suitably stocked
2.5. Arrange protective and safety clothing and equipment for
each client, where required
2.6. Brief the clients on the aim of the session, safety practices
and appropriate behaviour
3. Conduct drills, activities

and games to instruct
cycling proficiency
3.1. Select instructional methods to match client readiness, the

learning environment, the activity and equipment available
3.2. Allocate sufficient space and resources for the drill, activity
and/or game
3.3. Constantly monitor potential hazards and risks during
instruction, and implement appropriate risk management
processes to avoid hazards
3.4. Deliver clear, relevant and concise information,
explanations and demonstrations to ensure drills, activities
and games are in accord with best practice principles of
cycling activities
3.5. Communicate clearly in a style appropriate to the client
3.6. Use learning resources and materials and technological aids
where appropriate to supplement presentations
Approved
Page 1050 of 7618

ELEMENT
3.7. Observe clients to ensure the drills, activities and games are
conducted in the correct manner
3.8. Observe client's skill execution and apply correctional
techniques where required
3.9. Provide constructive feedback and encouragement
3.10.
Perform demonstrations, where required, with a high
level of technical correctness
3.11.
Maintain group control to ensure a safe and
enjoyable learning experience
4. Evaluate and review

instruction methods
Approved
4.1. Use questioning techniques to monitor client understanding

during instruction
4.2. Seek client feedback and provide opportunity for clients to
comment and ask questions
4.3. Implement modifications to the instructional method in
response to monitoring and feedback
4.4. Identify aspects needing further emphasis and attention for
intervention in future sessions
Page 1051 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely control and manoeuvre a bicycle in road traffic,
to adjust a bicycle to fit the rider and to operate audiovisual and technical equipment
communication skills to the level required to ask relevant and appropriate questions, provide
clear information and explanations, organise and give demonstrations, use listening skills,
engage, motivate and connect with learners, and provide constructive feedback
literacy skills to the level required to complete and maintain documentation, read and follow
learning program/plan, and read and analyse learner information
interpersonal skills to the level required to maintain appropriate relationships, establish trust,
use appropriate body language, maintain humour, demonstrate tolerance, manage a group and
to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and of varying
observation skills to the level required to monitor learner acquisition of new skills, assess
learner communication and interaction with others, identify learner concerns, and recognise
learner readiness to take on new skills/tasks
problem-solving skills to the level required to plan and organise activities, identify potential
hazards, and modify activities to suit client group
reflection skills to the level required to identify areas for improvement and maintain personal
skill development
Required knowledge
characteristics and needs of various client groups

content and requirements of best practice cycling proficiency programs, including safe cycling
techniques, traffic rules and road use regulations
drills, activities and games to develop cycling proficiency
sources and availability of relevant learning resources and learning materials
training techniques which enhance learning and when to use them, such as:
instruction and explanation
questioning
practice
written information
group/pair/team activities
individual activities
coaching skills
demonstration
Approved
Page 1052 of 7618

basic learning principles and different learning styles of children and adults
practice, including workplace health and safety (WHS), road traffic rules and environment,
relevant to cycling proficiency training
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to cycling proficiency
training
Approved
Page 1053 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved
observe safety procedures and requirements, including

evaluating whether conditions are suitable to commence the
session
determine the range and type of activities, drills and games
required to develop cycling proficiency skills appropriate to the
client/group
conduct activities, drills and games to develop cycling
proficiency skills in accordance with accepted industry best
practice
instruct cycling proficiency skills over a minimum of three (3)
occasions to different clients
observe clients and recognise when and how intervention
should take place to improve performance
analyse client's skills and provide constructive feedback
modify instructional methods and activities in response to
observations and feedback
review own performance and evaluate program outcomes.
mechanically sound bicycle and helmet for each client
personal protective equipment, if needed
non-traffic areas and quiet roads
learning resources and materials.
Page 1054 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1055 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Safe cycling techniques
Safe cycling techniques include:
Best practice principles of

cycling proficiency
Best practice examples include:
Client characteristics
age, ethnicity, gender and disability

physical fitness and body type
cycling experience and skills level
language, literacy and numeracy levels
learning styles
specific needs
Safe learning environment may include:
Approved
AustCycle teacher training program

National Coaching Accreditation Scheme (NCAS) CycleSkill
coach training program
the codes of behaviour for trainers developed by industry peak
bodies, including Cycling Australia, the Amy Gillett
Foundation (AGF) and the Bicycle Federation of Australia
(BFA)
overseas programs, such as the National Standard for Cycle
Training (UK), CAN-BIKE (Canada) and BikeEd (USA)
Client characteristics may include:
Safe learning environment
bicycle safety principles and bicycle handling skills

cycling skill and confidence
control techniques in relation to riding on the road
road safety skills and traffic awareness
road use regulations and traffic rules
advanced bike handling and traffic skills
all-round observation, signalling and manoeuvring
identifying and responding appropriately to hazards
safe cycling manoeuvres on busy roads using complex
intersections and road features
adapting to weather conditions
correct bike set-up, saddle and headset adjustments
mechanically sound bicycle and helmet

personal protective equipment and clothing, if needed
Page 1056 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Learning resources and

materials
Learning resources and materials may include:
Instructional methods
Approved
warm up and introductory activities

practice and repetition of skills
demonstration of skills
break down of complex skills into component parts
identification and correction of faults
constructive feedback
questioning
demonstrate, explain, demonstrate, instruct, critique, test
(D.E.D.I.C.T.)
explain, demonstrate, instruct, critique, test (E.D.I.C.T.)
introduce, demonstrate, explain, apply (I.D.E.A.)
WHS requirements
CDs and audiotapes

commercially available materials
learning resources produced in languages other than English
organisational learning resources
record/log books
references and texts
videos
handouts for learners
prepared activity sheets
prepared presentations and overheads
Instructional methods may include:
non-traffic areas and quiet roads

gradual progression to busier roads
suitable maximum group size

safe work procedures related to cycling proficiency training
regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to road and
bicycle safety

Page 1057 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

safety equipment
first aid equipment


road traffic rules
road rules
WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

procedures

anti-discrimination

Approved

Page 1058 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Health and Safety
Page 1059 of 7618

AURBTA1001 Remove and tag bicycle components

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB100064B Remove and tag bicycle components

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to identify and remove a range of bicycle components and
tag by title and application.
It requires the ability to understand specifications and use tools and
equipment to remove and tag components.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake component removal

and tagging in a bicycle retail, service and repair environment.
It is designed for application in a highly supervised context, such as
VET in schools or other equivalent introduction or induction to
industry environments.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1060 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1061 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to remove and

1.1. Identify and confirm the nature and scope of work

requirements
1.2. Observe workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements,
including individual state/territory regulatory requirements
and personal protection needs, throughout the work
1.3. Source equipment and information, such as workshop
manuals, specifications and tooling
1.4. Analyse method options and select those most appropriate
to the circumstances
1.5. Identify and remove/minimise risks associated with removal
and tagging of bicycle components
2. Remove bicycle
components
2.1. Identify bicycle components for removal

2.2. Implement methods for the safe removal and tagging of
components in accordance with manufacturer/component
supplier specifications
2.3. Select and use appropriate tools and equipment
2.4. Remove components without damage
2.5. Inspect removed components
2.6. Report on component condition in accordance with standard
procedures
3. Tag bicycle components
3.1. Confirm tagging procedures

3.2. Identify resource requirements for tagging and prepare
support equipment
3.3. Tag components without damage
3.4. Remove waste following standard procedures
3.5. Clean work area and store tools and equipment in
accordance with standard procedures
Approved
Page 1062 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to remove and tag bicycle components
communicate effectively regarding work requirements with supervisor and other workers, to
report work outcomes and problems, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and
ethnic backgrounds and of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to understand information related to work orders, including
common industry terminology, to understand technical information and specifications and to
tag components
numeracy skills to the level required to identify and measure components
problem-solving skills to the level required to anticipate and/or resolve problems and to avoid
or minimise reworking and wastage
team skills to the level required to work with effectively and cooperatively others to optimise
Required knowledge
bicycle terminology
function of each component
relationship of body components to each other
removal procedures
tagging procedures
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to removing and tagging
bicycle components
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to removing and tagging
bicycle components
Approved
Page 1063 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
complete preparatory activity in a systematic manner
identify and remove a range of components and tag by their title
and application
conduct removal and tagging without damage to components or
tooling and equipment.
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to removing

components
resources for tagging components
Knowledge.
Page 1064 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1065 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Components
Bicycle components may include:
Tagging methods
verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting

written instructions and plans
Approved
tags and cleaning materials
Communication methods may include:
hand tooling
hand-held power tooling
Materials may include:
Communication methods
tagging by title and application
Materials
wheels
frames
drivetrain
steering
suspension
Tagging methods include:
children and adult models of different sizes
enterprise operating procedures, workshop manuals, supplier

data sheets, parts catalogues, customer orders,
industry/workplace codes of practice and material safety data
sheets (MSDS)
safe work procedures related to removing and tagging bicycle
components
Page 1066 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


Environmental
requirements

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Approved
Page 1067 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1068 of 7618

AURBTA1002 Adjust bicycles

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to adjust

bicycle components and equipment.
The unit involves identifying bicycle components and adjustment
requirements, including the use of specialist tools to perform
adjustments to bicycles to ensure safe and efficient operation.

Work applies to the adjustments of bicycle components in the

bicycle retail, service and repair environment.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate some judgement and
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1069 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

demonstrate achievement of the element. Assessment of
Page 1070 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Workplace instructions are used to determine job

requirements relating to adjusting bicycles
identified and applied
1.3. Work areas are cleared to allow set-up and activities to take
place according to workplace policies and procedures
2. Inspect bicycle and

determine work
requirement
2.1. Inspection is carried out to determine adjustment

requirements according to workplace procedures and
manufacturer and component supplier specifications and
without causing damage to components or systems
2.2. Inspection findings are reported according to workplace
procedures, including recommendations for necessary
adjustments
3. Perform adjustments
3.1. Adjustment options are analysed and those most appropriate

to the circumstances are selected
3.2. Appropriate tools, techniques and materials are selected and
prepared
3.3. Adjustments are carried out according to workplace
procedures and manufacturer and component supplier
specifications and without causing damage to components or
systems
3.4. Post-adjustment testing is carried out to ensure safe and
correct operation of the bicycle


expectations and bicycle is presented ready for use
4.3. Documentation is completed according to workplace
procedures
Approved
Page 1071 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills:
reading skills to the level required to understand information related to work instruction,
including terminology and workplace procedures
writing skills to complete workplace documentation

numeracy skills to correctly interpret metric and imperial measurement systems
identify risk factors to minimise them
follow workplace procedures

identify workplace and technical problems

identify tools and equipment
recognise own limitations and seek advice
follow workplace policies and documentation, such as manufacturer specification, industry

codes of practice and workplace procedures
apply technical information related to bicycle componentry and maintenance procedures
select and use appropriate tools and equipment

operate bicycle adjustment tools and equipment
use workplace technology to assist with workplace practices
Required knowledge
bicycle terminology
methods of sourcing information relevant to adjusting bicycles
bicycle inspection procedures
bicycle adjustment procedures, including the use of tools and equipment
bicycle post-adjustment testing procedures
Approved
Page 1072 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Critical aspects for assessment
and evidence required to
demonstrate competency in
this unit
The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this

unit must be relevant to workplace operations and satisfy all
of the requirements of the performance criteria and required
skills and knowledge.
A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be
able to:


select methods and techniques appropriate to the
circumstances
preform a range of adjustment tasks on a minimum of
three different bicycles with real or simulated
adjustment requirements according to workplace,
complete workplace documentation
present bicycle in a condition that complies with
workplace requirements.
Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a

simulated workplace environment that accurately reflects
performance in a real workplace setting.

Approved

bicycles and bicycle components
equipment, hand and power tools and specialised repair
tools and equipment appropriate to adjusting bicycles
Page 1073 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment

Guidelines of this Training Package.
Assessment methods must confirm consistency and
accuracy of performance (over time and in a range of
workplace relevant contexts) together with the application
of required skills and knowledge.
Assessment methods must be by direct observation of tasks
and include questioning on required skills and knowledge to
ensure correct interpretation and application.
Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunction
with other units which together form part of a holistic work
role.
Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to
work environments and training situations to accommodate
the needs of diverse clients.
Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally
sensitive and appropriate to the language, literacy and
numeracy capacity of the candidate and the work being
performed.
Approved
Page 1074 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
environments and situations that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that
may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the
candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be
included.
Workplace instructions may include:
computer-generated instructions
verbal instructions
written instructions.
Job requirements may include:
bicycle inspection and adjustment methods, processes

and equipment.
Workplace health and safety (WHS)

requirements:
Adjustments may include those to:
Appropriate tools may include
Approved
bikes with and without gears, and lever operated

brakes
mountain, road, hybrid, BMX, track and time trial
models and sizes.
are those prescribed under legislation, regulations,
codes of practice, and workplace policies and
procedures
may include:
first aid equipment

hazard control, including control of hazardous
materials and toxic substances.
brakes
suspension
chain tension
pedals and crank
wheel bearings
seat
handlebars and steering
gears
spokes.
hand tools
hand, power and air tools
specialised bicycle repair tools
floor stands, workbench.
Page 1075 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Documentation may include:
warranty information
job card or work order
workplace computerised or written customer records
and invoice.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Bicycle
Unit sector
Technical

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1076 of 7618

AURBTA2003 Assemble bicycles

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB211304B Assemble bicycles

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to assemble bicycles from a semi-assembled state.
equipment to fit and adjust bicycle components and accessories to
Australian standards.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the selection, fitting

and adjustment of bicycle components and accessories and final
assembly of bicycles in a bicycle retail, service and repair
environment.
For assembly of new (box) bicycles, AURBTA2004 Assemble box
bicycles for retail sale, should be selected.
Approved
Page 1077 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1078 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Check and confirm customer requirements in accordance

with workplace procedures
1.2. Research bicycle assembly requirements and access and
check specifications
1.3. Check tooling and equipment prior to use, for availability
and conformity with specifications and safe condition
1.4. Prepare work area and set up equipment and materials
2. Select/unpack bicycle
components
2.1. Plan unpacking and assembly sequence

2.2. Remove packing material without causing damage to frame
or other components or accessories
2.3. Determine condition of components by inspection and
measurement and compare with specifications and customer
use requirements
2.4. Identify damaged and/or missing frames and components
and report/replace according to workshop procedures
3. Fit, test and adjust bicycle

components
3.1. Perform fitting operation for bicycle components according

to plan using personal safety equipment and precautions to
protect others in the workplace
3.2. Select and use tooling and equipment in accordance with
workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements
3.3. Check fitted bicycle components, complete adjustments,
and prepare unit for delivery
4. Complete work and

clean-up
4.1. Store portable tooling and equipment in approved

designated areas
4.2. Update workplace records, customer file and warranty
information as required by enterprise
4.3. Clean up work area and dispose of packing materials in
Approved
Page 1079 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to assemble a bicycle,
test the unit and make adjustments
common industry terminology, plans and safety procedures, to prepare reports, and interpret
technical information and specifications
numeracy skills to the level required to correctly complete tests and measurements to
determine safe assembly and operation
problem-solving skills to the level required to identify technical and procedural problems to
avoid planning and scheduling problems, and time and material wastage
Required knowledge
bicycle anatomy and terminology

component function and application
material used in accessories and fittings
classification of accessory and fitting types
assembly procedures
tools and equipment used in bicycle assembly
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to assembling bicycles
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to assembling bicycles
Approved
Page 1080 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
conduct removal, replacement, tensioning and adjustment of a
range of components and common accessories in accordance
with workplace and manufacturer/component supplier
requirements
complete removal and adjustment of components and
accessories within workplace timeframes
present bicycle for delivery to customer in compliance with
workplace requirements and Australian standards.
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to assembling

bicycles
Page 1081 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1082 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Assembly methods
basic adjustments and setup of a cycle

frame alignment and preparation
headset fitting and adjustment
brake fitting and adjustment, cable and general hydraulic
gear fitting and adjustment, including drailleurs and hub gears,
shifters, chain, cassette, chain set and bottom bracket
wheel fitting and adjustment
peddles
saddles
Approved
tapes
fitting consumables
cleaning materials
Assembly tasks may include:
Testing
fitting and manual adjustments of components and accessories

measuring, screwing, bonding, clamping, filing, riveting and
drilling
greasing and lubrication
torque settings
Assembly tasks
hand tooling
floor stands, workbench and air tooling
Assembly methods may include:
Materials
safety and efficiency

Page 1083 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Approved

safe work procedures related to assembling bicycles

commonwealth, state or territory legislation and regulatio ns, and

no loosening or misalignment of seat, handlebars, controls or
reflectors
no loss of components or accessories

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
Page 1084 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Environmental
requirements
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1085 of 7618

AURBTA2004 Assemble box bicycles for retail sale

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB211305A Assemble box bicycle for retail sale

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to assemble and test a new bicycle for retail sale.
It requires the ability to identify bicycle components, interpret
manufacturer instructions and specifications, assemble a bicycle
and test the assembled bicycle for safe and efficient operation.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake assembling and

testing of new bicycles in a bicycle retail, service and repair
environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1086 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1087 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for the assembly

of a new bicycle
1.1. Identify and confirm nature and scope of work requirements

1.2. Identify workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements,
including individual state/territory regulatory requirements
and personal protection needs, and observe throughout the
work
1.3. Source procedures and information, such as workshop
manuals and manufacturer specifications
1.4. Check tooling and equipment for availability, conformity
with specifications and safe condition
2. Assemble new bicycle
2.1. Unpack bicycle components and confirm contents are

complete
2.2. Identify damaged and/or missing frames and components
and report/replace according to workshop procedures
2.3. Identify methods for bicycle model assembly requirements
in accordance with manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
2.4. Install components without damage
2.5. Set up moving parts in accordance with
2.6. Select and use appropriate tools, materials and equipment
2.7. Check fitted bicycle components and make necessary
adjustments
2.8. Complete records in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Tag assembled bicycle
3.1. Identify workplace tagging procedures

3.2. Identify and prepare resource requirements and support
equipment for tagging
3.3. Tag assembled bicycle without damage
Approved
Page 1088 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to assemble a new
bicycle, test the unit and make adjustments and tag the completed bicycle
common industry terminology, plans and safety procedures, prepare reports and interpret
problem solving skills to the level required to identify technical and procedural problems to
avoid planning, scheduling problems and time and material wastage
Required knowledge
bicycle classifications and terminology

installation and assembly procedures
tagging procedures
tools and equipment used in bicycle assembly
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to assembling a bicycle
for retail sale
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to assembling a bicycle for
retail sale
Approved
Page 1089 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
circumstances
conduct assembly and tagging without damage to components
or tooling and equipment
assemble a range of bicycles in compliance with Australian
standards and workplace requirements.
a range of bicycle models
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to assembling

bicycles
tagging equipment.
Knowledge.
Page 1090 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1091 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Assembly methods
Approved
tags
tapes
fitting consumables
cleaning materials
Assembly tasks are to include:
Testing
fitting and manual adjustments of components and accessories

drilling
torque settings
Assembly tasks
hand tooling
Assembly methods are to include:
Materials
basic adjustments and set-up of a cycle

headset adjustment
brake adjustment, including the capabilities to shorten outer
cables and to reset the brakes to operating condition, applicable
to cable and general hydraulic
gear adjustment, including drailleurs and hub gears, shifters
and chain
wheel fitting and adjustment
pedals
saddles
Page 1092 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Tagging
Tagging methods may include:

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Approved
hardcopy and electronic media

safe work procedures related to assembling bicycles

tagging by model, size and application
WHS requirements

reflectors

WHS
Page 1093 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Environmental
requirements
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures
quality policy and procedures, including Australian standards

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1094 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1095 of 7618

AURBTA3005 Restore bicycles

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB311401A Restore a bicycle

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to restore a used or vintage bicycle to fully functioning or
original condition, where possible.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the restoration of a

bicycle in a bicycle retail, service and repair environment.
It requires the ability to research technical data and use tools and
equipment to repair, recondition and replace components to restore
a bicycle as close as practicable to its original condition.
assessing second hand parts for serviceability and suitability.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1096 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1097 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Identify requirements

1.2. Research original bicycle components and specifications
and access information
1.3. Source suppliers and determine availability of original
bicycle parts
1.4. Source second hand parts and assess for suitability and
serviceability
1.5. Check tooling and equipment for availability and
conformity with specifications and safe condition
2. Inspect bicycle

2.2. Inspect bicycle systems and components for faults and worn
or damaged components using visual, aural and tactile
inspections and measurements
2.3. Compare conditions found with original bicycle
specifications and customer requirements
2.4. Identify restoration, replacement and repair options for
bicycle components, including outsourcing
2.5. Document and cost restoration items and obtain customer
approval in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Restore bicycle

3.2. Dismantle bicycle, inspect and tag components
3.3. Perform restoration operations on components using
personal safety equipment and precautions to protect others
in the workplace
3.4. Outsource work as required, such as replating and
repainting
3.5. Reassemble bicycle and operate restored bicycle through its
full range, noting test results, including non-conformity
3.6. Check restored bicycle components, complete adjustments
and prepare unit for delivery
4. Complete work and clean

up
4.1. Clean and store portable tooling and equipment in approved

designated areas
4.2. Complete workplace records, customer file and warranty
4.3. Clean up work area and dispose of waste in accordance with
Approved
Page 1098 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to restore a bicycle,
test the unit and make adjustments
literacy skills to the level required to conduct research and interpret technical information and
specifications
problem-solving skills to the level required to assess bicycle condition and determine repair,
replacement and restoration options
Required knowledge
bicycle terminology
application of mechanical principles
classification of bicycle systems and identification of system components
purpose and requirements of bicycle systems and their compatibility with each other
classification of accessories and fittings
assembly procedures
selection, checking and use of tooling and equipment
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to restoring bicycles
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to restoring bicycles
Approved
Page 1099 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
dismantle, inspect and tag bicycle components
restore, repair and rebuild a range of bicycle components
replace components with appropriate new or serviceable second
hand parts
reassemble, test and adjust bicycle without damage to
components or tooling and equipment
a bicycle for restoration
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to restoring

bicycles
Page 1100 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved
Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1101 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Restoration methods
safe operation
reflectors
Approved
dismantling, inspection and tagging of components

repair and rebuilding of components, including frame, wheels
and rims, gears, brakes, drivetrain, suspension and steering
systems
reassembly of bicycle
fitting and manual adjustments of repaired and replacement
drilling
replating and repainting
torque settings
Testing of the restored bicycle is to confirm:
hand tooling
floor stands, workbench, jigs and air tooling
Restoration methods may include:
Testing
mountain, road, hybrid, touring, BMX, track and trials models

Page 1102 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
Environmental requirements may include

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

safe work procedures related to restoring bicycles
Page 1103 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1104 of 7618

AURBTA3006 Identify and select components for custom bicycles

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB332301A Specify and select components for a

custom bicycle
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to calculate measurements and select bicycle components
to meet the client's cycling requirements.

This unit applies to individuals who advise on the selection of stock

bicycle frames and bicycle components to build a custom bicycle.
It applies to individuals working in a bicycle retail, service and
repair environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1105 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1106 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Gather information about

the client
1.1. Check and confirm customer requirements, including price

range and intended use of the unit
1.2. Assess physical attributes and riding style of customer by
discussion, observation and measurements
1.3. Discuss features and benefits of various frame materials and
designs with customer
1.4. Use sizing cycle, or other methods, to analyse optimum
bicycle measurements and set-up
2. Select bicycle frame or

specify measurements for
custom frame
2.1. Identify suitable frame types and configurations to match

2.2. Research bicycle design principles and check available
custom builders, stock item suppliers and specifications
2.3. If stock frame preferred, check frame measurements and
select frame to match rider's size and intended use
2.4. If custom frame preferred, calculate measurements and
decide on frame material and build method
3. Select wheels or specify

wheel building
requirements
3.1. Determine wheel size to suit frame measurements

3.2. Identify rims, spokes and hub types to suit intended use of
unit
3.3. Discuss features and benefits of various wheel designs and
components with customer
3.4. Select stock wheels and components or calculate
specifications and design for custom wheels
4. Select bicycle
components
4.1. Research catalogues and suppliers of bicycle components

and discuss options with customer
4.2. Select components to suit bicycle design and intended use
within price range
5. Confirm details for

custom bicycle
5.1. Specify custom paint requirements, if required

5.2. Prepare parts list and determine availability
5.3. Calculate and document costs and obtain customer approval
6. Prepare bicycle for

delivery
6.1. Check the assembled custom bicycle for correct operation

and specifications
6.2. Make adjustments, if required, and prepare unit for delivery
to the customer
Approved
Page 1107 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use bicycle fitting equipment, perform tests and
to fit and adjust bicycle components
literacy skills to the level required to research information related to bicycle design and
components and interpret technical information and specifications
numeracy skills to the level required to correctly complete tests and measurements, calculate
ratios and interpret specifications
problem-solving skills to the level required to apply bicycle design principles and
measurements to specify and select suitable components for a custom bicycle
Required knowledge
bicycle classification and terminology

biomechanical principles of cycling
design requirements of bicycle frames and wheels
classification and identification of bicycle frames, wheels and components
purpose and relationships of bicycle frames, wheels, suspension, drivetrain and steering
systems
material used in bicycle frames, wheels and components
tools and equipment used in bicycle adjustment
relevant to designing bicycles
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to designing bicycles
Approved
Page 1108 of 7618

Approved
Page 1109 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

requirements
identify and assess variables that affect cycling comfort,
stability, efficiency and aerodynamics
apply mechanical principles and measurements to select or
design a bicycle frame to meet client and intended use
requirements
select components to complement the bicycle design and to
meet client and intended use requirements
check the custom bicycle operation, make adjustments and
prepare for delivery to the customer.
a range of bicycle frames and components
fitting equipment (e.g. sizing bicycle, video equipment and

measuring equipment)
equipment and tools appropriate to adjusting bicycles
Page 1110 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1111 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Bicycle measurements
Bicycle measurements may include:
Client physical attributes
steel, lugged, brazed or welded

titanium
composite material
lugged, brazed or welded
carbon fibre
stock items or custom built
Bicycle components may include:
Approved
height
body shape and weight distribution
fitness, injuries and style of cycling
Bicycle frames may include:
Bicycle components
fork rake or offset

fork trail
head tube length and angle (steering axis)
wheelbase
front centre
bottom bracket drop
seat tube length and angle
top tube length
setback
stem length
saddle height
Client physical attributes to be considered may include:
Bicycle frames
mountain, road, hybrid, touring, BMX, track and trials models
wheels, rims, spokes and hubs

handlebars and headset
forks and suspension
saddle and seat post
Page 1112 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Approved

safe work procedures related to designing bicycles

cassette, chain rim, chain and crank

pedals
front and rear derailleur
bottom bracket
brake, brake lever and brake shift
racks, lights and other accessories

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
Page 1113 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Environmental
requirements

duty of care
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1114 of 7618

AURBTA3007 Provide mechanical support to cycling events

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB354501A Provide mechanical support to cycling

events
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to work effectively as a support mechanic in professional
or amateur competitions or organised recreational cycling events.
It includes meeting event employment requirements, managing
daily work activities and contributing to the effective working of
the support team.

This unit applies to individuals who work or volunteer as a bicycle

mechanic in organised cycling events.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1115 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1116 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Research types of events

and employment
opportunities
1.1. Identify structure of the competitive/recreational bicycle

sector, including roles and functions of sport, community
and industry associations/bodies
1.2. Research major cycling events and employment
opportunities
1.3. Assess own skills and identify training needs
1.4. Determine career goals and employment opportunities
2. Meet employment
requirements
2.1. Identify roles and responsibilities of mechanics in a bicycle

event/competition
2.2. Complete application process
2.3. Identify and comply with obligations to employers and
others, including confidentiality requirements
2.4. Identify lines of communication and authority
2.5. Identify and comply with event regulations, team
expectations and policies and procedures
2.6. Identify principles and methods of gaining and maintaining
personal health and fitness levels appropriate to job role,
including rest requirements
2.7. Develop and maintain own technical skills through work
experience and practice
2.8. Research developments in bicycle technology and
mechanical techniques
3. Prepare for event
3.1. Confirm team arrangements for travel/arrival and ensure all

documentation is complete
3.2. Select tool and equipment requirements and check for
availability and good condition
3.3. Select and prepare spare parts, wheels and bicycles
3.4. Pack tools and equipment safely for transportation
3.5. Select and prepare personal items to allow for effective rest
and hygiene
4. Provide mechanical
support
4.1. Identify and follow applicable workplace health and safety

(WHS) requirements and event regulations
4.2. Confirm own work role and responsibilities
4.3. Establish lines of communication
4.4. Assemble temporary work station and associated fittings, if
required, in accordance with team requirements and event
regulations
4.5. Prepare support vehicle, if required, in accordance with
team requirements and event regulations
Approved
Page 1117 of 7618

ELEMENT
4.6. Perform mechanical repairs and adjustments within
designated timeframes and to team standards
4.7. Use mechanical knowledge to provide functional repairs
when optimal solutions are not possible
4.8. Obtain client approval before commencing work, where
appropriate
4.9. Seek assistance from appropriate persons when difficulties
arise
4.10.
Maintain personal workspace in a well organised
and safe condition in accordance with team and event
standards
4.11.
Maintain tools and equipment in a clean and
operational manner
4.12.
Manage rest requirements to maintain work
standards and output
Approved
Page 1118 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to carry out work role, including setting up workstation,
using and maintaining tools and equipment and performing repairs and adjustments on
bicycles
communication skills to the level required to communicate effectively regarding work
requirements with supervisor, other team members and clients, to report work outcomes and
problems, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and
of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to collect, organise and understand information related to
organised cycling events, including roles and responsibilities, event regulations and
requirements, and potential career paths
numeracy skills to the level required to interpret technical information and complete specified
tasks using calculations and measuring devices
problem-solving skills to the level required to develop solutions to unpredicted situations,
clarify work instructions and resolve conflict
Required knowledge
cycling event categories

roles and structure of Australian and international cycling regulatory bodies
calendar of various Australian and international bicycle events
roles within support teams and their relationship with one another
authority and communication lines within support teams
repair and maintenance techniques for bicycles and components in a race or event environment
tooling and equipment used by mechanical support teams
temporary workshop layout and organisation
principles and methods of gaining and maintaining health and fitness, including nutritional
requirements
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to bicycle repairs
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to bicycle repairs
Approved
Page 1119 of 7618

Approved
Page 1120 of 7618

AURBTA3007 Provide mechanical su pport to cycling events
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved
perform mechanical support activities in a cycling event for a

minimum duration of one (1) day on at least two (2) occasions,
including:
working to required team/event standards
identifying and applying team requirements, controlling

body and event category rules and regulations
correctly applying safety procedures and using personal

working effectively with others
modifying activities to cater for variations in workplace

context and environment
maintain and apply knowledge of current bicycle technology.
information relevant to cycling bodies/organisations and

events
equipment and tooling appropriate to work operations in a

cycling event environment
computer with internet connection
Page 1121 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1122 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Cycling events
Cycling events may include:
Personal attributes
Personal attributes may include:
Setting up a temporary
work location
installation of floor matting

set-up of tables and benches
installation of temporary lighting
erection of temporary fencing
erection of bicycle storage facilities
positioning of tooling and equipment, including portable
bicycle stands
positioning of spare parts, components and specialist tools
installation of computing and communication equipment
installation of fire fighting and environmental protection
equipment (e.g. cleaning agents and disposal containers)
erection of promotional signage and security barriers
Tools and equipment may include:
Approved
knowledge of tooling and equipment and specific work area

functions
Setting up a temporary work location may involve:
Tools and equipment
road, track, cross or mountain races/competitions

community and charity recreational events
local, national or international events
portable bicycle stand

general and specialist hand tools
spare parts
lubricants
hydraulic fluid
tapes
various nuts, bolts, screws and fasteners
Page 1123 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Mechanical repairs
Mechanical repairs may include:
bicycle racing organisations for road bikes and off-road bikes

other bicycle organisations and regional event organising
bodies
bicycle websites and periodical publications
racing rules and regulations
event policies and procedures relating to use of work areas,
work procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment
procedures for materials, tools and equipment

Approved
racing bicycle preparation

track support
wheel changes and repairs
tyre and tube replacement
repairs to brake, drivetrain, and steering and suspension systems
and components
replacement of damaged parts
installation of additional parts, including cycle computers, bar
ends and rear racks
bicycle wash
bicycle/body fit adjustments
WHS requirements
pump
compressor
cleaning products and rags
ear protection, eye protection and disposable gloves
first aid kit

safety equipment
first aid equipment
Page 1124 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Environmental
requirements

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Bicycle
Page 1125 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1126 of 7618

AURBTB2001 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking systems
AURBTB2001 Service and repair bicycle mechanical braking

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB212171A Service and repair bicycle mechanical

braking systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to inspect, plan and safely service, repair and test bicycle
mechanical braking systems and complete documents.
It requires the ability to interpret specifications, assess the condition
of mechanical braking systems, and to select and use tooling and
equipment.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake service and repair of

components of mechanical braking systems in a bicycle servicing
and repair environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1127 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1128 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Confirm customer requirements and intended use of the unit

in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2. Identify and check bicycle mechanical braking system
service and repair requirements and specifications
2. Inspect bicycle
mechanical braking
system
2.1. Inspect bicycle mechanical braking system for faults and

worn or damaged components, using visual, aural and tactile
inspections, and measurements
2.2. Compare conditions found with bicycle mechanical braking
system specifications and customer requirements
2.3. Identify service and repair options for mechanical braking
system
2.4. Document and cost service and repair items for customer
2.5. Obtain customer approval for work to be undertaken
3. Prepare for service and

repair of bicycle
mechanical braking
system
3.1. Plan service and repair sequence and determine availability

of tooling and equipment
3.2. Ensure service and repair sequence plan includes
post-service testing and checking process
3.3. Prepare list of parts and materials and determine availability
3.4. Identify need for additional persons to assist in repair
process and make arrangements
3.5. Select and check tooling and equipment to meet job
requirements
4. Service and repair bicycle

mechanical braking
system
4.1. Perform service and repair operations for bicycle

mechanical braking system according to plan
4.2. Use personal safety equipment and take precautions to
4.3. Use and maintain tooling and equipment in accordance with
4.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle braking system
specifications in accordance with workplace procedures
4.5. Clear worksite of waste and spills at regular intervals in
5. Test bicycle mechanical

braking system
5.1. Operate bicycle braking system through its full range,

noting test results, including non-conformity
5.2. Check bicycle mechanical braking system, complete
Approved
Page 1129 of 7618

ELEMENT
adjustments and prepare unit for delivery
designated areas
Approved
Page 1130 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use workplace technology related to servicing, repairing
and testing of bicycle mechanical braking systems
customers, to report work outcomes and problems and to relate to people from a range of
common industry terminology, plans and safety procedures, prepare reports, complete records
and interpret technical information and specifications
numeracy skills to the level required to correctly count and measure to determine mechanical
brake system condition and operation
problem-solving skills to the level required to plan and organise activities and establish
diagnostic processes which identify methods of servicing, repairing and testing bicycle
Required knowledge

classification of bicycle mechanical braking systems and identification of system components
purpose and requirements of bicycle mechanical braking systems and their relationship to
suspension, wheels, drivetrain, frame and steering system
material used in bicycle mechanical braking systems
mechanical braking system service, repair and test procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS and environment, relevant to servicing and repairing bicycle
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to servicing and repairing
bicycle mechanical braking systems
Approved
Page 1131 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
inspect a range of bicycle mechanical brake systems and
components and accurately identify required service and repair
options
service and repair a range of bicycle mechanical brake systems
and components to manufacturer/ component supplier
specifications
test bicycle mechanical brake systems to
manufacturer/component supplier specifications.
suitably equipped workplace or simulated workplace
area for safe testing of braking systems
a range of bicycle mechanical brake systems and

components
material relevant to servicing and repairing bicycle

equipment and hand and power tooling appropriate to

servicing and repairing bicycle mechanical braking systems
specifications and work instructions.
Page 1132 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1133 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Mechanical braking system Mechanical braking system may include:
Servicing and repair

methods
Servicing and repair methods are to include:
verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting

site-specific instructions, written instructions and plans or
instructions related to job/task
Approved
spare parts and cleaning materials
Communications may include, but are not limited to:
specific service and repair and general workshop equipment and

tooling
Communications
on- and off-site servicing

servicing and manual adjustments of mechanical braking
system components
communicating with customers
documenting and reporting on service
Materials
cantilever, disc, internal coaster and drum brakes

composite material brake pads
mechanical linkages
manual adjustment and integrated brake and gear levers

safe work procedures related to bicycle mechanical braking
systems
Page 1134 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures
Approved
Page 1135 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 1136 of 7618

AURBTB2002 Service bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB212370B Service bicycle hydraulic braking

systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to perform service operations to bicycle hydraulic braking
systems.
equipment to service and test bicycle hydraulic brake components
and systems.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the

inspection, servicing, and testing of bicycle hydraulic
braking systems in a bicycle retail, service and repair
environment.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate some judgement
and problem-solving skills in managing own work
activities and contributing to a productive team
environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1137 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1138 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Gather information on
system
1.1. Check customer requirements and intended use of the unit

being serviced by discussion with customer
1.2. Research bicycle hydraulic braking system service
requirements and check specifications
1.3. Determine condition of system by visual, aural and tactile
1.4. Compare conditions found with bicycle hydraulic braking
system specifications and customer use requirements
2. Prepare for service of

system
2.1. Plan service sequence, including post-service testing and

checking process, and determine availability of tooling and
equipment
2.2. Prepare material list and determine availability
2.3. Select tooling and equipment to meet job requirements, and
check to ensure they are in good working order
2.4. Set up equipment and prepare work area
3. Service and test bicycle

hydraulic braking system
3.1. Perform service operations for bicycle hydraulic braking

system according to plan
3.2. Use personal safety equipment and precautions to protect
others in the workplace
3.3. Handle and maintain tooling and equipment in accordance
with workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements
specifications following service procedures
3.5. Operate bicycle braking system through its full range,
3.6. Check bicycle hydraulic braking system, complete

up

designated areas
4.4. Prepare accounts and invoices as required by enterprise
Approved
Page 1139 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to service bicycle
hydraulic braking system, test the unit and make adjustments
common industry terminology, plans and safety procedures, to prepare reports and interpret
determine system condition and operation
Required knowledge

application of hydraulic principles
classification of bicycle hydraulic braking systems, identification of system components and
their relationship to suspension, wheels, drivetrain, frame and steering
material used in bicycle hydraulic braking systems
use of tooling and equipment
bicycle servicing processes and techniques
bicycle brake testing techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to servicing bicycle
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to servicing bicycle
Approved
Page 1140 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
service a range of bicycle hydraulic braking systems to
manufacturer/component supplier requirements
test a range of bicycle hydraulic braking systems to
complete servicing records.
a range of bicycle models and hydraulic brake components
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to servicing

bicycle hydraulic brakes
Knowledge.
Page 1141 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1142 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Servicing operations

no failure in the hydraulic braking system
Approved
braking system parts

consumables
cleaning materials
master cylinder
hydraulic lines and mechanical linkages
cantilever disc and drum brakes
hydraulic linkages
manual adjustment
integrated brake and gear levers
Testing
hand tooling
Servicing operations are to include:
Materials


safe work procedures related to bicycle hydraulic braking
systems
Page 1143 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management

Approved
Page 1144 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 1145 of 7618

AURBTB3003 Repair bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB312366B Repair bicycle hydraulic braking systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to perform repair operations to bicycle hydraulic braking
systems.
equipment to repair and test bicycle hydraulic brake components
and systems.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the inspection, repair

and testing of bicycle hydraulic braking systems in a bicycle retail,
service and repair environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1146 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1147 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Inspect bicycle hydraulic

braking system
1.1. Inspect bicycle hydraulic braking system for faults and

worn or damaged components
1.2. Determine repairs by visual, aural and tactile inspections
and measurements
1.3. Compare conditions found with bicycle hydraulic braking
system specifications and customer use requirements
1.4. Identify repair options for hydraulic braking system
following workplace procedures
1.5. Document and cost repairs and obtain customer approval for
work to be undertaken
2. Prepare for repair of

system
2.1. Plan repair sequence, including post-repair testing and

checking process
2.2. Determine availability of tooling and equipment
2.3. Prepare parts list and determine availability of replacement
components
2.4. Identify additional persons to assist in repair process and
make arrangements
2.5. Select tooling and equipment to meet job requirements and
3. Repair and test bicycle

3.1. Perform repair of bicycle hydraulic braking system

according to plan
specifications following repair procedures
3.5. Operate repaired bicycle braking system through its full
range, noting test results, including non-conformity
3.6. Check repaired bicycle hydraulic braking system, complete

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1148 of 7618

Approved
Page 1149 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to repair bicycle
hydraulic braking system, test the unit and make adjustments
Required knowledge

application of hydraulic principles
classification of bicycle hydraulic braking systems, identification of system components and
their relationship to suspension, wheels, drivetrain, frame and steering
material and fluids used in bicycle hydraulic braking systems
brake repair processes and techniques
bicycle brake testing techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to repairing bicycle
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to repairing bicycle
Approved
Page 1150 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
repair a range of bicycle hydraulic braking systems to
test bicycle hydraulic braking systems to
complete repair documentation.
a range of bicycle models and hydraulic brake components
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to repairing

bicycle hydraulic brakes
Knowledge.
Page 1151 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1152 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Servicing operations

no failure in the hydraulic braking system
Approved
braking system parts

consumables
cleaning materials
master cylinder
hydraulic lines and mechanical linkages
cantilever disc and drum brakes
hydraulic linkages
manual adjustment
integrated brake and gear levers
Testing
hand tooling
Servicing operations are to include:
Materials


safe work procedures related to bicycle hydraulic braking
systems
Page 1153 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management

Approved
Page 1154 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 1155 of 7618

AURBTD2001 Service bicycle steering systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB215672A Service bicycle steering systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to service and test bicycle steering systems.
equipment to service and test bicycle headsets, handlebars and
stems.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the inspection,

servicing and testing of bicycle steering systems and components in
a bicycle retail, service and repair environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1156 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1157 of 7618


ELEMENT
bicycle steering system
1.1. Check customer requirements and confirm intended use of

the unit being serviced
1.2. Inspect bicycle headset, handlebar and stem for faults and
worn or damaged components
1.3. Research bicycle steering system service requirements and
1.5. Compare conditions found with bicycle steering system
specifications and customer use requirements


checking process
components

steering system
3.1. Perform service of bicycle steering system according to plan

3.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle steering system
3.5. Operate bicycle steering system through its full range,
3.6. Check serviced bicycle steering system, complete
adjustments, and prepare unit for delivery

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1158 of 7618


Required skills
steering system, test the unit and make adjustments
Required knowledge

classification of bicycle steering systems and identification of system components
purpose and requirements of a bicycle steering system and relationship to suspension, wheels,
drivetrain, frame and braking system
material used in bicycle steering systems
servicing procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS and environment, relevant to servicing bicycle steering systems
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to servicing bicycle steering
systems
Approved
Page 1159 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
service bicycle headsets, handlebars and stems to
test bicycle headsets, handlebars and stems.
a range of bicycle steering unit configurations
equipment, hand tools appropriate to servicing bicycle

headsets, handlebars and stems
Knowledge.
Page 1160 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1161 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Bicycle steering system

servicing
Approved

WHS requirements
steering system parts

consumables
cleaning materials
headsets
handlebars
stems
Testing
hand tooling
floor stands, workbench and steering jigs
Bicycle steering system servicing is to include:
Materials


safe work procedures related to bicycle steering systems

Page 1162 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Environmental
requirements

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Approved
Page 1163 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Steering and Suspension
Page 1164 of 7618

AURBTD2002 Service bicycle suspension systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB216672A Service bicycle suspension systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to service and test bicycle suspension systems.
equipment to service and test bicycle suspension components and
systems.


servicing and testing of a range of bicycle suspension unit
configurations in a bicycle retail, service and repair environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1165 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1166 of 7618


ELEMENT
bicycle suspension
system

1.2. Inspect bicycle suspension system for faults and worn or
damaged components
1.3. Research bicycle suspension system service requirements
and check specifications
1.5. Compare conditions found with bicycle suspension system

bicycle suspension
system

checking process
2.3. Prepare materials list and determine availability
2.5. Prepare work area for servicing activity

suspension system
3.1. Perform service of bicycle suspension system according to

plan
3.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle suspension
system specifications following service procedures
3.5. Operate bicycle suspension system through its full range,
3.6. Check serviced bicycle suspension system, complete

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1167 of 7618


Required skills
suspension system, test the unit and make adjustments
Required knowledge

application of mechanical and hydraulic principles
classification of bicycle suspension systems and identification of system components
purpose and requirements of bicycle suspension systems and their relationship to wheels,
drivetrain and frame
material used in bicycle suspension systems
suspension system service procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environmental, relevant to servicing bicycle
suspension systems
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to servicing bicycle
suspension systems
Approved
Page 1168 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
service a range of bicycle suspension systems to
test bicycle suspension systems to manufacturer/ component
supplier specifications.
a range of bicycle models and suspension systems and

components

Knowledge.
Page 1169 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1170 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Suspension systems
Suspension systems may include:

no failure in the suspension system
Approved
suspension system parts

consumables
cleaning materials
frame and suspension geometry

disassembly and cleaning
suspension bearings
lubricants
suspension compression ratios
elastomer and spring system lubricating oils
seals and fasteners
Testing
hand tooling
floor stands and workbench
Service items may include:
Materials
elastomer and spring units

mechanical, air and hydraulic systems
hydraulic fluids
Service items


Page 1171 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

safe work procedures related to bicycle suspension systems
Page 1172 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1173 of 7618

AURBTD3003 Repair and overhaul bicycle steering systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB315646A Repair/overhaul bicycle steering systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to inspect, plan, and safely repair, overhaul and test
bicycle steering systems.
It requires the ability to understand specifications and use specialist
tools and equipment.


repair/overhaul and testing of bicycle headsets, handlebars and
stems in a bicycle retail, service and repair environment. It includes
installation, replacement and repair or overhaul of these
components and cutting and fitting of forks on all bicycle types.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1174 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


essential outcomes of
a unit of competency.

demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is
used, further information is detailed in the required skills and
knowledge and/or the range statement. Assessment of performance is
to be consistent with the evidence guide.
Approved
Page 1175 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Inspect bicycle steering

system
1.1. Inspect bicycle steering system for faults and worn or

damaged components
and measurements
1.3. Compare conditions found with bicycle steering system
1.4. Identify repair and replacement options for bicycle steering
system following workplace procedures
1.5. Document and cost repairs and replacements and obtain
customer approval for work to be undertaken

2.1. Plan repair and overhaul sequence, including post-repair

testing and checking process
components
make arrangements
3. Repair, overhaul and test

bicycle headsets,
handlebars and stems
3.1. Perform repair/overhaul of bicycle steering system

according to plan
3.3. Handle and use tooling and equipment in accordance with
3.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle steering system
specifications following repair/overhaul procedures
3.5. Operate repaired bicycle steering system through full range,
3.6. Check repaired bicycle steering system, complete
adjustments and alignments, and prepare unit for delivery

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1176 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to repair/overhaul a
range of bicycle headsets, handlebars, stems and forks, perform tests and make adjustments
numeracy skills to the level required to correctly calculate time, assess tolerances, apply
problem-solving skills to the level required to use diagnostic processes, and identify technical
and procedural problems to avoid planning, scheduling problems, and time and material
wastage
Required knowledge

application of mechanical principles relevant to bicycle steering systems
classification of bicycle steering systems and identification of system components and their
operation
purpose and requirements of bicycle steering systems and their relationship to suspension,
wheels, drivetrain, frame and braking system
material used in bicycle steering systems
fork rake and offset
suitability of fork types to various applications
steering system repair/overhaul procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environmental, relevant to repair/overhaul of
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to repair/overhaul of
Approved
Page 1177 of 7618

Approved
Page 1178 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
repair and overhaul a range of bicycle steering system
configurations to manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
fit new forks to a frame to manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
test bicycle steering systems to manufacturer/ component
a range of bicycle steering configurations

steering systems
Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines of
Page 1179 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved
Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1180 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Steering system
Overhaul of bicycle steering system is to include:
Repair/overhaul methods
Repair/overhaul methods are to include:
a range of bicycle steering configurations

spare parts
cleaning materials
Approved
hand tooling
tap threads
floor stands, workbench and steering jigs
on- and off-site repairs

repair and manual adjustments of steering system components
fitting of forks
installation of thread inserts
documenting and reporting repairs
Materials
suspension forks
composite material
cartridge, needle, gage and loose headset bearings
threaded and threadless headset types
drop, flat, clip on, time trial and BMX handlebars
all terrain, road and BMX head stems

safe work procedures related to repair and overhaul of bicycle
steering systems
Page 1181 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures
Approved
Page 1182 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1183 of 7618

AURBTD3004 Repair and overhaul bicycle suspension systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB316646A Repair/overhaul bicycle suspension

systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to inspect, plan, and safely repair, overhaul and test
bicycle suspension systems.


repair/overhaul and testing of mechanical, air and hydraulic bicycle
suspension systems in a bicycle retail, service and repair
environment. It includes installation, replacement and repair or
overhaul of components on all bicycle types.
Approved
Page 1184 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1185 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Inspect bicycle
suspension system
1.1. Inspect bicycle suspension system for faults and worn or

damaged components
and measurements
1.3. Compare conditions found with bicycle suspension system
1.4. Identify repair and replacement options for bicycle
suspension system following workplace procedures
1.5. Document and cost repairs and replacements and obtain
customer approval for work to be undertaken

bicycle suspension
system
2.1. Plan repair and overhaul sequence, including post-repair

components
make arrangements
3. Repair, overhaul and test

bicycle suspension
system
3.1. Perform repair/overhaul of bicycle suspension system

according to plan
3.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle suspension
system specifications following repair/overhaul procedures
3.5. Operate repaired bicycle suspension system through full
3.6. Check repaired bicycle suspension system, complete

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1186 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to repair/overhaul a
range of bicycle suspension systems, perform tests and make adjustments
problem-solving skills to the level required to use diagnostic processes, and identify technical
and procedural problems to avoid planning, scheduling problems, and time and material
wastage
Required knowledge

classification of bicycle suspension systems and identification of system components and their
functions
purpose and requirements of bicycle suspension systems and their relationship to wheels,
drivetrain and frame
application of mechanical and hydraulic principles as they relate to bicycle suspension systems
materials used in bicycle suspension systems
repair/overhaul procedures for suspension systems
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environmental, relevant to repair/overhaul of
Approved
Page 1187 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
repair and overhaul a range of bicycle suspension systems to
test bicycle suspension systems to manufacturer/ component
a range of bicycle suspension systems

suspension systems
Knowledge.
Page 1188 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1189 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Suspension systems
Service items
Service items may include:

no failure in the suspension system
Approved
a range of bicycle suspension systems

spare parts
cleaning materials
hand tooling
floor stands and workbench
Testing
frame and suspension geometry

disassembly and cleaning
suspension bearings
lubricants
suspension compression ratios
elastomer and spring system lubricating oils
seals and fasteners
Materials
elastomer and spring units

mechanical, air and hydraulic systems
hydraulic fluids

safe work procedures related to repair and overhaul of bicycle
suspension systems
Page 1190 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements


Page 1191 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1192 of 7618

AURBTJ2001 Remove, repair and fit bicycle tyres

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB218168B Remove, repair and fit bicycle tyres

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to remove, repair and fit bicycle tyres and complete
documents.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the removal, repair

and fitting of bicycle tyres in a bicycle retail, service and repair
environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1193 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1194 of 7618


ELEMENT
bicycle tyre
1.1. Check customer requirements in accordance with workplace

procedures
1.2. Confirm intended use of tyre by discussions with customer
1.3. Research bicycle tyre fitting requirements and access and
1.4. Check tooling and equipment prior to use for conformity
1.5. Determine condition of tyre by visual and tactile inspections
and pressure measurement
1.6. Compare conditions found with bicycle tyre specifications
and customer use requirements
1.7. Cost repairs and additional work and gain customer
approval
2. Prepare for removal,

repair and fitting of a
bicycle tyre and tube
2.1. Plan removal, repair and fitting sequence and determine

availability of tooling and equipment
2.2. Ensure plan includes post-fitting testing and checking
process
set up work area
3. Remove fit, and test

bicycle tyre and tube
3.1. Perform removal, repair and fitting operation for bicycle

tyre and tube according to plan
3.2. Select, use and maintain tooling and equipment in
accordance with workplace health and safety (WHS)
requirements
3.3. Perform fitting and repair operations using personal safety
equipment and precautions to protect others in the
workplace
3.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle tyre and tube
specifications following fitting procedures
3.5. Check fitted bicycle tyre and tube, complete pressure

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1195 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to remove, repair and
fit bicycle tyres
numeracy skills to the level required to count and measure accurately
Required knowledge

classification of tyres and tubes and fitting types
purpose and requirements of bicycle tyres and tubes and their relationship to wheels, steering
systems, suspension, drivetrain, frame and braking system
application of mechanical and pneumatic principles
material used in bicycle tyres and tubes
removal, repair and fitting procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to removal, repair and
fitting of bicycle tyres
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to removal, repair and
fitting of bicycle tyres
Approved
Page 1196 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
remove, inspect, repair and fit a range of bicycle tyres to
different rim configurations to manufacturer/component
a range of bicycle tyres and rim configurations
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to removal,

repair and fitting of bicycle tyres
Knowledge.
Page 1197 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1198 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Tyres
Tyres may include:
Rims
spare parts
adhesives and cleaning agents
plastic, rubber and cloth rim tapes
cleaning materials
Approved
specific tyre removing, repairing, fitting and general workshop

equipment tooling
specific testing equipment and pneumatic inflation equipment
steel
aluminium
deep dish
aero
composite material
disc type rims
Materials
road
track
heavy duty
tubed
tubeless
solid tyres
Rims may include:

Page 1199 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

safe work procedures related to removal, repair and fitting of
bicycle tyres
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Page 1200 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Wheels and Tyres
Page 1201 of 7618

AURBTJ2002 Service bicycle wheels and hubs

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB218267A Service bicycle wheels and hubs

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to inspect, and safely remove/refit bicycle wheels and
service wheel hubs.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the removal and

fitting of bicycle wheels and servicing of wheel hubs in a bicycle
retail, service and repair environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1202 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1203 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Inspect bicycle wheel and

hub

1.2. Research bicycle wheel and hub service requirements and
1.3. Inspect bicycle wheel and hub for faults and worn or
damaged components by visual, aural and tactile inspections
and measurements
1.4. Compare conditions found with bicycle wheel and hub
1.5. Identify service options for bicycle wheel and hub in

bicycle wheel and hub

checking process
2.3. Select tooling, equipment and materials to meet job
requirements and check for good working order
2.4. Set up work area
3. Remove bicycle wheel,

service hub and refit
wheel
3.1. Remove bicycle wheel and perform service operations

according to plan
3.4. Check customer requirements and perform bicycle wheel
service prior to refitting
3.5. Operate serviced bicycle wheel and hub through full range,
3.6. Check serviced bicycle wheel and hub, complete

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1204 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to remove and refit a
range of bicycle wheels and service hubs, perform tests and make adjustments
Required knowledge

classification of bicycle wheels and hubs and identification of system components
purpose and requirements of a bicycle wheel as a suspension, steering and braking component
purpose and requirements of a bicycle wheel hub and their relationship to suspension, wheels,
drivetrain, frame and braking
materials and processes used in torque measurement and adjustment of wheels
wheel removal and refitting procedures and techniques
material used in bicycle wheel hubs
wheel hub servicing procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environmental, relevant to removal, refitting and
servicing of bicycle wheels and hubs
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to removal, refitting and
Approved
Page 1205 of 7618


servicing of bicycle wheels and hubs
Approved
Page 1206 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
remove and refit a range of bicycle wheel configurations to
identify wear or faults in bicycle wheel hubs
service bicycle wheel hubs to manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
test bicycle wheels and hubs to manufacturer/component
a range of bicycle frames, wheels and hubs
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to removing

and refitting wheels and servicing hubs
Page 1207 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1208 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Wheels and associated

components
Wheels and associated components may include:
Bicycle wheel hubs

Approved
a range of bicycle wheels and hubs

parts suitable for use in wheels and hubs
lubricants
cleaning materials
hand tooling
floor stands, workbench and wheel jigs
Testing
disk, drum and coaster, and internal foot brake hubs

loose ball, cage and roller bearings
hub lubricants
Materials
spoked, disk and tri-spoked wheels

conventional, clincher, tubular, aero, deep dished and composite
material wheel rims
quick release, Allen head and nut wheel fasteners
vertical and horizontal frame lugs
Bicycle wheel hubs may include:

Page 1209 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

safe work procedures related to removing, fitting and servicing
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Page 1210 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1211 of 7618

AURBTJ3003 Design and build bicycle wheels

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB318207B Design and build bicycle wheels

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to design and safely build bicycle wheels with different
hub, spoke and rim configurations.
equipment to inspect, repair and test bicycle wheels.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the design and

building of bicycle wheels in a bicycle retail, service and repair
environment.
The unit requires building of a range of bicycle wheels with
different hub, spoke and rim configurations. Build methods include
assembly and manual adjustment of wheel components.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1212 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1213 of 7618


ELEMENT
bicycle wheel

the unit being designed following workplace procedures
1.2. Research bicycle wheel design requirements and check
specifications
1.3. Confirm bicycle wheel design and specifications with
customer
1.4. Check tooling and equipment prior to use for conformity
2. Prepare for building of

bicycle wheel
2.1. Plan build sequence, including post-build checking process

2.2. Determine availability of tooling and equipment to meet job
requirements
2.3. Prepare material list and determine availability
2.4. Prepare tooling and equipment and check to ensure they are
in good working order
2.5. Prepare work area and materials
3. Build bicycle wheel
3.1. Perform build operations for bicycle wheel according to

plan
3.3. Handle and use tools and equipment safely
3.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle wheel
specifications following build procedures
4. Test bicycle wheel and

complete work
4.1. Operate built bicycle wheel through full range, noting test
results, including non-conformity
4.2. Check built bicycle wheel, complete adjustments and
prepare unit for delivery
designated areas
4.4. Clean work area and dispose of waste following workplace
procedures
Approved
Page 1214 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to design and build a
range of bicycle wheels, perform tests and make adjustments
technical information and specifications related to various types of bicycle wheels, their
components and spoke patterns
problem-solving skills to the level required to establish diagnostic processes which identify
potential faults in wheel design, and identify technical and procedural problems to avoid
planning and scheduling problems, and time and material wastage
Required knowledge

classification of bicycle wheels and identification of components
purpose and requirements of bicycle wheels and their relationship to suspension, drivetrain,
frame and steering systems
material used in bicycle wheels
design requirements of bicycle wheels
relevant to designing and building bicycle wheels
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to designing and building
bicycle wheels
Approved
Page 1215 of 7618

Approved
Page 1216 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
design and build a range of bicycle wheels to specification
complete workplace records.
a range of bicycle wheels and components
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to building

wheels
Knowledge.
Page 1217 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1218 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Wheels and components
Bicycle wheels and components may include:
Materials
Approved
a range of wheel components, including rims, spokes and hubs

and cleaning materials
Wheel design and build considerations may include:
hand tooling
Wheel design and build

considerations
steel, aluminium, deep dish, aero, composite material and disc

type rims
high flange, low flange and integrated brake hubs
metal and composite hub material
steel, aluminium and composite spoke material
straight gauge, double butted and bladed spokes
spoke nipples
spoke lacing patterns
types of adhesives and surface coatings
the principles and materials used in wheel building

hubs, spoke and rim selection
lacing a 32 hole 3 cross spoke pattern
other spoke patterns and variations
disc and non-disc brake specific patterns
factory wheel set designs and technology
tieing and soldering spokes
calculating spoke lengths
building a 3 or 4 cross wheel in symmetrical or asymmetrical
patterns
truing and tensioning a wheel
wheel design and symmetry
wheel dynamics and loading
Page 1219 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
Approved

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

safe work procedures related to designing and building bicycle
wheels
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Page 1220 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1221 of 7618

AURBTJ3004 Repair and overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB318267A Repair/overhaul bicycle wheels and hubs

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to repair a range of bicycle wheels with different hub,
spoke and rim configurations.
equipment to inspect, repair/overhaul and test bicycle wheels and
hubs.


and testing of bicycle wheels and hubs in a bicycle retail, service
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1222 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1223 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Inspect bicycle wheel and

hub

1.2. Inspect bicycle wheel and hub for faults and worn or
damaged components
and measurements
1.4. Compare conditions found with bicycle wheel and hub
1.5. Identify repair options for bicycle wheel and hub in
2. Prepare for
repair/overhaul of bicycle
wheel and hub
2.1. Plan repair/overhaul sequence, including post-repair testing

and checking process
components
confirm availability
check for good working order
3. Repair/overhaul and test

bicycle wheel and hub
3.1. Repair/overhaul bicycle wheel and hub according to plan

3.3. Handle, maintain and use tooling and equipment in
accordance with workplace health and safety (WHS)
requirements
3.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle wheel and hub
specifications following repair/overhaul procedures
3.5. Operate repaired bicycle wheel and hub through full range,
3.6. Check repaired bicycle wheel and hub, complete
adjustments and alignments and prepare unit for delivery

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1224 of 7618

Approved
Page 1225 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to repair a range of
bicycle wheels and hubs, perform tests and make adjustments
avoid planning, scheduling problems, and time and material wastage
Required knowledge

classification of bicycle wheels and identification of components
purpose and requirements of bicycle wheels and their relationship to suspension, drivetrain,
frame and steering systems
purpose and requirements of a bicycle wheel hub and their relationship to suspension, wheels,
drivetrain, frame and braking
material used in bicycle wheels and hubs
wheel and hub repair/overhaul procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to repair/overhaul of
Approved
Page 1226 of 7618

Approved
Page 1227 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
identify wear or faults in bicycle wheels and hubs
repair a range of different bicycle wheels and hubs to
test bicycle wheels and hubs to manufacturer/component
a range of bicycle wheels, hubs and components

wheels and hubs
Knowledge.
Page 1228 of 7618

AURBTJ3004 Repair and ove rhaul bicycle wheels and hubs
EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1229 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycle wheels and hubs
Bicycle wheels and hubs may include:
Materials
replacing spokes
tensioning spokes
wheel truing
rebuild/regrease front wheel hub
rebuild/regrease rear wheel hub
Approved
a range of bicycle wheels and hubs

parts suitable for use in wheels and hubs
lubricants
cleaning materials
Wheel and hub repair methods are to include:
Testing
hand tooling
Wheel and hub repair

methods
spoked, disk and tri-spoked wheels

steel, aluminium, deep dish, aero, composite material and disc
type rims
quick release, Allen head and nut wheel fasteners
vertical and horizontal frame lugs
high flange, low flange and integrated brake hubs
disk, drum and coaster and internal foot brake hubs
metal and composite hub material
loose ball, cage and roller bearings
steel, aluminium and composite spoke material
straight gauge, double butted and bladed spokes
spoke nipples
spoke lacing patterns
Page 1230 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements
Approved

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

safe work procedures related to repairing bicycle wheels, hubs
and components



WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
Page 1231 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1232 of 7618

AURBTK2001 Use and maintain specialised bicycle repair tools

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select,

use and maintain specialised tools used for bicycle service and
repair.

Work applies to the use, service and maintenance of specialised

tools in a bicycle workshop.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.

Approved
Page 1233 of 7618


of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Select and prepare

specialised tools
1.1. Specialised bicycle repair tools are selected to meet

workplace requirements
1.2. Tools are prepared for use according to manufacturer and
component supplier specifications
1.3. Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) requirements are
2. Use specialised tools
2.1. Tools are used to produce outcomes according to job

requirements
2.2. Tools are used in a safe manner to prevent injury to self and
others
2.3. Tools are used in a manner that does not cause damage to
other workplace equipment
3. Service and maintain

specialised tools
3.1. Tools are checked against manufacturer and component

supplier recommendation to ensure safe operation
3.2. Service and maintenance operations are carried out
according to industry, workplace and WHS requirements
3.3. Tools and equipment are checked and faulty items are
identified and tagged
4. Store and secure

specialised tools
4.1. Tools and equipment are checked, cleaned and stored

according to workplace expectations
4.2. Service schedule documentation is completed according to
Approved
Page 1234 of 7618


Required skills
follow verbal instructions
communicate information related to the use of tools and equipment

literacy skills to:
read and follow bicycle repair instruction
read and apply operating procedures

numeracy skills to correctly interpret metric and imperial measurement systems
contribute to activities which implement and follow workplace procedures

recognise a workplace problem or potential problem
identify tool and equipment defects

locate and identify appropriate specialised bicycle tools and equipment
recognise own limitations and seek advice
follow workplace policies and documentation, such as manufacturer specification, industry

codes of practice and workplace procedures
technical skills to select, use, maintain and store specialised bicycle tools
technology skills to use workplace technology to assist with work practices.
Required knowledge
related to using specialised bicycle tools and equipment
application and operation of specialised bicycle repair tools
methods of identifying faults in specialised bicycle repair tools
maintenance and storage procedures of specialised bicycle repair tools.
Approved
Page 1235 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


select appropriate specialised bicycle repair tools
carry out a minimum of three bicycle service or repair tasks
using specialised bicycle repair tools
maintain and store specialised bicycle repair tools.

use workplace practices and procedures

follow WHS requirements
applying environmental policy

of this unit:
bicycles and bicycle components that require specialised

bicycle repair tools
specialised bicycle repair tools

Approved
Page 1236 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1237 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Specialised bicycle repair
tools may include:
Approved
repair stand
chain tool
spoke wrench
Page 1238 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Approved
tyre levers
pedal wrench
Page 1239 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
metric and
imperial cone wrenches
cassette lock-ring
remover
Approved
Page 1240 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
chain whip
bottom bracket
cartridge tools
Approved
Page 1241 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Approved
headset wrenches
third hand
Page 1242 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
crank arm bolt

wrench
crank arm remover

(puller)
Approved
Page 1243 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
chain-ring bolt
wrench
Approved
suspension pump
clipless pedal axle removal tool
trueing jig
Page 1244 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
dishing gauge
spoke
tensionometer
Approved
Page 1245 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
schrader valve tool
dropout alignment
tool
Approved
Page 1246 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
derailleur hanger
alignment tools
may include:

(WHS) requirements:
Approved
headset installation
tools.
workplace reporting and recording procedures
quality policies and procedures
sustainability, environment, equal opportunity and
anti-discrimination
work instruction
may include:
Page 1247 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Maintenance operations
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
routine maintenance to specialised tools

minor repairs to tools and equipment
performing equipment calibration
documenting and tagging faulty equipment.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Bicycle
Unit sector
Technical Tools and Equipment

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1248 of 7618

AURBTQ2001 Service bicycle drivetrain systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB214670B Service bicycle drivetrain systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to service and test bicycle drivetrain systems.
equipment to service and test bicycle drivetrain components and
systems.
apply to this unit at the time of publication


servicing and testing of bicycle drivetrain systems and components
in a bicycle retail, service and repair environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1249 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1250 of 7618


ELEMENT
bicycle drivetrain system

1.2. Inspect bicycle drivetrain system for faults and worn or
damaged components
1.3. Research bicycle drivetrain system service requirements and
1.5. Compare conditions found with bicycle drivetrain system


checking process
components

drivetrain system
3.1. Perform service of bicycle drivetrain system according to

plan
3.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle drivetrain system
3.5. Operate bicycle drivetrain system through its full range,
3.6. Check serviced bicycle drivetrain system, complete

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1251 of 7618


Required skills
drivetrain system, test the unit and make adjustments
Required knowledge

classification of bicycle drivetrain systems and identification of system components
purpose and requirements of a bicycle drivetrain system and relationship to suspension,
wheels, frame and braking system
material used in bicycle drivetrain systems
drivetrain lubricants
drivetrain service procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to servicing bicycle
drivetrain systems
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes related to servicing bicycle
drivetrain systems
Approved
Page 1252 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
service bicycle drivetrain systems to manufacturer/component
test bicycle drivetrain systems to manufacturer/component
a range of bicycle models and drivetrain components

bicycle drivetrains
Knowledge.
Page 1253 of 7618

AURBTQ2001 Servi ce bicycle drivetrain systems
EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1254 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles

hand tooling
floor stands, workbench and drivetrain jigs
Drivetrain system servicing Bicycle drivetrain system servicing may include:
Materials
Testing

no failure in the drivetrain system
Approved
drivetrain system parts

consumables
cleaning materials
pedals
cranks
chains and chain wheels
cassette, cartridge and internal hub gear systems
manual mechanical, automatic, electro-mechanical and electric
gear changers
integrated brake/gear lever systems
loose ball, needle and roller bearings
cables and cable liners
fixed and freewheel rear sprockets
lubricants and greases

Page 1255 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements
safe work procedures related to bicycle drivetrain systems


Page 1256 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Driveline and Final Drives
Page 1257 of 7618

AURBTQ3002 Repair bicycle drivetrain systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB314666B Repair bicycle drivetrain systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to perform repair operations to bicycle drivetrain systems.
equipment to repair and test bicycle drivetrain components and
systems.


and testing of bicycle drivetrain systems and components in a
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1258 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1259 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Inspect bicycle drivetrain

system
1.1. Inspect bicycle drivetrain system for faults and worn or

damaged components
and measurements
1.3. Compare conditions found with bicycle drivetrain system
1.4. Identify repair options for drivetrain system following


checking process
components
make arrangements
3. Repair and test bicycle

drivetrain system
3.1. Perform repair of bicycle drivetrain system according to

plan
3.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle drivetrain system
specifications following repair procedures
3.5. Operate repaired bicycle drivetrain system through its full
3.6. Check repaired bicycle drivetrain system, complete

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1260 of 7618

Approved
Page 1261 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to repair bicycle
drivetrain system, test the unit and make adjustments
Required knowledge

application of mechanical and electronic principles
classification of bicycle drivetrain systems and identification of system components
purpose and requirements of a bicycle drivetrain system and relationship to suspension,
wheels, frame and braking system
material used in bicycle drivetrain systems
drivetrain lubricants
drivetrain repair procedures and techniques
practice regulations, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to repairing
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes related to repairing bicycle
drivetrain systems
Approved
Page 1262 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
repair a range of bicycle drivetrain systems to
test bicycle drivetrain systems to manufacturer/ component
complete repair documentation.
a range of bicycle models and drivetrain components

bicycle drivetrains
Knowledge.
Page 1263 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1264 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Drivetrain system repairs

no failure in the drivetrain system
Approved
drivetrain system parts

consumables
cleaning materials
pedals
cranks
chains and chain wheels
cassette, cartridge and internal hub gear systems
manual mechanical, automatic, electro-mechanical and electric
gear changers
integrated brake/gear lever systems
loose ball, needle and roller bearings
cables and cable liners
fixed and freewheel rear sprockets
lubricants and greases
Testing
hand tooling
floor stands, workbench and drivetrain jigs
Bicycle drivetrain system repair is to include:
Materials


Page 1265 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements
safe work procedures related to bicycle drivetrain systems


Page 1266 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1267 of 7618

AURBTR3001 Service electric power assist bicycles

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB318301A Service electric power assist bicycles

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to perform routine maintenance on electric power assisted
bicycle systems and components.
It requires the ability to identify maintenance requirements,
interpret manufacturer's instructions and specifications, service the
additional electric bicycle components, and test the bicycle for safe
and efficient operation.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake routine maintenance

of electric bicycles in a bicycle retail, service and repair
environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1268 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1269 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to maintain
bicycle
1.1. Confirm customer requirements and gain approval for work

1.2. Identify and source technical information and specifications
2. Perform maintenance on
bicycle
2.1. Inspect bicycle for faults and worn or damaged components

using visual, aural and tactile inspections, and measurements
2.2. Check electrical components, battery condition and motor
connectors at plug located on rear stay or front fork
2.3. Compare conditions found with bicycle specifications and
2.4. Document any components needing repair additional to
routine maintenance, and report to appropriate person or
notify customer in accordance with workplace procedures
2.5. Plan maintenance sequence, including post-maintenance
2.7. Perform maintenance operations according to plan and
without damage to bicycle components or equipment
2.8. Replace non-serviceable and broken parts in accordance
2.9. Check bicycle operation in accordance with workplace
procedures
3. Prepare bicycle for return

to customer
3.1. Clean and prepare bicycle for delivery to customer

designated areas
3.4. Clean up work area and dispose of waste materials in
Approved
Page 1270 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment, including a
multimeter to maintain an electric power assist bicycle, test the unit and make adjustments and
prepare bicycle for delivery to customer
determine safe operation to specifications
Required knowledge
bicycle terminology
operating principles of electric bicycles
understanding of throttle response, power and performance, pedal assist function and throttle
function
maintenance procedures
tools and equipment used in bicycle maintenance
Australian standards applicable to electric power assist bicycles
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to bicycle maintenance
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to bicycle maintenance
Approved
Page 1271 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
circumstances
conduct maintenance operations without damage to components
or tooling and equipment
maintain a power assisted bicycle in compliance with
Australian standards and workplace requirements.
an electric power assist bicycle
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to maintaining

electric bicycles
Knowledge.
Page 1272 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1273 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Electric power assist
bicycles
Electric power assist bicycles may include:
bicycle styled products with both throttle and PAS functio ns

that look and function like a bicycle with or without the motor
engaged, and with 200 watts of rated power at the wheel
Newer laws to be implemented within two years will allow for 250
watts and throttle to 6 km/h then PAS
Note: Older styled scooter type products with lead acid batteries
and foot platform DO NOT meet current regulations
Bicycle components
Electric power assist bicycle components, additional to normal

bicycles, may include:
Maintenance items
Maintenance items may include:
lubricants
tapes
fitting consumables
cleaning materials
Approved
hand tooling
electrical meters
Testing
battery charging
controller operation
wiring
connectors at motor plug, controller, brake cut outs, throttle and
PAS sensor
Materials
motor hubs and heavy duty spokes

electric controllers
battery and charger
Page 1274 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements
Approved

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

safe work procedures related to maintaining electric power
assist bicycles

proper operation of electric assist

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
Page 1275 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Electrical and Electronic
Page 1276 of 7618

AURBTV2001 Fit and adjust bicycle accessories

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB232265B Fit and adjust bicycle accessories

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to fit and adjust electrical and non-electrical bicycle
accessories.
equipment to fit and adjust bicycle accessories to Australian
standards.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the removal,

replacement, fitting and adjustment of bicycle accessories in a
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1277 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1278 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

1.2. Research bicycle accessory fitting requirements and check
specifications and applicable standards
1.3. Check tooling and equipment prior to use, for availability
and conformity with specifications and safe condition
1.4. Determine condition of accessories by inspection and
measurement and compare with bicycle accessory
2. Remove bicycle
accessories
2.1. Plan removal sequence

2.2. Remove accessories without causing damage to frame or
other components or accessories
2.3. Process removed accessories for repair or disposal in
3. Fit, test and adjust bicycle

accessories
3.1. Determine correct positioning of accessories with regard to

operational requirements and aesthetics
3.2. Fit bicycle accessories according to plan using personal
safety equipment and precautions to protect others in the
workplace
3.4. Operate fitted bicycle accessories through full range, noting
test results, including non-conformity
3.5. Check fitted bicycle accessories, complete adjustments, and
prepare unit for delivery

up

designated areas
Approved
Page 1279 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to safely use tooling and equipment to remove, replace fit
and adjust bicycle accessories
determine safe fitting and operation
Required knowledge

classification of accessory and fitting types
purpose and requirements of accessories and fittings and their relationship to safe bicycle use
type, range and content of component/accessory fitting instructions
material used in accessories and fittings
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to removing, replacing,
fitting and adjusting bicycle accessories
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to removing, replacing,
fitting and adjusting bicycle accessories
Approved
Page 1280 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
conduct removal, replacement, fitting and adjustment of a range
of common accessories in accordance with workplace and
complete removal, replacement, fitting and adjustment of
accessories within workplace timeframes
a range of bicycle models and accessories
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to removal,

replacement, fitting and adjustment of accessories
Page 1281 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved
Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 1282 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycles
Accessories
Accessories may include:
Approved
tapes
fitting consumables
cleaning materials
hand tooling
Testing
battery, solar or dynamo lighting systems

electronic equipment
heart rate monitors
gear changers
computers
speedometers and odometers
child carriers, luggage carriers, bags and attachment frames
seats
bicycle carriers
pedal cleats
water bottle frames
tri bars
Materials

no loosening or loss of components or accessories
Page 1283 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
Approved

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

safe work procedures related to removing, replacing, fitting and
adjusting bicycle accessories
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Page 1284 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Accessories
Page 1285 of 7618

AURBTY3001 Service and repair bicycle frames

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB328267A Service and repair bicycle frames

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to inspect, plan and safely service, repair and test bicycle
frames.
It requires the ability to interpret specifications, assess the condition
of the frame, and to select and use tooling and equipment.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake service and repair of

a range of bicycle frames in a bicycle servicing and repair
environment.
The repair of carbon fibre bicycle frames is covered by
AURBTY4003 Assess carbon fibre frames for repair.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1286 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1287 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Confirm customer requirements and intended use of the unit

1.2. Identify and check bicycle frame service and repair
requirements and specifications
2. Inspect bicycle frame
2.1. Inspect bicycle frame for faults, wear or damage using

visual, aural and tactile inspections and measurements
2.2. Compare conditions found with bicycle frame specifications
2.3. Identify service and repair options for bicycle frame
2.4. Document and cost service and repair items for customer
3. Prepare for service and

repair of bicycle frame
3.1. Plan service and repair sequence and determine availability

of tooling and equipment
3.2. Ensure service and repair sequence plan includes
post-service testing and checking process
requirements
4. Service and repair bicycle

frame
4.1. Perform service and repair operations for bicycle frame

according to plan
4.4. Check customer requirements and bicycle frame
specifications in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Test bicycle frame
5.1. Operate bicycle through its full range, noting test results,
including non-conformity
5.2. Check bicycle frame, complete adjustments and prepare unit
for delivery
designated areas
Approved
Page 1288 of 7618

ELEMENT
Approved
Page 1289 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use workplace technology related to servicing, repairing
and testing of bicycle frames
common industry terminology, plans and safety procedures, prepare reports, complete records
and interpret technical information and specifications
numeracy skills to the level required to correctly count and measure to determine bicycle
frame condition and operation
diagnostic processes which identify methods of servicing, repairing and testing bicycle frames
Required knowledge
purpose and requirements of bicycle frame systems and their relationship to braking, wheels,
drivetrain and steering system
classification of bicycle frames and identification of system components
material used in bicycle frames
application of frame design principles
frame service, repair and testing procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to servicing and repairing
bicycle frames
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes related to servicing and repairing
bicycle frames
Approved
Page 1290 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
inspect a range of bicycle frames and components and
accurately identify required service and repair options
service and repair a range of bicycle frames to manufacturer/
test bicycle frames to manufacturer/component supplier
specifications.
a range of bicycle frame configurations
material relevant to servicing and repairing bicycle frames

servicing and repairing bicycle frames

Knowledge.
Page 1291 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1292 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycle frames
Servicing and repair

methods
Servicing and repair methods are to include:
spare parts
welding consumables
cleaning materials
Approved
specific service and repair and general workshop equipment and

tooling
welding, brazing and bonding equipment and material
on- and off-site servicing

repair, replacement and refinishing of frame components
welding, brazing and bonding processes
Materials
all-terrain, touring, racing, recumbent and BMX bicycles

seat pillars and fasteners
bottom brackets, cartridge, cup, loose and caged bearings
left and right hand thread types
composite material
painted, anodised, natural state and polished surface finishes

safe work procedures related to bicycle frames
Page 1293 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


Environmental
requirements

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Approved
Page 1294 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Chassis and Frame
Page 1295 of 7618

AURBTY4002 Design and build bicycle frames

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB428201A Design and build a bicycle frame

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to calculate design specifications and custom build a
bicycle frame.

This unit applies to individuals who apply mechanical principles

and measurements to design and build a custom bicycle frame.
The unit applies to individuals working in a bicycle retail, service
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1296 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1297 of 7618


ELEMENT
bicycle frame
requirements
1.1. Discuss and confirm customer requirements including

intended use of the unit, preferred design, frame materials,
construction methods and finish
1.2. Use sizing cycle, observation and measurements to assess
physical attributes and riding style of client
1.3. Research bicycle frame design principles and check
component suppliers and specifications
2. Design bicycle frame and

specify materials and
components
2.1. Design a frame to customer measurements and

requirements, using a computer-aided design (CAD)
program or other means
2.2. Specify frame tubing in terms of diameter and wall
thickness to achieve durability and use requirements
according to established industry practices
2.3. Prepare parts list and determine availability of parts and
materials
2.4. Document and cost custom frame job and obtain customer
approval for work to be undertaken
2.5. Place order with suppliers for frame materials, parts and
components
3. Prepare for frame

building
3.1. Plan frame building sequence and determine availability of

tooling and equipment
3.2. Lay out parts and check for damaged and/or missing
components
3.3. Select and check tooling and set up jig
3.4. Set up welding, brazing or bonding equipment and materials
3.5. Identify need for additional persons to assist in frame
building process and make arrangements
4. Build bicycle frame
4.1. Perform frame building operations according to plan

4.4. Check angles, measurements and frame alignment
throughout the operation and make adjustments as required
5. Paint and/or finish frame
5.1. Prepare frame for painting and finishing

5.2. Prepare and apply paint or finish in accordance with
manufacturer recommendations
5.3. Follow appropriate safety precautions, including the use of
personal protective equipment and adequate ventilation
Approved
Page 1298 of 7618

ELEMENT
5.4. Clean up equipment in accordance with environmental
procedures
6. Prepare frame for

delivery and clean up
Approved
6.1. Check the finished bicycle frame and prepare unit for
delivery
designated areas
6.3. Clean work area and dispose of waste in accordance with
Page 1299 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use appropriate software, tools and equipment to design
and build a bicycle frame
literacy skills to the level required to research information related to bicycle frame design and
components and interpret technical information and specifications
numeracy skills to the level required to correctly complete tests and measurements, calculate
ratios and interpret specifications
problem-solving skills to the level required to apply bicycle design principles and
measurements to specify and select suitable components for a custom bicycle frame and
recognise design features that detract from durability
Required knowledge
materials used in bicycle frames
causes of frame failures and design alternatives to reduce likelihood of failure
frame construction procedures and techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to designing and building
bicycle frames
procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to designing and building
bicycle frames
Approved
Page 1300 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

requirements
apply mechanical principles and measurements to design a
bicycle frame to meet client requirements
select frame components, materials and equipment to meet
design requirements
use appropriate construction procedures and techniques to build
a bicycle frame to design specifications.
a range of bicycle frame parts and components
equipment and tools appropriate to constructing bicycle

frames
BikeCAD or other design tools
Knowledge.
Page 1301 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1302 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Bicycle frames
Bicycle measurements
Bicycle measurements may include:
Client physical attributes
Approved
height
body shape and weight distribution
fitness, agility and injuries
Design considerations may include:
Design and build methods
head tube length and angle (steering axis)

bottom bracket drop
seat tube length and angle
top tube length
saddle setback
chainstay length
fork rake or offset
fork trail and bicycle stability
Client physical attributes to be considered may include:
Design considerations
all-terrain, touring, racing, recumbent and BMX bicycle frames

steel, lugged, brazed or welded
titanium
composite material
aluminium
lugged, brazed or welded
painted, anodised, natural state and polished surface finishes
common reasons for frame failure

design features that affect durability
balancing weight reduction, durability (fatigue) and impact
resistance (collision)
characteristics of tubes with equal weight but differing wall
thicknesses, stiffness and failure
features and characteristics of advanced fixtures
Design and build methods may include:
Page 1303 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Materials
Approved

safe work procedures related to designing and building bicycle
frames
design specifications and instructions

tubing, lugs, bottom bracket shells, fork crowns and dropouts

welding consumables
paint, surface preparation and finishes
cleaning materials
WHS requirements
hand tooling and equipment

welding, brazing and bonding equipment and material
frame jig, workbench and air tooling
CAD programs
tube cutting, mitreing and preparation
welding, brazing and bonding processes
correcting distortion and misalignment
painting and surface finishing

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Page 1304 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Environmental
requirements

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
waste management
hazardous gases and fumes
noise
dust
clean-up management


procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Bicycle
Page 1305 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1306 of 7618

AURBTY4003 Assess carbon fibre frames for repair

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURB428202A Assess carbon fibre frames for repair

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to determine the extent of damage to carbon fibre bicycle
frames, carry out simple repairs and facilitate complex repairs.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the repair of carbon

fibre bicycle frames in a bicycle retail, service and repair
environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1307 of 7618



of competency.
Approved
Performance criteria describe the required performance needed

to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold
italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the
required skills and knowledge and/or the range statement.
Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence
guide.
Page 1308 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Inspect bicycle frame
1.1. Gather bicycle history, including riding incidents and

accidents, by discussion with customer
1.2. Inspect bicycle frame for faults, wear or damage using
visual, aural and tactile inspections and measurements
1.3. Arrange for non-destructive testing, if required, and where
available
1.4. Assess repair or replacement options for bicycle frame
1.5. Document and cost repair for customer approval in

bicycle frame

checking process
requirements
3. Repair bicycle frame

3.3. Prepare surface for repair avoiding contamination
3.4. Perform repair operations for bicycle frame according to
plan
3.5. Seal the repaired area
3.6. Check bicycle frame specifications and test integrity of
repair in accordance with workplace procedures

up
4.1. Clean bicycle frame and prepare unit for delivery

designated areas
Approved
Page 1309 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use workplace technology, tools and equipment related
to testing and repairing carbon fibre bicycle frames
communicate effectively regarding work requirements with other workers and customers, to
report work outcomes and problems, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and
ethnic backgrounds and of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to research and interpret technical information and
specifications, understand information related to work orders, plans and safety procedures,
prepare reports and complete records
numeracy skills to the level required to correctly read specifications and take measurements to
determine bicycle frame condition
diagnostic processes which identify methods of testing and repairing carbon fibre bicycle
frames
Required knowledge
carbon fibre structure, properties and characteristics

repair materials properties and applications
manufacturing processes of carbon fibre frames
causes and implications of damage to carbon fibre frames
carbon fibre repair methods and procedures
non-destructive testing methods and techniques
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to repairing carbon fibre
bicycle frames
Approved
Page 1310 of 7618


procedures, and work organisation and planning processes, related to repairing carbon fibre
bicycle frames
Approved
Page 1311 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
inspect a range of damaged carbon fibre frames and accurately
assess repair options
complete minor repairs to a carbon fibre bicycle frame,
including a cracked top tube, seat tube and seat stay.
a range of damaged carbon fibre bicycle frames
material relevant to repairing carbon fibre bicycle frames

repairing carbon fibre bicycle frames

Knowledge.
Page 1312 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

circumstances.
work role.

Page 1313 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Carbon fibre bicycle
frames
Carbon fibre bicycle frames may include:
Repair assessment
Repair assessment may include:
carbon fibre fabric and tapes of various grades and weights

(FAW)
unidirectional and woven fabric and braided sock
epoxy resin of repair qualified type
shrink tape
vacuum bag consumables
suitable sandpaper (aluminium oxide)
cleaning materials
Approved
specific repair and general workshop equipment and tooling

sanding tools
floor stands, workbench and frame jig
special purpose jigs and moulds
vacuum system
curing oven
bicycle history and cause of damage

structural importance of, and stresses borne by, damaged area
frame construction method
cracks, chips, dents, loose joins and misalignment
non-destructive testing (X-ray, ultrasonic and acoustic)
strength and integrity of repair
Materials
all-terrain, touring, racing, recumbent and BMX bicycles

one piece construction
tubes joined directly or with lugs

safe work procedures related to bicycle frames
Page 1314 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

safety equipment
first aid equipment

Environmental
requirements

manufacturer specifications and instructions

Page 1315 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Bicycle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1316 of 7618

AURETA5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric over-hydraulic systemsDate this document was generated: 22
January 2015
AURETA5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic

faults in electric over-hydraulic systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT575193A Analyse and evaluate electrical and

electronic faults in electric over hydraulic systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate electric

over hydraulic systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or
enhance performance.

It includes failure analysis covering the complex diagnosis of

multi-system and intermittent faults as well as evaluation of
performance achievements and variations. It also requires the
candidate to identify, evaluate, select and document the most
appropriate response to the stated objective of the analysis and
evaluation process.
The unit relates to an automotive technologist or subject matter
specialist. It encompasses and builds on trade level competencies.
Approved
Page 1317 of 7618

January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1318 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT
1. Identify and confirm the

work requirement
1.1. Work instructions and reports are used to determine the

nature and objective of the analysis and evaluation
requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning electric
over hydraulic systems are accessed and interpreted.
1.3. WHS requirements, including regulatory requirements,
equipment and system isolation requirements and personal
protection needs are observed throughout the work.
1.4. Effects of systemic deficiencies/discrepancies or faults are
identified and confirmed from indirect and/or direct
evidence.
1.5. Possible safety impacts of the work are considered and
responded to in accordance with regulatory and enterprise
obligations and practices.
2. Prepare for analysis and

evaluation
2.1. Evaluative criteria are developed/adopted to meet the

objective of the work.
2.2. System performance achievements and/or discrepancies are
identified from an analysis of technical support information
and available on-board diagnostic systems.
2.3. Analytical and evaluative methodology, including
diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing equipment are
developed and/or identified and selected from the range of
available options.
2.4. Testing equipment is obtained and prepared for applicatio n
in accordance with regulatory, manufacturer/component
supplier and enterprise requirements.
2.5. Tooling and materials required to support the diagnostic
process are identified, selected and prepared for use.
2.6. Electric over hydraulic system components are prepared for
the diagnostic process, including park-up, isolation and
cleaning requirements.
3. Apply the analysis and

evaluative methodology
3.1. Selected analytical and diagnostic process is followed in

accordance with specifications and directions and/or the
locally authorised method.
3.2. Tests and testing equipment are applied in accordance with
regulatory requirements and manufacturer/component
3.3. Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified, if
necessary, by using reliable alternate or optional processes,
and documented.
3.4. Analytical findings and results are evaluated against the
Approved
Page 1319 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENT
agreed criteria.
3.5. Valid conclusions are drawn from the available evidence
and documented to enterprise requirements.
3.6. Information and detail related to the analysis and evaluation
is provided to the appropriate parties in accordance with
regulatory and commercial obligations.
4. Select response measure
4.1. Options for responding to the objective or need are

identified from further research of technical support
information.
4.2. A response option is selected from an analysis of the
options, prevailing circumstance, regulatory requirements
and commercial policies.
4.3. Selected response option is documented and reported in
accordance with regulatory and enterprise requirements and
practices.
5. Restore the workplace
5.1. Materials that can be reused is collected and stored.

5.2. Testing equipment and other support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or stored in
accordance with manufacturer/component supplier
specifications and enterprise requirements.
5.3. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace
procedures.
procedures.
accordance with workplace procedures.
Approved
Page 1320 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary electric over
hydraulic systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and
safety procedures.
specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and customers,
reporting of work outcomes and completion of regulatory, commercial and vehicle information
systems inputs.
plan and organise activities, including the planning of analytical processes, establishment of
evaluative (success) criteria, preparation and layout of the worksite and the obtaining of testing
equipment and materials to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage.
use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytica l
requirements, calibrate and establish testing equipment and present analytical results.
establish analytical processes, including diagnostic processes, which anticipate and allow for
risks, cater for both direct and indirect evidence, avoid or minimise reworking and avoid
wastage.
use the workplace technology related to systems analysis and diagnosis, information research
and management systems, testing equipment, maintenance equipment, tooling, calculators and
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
basic mechanical theory covering the concepts and principles of mechanical, hydraulic and
pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the concepts, principles and processes involved in planning and
implementing systems analysis and evaluation.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of electric over hydraulic systems.
general knowledge of the theory of diagnosis, including concept, design and planning.
general knowledge of concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of
electromechanical and electro-fluid sub-systems within light vehicle, mobile plant, heavy
vehicle, light marine electric over hydraulic systems.
detailed knowledge of electrical theory and operation covering automotive digital computers,
networked vehicles, voltage, current, resistance, power, capacitance, electrostatics, magnetics,
inductance, discrete electronic components, logic families and radio frequency.
detailed knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing
equipment.
general knowledge of the methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic
findings and recommendations.
Approved
Page 1321 of 7618

January 2015
general knowledge of personal computer operations.
Approved
Page 1322 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

Interpret work order and locate and apply information.

Apply safety requirements, including the isolation of equipment
and use of personal protective equipment.
Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection
processes to:

products
maintain required production output and product quality.

Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three different
electric over hydraulic systems with real or simulated
multi-system and intermittent faults and identify, evaluate,
select and document the most appropriate rectification measure.
Analyse and validate or recommend variations to a minimum of
two available repair/modification procedures for different
electric over hydraulic systems.
and environment.

facility with process equipment, materials, work instructions and
deadlines.
Access to a requirement and objective(s) for analysis and
evaluation, electric over hydraulic systems with real or simulated
faults, monitoring processes and testing equipment appropriate to
the objective(s), research facilities and technical information and a
work environment.

related under real or simulated conditions and require portfolios or
other forms of indirect evidence of process. Direct evidence may
include certification of compliance of the final outcome/product or
authorisation for use by a competent authority.
Approved
Page 1323 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
be transferred to other circumstances.
Approved
Page 1324 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Failure analysis and
evaluation process
The objective of the failure analysis and evaluation process may be

to determine fault rectification measures, to effect variation in
system characteristics and parameters or to enhance system
performance.
Electric over hydraulic

systems
Electric over hydraulic systems are characterised as those using

solenoids to control hydraulic flow and they may include integrated
computer controlled systems. Examples are garbage compactors,
crane rams, steering control, excavator bucket control, steering
rudder control.

system electrical and
electronic failures
Electric over hydraulic system electrical and electronic failures

covered by this unit are to include direct faults in input sensors,
output actuators, wiring harness, computer systems,
calibration/adjustment specifications, component specifications,
component assembly, component damage and system
modifications.

system failures
Electric over hydraulic system failures covered by this unit are to

include indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems
(electrical and electronic) which may or may not be faulty in their
primary operations.
Unit context
WHS requirements include legislation, vehicle industry

regulations, safety management systems, hazardous substances
and dangerous goods code and safe operating procedures.
Australian Design Rules, environmental legislation, health
regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation
insurance requirements.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate research, analytical,
judgement and problem-solving skills in the diagnosis of faults.
Evaluative criteria
Evaluative criteria, sometimes referred to as success factors, detail

the criteria against which the achievement of the objectives of the
analysis are to be judged. They are to include statistically based
criteria and may include other measures.
Isolation procedures
Equipment isolation procedures are to be to industry and enterprise
Approved
Page 1325 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
standards and are to include where appropriate the disarming of
supplementary restraint systems (SRS) by manufacturer/component
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include analogue and digital multimeters,

lab oscilloscopes, data scanners, test lights, test LEDs and pulse
generators, and may include other manufacturer/component
supplier testing equipment.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include wiring and connector integrity,

operation and specification of input and output devices, controlling
electronic components and computers, data interpretation and
readings related to direct, indirect and intermittent causes.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to electric over hydraulic
systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging electric over
hydraulic system technology and technology changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1326 of 7618

January 2015
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1327 of 7618

AURETA5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in safety systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015

faults in safety systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in safety systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate electrical

and electronic faults in safety systems in order to initiate action to
sustain, vary or enhance performance.


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1328 of 7618

AURETA5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and ele ctronic faults in safety systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1329 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning safety
systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.4. Testing equipment is obtained and prepared for application
2.6. Safety system components are prepared for the diagnostic
process, including park-up, isolation and cleaning
requirements.


and documented.
Approved
Page 1330 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
accordance with workplace.
Approved
Page 1331 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary safety

systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options, and safety
procedures.
systems inputs.
use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate analytical
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
basic mechanical theory covering the concepts and principles of mechanical, and pneumatic
systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of safety systems.
general knowledge of acoustics, human hearing system, radio waves, amplitude modulation,
frequency modulation, wavelength, stereo and signal processing and swr.
general knowledge of the concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of
electromechanical and electronic sub-systems within light vehicle, mobile plant, heavy vehicle
and light marine safety systems.
inductance, discrete electronic components, logic families, and radio frequency.
general knowledge of the theory of diagnosis, including concept, design and planning
equipment
Approved
Page 1332 of 7618

AURETA5002 Analyse an d evaluate electrical and electronic faults in safety systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
general knowledge of personal computer operation.
Approved
Page 1333 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

electronic safety systems with real or simulated multi-system
and intermittent faults and identify, evaluate, select and
document the most appropriate rectification measure.
electronic safety systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, operational safety systems with real or simulated faults,
monitoring processes and testing equipment appropriate to the
objective(s), research facilities and technical information and a
work environment.

Approved
Page 1334 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1335 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Safety systems
Safety systems in this unit are to include fire suppressing, work

load detecting, tyre pressure control, speed/load limiting, traction
control, seat belt pre-tensioning, roll over protection, object
detection, navigation aids, intelligent transport systems, intelligent
SRS systems, adaptive cruise control, multi-class Bus systems,
active and passive collision avoidance, infrared vision, lighting,
windscreen wiper control, depth sounders, emergency distress
systems, and CB and marine radio.
Safety systems electrical

and electronic failures
Safety systems electrical and electronic failures covered by this unit

are to include direct faults in input sensors, output actuators, wiring
harness, computer systems, calibration/adjustment specifications,
component specifications, component assembly, component
damage and system modifications.
Safety systems failures
Safety systems failures covered by this unit are to include indirect

faults caused by the influence of external systems (electrical and
electronic) which may or may not be faulty in their primary
operations.
Unit context
Evaluative criteria
Approved


Page 1336 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

standards and are to include the disarming of supplementary
restraint systems (SRS) by manufacturer/ component supplier
specifications.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment may include analogue and digital multimeters,

data scanners, test lights, test LEDs, lab oscilloscopes, acoustic
analysers and manufacturer/ component supplier testing equipment.
Tests

Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to automotive safety
systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to automotive safety
system technology and technology changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1337 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field Technical
Approved
Page 1338 of 7618

AURETA5003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in monitoring and protection systems

faults in monitoring and protection systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in monitoring/protection systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and electronic faults in monitoring/protection systems in order to
initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance.


evaluation process.
Approved
Page 1339 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1340 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning
monitoring/protection systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Monitoring/protection system components are prepared for


and documented.
Approved
Page 1341 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 1342 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary

monitoring/protection systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and
options and safety procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of monitoring/protection systems.
vehicle and light marine monitoring/protection systems.
equipment.
Approved
Page 1343 of 7618

Approved
Page 1344 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

automotive monitoring/protection systems with real or
simulated multi-system and intermittent faults and identify,
evaluate, select and document the most appropriate rectification
measure.
automotive monitoring/protection systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, operational monitoring/protection systems with real or
simulated faults, monitoring processes and testing equipment
appropriate to the objective(s), research facilities and technical
information and a work environment.

Approved
Page 1345 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1346 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Systems monitored
Systems monitored are to include engine, transmission/ driveline,

body, auxiliary systems, safety critical systems and shutdown.
Monitoring/protection
systems
Monitoring/protection systems are to cover display types, including

LCD, VFD, CRT, HUD, reconfigurable systems, electronic
analogue display, on-board diagnostics, remote/wireless monitoring
systems and multi-class bus systems.
systems electrical and
electronic failures
Monitoring/protection systems electrical and electronic failures

modifications.
systems failures
Monitoring/protection systems failures covered by this unit are to

primary operations.
Unit context
Evaluative criteria
Approved


Page 1347 of 7618

AURETA5003 Analyse and evaluate electrical and ele ctronic faults in monitoring and protection systems
RANGE STATEMENT

specifications.
Testing equipment

lab oscilloscopes, data scanners, test lights and test LEDs, and may
include manufacturer/component supplier testing equipment and
pulse generators.
Tests

Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to automotive
monitoring/protection systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to automotive
monitoring/protection system technology and technology
changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1348 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1349 of 7618

AURETA5004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems

faults in convenience and entertainment systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment systems in
order to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance.


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1350 of 7618

AURETA5004 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in convenience and entertainment syst ems
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1351 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
convenience and entertainment systems are accessed and
interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
in accordance with regulatory, manufacturer/co mponent
2.6. Convenience and entertainment system components are
prepared for the diagnostic process, including park-up,
isolation and cleaning requirements.


and documented.
Approved
Page 1352 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 1353 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary convenience

and entertainment systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options
and safety procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
basic mechanical theory covering the concepts and principles of mechanical, and pneumatic
systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of convenience and entertainment
systems.
electromechanical and electronic sub-systems within convenience and entertainment systems.
general knowledge of acoustics, human hearing system, radio waves, amplitude modulation,
frequency modulation, wavelength, stereo and signal processing and SWR.
inductance, radio frequency, discrete electronic components, logic families, dc motors and
solenoids.
Approved
Page 1354 of 7618

equipment.
Approved
Page 1355 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

convenience and entertainment systems with real or simulated
convenience and entertainment systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, operational convenience and entertainment systems
with real or simulated faults, monitoring processes and testing
equipment appropriate to the objective(s), research facilities and
technical information and a work environment.

Approved
Page 1356 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1357 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Convenience and
Convenience and entertainment systems in this unit are to include

telematic controls and multimedia or wheels, vehicle acoustics,
tilt/trim, winch, voltage reducers, voltage inverters, central locking,
power windows, sun roof, seat positioning, mirror positioning,
steering wheel positioning, seatbelt positioning and multi-class bus
systems.
Entertainment systems
Entertainment systems in this unit are to include audio and visual

units, compact discs, analogue tapes, radio, speaker types,
amplifiers, crossovers, balancers, aerials and multi-class bus
systems.
Convenience and
failures
Convenience and entertainment systems failures covered by this

unit are to include indirect faults caused by the influence of external
systems (electrical and electronic) which may or may not be faulty
in their primary operations.
Unit context

Evaluative criteria


Approved
Page 1358 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
specifications.
Testing equipment

data scanners, test lights, test LEDs, lab oscilloscopes, acoustic
analysers and manufacturer/ component supplier testing equipment.
Tests

electronic components and computers, sound quality, SWR, winch,
voltage reducers, voltage inverters, data interpretation and readings
related to direct, indirect and intermittent causes.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures
Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to automotive convenience
and entertainment systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to convenience and
entertainment system technology and technology changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1359 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1360 of 7618

AURETA5005 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in theft-deterrent systems
January 2015
Date this document was generated: 22

faults in theft-deterrent systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in theft deterrent systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and electronic faults in theft deterrent systems in order to initiate
action to sustain, vary or enhance performance. It includes failure
analysis covering the complex diagnosis of multi-system and
intermittent faults as well as evaluation of performance
achievements and variations.

This unit requires the candidate to identify, evaluate, select and

document the most appropriate response to the stated objective of
the analysis and evaluation process.
This unit of competence forms part of the inventory for an
automotive technologist or subject matter specialist. It encompasses
and builds on trade level competencies.
Approved
Page 1361 of 7618

January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1362 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning theft
deterrent systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Theft deterrent system components are prepared for the
diagnostic process, including park-up, isolation and cleaning
requirements.


and documented.
Approved
Page 1363 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
options, prevailing circumstances, regulatory requirements
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 1364 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary theft deterrent
systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and safety
procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
general knowledge of the concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations theft deterrent
systems.
equipment.
Approved
Page 1365 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three different theft
deterrent systems with real or simulated multi-system and
intermittent faults and identify, evaluate, select and document
the most appropriate rectification measure.
two available repair/modification procedures for different theft
deterrent systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, operational theft deterrent systems with real or

Approved
Page 1366 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1367 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Theft deterrent systems
Theft deterrent systems are to include remote keyless entry (RKE),

immobiliser system design, passive entry systems, two-way RKE,
fingerprint technologies, rolling codes, transmitter and receiver
operation and satellite systems.

failures
Theft deterrent systems electrical and electronic failures covered by

this unit are to include direct faults in input sensors, output
actuators, wiring harness, computer systems, calibration/adjustment
specifications, component specifications, component assembly,
component damage and system modifications.

failures
Theft deterrent systems failures covered by this unit are to include

indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems
primary operations.
Unit context

Evaluative criteria


standards.
Approved
Page 1368 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
Testing equipment

lab oscilloscopes, data scanners, test lights, test LEDs, and may
include manufacturer/component supplier testing equipment.
Tests

Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to theft deterrent systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to theft deterrent system
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1369 of 7618

AURETA5006 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in climate-control systems
January 2015

faults in climate-control systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in climate control systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and electronic faults in climate control systems in order to initiate
action to sustain, vary or enhance performance.


evaluation process.
Approved
Page 1370 of 7618

January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1371 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning climate
control systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Climate control system components are prepared for the
requirements.


and documented.
Approved
Page 1372 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 1373 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary climate

control systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and safety
procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
in depth knowledge of air conditioning and heating principles.

pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of climate control systems.
general knowledge of the concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of electro
mechanical and fluid sub-systems within climate control systems.
equipment.
Approved
Page 1374 of 7618

January 2015
Approved
Page 1375 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

climate control systems with real or simulated multi-system and
climate control systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, operational climate control systems with real or

Approved
Page 1376 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1377 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Climate control systems
Climate control systems are systems controlled by digital computer

to maintain the in-cabin temperature selected by the operator,
independent of the influence of external climatics. It includes air
conditioning, heating, blending systems and multi-class bus
systems.

failures
Climate control systems electrical and electronic failures covered

by this unit are to include direct faults in input sensors, output
actuators, wiring harness, computer systems, calibration/adjustment

failures
Climate control systems failures covered by this unit are to include

primary operations.
Unit context

Evaluative criteria


Approved
Page 1378 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
specifications.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include pressure gauges, charge stations,

reclaim units, recycling units, leak detectors, thermometers,
flushing equipment, multimeters, data scanners, test lights and test
LEDs, and may include lab oscilloscopes and
manufacturer/component supplier testing equipment.
Tests

Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to climate control systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to climate control system
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1379 of 7618

January 2015
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 1380 of 7618

AURETB3001 Repair electric braking systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE311666A Repair electric braking systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to repair electric braking

systems and associated components as fitted to vans and trailers.
This unit of competency also applies to electric braking controllers
fitted to vehicles and plant and equipment.

The unit includes identification and confirmation of work

requirement, preparation for work, testing of systems and
identification of faults/causes, the repair and retesting of systems
and associated electric braking system components and completion
of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and
documentation.
Approved
Page 1381 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1382 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Work instructions are used to determine job requirements,

including method, processes and equipment
1.3. WHS requirements, including personal safety needs, are
1.4. Equipment and tooling are identified and checked for safe
and effective operation
1.5. Procedures are determined to minimise task time
2. Test systems/
components and identify
faults
2.1. Correct information is accessed and interpreted from

2.2. Tests are carried out to determine faults using tooling and
techniques
2.3. Tests are completed without causing damage to any
component or system
2.4. Faults are identified and preferred repair action determined
2.5. Tests are carried out according to industry regulations/
guidelines, WHS legislation, statutory legislation and
enterprise procedures/policies
3. Repair electric braking

systems and/or associated
components

3.2. Necessary repairs, component replacement and adjustments
are carried out using tooling, techniques and materials
3.3. Electric braking system and/or associated component repair
is completed without causing damage to any component or
system
3.4. Retests are carried out to ensure correct and safe electric
braking system service operation
3.5. Repairs/removal, replacement and adjustments are carried
out according to industry regulations/guidelines WHS
legislation, statutory legislation and enterprise/procedures
policies
3.6. Workplace and equipment records are completed in
accordance with workplace requirements

maintain equipment
4.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored

procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1383 of 7618

ELEMENT
4.5. Maintenance is completed in accordance with
4.6. Tooling and equipment is maintained in accordance with
Approved
Page 1384 of 7618


Required skills
procedures for testing and repairing of electric braking systems
plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of work site and the obtaining of
equipment and materials to avoid any backtracking or workflow interruptions
wastage
use workplace technology related to the repair of electrical braking systems, including the use
of specialist tooling and measuring equipment, computerised technology, communication
devices and the reporting/recording of results
Required knowledge

operating principles of electric braking systems
construction and operation of electric braking systems/components relevant to application
types and layout of service/repair manuals (hard copy and electronic)
pre-repair testing and fault identification procedures
repair, removal, replacement and adjustment procedures
post-repair testing procedures
Approved
Page 1385 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
testing a range of electric braking systems
identifying faults and determining repair requirements
repairing a range of electric braking systems to workplace and
retesting electric braking systems prior to returning to service
completing workplace/equipment documentation.

simulated automotive site.
Approved

materials relevant to the repair of electric braking systems
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the repair of
activities covering the mandatory task requirements
of AUR12 Automotive Industry RS&R Training Package
performance together with application of underpinning
knowledge
Page 1386 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

questioning on underpinning knowledge and must reinforce the
integration of key competencies
competence is able not only to be satisfied under the particular
circumstances
customers, team leaders/members or other persons subject to
agreed authentication arrangements
work role
Page 1387 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Electric braking systems
Electric braking systems may be in light vehicles and plant and

equipment fitted with electric van/trailer braking controllers or
trailers fitted with electric brakes
Repair methods
Repair methods are to include:
WHS requirements
visual, aural and functional assessment (including damage and

corrosion)
testing under operating conditions
electrical/electronic testing
removal, dismantling, reassembly and refitting
repair and/or replacement of system components
road testing/retesting prior to placing back into service

policies and procedures, and may include:
protective clothing and equipment, use of tooling and

equipment, workplace environment and safety, handling of
material, use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid,
hazard control and hazardous materials and substances
Personal protective
equipment

procedures
Safe operating procedures may include, but are not limited to:
Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but may

not be limited to:
Approved
the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments

associated with vehicular movement, toxic substances,
electrical safety, machinery movement and operation, manual
and mechanical lifting and shifting, working in proximity to
others and site visitors
emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment, extinguishing

fires, enterprise first aid requirements and site evacuation
Page 1388 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Environmental
requirements
Environmental requirements are to include, but are not limited to:
Quality requirements are to include, but are not limited to:
waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management
regulations, including Australian Standards, company quality

policy and standards and enterprise operations and procedures
authorities
Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State and

local authorities administering the applicable acts, regulations and
codes of practice
Materials
Communications
verbal and visual instructions and fault reporting and may

include site specific instructions, written instructions, plans or
instructions related to job/task, telephones and pagers
Approved
spare parts, lubricants, fluids and cleaning materials
Communications are to include, but are not limited to:
hand tooling, vehicle lifting equipment and testing equipment,

including multimeters, power tooling, air tooling, specialist
tooling for removal/adjustment and brake decelerometer

safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches
safe work procedures related to the repair of electric braking
systems
regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive
instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external
personnel
Page 1389 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 1390 of 7618

AURETB5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in braking systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURETB5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic

faults in braking systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in braking systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and electronic faults in braking systems in order to initiate action to


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1391 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1392 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
electrical and electronic braking systems are accessed and
interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Electrical and electronic braking system components are


and documented.
Approved
Page 1393 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 1394 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary electrical and
electronic braking systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
Underpinning knowledge
pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of braking systems.
vehicle, transmission/driveline systems.
equipment.
Approved
Page 1395 of 7618


Approved
Page 1396 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

braking systems with real or simulated multi-system and
braking systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, operational electrical and electronic braking systems

Approved
Page 1397 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1398 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Braking systems
Braking systems to be covered here are to include ABS, engine

brakes, electric retarders, electric trailer brakes, brake by wire and
multi-class bus systems.
Braking systems electrical

and electronic failures
Braking systems electrical and electronic failures covered by this

unit are to include direct faults in input sensors, output actuators,
wiring harness, computer systems, calibration/adjustment
Braking systems failures
Braking systems failures covered by this unit are to include indirect

faults caused by the influence of external systems (electrical and
electronic) which may or may not be faulty in their primary
operations
Unit context

Evaluative criteria


specifications.
Approved
Page 1399 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Testing equipment

lab oscilloscopes, data scanners, test lights and test LEDs, and may
include pulse generators and manufacturer/component supplier
testing equipment.
Tests

Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to braking systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to braking system
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 1400 of 7618

AURETD3001 Service and repair electronically controlled steering systems
AURETD3001 Service and repair electronically controlled

steering systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE320871A Service and repair electronically

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to locate and rectify faults in

electronically controlled steering systems. It applies specifically to
electrical/electronic control systems and components and does not
cover systems which are electronically controlled and operated.


requirement, preparation for work, servicing and adjustment of
systems, repair of faults, retesting of systems and completion of
work finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1401 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1402 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

including quality, material, equipment quantities and service
manuals
1.3. WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are
1.4. Electronic system protection devices, processes and
precautions are identified appropriate to the application
1.5. Equipment and tooling are identified and checked for safety
and correct operation
1.6. Procedures are identified to minimise task time
2. Service and adjust

electronically controlled
steering systems
2.1. Service information is accessed and interpreted prior to

commencing servicing procedures
2.2. Current status and previous fault history of electronic
steering/suspension system is determined in conjunction
with the customer
2.3. Current status of the electronic system is confirmed through
a road test program
2.4. Electronic system is serviced in accordance with
2.5. Fluids and lubricants are used in accordance with WHS and
2.6. Used fluids and lubricants are disposed of according to
enterprise and WHS requirements
3. Rectify identified
steering system faults
3.1. Road test results are interpreted to verify system fault

diagnosis
3.2. Customer is notified of identified fault(s) and agreement is
given before work is carried out
3.3. Faulty components are removed and refitted with approved
replacement parts in accordance with workplace procedures
3.4. Faulty components are disposed of in accordance with
workplace procedures and warranty requirements
3.5. System adjustments are completed for components replaced
4. Test and confirm system

faults have been rectified
4.1. Test procedures are carried out to confirm rectification of

system faults
4.2. Documentation is completed in accordance with
workplace/customer requirements
Approved
Page 1403 of 7618

ELEMENT
4.3. Outcomes of rectification work is explained to the
satisfaction of the customer to enable invoicing
documentation to be completed

maintain equipment
Approved

procedures
serviceable conditions in accordance with workplace
procedures
5.4. Serviceable equipment is tagged and faults identified in
5.5. Maintenance is completed in accordance with
procedures
5.6. Tooling is maintained in accordance with workplace
procedures
Page 1404 of 7618


Required skills
procedures for circuit and component testing, and major repairs/component replacement
terminology, and interpret technical information and specifications
research and interpretive skills to locate, interpret and apply operational and safety information
the work
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information on electrical
circuit/component testing, servicing and replacement procedures
plan and organise activities, including preparation and layout of worksite and obtaining of
equipment and material to avoid backtracking or workflow interruptions
use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete tests and measurements to
determine electrical circuit/component major repair/replacement requirements
use pre-checking and inspection techniques to anticipate planning and scheduling problems,
avoid wastage of time and material
manipulative and dexterity skills to perform electrical testing, and repair/replacement
procedures
problem-solving skills for a range of procedural issues
use workplace technology related to the service and repair of electronically controlled steering
systems, including the use of specialist tooling and equipment, measuring equipment,
computerised technology and communication devices and the reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge
WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, materials and personal safety requirements

operating principles of electronically controlled steering systems
construction and operation of electronically controlled steering systems
relationship to other electronically controlled systems, including shared components (e.g.
ECU, sensors) test, diagnosis and fault determination procedures
service/repair, removal, replacement and adjustment procedures
post-repair test procedures
Approved
Page 1405 of 7618


Approved
Page 1406 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
servicing and adjusting electronic controls of steering systems
to manufacturer/component supplier requirements
determining the repair/replacement requirements to rectify
faults
repairing/rectifying faults in electronic controls of steering
systems to manufacturer/component supplier requirements
testing, inspecting and evaluating steering system/components
completing workplace and equipment documents.

simulated worksite.

material relevant to the service and repair of electronically
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the service
and repair of electronically controlled steering systems
Approved
Page 1407 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

knowledge
questioning on underpinning knowledge and it must also
reinforce the integration of key competencies
the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package
knowledge
competence is able to be under the particular circumstance, and
work role
Page 1408 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Electronically controlled
steering systems
Electronically controlled steering systems include:
Faults
Faults in control systems may include:
electronic control systems in two/four wheel steering systems

and fitted to light vehicles and/or heavy commercial vehicles
component malfunction, system adjustment, open, short and

grounded circuits
Service and repair methods Service and repair methods are to include:
Critical precautions
Critical precautions include:
WHS requirements
diagnosis and determining faults

pre- and post-service/repair testing of system and component
operation
service and repair/replacement of system components
service and repair adjustments
removal, dismantling, reassembly and refitting
testing system operations
retrieval and assessment of electronic systems data, including
fault codes
manufacturer/component supplier procedures which must be

applied as poor working practices are likely to damage
electronic system ECUs and/or other components


Personal protective
equipment

legislation/regulation/codes of practice and workplace policies and
practices
Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to:
Approved
Page 1409 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements

procedures
authorities
Statutory/regulatory authorities may include:
Materials

Approved
spare parts, lubricants and fluids and cleaning materials
hand tooling, testing equipment, including multimeters, power

tooling, air tooling, specialist tooling for removal/adjustment,
specialised system testers, oscilloscopes, scan tooling and LED
test lights
Communications
federal, state/territory and local authorities administering the

acts, regulations and codes of practice

safe work procedures related to the service and repair of
electronically controlled steering systems
Page 1410 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1411 of 7618

AURETD5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in stability, steering and suspension systems Date this document was
AURETD5002 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic

faults in stability, steering and suspension systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in stability/steering/suspension systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and electronic stability/steering/suspension systems in order to


evaluation process.
Approved
Page 1412 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1413 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
electrical and electronic stability/steering/suspension
systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
in accordance with regulatory, manufacturer/ component
2.6. Electrical and electronic stability/steering/suspension
system components are prepared for the diagnostic process,
including park-up, isolation and cleaning requirements.


regulatory requirements and manufacturer/ component
and documented.
Approved
Page 1414 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 1415 of 7618


Required skills
electronic stability/steering/suspension systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic
methods and options and safety procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of stability, steering and suspension
systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of engine management systems.
electromechanical and electro-fluid sub-systems within light vehicle, mobile plant, and/or light
marine engine management systems.
equipment.
Approved
Page 1416 of 7618

Approved
Page 1417 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

stability, steering and suspension systems with real or simulated
stability, steering and suspension systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, electrical and electronic stability/steering/suspension
systems with real or simulated faults, monitoring processes and
testing equipment appropriate to the objective(s), research facilities
and technical information and a work environment.

Approved
Page 1418 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1419 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Systems
Systems are to include traction, stability, steering and suspension

systems across the range of vehicle types. Coverage is to include
electronic stability systems, vehicle dynamic control, closed loop
electronic steering and multi-class bus systems.
Electrical and electronic

failures in
stability/steering/
suspension system
Electrical and electronic failures in stability/steering/ suspension

system covered by this unit are to include direct faults in input
sensors, output actuators, wiring harness, computer systems,
modifications.
Stability/steering and
suspension system failures
Stability/steering and suspension system failures covered by this

unit are to include indirect faults caused by the influence of external
Unit context

Evaluative criteria

Approved
Evaluative criteria, sometimes referred to as success factors,

detail the criteria against which the achievement of the
objectives of the analysis are to be judged. They are to include
statistically based criteria and may include other measures.
Page 1420 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
specifications.
Testing equipment

lab oscilloscopes, data scanners and test lights, test LEDs and pulse
generators, and may include other manufacturer/component
supplier testing equipment.
Tests

operator and specification of input and output devices, controlling
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to stability/steering and
suspension systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging steering and
suspension system technology and technology changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1421 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1422 of 7618

AURETE5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in engine management systemsDate this document was generated: 22
January 2015
AURETE5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic

faults in engine management systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in engine management systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and electronic faults in engine management systems in order to


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1423 of 7618

January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1424 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning engine
management systems are accessed and interpreted.
1.3. National Environmental Protection Measure for Diesel
Vehicles (Guidelines) is sourced and observed throughout
the work as applicable to tasks.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Engine management system components are prepared for


Approved
Page 1425 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENT
and documented.
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 1426 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary tracked,

undercarriage and suspension systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods
and options and safety procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of diesel, petrol, lpg and cng engine
system operation.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of engine management systems.
electromechanical and electro-fluid sub-systems within light vehicle, mobile plant, and/or light
marine engine management systems.
equipment.
Approved
Page 1427 of 7618

January 2015
national environment protection measures for diesel vehicles as applicable to tasks.
Approved
Page 1428 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

engine management systems with real or simulated
engine management systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, engine management systems with real or simulated
work environment.

Approved
Page 1429 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1430 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Engine management
systems
Engine management systems are characterised as those using a

digital computer to manage fuel, ignition, engine speed,
performance and engine emissions and also other optional
equipment systems.
Coverage
Coverage is to include fuel cell technology/hydrogen, on-line

maintenance and remote diagnostics, common rail diesel direct
injection, drive by wire, multi-class bus systems and closed loop
diesel engine management systems.

failures in engine
management systems
Electrical and electronic failures in engine management systems

modifications.
Engine management
system failures
Engine management system failures covered by this unit are to

primary operations.
Unit context
Approved

Work is carried out in accordance with National Environment
Protection Measures for Diesel Vehicles as applicable to tasks.
Page 1431 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
Evaluative criteria


specifications.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include four-gas exhaust gas analyser,

compression gauge, feeler gauge, engine tune oscilloscope,
analogue and digital analogue and digital multimeters, lab
oscilloscopes, data scanners, test lights, test LED's, pulse
generators, noid lamps, fuel pressure gauges, vacuum gauge and
may include dynamometer and manufacturer/component supplier
testing equipment.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include engine compression, valve

adjustment and timing, exhaust gas analysis, fuel flow, fuel
pressure, wiring and connector integrity, operation and
specification of input and output devices, controlling electronic
components and computers, data interpretation, and readings
related to direct, indirect and intermittent causes.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures
Approved

equipment.
and operational procedures related to engine management
systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging engine
management system technology and technology changes.
National Environment Protection Measures for Diesel Vehicles
as applicable to tasks.
Page 1432 of 7618

January 2015
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Engines
Page 1433 of 7618

AURETH3001 Depower battery electric vehicles

Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH3001 Depower battery electric vehicles

(Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to

depower battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves ensuring
the vehicle high voltage (HV) supply system is isolated prior to
commencing service and repair work.
Importance is placed on the application of HV and low voltage
(LV) electrical safety procedures.
Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements
may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to
check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Approved
Work applies to the service and repair of HV BEVs in the

Page 1434 of 7618

Refer to Unit Descriptor.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold
required skills and knowledge section and the range
Page 1435 of 7618


Element
Performance Criteria
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Procedures and information are sourced and work

requirements are confirmed
1.2. Service method appropriate for the specific
circumstances is selected and prepared for
2. Deactivate power
control
2.1. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements

and other relevant information for deactivation are
identified
2.2. Procedure to deactivate vehicle at main control is
followed to commence depowering process
3. Isolate vehicle power

supply
3.1. HV power supply connection is located and isolated

according to manufacturer instructions, taking
appropriate precautions to prevent electric shock to
self and others
3.2. LV power supply is located and disconnected
according to manufacturer instructions and vehicle
and workplace safety procedures
3.3. Vehicle is stabilised and checked for residual
voltage in system
3.4. HV power supply connection is secured and retained
to prevent re-fit by third party
3.5. HV power supply is identified with warning tag or
sign to indicate potential hazards
Approved
Page 1436 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to use workplace technology and tools to:
deactivate BEVs
locate and disconnect LV power supply in BEVs
locate, isolate and stabilise HV power supply in BEVs

communicate effectively regarding work requirements with supervisor, other

workers and customers
confirm work requirements and specifications

literacy skills to interpret technical information and specifications
manage risks and hazards associated with HV, BEV electrical systems
manage workflow and productivity
Required knowledge
WHS requirements, including:
safe work practices
electrical safety relevant to BEVs

general principles of operation of HV and LV electrical systems relevant to BEVs
applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and
codes of practice relevant to working on BEVs
workplace policies procedures including quality, reporting and recording
procedures relevant to working on BEVs
Approved
Page 1437 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction
with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the
Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.

unit must be relevant to workplace operations and satisfy
all of the requirements of the performance criteria and
required skills and knowledge.
A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must
be able to:

comply with WHS requirements and safe work

practices
safely deactivate the vehicle and isolate HV and LV
power supply
ensure the vehicle is depowered, stabilised and no
residual HV power exists.


Competency is to be assessed using a BEV that uses HV

and LV alternating and direct current (AC/DC) electrical
systems. Where simulation is used, an operational BEV
must be included in the simulation.
The following resources must be made available for the
assessment of this unit:
Approved
appropriate PPE
a BEV
manufacturer specifications for the BEV
Page 1438 of 7618

Evidence Guide
testing equipment
full range of essential tools and equipment

workplace relevant contexts) together with the
application of required skills and knowledge.
Assessment methods must be by direct observation of
tasks and include questioning on required skills and
knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and
application.
with other units which together form part of a holistic
work role.
Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made
to work environments and training situations to
accommodate the needs of diverse clients.
performed.
Approved
Page 1439 of 7618

Range Statement
Range Statement
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for
different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold
italicised wording in the performance criteria is detailed below. Essential operating
Procedures and

include:
Appropriate precautions
may include:
Approved
diagrams and sketches
engineer and manufacturer design specifications and
instructions
parts catalogues
verbal, written and graphical instructions issued by
authorised internal and external persons
workplace recording and reporting procedures
workshop manuals.
eliminating of hazardous materials and substances
first aid equipment
following emergency procedures
personal protective equipment (PPE), such as:
electrical safety gloves 1000V
HV insulating mats (Australian standards rated)

safety equipment
techniques for manual handling, including shifting,
lifting and carrying.
analysing task to define risk
applying electrical safety precautions, such as:
one hand rule
live system warning tags and signs

depowering the vehicle
following identified OHS requirements
isolating the HV battery electrical supply
stabilising the electrical system.
Page 1440 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector
Technical Hybrid and Battery Electric Vehicle

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1441 of 7618

AURETH3002 Service and maintain battery electric vehicles

Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH3002 Service and maintain battery electric

vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

service and maintain battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It
involves working with automotive electrical components,
maintaining batteries, and basic testing of electric
motors.
Importance is placed on the application of high voltage
(HV) and low voltage (LV) electrical safety procedures.
Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions.
Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory
authority.

Work applies to the service and maintenance of BEVs in

the automotive industry.
Approved
Page 1442 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 1443 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for service

operations
1.1. Information and documents are sourced

1.2. Workplace health and safety (WHS)
requirements and other appropriate precautions
are identified and followed
1.4. Tools and testing equipment necessary to conduct
the work are assembled
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for
servicing the BEV are established
2. Test the battery systems
2.1. Tests and checks for electrical efficiency are

carried out on battery system using manufacturer
specifications and test procedures
2.2. Battery fixture and connections are checked to
ensure they are secure
2.3. Faults with the battery systems are identified and
appropriate corrective action is taken
2.4. Faults and corrective action are recorded
3. Check the electrical

motor
3.1. Electrical motor checks are carried out to

confirm condition and efficiency
3.2. Problems associated with the performance of the
electrical motor are identified
3.3. Corrective action required to achieve an optimum
motor performance is implemented
4. Check associated
electrical components
4.1. Checks are conducted on the condition and

operation of associated electrical components
4.2. Problems with the performance of electrical
components are identified and corrective action is
taken
4.3. Faults with associated electrical components are
identified and appropriate corrective action is
taken
5. Complete service
operations
5.1. Work area is tidied, and tools and equipment are

replaced according to workplace requirements
5.2. Job card or repair order is completed according to
5.3. Client report on the outcomes of the service and
Approved
Page 1444 of 7618

ELEMENT
repair is prepared according to workplace
requirements
5.4. Vehicle is prepared for return to the client
Approved
Page 1445 of 7618


Required skills
use workplace technology relating to the service and maintenance of BEVs
use specialist tools and equipment


report work outcomes and problems

numeracy skills to complete tests and measurements to determine correct operation
interpret test results
identify repair options

manage risks and hazards associated with HV BEV electrical systems and
components
optimise workflow and productivity
Required knowledge
battery theory, including:
battery internal resistance
battery types
terminal corrosion
terminal resistance
battery pack theory, including:
cell failure theory
charging characteristics
open circuit cells
reverse polarisation
series cell configuration
strapping and layout

battery charger characteristics and operation
battery management system (BMS) theory
components of BEVs and their functions
WHS requirements relating to:
electrical safety
Approved
Page 1446 of 7618

safe work practices

power distribution unit (PDU) operation
principles of electricity, including:
alternating current (AC)
direct current (DC)

applicable commonwealth, state or territory legislation, regulations, standards,
codes of practice and environmental regulations relating to the service and
maintenance of BEVs
vehicle-specific electrical requirements
workplace policies and procedures, including quality, recording and reporting
procedures relating to the service and maintenance of BEVs
Approved
Page 1447 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
ensure electrical and mechanical integrity of
components and system is maintained when
performing tests
test battery performance and correct deficiencies
check electric motor performance and correct
deficiencies
check associated electrical components and correct
deficiencies
complete relevant documentation for the service of
the BEV.



and LV AC/DC electrical systems. Where simulation is
used, an operational BEV must be included in the
simulation.
Approved
Page 1448 of 7618

Evidence Guide
appropriate PPE
a BEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1449 of 7618

Range Statement
Range Statement
italicised wording in the performance criteria is detailed below. Essential operating
Information and

include:
may include:
Tests and checks may

include:
Approved
instructions
parts catalogues
workshop manuals.
first aid equipment
personal protective equipment (PPE) and clothing
safety equipment
analysing tasks to define risk
one hand rule
live system warning tags or signs

isolating the HV battery supply
using PPE, such as:
HV insulating mats (Australian standards rated).

battery charging interlock
battery cooling system
BMS
inertia safety cut-out switch
Page 1450 of 7618

Range Statement
Corrective action may

include:
Electrical motor checks

may include:
may include:
isolation/cut-off emergency device

leakage of electrolyte
mounting of batteries
on-board battery charging system
PDU.
tightening connections
balancing state of charge
replacing cable connections
removing and replacing components.
connecting scanner or computer interface to check
motor operation
integrity of mountings.
anti-discrimination policies and procedures
workplace recording and reporting procedures.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1451 of 7618

AURETH4003 Test and repair high voltage battery systems in battery electric vehiclesDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURETH4003 Test and repair high voltage battery systems in

Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4003 Test and repair high voltage battery

systems in battery electric vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

test and repair high voltage (HV) battery systems in
battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves working
with HV and low voltage (LV) alternating current (AC)
and direct current (DC) automotive battery systems and
electrical components.
Importance is placed on the application of HV electrical
safety procedures.
authority.

Work involves testing and repairing HV battery systems

in BEVs in the automotive industry.
Refer to Unit Descriptor
Approved
Page 1452 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units



essential outcomes of a unit demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold
of competency.
italicised text is used, further information is detailed in
the required skills and knowledge section and the range
Approved
Page 1453 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for repair

operations
1.1. HV battery repair information is accessed

requirements and appropriate precautions are
1.3. Repair method most appropriate for the specific
repair of the HV battery system are established
2. Test battery system
2.1. HV battery systems is tested for electrical

efficiency using manufacturer specifications and
test procedures
2.2. Diagnostic equipment is used to retrieve system
parameters and information
2.3. Faults with the battery system are identified
2.4. Test results are recorded
3. Repair battery system
3.1. Test results are compared with equipment

specifications to decide on appropriate corrective
action
3.2. HV battery system components are replaced,
repaired or adjusted as required
3.3. Repaired HV battery systems are re-tested for
correct operation
3.4. Replacement, repair or adjustment procedures are
recorded
4. Complete repair
operations

4.3. Client report is prepared on the outcomes of the
repair of the HV battery system, according to
Approved
Page 1454 of 7618


Required skills
use workplace technology relating to testing and repairing BEV HV battery

use computerised measuring equipment
report and record actions



numeracy skills to complete tests and measurements to determine correct
operation

manage risks and hazards associated with HV BEV battery systems and
components
Required knowledge
components of HV battery systems and their functions

battery management system (BMS) theory
battery theory, including:
battery internal resistance
battery types
terminal corrosion
terminal resistance
battery pack theory, including:
cell failure theory
charging characteristics
open circuit cells
reverse polarisation
series cell configuration
Approved
Page 1455 of 7618

strapping and layout

HV battery charger and DC to DC converter characteristics
safe work practices
electrical safety
power distribution unit (PDU) theory
principles of electricity, including AC and DC
principles of operation of HV battery systems
codes of practice and environmental regulations relating to the repair of HV battery
systems
procedures relating to the repair of HV BEV battery systems
Approved
Page 1456 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
ensure electrical and mechanical integrity of any
component or system is maintained when performing
tests
check HV battery system performance against
manufacturers specifications
replace, repair and adjust HV battery system
components as required to correct deficiencies
complete relevant documentation for the repair of the
HV battery system.



simulation.
Approved
Page 1457 of 7618

Evidence Guide
appropriate PPE
a BEV
testing equipment

application.
with other units which together form part of an holistic
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1458 of 7618

Range Statement
Range Statement
italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential
operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on
the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry
and regional contexts) may also be included.
Repair information may
include:

include:
Appropriate precautions may

include:
Testing equipment may

include:
Approved
engineer or manufacturer design specifications
and instructions
parts catalogues
verbal, written and graphical instructions issued
by authorised internal and external persons
workplace specifications and requirements.
first aid equipment
safety equipment
techniques for manual handling, including
shifting, lifting and carrying.
one hand rule
live system warning tags and signs

using PPE, such as:
HV insulating mats (Australian standards

rated).
AC/DC current clamp
BMS diagnostic equipment
diagnostic scanner
insulation or mega ohm tester
Page 1459 of 7618

Range Statement
Electrical efficiency relates to:
Test procedures may include:
Appropriate corrective action

may include:
Workplace requirements may

include:
Approved
multimeter CAT 3 1000V

oscilloscope
thermal imaging equipment or non-contact
thermometer.
charging
discharge rate
holding capacity
temperature
voltage.
battery charging interlock
battery cooling system
BMS
HV contactors
HV current leakage to vehicle chassis
HV fuse
inertia safety cut-out switch
isolation/cut-off emergency device
leakage of electrolyte
loose cable connections
mounting of batteries
on-board battery charging system
PDU.
replacing cable connection
replacing system component
replacing the battery
tightening connection.
Page 1460 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1461 of 7618

AURETH4004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control device in battery electric vehiclesDate this document was generated: 22
January 2015
AURETH4004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control

device in battery electric vehicles
Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed

control device in battery electric vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

repair the traction motor speed control device in battery
electric vehicles (BEVs), which may be called a digital
motor controller (DMoC) or motor control unit (MCU) in
some vehicles. It involves working with high voltage
(HV) and low voltage (LV) alternating current (AC) and
direct current (DC) automotive electrical components.
Importance is placed on the application of HV safety
procedures.
authority.

Work applies to the diagnosis and repair of the traction

motor speed control device in BEVs in the automotive
industry.
Approved
Page 1462 of 7618

January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 1463 of 7618

AURETH4004 Diagnose and repair traction motor speed control de vice in battery electric vehiclesDate this document was generated: 22
January 2015

ELEMENT

operations
1.1. Procedures and information relevant to the task

are sourced and work requirements confirmed
1.3. Method most appropriate for the specific
testing and repair of the traction motor system are
established
2. Diagnose motor control

device
2.1. Tests and checks on motor controller cooling

system are carried out using manufacturer
specifications and test procedures
2.2. Motor controller is disconnected using correct
procedure
2.3. Exposed live HV and LV connections and wiring
are labelled with appropriate warning tags or signs
2.4. Controller settings and diagnostic information are
retrieved using appropriate equipment
2.5. Tests and checks on motor controller are carried
out to ensure correct operation
3. Repair or replace motor

controller
3.1. Motor controller test results are compared with

manufacturer specifications to decide on
appropriate corrective action
3.2. Motor controller is repaired or replaced as
required
3.3. Repaired or replacement motor controller is
re-tested for correct operation
3.4. Motor controller is reconnected using correct
procedure
3.5. Replacement or repairs carried out are recorded
4. Complete repair
operations
4.1. Work area is tidied, and tools and equipment

4.2. Job card is completed according to workplace
requirements
service and repair of the motor controller
Approved
Page 1464 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENT
Approved
Page 1465 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills
use workplace technology relating to testing and repairing a BEV traction

motor speed control device
use computerised measuring and diagnostic equipment




components
Required knowledge
components of HV BEVs and their functions

safe work practices
electrical safety
principles of operation of motor speed control devices
repair procedures for motor speed control devices
codes of practice and environmental regulations relating to testing and repairing
HV BEV motor speed control devices
procedures relating to testing and repairing HV BEV motor speed control devices
Approved
Page 1466 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
performing tests
check the motor control device performance against
diagnose and repair or replace motor control device
as required to correct deficiencies
complete relevant documentation for the testing and
repair of the motor control device.



simulation.
Approved
Page 1467 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
appropriate PPE
a BEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1468 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
Range Statement
italicised wording, in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating
Procedures and

include:
may include:

include:
Appropriate corrective
Approved
engineer or manufacturer design specifications and
instructions
parts catalogues
first aid equipment
safety equipment
one hand rule

using PPE, such as:

computer interface or communication device to
retrieve controller settings and diagnostic information
controller input/output signals and voltages
motor controller cooling system.
repairing the motor controller
Page 1469 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
action may include:
may include:
replacing the motor controller.

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1470 of 7618

AURETH4005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors in battery electric vehiclesDate this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURETH4005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction motors

Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4005 Diagnose and repair high voltage traction

motors in battery electric vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) traction motors in
battery electric vehicles (BEVs).
procedures.
authority.

Work applies to the diagnosis and repair of HV traction

motors in BEVs in the automotive industry.
It involves working with HV alternating current (AC)
and direct current (DC) automotive electrical
components.
Approved
Page 1471 of 7618

2015
Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units


of competency.
Approved
Page 1472 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT

operations

1.3. Repair methods for the specific work requirement
are selected and prepared for
diagnosis and repair of the traction motor are
established
2. Diagnose traction motor

operation
2.1. Traction motor operational tests and checks are

carried out using manufacturer specifications and
test procedures
2.2. Faults with the traction motor are diagnosed and
identified
3. Repair traction motor
3.1. Traction motor repair information is accessed

3.2. Test results are compared with manufacturer
specifications to decide on corrective actions
3.3. Traction motor and components are removed,
replaced, repaired and adjusted as required
3.4. Traction motor is re-tested for correct operation
once repaired
recorded
4. Complete repair
operations

diagnosis and repair of the traction motor
Approved
Page 1473 of 7618

2015

Required skills
use workplace technology relating to the repair of BEV traction motors and
components




components
Required knowledge

principles of operation of traction motors
relevant WHS requirements relating to:
safe work practices
electrical safety
codes of practice and environmental regulations relating to the diagnosis and repair
of BEV traction motors
procedures relating to the diagnosis and repair of BEV traction motors
Approved
Page 1474 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
performing tests
check traction motor performance against
diagnose and replace, repair or adjust traction motor
as required to correct deficiencies
complete relevant documentation for the diagnosis
and repair of the traction motor.



and low voltage (LV) AC/DC electrical systems. Where
simulation is used, an operational BEV must be included
in the simulation.
Approved
Page 1475 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
appropriate PPE
a BEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1476 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
Range Statement
Procedures and

include:
may include:

include:
Approved

first aid equipment
safety equipment
one hand rule

using PPE, such as:
damage to traction motor windings

insulation resistance of traction motor windings
routing and damage of HV cabling
traction motor operation.
Corrective actions may
instructions
Page 1477 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
include:
may include:
replacing system components

replacing the traction motor
tightening connections.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1478 of 7618

AURETH4006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles
AURETH4006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and

associated components in battery electric vehicles
Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4006 Diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and

associated components in battery electric vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

diagnose and repair auxiliary motors and associated
components in battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It
involves working with high voltage (HV) and low
voltage (LV) alternating current (AC) and direct current
(DC) automotive electrical components and battery
systems.
procedures.
authority.

Work applies to diagnosing and repairing the motor

controller, and checking the operation of related auxiliary
units in the automotive industry.
Approved
Page 1479 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units


of competency.
Approved
Page 1480 of 7618


ELEMENT

operations

requirements and other relevant information for
taking appropriate precautions are identified
diagnosis and repair of the auxiliary motor are
established
2. Diagnose auxiliary
motor and components
operation
2.1. Tests and checks are carried out on auxiliary

motor according to manufacturer instructions
2.2. Faults with the auxiliary motor/component are
located and diagnosed
2.3. Auxiliary motor/component is removed, tested
and checked for correct operation using
manufacturer specifications and test procedures
3. Repair auxiliary motor

and components
3.1. Auxiliary motor/component repair information is

accessed
specifications to decide on corrective actions
3.3. Auxiliary motor/component is replaced, repaired
or adjusted as required
3.4. Auxiliary motor/component is re-tested for
correct operation once repaired
3.5. Replacement, repair or adjustment procedures
carried out are recorded
4. Complete service
operations

diagnosis and repair according to workplace
requirements
Approved
Page 1481 of 7618


Required skills
use workplace technology relating to the diagnosis and repair of HV auxiliary

motors and components in BEVs




manage risks and hazards associated with BEV electrical systems and
components
Required knowledge
components of BEVs and their functions

electrical safety
safe work practices

principles of operation of BEV auxiliary motors and associated components
of BEV auxiliary motors and associated components
procedures relating to the diagnosis and repair of BEV auxiliary motors and
Approved
Page 1482 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
maintain electrical and mechanical integrity of the
auxiliary motor and components when performing
tests
ensure that auxiliary motor and components
performance comply with manufacturer
specifications
diagnose, replace, repair and adjust auxiliary motor
and components to correct deficiencies
and repair of BEV auxiliary motor and associated
components.



Approved
Page 1483 of 7618

Evidence Guide
simulation.
appropriate PPE
a BEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1484 of 7618

AURETH4006 Diagnose and repai r auxiliary motors and associated components in battery electric vehicles
Range Statement
Range Statement
Procedures and
information for repair may
include:

include:
may include:

include:
Approved
instructions
workplace instructions and requirements.
first aid equipment
personal protective equipment (PPE) and clothing,
such as:

safety equipment
one hand rule

following identified WHS requirements
checking system for residual voltage.
AC/DC current clamp
battery management system (BMS) diagnostic
equipment
diagnostic scanner or computer interface
Page 1485 of 7618

Range Statement

include:

include:
may include:

oscilloscope
thermometer.
auxiliary motor controller operation
auxiliary motor operation
drive belt tension
r.p.m. of auxiliary motor
routing and damage of HV cabling
operation of auxiliary units, such as:
air conditioning
power steering
r.p.m. of auxiliary motor
routing and damage of HV cabling.
removing and replacing the auxiliary motor or
controller
setting and adjusting r.p.m. of auxiliary motor
tensioning drive belt
replacing system components
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector
Approved
Page 1486 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1487 of 7618

AURETH4007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles
AURETH4007 Diagnose and repair system instrumentation and

safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles
Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4007 Diagnose and repair system

instrumentation and safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles
(Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

repair high voltage (HV) system instrumentation and
safety interlocks in battery electric vehicles (BEVs). It
includes testing the instrumentation data communication
system and safety interlocks for correct operation. It
involves working with HV automotive electrical
components as well as low voltage (LV) alternating
current (AC) and direct current (DC) automotive
electrical components and battery systems.
procedures.
authority.

Approved
Work applies to the repair of HV system instrumentation

and safety interlocks in BEVs in the automotive industry.
Page 1488 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units


of competency.
Approved
Page 1489 of 7618


ELEMENT

operations

diagnosis and repair of the HV system
instrumentation and safety interlocks are
established
2. Perform diagnosis
2.1. Tests and checks on instrumentation data

communication system are carried out using
2.2. Vehicle safety interlocks are tested for correct
operation
2.3. Motor controller is checked for safe and correct
operation
2.4. Audible warning system (if applicable) is checked
for operation
2.5. Battery gauge state of charge (SOC) indicator is
tested
2.6. Tests and checks on HV contactor are carried out
(if applicable) using diagnostic scanner or
computer interface
3. Repair instrumentation
and safety interlocks

actions
3.2. Components are replaced, repaired and adjusted
as required
3.3. Repaired and replaced components are re-tested
for correct operation
4. Complete repair
operations

Approved
Page 1490 of 7618

ELEMENT
requirements
Approved
Page 1491 of 7618


Required skills
use workplace technology relating to the diagnosis and repair of HV system

instrumentation and safety interlocks in BEVs



literacy skills to:
interpret technical information and specifications


manage risks and hazards associated with BEV electrical systems and
components
Required knowledge

electrical safety
safe work practices

principles of operation of HV system instrumentation and safety interlocks
of HV system instrumentation and safety interlocks
procedures relating to the diagnosis and repair of HV system instrumentation and
safety interlocks
Approved
Page 1492 of 7618

Approved
Page 1493 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
ensure electrical and mechanical integrity of the
auxiliary motor/component is maintained when
performing tests
check the operation of the HV system
instrumentation and safety interlocks against
diagnose and replace, repair or adjust system
and repair of HV system instrumentation and safety
interlocks.



Approved
Page 1494 of 7618

Evidence Guide
simulation.
appropriate PPE
a BEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1495 of 7618

Range Statement
Range Statement
Procedures and

include:
may include:

include:
Approved
instructions
parts catalogues
workplace instructions and requirements.
first aid equipment
safety equipment
one hand rule

using PPE, such as:

AC/DC current clamp
equipment
diagnostic scanner or computer interface device
Page 1496 of 7618


include:
Safety interlocks may

include:

include:
may include:
oscilloscope
thermometer.
battery state of charge
operational tests of safety interlocks
testing instrumentation data communication system
using scan tool, such as:
CANBUS
Controller Area Network
diagnosis trouble codes (DTC).

battery charger, including charge cable sensor
fault signals from controller
gear selector inhibitor switch
ignition or power key
inertia or impact sensor
isolation componentry, including HV contactor
motor over temperature control
under voltage protection.
replacing or adjusting system components or sensors
replacing or repairing cable connections
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector
Approved
Page 1497 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1498 of 7618

AURETH4008 Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin heating and cooling systems in battery electric vehicles Date this document was
AURETH4008 Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin heating

and cooling systems in battery electric vehicles
Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4008 Diagnose and repair high voltage cabin

heating and cooling systems in battery electric vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) systems used to
heat, ventilate and cool the cabin in battery electric
vehicles (BEVs). It involves testing systems for correct
operation and replacing some components. It may
include removal of refrigerant and replacement of
refrigerant as well as performance testing of the system.
procedures.
requirements may apply to this unit in some jurisdictions,
in particular if the work involves removal and
replacement of refrigerant. Users are advised to check

Approved
Work applies to the diagnosis and repair of HV cabin

heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC)
systems in BEVs in the automotive industry.
Page 1499 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units


of competency.
Approved
Page 1500 of 7618

AURETH4008 Diagnose and repai r high voltage cabin heating and cooling systems in battery electric vehicles Date this document was

ELEMENT

operations

diagnosis and repair of HV HVAC systems are
established
2.1. Tests and checks on HVAC adjustment and

activation controls are carried out using
2.2. Air conditioning and electric heater systems are
tested for correct operation
2.3. HVAC contactors are tested for correct operation
2.4. Results of diagnosis are recorded
3. Repair HVAC system
3.1. Results are compared with manufacturer

action
3.2. Components are removed and replaced as
required
3.3. Replaced components are re-tested for correct
operation
4. Complete repair
operations

repair according to workplace requirements
Approved
Page 1501 of 7618


Required skills
use workplace technology relating to the diagnosis and repair of HV HVAC

systems in BEVs




manage risks and hazards associated with BEV electrical and HVAC systems
and components
Required knowledge

electrical safety
safe work practices

direct current (DC)

principles of operation of HV HVAC systems
risks associated when working with refrigerants and non-conductive lubricants and
prevention of cross-contamination
of BEV HVAC systems
Approved
Page 1502 of 7618

procedures relating to the diagnosis and repair of BEV HVAC systems
Approved
Page 1503 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
ensure electrical and mechanical integrity of the
HVAC components is maintained when performing
tests
check the operation of the HV HVAC systems
against manufacturer specifications
diagnose and replace, repair or adjust system
complete relevant documentation.



simulation.
Approved
Page 1504 of 7618

Evidence Guide
appropriate PPE
a BEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1505 of 7618

Range Statement
Range Statement
Procedures and

include:
may include:

include:
Approved
instructions
parts catalogues
first aid equipment
safety equipment
one hand rule

checking system for residual voltage
using PPE, such as:

AC/DC current clamp
air conditioning system service equipment
equipment
Page 1506 of 7618

Range Statement

include:

include:
may include:

oscilloscope
refrigerant leak detecting equipment
thermometer.
operational tests of heating, ventilation and air
conditioning
refrigerant leak detecting
testing of contactors.
removing and replacing control units
removing and replacing heater coolant
removing and replacing heating elements
removing and replacing HVAC components, such as
condenser, evaporator, compressor and heater core.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1507 of 7618

AURETH4009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in battery electric vehicles Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURETH4009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters in

Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4009 Diagnose and repair DC to DC converters

in battery electric vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

diagnose and repair high voltage (HV) direct current
(DC) to low voltage (LV) DC converters in battery
electric vehicles (BEVs). It involves working with LV
automotive electrical components as well as HV
alternating current (AC) and DC automotive electrical
components and battery systems. Work includes testing
the converter and relevant accessories and applications
for correct operation.
procedures.
authority.

Approved
Work applies to the diagnosis, repair and replacement of

the DC to DC converter in BEVs in the automotive
industry.
Page 1508 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units



of competency.
Approved
Page 1509 of 7618


ELEMENT

operations

diagnosis and repair of the DC to DC converter
are established
2.1. Tests and checks on DC to DC converter input

and output voltage and current are carried out
using manufacturer specifications and test
procedures
2.2. Relevant applications and accessories are tested
and checked for correct operation
3. Repair DC to DC
converter

specifications to decide on corrective action
3.2. Components are removed and repaired or
replaced as required
3.3. Replaced or repaired components are re-tested for
correct operation
recorded on job card or repair order
4. Complete repair
operations

requirements
Approved
Page 1510 of 7618


Required skills
use workplace technology relating to the diagnosis and repair of BEV DC to

DC converters



numeracy skills to accurately complete tests and measurements to determine
correct operation

manage risks and hazards associated with the diagnosis and repair of BEV DC
to DC converters
Required knowledge

safe work practices
electrical safety

principles of operation of a DC to DC converter
of a BEV DC to DC converter
procedures relating to the diagnosis and repair of a BEV DC to DC converter
Approved
Page 1511 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
ensure electrical and mechanical integrity of the DC
to DC converter is maintained when performing tests
diagnose the operation of the DC to DC converter
against manufacturer specifications
remove and replace or repair the DC to DC converter
and repair of the DC to DC converter.



simulation.
Approved
Page 1512 of 7618

Evidence Guide
appropriate PPE
a BEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1513 of 7618

Range Statement
Range Statement
Procedures and

include:
may include:

include:
Approved
instructions
parts catalogues
eliminating hazardous materials and substances
first aid equipment
safety equipment
one hand rule

checking for residual voltage
using PPE, such as:

AC/DC current clamp
equipment
Page 1514 of 7618

Range Statement

include:
Applications and
accessories may include:

include:
may include:
oscilloscope
thermometer.
testing accessories and applications operating on LV
DC
testing input and output voltage and current.
electric power steering (EPS)
electric vacuum pump
electric coolant pumps in:
heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC)

system
powertrain cooling system
battery pack cooling system

horn
wipers
radio
lights
indicators.
removing and replacing converter
replacing fuses.
manufacturer specifications and industry codes of
practice
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector
Approved
Page 1515 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1516 of 7618

AURETH4010 Test high voltage batteries in hybrid electric vehicles
AURETH4010 Test high voltage batteries in hybrid electric

vehicles
Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4010 Test high voltage batteries in hybrid

electric vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

test high voltage (HV) batteries in hybrid electric
vehicles (HEVs). It includes identifying and confirming
safety requirements, preparing for work, testing HV
batteries, and completing work processes, including
clean-up and documentation. Work requires individuals
to demonstrate some judgement and problem-solving
skills in managing own work activities.
Importance is placed on the application of HV electrical
safety procedures.
authority.

Approved
Work applies to testing HV batteries in HEVs, such as

cars, trucks, motorcycles, marine applications and
wheeled plant or equipment.
Page 1517 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units


of competency.
Approved
Page 1518 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Procedures and information are sourced to

determine job requirements, including testing
method, and minimise task time
requirements, including personal safety needs, are
1.3. Tools and testing equipment are identified and
checked for safe and effective operation
2. Perform HV battery
analysis
2.1. Information for battery testing is accessed and

correctly followed
2.2. Battery tests are performed and results analysed
according to product, manufacturer and
2.3. Battery testing procedures are carried out
according to safe operating procedures and
guidelines
3. Complete service
operations

3.3. Report is prepared on the outcomes of the test of
the HV battery system, according to workplace
requirements
Approved
Page 1519 of 7618


Required skills
use workplace technology relating to testing HV batteries in HEVs
complete tests and measurements to determine serviceability of batteries
use specialist tools
report and record results

literacy skills to collect, organise and understand information relating to work
requirements, plans and safety procedures for HV battery testing
communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work

requirements and specifications
interpret and apply common industry terminology
coordinate work with site supervisor, other workers and customers

interpret technical information and specifications

obtain information on HV battery testing procedures
manage risks and hazards associated with low voltage (LV) and HV HEV
electrical systems and components
obtain equipment and material to avoid backtracking or workflow interruptions
use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity
Required knowledge
components of HV HEVs and their functions

direct current (DC)

safe work practices
electrical safety
codes of practice and environmental regulations relating to the testing of HEV HV
batteries in the automotive workplace
Approved
Page 1520 of 7618


procedures relating to the testing of HEV HV batteries in the automotive
workplace
Approved
Page 1521 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


communicate effectively with others involved in or
affected by the work
circumstances
test HV batteries in HEVs according to requirements
complete relevant documentation for recording HEV
battery test results.


Competency is to be assessed using an HEV that uses

HV and LV AC/DC electrical systems. Where simulation
is used, an operational HEV must be included in the
simulation.
Approved
Page 1522 of 7618

Evidence Guide
appropriate PPE
an HEV
manufacturer specifications for the HEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1523 of 7618

Range Statement
Range Statement
Procedures and

include:

include:
Approved
engineer design specifications and instructions
original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
specifications
one hand rule

electrical protective equipment, such as:

eliminating hazards and hazardous materials and
substances
following emergency procedures, such as:
emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment
extinguishing fires
workplace first aid requirements
site evacuation
workplace environment and safety equipment.
AC/DC current clamp
equipment
insulated hand tools
oscilloscope
Page 1524 of 7618

Range Statement
thermometer.
may include:

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1525 of 7618

AURETH4011 Deactivate and reinitialise power supply in hybrid electric vehicles Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURETH4011 Deactivate and reinitialise power supply in hybrid

electric vehicles
Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4011 Deactivate and reinitialise power supply

in hybrid electric vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

isolate the low voltage (LV) and high voltage (HV)
electrical power supply of hybrid electric vehicles
(HEVs). It involves calibrating systems that require
re-setting once the power supply and system are
re-energised.
procedures.
authority.

Work applies to HEVs that have particular requirements

for deactivating and reinitialising electrical circuits and
equipment, including resetting electrical or electronic HV
and LV sub-systems and components.
It involves working with HV alternating current (AC)
and direct current (DC) automotive electrical
components.
Approved
Page 1526 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved
Page 1527 of 7618


ELEMENT

operations

1.3. Methods for the specific work requirement are
selected and prepared for
deactivating and reinitialising the power supply
are established
2. Deactivate power
supply
2.1. Information relevant for deactivation is followed

2.2. Procedure to deactivate vehicle at main control is
followed to commence deactivation process
2.3. HV power supply connection is located and
isolated according to manufacturer instructions,
taking appropriate precautions to prevent electric
shock to self and others
2.4. LV power supply is located and disconnected
according to manufacturer instructions and
vehicle and workplace safety procedures
2.5. Vehicle is stabilised and checked for residual
voltage in system
2.6. HV power supply connection is secured and
retained to prevent re-fit by third party
2.7. Vehicle is identified with warning tags or sign to
indicate potential hazards
3. Reinitialise power
supply
3.1. Information for reinitialising procedure is

accessed and followed
3.2. LV and HV power supplies are reconnected and
activated
3.3. Technical and/or calibration requirements are
established for reinitialising the power supply
3.4. Diagnostic and testing equipment is used to check
and recalibrate sub-systems affected by
deactivation process
3.5. Main power supply and sub-systems are checked
for correct operation upon reactivation
3.6. Workplace requirements are followed to report
Approved
Page 1528 of 7618

ELEMENT
and record subsequent faults with the reinitialising
process
Approved
Page 1529 of 7618


Required skills
use workplace technology relating to the deactivating and reinitialising of LV

and HV power supplies and components in HEVs




manage risks and hazards associated with LV and HV HEV electrical systems
and components
Required knowledge
components of LV and HV HEVs and their functions

safe work practices
electrical safety
codes of practice and environmental regulations relating to deactivating and
reinitialising HEV power supplies in the automotive workplace
procedures relating to deactivating and reinitialising HEV power supplies in the
Approved
Page 1530 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
performing tests
check that the deactivation and reinitialisation
process is followed and applied according to
complete relevant documentation for diagnosed faults
encountered when deactivating and reinitialising the
HEV power supply.



is used, an operational HEV must be included in the
simulation.
Approved
Page 1531 of 7618

Evidence Guide
appropriate PPE
an HEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1532 of 7618

Range Statement
Range Statement
Procedures and

include:
may include:

include:
Approved
engineer design specifications and instructions
specifications
eliminating of hazardous materials and substances
first aid equipment
safety equipment
one hand rule

isolating the LV and HV battery electrical supply
stabilising the vehicle electrical circuits
using PPE, such as:

AC/DC current clamp
equipment
Page 1533 of 7618

Range Statement
Sub-systems may include:
may include:

oscilloscope
thermometer.
air conditioning control system
anti-lock braking system (ABS) and traction control
system (TCS)
automatic power windows
automatic transmission
auxiliary cooling system for the internal combustion
engine (ICE) and HV system
driver information warning display
electric power steering (EPS)
electronic brake control system
electronic stability control
headlight aiming control system
ICE control management system
multi-function display units, including sat-nav
systems
tyre pressure warning system (TPWS).
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1534 of 7618

AURETH4012 Service and maintain electrical components in hybrid electric vehiclesDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURETH4012 Service and maintain electrical components in

Release
Comment
Release 2
Replaces AURETH4012 Service and maintain electrical

components in hybrid electric vehicles (Release 1)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

service and maintain electrical components of hybrid
electric vehicles (HEVs). It involves working with
automotive electrical components and electrical systems
that support the control and operation of the HEV.
Importance is placed on the application of high voltage
(HV) and low voltage (LV) electrical safety procedures.
authority.

Work applies to the inspection, service and maintenance

of HEVs in the automotive industry.
Approved
Page 1535 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units
AURETH4011 Deactivate and reinitialise power supply



of competency.
Approved
Page 1536 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for service

operations
1.1. Information and documents are sourced

requirements and other appropriate precautions
are identified and taken
inspection and service of HEV electrical
components are established
2. Check associated
electrical components
2.1. Information relevant to the inspection and service

of HEV components and systems is followed
2.2. Checks are conducted on the condition and
operation of associated electrical components
2.3. Problems with the performance of electrical
components are identified, and corrective action is
taken
3. Complete service
operations

3.3. Report is prepared on the outcomes of the service
and maintenance according to workplace
requirements
Approved
Page 1537 of 7618


Required skills
use workplace technology relating to the service and maintenance of HEVs




manage risks and hazards associated with HV HEV electrical systems and
components
Required knowledge
electrical/electronic components of HEVs and their functions

HEV-specific electrical requirements
safe work practices
electrical safety
direct current (DC)

codes of practice and environmental regulations relating to the service and
maintenance of HEVs in an automotive workplace
workplace policies and procedures, including quality, ecording and reporting
procedures relating to the service and maintenance of HEVs in an automotive
workplace
Approved
Page 1538 of 7618

Evidence Guide
Evidence Guide

be able to:


practices
ensure electrical and mechanical integrity of any
component and system is maintained when
performing tests
check associated electrical components and systems
of HV HEVs according to manufacturers
specifications
complete relevant documentation for the service and
maintenance of the HEV.



is used an operational HEV must be included in the
simulation.
Approved
Page 1539 of 7618

Evidence Guide
appropriate PPE
an operational HEV
testing equipment

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 1540 of 7618

Range Statement
Range Statement
Information and

include:
may include:
Approved
instructions
specifications
workshop manuals and specifications.
eliminating hazardous materials and substances
first aid equipment
safety equipment
one hand rule

using PPE, such as:
Page 1541 of 7618

Range Statement
include:
Electrical components may

include:
may include:
AC/DC current clamp

equipment
oscilloscope
thermometer.
air conditioning control system
anti-lock braking system (ABS) and traction control
system (TCS)
automatic power windows
auxiliary cooling system for the internal combustion
engine (ICE) and HV system
driver information warning display
electric power steering
electronic brake control system
electronic stability control
electronically controlled automatic transmission
headlight aiming control system
ICE control management system
multi-function display units, including sat-nav system
tyre pressure warning system (TPWS).
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Sector
Approved
Page 1542 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1543 of 7618

AURETH4014 Diagnose complex faults in battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems
January 2015
AURETH4014 Diagnose complex faults in battery electric and

hybrid electric vehicle systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose

complex faults in battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle
systems in order to initiate action to service, repair, replace or
improve performance.
The unit involves evaluating system performance and identifying
possible operational anomalies.
Faults may be electrical or electronic by nature, requiring the
application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.

Work applies to and includes system fault and failure diagnosis of

battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems of light vehicles,
heavy commercial vehicles, and vehicles in the mining,
construction and agricultural environments.
The unit relates to an automotive technologist, master technician or
subject matter specialist. It encompasses and builds on trade level
competencies.
Approved
Page 1544 of 7618

January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1545 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT
1. Identify and confirm

work requirement
1.1. Workplace instructions and reports are used to determine

the nature and objective of system diagnosis requirements
1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning battery electric and
hybrid electric vehicle systems are accessed and interpreted
equipment and system isolation requirements, and personal
protection needs are observed and applied throughout the
work
1.4. Effects of systemic deficiencies, discrepancies or faults
with battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems are
identified and confirmed from direct and/or indirect
evidence
responded to according to regulatory and workplace
requirements and practices
2. Prepare to perform
diagnosis
2.1. Criteria for diagnosis are developed and adopted to meet the
objective of the work
2.2. System performance achievements or discrepancies are
identified from scrutiny of technical support information and
available on-board diagnostic systems
2.3. Diagnostic methods, including complexity of diagnostic
process, sequence, tests and testing process are identified
and selected from the range of available options
according to manufacturer, component supplier and
2.5. Tools and materials required to support the diagnostic
process are identified, selected and prepared for use
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process
3.1. Selected diagnostic processes are followed according to

specifications and workplace procedures
3.2. Testing is carried out according to workplace procedures
and manufacturer and component supplier specifications
3.3. Findings are verified, if necessary, by using reliable
alternate or optional processes
3.4. Conclusions are drawn from findings and documented
3.5. Information and detail related to the evaluation of diagnosis
is provided to the appropriate person or customer to confirm
further action to be taken
Approved
Page 1546 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills
communication skills to communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work

requirements and specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and
customers, reporting of work outcomes and completion of regulatory, commercial and vehicle
information systems inputs
numeracy skills to use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate
requirements, and present results of diagnosis
planning and organising skills to conclude complex diagnostic processes which anticipate and
allow for risks, cater for both direct and indirect evidence and avoid or minimise reworking
and avoid wastage
problem-solving skills to use available information to contribute to decision making strategies
for solving complex problems as they relate to battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle
systems
self-management skills to plan and organise activities, including the planning of analytical
processes, preparation of the worksite and the obtaining of testing equipment and materials to
avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of battery electric and
hybrid electric vehicle systems, including the use of:
specialised tools and equipment
measuring equipment
technology skills to use workplace technology related to systems diagnosis, information
research and management systems.
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems
types, functions and operations of electrical and electronic systems in battery electric and
theory of diagnosis, including concept, design and planning
electrical theory and operation covering automotive digital computers, networked vehicles,
voltage, current, resistance, power, capacitance, electrostatics, magnetics, inductance, discrete
electronic components, logic families and radio frequency
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment related to battery
electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems
testing procedures of battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems
methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic findings and
recommendations
Approved
Page 1547 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

interpret workplace instructions and locate and apply

information
apply safety requirements, including the use of personal
identify and select appropriate diagnosis processes to be
performed
complete diagnosis of complex faults on a minimum of three
different battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems
with real or simulated faults
document and report outcomes and required actions of
diagnosis of complex faults in battery electric and hybrid
electric vehicle systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with real or simulated battery electric and hybrid
Page 1548 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
electric vehicle systems faults

tools and equipment appropriate for the diagnosis of complex
faults in battery electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems
technical reference information and workplace instructions.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1549 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Battery electric and hybrid
electric vehicle systems may
include:

(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:
Approved

steering and braking systems
electronic stability systems
electric traction motors and control systems
high voltage/low voltage charging systems
heating, ventilation, air conditioning and cooling (HVAC)
systems
vehicle dynamic control
closed loop electronic and multi-class bi-directional universal
switch (BUS) systems.
may include:
first aid equipment
safety management systems, including equipment and

system isolation requirements
toxic substances
electrical and electronic failures in battery electric and hybrid
direct faults in input sensors, output actuators, wiring harnesses
or computer systems
calibration and adjustment specifications, component
specifications, and component assembly
component damage and system modifications
indirect faults caused by the influence of external electrical and
electronic systems, which may or may not be faulty in their
primary operations.
wiring and connector integrity
operator and specification of input and output devices
Page 1550 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT

include:
Diagnostic processes may

include:
controlling electronic components and computers

data interpretation
readings relating to direct, indirect and intermittent causes.
analogue and digital multimeters
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
on-board diagnostic systems
test lights and test LEDs
pulse generators
manufacturer and component supplier testing equipment.
analysing manufacturer and component supplier specifications,
schematics and operational procedures relating to battery
electric and hybrid electric vehicle systems
six-step troubleshooting plan
discover-investigate- fix methodology.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector
Technical Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1551 of 7618

AURETH5013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in electric and hybrid vehicle systems
AURETH5013 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic

faults in electric and hybrid vehicle systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in electric and hybrid vehicle systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and electronic faults in electric and hybrid vehicle systems in order
to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance.


evaluation process.
specialist. It encompasses and builds on trade level competencies
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1552 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1553 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning hybrid
vehicle systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Hybrid vehicle system components are prepared for the
requirements.


and documented.
3.4. Analytical findings and results are evaluated against agreed
Approved
Page 1554 of 7618

AURETH5013 Analyse and e valuate electrical and electronic faults in electric and hybrid vehicle systems
ELEMENT
criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 1555 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary hybrid

vehicle systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and safety
procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
mechanical theory covering the concepts and principles of mechanical, hydraulic and
pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of systems.
general knowledge of the concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of electric and
hybrid vehicle systems.
inductance, high-voltage safety requirements, high-voltage battery technology, high-voltage
inverter, high-voltage permanent magnet dc motors, high-voltage wire wound field magnet
motors, high-voltage single and three-phase ac motors, high-voltage permanent magnet
three-phase ac motors, dc stepper motors, series hybrid drive, parallel hybrid drive, discrete
electronic components, logic families and radio frequency.
Approved
Page 1556 of 7618

equipment.
Approved
Page 1557 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

hybrid vehicle systems with real or simulated multi-system and
hybrid vehicle systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, operational hybrid vehicle systems with real or

Approved
Page 1558 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 1559 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Electric and hybrid vehicle Electric and hybrid vehicle systems are to include petrol/electric
systems
hybrid vehicles, series and parallel drive vehicles, industrial floor
cleaners, forklifts and golf buggies.
Coverage
Coverage is to include battery technology, motor drive systems,

motor controllers, air conditioning systems, electronic protection
systems and multi-class bus systems.
Electric and hybrid vehicle Electric and hybrid vehicle systems electrical and electronic
failures covered by this unit are to include direct faults in input
electronic failures
sensors, output actuators, including inverters, high-voltage AC and
DC motors, high-voltage generators, wiring harness, computer
systems, calibration/adjustment specifications, component
specifications, component assembly, component damage and
system modifications.
Electric and hybrid vehicle Electric and hybrid vehicle systems failures covered by this unit are
systems failures
to include indirect faults caused by the influence of external
Unit context
Evaluative criteria
Approved


Page 1560 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

specifications.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include multimeters, lab oscilloscopes, data

scanners, test lights, battery testers and test LEDs, and may include
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include batteries, drive motor,

generator, inverter, chargers, motor controller, emissions, wiring
and connector integrity, operation and specification of input and
output devices, controlling electronic components and computers,
data interpretation and readings related to direct, indirect and
intermittent causes.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to electric and hybrid vehicle
systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to electric and hybrid
vehicle system technology and technology changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Electrical
Page 1561 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Hybrid Vehicle and Battery Electric Vehicle
Page 1562 of 7618

AURETK1001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test equipment
AURETK1001 Identify, select and use low voltage electrical test

equipment
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to identify,

select and safely use basic low voltage (LV) electrical test
equipment for the purpose of testing, diagnosing and rectifying LV
electrical conditions and faults in motor vehicles.
Work involves identifying and selecting LV electrical test
equipment by type and name, applying methods for its safe use, and
storing it.

Work applies to the identification and use of low voltage test

equipment for basic circuit and system testing on light and heavy
vehicle, mining, construction, agricultural, motorcycle, outdoor
power equipment and marine environments.
Work is normally carried out under supervision, in defined contexts
and within established parameters, with the requirement for only
limited decision making by the candidate.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1563 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1564 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Identify LV electrical test

equipment
1.1. Low voltage electrical test equipment types suitable to task

are identified
1.2. Function and method of operation of equipment are
confirmed prior to use
1.3. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements and safe
operating procedures are identified and applied
2. Select correct equipment

for workplace application
2.1. LV electrical test equipment appropriate to task is selected

2.2. Equipment is checked to confirm condition and
performance
3. Use electrical test

equipment
3.1. Electrical test equipment is used in a safe manner to prevent

injury to self and others and damage to vehicle or other
workplace equipment
3.2. Equipment is connected without causing damage to vehicle
or equipment as a result of inappropriate testing procedures
3.3. Workplace safe operating procedures are followed during
the use of test equipment
3.4. Test results or readings are interpreted and confirmed
according to job or workplace requirements
4. Finalise work processes
4.1. Equipment is cleaned, inspected and checked

4.2. Equipment is securely and appropriately stored
4.3. Fixed electrical test equipment is isolated where required
4.4. Documents are completed according to workplace
requirements
Approved
Page 1565 of 7618


Required skills
follow written and verbal instructions
communicate basic information relating to the safe use of LV electrical test equipment
literacy skills to:
read and follow basic vehicle repair information and associated LV electrical test
equipment manuals
read and follow information on standard operating procedures

numeracy skills to:
interpret numbers as a measure of electrical power or resistance
make simple calculations as they relate to electrical power or resistance

contribute to activities that implement and follow standard workplace procedures

identify defects and potential problems with LV electrical test equipment

locate and identify appropriate electrical test equipment
follow basic workplace documentation, such as operating procedures

identify types of LV electrical test equipment
select equipment appropriate to the task
use equipment safely
store equipment according to manufacturer specifications and standard operating

procedures
technology skills to use workplace technology to assist with work practices
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment and material relating to working with low voltage
electrical test equipment, including:
Approved
Page 1566 of 7618

low voltage electrical test equipment safety and operating procedures

basic electrical circuit theory
equipment selection procedures
types, characteristics, uses and limitations of low voltage electrical test equipment
workplace policies and procedures
Approved
Page 1567 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

identify low voltage electrical test equipment

select and safely use personal protective equipment
select and safely use low voltage electrical test equipment
interpret and report electrical test results
use methods appropriate for storage of low voltage electrical
test equipment.


Approved
low voltage electrical test equipment of the type required for

automotive diagnosis and repair
WHS and safety equipment, such as personal protective
equipment
functioning vehicle electrical systems and components or
vehicles capable of being tested
Page 1568 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1569 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Low voltage electrical test
equipment may include:

requirements:

may include:
may include:
Approved
multimeters
test lights and probes
load testers
circuit testers
oscilloscopes
ignition module test equipment
emissions analysers
leak detectors
fuel system analysers.
are to include those prescribed under regulations, codes of
practice, and workplace safety policies and procedures
may include:
emergency shutdown
first aid training and response

toxic substances
site evacuation procedures.

being involved in an operational risk assessment associated
with vehicle movement
safe use of automotive electrical test equipment
electrical safety
manual and mechanical lifting and shifting
safe handling of material
procedures for working in proximity to others and site visitors
emergency shutdown.
instructions issued by authorised workplace or external persons
workplace work specifications and requirements
regulatory and legislative requirements relating to the
automotive industry
Page 1570 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
safe work procedures relating to the use of LV electrical test

equipment
signage
work bulletins and memos
work schedules and plans
workplace policies and procedures.
Inappropriate testing
intrusive testing (which must not be performed as it is not a

recommended test and repair method), which includes:
back probing terminals and connectors and fuse holders

with inappropriate test probes
probing terminal and connectors with inappropriate test

probes
pushing sharp probes and objects into wiring insulation.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1571 of 7618

AURETK2002 Use and maintain automotive electrical test equipment
AURETK2002 Use and maintain automotive electrical test

equipment
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select,

safely use and maintain automotive electrical test equipment used
in an automotive workplace for the purpose of identifying,
diagnosing and rectifying electrical and electronic faults in motor
vehicles.
Work involves identifying and confirming job requirements;
preparing for work; selecting, using, servicing, maintaining and
storing automotive electrical testing equipment; and completing

Work applies to where equipment used is dedicated to an electrical

or electronic diagnosis or repair operation or machine-type function
used for electrical system or component repair.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1572 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1573 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Select equipment suitable

to workplace application
1.1. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements and

appropriate precautions are identified and applied
1.2. Electrical test equipment and other suitable equipment is
selected for use in the workplace environment according to
job and workplace requirements
1.3. Equipment condition and functionality are confirmed prior
to use
2. Use electrical test

equipment
2.1. Electrical test equipment is used in a safe manner to prevent

injury to self and others
2.2. Electrical test equipment is connected to vehicle or
equipment without causing damage as a result of
inappropriate testing procedures
2.3. Workplace safe operating procedures are followed during
the use of test equipment
3. Service and maintain

equipment
3.1. Damaged or faulty equipment is tagged and removed from

the workplace for repair or replacement and reported
according to workplace maintenance methods
3.2. Test equipment is inspected, serviced, adjusted and/or
maintained in line with manufacturer and component
supplier schedule within scope of own responsibility
3.3. Servicing and maintenance operations are carried out
according to industry regulations and guidelines, WHS
requirements and workplace policies and procedures
4. Finalise work processes
4.1. Test equipment is cleaned, inspected and checked

4.2. Test equipment is securely and appropriately stored
4.3. Fixed electrical test equipment is isolated where required
4.4. Documents are completed according to workplace
requirements
Approved
Page 1574 of 7618


Required skills
identify types of automotive electrical test equipment
select test equipment appropriate to the task
use test equipment safely
identify and analyse technical information
identify test equipment defects
store equipment according to manufacturer specifications and standard operating

procedures
communicate basic information relating to the safe use of electrical test equipment
literacy skills to:
read and follow basic vehicle repair information and electrical test equipment instruction
manuals
read and follow information on standard operating procedures

numeracy skills to interpret numbers as a measure of electrical power or resistance

identify defects and potential problems with electrical test equipment

locate and identify electrical test equipment appropriate to the task

teamwork skills to:
work with others and in a team by cooperating with team members
apply knowledge of own role to support workplace activities and tasks

Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment and material relating to automotive electrical test
Approved
Page 1575 of 7618

equipment, including:
test equipment safety and operating procedures

test equipment selection procedures
basic maintenance procedures for automotive electrical test equipment
types, characteristics, uses and limitations of automotive electrical test equipment
work organisation and planning processes relating to automotive electrical test equipment
workplace policies and procedures relating to diagnosing electrical faults on vehicles
Approved
Page 1576 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

select and safely use personal protective equipment

select and safely use automotive electrical test equipment
undertake basic maintenance and storage of electrical test
equipment within scope of own responsibility.


Approved
vehicles and electrical components that can be used to simulate

conditions that require use of electrical test equipment and
diagnosis of system condition or fault
materials and equipment relevant to the use and maintenance of
automotive electrical test equipment
materials and equipment relevant to the secure storage of
automotive electrical test equipment

Page 1577 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1578 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
requirements:
Electrical test equipment

may include:
may include:
Approved
are to include those prescribed under regulations, codes of

practice, and workplace safety policies and procedures
may include
emergency shutdown

toxic substances
site evacuation procedures.

multimeters
logic probes
scan tools
load testers
circuit testers
oscilloscopes
computer
ignition module test equipment
alternator or starter test bench
distributor test bench
emissions analysers
leak detectors
fuel system analysers.
engineers design specifications and instructions
automotive industry
safe work procedures relating to the use and maintenance of
Page 1579 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
signage
work schedules and plans
workplace policies and procedures.



probes

may include:
conducting operational risk assessment and treatments

associated with vehicle movement
safe use of automotive electrical test equipment
electrical safety
procedures for working in proximity to others and site visitors
safe handling of material.
routine maintenance to test equipment according to schedules
labelling faulty tools and equipment
performing minor electrical test equipment repairs, adjustments
or calibration
documenting or tagging equipment as faulty or out-of-service.
Maintenance methods may

include:
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1580 of 7618

AURETR1001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system components
AURETR1001 Remove and tag automotive electrical system

components
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE100064A Remove and tag automotive electrical

system components
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to remove and tag automotive

electrical system components.

Work involved includes electrical systems of light vehicles,

motorcycles, heavy vehicles road transport, heavy vehicles mobile
plant, outdoor power equipment and marine.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate minimal judgement and
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1581 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1582 of 7618


ELEMENT

components
1.1. Nature and scope of work requirements are identified and

confirmed
1.2. WHS requirements, including individual state/territory
regulatory requirements and personal protection needs are
1.3. Procedures and information such as workshop manuals and
specifications, and tooling are sourced
1.5. Dangers associated working with removal and tagging of
automotive electrical system components are observed
2. Remove automotive
electrical system
components
2.1. Automotive electrical components for removal are

identified
2.2. Methods for the conduct of removal and tagging are
implemented in accordance with manufacturer/component
2.3. Components are removed without damage
2.4. Inspection of components is carried out
2.5. Report is processed in accordance with enterprise
procedures
3. Tag automotive electrical

components
3.1. Tagging procedures are identified

3.2. Resource requirements for tagging are identified and
support equipment is identified and prepared
3.3. Components are tagged without damage
Approved
Page 1583 of 7618


Required skills
apply research and interpretive skills sufficient to locate, interpret and apply
apply analytical skills for identification and analysis of technical information
apply plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with customers and
team members
apply questioning and active listening skills, e.g. when obtaining information from customers
apply oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to customers
apply planning and organising skills to own work activities, including making good use of time
and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring one's own performance
interact effectively with other persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including
downtime to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking and avoid
wastage
use workplace technology related to removing and tagging automotive electrical components,
including use of measuring equipment and communication devices, and reporting/documenting
of results
Required knowledge

automotive electrical terminology
function of each component
relationship of body components to each other
application of body components
removal procedures
tagging procedures
quality procedures
organisation and planning processes
Approved
Page 1584 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
identifying, removing and tagging a range of components by
their title and application
conducting removal and tagging without damage to components
or tooling and equipment.

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant to removing and tagging automotive electrical
components
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to removing
and tagging automotive electrical components
of the AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair
Training Package
knowledge
Page 1585 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

other units which together form part of the holistic work role.
Page 1586 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibilit y of
Methods
Methods include tagging by title and application
WHS


Personal protective
equipment

practices

associated with vehicular movement, electrical safety,
machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical
lifting and shifting, and working in proximity to others and site
visitors
limited to:

Environmental
requirements
Environmental requirements are to include but are not limited to:
regulations, including Australian standards, internal quality

authorities
Approved
federal, state/territory and local authorities administering acts,

regulations and codes of practice
Page 1587 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Materials
Communications
tags and cleaning material
hand tooling and hand held power tooling

enterprise operating procedures, workshop manuals, supplier

data sheets, parts catalogues, customer orders and
industry/workplace codes of practice, material safety data
sheets (MSDS) and Australian Design Rules
safe work procedures related to removing and tagging
automotive electrical components
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1588 of 7618

AURETR1002 Test, service and maintain battery storage systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE118671A Test, service and maintain battery storage

systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to inspect, service and maintain

battery storage systems in on-site major earth moving and plant
equipment.


Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1589 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1590 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to undertake
inspection

confirmed
1.3. Procedures and information such as site procedures and
1.4. Technical requirements for inspection are sourced and
1.5. Warnings in relation to working with batteries are observed
2. Conduct inspection
2.1. Methods for the conduct of inspection are implemented in

accordance with workplace procedures and
2.2. Inspection results are compared with manufacturer/
2.3. Results are documented with evidence and supporting
information and recommendations made
2.4. Report is forwarded to persons for action in accordance
3. Prepare to service and

maintain

3.2. Procedures and information are identified and sourced
3.3. Technical and tool requirements for servicing and
maintenance are identified and support equipment is
identified and prepared
4. Carry out service and

maintenance
4.1. Methods for the conduct of service and/or maintenance are

implemented in accordance with workplace procedures and
4.2. Adjustments made during service and/or maintenance are in
specifications

maintain equipment

5.2. Waste and scrap is removed following workplace procedure
procedures
Approved
Page 1591 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 1592 of 7618


Required skills

analytical skills for identification and analysis of technical information
members
out priorities and monitoring one's own performance
wastage
use workplace technology related to inspection, servicing and maintenance of battery storage
systems, including use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment and communication devices
and reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with battery testing equipment
operating principles and layout of battery storage systems
inspection procedures
service and/or maintenance procedures
Approved
Page 1593 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
servicing and maintaining battery storage systems in accordance
with manufacturer/component supplier and site requirements
completing inspection in accordance with
completing work within workplace timeframes
completing workplace documents.

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant to inspection, servicing and maintenance of
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to inspection,
servicing and maintenance of battery storage systems
AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair
Training Package.
Page 1594 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

knowledge.
reinforce the integration of key competencies.
require evidence of process.
work role.
Page 1595 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
WHS


Personal protective
equipment

practices

and mechanical lifting and shifting and working in proximity to
Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include but may

not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements
regulations, including Australian standards, internal company

procedures
authorities
Approved

Page 1596 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Materials
Communications
cleaning material
hand tooling
verbal and graphical instructions and fault reporting and may


safety data sheets (MSDS), diagrams and sketches
safe work procedures related to inspection, servicing and
maintenance of battery storage systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1597 of 7618

AURETR1003 Apply automotive electrical system fundamentals

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to apply

basic knowledge, skills and understanding of electricity as it relates
to the electrical systems, components and technologies found in
modern motor vehicles.
The unit involves the development of skills and knowledge that
relate to the fundamental operating principles of electrical systems,
including electrical controls; vehicle electrical systems, such as
lighting, charging or control systems for engine management; and
body management, including electrical accessories.

Work applies to light vehicles (cars, light commercial vehicles) and

is based on knowledge of elements of electricity and basic circuit
theory as well as the function, location and operation of vehicle
electrical circuits, systems and components.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1598 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1599 of 7618


ELEMENT

electrical fundamentals
1.1 Suitable and relevant sources of information are located to

assist with electrical fundamentals research
1.2 Elements of electricity are identified
1.3 Elements of electricity are applied to common terminology
for automotive electrical circuits, systems and components
1.4 Elements of electricity are applied to common electrical
calculations for automotive electrical circuits, systems and
components
2. Research and identify

2.1 Component or system to be researched is identified

2.2 Suitable and relevant sources of information are located to
assist with identification of systems and components
2.3 Reference information is researched to ensure sufficient
understanding of component or system to assist with
identifying how the circuit functions
2.4 Potential for unsafe conditions or safety hazards is
identified
2.5 Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements are
applied
3. Locate systems and

components
3.1 Suitable automotive systems or components are sourced to

assist with task
3.2 Location of system or component is confirmed in relation to
modern vehicle configuration
3.3 Alternative methods of system or component location are
identified in relation to possible light vehicle configuration
(where applicable)
4. Determine method of
system or component
operation
4.1 Appropriate electrical test equipment is identified and

applied for the purpose of testing circuit, system or
component
4.2 System or component is examined and sub-assembly
components are identified
4.3 Operational principles of circuit, component and system
functions are determined and analysed
4.4 System or component relationship to light vehicle operation
is determined
4.5 Potential for unsafe conditions or associated risk factors
with system or component operation or testing is identified
4.6 Potential common faults with system or component are
identified
Approved
Page 1600 of 7618


Required skills
communicate ideas and information relating to electrical terminology and procedures

verbally and in writing
apply questioning and active listening skills, e.g. when obtaining factual information from
sources
action
learning skills to:
identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand skills,

knowledge and understanding

literacy skills to:
understand workplace safety procedures
read and follow information in written instructions, specifications and other applicable
reference documents
plan and organise activities that implement and follow standard procedures
use and communicate basic mathematical ideas and techniques that relate to automotive
electrical systems and components
follow workplace documentation, such as workplace safe operating procedures

collect, organise and research technical information relating to:
recognising and reporting unsafe situations
automotive electrical components and systems identification, location and function
collect, organise and apply electrical fundamentals information and concepts

technology skills to use information technology equipment to assist with research
Required knowledge
basic electrical theory and principles of electricity, including:
Approved
Page 1601 of 7618

voltage
amperage
circuit resistance
direct current (DC)

range of sources of information available to assist with understanding fundamental elements of
electricity as they relate to automotive applications
range of sources of information available to service, maintain and repair light vehicle electrical
industry and workplace practice in relation to working safely in an automotive workplace
identification, location and function of major components of common automotive:
engine electrical systems, including:
ignition systems
charging systems
starting systems

vehicle lighting systems
vehicle body electrical systems, including:
electric door locking systems
boot release systems
car stereo and sound systems

wiring harness assembly
Approved
Page 1602 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

identify and apply basic electrical terminology and circuit

theory
identify automotive electrical circuits, systems and components
source relevant technical information
locate electrical systems and components on modern motor
vehicles
explain the function of at least three major electrical systems of
a modern motor vehicle
demonstrate basic troubleshooting techniques to determine
possible causes of electrical faults or problems
communicate effectively using technical information and terms
with others involved in or affected by the work.



of this unit:
Approved

technical reference information
Page 1603 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
a range of functioning automotive systems and components

functioning light vehicle or vehicles
automotive tools and equipment
workplace safety equipment, including personal protective
equipment.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1604 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Sources of information may
include:
Elements of electricity may

include:
Safety hazards may include:

requirements may include:
Automotive systems and

components may include:
Approved
automotive electrical texts

vehicle workshop manuals
service bulletins
magazine technical articles
written instructions
documented workplace procedures.
voltage
current
resistance
Ohms law
conventional circuit theory or circuit types.
electric shock
lifting practices.
personal protective equipment (PPE)
safe manual handling and lifting
safe use of tools and equipment
worksite documentation for WHS.
ignition systems:
distributors
coils
spark plugs
high tension leads

charging systems:
alternators
generators
voltage regulators
starting systems:
Page 1605 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Electrical test equipment

may include:
Approved
starter motors
drives
relays
switches
engine management systems:
electronic control unit (ECU)
engine immobilisers
crank angle sensors
mass air flow (MAF) sensors
throttle position sensors (TPS)
knock sensors
oxygen sensors
temperature sensors
variable valve timing (VVT) componentry (electrical)

vehicle lighting systems:
headlight assemblies
globes and bulbs
LEDs
control and tell-tale systems
auxiliary lighting
vehicle body electrical systems:
electric door and central locking systems
boot release systems
car stereo and sound systems
power windows
electric mirrors
electronic seat adjustment with memory
security systems
wiring harness assembly
batteries
fuses and circuit breakers.
multimeters
test lamp
AC/DC current clamp
battery diagnostic equipment
digital scanner
computer with vehicle interface software
Page 1606 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Common faults may include:
oscilloscope
thermal imaging equipment or non-contact thermometer.
failure to achieve ignition or power
failure to achieve fuel flow
flat batteries
loss of engine power
system or component malfunction.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector
Technical Electrical and Electronic

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1607 of 7618

AURETR2005 Install, test and repair electrical security systems and components
AURETR2005 Install, test and repair electrical security systems

and components
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE219431A Install, test and repair electrical security

systems/components
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to carry out installation, testing

and repair of aftermarket automotive electrical security
systems/components.


requirement, preparation for work, installation, testing and repair of
the systems and completion of work finalisation processes,
including clean-up and documentation.
This standard can also be applied to installation of security systems
in marine applications.
Approved
Page 1608 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1609 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

2. Install electrical security

system components
2.1. Information is accessed from manufacturer/component

supplier specifications and correctly interpreted
2.2. Components, tooling and equipment are identified, selected
and prepared in accordance with site procedures
2.3. Security system/components installation procedures are
carried out in accordance with site procedures and
2.4. Legislation, industry guidelines and enterprise
policies/procedures are followed
2.5. Undue damage to equipment and surrounds is avoided
3. Repair electrical security

systems/components
3.1. Information for repairing electrical systems is accessed from

correctly interpreted
3.2. Tooling and equipment are identified, selected, and
prepared in accordance with site manufacturer/component
supplier instructions and site procedures
3.3. Repair work is completed in accordance with site
procedures
3.4. Workplace documents are completed in accordance with
site requirements
4. Test electrical security

systems/components
4.1. Information is accessed from manufacturer/component

supplier specifications and correctly interpreted
4.2. All tests are carried out in accordance with
tolerances
4.3. Testing is completed without causing damage to component
or system

maintain equipment

procedures
Approved
Page 1610 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1611 of 7618


Required skills
procedures for installation, testing and repairing electrical security systems/components
the work
terminology, and interpret technical information and specifications related to security
system/component repairs
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information of security
systems/component procedures
use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate times, assess tolerances, apply
manipulative and dexterity skills to perform low voltage wiring/lighting system installation,
testing and repair functions
problem-solving skills for a limited range of procedural issues
use workplace technology related to the installation and repair of automotive security
systems/components, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment,
computerised technology and communication devices and the reporting/ documenting of
results
Required knowledge

electrical principles and their application to security systems
range and functions of security system componentry
precautions to avoid side effects that could occur to ancillary systems due to installation,
testing and repair operations
installation procedures for security system components
site repair procedures for security system components
Approved
Page 1612 of 7618

types of testing and fault finding procedures

site reporting procedures
Approved
Page 1613 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
carrying out installation and repair on a minimum of two
systems and/or vehicles
testing repaired components
testing low voltage circuitry to determine short, open or
earthing faults
applying quality standards to work
completing essential work related housekeeping functions.

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant to the installation and repair of automotive
security systems/components
installation and repair of automotive security
systems/components
of AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair
Page 1614 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Training Package
knowledge
competence is able to be satisfied under the particular
circumstance, and is able to be transferred to other
circumstances
work role
Page 1615 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Aftermarket electrical
security systems
Aftermarket electrical security systems may include:
Methods
Methods are to include:
Faults
inoperative systems, open and short circuits, ground circuits
WHS requirements
reading/interpreting wiring diagrams, soldering, crimping and

installing components and wiring
Faults may include:
electrical security systems fitted to automotive or marine

applications, automotive central locking systems and
automotive engine immobilisers
manufacturer/component supplier procedures must be applied

as poor working practices are likely to damage electronic
system ECUs and/or other components
installation methods and after-market security
systems/components selected must be approved and within
manufacturer/component supplier specifications to avoid
damage and possible liability


Personal protective
equipment

practices
Approved

Page 1616 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements

regulations, including Australian Standards, enterprise quality

authorities
Materials

Approved
spare parts, soldering consumables and fluids, and cleaning

material
hand tooling, power tooling, specialist tooling for removal,

adjustment and testing equipment, including multimeters and
test lamp and soldering equipment
Communications


safe work procedures related to the installation and repair of
automotive security systems/components
Page 1617 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1618 of 7618

AURETR2006 Carry out soldering of electrical wiring and circuits
AURETR2006 Carry out soldering of electrical wiring and

circuits
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE224008A Carry out soldering of electrical

wiring/circuits
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to carry out soldering processes

appropriate to electrical components/wiring/circuits.


requirement, preparation for work, soldering and testing of joints
and completion of work processes, including clean-up and
documentation.
Work involves the application of solder in electrical/electronic
wiring and circuitry applications.
problem-solving skills in safety equipment, soldering techniques,
environmental issues, repair procedures and vehicle operational
requirements.
Approved
Page 1619 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1620 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

including job sheets, quality and quantity of material
1.4. Material for repairs and replacements are selected and
inspected for quality
1.5. Correct hand and power tooling and safety equipment are
selected and checked for safe use
1.6. Products are determined to minimise waste material
1.7. Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency
while completing the job
2. Prepare components/
wiring/circuits, tooling
and equipment for
soldering

2.2. Materials/components to be joined are cleaned and
solder/flux combinations identified
2.3. Soldering equipment is prepared/cleaned
2.4. Preparation is completed without causing damage to vehicle
or component
2.5. Preparation activities are carried out according to a standard
that meets industry regulations/guidelines, WHS, legislation
and enterprise procedures/policies
3. Carry out soldering of

components/wiring/
circuits

3.2. Soldering is completed without causing damage to vehicle
or component
3.3. Soldering joint is tested prior to placing into service
3.4. Soldering activities are carried out according to a standard
that meets industry regulations/guidelines, WHS, legislation
and enterprise policy/procedures

maintain equipment

procedures
procedures
accordance with workplace
Approved
Page 1621 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1622 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to soldering of electrical

components/wiring, work orders, plans and safety procedures
equipment and material to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage
wastage
use workplace technology related to soldering of electrical wiring/circuits, including the use of
soldering tooling, measuring equipment and communication devices and the
reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge
WHS regulations/requirement, equipment material and personal safety requirements

fluxes and their application
types of material, including solder, electrical terminals, wires and circuits
preparation and soldering procedures
guidelines regarding acceptable solder tolerance levels to be considered and
Approved
Page 1623 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

unusual circumstance in the critical aspects of:


by the work
circumstances
identifying, setting up, operating and maintaining heating
equipment and hand tooling
achieving soldering outcome and work quality relevant to
application.

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant to soldering of electrical wiring/circuits
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to soldering of
electrical wiring/circuits
knowledge
Page 1624 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

work role
Page 1625 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


Personal protective
equipment

practices


not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements
Quality Requirements

procedures
authorities
Approved

Page 1626 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Materials
Communications
cleaning substances, flux and solder
hand tooling and soldering equipment, including electric and

gas-fired torches


safe work procedures related to soldering of electrical
wiring/circuits
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1627 of 7618

AURETR2007 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical circuits and wiring systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURETR2007 Demonstrate knowledge of automotive electrical

circuits and wiring systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

demonstrate knowledge of electrical principles that enable
structured testing of basic circuits in electrical systems, components
and technologies found in motor vehicles.
The unit involves applying Ohms, Watts and Kirchhoffs laws to
enable basic structured problem solving to locate a range of
common faults in vehicle electrical circuits and wiring systems.

Work applies to light and heavy vehicle, mining, construction,

agricultural, motorcycle, outdoor power equipment and marine
environments. It involves the application of knowledge of
fundamental elements of electricity and vehicle electrical circuit
theory and electrical wiring systems.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1628 of 7618

2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1629 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT
1. Develop knowledge of
vehicle electrical circuits
and wiring systems
1.1. Relevant sources of information are located to assist with

understanding of vehicle electrical circuits and wiring
systems
1.2. Knowledge of the operating principles of electrical circuits
and wiring systems is developed
2. Demonstrate knowledge
of vehicle electrical
circuits and wiring
systems
2.1. Knowledge of the relationship of volts, amps and ohms in a

vehicle electrical circuit is applied
2.2. Knowledge of circuit components, their function and
operation in a vehicle electrical circuit is applied
2.3. Knowledge of basic principles for testing and processes for
checking a vehicles electrical circuits and wiring systems is
applied
3. Demonstrate knowledge
of electrical circuits as
applied to vehicle fault
identification
3.1. Components of a vehicles electrical circuit and wiring

system are identified
3.2. Basic electrical principles are applied to practical inspection
and service activities
3.3. Knowledge of a vehicles electrical circuit and wiring
system is practically applied when identifying potential
faults
Approved
Page 1630 of 7618

2015

Required skills
follow verbal and written instructions
communicate ideas and information relating to electrical terminology and procedures

verbally and in writing
apply questioning and active listening skills, e.g. when obtaining factual information from
sources
action
learning skills to:
identify sources of information, assistance and expert knowledge to expand skills,

knowledge and understanding

literacy skills to:
understand workplace safety procedures
reference documents
numeracy skills to:
understand measurement, units of measure, formulae, testing and proportions


collect, organise and understand technical information relating to:
identifying, locating and determining function of vehicle electrical circuit components

and wiring systems
collect, organise and apply knowledge of vehicle electrical circuit and wiring information
and concepts
Approved
Page 1631 of 7618

2015
Required knowledge
principles of vehicle electrical circuits and wiring systems

direct current (DC)
Ohms law
Watts law
Kirchhoffs voltage law
Kirchhoffs current law

range of sources of information available to assist with understanding basic principles and
elements of electricity as they relate to automotive applications
range of sources of information available to service, maintain and repair light vehicles
industry and workplace practice in relation to working safely in an automotive workplace
identification, location and function of major components of common automotive:
battery systems
ignition systems
charging systems
starting systems
vehicle body electrical systems, including:
exterior lighting systems
internal lighting systems
vehicle access systems
wiper and washer systems
vehicle entertainment systems
wiring harness and loom assembly
Approved
Page 1632 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to
apply and demonstrate knowledge of:

location of relevant sources of information on vehicle electrical

circuits and wiring systems
operating principles of electrical circuits and wiring systems
relationship of volts, amps and ohms in a vehicle electrical
circuit
relationship of current flow and necessary wire gauge
relationship of voltage dropping across a resistive load and the
current flowing in the circuit
circuit components, their function and operation in a vehicle
electrical circuit
testing principles and processes for checking a vehicles
electrical circuits and wiring systems.



of this unit:
Approved
technical reference library with various information resources

a range of functioning vehicle electrical circuits, components
Page 1633 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
and wiring systems

automotive tools and electrical test equipment.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1634 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Electrical circuits may

include:
Wiring systems may include:
workplace service information

automotive electrical texts
original equipment manufacturer information
service bulletins
magazine technical articles.
voltage
current
resistance
series circuits
parallel circuits
series and parallel circuits
open circuit to power, signal or ground
short circuit to power, signal or ground
high resistance to power, signal or ground.
common multi-stand conductor
various wire gauges and insulation types
twisted pair (CAN-bus network wiring)
shielded wire (audio speaker wiring).
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1635 of 7618

AURETR2008 Remove and replace electrical units and assemblies

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove

and replace electrical units and assemblies, such as headlights,
tail-lights and electrical units and assemblies that do not form an
integral part of the vehicles computer area network databus
(CAN-bus) network to facilitate body repair activities or similar.
The unit includes identifying and confirming work requirements,
preparing for work, removing and replacing electrical units and
assemblies, and completing work finalisation processes, including
clean-up and documentation.
Assistance from a licensed person must be sought in relation to air
conditioning and LPG, CNG and LNG system and components and
in recommissioning systems. Users are advised to check with the
relevant regulatory authority.

Work applies to electrical units and assemblies that are fitted in

light and heavy vehicle, mining, construction, agricultural,
motorcycle, outdoor power equipment and marine environments.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1636 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1637 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements
1.3. Procedures and information are sourced and interpreted
1.4. Tools and equipment are identified for effective removal,
replacement and testing procedures
2. Remove electrical units

and assemblies

manufacturer and component supplier specifications
2.2. Electrical units and assemblies are removed using
approved methods, tools and equipment
2.3. Assistance from a licensed person is sought in relation to
removing air conditioning and LPG, CNG and LNG systems
and components
2.4. Removal activities are carried out according to industry and
WHS regulations and guidelines, and workplace policies and
procedures
2.5. Units and assemblies are handled and stored according to
3. Replace electrical units

and assemblies

3.2. Electrical units and assemblies are replaced using approved
methods, tools and equipment
3.3. Assistance from a licensed person is sought in relation to
replacing air conditioning and LPG, CNG and LNG system
and components
3.4. Replacement activities are carried out according to industry
and WHS regulations and guidelines, and workplace policies
and procedures
4. Test electrical units and

assemblies
4.1. Carry out testing procedures of replaced electrical unit and

assemblies
4.2. Options for diagnosing faults are identified and used, using
appropriate tools and diagnostic techniques
4.3. Components or systems are checked and tested without
causing damage as a result of inappropriate testing
procedures
4.4. Faults are identified from test results and causes of faults
are determined
4.5. Diagnosis findings are reported according to workplace
Approved
Page 1638 of 7618

repairs or adjustments
4.6. Post-replacement testing is conducted and results are
documented according to workplace procedures
maintain equipment
Approved
5.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored according

to workplace sustainability practices
5.2. Waste and scrap are removed following workplace
procedures
serviceable condition according to workplace procedures
5.4. Faulty equipment is identified, tagged and isolated
5.5. Operator maintenance is completed according to
manufacturer and component supplier specifications and site
procedures
5.6. Tools and equipment are maintained according to workplace
procedures
Page 1639 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:
read and follow information in written job instructions, specifications, standard operating
obtain and record measurements
document required repairs and parts

numeracy skills to:
test, measure and analyse test equipment results compared to desired system performance
plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and ensure
tasks are completed on time

recognise a workplace problem or potential problem and take action
causes
seek information and assistance as required to solve problems


teamwork skills to:
identify and describe own role and role of others
apply knowledge of own role to complete activities efficiently to support team activities
and tasks
technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to removing and replacing
vehicle electrical units and assemblies, including:
Approved
Page 1640 of 7618

electrical measuring equipment

operate a range of electrical diagnostic test equipment
use technology to collect, analyse and provide information
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements,

including:
codes of practice

cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity
various types of wiring systems found in vehicles, including:
basic wiring
twisted pair
shielded wiring
CAN-bus and databus networks

technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic symbols relating to electrical units and
assemblies
diagnostic and testing procedures, including:
testing procedures for faults located in basic electrical circuits
analysis of system operation using basic electrical test equipment and other
industry-relevant test equipment
visual, aural and functional assessments, including:
component damage and wear
component corrosion
water and moisture ingress
Approved
Page 1641 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


remove and replace a minimum of four units and assemblies in
line with workplace, manufacturer and component supplier
requirements, including:
one headlamp or tail lamp assembly
one windscreen wiper washer motor assembly
one door or window electrical assembly

complete final functional test to specification
present vehicle and equipment in a condition that complies with



of this unit:
Approved
Page 1642 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
material relevant to removing and replacing electrical units and

assemblies
equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to removing
and replacing electrical units and assemblies

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1643 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Workplace instructions may
include:
Job requirements may

include:

Procedures and information

may include:
Tools and equipment may

include:
Approved
electronic or hard copy instructions

verbal instructions
effective unit and assembly removal and replacement
techniques
diagnosis and repair methods, processes and equipment.
hazards associated with high voltage ignition systems
workplace safety policies and procedures
workplace first aid equipment
toxic substances.
signage
work schedules, plans and specifications
regulatory and legislative requirements relating to automotive
industry
vehicle service requirements and repair manuals.
hand tools
testing equipment, including multimeters and ohmmeters
heat-gun or blower
heat shrink sleeving and flexible conduit
Page 1644 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Electrical units and

assemblies may include:
Options for diagnosing

faults may include:
basic electrical units and assemblies (non CAN-bus networked),

including:
headlight assemblies
tail-light assemblies
side rear-view mirrors
windscreen washer and wiper motors
door and window motor assemblies.
continuity testing
insulation testing
isolating possible faults
replacing blown fuses or circuit breakers
replacing damaged connectors or terminals
visually inspecting and evaluating components.
Faults may include:



probes
open circuits
short circuits
high resistance circuits
damaged insulation
frayed wires
burnt wiring
connector damage
terminal damage
diagnosis trouble codes (DTC) being set.
Post-replacement testing
may include:
Approved
terminals and connectors

electrical tape.
validating effectiveness of the replacement action

confirming that reported fault has been rectified
confirming that no other faults are present as a result of the
replacement action.
Page 1645 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1646 of 7618

AURETR2009 Install, test and repair vehicle lighting and wiring systems
AURETR2009 Install, test and repair vehicle lighting and wiring

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE219331A Install, test and repair low voltage

wiring/lighting systems
Performance Criteria and Range Statement updated to reflect
technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to carry out

installation, testing and repair processes to low voltage (LV)
vehicle lighting and wiring systems and components.
The unit involves identifying and confirming work requirements;
preparing for work; installing, testing and repairing LV lighting
systems and components; and completing work finalisation
processes, including clean-up and documentation.
Approved
Page 1647 of 7618


Work applies to the installation of LV lighting and wiring systems

that are fitted in light and heavy vehicle, mining, construction,
environments.
This work applies to the installation of a light or heavy vehicle rear
lighting wiring harness that would typically be required for a
vehicle towing a trailer, caravan or boat or a heavy vehicle trailer. It
also includes both normal filament lamps and LED lamps that may
be fitted to either the vehicle or the trailer.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1648 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements
1.4. Installation options are analysed and those most appropriate
to the circumstances are selected and prepared
1.5. Tools and equipment are identified for effective installation
and testing procedures
2. Install and test lighting

and wiring systems
2.1. Low voltage lighting and wiring systems are installed

according to manufacturer and component supplier
specifications without causing damage to components or
systems as a result of inappropriate testing procedures
2.2. Tests are carried out to determine faults using tools and
diagnostic techniques
2.3. Preferred repair options are determined and carried out
2.4. Post-repair testing is carried out according to workplace
procedures
3. Prepare vehicle and

equipment for delivery to
customer after repair is
completed

expectations
3.2. Vehicle is cleaned to workplace expectations and presented
ready for use
3.3. Workplace documentation is processed according to

maintain equipment

procedures
procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1649 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:

causes


technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to installing and testing vehicle
LV lighting and wiring systems and components, including:

Required knowledge
Approved
Page 1650 of 7618


including:
codes of practice

wiring harness and loom fabrication techniques
procedures for removing and replacing wiring harnesses and looms
soldering procedures and techniques
basic wiring
twisted pair
shielded wiring
computer area network databus (CAN-bus) networks

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, wiring diagrams and graphic
symbols
testing procedures for LV lighting and wiring installations, including:
following manufacturer and component suppliers test procedures
following original equipment manufacturer (OEM) service information
component corrosion

repair procedures, including:
component removal and replacement procedures
component and associated system adjustment procedures
Approved
Page 1651 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


read and interpret low voltage lighting wiring diagrams
install low voltage lighting and wiring systems to specification
retrofit LED lamps where filament lamps were originally
installed
repair low voltage lighting and wiring to specification
test low voltage lighting and wiring to determine short circuits,
open circuits, and earthing and ground faults
test lighting wiring harness and looms and locate faults
perform electrical connections, including crimping and
soldering
remove and replace lighting wiring harness and looms
conduct installation according to workplace, manufacturer and
component supplier requirements
accurately interpret test results


Approved
Page 1652 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

of this unit:

material relevant to the installation of low voltage lighting and
wiring systems and components
equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to:
installing low voltage lighting and wiring components
retrofitting LED low voltage lighting and wiring

components where filament lamps were originally fitted

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1653 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
include:

verbal instructions

workplace first aid
toxic substances.

may include:

include:
Approved

signage
industry
hand tools
insulation testers
crimping tools
soldering iron
Page 1654 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Low voltage lighting and

wiring systems may include:
Faults may include:



probes
open circuits
short circuits
damaged insulation
frayed wires
burnt wiring
connector damage
terminal damage
diagnosis trouble codes (DTC) being set as a result of LED
lamp resistance being lower than original resistive filament
lamp load.
pre- and post-repair testing
identifying and testing components
diagnosing and determining faults
component repair procedures, including:
removal, replacement and adjustment procedures
dismantle, repair, reassembly and adjustment procedures

electrical measurements
visual and functional assessments, including for damage and
wear.
Repair options may include:
Approved
heat-gun or blower
wire and cabling of various colours and sizes
electrical tape.
basic single wiring:
tailer wiring harness
driving lights wiring harness
side clearance lamps
high-mount rear brake lamps
ascent strip LED lamps
filament lamp to LED lamp replacement.
Page 1655 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Post-repair testing may
include:
validating effectiveness of the repair action

repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1656 of 7618

AURETR2010 Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and looms
AURETR2010 Fabricate, test and repair wiring harnesses and

looms
Release
Comment
Release 1
ReplacesAURE220140A Manufacture and repair wiring

harness/looms
technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to fabricate

wiring harnesses and looms, check their continuity to specification
or drawing, test for functionality, and decide preferred repair
action. It also includes the removal, replacement and labelling of
wiring harness and loom assemblies that are an integral part of a
vehicles electrical system.
The unit also involves identifying and confirming work
requirements, preparing for work, and completing work finalisation

Work applies to wiring harnesses and looms fitted in light and

heavy vehicle, mining, construction, agricultural, motorcycle,
outdoor power equipment and marine environments.
Approved
Page 1657 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1658 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements
1.4. Tools and equipment are identified for effective fabrication,
testing and repair methods
2. Check and test wiring

harness and loom
assembly
2.1. Wiring harness and looms are visually checked to establish

the extent of damage
2.2. Options for diagnosing faults are used, using appropriate
tools and diagnostic techniques
2.3. Components or systems are checked without causing
damage to components or systems as a result of
2.4. Faults are identified and preferred repair action is
determined
3. Remove, replace and

label wiring harness and
loom

3.2. Wiring harness and loom are labelled and removed using
tools and techniques
3.3. Associated components are labelled, removed and tagged
for storage
3.4. Repaired and fabricated harness and loom are correctly
refitted to vehicle and reconnected according to
3.5. Removal, replacement and labelling are completed
according to industry regulations and guidelines, and WHS
and workplace policies and procedures, and without causing
damage to components or systems
4. Repair wiring harness and

loom

4.2. Repair options are carried out using tools, diagnostic
techniques and materials
4.3. Repairs are carried out according to industry regulations and
guidelines, and WHS and workplace policies and procedures
5. Fabricate wiring harness

and loom
5.1. Electrical circuit wiring diagrams are accessed and

interpreted from manufacturer and component supplier
specifications
5.2. Harness and loom are fabricated to approved specifications
using tools and contemporary fabrication techniques and
Approved
Page 1659 of 7618

materials
5.3. Post-repair testing of the harness and loom is conducted
and results are documented according to workplace policies
and procedures
maintain equipment
Approved
6.1. Workplace documents are completed according to site

requirements
procedures
6.4. Tools, equipment and work area are cleaned, inspected for
serviceable condition, and maintained according to
procedures
Page 1660 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
assess tolerances and apply accurate measurements and adjustments


causes


technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to repairing vehicle wiring
systems, including:

Approved
Page 1661 of 7618

AURETR2010 Fabricate, test an d repair wiring harnesses and looms

Required knowledge

including:
codes of practice

procedures for removing and replacing wiring harness and looms
basic wiring
twisted pair
shielded wiring
databus networks
symbols
testing procedures for wiring harnesses and looms, including resistance and voltage drop
and circuit performance checks
component corrosion

Approved
Page 1662 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


select and use appropriate materials for fabricating, testing and
repairing wiring harnesses and looms
test wiring of harnesses and looms and locate potential faults
remove and replace wiring harnesses and looms
test and repair wiring harnesses and looms to manufacturer
specification
soldering to manufacturer specification
perform a terminal retention check following replacement of
terminals in a wiring connector
fabricate wiring harnesses.


Approved
Page 1663 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
of this unit:

material relevant to the fabrication and repair of wiring
harnesses and looms
equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to fabricating,
testing and repairing wiring harnesses and looms

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1664 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
include:

verbal instructions

toxic substances.

may include:

include:
Approved

signage
industry
hand tools
insulation testers
crimping tools
soldering iron
Page 1665 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Wiring harness and looms

may include:

faults may include:
Faults may include:

back probing terminals and connectors and fuse holders with

inappropriate test probes

probes
open circuits
short circuits
damaged insulation
frayed wires
burnt wiring
connector damage
terminal damage

Approved
continuity testing
insulation testing
isolation of faults
visual inspection and evaluation of components.
heat-gun or blower
electrical tape.
basic single wiring, for example:
tailer harness
driving lights harness

complex multi-wiring with varying wire gauges
CAN-bus network wiring, including:
twisted pair
shielded wiring.
Page 1666 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
peak voltage testing

wear.
repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1667 of 7618

AURETR2011 Install and test basic ancillary electrical components
AURETR2011 Install and test basic ancillary electrical

components
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE219531A Install ancillary electrical components

technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install

and test basic vehicle ancillary electrical components that do not
require programming procedures to connect and interface them
with the vehicle computer area network databus (CAN-bus)
network.
Approved
Page 1668 of 7618


Work applies to the installation and testing of basic ancillary

electrical components that are fitted in light and heavy vehicle,
mining, construction, agricultural, motorcycle, outdoor power
equipment and marine environments.
Basic ancillary electrical components include driver interlocks;
remote keyless entry and security alarm systems; audio systems;
mobile phones; speed alert and navigation systems; reverse parking
aids, including audible alerts and cameras; and driver gauges and
instruments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1669 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements
1.4. Installation options are analysed and those most
appropriate to the circumstances are selected and prepared
2. Install and test fitted

components
2.1. Basic ancillary electrical equipment is installed and tested

2.2. Tests are carried out to identify faults using tools and
diagnostic techniques
2.3. Preferred repair action is determined and carried out
procedures

completed

expectations
ready for use

maintain equipment

procedures
procedures
procedure
Approved
Page 1670 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:




technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to installing and testing basic
ancillary electrical components in vehicles, including:

Required knowledge
Approved
Page 1671 of 7618

including:
codes of practice

basic ancillary component and systems installation and testing procedures, including resistance
and voltage drop and circuit performance checks
correct cable types and sizes and current carrying capacity
basic wiring
twisted pair
shielded wiring
CAN-bus networks
symbols
testing procedures for basic ancillary electrical installations, including:
following original equipment manufacturer (OEM) service information
component corrosion

Approved
Page 1672 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


read and interpret vehicle wiring diagrams
install basic ancillary electrical components to specification
test basic ancillary electrical components to determine short,
open, high resistance between power, signal and ground circuits
test electrical wiring harnesses and looms and locate possible
faults


Approved
Page 1673 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
of this unit:

materials relevant to the installation of basic ancillary electrical
components that could be fitted to a range of vehicles
equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to installing
basic ancillary electrical components

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1674 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
include:

verbal instructions

toxic substances.

may include:

signage
industry
OEM and workplace instructions
equipment manufacturer and/or supplier instructions
aftermarket accessory instructions
hand tools
Installation options may

include:
Approved
Page 1675 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Basic ancillary electrical


insulation testers
crimping tools
soldering iron
heat-gun or blower
electrical tape.
driver interlocks
remote keyless entry
security alarm systems
audio systems
mobile phones
speed alert systems
navigation systems
reverse parking aids, including sensors, audible alerts and
cameras
driver gauges and instruments.

Faults may include:
Approved

probes
open circuits
short circuits
damaged insulation
frayed wires
burnt wiring
connector damage
terminal damage
Page 1676 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:

wear.
repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1677 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE218708A Carry out repairs to single electrical

circuits
technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test and

carry out repairs to basic electrical circuits in an automotive retail,
service or repair environment. The unit also involves identifying
and confirming work requirements, preparing for work, identifying
faults and potential causes, repairing and replacing basic circuit
components, and completing work finalisation processes, including
It includes replacing fuses, circuit breakers, lamps, switches,
terminals and connectors; and basic wiring repairs. It includes the
following fault types: open circuits, short circuits and high
resistance circuits to power, signal and ground paths.
Approved
Page 1678 of 7618


Work applies to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits in

motorcycle, outdoor power equipment and marine environments. It
applies to circuits in an automotive retail, service or repair
environment.
contributing to a productive team environment within the scope of
this unit.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1679 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements
1.4. Tools and equipment are identified for effective testing and
repair procedures
2. Test basic electrical

circuits and identify faults
2.1. Basic electrical circuits are visually checked to establish

the extent of failure or damage, applying knowledge of
electrical fundamentals
2.3. Inspection and testing are undertaken without causing
are determined
3. Complete repairs to basic

electrical circuits
3.1. Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate are
selected
3.2. Appropriate tools, repair techniques and materials are
selected and prepared
3.3. Repairs and component replacements and adjustments are
carried out without causing damage, according to workplace
specifications
3.4. Post-repair testing is conducted and results are documented

completed

expectations
ready for use

maintain equipment

procedures
Approved
Page 1680 of 7618

procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1681 of 7618


Required skills

initiative and enterprise skills to apply learning when testing and repairing basic electrical
circuits
literacy skills to:
document work performed

numeracy skills to:
planning and organising skills to ensure tasks are completed within an acceptable time frame

technical skills to use workplace technology and tools to test and repair basic electrical circuits
and components in vehicles, including:

Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment and material relating to testing and repairing
electrical circuits, including personal safety requirements
electrical principles, including:
current, voltage, resistance and power
series circuits
parallel circuits
Approved
Page 1682 of 7618

series and parallel circuits
Ohms law
basic electrical circuit components, including:
circuit protection devices
switches
relays
automotive globes
techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including circuit types, diagrams
and symbols
types and operation of electrical testing equipment, including:
digital multimeters

electrical measuring and testing procedures, including:
resistance and voltage drop tests
open and short circuit tests
inspecting for component moisture ingress and connector damage

repair procedures of electrical circuits, including:
wire soldering procedures
terminal crimping
removal and replacement procedures for basic electrical components
Approved
Page 1683 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


read and interpret circuit wiring diagrams
test basic electrical circuits to determine short, open and high
resistance between power, signal and ground paths
demonstrate understanding of the principle of current flow in a
simple circuit and voltage drop across a resistive load
test and repair basic wiring harnesses and looms to
soldering to manufacturer specification
perform a terminal retention check following replacement of
terminals in a wiring connector


Approved
Page 1684 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

of this unit:

material relevant to testing and repairing basic electrical circuits
and components
equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to testing and
repairing basic electrical circuits and components

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1685 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Workplace instructions
may include:
include:
safety requirements may
include:

verbal instructions
testing and repair methods, processes and equipment.

toxic substances
identifying hazards associated with soldering processes
identifying hazards associated with working with vehicle
supplementary restraint systems (SRS).
signage
industry
Procedures and

include:
Approved
hand tools
digital multimeters
Page 1686 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Basic electrical circuits

may include:

faults may include:
Faults may include:



probes
open circuits
short circuits
damaged insulation
frayed wires
burnt wiring
Approved

insulation testers
crimping tools
soldering iron
heat-gun or blower
electrical tape.
basic single wire circuits (non CAN-bus networked circuits)
door ajar switch interior courtesy light
battery B+ to fuse panel
accessory B+ to lighter or accessory socket
heated rear demister
interior lighting
exterior lighting
rear brake lighting
wiper and washer
electric engine cooling fan.
verification of fault
continuity testing
insulation testing
isolation of faults
replacement of blown fuses
replacement of blown globes and lamps
replacement of damaged terminals and connectors
Page 1687 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Repair options may

include:

include:

connector damage
terminal damage

wear.
validating the effectiveness of the repair action
repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1688 of 7618

AURETR2013 Inspect and service charging systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to inspect

and service charging systems fitted in light and heavy vehicle,
The unit involves testing charging systems, identifying likely faults
and potential causes, inspecting abnormal operation, servicing
complete assemblies or components of a vehicles charging system,
and carrying out basic charging system test procedures.
It also involves identifying and confirming work requirements,
preparing for work, and completing work finalisation processes,

Work applies to charging systems fitted in light and heavy vehicle,

Approved
Page 1689 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1690 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to test vehicle

charging system

requirements
1.4. Tools and equipment are identified for effective inspection
and servicing methods
2. Test vehicle charging

system
2.1. Charging systems are tested to isolate faults according to

components or systems as a result of inappropriate testing
procedures
are determined
3. Service vehicle charging

system
3.1. Service options are analysed and those most appropriate are
selected
prepared
3.3. Service adjustments are carried out according to workplace
systems
3.4. Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace
procedures
4. Prepare vehicle for

delivery to customer

expectations
ready for use

maintain equipment

5.2. Waste and scrap are removed according to workplace
practices
5.3. Tools, equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected
Approved
Page 1691 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 1692 of 7618


Required skills

initiative and enterprise skills to apply learning when inspecting and servicing vehicle
charging systems
own skills, knowledge and understanding
literacy skills to:
document work performed during inspection and servicing operations

numeracy skills to:
fault causes and problem solutions

operate basic automotive test equipment
use tools and equipment relating to servicing charging systems
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements when
working with vehicle while either on a hoist, trolley jack or safety stand, including:
codes of practice
personal protection needs when working on vehicles in an automotive workshop

application, purpose and operation of charging systems
principal types of vehicle charging systems
techniques for reading and interpreting automotive technical information, graphic symbols
and wiring diagrams
Approved
Page 1693 of 7618

methods of sourcing information relevant to inspecting and servicing charging systems

inspection procedures, including:
servicing procedures for charging systems, including accessing and interpreting service
information
analysis of system operation using electrical test equipment
component corrosion
servicing procedures, including:
component identification and electrical testing procedures
component and associated system adjustment
Approved
Page 1694 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect and service a range of charging systems
conduct inspection and service procedures according to
workplace, manufacturer and component supplier requirements
present vehicle in a condition that complies with workplace
requirements
complete workplace and equipment documents
clean up work area and maintain equipment to workplace
standards.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with charging faults
equipment appropriate for the testing of charging systems
Page 1695 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
specifications and workplace instructions

tools appropriate for the inspection, servicing and adjustment of
vehicle charging systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1696 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:
charging system inspection and servicing methods, processes

and equipment.

toxic substances
safe use of tools and equipment.

may include:

include:
Approved

verbal instructions
vehicle service schedules and repair manuals relating to vehicle

charging systems
safe work procedures relating to inspecting and servicing
vehicle charging systems
signage
industry
hand tools
vehicle lifting devices
power and air tools
Page 1697 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Charging systems may

include:
electronic testing equipment, including:
multimeter
test light
load tester
inductive ammeter.
alternators:
electromagnetic
permanent magnets
generators
internal and external regulation
battery-sensed and machine sensing regulation
6V,12V and 24V operation
dynastart and mechanical regulation
belt and direct drive, single and multiple belt drive and
adjustable tensioning devices
single phase, half-wave rectified and full-wave rectified
solar systems, including:
single and ganged panels
battery sensed and machine sensing regulation
6V, 12V and 24V operation

solid state controlled.
Faults may include:



probes
component malfunction, including:
system not charging
alternator drive problems
regulator malfunction
noisy operation
seized mechanical components
worn mechanical components
overrunning clutch pulley faulty
control circuit faults
open or short circuits to power, ground and reference circuits
Approved
Page 1698 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Service options may include:
Post-service testing may

include:
Service schedule
documentation may include:
high circuit resistance

drive belt adjustment
diagnose and repair considerations and procedures.
validating effectiveness of the inspection and servicing actions
confirming that inspection and service actions have been
completed
confirming that further diagnosis findings are reported to
responsible service personnel.
vehicle service book
electronic or handwritten workplace records and invoices.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1699 of 7618

AURETR2014 Inspect and service starting systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and service complete assemblies or components of a vehicles
starting system fitted in light and heavy vehicle, mining,
construction, agricultural, motorcycle, outdoor power equipment
and marine environments.
The unit involves identifying and confirming work requirements,
preparing for work, carrying out basic starting system test
procedures, identifying likely faults and potential causes, and
completing work finalisation processes, including clean-up and
documentation.

Work applies to starting systems fitted in light and heavy vehicle,

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1700 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1701 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to test vehicle

starting system

requirements
1.4. Tools and equipment are identified for effective inspection
and servicing methods
2. Test vehicle starting

system
2.1. Starting systems are tested to isolate faults according to

procedures
are determined
3. Service vehicle starting

system
3.1. Service options are analysed and those most appropriate are
selected
prepared
3.3. Service adjustments are carried out according to workplace
systems
3.4. Post-service testing is carried out according to workplace
procedures


expectations
ready for use

maintain equipment

practices
Approved
Page 1702 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 1703 of 7618


Required skills

initiative and enterprise skills to apply learning when inspecting and servicing vehicle
starting systems
literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
fault causes and problem solutions

operate basic automotive test equipment
use tools and equipment relating to servicing starting systems
Required knowledge
WHS regulations and requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements
when working with vehicle while either on a hoist, trolley jack or safety stand, including:
codes of practice

application, purpose and operation of starting systems
principal types of starting systems
and wiring diagrams
Approved
Page 1704 of 7618

methods of sourcing information relevant to inspecting and servicing starting systems

inspection procedures, including:
servicing procedures for starting systems, including accessing and interpreting service
information
analysis of system operation using electrical test equipment
component corrosion
servicing procedures, including:
component identification and electrical testing procedures
component and associated system adjustment
Approved
Page 1705 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect and service a range of starting systems
conduct inspection and service procedures according to
requirements
standards.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with starting faults relevant to the qualification being
sought
Page 1706 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
equipment appropriate for testing starting systems

tools appropriate for inspecting, servicing and adjusting vehicle
starting systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1707 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:
starting system inspection and servicing methods, processes and

equipment.

toxic substances

may include:

include:
Approved

verbal instructions
vehicle service schedules and repair manuals relating to vehicle

starting systems
safe work procedures relating to inspecting and servicing
vehicle starting systems
signage
industry
hand tools
power and air tools
Page 1708 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Starting systems may

include:
multimeter
test light
load tester
inductive ammeter.
dynastart
inertia
pre-engaged
axial and coaxial
fixed and remote solenoid
direct drive
gear reduction
protection lockout
inhibitor switch
series-parallel switching
battery isolation switch
single or multiple battery system
permag starter motors.
Faults may include:



probes
low battery voltage
discharged battery
excessive voltage drop

noisy operation
failure to engage drive pinion
control circuit testing
Approved
Page 1709 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
Service schedule
solenoid clutch activation

cranking circuit voltage drop test.
validating effectiveness of the inspection and servicing actions
confirming that inspection and service actions have been
completed
confirming that further diagnosis findings are reported to
responsible service personnel.
electronic or handwritten workplace records and invoices.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1710 of 7618

AURETR2015 Inspect and service batteries

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE218670A Service, maintain or replace batteries

technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and service batteries.
preparing for work, testing batteries, analysing test results,
servicing and maintaining batteries, and completing work
finalisation processes, including clean-up and documentation.


environments.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1711 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1712 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to inspect battery

confirmed
including state and territory regulatory requirements, and
personal protective equipment (PPE) needs, are observed
throughout the work
1.3. Safe operating procedures and information are sourced
1.4. Technical requirements necessary for inspection are
sourced, and tools, equipment and materials are identified
and prepared
2. Test battery
2.1. Test methods are implemented according to workplace

specifications
2.2. Test results are compared with manufacturer and component
2.3. Results are documented with evidence, and supporting
information is recorded
2.4. Test results and findings are communicated to the
appropriate workshop personnel for replacement or repair
action

maintenance to battery
3.1. Service and maintenance methods are carried out

according to workplace procedures and manufacturer and
3.2. Electrolyte levels are checked and topped up where
appropriate according to service and maintenance methods
3.3. Battery terminals and connection to vehicle wiring are
inspected
3.4. Condition is reported to persons responsible for repair
action
3.5. Batteries and terminals are cleaned according to service and
maintenance methods

customer after service is
completed

expectations
ready for use

maintain equipment
5.1. Work schedule and job card documentation are completed

Approved
Page 1713 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 1714 of 7618


Required skills
communicate basic information relating to battery safety

initiative and enterprise skills to:

literacy skills to:
read and interpret technical information relating to recognising and reporting unsafe
situations
read, understand and follow battery inspection and maintenance information
read, understand and follow information on standard operating procedures and repair
guidelines
numeracy skills to:
test, measure and analyse test equipment results compared to desired battery performance
contribute to activities that implement standard workplace procedures

problem-solving skills to refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person
locate and identify appropriate tools and equipment
locate technical information

teamwork skills to:

select tools and equipment appropriate to inspecting, servicing and maintaining batteries in
light and heavy vehicles, mobile plant and mining vehicles
use battery servicing and testing tools and equipment safely
maintain tools and equipment using appropriate techniques and standard operating
procedures
technology skills to use workplace technology to:
Approved
Page 1715 of 7618

assist with work practices

inspect, service and maintain battery storage systems, including use of specialist tools,
measuring equipment and communication devices
report and document inspection and servicing results
Required knowledge
WHS and environmental regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety
requirements to ensure batteries are maintained, handled and disposed of in an environmentally
sustainable manner
battery service and maintenance procedures
battery testing methods
operating principles and layout of vehicle battery storage systems
original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specific procedures for inspecting maintenance- free
batteries
workplace quality procedures
Approved
Page 1716 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect, service and maintain battery storage systems in light
and heavy vehicle, mining, construction, agricultural,
motorcycle, outdoor power equipment and marine
environments according to manufacturer and component
supplier and site requirements
inspect, service and maintain at least three different types of
batteries according to manufacturer and site requirements
complete workplace documents.



of this unit:
Approved
workplace location or simulated workplace that best reflects a

light or heavy vehicle service facility or environment
material relevant to inspecting, servicing and maintaining
Page 1717 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to servicing
and maintaining batteries

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1718 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Personal protective

may include:

include:
Service and maintenance

methods may include:
Approved

safe handling of potentially hazardous material and substances
control of hazards and hazardous materials.
safety glasses
protective clothing
gloves.
conducting operational risk assessment
treatments associated with vehicle movement
toxic substances
electrical safety
machinery movement and operation
procedures for working in proximity to others and site visitors.
hand tools
load testing devices
hydrometer
multimeter.
battery consumables
cleaning materials.
inspecting battery and leads
inspecting battery securing system
cleaning battery and battery compartments
topping battery fluid
testing battery with a hydrometer.
Page 1719 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1720 of 7618

AURETR2016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and drawings
AURETR2016 Read and apply vehicle wiring schematics and

drawings
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to read and

apply information from vehicle wiring schematics and drawings in
an automotive retail, service and repair environment.

Work applies to reading and applying vehicle wiring schematics

and drawings applicable to the diagnosis and repair of electrical
faults in light and heavy vehicle, plant and equipment, motorcycles
and marine craft.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1721 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1722 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements
1.3. Wiring schematics and drawings that relate to the vehicle
being serviced or repaired are sourced
1.4. Wiring schematics and drawings are checked to ensure that
latest amendments and version are relevant for the vehicle
being diagnosed and repaired
1.5. Knowledge of electrical fundamentals is applied
2. Read and apply

information from vehicle
wiring schematics and
drawings
2.1. Circuit symbols, wiring codes, legends and diagrammatic

representations are correctly identified and interpreted
2.2. Information is interpreted and drawings of vehicle wiring
schematics are applied to testing and repair procedures
2.3. Technical information located in workshop wiring
schematics, circuits and drawings is applied to assist when
carrying out testing and repair procedures
3. Finalise work and clean

up
3.1. Vehicle wiring schematics and drawings and vehicle

specifications are stored appropriately to protect from
damage and ensure ready access and appropriate version
control of information
procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1723 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when reading and applying vehicle wiring schematics and drawings

literacy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace technology to assist in reading and applying vehicle wiring
schematics and drawings when diagnosing and repairing vehicles, including:
specialist equipment

technology skills to use tools and equipment to collect, analyse and provide information
Required knowledge
relevant WHS and environmental regulations, standards, codes of practice, and workplace
policies and procedures needed to carry out work in a manner that ensures the safety of people,
Approved
Page 1724 of 7618

equipment and the environment

vehicle wiring schematics, service manuals, drawings, circuits or specifications of vehicles,
plant, tools, equipment and systems
procedures for amending and maintaining version control status of appropriate vehicle wiring
schematics and drawings, particularly as applied to the vehicle being diagnosed and repaired
established communication channels and protocols
quality standards applicable to maintenance of service information
procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information
Approved
Page 1725 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


read and apply circuit wiring schematics and diagrams
confirm that amendment and version control status is current
and is the latest revision of service information for the work
being performed
use sourced information to accurately interpret test results.



of this unit:
Approved

wiring schematics and drawings relevant to testing and
equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to testing and
Page 1726 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1727 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:

Wiring schematics and

drawings may include:
Approved

verbal instructions
reading, interpreting and applying vehicle wiring schematics
and drawings
toxic substances.
signage
industry
vehicle wiring schematics
electrical component symbols
electrical operational block schematics
vehicle zoning information tables
electrical component drawings
connector drawings, including connector end view drawings
electrical installation instructions and wiring diagrams
Page 1728 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1729 of 7618

AURETR2035 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine operation
AURETR2035 Demonstrate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine

operation
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

demonstrate knowledge of petrol and diesel engine components and
systems, as well as of principles of engine operation and
performance that enables an automotive electrician to understand
engine operation when diagnosing faults in motor vehicles.
The unit involves carrying out basic structured problem-solving
techniques relating to electrical components and systems.


environments. Electrical components and systems are integral parts
of petrol and diesel engines.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1730 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Identify resources
1.1. Sources of information are located to assist with

understanding petrol and diesel engine system operation and
performance
1.2. Relevance of information to engine type, and system
operation and performance is confirmed
2. Apply knowledge of
engine operation
2.1. Understanding of the operating principles of petrol and

diesel engine operation is developed
2.2. Knowledge of engine components, their function and
operation in a petrol and diesel engine is applied
2.3. Knowledge of the relationship that a four-stroke cycle
petrol and diesel engine has with the vehicles ignition,
starting, air and fuel delivery and cooling system is applied
3. Apply fault identification

to engine performance
3.1. Components of petrol and diesel engines are identified

3.2. Engine principles are applied to vehicle inspection and
service activities
3.3. Basic fault-finding procedures are performed on petrol and
diesel engines
Approved
Page 1731 of 7618


Required skills
communicate ideas and information relating to petrol and diesel engine terminology and
procedures (verbal and written)
apply questioning and active listening skills to obtain factual information from sources
action
literacy skills to:
understand technical information relating to engine operation
read and follow information in written instructions, specifications and other reference
documents

petrol and diesel engine component and system identification, location and function
collect, organise and apply knowledge of information and concepts relating to petrol and
diesel engine operation
Required knowledge
classifications of engines, including:
internal combustion
reciprocating and rotary engines
spark ignition and compression ignition engines
engine cylinder arrangements

engine configurations, including:
Approved
Page 1732 of 7618

inline engines, vee-type engines and slant cylinder engines
opposed cylinder engines

camshaft and valve locations, including:
overhead cam (OHC)
overhead valve (OHV)

engine operating principles, including:
two-stroke cycles
four-stroke cycles
combustion, including:
air-fuel ratios and flame propagation
direct and indirect fuel injection
detonation and pre-ignition

engine measurement and performance, including:
bore and stroke
swept volume and engine volume
compression ratio
engine efficiency
torque and horsepower, including brake horsepower
operation of petrol engines, including:
engine components, including cylinder blocks, cylinders, pistons, cylinder heads,

combustion chambers, inlet and exhaust manifolds, spark plugs, connecting rods,
crankshafts, piston rings, gudgeon pins, camshafts, cams and flywheels
operation of diesel engines, including:
direct and indirect injection
swirl chambers
pre-combustion chambers
Approved
Page 1733 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to
apply and demonstrate knowledge of:

location of relevant sources of information on petrol and diesel

engine components, systems and principles of operation
operating principles of petrol and diesel engine systems and
components
various engine types and layouts in petrol and diesel powered
vehicles
relationship that a four-stroke cycle petrol and diesel engine has
with the vehicles ignition, starting, air and fuel delivery and
cooling systems.



of this unit:
Approved
technical reference library with various information resources

a range of engine components, systems and assemblies
a range of petrol and diesel engine types and configurations
mounted on an engine stand for ease of viewing
Page 1734 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
automotive tools and test equipment

personal protective equipment and workplace safety equipment.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1735 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Sources of information
may include:
Petrol and diesel engine

operation may include:
Engine components may

include:
Approved
workplace service information

automotive engine mechanical texts
service bulletins
magazine technical articles.
engine construction
engine types and configuration
two-stroke and four-stroke
cycles of engine operation, including:
intake stroke
compression stroke
power stroke
exhaust stroke
firing order
ignition types, including:
spark
compression
engine mounting location, including:
front longitudinal
front transverse
mid transverse
measurement and performance, including:
bore and stroke
displacement
compression ratio
engine efficiency
torque versus horsepower.

top of engine, including:
timing belt or chain
camshaft timing pulley
camshaft single and dual
rocker arms and shafts
Page 1736 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Relationships may
include:
Approved
intake valves and springs
exhaust valves and springs
cylinder head
front of engine, including:
crankshaft
crankshaft timing pulley
crankshaft pulley and balancer

rear of engine, including:
flywheel
starter ring gear

bottom of engine, including:
engine block
crankshaft
crankshaft balance weights
crankshaft main bearing journals
pistons
connecting rods.
ignition system:
ignition timing
top dead centre (TDC)
electrical sensors
spark plugs
glow plugs
fuel injectors
knock sensors
starter motor system
charging system
coolant temperature sensor
air intake
fuel delivery
exhaust emission
engine oil lubrication system.
Page 1737 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1738 of 7618

AURETR2042 Remove, refit and test electrical componentry for operation following body repair activities
AURETR2042 Remove, refit and test electrical componentry for

operation following body repair activities
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE218764A Remove, refit and test electrical

componentry for normal operation following body repair activities
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to test for normal operation

electrical componentry which is incidental to body repair activities,
such as rear vision mirrors, telephone and radio antennas, central
locking systems, air bag sensors, air bag actuators and deployment
systems, rain sensors, light sensors, alarm components, batteries
and computer control units.

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1739 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1740 of 7618


ELEMENT
electrical componentry in
motor vehicles
1.1. Customer requirements are checked following workplace

procedures
including method, material and equipment
1.3. WHS requirements, including handling of broken glass,
dust and fume collection, breathing apparatus and eye and
ear personal protection needs are observed throughout the
work
1.4. Tooling and equipment are checked prior to use, for
conformity with specifications and safe use
1.5. Condition of system is determined by visual, aural and
tactile inspections and measurements
1.6. Conditions found are compared with electrical componentry
in motor vehicles system specifications and customer use
requirements
2. Plan operations where

electrical components are
incidental to a body
repair activity
2.1. Planned operation sequence and availability of tooling and

equipment is determined
2.2. Planned operation sequence includes post-service testing
and checking procedure
2.3. Material list is prepared and availability determined
2.4. Tooling and equipment are selected to meet job
requirements
2.5. Tooling and equipment are regularly checked to ensure they
are in good working order
2.6. Tooling and equipment are handled in accordance with
WHS requirements
2.7. Daily maintenance of tooling is performed as specified by
enterprise
3. Remove electrical/
electronic operated
components
3.1. Removal or relocation of electrically operated componentry

is completed without causing damage to component or
system
3.3. Electrically operated components are removed using
approved methods, tooling and equipment
3.4. Removal activities are carried out according to industry
regulations/guidelines, WHS, legislation and enterprise
procedures/policies
Approved
Page 1741 of 7618

AURETR2042 Remove, refit and test electrical componentry for operation following body repair act ivities
ELEMENT
4. Refit and/or test
electrically operated
componentry involved in
body repair activities
Approved
4.1. Customer requirements and electrical componentry
specifications are checked following incidental body repair
activities
4.2. Electrically operated units/components are refitted using
approved methods, tooling and equipment
4.3. Electrically operated componentry is operated through its
full range after a body repair activity, noting test results,
including non-conformity
4.4. Electrically operated componentry and adjustments are
checked and prepared for delivery after a body repair
activity
4.5. Portable tooling and equipment are stored in approved
designated areas
4.6. Workplace documents, customer file and warranty
information is updated, as required
Page 1742 of 7618


EQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to working with and testing of electrical
componentry following body repair activities
communicate ideas and information to customers and supervisors related to working with and
testing of electrical componentry following body repair activities
plan and organise activities related to working with and testing of electrical componentry
involved in body repair activities
work with others and in a team by seeing and conveying information related to planning,
establish diagnostic processes which identify methods of solving problems related to working
with and testing of electrical componentry following body repair activities
use workplace technology related to working with and testing of electrical componentry
involved in body repair activities
Required knowledge
purpose and requirements of electrical componentry in motor vehicles

material used in electrical componentry
classification of electrical componentry in motor vehicles and identification of systems
electrical terminology
circuit types and how to test them
test functions of a multimeter
use of a LED test lamp
types and uses of various automotive fuses
Approved
Page 1743 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

unusual situations in the critical aspect of:

Underpinning knowledge and skills may be assessed on or off the

job.
test of electrical componentry in motor vehicles.
Assessment of practical skills must take place after a period of

supervised practice and repetitive experience. If workplace
conditions are not available, assessment in simulated workplace
conditions is acceptable.
Prescribed outcomes must be able to be achieved without direct
supervision.
Approved
specific service and general workshop equipment and tooling

enterprise documentation
vehicles with a range of commonly encountered electrical
components
vehicles fitted with air bags
job cards
multimeter.
gather information on technology related to testing of electrical

componentry following body repair activities
plan working with and testing of electrical componentry
following body repair activities
test electrical componentry following body repair activities
accurately complete job card, including listing of parts and
consumables used and labour hours.
Page 1744 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Unit scope
This unit of competence applies to, but is not limited to:
Repair methods
rear window and windscreen demisters, electrically operated

windows, central locking, rear vision mirror adjustments and/or
heating, telephone and radio antennas, air bag sensors, air bag
actuators and deployment systems, rain sensors and light
sensors
Repair methods include
on-and-off site body repair activity

removal, refitting and adjustment of electrical componentry
testing for normal operation of electrical componentry
following related body repair
Specific requirements may include:
WHS requirements
WHS practices must abide by:
state/territory/industry WHS
award provisions
Approved
a range of electrical componentry available for testing

removal and refitting of battery, including use of spike
protection and memory retention devices

Page 1745 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1746 of 7618

AURETR3017 O verhaul charging system alternators
AURETR3017 Overhaul charging system alternators

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE319145A Overhaul charging system alternators

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to overhaul automotive charging

system alternators, including starting motors and alternators, as
fitted to vehicles, plant and equipment, motorcycles and marine
equipment.


requirement, preparation for work, testing of alternators and
identification of faults/causes, disassembly, overhaul, reassembly
and retesting of alternators and completion of work finalisation
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1747 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1748 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

2. Dismantle alternator and

clean individual
components/parts

2.2. Alternators are dismantled according to component/vehicle
manufacturer/component supplier procedures
2.3. Alternators are dismantled without causing damage to
components
2.4. Component parts are cleaned according to unit/vehicle
manufacturer/component supplier recommended solvents
and procedures
2.5. Work is completed according to industry
procedures/policies
3. Inspect and test alternator

components/parts

3.2. Alternator are inspected and tested according to
component/vehicle manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
3.3. Alternators component parts are inspected and tested
without causing damage to component or system
3.4. Worn, damaged, deteriorated or faulty components/parts are
identified
3.5. Part requirements are documented and reported according to
3.6. Inspection and testing is carried out according to industry
procedures/policies
4. Overhaul and reassemble

alternator and
components/parts

4.2. Alternator parts/components are repaired to
4.3. Alternator replacement parts are selected and fitted to meet
Approved
Page 1749 of 7618

ELEMENT
4.4. Alternators are reassembled according to unit/vehicle
4.5. Alternators are reassembled without causing damage to
components/parts
4.6. Alternators are assembled according to industry
procedures/policies
4.7. Alternators are tested according to component/vehicle
4.8. Workplace and equipment documents are completed in
accordance with site requirements

maintain equipment
Approved

procedures
procedures
Page 1750 of 7618


Required skills
procedures for the overhaul of automotive alternators
the work
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information of alternator
overhaul procedures
determine serviceability of alternator component parts
manipulative and dexterity skills to perform alternator overhaul and component testing and
repair/replacement procedures
use workplace technology related to the overhaul of charging system alternators, the use of
specialist tooling and equipment, measuring equipment, computerised technology and
communication devices and the reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge
WHS regulations/requirement, equipment, material and personal safety requirements

alternator operating principles
construction and operation of alternators and components relevant to application
component cleaning, inspection and testing procedures
dismantling and assembling/overhaul procedures
unit assembly test procedures
Approved
Page 1751 of 7618

Approved
Page 1752 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
It is essential that competence is fully observed and there

is ability to transfer competence to changing
circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in the
critical aspects of:
Context of, and specific resources

for assessment

communicating effectively with others involved or
circumstances
completing preparatory activity in a systematic
manner
cleaning, testing, inspecting and evaluating
components of units
overhauling units, including dismantling and
reassembling units to manufacturer/component
supplier requirements
repairing/replacing component parts to
testing final product for return to service
Application of competence is to be assessed in the

workplace or simulated worksite.
Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised
work practices, safety requirements and environmental
constraints.
Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements,
including Australian Standards.
Approved

material relevant to the overhaul of charging system
alternators
overhaul of charging system alternators
Page 1753 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Guidelines of AUR12 Automotive Industry RS&R
Training Package
accuracy of performance together with application of
underpinning knowledge
Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks,
with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it
must also reinforce the integration of key
competencies
Assessment may be applied under project related
conditions and require evidence of process
competence is able to be under the particular
circumstance, and is able to be transferred to other
circumstances
It is preferable that assessment reflects a process
rather than an event and occurs over a period of time
to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of
performance may be provided by customers, team
leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed
Competence in this unit may be assessed in
conjunction with other functional units which
together form part of the holistic work role
Approved
Page 1754 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised
wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating
Electrical system alternators and Electrical system alternators and components may
components
be fitted to vehicles, plant and equipment,
motorcycles and marine equipment
Faults
Faults may include:
Overhaul methods
Overhaul methods are to include:
WHS requirements
alternator not charging, noisy operation, open

circuits, short circuits and earthing
measurements, fault finding with aural, visual

and functional assessments (including
damage, corrosion, wear, electrical leakage,
short circuits and broken circuits),
reading/interpreting manufacturer/component
supplier information, dismantle, clean,
inspect, test and reassemble, fit replacement
parts and retest for service

legislation/regulations/codes of practice and
enterprise safety policies and procedures, and may
include:
protective clothing and equipment, use of

tooling and equipment, workplace
environment and safety, handling of material,
use of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first
aid, hazard control and hazardous materials
and substances
Personal protective equipment
Personal protective equipment is to include that

prescribed under legislation/regulation/codes of
practice and workplace policies and practices
Safe operating procedures are to include, but are

not limited to:
Approved
the conduct of operational risk assessment and

treatments associated with vehicular
Page 1755 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
movement, toxic substances, electrical safety,
machinery movement and operation, manual
and mechanical lifting and shifting, working
in proximity to others and site visitors
Emergency procedures related to this unit are to

include, but may not be limited to:
Environmental requirements are to include, but

are not limited to:
Approved
spare parts, solder, flux and cleaning material
Communications are to include, but are not

limited to:
hand tooling, testing equipment, including

diode testers, multimeters, growlers and
insulation testers, soldering equipment, power
tooling, test benches, measuring equipment,
including micrometers and callipers
Communications
federal, state/territory and local authorities

administering acts, regulations and codes of
practice
Materials
regulations, including Australian Standards,

internal company quality policy and standards
and enterprise operations and procedures
waste management, noise, dust and clean-up

management
Quality requirements are to include, but are not

limited to:
Statutory/regulatory authorities
emergency shutdown and stopping of

equipment, extinguishing fires, enterprise first
aid requirements and site evacuation
verbal and visual instructions and fault

reporting and may include site specific
instructions, written instructions, plans or
instructions related to job/task, telephones and
pagers
Page 1756 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
verbal or written and graphical instructions,

signage, work schedules/plans/specifications,
work bulletins, memos, material safety data
safe work procedures related to the overhaul
of charging system alternators
regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining
to automotive industry, including Australian
Design Rules
engineer's design specifications and
instructions
organisation work specifications and
requirements
instructions issued by authorised enterprise or
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1757 of 7618

AURETR3018 O verhaul starting motors
AURETR3018 Overhaul starting motors

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE319245A Overhaul starting motors

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to overhaul automotive starting

motor systems and direct current motors fitted to vehicles, plant
and equipment, motorcycles and marine equipment.


requirement, preparation for work, testing of starting motors and
identification of faults, causes, disassembly, overhaul, reassembly
and retesting of starting motors and completion of work finalisation
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1758 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1759 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

1.3.WHS requirements, including personal safety needs, are
2. Dismantle starting motors

and clean individual
components/ parts

2.2. Starting motors are dismantled according to
procedures
2.3. Starting motors are dismantled without causing damage to
components
2.4. Component parts are cleaned according to unit/vehicle
manufacturer/component supplier recommended solvents
and procedures
2.5. All work is completed according to industry
procedures/policies
3. Inspect and test starting

motor components/parts

3.2. Starting motors are inspected and tested according to
specifications
3.3. Starting motor component parts are inspected and tested
without causing damage to component or system
3.4. Worn, damaged, deteriorated or faulty components/parts are
identified
3.5. Part requirements are documented and reported according to
3.6. Inspection and testing is according to industry
procedures/policies
4. Overhaul and reassemble

starting motors and fit
replacement
components/parts

4.2. Parts are repaired to manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
4.3. Starting motor replacement parts are selected and fitted to
Approved
Page 1760 of 7618

ELEMENT
meet customer requirements
4.4. Starting motors are assembled according to unit/vehicle
4.5. Starting motors are assembled without causing damage to
components/parts
4.6. Starting motors are assembled according to industry
procedures/policies
4.7. Assembled motors are tested according to
specifications

maintain equipment
Approved

procedures
procedures
Page 1761 of 7618


Required skills
procedures for the overhaul of automotive starting motors
the work
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information of starting
motor overhaul procedures
determine the serviceability of starting motor component parts
manipulative and dexterity skills to perform starting motor overhaul and component testing
and repair/replacement procedures
use workplace technology related to the overhaul of starting motor systems, including the use
of specialist tooling and equipment, measuring equipment, computerised technology and
Required knowledge

alternator operating principles
construction and operation of starting system motors and components relevant to application
component cleaning, inspection and testing procedures
dismantling and assembling/overhaul procedures
unit assembly test procedures
Approved
Page 1762 of 7618

Approved
Page 1763 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
cleaning, testing, inspecting and evaluating components of units
overhauling units, including dismantling and reassembling units
repairing/replacing component parts to
testing final product for return to service
completing workplace and equipment documentation.

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant to the overhaul of starting system motors
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the overhaul
of starting system motors
Page 1764 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
knowledge
work role
Page 1765 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Electrical starting motor
and components
Electrical starting motor and components may be heavy or light,

low voltage/direct current motors and fitted to vehicles, plant and
equipment, motorcycles and marine equipment
Faults
Faults may include:
Overhaul methods
Overhaul methods are to include:
WHS requirements
starting motor not operating, noisy operation, poling, open

circuits, short circuits, earthing
measurements, fault finding with aural, visual and functional

assessments (including damage, corrosion, wear, electrical
leakage, short circuits and broken circuits), reading/interpreting
manufacturer/component supplier information, dismantle,
clean, inspect, test and reassemble, fit replacement parts and
retest for service


Personal protective
equipment

practices

not be limited to:
Approved

Page 1766 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Environmental
requirements

procedures
authorities
Materials

Approved
spare parts, solder flux and cleaning material
hand tooling, testing equipment, including diode testers,

multimeters, growlers, insulation testers, soldering equipment,
power tooling, test benches, measuring equipment, including
micrometers and callipers
Communications


safe work procedures related to the overhaul of starting system
motors
Page 1767 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1768 of 7618

AURETR3019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive systems
AURETR3019 Inspect, service and repair AC electric motor drive

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE319271A Inspect, service and repair AC electric

motor drive systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out the

inspection, service and repair of AC electric motor drive systems.


requirement, preparation for work, inspection and testing, analysis
of results and the service and repair of AC electric motor drive
systems and completion of work finalisation processes, including
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1769 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1770 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to inspect AC
electric motor drive
system

confirmed
specifications, and tooling, are sourced
1.5. Technical and calibration requirements for inspection and
testing are sourced and support equipment is identified and
prepared
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with AC electric motors are
observed
2. Conduct AC motor drive

system tests and analyse
results
2.1. Methods for AC electric motor drive system tests are

2.2. Test results are compared with manufacturer/component
supplier specifications to indicate compliance or
non-compliance
information and recommendation(s) made

repair AC electric motor
drive systems

3.3. Technical and tool requirements for service and repair of
AC electric motor drive systems are identified and support
equipment is identified and prepared

repair
4.1. Methods for service and repair of AC electric motor drive

systems are implemented in accordance with workplace
procedures and manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
4.2. Adjustments made during the service and repair are in
specifications
5. Prepare drive system/

vehicle for delivery to
5.1. Service/repairs schedule documentation is completed

5.2. Final inspection is made to ensure protective guards, safety
Approved
Page 1771 of 7618

ELEMENT
customer and storage
Approved
features and cowlings are in place
expectations
5.4. AC electric motor drive system/vehicle is cleaned for
delivery to customer or stored to workplace expectations
5.5. Job card is processed in accordance with workplace
procedures
Page 1772 of 7618


Required skills
team members
apply questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining information from
customers
apply planning and organising skills to work activities, including making good use of time and
resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring own performance
establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and resolve problems and
wastage
use workplace technology related to the inspection, service and repair of ac electric motor
drive systems, including the use of electronics, measuring equipment, computerised
technology and communication devices and the documenting/recording of results
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with AC electric motor drive systems
operating principles of AC electric motor drive systems and their relationship to other
components
inspection/test procedures
service and repair procedures
Approved
Page 1773 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
conducting inspection, service and repair of motor drive
systems in accordance with manufacturer/ component supplier
and workplace requirements
interpreting inspection/test results
completing service and repair of AC electric motors and
associated components within workplace timeframes
vehicle presentation to customer in compliance with workplace
requirements.

simulated worksite.

material relevant to the inspection, service and repair of AC
electric motor drive systems
inspection, service and repair of AC electric motor drive
systems
Approved
Page 1774 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
of the Automotive Industry RS&R Training Package

knowledge
circumstances
work role
Page 1775 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


Personal protective
equipment

practices
operational risk assessment and treatments associated with

vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety,
lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and site
visitors

not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements

procedures
authorities
Approved

Page 1776 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Materials
Communications
spare parts, lubricants and fluids and cleaning materials
hand tooling, meters, gauges and load testing devices
verbal and visual instructions and fault documenting and may


safe work procedures related to the inspection, service and
repair of ac electric motor drive systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1777 of 7618

AURETR3020 Repair electronic systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE321066A Repair electronic systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to carry out repairs to

electronically controlled systems, including aftermarket
accessories, wipers, windows, lighting, turning indicators, hazard
lights, door locks and fan blowers.


identification of faults/causes, repair and retesting of electronic
For minor electrical repairs see AURETR2012 Test and repair basic
electrical circuits.
For general electrical repairs see AURETR3032 Repair electrical
systems.
Approved
Page 1778 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1779 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

including method, process and equipment
2. Test systems/
faults

techniques
2.3. Systems/components are tested without causing damage to
component or system
guidelines, WHS, legislation and enterprise
procedures/policies
3. Repair electronic systems

3.2. Repairs, component replacement and adjustments are
carried out using tooling, techniques and materials
3.3. Repairs to electronic systems are completed without causing
damage to component or system
3.4. Electronic systems are tested and results are documented in
accordance with workplace policies and procedures
3.5. Repairs and tests are carried out according to industry
procedures/policies

maintain equipment

procedures
Approved
Page 1780 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 1781 of 7618


Required skills
the work
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information of electronic
determine electronic circuit/component major repair/replacement requirements
manipulative and dexterity skills to perform electronic testing, and repair/replacement
procedures
use workplace technology related to the repair of electronic systems, including the use of
specialist tooling and equipment, measuring equipment, computerised technology and
Required knowledge

operation of electronic control systems/components
operation of solid state devices
procedures for the repair/replacement of electronic systems/components
testing and diagnosis procedures for electronic system/component faults
input/output measurement techniques
Approved
Page 1782 of 7618

Approved
Page 1783 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
testing and identifying faults in electronic systems
testing inputs and outputs to electronic systems
repairing/replacing electronic systems/components to site and

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant repairing electronic systems
electronic systems
knowledge
Page 1784 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

work role
Page 1785 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
systems
Electronically controlled systems may include:
Fittings
Electronically controlled systems may be fitted to light vehicles

and/or plant and equipment and/or heavy commercial vehicles
Faults
Faults may include:
Fault finding methods
accessories, wipers, windows, lighting, turning indicators,

hazard lights, door locks, fan blowers and cruise control
electrical/electronic unit faults, wire repair/replacement, open

circuits, short circuits and earthing
Fault finding methods are to include:
electrical measurements, fault finding using aural, visual and

functional assessments for damage, corrosion, wear and
electrical defects, reading/interpreting wiring diagrams,
diagnosing and determining faults, soldering, crimping,
repairing components and wiring and remove/replace
components
Critical precautions, including manufacturer/component supplier

procedures, must be applied as poor working practices are likely to
damage electronic system ECUs and/or other components
WHS requirements


Personal protective
equipment

practices
Approved

Page 1786 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements

procedures
authorities
Materials

Approved
spare parts, lubricants and cleaning material

manufacturer/component supplier diagnostic tooling,
oscilloscopes and scan tooling
Communications


safe work procedures related to the repair of electronic systems
industry, including Australian Design Rules, Environment
Protection Regulations (Diesel Fuels), National Environment
Protection for Diesel Vehicle Guidelines
Page 1787 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1788 of 7618

AURETR3021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems Date this document was generated: 22
January 2015
AURETR3021 Inspect, service and repair electronic management,

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE321971A Inspect, service and repair electronic

management, monitoring and tracking systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to carry out inspection, service and
repair of electronic monitoring, management and tracking systems
in rural and resources industry plant, machinery and equipment.


requirement, preparation for work, conduct of inspection and
identification of servicing/repair requirements, completion of
servicing and repair of systems and completion of work finalisation
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1789 of 7618

January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1790 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT
inspection

confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for inspection are
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with electronic systems are
observed
2. Conduct inspection and

analyse results
2.1. Methods for the conduct of inspection are implemented in

2.2. Inspection results are compared with
manufacturer/component supplier specifications to indicate
compliance or non-compliance
3. Prepare to service/repair
systems

3.3. Technical and tool requirements for service are identified
and support equipment is identified and prepared

repairs to systems
4.1. Methods for the conduct of service and repair are

4.2. All adjustments made during the service and repair are in
specifications
5. Prepare equipment for

and/or storage

5.2. Final inspection is made to ensure protective features are in
place and work is to workplace expectations
5.3. Equipment is cleaned and/or stored to workplaces
Approved
Page 1791 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENT
expectations
procedures
Approved
Page 1792 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills

analytical skills for identification and analysis of technical information
members
plan and organise activities as applied to work activities, including making good use of time
work with others and in a team by interacting effectively with other persons both on a
one-to-one basis and in groups, including understanding and responding to the needs of a
customer and working effectively as a member of a team to achieve a shared goal
capacity to apply problem-solving strategies in purposeful ways, both in situations where the
problem and desired solution are clearly evident and in situations requiring critical thinking
use workplace technology related to the inspection and service/repair of electronic tracking
Required knowledge

requirements
types, characteristics, applications and limitations of electronic management, monitoring and
tracking systems
operating principles of systems and their relationship to each other
service and/or repair procedures
Approved
Page 1793 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
accurately interpreting inspection results
conducting the inspection, service and repair of a range of
electronic management systems in accordance with workplace
and manufacturer/component supplier requirements
conducting the inspection, service and repair of at least one
electronic monitoring and/or tracking system in accordance
with workplace and manufacturer/ component supplier
requirements
completing service and repair of systems within workplace
timeframes
presenting equipment to customer in compliance with

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant to the inspection and service/repair of
electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems
inspection and service/repair of electronic management,
Page 1794 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

knowledge
work role
Page 1795 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Electronic management,
monitoring and tracking
systems
Electronic management, monitoring and tracking systems refer to:
Rural and resources

industries
Rural and resources industries refer to:
WHS requirements

systems which control integration and operation of sub-systems

which make up rural and resources industry plant, machinery
and equipment
specialist agricultural, mining and civil engineering sectors

Personal protective
equipment

practices


not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements
Approved
Page 1796 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
procedures
authorities
Materials
repair parts, adhesives and cleaning material
internal and external computerised diagnostic systems and

tooling, hand tooling, meters, gauges and load testing, pulling
and pushing devices
Communications



safe work procedures related to the inspection and
service/repair of electronic management, monitoring and
tracking systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Electrical
Page 1797 of 7618

January 2015
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1798 of 7618

AURETR3022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control systems
AURETR3022 Diagnose and repair vehicle dynamic control

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces:
AURE321671A Service and repair electronically operated

stability control systems
AURE321571A Service and repair electronically operated
AURE321471A Service and repair electronically controlled
anti-lock braking systems

technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair vehicle dynamic control systems in light and heavy
vehicles. It involves diagnosing deviations from correct operation,
repairing dynamic control system components and associated
systems, and undertaking post-repair testing procedures.
Approved
Page 1799 of 7618


Work applies to vehicle dynamic control systems fitted to light and

heavy vehicles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1800 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to diagnose
vehicle dynamic control
systems

requirements
1.5. Tools and equipment are identified for effective repair
methods
2. Diagnose vehicle
dynamic control systems
2.1. Vehicle dynamic control systems are tested to isolate faults

according to workplace procedures and without causing
are determined
3. Repair vehicle dynamic

control systems
3.1. Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate to

the circumstances are selected
prepared
specifications
procedures and relevant legislation


expectations
ready for use


practices
Approved
Page 1801 of 7618


procedures
Approved
Page 1802 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when diagnosing and repairing various vehicle dynamic control systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:

determine the underlying causes of faults
causes or solutions


technical skills to use hand, power and specialised tools relating to the repair of vehicle
operate diagnostic and automotive test equipment
Required knowledge
Approved
Page 1803 of 7618


including:
individual state and territory legislation
codes of practice

application, purpose and operation of vehicle dynamic control systems
principal types of vehicle dynamic control systems, including:
electronic braking control module (EBCM):
active roll-over protection
anti-lock braking
brake assist
descent control
electronic brake force distribution
electronic park brake
hill start assist
stability control
traction control
techniques for reading and interpreting automotive technical information, graphic symbols and
wiring diagrams
diagnostic procedures for vehicle dynamic control systems, including accessing and
interpreting:
diagnostic trouble codes
diagnostic flow charts
analysis of system operation using electrical test equipment, scan tools, oscilloscopes and
other industry-relevant test equipment
component corrosion
Approved
Page 1804 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

select methods and techniques appropriate to the fault being

diagnosed
diagnose and repair at least three different faults within vehicle
conduct diagnosis and repair procedures according to
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with various vehicle dynamic control system faults
equipment appropriate for the testing of vehicle dynamic
control systems
Page 1805 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
tools appropriate for repairing, replacing and adjusting vehicle

dynamic control systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1806 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
include:

verbal instructions

safe work procedures relating to the repair of vehicle
under-body systems
toxic substances

may include:

faults may include:
Approved

signage
work bulletins or memos
safe work procedures relating to the repair and replacement of
instrument and warning systems
industry
obtaining vehicle service history
isolating faults
Page 1807 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
Vehicle dynamic control

systems may include:
Faults may include:
Approved
inspecting and evaluating components.

hand tools
power tools
specialist tools for removing vehicle trim and assemblies
dynamometer
multimeter
oscilloscope
scan tools.
anti-lock braking system (ABS) control
traction control
steering control
stability control
powertrain management control.


probes

sensor malfunction
yaw rate
lateral rate
steering angle
electronic control module (ECM) or unit (ECU)
electronic brake control module (EBCM)

CAN-bus network operational faults
system and component adjustment
Page 1808 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
procedures for removing, replacing and adjusting

procedures for dismantling, repairing, re-assembling and
adjusting
fault finding using aural, visual and functional assessments for
damage, corrosion, wear and electrical short and open circuits
diagnosing and determining repair requirements, electronic
systems data, including fault codes, sensor, actuator
measurement, and control unit input and output signals
reading and interpreting wiring diagrams.
validating the effectiveness of the repair action
repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1809 of 7618

AURETR3023 Diagnose and repair electronic spark ignition engine management systems Date this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURETR3023 Diagnose and repair electronic spark ignition

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE321171A Service and repair electronic spark

ignition engine management systems
technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair electronic spark ignition engine management systems.
The unit involves diagnosing deviations from correct operation,
repairing electronic spark ignition engine management system
components and associated systems, and undertaking post-repair
testing procedures.
Approved
Page 1810 of 7618

2015

Work applies to light and heavy petrol fuelled vehicles; LPG, CNG
and LNG fuelled vehicles; motorcycles; outdoor power equipment;
Engine management systems are systems where the electronic
control unit (ECU) incorporates control over fuel injection and
ignition timing control and all other systems relating to engine
performance and emissions.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1811 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT
1. Prepare to diagnose and

repair electronic spark
ignition engine
management systems

requirements
methods
2. Diagnose electronic spark

ignition engine
management systems
2.1. Electronic spark ignition engine management systems are

tested to isolate faults according to workplace procedures
and without causing damage to components or systems as a
result of inappropriate testing procedures
are determined
3. Repair electronic spark

ignition engine
management systems

prepared
specifications

completed

expectations
ready for use


practices
Approved
Page 1812 of 7618

2015

procedures
Approved
Page 1813 of 7618

2015

Required skills

apply learning when diagnosing and repairing various electronic spark ignition engine
management systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes

technical skills to use hand, power, measuring and specialised tools relating to the repair of
electronic spark ignition engine management systems
Approved
Page 1814 of 7618

2015

operate diagnostic and test equipment
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements relating
to diagnosing and repairing electronic spark ignition engine management systems, including:
codes of practice

principal types of vehicle electronic spark ignition engine management systems, including:
electronic ignition systems: distributer and distributer- less systems
coil on plug ignition systems: two and three wire
fuel injection, return and non-return systems
turbo and supercharger control
variable intake
variable valve timing
drive-by-wire systems
application, purpose and operation of electronic spark ignition engine management systems,
including:
misfire detection
ignition timing and spark advance
electronic control of spark advance
dwell period
camshaft and crankshaft sensors
knock sensors
spark plugs
technical information, graphic symbols and diagrams relating to electronic spark ignition
diagnostic procedures for electronic spark ignition engine management systems, including:
accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
Approved
Page 1815 of 7618

2015

component corrosion
Approved
Page 1816 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of electronic spark ignition engine
management systems



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with electronic spark ignition engine management
faults relevant to the qualification being sought
equipment appropriate for the testing of vehicle electronic spark
Page 1817 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE

electronic spark ignition engine management systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1818 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
include:

verbal instructions

hazards associated with:
high voltage ignition systems
LPG, CNG and LNG fuels
high pressure fuel rail systems and components

toxic substances.
signage
safe work procedures relating to repairing and replacing
electronic spark ignition engine management systems
industry

may include:
Approved
Page 1819 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT
faults may include:
include:
Electronic spark ignition

may include:
Faults may include:
electronic ignition systems

direct fire ignition (DFI) systems
coil-on-plug ignition systems
turbo chargers and intercoolers
air intake
exhaust emission control
throttle control.


probes
Approved
hand tools
testing equipment, including multimeters, ohmmeters,
voltmeters and tachometers
fuel pressure and flow meter
insulation testers
power tools and air tools
tune scopes
engine analysers
dynamometers
oscilloscope
diagnostic scan tools.
engine difficult to start or will not start

engine misfiring
poor engine performance
engine knock
overheating
DTC being set.
isolation of faults
component inspection and evaluation.
Page 1820 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT

include:

dismantle, repair, re-assembly and adjustment procedures

wear.
repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1821 of 7618

AURETR3024 Diagnose and repair electronic compression ignition engine management systems Date this document was generated: 22
January 2015
AURETR3024 Diagnose and repair electronic compression

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE321771A Service and repair electronic

compression ignition engine management systems
technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair electronic compression ignition engine management
systems.
repairing electronic compression ignition engine management
system components and associated systems, and undertaking
post-repair testing procedures.
requirements, preparing for work, testing systems, identifying faults
and potential causes, repairing and retesting electronic compression
ignition engine management systems, and completing work
Approved
Page 1822 of 7618

January 2015

Work applies to diesel fuelled vehicles and equipment in light and

Engine management systems are systems where the electronic
control unit (ECU) incorporates control over fuel injection, ignition
timing control and all other systems relating to engine performance
and emissions.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1823 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT

repair electronic
compression ignition
engine management
systems

requirements
methods
2. Diagnose electronic
engine management
systems
2.1. Electronic compression ignition engine management

systems are tested to isolate faults according to workplace
procedures and without causing damage to components or
are determined
3. Repair electronic
engine management
systems

prepared
specifications

completed

expectations
ready for use


practices
Approved
Page 1824 of 7618

January 2015

procedures
Approved
Page 1825 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills

apply learning when diagnosing and repairing various electronic compression ignition

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes

electronic compression ignition engine management systems
Approved
Page 1826 of 7618

January 2015
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements relating
to diagnosing and repairing electronic compression ignition engine management systems,
including:
codes of practice

dangers of working with high-pressure diesel fuel systems
principal types of vehicle electronic compression ignition engine management systems,
including:
direct injection, including:
electronic unit injectors (EUI)
hydraulic electronic unit injectors (HEUI)
indirect injection
common rail systems, including:
common rail solenoid
piezo design
amplified systems
application, purpose and operation of electronic compression ignition engine management
systems, including:
common rail fuel control system
fuel injectors, types and designs
glow plugs
exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) and positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) system
diesel particulate diffuser (DPD) exhaust after-treatment system
turbo and super charger and intercooler systems
fuel filter, coolers and water trap

techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, graphic symbols and diagrams
diagnostic procedures for electronic compression ignition engine management systems,

including:
accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes
Approved
Page 1827 of 7618

January 2015
component corrosion
component and associated system adjustment and recalibration procedures
Approved
Page 1828 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


demonstrate safe work procedures relating to working with high
fuel pressure and high injector voltages on diesel engines
diagnose and repair a range of electronic compression ignition



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with electronic compression ignition engine
management faults relevant to the qualification being sought
Page 1829 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
equipment appropriate for the testing of vehicle electronic

compression ignition engine management systems
electronic compression ignition engine management systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1830 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
include:

verbal instructions

hazards associated with high pressure fuel systems
hazards associated with high injector voltage circuits
toxic substances.

may include:

faults may include:
Approved

signage
electronic compression ignition engine management systems
industry
isolation of faults
Page 1831 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Electronic compression
Faults may include:



probes

engine misfiring
engine knock
overheating
black or white smoke from exhaust
PCV defective
diesel fuel contamination
blocked or restricted fuel injectors
direct injection:
electronic unit injectors
hydraulic electronic unit injectors

indirect injection
common rail systems, including:
solenoid
piezo electric
amplified systems.
Approved
hand tools
testing equipment, including multimeters, ohmmeters,
voltmeters and tachometers
insulation testers
fuel pressure and fuel flow gauges
engine analysers
dynamometers
oscilloscopes
diagnostic scan tools.
Page 1832 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
DPD exhaust after treatment system defective or not serviced


include:


fuel pressure testing involving visual and functional
assessments, including for damage and wear.

repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1833 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE218676A Test, service and charge batteries (Heavy

Vehicle)
technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to test,

charge, jump-start, and remove and replace automotive batteries.
preparing for work; servicing, testing and charging batteries; and
completing work finalisation processes, including clean-up and
documentation.

Work applies to light vehicles, heavy vehicles, motorcycles, mining

plant and equipment, outdoor power equipment, and marine craft.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1834 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1835 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to test and

inspect battery

confirmed
including individual state and territory regulatory
requirements and personal protective equipment (PPE)
needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3. Safe operating procedures and information such as site
procedures and specifications are sourced
1.4. Technical information is accessed from manufacturer and
component supplier specifications and interpreted
1.5. Tools, equipment and materials are identified and prepared
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with batteries are observed
2. Test and service battery
2.1. Service and maintenance methods are carried out

according to workplace procedures and manufacturer and
2.2. Electrolyte levels are checked and topped up where
appropriate according to service and maintenance methods
2.3. Batteries and terminals are cleaned according to site
procedures
2.4. Battery voltage and load checks are conducted to confirm
service repair action
2.5. Battery is charged, jump-started or replaced
3. Charge battery
3.1. Technical information for charging is accessed from

manufacturer and component supplier specifications and is
3.2. Components, tools and equipment to complete work are
identified, selected and prepared according to site
procedures
3.3. Electrolyte levels are checked and topped up according to
site procedures
3.4. Batteries are charged according to site procedures and
component manufacturer and supplier recommendations
4. Carry out jump-start

procedures to vehicle
4.1. Technical information is accessed from manufacturer and

component supplier specifications and is correctly
interpreted
4.2. Battery voltage is identified and vehicle and equipment are
confirmed as being appropriate to jump-start procedures
4.3. Leads are connected and disconnected in correct sequence
and polarity
4.4. Work is carried out without causing damage to the vehicles
Approved
Page 1836 of 7618

ELEMENT
involved and equipment being used
5. Remove and replace

battery
5.1. Battery is removed from vehicle according to site

procedures, and component manufacturer and supplier
recommendations
5.2. Battery is replaced in line with vehicle electrical and
physical specifications and measurements
5.3. Correct secure battery fitment is confirmed
5.4. Battery terminals are reconnected and tightened
6. Retest battery
6.1. Test methods are implemented according to workplace

specifications
6.2. Test results are compared with manufacturer and component
6.3. Results are documented with evidence, and supporting
information is recorded

customer after battery is
replaced

expectations
ready for use

maintain equipment
8.1. Material that can be reused or recycled is collected and

stored according to workplace sustainability practices
practices
procedures
Approved
Page 1837 of 7618


Required skills
communicate basic information relating to battery safety


literacy skills to:
read and follow battery inspection and maintenance information
read and follow information on standard operating procedures and repair guidelines
numeracy skills to:


problem-solving skills to refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person
locate technical information

teamwork skills to:

understand technical information relating to recognising and reporting unsafe situations
select tools and equipment appropriate to inspecting, servicing and maintaining light and
heavy vehicle batteries
use battery servicing and testing tools and equipment safely
maintain tools and equipment using appropriate techniques and standard operating
procedures
Approved
Page 1838 of 7618

AURETR3025 Test, charge an d replace batteries
use workplace technology relating to inspecting, servicing and maintaining battery

storage systems, including use of specialist tools, measuring equipment and
communication devices
report and document results
Required knowledge
WHS and environmental regulations, requirements, equipment and material, including

battery testing methods
dangers associated with overcharging batteries
operating principles and layout of vehicle battery storage systems
battery inspection procedures
battery service and maintenance procedures
workplace quality procedures
work organisation and planning processes relating to testing, charging and replacing batteries
Approved
Page 1839 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


service and charge batteries
test batteries and battery connections
jump-start vehicles
remove and replace vehicle batteries correctly
accurately interpret inspection and test results
conduct servicing, removal and replacement according to



of this unit:
Approved
Page 1840 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
material relevant to servicing, maintaining and replacing

batteries, including a range of various battery types
equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to servicing,
maintaining and replacing batteries

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1841 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Personal protective

may include:
Technical information may

include:
include:
battery manufacturer and component supplier

recommendations.
hand tools
hydrometer
multimeter
jumper leads
booster charger.
battery consumables
cleaning materials.
Service and maintenance

methods may include:
Approved
safety glasses
protective clothing
gloves.
conducting operational risk assessments
treatments associated with vehicle movement
toxic substances
electrical safety
procedures for working in proximity to others and site visitors.

handling of potentially hazardous material and substances
control of hazards and hazardous materials.
inspecting battery, terminals and leads

inspecting battery securing system
cleaning battery and battery compartment or storage area
topping up battery fluid
testing battery with a hydrometer.
Page 1842 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1843 of 7618

AURETR3026 Remove, replace and program electrical and electronic units and assembliesDate this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURETR3026 Remove, replace and program electrical and

electronic units and assemblies
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE218664A Remove and replace electrical/electronic

units/assemblies
technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and replace electrical units and assemblies, such as powertrain
control modules (PCM), engine and body control modules, as well
as other electronic control units that are an integral part of the
vehicles computer area network databus (CAN-bus) network, to
facilitate body repair activities or similar.
preparing for work; and completing work finalisation processes,
Assistance from a licensed person must be sought in relation to air
conditioning and LPG/CNG/LNG systems and components, and in
recommissioning systems.
Approved
Page 1844 of 7618

2015

Work applies to electrical units and assemblies that are fitted in

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1845 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements
1.4. Tools and equipment are identified for effective removal,
replacement and testing procedures
2. Remove electrical and

electronic units and
assemblies

2.2. Electrical and electronic units and assemblies are removed
using approved methods, tools and equipment
2.3. Assistance from a licensed person is sought in relation to air
conditioning and LPG/CNG/LNG systems and component
removal
2.4. Removal activities are carried out according to industry
regulations and guidelines, workplace health and safety
(WHS) legislation, and workplace policies and procedures
2.5. Units and assemblies are handled and stored according to
3. Replace electrical and

electronic units and
assemblies

3.2. Electrical and electronic control units and assemblies are
replaced using approved methods, tools and equipment
3.3. Assistance from a licensed person is sought in relation to air
conditioning and LPG/CNG/LNG systems and component
replacement
3.4. Replacement activities are carried out according to industry
regulations and guidelines, WHS legislation and workplace
policies and procedures
4. Test and reprogram

4.1. Testing procedures on replaced electrical and electronic

control unit and assemblies are carried out
4.3. Checking and testing are achieved without causing damage
to components or systems as a result of inappropriate
testing procedures
are determined
Approved
Page 1846 of 7618

2015
ELEMENT
4.6. Reprograming options are analysed and those most
appropriate are selected
4.7. Component replacement and programing procedures are
carried out according to workplace procedures and
4.8. Post-repair testing is conducted and results are documented
according to workplace procedures and relevant legislation

maintain equipment
Approved

procedures
procedures
procedures
Page 1847 of 7618

2015

Required skills

apply learning when replacing electronic units and assemblies in complex automotive
electrical systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to removing and replacing
vehicle electrical and electronic units and assemblies, including:
Approved
Page 1848 of 7618

2015


operate a range of electrical and electronic diagnostic test equipment
Required knowledge

including:
codes of practice

procedures for removing, replacing, testing and reprogramming electrical and electronic units
and assemblies and post-repair testing
terminal crimping and connector repair techniques
basic wiring
twisted pair
shielded wiring
CAN-bus and databus networks

symbols
analysis of system operation using electrical test equipment and other industry-relevant test
equipment
component corrosion

Approved
Page 1849 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


remove and replace a minimum of four units and assemblies to
workplace, manufacturer and component supplier requirements,
including:
one supplementary restraint system module
one body control module
one engine or powertrain control module

complete final functional test to specification



of this unit:
Approved
Page 1850 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
material relevant to removing and replacing electrical and

electronic units and assemblies
equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to removing
and replacing electrical and electronic units and assemblies

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1851 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:


may include:

include:
Approved

verbal instructions
effective unit and assembly removal and replacement
techniques
reprogramming procedures to enable replaced unit and
assembly to communicate with vehicle CAN-bus systems
toxic substances.
signage
industry
hand tools
heat-gun or blower
Page 1852 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT

units and assemblies may
include:

faults may include:
electrical and electronic units and assemblies integral to the

vehicles CAN-bus network, including:
engine control unit (ECU)
engine control module (ECM)
powertrain control module (PCM)
body control module (BCM)
supplementary restraint systems (SRS).
continuity testing
insulation testing
isolation and repair to located faults
replacement of blown fuses or circuit breakers
replacement of damaged connectors or terminals
Faults may include:



probes
open circuits
short circuits
damaged insulation
frayed wires
burnt wiring
connector damage
terminal damage
service programming system (SPS)
Reprogramming options
Approved

electrical tape.
Page 1853 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

include:
manufacturer programming code and relearn procedures

original equipment manufacturer (OEM) specific programming
code.
validating effectiveness of the replacement or repair action
replacement and the reprogram or repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1854 of 7618

AURETR3027 Install ancillary electronic control unit systems and components
AURETR3027 Install ancillary electronic control unit systems and

components
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to install

ancillary electrical equipment systems and components in
electronic control units (ECUs).
The unit may require service programming code to connect and
interface components to the vehicle computer area network databus
(CAN-bus) network.
The unit includes identifying and confirming work requirements,

Work applies to the installation and testing of ancillary electrical

equipment systems and components in ECUs fitted in light and
Approved
Page 1855 of 7618

AURETR3027 Install ancillary electronic control unit s ystems and components
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1856 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements
appropriate to the circumstances are selected and prepared
2. Install and program

ancillary electronic
components
2.1. Basic ancillary electrical equipment is installed according

to manufacturer and component supplier specifications
2.2. Programming code is sought from original equipment
manufacturer (OEM) to enable installed equipment to
communicate with vehicle electrical system
2.3. Testing is carried out using tools and diagnostic techniques
without causing damage to components or systems as a
2.4. Faults are identified and preferred repair action is
determined and carried out

customer

expectations
ready for use

maintain equipment

procedures
procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1857 of 7618

Approved
Page 1858 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when installing and programming various electronic ancillary systems and
components

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to installing, testing and service
programming ancillary electronic systems, including:
Approved
Page 1859 of 7618


measuring equipment
computerised technology
operate service programming systems (SPS)
collect, analyse and provide information
Required knowledge

including:
codes of practice

procedures to install, program and test electronic ancillary component and systems
basic wiring
twisted pair
shielded wiring
CAN-bus networks
various OEM databus network configurations

symbols
testing procedures for basic ancillary electrical installations, including:
following OEM service information
component corrosion

SPS procedures
Approved
Page 1860 of 7618


procedures for adjusting components and associated system
Approved
Page 1861 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


read and interpret vehicle wiring diagrams
install electronic ancillary electrical components to
specification
apply programming code processes to enable communication
between ancillary component and vehicle system
test electrical wiring harness and looms to locate possible faults


Approved
Page 1862 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
of this unit:

materials relevant to the installation of electronic ancillary
electrical components that could be fitted to a range of vehicles
relevant to the qualification being sought
equipment, and hand and power tools appropriate to installing
basic ancillary electrical components

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1863 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
include:

verbal instructions

toxic substances.

may include:

include:
Approved

signage
industry
OEM and workplace instructions
equipment manufacturer and supplier instructions
aftermarket accessory instructions
SPS procedures and OEM intellectual property (IP) code
Page 1864 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Electronic ancillary
electrical equipment may
include:
Programming code may

include:
Faults may include:



probes
open circuits
short circuits
damaged insulation
frayed wires
connector damage
terminal damage
Approved
hand tools
insulation testers
crimping tools
soldering iron
heat-gun or blower
electrical tape.
driver ignition immobiliser interlocks
security alarm and immobiliser systems
infotainment - audio systems
vehicle engin and powertrain performance enhancements
mobile phone interface kits
speed alert and traffic warning systems
integrated navigation systems.
service programming system
OEM-specific code
ECU flash code or program.
Page 1865 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:


wear.

repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1866 of 7618

AURETR3028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning systems
AURETR3028 Diagnose and repair instruments and warning

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE318966A Repair instruments and warning systems

technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair instruments and warning systems fitted in light and
outdoor power equipment and marine environments. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing vehicle
instruments and warning system components and associated
systems; and undertaking post-repair testing procedures.

Work applies to instruments and warning systems fitted in light and

Approved
Page 1867 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1868 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair instruments and
warning systems

requirements
methods
2. Diagnose instruments and

warning systems
2.1. Instruments and warning systems are tested to isolate

faults according to workplace procedures and without
causing damage to components or systems as a result of
are determined
3. Repair instruments and

warning systems

prepared
specifications


expectations
ready for use


practices
5.3. Tools, equipment and the work area are cleaned and
Approved
Page 1869 of 7618

ELEMENT
inspected according to workplace procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1870 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when diagnosing and repairing various instrument and warning systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to repairing instrument and
warning systems, including:
measuring equipment
Approved
Page 1871 of 7618


Required knowledge

including:
codes of practice
individual state and territory legislation and regulatory requirements, including:
LPG/CNG/LNG systems and components
air conditioning and HVAC systems and components

principal types of vehicle instrument and warning systems, including:
hazard flashers
horns or alarms
driver display instruments
reversing alert systems

application, purpose and operation of instruments and warning systems
wiring diagrams
diagnostic procedures for instruments and warning systems, including:
component or connector corrosion
component water or moisture ingress

Approved
Page 1872 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of vehicle instruments and warning
systems
present vehicle or equipment in a condition that complies with



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with instrument and warning system faults relevant to
the qualification being sought
equipment appropriate for the testing of vehicle instruments and
warning systems
Page 1873 of 7618

AURETR3028 Diagnose and repair instruments an d warning systems
EVIDENCE GUIDE

instruments and warning systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1874 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
include:

verbal instructions

toxic substances
signage
instrument and warning systems
industry
isolating faults
hand tools

may include:

faults may include:
Approved
Page 1875 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Instruments and warning

Faults may include:
Approved

power tools
specialist tools for vehicle trim removal and replacement
dynamometer
multimeter
oscilloscope
scan tools.
driver information instruments and gauges
warning lights and dash lamps
engine shutdown systems
audible reverse warning systems in all types of vehicles, craft
and equipment.

probes

gauge and instrument warning system not working
incorrect gauge and instrument readings
wiring circuit faults, including:
open circuit
short circuit
reference circuit
ground earth circuit.

dismantling, repair, re-assembly and adjustment procedures
damage, corrosion, wear and electrical short and open circuits
diagnosing and determining repair requirements and electronic
systems data, including fault codes, sensors, actuator
measurement, and control unit input and output signals
Page 1876 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
reading and interpreting wiring diagrams.

validating effectiveness of repair action
confirming that no other faults are present as a result of repair
action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1877 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE319166B Repair charging systems

Performance Criteria and Range Statement
technologies
updated to reflect
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair charging systems. It involves diagnosing deviations from
correct operation, repairing charging system components and
associated systems, and undertaking post-repair testing procedures.

Work applies to vehicles in light and heavy vehicle, mining,

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1878 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1879 of 7618


ELEMENT
vehicle charging systems

requirements
methods
2. Diagnose vehicle
charging systems
2.1. Charging systems are tested to isolate faults according to

workplace procedures without causing damage to
procedures
are determined
3. Repair vehicle charging

systems
selected
prepared
specifications


expectations
ready for use


practices
Approved
Page 1880 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 1881 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when diagnosing and repairing various charging systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:

plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and
ensure tasks are completed on time

causes or solutions


charging systems
Approved
Page 1882 of 7618


Required knowledge
codes of practice

application, purpose and operation of charging systems
principal types of charging systems, including:
star connected stator
delta connected stator
internally or externally regulated
magneto
generators
and wiring diagrams
operating principles of DC and AC motors
diagnostic procedures for charging systems, including:
component corrosion
Approved
Page 1883 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnosed
apply and demonstrate knowledge of DC and AC motors
diagnose and repair a range of charging systems
requirements
standards.



of this unit:
Approved

a range of alternators, generators and components relevant to
Page 1884 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

vehicles with charging faults relevant to the qualification being
sought
equipment appropriate for the testing of charging systems
tools appropriate for repairing, replacing and adjusting charging
systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1885 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

safe work procedures relating to the repair of charging systems
verbal instructions

toxic substances
hot surfaces and moving parts and components

include:

may include:

faults may include:
Approved
industry
charging systems and components
vehicle service requirements and repair manuals
signage
diagrams and sketches.
isolating faults
Page 1886 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
Charging systems may

include:
Approved

hand tools
power and air tools
specialist tools for removing and replacing charging systems
soldering equipment
multimeter
test light
load tester
inductive ammeter
test benches
oscilloscope
scan tools.
alternators:
electromagnetic
permanent magnet
generators
dynastart, solid state and mechanical regulation
belt and/or direct drive, single and multiple belt drives and
adjustable tensioning devices
single phase, half-wave rectified and full-wave rectified
solar systems, including:
battery sensed and machine sensing regulation
6 V, 12 V and 24 V operation
solid state controlled.

Page 1887 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Faults may include:

include:
probes
system not charging
alternator drive problems
regulator malfunction
noisy operation
overrunning clutch pulley faulty

DTC failure codes.
dismantle, repair, re-assembly and adjustment procedures.

repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector
Approved
Page 1888 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1889 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE319166B Repair charging systems

technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair starting systems. It involves diagnosing deviations from
correct operation, repairing starting system components and

Work applies to vehicles in light and heavy vehicle, mining,

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1890 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1891 of 7618


ELEMENT
vehicle starting system

requirements
methods
2. Diagnose vehicle starting

system
2.1. Starting systems are tested to isolate faults according to

workplace procedures without causing damage to
procedures
are determined
3. Repair vehicle starting

system
selected
prepared
specifications


expectations
ready for use


practices
Approved
Page 1892 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 1893 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when diagnosing and repairing various starting systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes or solutions


starting systems
Approved
Page 1894 of 7618


Required knowledge
codes of practice

application, purpose and operation of starting systems
principal types of starting systems, including:
direct drive
solenoid pre-engaged, including:
reduction
spark ignition systems
compression ignition systems
control circuit, including:
key start
push button start
remote start
wiring diagrams
operating principles of DC and AC motors
diagnostic procedures for starting systems, including:
typical starting system faults and their symptoms
accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)
component corrosion
Approved
Page 1895 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnosed
apply and demonstrate knowledge of DC and AC motors
diagnose and repair a range of starting systems
requirements
standards.



of this unit:
Approved

a range of starter motors and components relevant to the
Page 1896 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
vehicles with starting faults relevant to the qualification being

sought
equipment appropriate for the testing of starting systems
tools appropriate for repairing, replacing and adjusting starting
systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1897 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

safe work procedures relating to the repair of starting systems
verbal instructions

toxic substances
hot surfaces and moving parts and components
use of tools and equipment.

include:

may include:

faults may include:
Approved
industry
safe work procedures relating to repairing and replacing starting
vehicle service requirements and repair manuals
signage
diagrams and sketches.
isolating faults
Page 1898 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
Starting systems may

include:
Approved

hand tools
power and air tools
specialist tools for removal and replacement
soldering equipment
multimeter
test light
load tester
inductive ammeter
test benches
oscilloscope
scan tools.
dynastart
inertia
pre-engaged
axial and coaxial
fixed and remote solenoid
direct drive
gear reduction
protection lockout
inhibitor switch
series-parallel switching
battery isolation switch
single/multiple battery system
permag starter motors
DC and AC motors.


probes
Page 1899 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Faults may include:

include:
low battery voltage
discharged battery
excessive voltage drop
noisy operation
failure to engage drive pinion

DTC being set.

repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1900 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE320666B Repair ignition systems

technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair ignition systems. It involves diagnosing deviations from
correct operation, repairing ignition system components and

Work applies to basic ignition and electronic ignition (EI) systems

fitted in light and heavy vehicle, mining, construction, agricultural,
Work does not apply to ignition systems associated with engine
management systems.
Approved
Page 1901 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1902 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair ignition systems

requirements
methods
2. Diagnose ignition
systems
2.1. Basic ignition and electronic ignition systems are tested to

isolate faults according to workplace procedures and without
are determined
3. Repair ignition systems
selected
prepared
specifications

completed

expectations
ready for use


practices
Approved
Page 1903 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 1904 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when diagnosing and repairing various basic ignition and EI systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:



refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person and suggest possible causes

ignition systems
Approved
Page 1905 of 7618


Required knowledge

including:
codes of practice

principal types of vehicle basic ignition and EI systems, including:
kettering
magneto
distributor
waste spark
application, purpose and operation of basic ignition and EI systems, including:
ignition coil construction and operation:
transformer principles of operation
self-induced voltage and condenser effect on output
vehicle demands on ignition system
ignition switching and triggering, including dwell, firing order, timing, advances, current
control and dwell extensions
magnetic inductive, hall effect and optical switching

diagnostic procedures for basic ignition and EI systems, including:
accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs)
analysis of system operation using electrical test equipment, current measurement, scan
tools, oscilloscopes and other industry-relevant test equipment
component corrosion
Approved
Page 1906 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


apply and demonstrate knowledge of ignition system operation,
including dwell, current and timing control in all systems
diagnose and repair a range of vehicle basic ignition and EI
systems



of this unit:
Approved

a range of ignition system and components relevant to the
Page 1907 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
vehicles with basic ignition and EI faults relevant to the

equipment appropriate for the testing of vehicle basic ignition
and EI systems
basic ignition and EI systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1908 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
include:

verbal instructions

toxic substances.

may include:

faults may include:
Approved

signage
safe work procedures relating to repairing and replacing basic
ignition and EI systems
industry
isolation of faults
Page 1909 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Basic ignition and electronic

ignition systems may
include:
Faults may include:



probes

engine misfiring
engine knock
overheating
single and dual points

transistor assisted
single and multiple distributors
ballast and non-ballast primary circuits
suppressed and non-suppressed high-tension leads
magneto
capacitor discharge ignition (CDI) systems
transistor controlled ignition (TCI) systems
electronic spark timing (EST) systems
advance mechanisms: mechanical, vacuum, electronic,
magnetic pulse, optic and hall effect
spark plug, resistor plug and cap.
Approved
hand tools
testing equipment, including multimeters, ammeters, voltmeters
and tachometers
timing light
spark plug testers
insulation testers
tune scopes
engine analysers
dynamometers
distributor test bench.
Page 1910 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
DTC being set.


wear.

repair action.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1911 of 7618

AURETR3032 Repair electrical systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE318866A Repair electrical systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to carry out repairs to

vehicle/equipment electrical systems, including accessories, wipers,
electric windows, lighting, turning indicators, hazard lights, door
locks and fan blowers.


identification of faults/causes, repair and retesting of electrical
For minor electrical repairs see AURETR2012 Test and repair basic
electrical circuits.
For repairs to electrical marine systems see AURRTE3005
Diagnose and repair marine electrical systems and components.
Approved
Page 1912 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1913 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

2. Test systems/
faults

techniques
2.3. Systems/components are tested without causing damage to
component or system
guidelines, WHS, legislation and enterprise
procedures/policies
3. Repair electrical systems

carried out using tooling, techniques and materials
3.3. Repairs to electrical systems are completed without causing
damage to component or system
3.4. Retests are carried out to ensure correct and safe electrical
system operation
3.5. Repairs and retests are carried out according to industry
procedures/policies

maintain equipment

procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1914 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 1915 of 7618


Required skills
the work
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information of electrical
determine electrical circuit/component major repair/replacement requirements
procedures
use workplace technology related to the repair of electrical systems, including use of specialist
tooling and equipment, measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication
devices and the reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge

operation of electrical system/components relevant to application
motor principles/magnetism
procedures for the repair/replacement of electrical systems/components
testing and diagnosis procedures of electrical system/component faults
wiring repair procedures
Approved
Page 1916 of 7618

Approved
Page 1917 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
testing and identifying open circuits, short circuits and earthing
faults in electrical systems
repairing/replacing electrical systems/components to site and

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant to repairing electrical systems
equipment and hand and power tooling appropriate to repairing
electrical systems
knowledge
Page 1918 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

work role
Page 1919 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Electrical systems
Electrical systems may include:
Faults
accessories, wipers, electric windows, door locks and fan

blowers applicable to all equipment, including light, heavy,
motorcycles, marine and outdoor power equipment
Faults are to include:
electrical unit faults, wire repair/replacement, open circuits,

short circuits and earthing
Systems
Systems include; electrical systems fitted to all vehicles including

motorcycles, marine and outdoor power equipment applicable to
Repair methods
Repair methods include:
WHS requirements

damage, corrosion, wear and electrical defects,
reading/interpreting wiring diagrams, diagnosing and
determining faults, soldering, crimping, repairing components
and wiring, remove/replace components, and may include
repairing 12/24 V electric motors


Personal protective
equipment

practices
Approved

Page 1920 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Emergency procedures are to include, but may not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements

procedures
authorities
Statutory/regulatory authorities may include Federal, State and

local authorities administering acts, regulations and codes of
practice
Materials
Communications

Approved
spare parts, lubricants, fluids and cleaning material

manufacturer/component suppliers' diagnostic tooling,
oscilloscopes and scan tooling

safe work procedures related to the repair of electrical systems
Page 1921 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1922 of 7618

AURETR3036 Service and repair electronically controlled suspension systems
AURETR3036 Service and repair electronically controlled

suspension systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE320971A Service and repair electronically

controlled suspension systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to locate and repair faults in

electronically controlled suspension systems, including ride control
systems and height control systems.


requirement, preparation for work, servicing and adjusting of
systems, repair of faults, retesting of systems and completion of
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1923 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1924 of 7618

AURETR3036 Service an d repair electronically controlled suspension systems

ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

manuals
1.3.WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are
1.6. Procedures to minimise task time are identified
2. Service and adjust

suspension systems

2.2. Current status and previous fault history of electronic
suspension system is determined in conjunction with the
customer
2.3. Current status of electronic system is confirmed through a
road test program
2.4. Electronic system is serviced in accordance with
enterprise and WHS requirements
3. Rectify identified

diagnosis
3.2. Customer is notified of identified faults and agreement is
given before work is carried out
3.3. Faulty components are removed and refitted with approved
3.5. System adjustments are completed for components replaced


system faults
4.2. Documentation is completed in accordance with
workplace/customer requirements
Approved
Page 1925 of 7618

ELEMENT
4.3. Outcomes of rectification work are explained to the
satisfaction of the customer to enable invoicing

maintain equipment
Approved

5.2. Waste and scrap is removed according to workplace
procedures
procedures
procedures
procedures
Page 1926 of 7618


Required skills
the work
questioning and active listening skills, for example when obtaining information on electrical
use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete tests and measurements to determine
electrical circuit/component major repair/replacement requirements
procedures
use workplace technology related to the service and repair of electronically controlled
suspension systems, including the use of specialist tooling and equipment, measuring
equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and the
Required knowledge

operating principles of electronically controlled suspension systems
construction and operation of electronically controlled suspension systems
relationship to other electronically controlled system(s), including shared components (e.g.
ECU, sensors)test, diagnosis and fault determination procedures
service/repair, removal, replacement and adjustment procedures
Approved
Page 1927 of 7618

post-repair test procedures

Approved
Page 1928 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
servicing and adjusting electronic suspension systems to
determining repair/replacement requirements to rectify faults
repairing/rectifying faults in electronic suspension systems to
testing, inspecting and evaluating suspension
system/components to manufacturer/component supplier
requirements

simulated worksite.

material relevant to the service and repair of electronically
controlled suspension systems
and repair of electronically controlled suspension systems
Approved
Page 1929 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

knowledge
work role
Page 1930 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
suspension systems
Electronically controlled suspension systems include:
Diagnose and determine

faults
Methods include:
Faults
Faults may include:
those fitted to light and heavy vehicles and include side control
and side height
diagnosis and determining faults, pre- and-post-service/repair

testing of system and component operation, service and
repair/replacement of system components, service and repair
adjustments, removal, dismantling, reassembly and refitting,
testing system operations, retrieval and assessment of electronic
systems data, including fault codes
component malfunction, system adjustment, open and short

circuits

WHS requirements


Personal protective
equipment

practices
Approved

Page 1931 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements

procedures
authorities
Materials

Approved
spare parts, lubricants, fluids and cleaning material

oscilloscopes, scan tooling and LED test lights
Communications
federal, state and local authorities administering the acts,


electronically controlled suspension systems
Regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to automotive
Page 1932 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1933 of 7618

AURETR3043 Service and repair electronic body management systems
AURETR3043 Service and repair electronic body management

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE321371A Service and repair electronic body

management systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to service/repair electronic body

management systems and/or associated components which include
engine immobilisation, central locking, power windows, electric
mirrors, electronic seat adjustment with memory and security
systems.


requirement, preparation for work, testing and diagnosis of faults,
servicing, repair and retesting of systems and completion of work
Approved
Page 1934 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1935 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

manuals
1.3.WHS requirements, including personal protection needs, are
2. Test control system,

diagnose faults and
determine service/repair
requirements

2.2. Tests are carried out according to manufacturer/component
supplier recommended procedures using tooling, equipment
and techniques
or system
2.4. Test results are used to diagnose system/component faults
2.5. Service/repair requirements are determined
2.6. Testing is carried out according to industry regulations/
guidelines WHS and enterprise/procedures policies
3. Service/repair body
management systems

3.2. Service/repair requirements are carried out according to
manufacturer/component supplier recommended
specifications and procedures
3.3. Service/repair is completed without causing damage to
component or system
3.5. Service, repair and retesting are carried out according to
industry regulations/guidelines, WHS and enterprise/
procedures policies

maintain equipment

procedures
Approved
Page 1936 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1937 of 7618


Required skills
procedures for servicing, repairing and testing electronic body management systems
use workplace technology related to the service and repair of electronic body management
Required knowledge

operating principles of electronic body management systems
construction and operation of electronic body management systems
ECU, sensors)
testing, diagnosis and fault determination procedures
servicing/repairing, removal, replacement and adjustment procedures relevant to application
Approved
Page 1938 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
testing, inspecting and evaluating electronic body management
systems/components
diagnosing and determining the repair/replacement
requirements to rectify faults
servicing/repairing electronic body management systems to
completing the work within agreed time

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant to the service and repair of electronic body
management systems
and repair of electronic body management systems
Page 1939 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

knowledge
work role
Page 1940 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Electronic body
management systems
Electronic body management systems may control the following

functions:
engine immobilisation, central locking, power windows,

electric mirrors, electronic seat adjustment with memory and
security systems
Fittings
Electronic body management systems include those fitted to light

vehicles and/or heavy commercial vehicles and/or plant and
equipment and/or outdoor power equipment
Functions
Electronic body management may control the following functions:
engine immobilisation, central locking, power windows,

electric mirrors, electronic seat adjustment with memory and
security systems
Service and repair methods Service and repair methods include:
Faults
identifying, measuring and interpreting inputs and outputs,

diagnosis and determining faults, pre- and post-repair testing of
system and component operation, service and
testing system operations and retrieval and assessment of
electronic systems data, including fault codes
Faults may include:
component or system malfunction

WHS requirements

Approved

Page 1941 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Personal protective
equipment

practices


not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements

procedures
authorities
Materials

Approved
spare parts and cleaning material

specialised system testers, oscilloscope, scan tooling and LED
test lights
Communications


Page 1942 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

electronic body management systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1943 of 7618

AURETR3044 Service and repair electronic drive management systems
AURETR3044 Service and repair electronic drive management

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURE321271A Service and repair electronic drive

management systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to service/repair electronic drive

management systems and/or associated components.


requirement, preparation for work, testing and diagnosis of faults,
servicing, repair and retesting of systems and completion of work
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1944 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1945 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

including methods, processes and equipment
2. Test control system,

diagnose faults and
determine service/repair
requirements

2.2. Tests are carried out according to manufacturer/component
supplier recommended procedures using tooling, equipment
and techniques
or system
2.4. Test results are used to diagnose system/component faults
2.5. Service/repair requirements are determined
2.6. Testing is carried out according to industry
regulations/guidelines WHS and enterprise/procedures
policies
3. Service/repair drive
management systems

3.2. Service/repair requirements are carried out according to
manufacturer/component supplier recommended
specifications and procedures
3.3. Service/repair is completed without causing damage to
component or system
3.5. Service, repair and retesting are carried out according to
industry regulations/guidelines, WHS and
enterprise/procedures policies

maintain equipment

procedures
Approved
Page 1946 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
procedures
procedures
Approved
Page 1947 of 7618


Required skills
procedures for servicing, repairing and testing electronic drive management systems
use workplace technology related to the service and repair of electronic drive management
Required knowledge

operating principles of electronic drive management systems
construction and operation of electronic drive management systems
ECU, sensors)
testing, diagnosis and fault determination procedures
servicing/repairing, removal, replacement and adjustment procedures relevant to application
Approved
Page 1948 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
testing, inspecting and evaluating electronic drive management
systems
diagnosing and determining the repair/replacement
requirements to rectify faults
servicing/repairing electronic drive management systems to
completing mandatory service and repair methods listed in the
range statement
completing the work within agreed time

simulated worksite.
Approved

material relevant to the service and repair of electronic drive
management systems
and repair of electronic drive management systems
Page 1949 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

knowledge
work role
Page 1950 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Drivelines
Electronic control automatic transmissions and 4WD drivelines,

such as automatic free wheeling hubs, differentials and axle locks
Electronic drive
management systems
Electronic drive management systems include:
Fittings
Electronic drive management systems may be fitted to light

vehicles, plant, heavy vehicles and outdoor power equipment
electronically controlled automatic transmissions and

electronically controlled 4WD drivelines, such as automatic
free wheeling hubs, differentials and anti lock braking systems
Service and repair methods Service and repair methods include:
diagnosis and determining faults, pre- and post-repair testing of

system and component operation, service and
retrieval and assessment of electronic systems data, including
fault codes
include
WHS requirements

manufacturer/component supplier procedures which must be

applied as poor working practices are likely to damage
electronic system ECU and/or other components

Personal protective
equipment

practices
Approved
Page 1951 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

not be limited to:

Environmental
requirements

procedures
authorities
Materials

Approved
spare parts and cleaning material

tooling, air tooling, specialist tooling for removal/adjustment
and specialist system testers
Communications


electronic drive management systems
Page 1952 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 1953 of 7618

AURETR4004 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in vehicle convenience and entertainment systemsDate this document was
AURETR4004 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in

vehicle convenience and entertainment systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in vehicle convenience and entertainment systems in
order to initiate action to service, repair, replace or improve
performance.


vehicle convenience and entertainment systems of motorcycles,
light vehicles, heavy commercial vehicles, and vehicles in the
mining, construction, agricultural and marine environments.
competencies.
Approved
Page 1954 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1955 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning vehicle convenience
and entertainment systems are accessed and interpreted
work
with vehicle convenience and entertainment systems are
evidence
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 1956 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to vehicle convenience and entertainment systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of vehicle
convenience and entertainment systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of vehicle convenience and entertainment systems

types, functions and operations of vehicle convenience and entertainment systems
voltage, current, resistance, power, capacitance, electrostatics, magnetics, inductance, discrete
electronic components, logic families and radio frequency, discrete electronic components, DC
motors and solenoids
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment related to vehicle
recommendations
Approved
Page 1957 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different vehicle convenience and entertainment systems or
components with real or simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in vehicle convenience and
entertainment systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with real or simulated vehicle convenience and
Page 1958 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
entertainment system faults

faults in vehicle convenience and entertainment systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1959 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Vehicle convenience and
entertainment systems may
include:

(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:
Approved
telematic controls and multimedia or wheels, vehicle acoustics,

tilt/trim, winch, voltage reducers, voltage inverters, central
locking, power windows, sun roof, seat positioning, mirror
positioning, steering wheel positioning, seatbelt positioning and
multi-class bi-directional universal switch (BUS) systems
audio and visual units, compact discs, analogue tapes, radios,
speaker types, amplifiers, crossovers, balancers and aerials.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
electrical and electronic failures
or computer systems
primary operations.
operation and specification of input and output devices
sound quality
tests to voltage reducers and voltage inverters
data interpretation and readings relating to direct, indirect and
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
Page 1960 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:

schematics and operational procedures relating to vehicle
component replacement
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1961 of 7618

AURETR4037 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in light vehicle safety systems
January 2015

light vehicle safety systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in light vehicle safety systems in order to initiate
action to service, repair, replace or improve performance.
Faults may be mechanical, electrical, electronic or hydraulic by
nature, requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to
resolve.

Work applies to an automotive technologist, master technician or

competencies.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1962 of 7618

January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1963 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning light vehicle safety
systems are accessed and interpreted
including equipment and system isolation and personal
protection needs, are observed and addressed throughout the
work
1.4. Effects of systemic deficiencies, discrepancies or faults in
light vehicle safety systems are identified and confirmed
from indirect or direct evidence
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 1964 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to light vehicle safety systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of light vehicle safety
systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of mechanical and pneumatic systems related to light vehicle safety
systems
concepts, principles and processes involved in planning and implementing systems diagnosis
types, functions, operations and limitations of light vehicle safety systems
electrical theory and operation of automotive digital computers, networked vehicles, voltage,
current, resistance, power, capacitance, electrostatics, magnetics, inductance, discrete
diagnostic theory, including concept, design and planning
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment related to light
testing procedures for light vehicle safety systems, including accessing and interpreting scan
tool system data
recommendations
Approved
Page 1965 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different light vehicle safety systems with real or simulated
faults
diagnosis of complex faults in light vehicle safety systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated light vehicle safety
system faults
Page 1966 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE

faults in light vehicle safety systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1967 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Light vehicle safety systems
may include:

(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Approved
fire suppressing
work load detecting
tyre pressure control
speed and load limiting
traction control
seatbelt pre-tensioning
roll-over protection
object detection
navigation aids
intelligent transport systems
intelligent supplementary restraint systems (SRS)
adaptive cruise control
multi-class bi-directional universal switch (BUS) systems
active and passive collision avoidance
infra-red vision
lighting and windscreen wiper control.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances
or computer systems
calibration or adjustment specifications, component
specifications and component assembly
Page 1968 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
Tests may include:

include:

include:
indirect faults caused by the influence of electrical and

electronic external systems, which may or may not be faulty in
their primary operations.
data interpretation
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
pulse generators
schematics and operational procedures relating to light vehicle
safety systems
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1969 of 7618

AURETR4038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURETR4038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical

and electronic systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems in
order to initiate action to service, repair, replace, or improve
performance.


electrical and electronic systems of motorcycles.
competencies.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1970 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1971 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning motorcycle
electrical and electronic systems are accessed and
interpreted
work
with motorcycle electrical and electronic systems are
evidence
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 1972 of 7618

AURETR4038 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle electrical and electroni c systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015

Required skills

customers, reporting of work outcomes and completion of regulatory, commercial and
vehicle information systems inputs
numeracy skills to use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements,
calculate requirements, and present results of diagnosis
planning and organising skills to conclude complex diagnostic processes which anticipate
and allow for risks, cater for both direct and indirect evidence and avoid or minimise
reworking and avoid wastage
problem-solving skills to use available information to contribute to decision making
strategies for solving complex problems as they relate to motorcycle electrical and electronic
systems
processes, preparation of the worksite and the obtaining of testing equipment and materials
to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of motorcycle
electrical and electronic systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
voltage, current, resistance, power, capacitance, electrostatics, magnetics, inductance
types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle electrical and electronic systems
and components
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment relating to
motorcycle electrical and electronic systems
testing procedures motorcycle electrical and electronic systems, including procedures for
accessing and interpreting scan tool system data
recommendations
Approved
Page 1973 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different motorcycle electrical and electronic systems with real
or simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in motorcycle electrical and
electronic systems.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles with real or simulated electrical and electronic
Page 1974 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
system faults
faults in motorcycle electrical and electronic systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1975 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances
lighting, ignition, charging, fuel injection, anti-lock braking
system (ABS), engine management and safety lock-out system
faults
primary operations.
data interpretation
vacuum gauges
engine emission testers
fuel pressure and flow meters
injector testers
magnetic coil condenser testers
peak voltage meters
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
Page 1976 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:

schematics and operational procedures relating to motorcycle
electrical and electronic system faults
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1977 of 7618

AURETR4039 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in light vehicle theft deterrent syst emsDate this document was generated:
22 January 2015

light vehicle theft deterrent systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in light vehicle theft deterrent systems in order to
initiate action to service, repair or replace them, or to improve
performance.


theft deterrent systems of light vehicles, four wheel drive and light
commercial vehicles.
competencies.
Approved
Page 1978 of 7618

AURETR4039 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in light vehicle theft deterrent systemsDate this document was generated:
22 January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1979 of 7618

22 January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning light vehicle theft
deterrent systems are accessed and interpreted
work
light vehicle theft deterrent systems are identified and
confirmed from indirect or direct evidence
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 1980 of 7618

22 January 2015

Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to light vehicle theft deterrent systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of light vehicle theft
deterrent systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of mechanical, electrical and electronic systems related to light vehicle
theft deterrent systems
types, functions, operations and limitations of light vehicle theft deterrent systems
types, functions, operations and limitations of electromechanical and electronic subsystems in
light vehicle theft deterrent systems
electrical theory and operation of automotive digital computers, networked vehicles, voltage,
current, resistance, power, capacitance, electrostatics, magnetics, inductance, discrete
recommendations
Approved
Page 1981 of 7618

22 January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different light vehicle theft deterrent systems with real or
simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in light vehicle theft deterrent
systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated light vehicle theft
Page 1982 of 7618

22 January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
deterrent systems faults

faults in light vehicle theft deterrent systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1983 of 7618

22 January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Light vehicle theft deterrent

(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:
Approved
remote keyless entry (RKE)

immobiliser system design
passive entry systems
two-way RKE
fingerprint technologies
rolling codes
transmitter and receiver operation
satellite systems.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
or computer systems
calibration or adjustment specifications, component
data interpretation
Page 1984 of 7618

22 January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:
lab oscilloscopes
data scanners
schematics and operational procedures relating to light vehicle
theft deterrent systems
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1985 of 7618

AURETR4040 Diagnose complex electrical and electronic faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems in
performance.


vehicle monitoring and protection systems of motorcycles, light
vehicles, heavy commercial vehicles, and vehicles in the mining,
construction, agricultural and marine environments.
Work applies to an automotive technologist, master technician or
competencies.
Approved
Page 1986 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 1987 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning vehicle monitoring
and protection systems are accessed and interpreted
protection needs, are observed and applied throughout the
work
vehicle monitoring and protection systems are identified and
confirmed from direct or indirect evidence
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 1988 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to vehicle monitoring and protection systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of vehicle monitoring
and protection systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of mechanical, hydraulic, electronic and pneumatic systems related to
concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of vehicle monitoring and protection
systems
testing procedures for vehicle monitoring and protection systems, including procedures for
recommendations
Approved
Page 1989 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different vehicle monitoring and protection systems with real or
simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in vehicle monitoring and
protection systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with real or simulated monitoring and protection
Page 1990 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
system faults
faults in vehicle monitoring and protection systems
technical reference information and workplace instructions..

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 1991 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Vehicle monitoring and
protection systems may
include:

(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:
Approved
display types, including:
liquid crystal display (LCD)
vacuum fluorescent display (VFD)
cathode ray tube (CRT)
heads-up display (HUD)

reconfigurable systems
electronic analogue display
on-board diagnostics
remote and wireless monitoring systems
multi-class bi-directional universal switch (BUS) systems.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
or computer systems
tests to voltage reducers and voltage inverters
Page 1992 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
pulse generators
schematics and operational procedures relating to vehicle
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1993 of 7618

AURETR5033 Develop and apply electronic systems modification

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT576620A Develop and apply electronic systems

modification
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to develop, apply and validate

significant modifications to existing electronic systems in order to

This includes the preparation and application of specifications and

processes complying with safety, legal and commercial obligations.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 1994 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 1995 of 7618


ELEMENT

modification requirement
1.1.WHS requirements, including regulatory requirements,

1.2. Purpose and objectives of the modification are identified
from an analysis of inputs and confirmed with the customer.
1.3. Outline options for achieving the required purpose and
objectives are identified, framed and presented to the
customer prior to proceeding.
1.4. Possible legal and safety impacts of the modification are
considered and responded to in accordance with regulatory
and enterprise obligations and practices.
2. Develop and validate the

modification specification
2.1. Benchmark specifications for the existing electronic system

are accessed and interpreted.
2.2. Criteria to be used in the selection of the modification
method and in the evaluation of the outcomes are identified
and documented.
2.3. Proposed modification method is selected following the
identification, consideration and evaluation of the full range
of available and relevant options.
2.4. Selected option, including material choices and processes, is
developed in detail and progressively validated against the
established criteria.
2.5. Modification specification is documented to industry and
enterprise standards.
3. Apply and test the

3.1. Selected modification method and process is followed in

accordance with the established specifications.
3.2. Modification is completed using equipment, tooling and
materials in accordance with accepted industry standards
and practices.
regulatory requirements, manufacturer/component supplier
specifications and modification specification.
3.4. Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, if
necessary, by using reliable alternate or optional processes.
3.5. Variations necessitated during the modification process or
as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification
specification.
3.6. Information and detail related to the modification is
documented and provided to the appropriate parties in
accordance with regulatory and commercial obligations.
Approved
Page 1996 of 7618

ELEMENT
maintain equipment
Approved
4.2. Testing equipment and support materials are cleaned,
procedures.
procedures.
Page 1997 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand legal and technical information related to contemporary
automotive electronic systems modifications.
systems inputs.
plan and organise activities, including the development and planning of modification
processes, preparation and layout of the worksite and the obtaining of tooling, equipment,
materials and testing equipment to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage.
use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate specifications,
calibrate and establish testing equipment and evaluate modification results against
pre-established criteria.
establish modification methods and processes which anticipate and allow for risks and avoid or
minimise reworking and avoid wastage.
use the full range of workplace technology related to electronic systems modification,
including testing equipment, maintenance equipment, tooling, calculators and measuring
devices and information management systems.
Required knowledge
general knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of the main automotive
industry electronic systems.
general knowledge of automotive digital computing systems.
detailed knowledge of electrical theory and operation covering, laws, theorems, dc and ac
voltage and current, resistance, power, capacitance, electrostatics, electromechanics,
magnetics, inductance, reactance, time constants, resonance, filtering, discrete semi-conductor
electronic components, colour codes, analogue electronics, analogue IC, binary, logic families,
digital IC, memory types and functions, microprocessor principles, micro-controller principles,
analogue to digital conversion, signal processing, output control and characteristics,
automotive digital computers, programming, networked vehicles and radio frequency.
equipment.
general knowledge of the methods and processes for documenting and reporting modification
specifications and outcomes.
Approved
Page 1998 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

Modify a significant electronic system or sub-system including:
external modification (not within the computer) to a digital

computer management system enhancing the system
performance
external modification (not within the computer) to a digital

computer management system, utilising electronic circuit
design, development, manufacture, trial, evaluation,
improvement and commissioning, enhancing the system
performance
internal modification (within the computer) to a digital

computer management system, utilising electronic circuit
design, reprogramming, development, manufacture, trial,
evaluation, improvement, and commissioning enhancing the
system performance.
and environment.

deadlines.
Access to operational electronic systems requiring modification,
testing equipment as stipulated in the Range Statement, technical
Approved

Page 1999 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2000 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Electrical modifications
Electronic modifications to be covered by this unit may include

computer controlled systems where the process relates to three
categories:
Modification carried out external to the computer, utilising 'off

the shelf' components and modification to wiring circuitry.
Example:
Modification to an electronic engine management system,

improving the performance of an ECU controlled engine
cooling fan system necessitating changes to relay circuitry.
Modification carried out external to the computer, utilising
electronic circuit design, development, manufacture, trial,
evaluation, improvement, and commissioning.
Example:
Development of an electronic control unit to delay engine crank

while sounding an alarm warning of impending start of
hazardous equipment.
Modification carried out internally in the computer, utilising
electronic circuit design, reprogramming, development,
manufacture, trial, evaluation, improvement, and
commissioning.
Examples are:
Unit context
Approved
Rectification of an original internal computer design/operating

deficiency
Modification to an electronic engine management computer, to
enhance the performance of an engine
Modification to a computerised system, to disable a function no
longer required by customer
Inputs to the modification method and processes may be
obtained from customer requirements, manufacturer/component
supplier specifications, outcomes of diagnostic processes or
from regulatory, licensing, intellectual property legislation,
safety requirements and Australian Design Rules
Page 2001 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Evaluation criteria
Evaluation criteria, sometimes referred to as success factors, are to

be established prior to a modification being undertaken and are to
cover safety, functionality, survivability, maintainability life cycle
cost and aesthetics.

standards.
Equipment
Equipment is to include that appropriate to the modification being

carried out, including electronic work station, desoldering station,
electronic variable power supply, simulated vehicle system test
facility, multimeters, lab oscilloscopes, logic probe and data
scanners, and it should include computer-based diagnostic systems.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to electronic systems
modification.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging electronic
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Technical
Page 2002 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2003 of 7618

AURETR5034 Develop and apply electrical systems modification

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT576520A Develop and apply electrical systems

modification
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to develop, apply and validate

significant modifications to existing electrical systems in order to

This includes the preparation and application of specifications and

processes complying with safety, legal and commercial obligations.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2004 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2005 of 7618


ELEMENT

modification requirement

1.2. Purpose and objectives of the modification are identified
from an analysis of inputs and confirmed with the customer.
1.3. Outline options for achieving the required purpose and
objectives are identified, framed and presented to the
customer prior to proceeding.
1.4. Possible legal and safety impacts of the modification are
considered and responded to in accordance with regulatory
and enterprise obligations and practices.
2. Develop and validate the

2.1. Benchmark specifications for the existing electrical system

are accessed and interpreted.
2.2. Criteria to be used in the selection of the modification
method and in the evaluation of the outcomes are identified
and documented.
2.3. Proposed modification method is selected following the
identification, consideration and evaluation of the full range
of available and relevant options.
2.4. Selected option, including material choices and processes, is
developed in detail and progressively validated against the
established criteria.
2.5. Modification specification is documented to industry and
3. Apply and test the

3.1. Selected modification method and process is followed in

accordance with the established specifications.
3.2. Modification is completed using equipment, tooling and
materials in accordance with accepted industry standards
and practices.
regulatory requirements, manufacturer/component supplier
specifications and modification specification.
3.4. Test results and other diagnostic findings are verified, if
necessary, by using reliable alternate or optional processes.
3.5. Variations necessitated during the modification process or
as a result of testing are incorporated into the modification
specification.
3.6. Information and detail related to the modification is
documented and provided to the appropriate parties in
accordance with regulatory and commercial obligations.
Approved
Page 2006 of 7618

ELEMENT
maintain equipment
Approved
procedures.
procedures.
Page 2007 of 7618


Required skills
collect, organise and understand legal and technical information related to contemporary
automotive electrical systems modifications.
systems inputs.
plan and organise activities, including the development and planning of modification
processes, preparation and layout of the worksite and the obtaining of tooling, equipment,
materials and testing equipment to avoid backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage.
use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate specifications,
calibrate and establish testing equipment and evaluate modification results against
pre-established criteria.
establish modification methods and processes which anticipate and allow for risks and avoid or
minimise reworking and avoid wastage.
use the full range of workplace technology related to electrical systems modification, including
testing equipment, maintenance equipment, tooling, calculators and measuring devices and
information management systems.
Required knowledge
electrical theory covering voltage, current, resistance, power, magnetics and inductance
including semi-conductors and electronic system applications.
electrical theory covering the concepts and principles of electrical, electronic and pneumatic
systems.
inductance and radio frequency.
general knowledge of the types, functions, operation and limitations of the main automotive
industry electrical systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, functions, operation and limitations of diagnostic testing
equipment.
general knowledge of the methods and processes for documenting and reporting modification
specifications and outcomes.
Approved
Page 2008 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

Modify a significant electrical system or sub-system including:
the selection, development and documenting of success

factors and evaluation criteria before undertaking the
modification
the selection, development and validation of the

modification methodology, processes and specification
the application of the modification specification,

methodology and process
the documenting and reporting of the outcomes.

and environment.

deadlines.
Access to operational electrical systems required modification,
testing equipment as stipulated in the Range Statement, technical

Approved
Page 2009 of 7618

AURETR5034 Develop and apply electrical sys tems modification
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2010 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Electrical modifications
Electrical modifications to be covered by this unit may include

those to:
vary the performance of DC motors to meet changes in

operational requirements
vary the performance of alternators to meet changes in
operational requirements
change the electrical sequenced operating order of electric over
hydraulic systems
convert vehicle from ground to insulated return.
Inputs to the modification

method and processes
Inputs to the modification method and processes may be obtained

from customer requirements, manufacturer/ component supplier
specifications, outcomes of diagnostic processes or from
regulatory, licensing, intellectual property legislation, safety
requirements and Australian Design Rules.
Unit context

Evaluation criteria

standards.
Tests and testing

equipment
Tests and testing equipment is to include that to the modification

being carried out but it should include computer-based diagnostic
systems.
Personal protective
Approved
Evaluation criteria, sometimes referred to as success factors, are

to be established prior to a modification being undertaken and
are to cover safety, functionality, survivability, maintainability,
life cycle cost and aesthetics.
Page 2011 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
equipment
Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to electrical systems
modification.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging transmission
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Technical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2012 of 7618

AURETU2001 Install air conditioning systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT222631A Install air conditioning systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to install air conditioning

systems.

Work involved includes installation of air conditioning systems

fitted to light vehicles, plant and equipment, heavy vehicles or
marine craft (low voltage).
requirement, preparation for work, installation and charging of the
air conditioning systems and completion of work finalisation
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2013 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2014 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to install air


confirmed
1.2. WHS requirements, including individual State/Territory
regulatory/licensing requirements and personal protection
needs are observed throughout the work
1.3. Procedures and information such as schematic diagrams,
manufacturer/component supplier instructions, workshop
manuals and specifications, and tooling required, are
sourced
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for air
conditioning components are sourced and support equipment
is identified and prepared
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with air conditioning and
refrigerants are observed
2. Install air conditioning

systems

2.2. Fittings/materials are selected
2.3. Air conditioning systems are installed using tooling and
techniques
2.4. Air conditioning system installation is completed without
causing damage to any component or system
2.5. Installation is tested prior to placing in service and results
are documented in accordance with enterprise policies and
procedures
2.6. Installation is carried out according to industry regulations/
guidelines, WHS legislation, legislation and enterprise
procedures/policies
3. Charge air conditioning

system with refrigerant
and lubricating oil

manufacturer/component supplier specifications, industry
codes of practice and legislation
3.2. Charging of the air conditioning system is completed
without causing damage to any component or system
3.3. System is performance tested using approved methods and
equipment
3.4. Charging of the system is carried out according to
manufacturer/component supplier specifications, industry
regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, legislation and
enterprise policies/procedures
Approved
Page 2015 of 7618

ELEMENT
4. Vehicle/equipment is
prepared for deliver to
customer
Approved
4.1. Installation schedule documentation is completed
4.3. Final inspection is made to ensure the system is functional,
without leaks and work is to workplace expectations
4.4. Vehicle/equipment is cleaned to workplace expectations
procedures
Page 2016 of 7618


Required skills
apply analytical skills required for identification and analysis of technical information
team members
customers
wastage
use workplace technology related to the installation of air conditioning systems, including the
use of specialist tooling, computerised technology and communication devices and the
Required knowledge
WHS legislation and environmental regulations/ requirements, equipment, material and

identification of application, purpose and operating princip les
air conditioning installation procedures
nature and characteristics of refrigerant
leakage test and performance procedures
system electrical circuits
damage that may occur to electronic control units by poor work practices
Approved
Page 2017 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to transfer
assessment and evidence competence to changing circumstances and to respond to unusual
required to demonstrate circumstances in the critical aspects of:
competency in this unit observing safety procedures and requirements
communicating effectively with others involved in or affected by

the work

circumstances
conducting installation in accordance with the workplace and

completing leak test and performing tests on the system
accurately interpreting test results
completing installation within workplace timeframes
vehicle/equipment is presented to customer in

compliance with workplace requirements
Context of, and specific Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace or
resources for assessment simulated worksite
Assessment is to occur using standard and authorised work practices,
safety requirements and environmental constraints

material relevant to the installation of air conditioning systems
installation of air conditioning systems

Approved
Page 2018 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks, with questioning
on underpinning knowledge and it must also reinforce the
integration of key competencies
able not only to be satisfied under the particular circumstance, but is
able to be transferred to other circumstances
It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than an event
and occurs over a period of time to cover varying quality
Approved
Page 2019 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Work requirements
Work involved includes installation of air conditioning systems

fitted to light vehicles, plant and equipment, heavy vehicles or
marine craft (low voltage):

refrigerant gassing
component and system testing
performance testing
post-installation adjustments and checks
WHS

equipment, use of tooling and equipment, workplace environment
and safety, handling of material, use of fire fighting equipment,
enterprise first aid, hazard control and hazardous materials and
substances
Personal protective
equipment

legislation/regulations/codes of practice and workplace policies
and practices
with vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety,
lifting and shifting, working in proximity to others and site visitors
Emergency procedures related to this unit are to include, but are

not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment,
extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and site
evacuation
Environmental
requirements


Approved
Page 2020 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, refrigerant leak

detecting equipment, refrigerant recovery and/or recycling
equipment, thermometers, ram-air fan, refrigerant re-gassing
equipment and air conditioning system kits
Materials
Materials may include spare parts, refrigerant, refrigerant oils and

cleaning materials
Communications

visual instructions and fault reporting and may include site specific
instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions related to
job/task, telephones and pagers
Approved

schedules/plans/specifications, work bulletins, memos,
material safety data sheets, diagrams or sketches
safe work procedures related to the installation of air
regulatory/legislative requirements pertaining to the
automotive industry, including Australian Design Rules
Page 2021 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Air conditioning and HVAC
Page 2022 of 7618

AURETU2002 Recover vehicle refrigerants

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to recover

vehicle refrigerants. It includes identifying refrigerants and
removing them into a designated recovery cylinder for correct
disposal.
Licensing, regulatory requirements apply to this unit. Users are
advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Work applies to the recovery of vehicle refrigerant from automotive

air conditioning systems including heating, ventilation, air
conditioning and cooling (HVAC) systems fitted in light and
Work is carried by a vehicle dismantler and automotive parts
recycling contractor.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2023 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2024 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for refrigerant

recovery
1.1. Workplace instructions and documentation relevant to the

task are sourced and work requirements confirmed
1.2. Workplace health and safety (WHS) and environmental
requirements and critical precautions are identified and
applied
1.3. Vehicle air conditioning and HVAC system, including
system components and service ports, are identified for
decommissioning
1.4. Recovery equipment necessary for the work is assembled
and checked for operation
2. Operate recovery
equipment
2.1. Refrigerant type is identified and documented

2.2. Recovery equipment is connected to the vehicle
2.3. Recovery cylinder is weighed to determine available
capacity, and tare weight is set and recorded
2.4. Recovery equipment is operated and monitored according to
manufacturer instructions
2.5. Recovery equipment, including hoses and recovery
cylinder, is shut down and disconnected according to
manufacturer instructions at completion of the recovery
process
3. Complete recovery
operations
3.1. Tare weight indicating the quantity of refrigerant recovered

is recorded according to regulatory requirements
3.2. Vehicle HVAC system is evacuated and decommissioned
and the results are recorded according to workplace
requirements
3.3. Recovery equipment and recovery cylinder are stored
according to regulatory and workplace requirements
3.4. Tools are inspected, serviced and stored
3.5. Filters are inspected, and cleaned or replaced according to
Approved
Page 2025 of 7618


Required skills

own skills and knowledge of dangers associated with refrigerants
literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
weigh recovery cylinder, refrigerant and the calculation of weights

planning and organising skills to plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve
required outcomes and ensure tasks are completed on time

technical skills to use tools relating to the recovery of vehicle refrigerants from systems,
including:
specialist tools
measuring equipment
technology skills to operate diagnostic and automotive refrigerant recovery equipment
Required knowledge

including:
codes of practice

application and purpose of recovery equipment procedures
recovery procedures, including:
types and location of service ports
recovery equipment and recovery cylinder operation
Approved
Page 2026 of 7618


awareness of environmental requirements associated with refrigerant recovery

dangers associated with working with refrigerants and lubricants
Approved
Page 2027 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

observe safety precautions and requirements, in particular the

dangers associated with handling refrigerants
select recovery methods and decommissioning techniques
appropriate to the circumstances
safely operate automotive refrigerant recovery, tools and
equipment
recover and store refrigerants according to workplace licensing
and equipment manufacturer requirements
record relevant details in relation to workplace and licensing
requirements
understand environmental regulations and refrigerant waste
disposal procedures.



of this unit:
Approved
automotive vehicle, plant and equipment or a simulated

automotive air conditioning system
Page 2028 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
refrigerant
waste or recovery cylinder
hose and vehicle couplings
refrigerant scales
recovery equipment, including vacuum pump
refrigerant identifier
appropriate hand tools
licensing requirements and Australian standards.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2029 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Workplace instructions and

and environmental
Critical precautions may

include:
quantity of refrigerant recovered
Refrigerant type may

include:
Identified and documented
Approved

toxic substances.
dangers associated with working with refrigerants and
lubricants, including:
frostbite
carcinogenic properties
care taken with some flammable refrigerants.
general hand tools
refrigerant hose and coupler
refrigerant recovery unit
refrigerant scales
designated recovery cylinder
refrigerant identifier.
chlorofluorocarbon (CFC)
hydrofluorocarbon (HCFC)
refrigerant oils lubricants, mineral and synthetic.
Recovery equipment must

include:
verbal instructions
safe work procedures relating to the operation of air
decommissioning vehicle air conditioner procedures
operation of recovery equipment
regulatory compliance documentation
refrigerant recovery sheets
workplace auditing records
Page 2030 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
must include:
cylinder gross weight

records kept on ARCtick Form A3.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector
Technical Air Conditioning and HVAC

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2031 of 7618

AURETU2003 Service air conditioning and HVAC systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT222670A Service air conditioning systems

Performance Criteria, Range Statement and Critical Aspects
updated to reflect technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to service

to a
range of vehicles and equipment for passenger convenience and
comfort.
apply to this unit. Users are advised to check with the relevant
regulatory authority.

Work applies to automotive air conditioners, including HVAC

systems fitted to vehicles in light and heavy vehicle, mining,
construction, agricultural, motorcycle and outdoor power
equipment environments.
Approved
Page 2032 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2033 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to service an air

system

requirements
1.4. Australian Refrigeration Council (ARC) code of practice is
sourced and complied with
1.5. Servicing options are analysed and those most appropriate
1.6. Tools and equipment are identified for effective servicing
procedures
1.7. Critical precautions in relation to working with air
conditioning, refrigerant and refrigerant oils are observed
2. Functionally test air

system and components
and identify faults

2.2. Air conditioning and HVAC systems are performance
tested to isolate faults according to workplace procedures
and without causing damage to components or systems as a
are determined
2.5. Tests are carried out according to industry and WHS
regulations and guidelines, and relevant industry codes of
practice
3. Service air conditioning

and HVAC system
3.1. Service of the system and components is carried out

specifications, industry regulations and guidelines, WHS
legislation, workplace policies and procedures, and relevant
3.2. Air conditioning system service is completed without
causing damage to components or systems
3.3. Regulations regarding topping up refrigerant are understood
and followed
4. Retest air conditioning

and HVAC system
4.1. System is retested to ensure correct and safe performance

and operation
4.2. Post-service testing is carried out and results are
documented according to air conditioning service
Approved
Page 2034 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures and relevant industry codes of practice

customer
5.1. Final inspection is made to ensure vehicle protective guards

and safety features are in place and work is to workplace
expectations
ready for use
5.4. Appropriate decal sticker is placed in engine compartment

maintain equipment
6.1. Material that can be reused is collected and stored in the

appropriate designated area and according to workplace
sustainability practices
procedures and disposed of according to environmental
regulations
according to workplace procedures and WHS regulations
manufacturer and component supplier specifications, site
procedures
Approved
Page 2035 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when servicing various air conditioning and HVAC systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


teamwork skills to:
and tasks
technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to servicing air conditioning and
HVAC systems, including:
Approved
Page 2036 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge

including:
legislation and regulatory requirements
ARC code of practice

principal types of vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:
piston, scroll and rotary vane compressors
electric compressors
variable displacement compressors
clutchless compressors
application, purpose and operation of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:
climate control
multi-zone systems
diagnostic procedures for air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:
analysis of system operation using gauges, temperature probes, electrical test equipment,
scan tools and other industry-relevant test equipment
component corrosion
vacuum and leaks

Approved
Page 2037 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

observe safety procedures and requirements, in particular the

select methods and techniques appropriate to servicing an air
conditioning system
identify application, purpose and operating principles of
automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems
conduct inspection, servicing and operational testing according
to industry codes of practice and workplace, manufacturer and
ensure that the addition of refrigerant to an existing system
charge to top up the air conditioning system is not carried out
performance test air conditioning systems
accurately interpret performance test results
complete servicing of air conditioning systems and associated
components within workplace time frames
complete workplace and equipment documents to ARC code of
practice requirements
standards.

Approved

Page 2038 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
ARC code of practice.

of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with air conditioning and HVAC systems relevant to
material relevant to servicing air conditioning systems
equipment appropriate for the testing of vehicle air conditioning
and HVAC systems relevant to the qualification being sought,
including:
manifold and gauge set
recovery unit
vacuum pump
electronic leak detector
nitrogen cylinder and regulator
digital vacuum gauge (vacrometer)
digital multimeter
electronic scales
oil injector
infra-red thermometer (pyrometer)
electronic temperature probe
valve core removing or replacement tool
psychrometer (humidity detector)
various refrigerant hoses and couplers
diagnostic scan tool
service procedures for above equipment appropriate for the
service and adjustment of vehicle air conditioning and HVAC
systems.
Page 2039 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2040 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:


may include:
Approved

verbal instructions
safe work procedures relating to refrigerant recovery and
replacement.
testing and service methods, processes and equipment
diagnosing faults that may be in addition to normal service
procedures and may be detrimental to future performance of the
air conditioning and HVAC system.
first aid kit
toxic substances
water shower or equivalent.
signage
MSDS
safe work procedures relating to servicing air conditioning and
HVAC systems
industry
Page 2041 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Servicing options may

include:
Tools and equipment:

include:
Approved
fluid levels:
refrigerant
lubricating oils
filter serviceability:
receiver dryer
cabin filter
O-rings and seals
adjustments and operational testing
visual inspections and documentation.
are to include the following specialist tools that are mandatory
under the ARC code of practice:
recovery unit
vacuum pump
electronic scales
may include:
normal hand tools
oil injector
valve core removing or replacement tool
digital multimeter
diagnostic scan tool.

those relating to dangers associated with working with
refrigerants and lubricants, including:
Page 2042 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Air conditioning and HVAC

Faults may include:



probes
system containing atmospheric air with moisture

electrical sensor malfunction
dislodged temperature sensor or transfer valve
faulty pressure relief valve
vacuum leak
air flow restriction or blockage
receiver drier blockage
evaporator fan not working
electrical fault
electrical system fault.
Approved
single zone and multi- zone, including:
climate control
R12 systems
R134a systems
R1234yf systems
high and low pressure switches
pressure relief valves
temperature sensors
sunlight sensors
carbon dioxide sensors
zone temperature sensors.

include:
frostbite (refrigerant boiling point -36.7C)

carcinogenic oil
validating the effectiveness of the service action, including the

following checks:
Page 2043 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Information on decal sticker

must include:
ambient temperature
centre vent temperature
condenser and suction line temperature
manifold gauge pressure readings
refrigerant leaks
confirming that reported fault has now been rectified
service action.
name of the service organisation
quantity of refrigerant added
refrigerant and oil type
service date
technicians licence number
vehicle odometer reading.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2044 of 7618

AURETU3004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU3004 Diagnose and repair air conditioning and HVAC

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT322666A Repair/retrofit air conditioning systems

Performance Criteria, Range Statement and Critical Aspects
updated to reflect technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair air conditioning systems including heating, ventilation,
air conditioning and cooling (HVAC) systems that are fitted to a
range of vehicles and equipment for passenger convenience and
comfort.
repairing vehicle air conditioning and HVAC system components
and associated systems, and applying post-repair testing
procedures.
requirements; preparing for work; testing systems; identifying
faults and causes and appropriate repair; retesting air conditioning
and HVAC systems; and completing work finalisation processes,
Approved
Page 2045 of 7618



systems fitted to vehicles in light and heavy vehicle, mining,
construction, agricultural, motorcycle and outdoor power
equipment environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2046 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair air conditioning
and HVAC system

requirements
1.6. Tools and equipment are identified for effective diagnosis
and repair methods
2. Diagnose air conditioning

and HVAC system
2.1. Air conditioning and HVAC systems are tested to isolate

faults according to workplace procedures and without
are determined
3. Repair air conditioning

and HVAC system

3.2. Appropriate tools and recognised techniques and materials
are selected and prepared
specifications

and HVAC system
4.1. Retests are carried out to ensure correct and safe air
conditioning and HVAC system performance operation

completed

expectations
ready for use
Approved
Page 2047 of 7618

AURETU3004 Diagnose and repai r air conditioning and HVAC systems
ELEMENT

Approved

appropriate designated area and according to workplace
sustainability practices
regulations
procedures
Page 2048 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when diagnosing and repairing various air conditioning and HVAC systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to repairing air conditioning and
Approved
Page 2049 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge

including:
legislation relating to automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems

principles of operation of automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:
climate control
multi-zone systems
techniques for reading and interpreting technical information, including:
refrigerant saturation temperatures in relation to ambient temperatures and changing levels

of humidity
graphic symbols and diagrams

use of manifold gauges and surface probe thermocouples for complete system analysis
accessing and interpreting diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
scan tools, oscilloscopes and other industry-relevant test equipment
component corrosion
vacuum and leaks

Approved
Page 2050 of 7618

Approved
Page 2051 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


select methods and techniques appropriate to diagnosing and
repairing an air conditioning system
diagnose and repair a range of vehicle air conditioning and
climate control
single and multi- zone
apply safe operation of automotive refrigerant tools and
equipment
record relevant details in relation to workplace and licensing
requirements of the ARC code of practice
demonstrate understanding of the environmental regulations
and refrigerant waste disposal procedures
standards.

Approved
Page 2052 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE


of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with air conditioning and HVAC faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the diagnosing and repairing a range
of vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems relevant to the
qualification being sought, including:
recovery unit
vacuum pump
digital multimeter
electronic scales
oil injector
valve core removing/replacement tool

diagnosis, repair, replacement and adjustment of vehicle air
conditioning and HVAC systems.
Page 2053 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2054 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:

may include:
Approved

verbal instructions
safe work procedures relating to refrigerant recovery and
replacement.
first aid kit
water shower or equivalent
toxic substances.
signage
MSDS
safe work procedures relating to the diagnosis and repair of air
conditioning and HVAC systems
industry
Page 2055 of 7618

AURETU3004 Diagnose and repai r air conditioning and HVAC systems
RANGE STATEMENT

faults may include:

include:
Air conditioning and HVAC

isolation of faults
component inspection and evaluation
use and application of air conditioning diagnostic tools.
are to include the following specialist tools, which are
mandatory under the ARC code of practice:
recovery unit
vacuum pump
electronic scales
may include:
normal hand tools
oil injector
digital multimeter
dangers associated with working with refrigerants and

carcinogenic oil
single zone and multi- zone, including:
climate control
R12 systems
Approved

Page 2056 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Faults may include:



probes
pushing sharp probes and objects into wiring insulatio n.
system containing atmospheric air with moisture

electrical sensor malfunction
dislodged temperature sensor or transfer valve
faulty pressure relief valve
vacuum leak
air flow restriction or blockage
receiver drier blockage
evaporator fan not working
electrical fault
electrical system fault.

include:
Approved
R134a systems
R1234yf systems
high and low pressure switches
pressure relief valve
temperature sensors
sunlight sensors
carbon dioxide sensors
zone temperature sensors.
validating effectiveness of the repair action, including the

following checks:
ambient temperature
Page 2057 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

must include:
refrigerant leaks
repair action.
service date
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Electrical
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Approved
Page 2058 of 7618

AURETU3005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU3005 Retrofit and modify air conditioning and HVAC

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT322666A Repair/retrofit air conditioning systems

Performance Criteria, Range Statement and Critical Aspects of
Evidence updated to reflect technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to retrofit

and modify automotive air conditioning systems including
heating, ventilation, air conditioning and cooling (HVAC) systems
that are fitted to a range of vehicles and equipment for passenger
convenience and comfort.
The unit involves diagnosing deviations from correct operation, the
retrofit and modification of vehicle air conditioning and HVAC
system components and associated systems, and applying
post-modification testing procedures.
requirements, preparing for work, de-gassing and re-gassing
systems, and completing work finalisation processes, including
Approved
Page 2059 of 7618



systems fitted in light and heavy vehicle, mining, construction,
agricultural, motorcycle and outdoor power equipment
environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2060 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to retrofit air

system

confirmed
1.5. Retrofit options are analysed and those most appropriate to
1.6. Technical and calibration requirements for retrofit are
1.7. Tools and equipment are identified for effective retrofit and
modification methods
2. De-gas and re-gas air

system

2.2. System is de-gassed using approved recovery unit and
appropriate refrigerant recovery cylinder for individual
refrigerant type
2.3. Oil recovered is measured for replacement purposes
2.4. System is evacuated according to manufacturer and
component supplier specifications and industry codes of
practice, including state and territory legislation with
reference to ozone depleting substances
2.5. System is pressure tested for leaks prior to being re-gassed
and performance tested using approved methods and
equipment
2.6. Recovery and charging of air conditioning system are
completed without causing damage to components or
systems and in line with requirements for ozone depleting
substances, industry regulations and guidelines, WHS
legislation, and relevant industry codes of practice
3. Retrofit air conditioning

and HVAC system

3.2. Air conditioning retrofit procedures are determined after
performance testing
3.3. Retrofit of the system and components is carried out
specifications
Approved
Page 2061 of 7618

ELEMENT
3.4. Modifications are carried out without additional pressures
associated with the performance of the system or any loss to
system integrity
3.5. Retrofit to air conditioning system is completed without
causing damage to components or systems and according to
industry regulations and guidelines, WHS legislation, and
4. Performance test air

system
4.1. System is performance tested prior to placing into service

and results are documented according to workplace policies
and procedures
4.2. Service schedule documentation is completed
4.3. Final inspection is made to ensure protective guards and
safety features are in place

and HVAC systems
5.1. Retests are carried out to ensure correct and safe system
performance operation
5.2. Post-retrofit testing is carried out according to workplace

customer

expectations
ready for use

maintain equipment

appropriate designated area and
regulations
procedures and ARC code of practice
procedures
Approved
Page 2062 of 7618


Required skills

apply learning when retrofitting and modifying various air conditioning and HVAC
systems

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to the retrofit and modification
of air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:
Approved
Page 2063 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge

including:
legislation

principles of operation of automotive air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:
climate control
multi-zone systems
technical information relating to air conditioning and HVAC systems, including:
refrigerant saturation temperatures in relation to ambient temperatures and changing levels

of humidity
graphic symbols and diagrams

use of manifold gauges and surface probe thermocouples for complete system analysis
scan tools, oscilloscopes and other industry-relevant test equipment
component corrosion
vacuum and leaks

Approved
Page 2064 of 7618

Approved
Page 2065 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


select methods and techniques appropriate to the retrofit and
modification of an air conditioning system
conduct performance testing to establish viability of retrofit and
modification
apply full retrofit and modify sequence in line with scope of
work
accurately interpret air conditioning performance test results
conduct refrigerant recovery and evacuation of refrigerant
operations according to industry codes of practice and
legislation, and charge the system with the appropriate
complete a retrofit and modification of air conditioning system
and associated components within workplace time frames
standards.

Approved

Page 2066 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

of this unit:
Approved

light and heavy vehicles with air conditioning and HVAC
systems relevant to the qualification being sought
material relevant to perform a retrofit and modification of air
equipment appropriate for the retrofit or modification of light
and heavy vehicle air conditioning and HVAC systems,
including:
recovery unit
vacuum pump
digital multimeter
electronic scales
oil injector

retrofit and modification of vehicle air conditioning and HVAC
Page 2067 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2068 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Scope of work may include:


may include:
Approved
type of system fitted

refrigerant type
oil type
system variables, including:
refrigerant recovery and charging
system evacuation
mechanical removal and replacement of components
system and component testing
performance testing.
first aid kit
water shower or equivalent
toxic substances
dangers associated with handling refrigerants and oils.
signage
MSDS
safe work procedures relating to the retrofit and modification to
air conditioning and HVAC systems
industry
Page 2069 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Retrofit options may include:

include:
Approved

change of refrigerant gas from R12 to R134a:
receiver dryer filter replacement
change of system fittings for gauge fitment

change of refrigerant gas from R134a to R1234yf:
change of system fittings for gauge fitment.

are to include the following specialist tools, which are
mandatory under the ARC code of practice:
recovery unit
vacuum pump
electronic scales
may include:
normal hand tools
oil injector
digital multimeter

dangers associated when working with refrigerants and
Page 2070 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Post-retrofit testing may

include:

must include:
carcinogenic oil
validating the effectiveness of the retrofit and modification

action, including the following checks:
ambient temperature
refrigerant leaks
confirming that reported faults have been rectified
retrofit and modification action.
service date
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2071 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2072 of 7618

AURETU4006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and HVAC systems
AURETU4006 Diagnose complex faults in air conditioning and

HVAC systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in vehicle air conditioning systems, including
heating, ventilation, air conditioning and cooling (HVAC) systems,
in order to initiate action to service, repair, replace or improve
performance.
resolve.

Work applies and includes system fault and failure

diagnosis of faults in HVAC systems fitted to light
vehicles, heavy commercial vehicles, and vehicles in the
mining, construction and agricultural environments.
The unit relates to an automotive technologist, master
technician or subject matter specialist. It encompasses and
builds on trade level competencies.
Approved
Page 2073 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2074 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning vehicle HVAC
systems are accessed and interpreted
work
vehicle HVAC systems are identified and confirmed from
direct or indirect evidence
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

alternative or optional processes
Approved
Page 2075 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to vehicle HVAC systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of vehicle HVAC
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of HVAC systems

types, functions, operations and limitations of HVAC systems
voltage, current, resistance, power, magnetics, inductance and discrete electronic components
HVAC systems
testing procedures of vehicle HVAC systems
recommendations
Approved
Page 2076 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different vehicle HVAC systems with real or simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in vehicle HVAC systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with real or simulated HVAC system faults
faults in vehicle HVAC systems
Page 2077 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2078 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
safety (WHS)
requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment
safety management systems, including equipment and system

isolation requirements
toxic substances
primary operations
direct faults in input sensors, output actuators, wiring harnesses,
computer systems, and calibration or adjustment specifications
damage and system modifications
indirect engine mechanical faults.
intermittent causes
mechanical systems testing
road tests
engine electrical component tests.
pressure gauges
charge stations
reclaim units
recycling units
leak detectors
thermometers
Page 2079 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
flushing equipment
scan tools
lab oscilloscopes.
schematics and operational procedures relating to HVAC
systems
component substitution
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Electrical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical Air conditioning and HVAC
Page 2080 of 7618

AURETU4007 O verhaul air conditioning system components
AURETU4007 Overhaul air conditioning system components

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT322645A Overhaul air conditioning system

components
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to overhaul air

conditioning system components.

The unit includes identification and confirmation of the work

requirement, preparation for work, testing and analysis of systems,
dismantling, reassembling and retesting of air conditioning system
components and completion of work finalisation processes,
Work involved includes air conditioning components fitted to light
vehicles, heavy commercial vehicles and/or plant and equipment.
Approved
Page 2081 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2082 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to overhaul air

conditioning components
1.1. Nature and scope of the work requirements are identified

and confirmed
regulatory/licensing requirements and personal protection
needs are observed throughout the work
1.3. Procedures and information such as workshop manuals,
specifications and tooling, are sourced
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for overhauling
air conditioning components are sourced and support
1.6. Hazards in relation to working with refrigerants are
observed
1.7. Awareness of proper decanting and disposal of ozone
depleting substances are recognised
2. Test air conditioning

systems and analyse
results
2.1. Methods for the conduct of the system tests are

2.2. Results are compared with manufacturer/component
non-compliance
2.4. Report is processed in accordance with workplace
procedures
3. Overhaul air conditioning

system components
3.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from

3.2. Air conditioning system components are dismantled,
reassembled and tested to manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
3.3. Worn, damaged, deteriorated or faulty components are
identified and replaced/repaired
3.4. Air conditioning system overhaul is completed without
causing damage to any component or system
3.5. System components are tested prior to placing into service
and results are documented in accordance with enterprise
3.6. Air conditioning system components are overhauled
according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS
Approved
Page 2083 of 7618

ELEMENT
legislation, legislation and enterprise procedures/policies
4. Prepare air conditioning

components and/or
system for service or
storage
Approved
4.1. Work schedule documentation is completed

expectations
4.4. Air conditioning system/components are cleaned and/or
stored to workplace expectations
procedures
Page 2084 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
use workplace technology related to the overhaul of air conditioning systems, including the use
of measuring equipment, computerised technology, specialist tooling and communication
devices and the reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge

requirements
identification of the application, purpose and operation
identification of component parts to include physical, fluid, gases and heat generation
identification of wear evaluation methods
damage that may occur to electronic control units by the use of poor work practices
measuring and testing procedures
nature and characteristics of refrigerant
component repair/overhauling procedures
work organisation and planning procedures
Approved
Page 2085 of 7618

Approved
Page 2086 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
identification of the application, purpose and operation
application of the full overhaul sequence as per the Range
Statement relative to the qualification being sought
interpreting the test results
completing overhaul of the system and associated components
within workplace timeframes
presentation of vehicle to customer in compliance with

simulated worksite
Approved

materials relevant to overhauling air conditioning system
components
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to overhauling
air conditioning system components

Page 2087 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Assessment may be applied under project related conditions (real or
simulated) and require evidence of process
It is preferable assessment reflects a process rather than an event
and occurs over a period of time to cover the varying quality
subject to agreed authentication arrangements
Approved
Page 2088 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Overhaul methods and
sequences
Overhaul methods and sequences are to include the complete

dismantling of component parts, measuring and evaluation of wear,
the replacement, repair, rebuilding or reconditioning of parts
comparable to original parts, the assembly of parts, performance of
functional testing and the completion of records
Fault finding
Fault finding includes:
Specific requirements
fault finding with aural, visual and functional assessments

(including damage, corrosion, wear, refrigeration leakage)
reading and interpreting manufacturer/component supplier
information
Specific requirements:
compressors
evaporators
condensers
WHS

and safety, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment,
substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices
machinery movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting
and shifting, working in proximity to others and site visitors
limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment,
Approved
Page 2089 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, cleaning

equipment, pressure testing equipment, sealing equipment, leak
detection equipment, thermometer, evacuation equipment,
heating/soldering equipment, refrigerant recovery and/or recycling
equipment, and refrigerant regassing equipment
Materials
Materials may include refrigeration oils, refrigerants, spare parts

and cleaning materials
Communications

Approved

safe work procedures related to overhauling air conditioning
system components
Page 2090 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Technical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Air Conditioning and HVAC
Page 2091 of 7618

AURETX5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic faults in transmission and driveline systemsDate this document was generated:
22 January 2015
AURETX5001 Analyse and evaluate electrical and electronic

faults in transmission and driveline systems
Release
Comment
Release 1

electronic faults in transmission/driveline systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and electronic faults in transmission/driveline systems in order to


evaluation process.
Approved
Page 2092 of 7618

22 January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised
text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and
Page 2093 of 7618

22 January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
electrical and electronic transmission/driveline systems are
accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Electrical and electronic transmission/driveline system
components are prepared for the diagnostic process,


and documented.
Approved
Page 2094 of 7618

22 January 2015
ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2095 of 7618

22 January 2015

Required skills
electronic transmission/driveline systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic
systems input.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
general knowledge of the types, functions and operations of transmission/driveline systems.
vehicle, transmission/driveline systems.
equipment
Approved
Page 2096 of 7618

22 January 2015
Approved
Page 2097 of 7618

22 January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

transmission/driveline systems with real or simulated
transmission/driveline systems.
and environment.
Basic mechanical theory covering the concepts and principles
of mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

deadlines.
evaluation, operational electrical and electronic
transmission/driveline systems with real or simulated faults,
monitoring processes and testing equipment appropriate to the
objective(s), research facilities and technical information and a
work environment.
Approved

Page 2098 of 7618

22 January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2099 of 7618

22 January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Transmission/driveline
systems
Transmission/driveline systems to be covered by this unit include

clutches, torque converters, mechanical and automatic
transmissions, drive and power take-off shafts, and differentials.
Coverage is to include mechatronic modules and multi-class bus
systems.
electronic failures
Transmission/driveline systems electrical and electronic failures

modifications.
systems failures
Transmission/driveline systems failures covered by this unit are to

primary operations.
Unit context

and dangerous goods code, and safe operating procedures.
Evaluative criteria

Approved
Page 2100 of 7618

22 January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
specifications.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include multimeters, lab oscilloscopes, data

scanners, test lights, test LEDs, and may include pulse generators
and manufacturer/component supplier testing equipment.
Tests

Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to transmission/driveline
systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging
transmission/driveline system technology and technology
changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Technical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2101 of 7618

22 January 2015
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Transmission
Page 2102 of 7618

AURHTA1001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre -repair operations
AURHTA1001 Carry out heavy vehicle pre-repair operations

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to prepare

and clean heavy vehicles and major components by mechanical or
chemical means and prepare equipment or components in readiness
for either storage or repair.
requirement, preparation for work, cleaning of components, the
removal of components, tagging and storage of components and
completion of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and
documentation.
No licencing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements

Work applies to heavy vehicles in the road transport, mining,

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2103 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2104 of 7618


ELEMENT

requirements
1.6. Warnings relating to working with cleaning materials are
observed
2. Clean equipment or
components prior to
repair or storage
2.1. Cleaning materials and equipment are used according to

workplace procedures and manufacturer and component
2.2. Components are cleaned to workplace expectations and
2.3. Used cleaning agents and waste materials are safely
disposed of according to industry regulations and guidelines
and workplace requirements
2.4. Cleaning activities are carried out according to industry
regulations and guidelines, workplace health and safety and
environmental requirements

3.1. Components are prepared for further repair procedures or

treated with rust prevention material when being stored
3.2. Components are stored according to workplace procedures,
to prevent injury to self and others or damage to components
3.4. Pre-repair operation documentation is completed according
to workplace procedures
Approved
Page 2105 of 7618


Required skills
communication skills to follow oral and written instructions

literacy skills to
document work performed during pre-repair operations

technical skills to use workplace tools and equipment relating to the pre-repair operations of
heavy vehicles
Required knowledge
dangers of working with chemical cleaning agents and cleaning equipment
cleaning procedures
environmental considerations related to chemical and cleaning agent use
storage procedures of cleaned heavy vehicle components
Approved
Page 2106 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


the work
conduct cleaning and storage operations according to workplace
requirements
complete workplace documentation according to workplace
requirements.


The following resources should be made available for the

Approved

heavy vehicles and heavy vehicle components requiring
equipment, cleaning agents and material relevant to carrying out
hand tools appropriate to carrying out pre-repair operations
Page 2107 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2108 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
Method options may include:
Approved
verbal instructions
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
safe work procedures relating to heavy vehicle pre-repair
operations
signage
automotive industry
heavy vehicle repair manuals.
steam cleaning
high-pressure washing
manual washing
the use of protective coverings
Page 2109 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Cleaning materials may

include:
Equipment may include:
Environmental
dismantling.
cleaning agents
sprays (dewaxing, detergents, degreasers, special purpose
agents)
rust prevention material.
hand tools and equipment
personal and vehicle protection
storage tubs and racks
special equipment (pressure washers, steam cleaners, spray
equipment)
power tools
jacks and stands
lifting equipment.
waste management
chemical and cleaning agent management
control of noise and fumes
clean-up management.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicle
Unit sector
Technical

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2110 of 7618

AURHTA2003 Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessoriesDate this document was generated: 22
January 2015
AURHTA2003 Remove and replace heavy commercial vehicle

ancillary components and accessories
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove,

replace and make adjustments to heavy commercial vehicle
ancillary components and accessories.
It involves the ability to understand equipment specifications and to
use tools and equipment to remove, fit and adjust heavy
commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories to
required standards.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the removal,

replacement, fitting and adjustment of ancillary components,
equipment and accessories in heavy commercial vehicle retail,
service and repair environments.
Work applies to all types of heavy commercial vehicles and road
transport vehicles.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2111 of 7618

January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2112 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Work requirements are identified and confirmed

1.2. Workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements and
other appropriate precautions are identified and taken
1.3. Procedures and information, such as workshop manuals, are
sourced
1.5. Tools and equipment required for the task are selected and
prepared
2. Remove and inspect

ancillary components or
accessories
2.1. Ancillary components or accessories for removal are

identified
2.2. Method for removal is implemented according to
2.3. Ancillary components and accessories are removed without
damage
2.4. Ancillary components and accessories are inspected
2.5. Workplace documentation is compiled according to
3. Fit, test and adjust

ancillary components or
accessories
3.1. Ancillary components and accessories for fitting are

identified
3.2. Fitting is implemented according to manufacturer and
3.3. Ancillary components or accessories are adjusted according
to manufacturer and component supplier specifications
3.4. Post-fitting testing is performed to ensure integrity of work
carried out
3.5. Further adjustments are made where necessary on
conclusion of testing


expectations and motorcycle is presented ready for use
Approved
Page 2113 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills
communicate effectively regarding work requirements with supervisor or other workers

literacy skills to:
read information relating to work orders, including common industry terminology, and
accessory and component assembly plans and fitting instructions
read to the level required to understand work plans and workplace safety procedures
prepare written reports

numeracy skills to correctly interpret metric and imperial systems of measurement
identify risk factors to minimise risk

identify technical and procedural problems


teamwork skills to apply knowledge of own role to support workplace activities and tasks
select tools and equipment appropriate to the task
use tools and equipment to remove and replace ancillary components and accessories of
heavy commercial vehicles
technology skills to use tools and equipment to assist with work practices
Required knowledge
WHS requirements, including personal safety requirements, relevant to working with heavy
commercial vehicles
types, function, application and operation of tools and equipment used for removing and
replacing heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and accessories
removal and replacement procedures of heavy commercial vehicle ancillary components and
accessories
testing procedures and adjustment methods relating to heavy commercial vehicle ancillary
workplace documentation policies and procedures
Approved
Page 2114 of 7618

January 2015
Approved
Page 2115 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


select removal, replacement, inspection and adjustment
methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances
conduct a minimum of three different removal, replacement and
adjustment according to workplace, manufacturer and
component supplier instructions or requirements
confirm effectiveness of work relating to component or
accessory removal or replacement
complete workplace documentation requirements relevant to
tasks.


Approved
operational heavy commercial vehicles and a range of suitable

components or accessories
equipment, hand and power tools and specialised heavy
commercial vehicle tools and equipment appropriate for the
removal and replacement of heavy commercial vehicle
Page 2116 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE

technical specifications and standards.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2117 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Work requirements may
include:

(WHS) requirements:

include:
Ancillary components or
accessories may include:
Workplace documentation
may include:
Approved

written maintenance procedures
service instructions
product assembly instructions
manufacturer design specifications and installation instructions.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
hand tools
hand-held power tools and air tools
garage equipment.
rear-view mirrors
mudguards and mudflaps
lighting system ancillary components
dust deflectors
reflectors
trim ancillary components
audio ancillary components
seat covers
adhesive signage and stickers
exhaust system ancillary components
wheel trims and hubcaps
heat shields
floor mats and carpet.
job cards or work schedules
work bulletins
Page 2118 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
organisational quality policies and procedures

memos
regulatory and legislative requirements relating to heavy
commercial vehicle safety
organisational work specifications and requirements
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical Heavy Vehicle
Unit sector
Technical

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2119 of 7618

AURHTA3002 Service and repair trailers in excess of 4.5 tonnes

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT337273A Service and repair trailers in excess of

4.5 tonnes
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to service and repair load carrying trailers without motive
power, with a gross trailer mass rating (GTMR) or an aggregate
trailer mass (ATM) over 4.5 tonnes and designed to be hauled by
another vehicle.
It requires the ability to identify and confirm work requirements, to
use technical skills to service, repair and/or maintain trailers over
4.5 tonnes and to complete the work finalisation processes.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake and document the

adjustment, testing, servicing and repair of load carrying trailers in
excess of 4.5 tonnes of varying types and in varying environments.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2120 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2121 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work
1.1. Confirm nature and scope of work to be carried out

1.2. Locate workplace health and safety (WHS) and workplace
environmental and sustainable procedures and practices
applicable to the work
1.3. Source service procedures and relevant workshop manuals
and manufacturer information
1.4. Access and interpret state and territory regulations and
requirements
1.5. Check and prepare tools, equipment and materials
1.6. Decide service and/or repair method in accordance with
WHS, environmental and industry regulations and
guidelines, and enterprise procedures
1.7. Set up work area
2. Adjust trailer to suit

individual applications
2.1. Identify trailer application

2.2. Measure to ascertain ride height in preparation for trailer
adjustment
2.3. Use methods, equipment and tolerances suitable to the
trailer application and in accordance with manufacturer
specifications
2.4. Carry out adjustment in accordance with manufacturer and
component supplier specifications, and WHS and workplace
environmental and sustainable procedures and practices
3. Test, service, repair

and/or maintain trailer
3.1. Select appropriate diagnostic test

3.2. Undertake testing of trailer
3.3. Identify service, repair and/or maintenance requirements
3.4. Carry out service, repair and/or maintenance using methods,
equipment and tolerances suitable to the trailer application
in accordance with manufacturer specifications, WHS, and
workplace environmental and sustainable procedures and
practices
4. Verify system
4.1. Undertake visual and audible tests

4.2. Repair and eliminate identified issues
4.3. Organise for trailer to be test driven

maintain equipment
5.1. Clean and inspect equipment and tooling according to

5.2. Tag unserviceable equipment and faults identified in
5.3. Finalise and process work completion documentation,
update customer and warranty information and give to
Approved
Page 2122 of 7618

AURHTA3002 Se rvice and repair trailers in excess of 4.5 tonnes
ELEMENT
appropriate persons, as required
5.4. Clean work area, dispose of waste and scrap, and store
re-useable material, tools and equipment in accordance with
Approved
Page 2123 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to adjust, service and repair load carrying trailers with a
GTMR or ATM of over 4.5 tonnes, including use of workplace computerised technology for
the testing, reporting and recording of results
customers, to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and of
varying physical and mental abilities, and to report work outcomes and problems
common industry terminology, plans and safety procedures, to interpret technical information
and specifications, and to complete workplace documents
Required knowledge
types of load carrying trailers with a GTMR or ATM of over 4.5 tonnes
operating principles and their relationship to each other of braking systems and components,
including disc, drum and air braking systems, and their sub-systems
operating principles of suspension types
operating principles of steering systems
operating principles of wheel alignment
inspection and repair procedures applicable to the trailer type and including 5th wheel, king
pins, landing gear and coupling, frames and sub-frames
Sub Assembly Registration Number (SARN) system
Australian Road Transport (ARTSA) - Brake Code of Practice
service and repair manuals (hard copy and electronic)
manufacturer and component supplier specifications, including workshop manuals and repair
guides related to the servicing and repairing of trailers with a GTMR or ATM of over 4.5
tonnes and their components
practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to the servicing and
Approved
Page 2124 of 7618

repairing of trailers with a GTMR or ATM of over 4.5 tonnes and including state and territory
braking requirements for trailers
organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements and reporting and
recording procedures, related to servicing and repairing of trailers with a GTMR or ATM of
over 4.5 tonnes and their components
Approved
Page 2125 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

consistently:

Approved

the work
select servicing and repair methods and techniques appropriate
to the circumstances and trailer type
service and repair a variety of trailer types with a GTMR or
ATM of over 4.5 tonnes to regulatory and manufacturer and
complete workplace and equipment records and workplace
clean-up requirements.
appropriate worksite
a range of trailers with a GTMR or ATM of over 4.5 tonnes

requiring servicing and/or repairing
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to servicing

and repairing trailers with a GTMR or ATM of over 4.5
tonnes
relevant information, including manufacturer specifications.

Page 2126 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

Knowledge.
circumstances.
work role.

Page 2127 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Trailers with a GTMR or
ATM of over 4.5 tonnes
Trailers with a GTMR or ATM over 4.5 tonnes may include:
Axles
Axles may include:
Servicing, repair and/or

maintaining
single
tandem
tri-axle
quad-axle
non-pivoting axles
pivoting front axles
Servicing, repair and/or maintaining may include:
Approved
box trailers (skeleton type)

heavy goods trailers
low loaders
farm trailers
multiple car carriers
mobile machinery/equipment
cane bin trailers
dolly trailers
semi-trailers
timber jinkers
bus semi-trailers
dog trailers
pig trailers
semi-trailer/B-double/B-triple/AB-triple/road train tail trailers
B-double lead trailers
B-triple lead trailers
B-triple middle trailers
converter dolly
low loader dolly
tandem trailers
minor adjustments
operational testing
replacement of fluids and filters
Page 2128 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Verify system
Verify system may include checking:
Materials
operational risk assessment and treatments

toxic substances
electrical safety
working in proximity to others
Approved
spare parts
lubricants
fluids
cleaning materials
Safe operating procedures may include:
hand tools
testing equipment, including multimeters
power tools
air tools
lubricating equipment
measuring equipment
pressure gauges
vacuum gauges
manufacturer special stools
sub-frame
suspensions components
axles
wheel end
wheels
5th wheel
king pins
landing gear
coupling
verbal, written and graphical instructions issued by authorised

internal and external persons
parts listing prices and catalogues
Page 2129 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

WHS requirements

safety equipment
first aid equipment
road rules
safe driving policy
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

Environmental
requirements
inventory systems
Repair Times manuals
industry standards e.g. Australian Design Rules
Australian Road Transport (ARTSA) - Brake Code of Practice
current driver's licence
waste management
noise
Page 2130 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
dust
clean-up management

procedures
quality policies and procedures, including Australian Standards

anti-discrimination
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2131 of 7618

AURHTB3001 Repair air braking systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT311166A Repair air braking systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out the repair of
air braking systems and associated components.


requirement, preparation for work, testing, analysis and repair of air
braking systems and associated components and completion of
Work involves vehicles equipped with air braking systems.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2132 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2133 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to repair air

braking system and

confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for repair of air
braking systems are sourced and support equipment is
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with air braking systems
are observed
2. Test air braking systems

and analyse results
2.1. Methods for tests are implemented in accordance with

workplace procedures and manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
2.2. Air braking test results are compared with manufacturer/
component supplier specifications to indicate compliance or
non-compliance
3. Repair air braking system
3.1. Methods for repair are implemented in accordance with

specifications
3.2. Adjustments made during the repair are in accordance with
4. Prepare vehicle for use or

storage
4.1. Repair schedule documentation is completed

expectations
4.4. Vehicle is cleaned for use or storage to workplace
expectations
procedures
Approved
Page 2134 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring own performance
wastage
use workplace technology related to the repair of air braking systems, including the use of
measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and the
documenting/recording of results
Required knowledge

dangers of working with air braking systems
operating principles of air braking systems and their relationship to each other
test procedures
repair procedures
Approved
Page 2135 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
testing air braking system for faults including internal and
external air leaks
interpreting test results
conducting repair in accordance with workplace and
completing repair of air braking systems and associated
components within workplace timeframes
requirements

simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to the repair of air braking systems
air braking systems

Page 2136 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2137 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Components
Components may include compressors, actuators, pressure lines,

receivers and valves
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices
Safe operating procedures are to include, but are not limited to

vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery
movement and operation, manual and mechanical lifting and
shifting, working in proximity to others and site visitors

not be limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment,
evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures
authorities

Approved
Page 2138 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, pressure gauges

and brake testing devices
Materials
Materials may include spare parts and cleaning materials
Communications
Communications are to include but are not limited to verbal and

visual instructions and fault documenting and may include site
specific instructions, written instructions, plans or instructions
related to job/task, telephones and pagers

safe work procedures related to the repair of air braking systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 2139 of 7618

AURHTB3002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURHTB3002 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic

braking systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT310166A - Repair hydraulic braking systems

Evidence updated to modern heavy vehicle technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair hydraulic braking systems fitted to heavy vehicles. It
involves diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing
hydraulic braking system components and associated systems, and
undertaking post-repair testing procedures.
Licencing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may

Work applies to the hydraulic braking systems of heavy vehicles in

the road transport, mining, construction and agricultural
environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2140 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2141 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a heavy vehicle

requirements
1.4. Diagnosis options are analysed and those most appropriate
1.5. Appropriate diagnostic tools and equipment are selected and
prepared
2. Diagnose a heavy vehicle

2.1. Diagnostic tests are performed according to workplace

systems
2.2. Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and causes
of faults are determined
3. Repair a heavy vehicle


prepared
carried out without causing damage to components or
systems and according to workplace procedures and


expectations and vehicle is presented ready for use
Approved
Page 2142 of 7618


Required skills

initiative and enterprise skills to adapt to new and emerging situations in the workplace
knowledge, skills and understanding
literacy skills to:
understand quality procedures
read and follow information on written job instructions, specifications, standard operating
document repairs and parts required

numeracy skills to assess tolerances and apply accurate measurements and adjustments

causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of heavy vehicle hydraulic braking
measuring equipment
use technology to collect, analyse and provide information.
Approved
Page 2143 of 7618


Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
dangers of working with heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
application, purpose and operating principles of heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
testing procedures for heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
repair procedures for heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
post-repair testing procedures for heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
Approved
Page 2144 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of heavy vehicle hydraulic braking
systems
diagnose and repair heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
according to workplace, manufacturer and component supplier
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles with hydraulic braking faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of heavy vehicle hydraulic
Page 2145 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
braking systems
tools appropriate for the repair, replacement and adjustment of
heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2146 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
heavy vehicle braking system diagnosis and repair methods,

processes and equipment.

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
heavy vehicle hydraulic braking systems
automotive industry
Engineers design specifications and instructions
heavy vehicle hydraulic brake service requirements and repair
manuals.
visual inspection of braking system components

may include:
Diagnostic tests may
Approved
Page 2147 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
measurement of linkage and actuator adjustments

disc rotor thickness, parallelism and run-out measurements
brake drum diameter, out-of-round, and bell-mouthing
measurements
brake fluid evaluation
poor braking performance
braking system leaks
dragging brakes
excessive braking pedal travel
abnormal braking system noise
worn, damaged or badly-adjusted components.
Faults may include:

include:
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate braking system

performance.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical - Brakes

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2148 of 7618

AURHTB3007 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle electronic braking systems
AURHTB3007 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle electronic

braking systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair electronically controlled braking systems fitted to heavy
vehicles. It involves diagnosing deviations from correct operation,
repairing electronic braking system components and associated
systems, and undertaking post-repair testing procedures.

Work applies to the electronic braking systems of heavy vehicles in

the road transport industry.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2149 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2150 of 7618


ELEMENT

electronic braking system

requirements


system


prepared


Approved
Page 2151 of 7618


Required skills
communication skills to

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
interpret gauges, diagnostic and test equipment


causes


use workplace tools and equipment relating to the repair of electronic braking systems,
including the use of specialist tooling and equipment, measuring equipment, computerised
technology and communication devices
Approved
Page 2152 of 7618


Required knowledge
relating to heavy vehicle electronic braking system
dangers of working with heavy vehicle electronic braking systems
legislation and regulatory requirements of heavy vehicle electronic braking systems
operating principles of heavy vehicle electronic braking systems
application, purpose and operation of heavy vehicle electronic braking systems
effects of associated systems on vehicles electronic braking system
techniques for reading and interpreting electrical circuit diagrams of electronic braking
systems
testing procedures of heavy vehicle electronic braking systems
repair procedures of heavy vehicle electronic braking systems
post-repair testing procedures of heavy vehicle electronic braking systems
Approved
Page 2153 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to:

diagnose and repair a range of heavy vehicle electronic braking
systems
conduct diagnosis and repair procedures of heavy vehicle
electronic braking systems according to workplace, manufacturer
and component supplier requirements
requirements.
Context of, and specific Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated

resources for assessment workplace environment that accurately reflects performance in a real
workplace setting.


of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles with electronic braking faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of heavy vehicle electronic
braking systems
Page 2154 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

heavy vehicle electronic braking systems.
Assessment must satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of this

Training Package.
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2155 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
heavy vehicle electronic braking system diagnosis and repair

methods, processes and equipment.

requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
heavy vehicle electronic braking systems
automotive industry
National Environment Protection Measure for Diesel Vehicles
(Guidelines)
heavy vehicle service requirements and repair manuals.

may include:
Approved
Page 2156 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Diagnosis options may
include:
Faults may include:
isolation of faults
steering axle or drive axle brake modulator faults

sensor faults
electronic control unit (ECU) faults.
Diagnosis findings may

include:

include:
comparison of test results with manufacturer specifications

recommendations for repair, adjustment or replacement of parts.
on-board diagnostic system assessment procedures.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Brakes

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2157 of 7618

AURHTB4003 Overhaul braking system components (heavy)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT410145BA Overhaul braking system components

(heavy)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out an overhaul

to hydraulic, mechanical, vacuum and power assisted, and electric
heavy braking system components.


requirement, preparation for work, overhauling of braking system
components, conducting of serviceability tests on components,
preparing brake components for use or storage and completion of
This unit of competence applies to heavy vehicles, trailers and
towable equipment.
Approved
Page 2158 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2159 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to overhaul
braking system
components

and confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for overhaul are
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with stored energy as in
emergency braking actuators are observed
1.7. Dangers working with brake dust and preventative measures
are observed
2. Overhaul braking system

components

2.2. Braking system components are overhauled using approved
methods, equipment and materials, in accordance with
2.3. Overhaul of braking system components/sub assemblies is
completed without causing damage to any component or
system
2.4. All braking systems component overhaul activities are
carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines,
WHS legislation, legislation and enterprise
procedures/policies
3. Conduct serviceability
tests on components
3.1. Methods for the conduct of the test is implemented in

3.2. Observations on the performance of the component is noted
during the test
3.3. A determination is made as to the serviceability of the
component
3.4. Failed components are tagged for rework
3.5. Documentation of observations are completed
4. Prepare brake
components for use or
storage
4.1. Inspection is made to ensure safety features are in place

expectations
4.3. Brake component is presented for use or stored to
Approved
Page 2160 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 2161 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
use mathematical ideas and techniques to calculate time, assess tolerances, apply accurate
measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality checks
the capacity to apply problem-solving strategies in purposeful ways, both in situations where
the problem and desired solution are clearly evident and in situations requiring critical thinking
use workplace technology related to the overhaul of heavy vehicle braking systems, including
the use of specialist tooling and equipment, measuring equipment, computerised technology
and communication devices and reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge

health hazards working with brake dust
hydraulic principles
operating principles of heavy braking systems and their components, including air compressors
overhaul procedures
test procedures
Approved
Page 2162 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
conducting the overhaul of a range of braking system
components in accordance with workplace and
completing the work within workplace timeframes
presentation/storage of brake components in compliance with

simulated worksite

materials relevant to the overhaul of heavy vehicle braking
systems
of heavy vehicle braking systems

Approved
Page 2163 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2164 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Actuating mechanisms
Actuating mechanisms may include fluid operated, mechanically

operated, power assisted, anti-lock brake systems, computer
systems
System components
System components may include disc pads, master cylinders, brake

shoes, brake callipers, brake hoses, brake actuators, mechanical
devices, and hydraulic and pneumatic valves

sequences

WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices
evacuation
Environmental
Approved
Page 2165 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
requirements

procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, power tooling,

specialist tooling for removal/adjustment, lifting and supporting
equipment, brake dust extraction equipment, measuring instruments
and overhaul machining equipment
Materials
Materials may include spare parts, lubricants and cleaning materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the overhaul of heavy vehicle
braking systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2166 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 2167 of 7618

AURHTB4004 Overhaul air braking systems and components

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT411145A Overhaul air braking

systems/components
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out the overhaul
of air braking systems/components


requirement, preparation for work, testing, analysis of results,
disassembly, overhaul and reassembly of air braking systems and
Work involved includes vehicles fitted with air braking systems.
Approved
Page 2168 of 7618

AURHTB4004 Overhaul air braking systems and com ponents
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2169 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to test air braking

systems/ components

and confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for testing air
braking systems are sourced and support equipment is
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with air braking systems
are observed
2. Test air braking systems/

components and analyse
results
2.1. Methods for the conduct of the air braking systems tests are
non-compliance
2.4. Report is forwarded to appropriate persons for action in
3. Prepare to disassemble
and overhaul air braking
systems/components

3.2. Procedures and information required are identified and
sourced
3.3. Technical and tooling requirements for the disassembly and
overhaul are identified and support equipment is identified
and prepared
4. Carry out the overhaul

and reassembly of air
braking systems/
components
4.1. Methods for the conduct of the overhaul and reassembly are
4.2. All adjustments made during the overhaul are in accordance
with manufacturer/component supplier specifications
5. Prepare vehicle/
equipment for use or
storage
5.1. Overhaul schedule documentation is completed

Approved
Page 2170 of 7618

ELEMENT
expectations
5.4. Vehicle/equipment is cleaned for use or stored to workplace
expectations
procedures
Approved
Page 2171 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
use workplace technology related to overhauling air braking systems/components, including
the use of measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices and
Required knowledge

dangers of working with air braking systems
operating principles of air braking systems/components and their relationship to each other
air braking systems inspection/service and repair procedures
air braking systems overhaul procedures
Approved
Page 2172 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
interpreting of the test results
conducting the overhaul in accordance with workplace and
completing overhaul of a range of air braking systems and
associated components within workplace timeframes
vehicle/equipment presentation to customer in compliance with

simulated worksite

materials relevant to overhauling air braking
systems/components
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to overhauling
air braking systems/components

Approved
Page 2173 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2174 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
sequences

WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices
evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures

Approved
Page 2175 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
authorities
Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, meters, gauges

and load testing devices
Materials
Materials may include fluids, spare parts and cleaning materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the overhaul of air braking
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 2176 of 7618

AURHTB4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURHTB4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems in
performance.
Faults may be electrical, electronic or hydraulic by nature, requiring
the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.


braking systems of heavy commercial vehicles.
competencies.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2177 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2178 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning heavy commercial
vehicle braking are accessed and interpreted
work
1.4. Effects of systemic deficiencies or discrepancies or faults in
heavy commercial vehicle braking systems are identified
and confirmed from indirect or direct evidence
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2179 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to heavy commercial vehicle braking systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of heavy commercial
vehicle braking systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
heavy commercial vehicle braking systems
concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of heavy commercial vehicle braking
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment related to heavy
testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle braking systems, including accessing and
interpreting scan tool system data
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2180 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different heavy commercial vehicle braking systems with real
or simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults heavy commercial vehicle braking
systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated heavy commercial
Page 2181 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
vehicle braking system faults

faults in heavy commercial vehicle braking systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2182 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
(electrical and electronic) which may or may not be faulty in
their primary operations
direct faults in input sensors, output actuators, wiring harness,
computer systems, calibration or adjustment specifications
indirect mechanical faults
data interpretation and readings related to direct indirect and
intermittent causes
hydraulic systems testing
electrical systems testing
road test
decelerometer brake test meter
brake fluid tester
ABS sensor tester
analogue and digital multimeters, lab oscilloscopes, scan tools,
pulse generators
manufacturer and component supplier testing equipment
Page 2183 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:

schematics and operational procedures related to heavy
discover-investigate- fix methodology
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Brakes

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2184 of 7618

AURHTB5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle braking system faults
AURHTB5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle braking system

faults
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT571393A Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate

heavy vehicle braking systems in order to initiate action to
sustain, vary or enhance performance. It includes failure
analysis covering the complex diagnosis of multi-system
and intermittent faults as well as evaluation of performance
achievements and variations.
authority.

It also requires the candidate to identify, evaluate, select and

Approved
Page 2185 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2186 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning heavy
vehicle engine systems are accessed and interpreted.
1.3. WHS requirements, including equipment and system
isolation requirements and personal protection needs are
observed throughout the work.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Heavy vehicle braking system components are prepared for


and documented.
Approved
Page 2187 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2188 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary heavy vehicle
braking systems, diagnostic methods and options and safety procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
heavy vehicle terminology and definitions.

basic electrical theory covering voltage, current, resistance, power, magnetics and inductance.
pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle
foundation braking systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, functions and limitations of friction materials associated with
heavy vehicle braking systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of abs braking
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle air
braking (truck and trailer) systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle air
braking (multiple trailer) systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle air over
Approved
Page 2189 of 7618

hydraulic braking systems/components.

detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle
compression braking systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle retardant
systems/ components.
general knowledge of the Australian design rules requirements related to heavy vehicle
braking.
equipment.
Approved
Page 2190 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three heavy vehicle
two available repair/modification procedures for heavy vehicle
braking systems.
Document and report the diagnostic process and findings and
recommended rectification for two of the above.
and environment.

facility with process equipment, material, work instructions and
deadlines.
evaluation, heavy vehicle braking systems with real or simulated
work environment.
Approved

Page 2191 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2192 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Braking systems
Braking systems to be covered in this unit are to include

foundation, ABS, ABS with traction control, air brakes (truck and
trailer), air brakes (multiple trailer), compression braking, vehicle
retardants, and air over hydraulic systems.
Timing and balancing
Brake timing and balancing are covered.
System failures
Unit context
Braking system failures covered by this unit are to include air

supply capacity, application and release times, brake balance,
brake drum wear, calibration/adjustment specifications,
component damage, conductors - piping specifications,
contamination, friction material abnormalities, leaks, pump-up
times.
Braking system failures covered by this unit are to include
which may or may not be faulty in their primary operations.
WHS requirements include vehicle industry regulations, safety
management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous
goods code and safe operating procedures.
Evaluative criteria

analysis are judged. They are to include statistically based criteria
and may include other measures.
Equipment isolation procedures are to industry and enterprise

standards.
Approved
Page 2193 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include air gauges, multimeter and Tappley

meter, and may include brake timer and electronic stethoscope.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include system performance, air

supply build-up time, prime mover and trailer application time,
park brake application, brake fluid boiling point, rotor and drum
wear, pad and lining thickness, brake pedal travel, handbrake
mechanism travel, NVH, directional control, ABS operation
and performance, sensor/actuator and wiring harness integrity,
sampling (collection and processing) and monitoring/analysis of
computer-based diagnostic systems.
Tests may also include braking during cornering, brake roller
testing, friction material wear rate, disc drum and rotor
temperature.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
application procedures for testing equipment and material.
and operational procedures related to heavy vehicle braking
systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging brake system
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2194 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 2195 of 7618

AURHTD2001 Inspect and service heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
AURHTD2001 Inspect and service heavy commercial vehicle

suspension systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and service suspension systems and suspension components fitted
to heavy commercial vehicles.
The unit involves an inspection of the suspension system to note
deviations from correct operation as well as service to ensure the
system complies with manufacturers specifications.

Work applies to the suspension systems of heavy commercial

vehicles.
Work does not apply to agricultural, off-the-road (OTR), light
vehicle or motorcycle suspension systems.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2196 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2197 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to inspect and

service suspension
system

requirements relating to inspecting and servicing heavy
vehicle suspension systems
2. Inspect suspension
system
2.1. Inspection is carried out according to workplace procedures

and manufacturer and component supplier specifications and
2.2. Inspection results are compared with manufacturer and
3. Service suspension
system
3.1. Service options are analysed and those most appropriate to

prepared
3.3. Service and adjustments are carried out according to
supplier specifications and without causing damage to
components or systems


Approved
Page 2198 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:


technical skills to use workplace tools and equipment relating to the inspection and servicing
of heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
Required knowledge
operating principles of heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
methods of sourcing information relevant to inspecting and servicing heavy commercial
vehicle steering systems
inspection procedures of heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
service procedures of heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
Approved
Page 2199 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect and service a range of heavy commercial vehicle
suspension systems according to workplace, manufacturer and
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy commercial vehicles with suspension systems relevant to
tools and equipment appropriate for the inspection and
servicing of heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
Page 2200 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2201 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

include:
Heavy vehicle suspension
heavy commercial vehicle suspension system inspection and

service methods, processes and equipment.
airbag, coil spring, leaf spring and torsion bar types

shock absorbers
dead axle, independent and adaptive
gas, hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical or rubber suspension
lateral and longitudinal arms
ball joints
self-levelling device, ride control, height control.

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
Approved
verbal instructions

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
safe work procedures relating to the inspection and servicing of
heavy commercial vehicle suspension systems
signage
automotive industry
Page 2202 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Final inspection may

include:
Service schedule

heavy commercial vehicle service requirements and repair
manuals.
lubricant application and replacement
adjustments and operational testing.
final check of suspension systems and components
checking of suspension system operation during mobile or
stationary tests
cleaning of heavy commercial vehicle.
heavy commercial vehicle service book
workplace computerised or written records and invoice.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical - Heavy Vehicles
Unit sector
Technical Steering and Suspension

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2203 of 7618

AURHTD3002 Repair steering systems (heavy vehicle )
AURHTD3002 Repair steering systems (heavy vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH315166A Repair steering systems (heavy vehicle)

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out repairs to

wheeled and/or tracked type steering systems and associated
components.


requirement, preparation for work, tests and analysis of results,
completion of repairs and completion of work finalisation
This unit of competence should be contextualised to the
qualification to which it is being applied.
Work involved includes wheeled and/or tracked type vehicles and
heavy vehicles.
Approved
Page 2204 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2205 of 7618


ELEMENT
repair of steering system

confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or operational requirements for inspecting
and repairing steering systems are sourced and support
tooling and equipment are identified and prepared
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with wheeled and tracked
vehicles are observed
2. Conduct test and analyse

results
2.1. Methods for steering system tests are implemented in

accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer/
2.2. Inspection/test results are compared with manufacturer/
non-compliance
3. Carry out repairs

specifications
3.2. Adjustments, including wheel bearing adjustments are made
during the repair are in accordance with
4. Prepare vehicle/
equipment for customer
and/or storage

expectations
4.4. Vehicle/equipment is cleaned for use or storage to
procedures
Approved
Page 2206 of 7618

Approved
Page 2207 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
use workplace technology, including the use of measuring equipment, computerised
Required knowledge

requirements
operating principles of mechanical and hydraulic steering systems and their relationship to
each other
dangers of working with wheeled and tracked vehicles
steering systems testing and adjusting procedures
steering systems repair procedures
Approved
Page 2208 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
completing repair to a range of steering systems to
completing repairs within workplace timeframes

simulated worksite

material relevant to the repair of steering systems
steering systems

Approved
Page 2209 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2210 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Repair of steering systems
and equipment
Repair of steering systems and equipment may include:
Methods
component and / or system adjustments

ball joints, struts, idler arms, steering boxes, steering columns,
steering racks, king pin and steering actuators
electronic controlled steering systems
full power steering, including articulated vehicles
tracked type vehicles
operational testing, electrical testing and hydraulic testing

visual, aural and functional assessments (including: damage,
corrosion, wear)
principles, angles and geometry of vehicle wheel alignment
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
Approved
Page 2211 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
requirements

procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, meters, gauges,

testing equipment and devices, including camber, caster, KPI and
toe out on turns measuring systems
Materials
Materials may include spare parts, lubricants, fluids and cleaning

materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the repair of steering systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2212 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2213 of 7618

AURHTD3003 Repair suspension systems (heavy vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH316166A Repair suspension systems (heavy

vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out the repairs to
suspension systems and associated components.


requirement, preparation for work, inspections/testing and analysis
of outcomes and completion of repair actions and work finalisation
Work involves wheeled vehicles, including chain drive and tracked
type vehicles.
Approved
Page 2214 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2215 of 7618


ELEMENT
repairs to suspension
systems and associated
components

confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or measurement requirements for suspension
systems are sourced and support equipment is identified and
prepared
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with wheeled and tracked
vehicles are observed
2. Conduct inspection/test
and analysis
2.1. Methods for inspection/test procedures and manufacturer/

2.2. Inspection/test results are compared with manufacturer/
non-compliance

3.3. Technical and tool requirements for repair are identified and
specifications

storage

expectations
Approved
Page 2216 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 2217 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with equipment on chassis
repair procedures
Approved
Page 2218 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
conducting repair of a range of systems in accordance with
manufacturer/component supplier and workplace requirements

simulated worksite

material relevant to the repair of suspensions systems
suspensions systems

Approved
Page 2219 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2220 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Suspension systems
Repair methods
Suspension systems may be gas, hydraulic, pneumatic,

mechanical or rubber suspension
lateral and longitudinal arms, independent suspension
ball joints
self-levelling device, ride control, height control
functional testing, pressure testing, electrical testing

visual, aural and functional assessments (including: damage,
corrosion, fluid levels, fluid leaks, air leaks, wear, alignment)
adjustment of shock absorbers
accumulators
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
Approved
Page 2221 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
requirements

procedures
authorities


load testing devices, computerised diagnostic equipment and shock
absorber testers
Materials

materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the repair of suspension
systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2222 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2223 of 7618

AURHTD3004 Carry out wheel alignment operations (heavy vehicle)
AURHTD3004 Carry out wheel alignment operations (heavy

vehicle)
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH317108A Carry out wheel alignment operations

(heavy vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit identifies the competence required to carry out wheel

alignment operations.


requirement, preparation for work, carrying out wheel alignment
operations and completion of work finalisation processes, including
Wheel alignment operations may be for heavy vehicles.
Approved
Page 2224 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2225 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Carry out wheel

alignment pre-checks
1.1. Information is gained from customer outlining handling

characteristics and history
confirmed
specifications, and tools required, are sourced
1.4. Vehicle/equipment tests are performed to confirm need for
alignment
1.5. Vehicle wheel alignment pre-checks are carried out in
procedures and workplace requirements
2. Perform vehicle wheel

alignment

2.2. Wheel alignment measuring equipment is connected to
vehicle in accordance with manufacturer/component
2.3. Wheel alignment is completed without causing damage to
any component or system
2.4. Corrective adjustments/repairs are carried out in accordance
2.5. Vehicle/equipment is tested to confirm accuracy of
adjustments according to manufacturer/component supplier
specifications and customer requirements
2.6. Wheel alignment testing and adjustment is carried out
according to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS
legislation, legislation and enterprise procedures/policies
2.7. Workplace documentation is completed and dealt with
relevant to alignment outcomes
3. Complete documentation
and service history
documents
3.1. Service history is updated in accordance with workplace

requirements
3.2. Before and after alignment measurements are documented
and included in customer documentation
procedures
Approved
Page 2226 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
Required knowledge

operating principles of steering geometry and wheel alignment
wheel alignment procedures
relationships between fault symptoms and component defects
chassis alignment checks
wheel alignment system types and their construction
use of measuring tools and testing equipment
use of hand tools and specialised equipment
pre-check procedures
Approved
Page 2227 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
conducting the alignment of a range of wheels in accordance
with workplace and manufacturer/component supplier
requirements
accurately interpreting wheel alignment measurements
completing wheel alignment within workplace timeframes
vehicle/equipment is presented to customer in compliance with

simulated worksite

material relevant to wheel alignment operations
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to wheel
alignment operations

Approved
Page 2228 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2229 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Wheel alignment
operations
Wheel alignment operations are to include one or more of the

following systems:
drive axles
two and four wheel steer, tandem steer
single wheel steer
trailer axle
chassis/underframe alignment checks
measurement and adjustment
road testing (before and after adjustments)
visual, aural and functional assessment (including: damage,
corrosion, wear, measurement)
alignment equipment operation
string lining
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices
evacuation
Approved
Page 2230 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Environmental
requirements


procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include hand tools, tyre gauge and/or
specialist tools for removal/adjustment, mechanical and/or
electronic wheel alignment equipment, measuring equipment,
lifting equipment, two head and four head wheel aligner
Materials
Materials may include minor parts and cleaning materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to wheel alignment operations
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2231 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2232 of 7618

AURHTD4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systemsDate this document was generated:
22 January 2015
AURHTD4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial

vehicle steering and suspension systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and
suspension systems in order to initiate action to service, repair,
replace or improve performance.
resolve.


steering and suspension systems of heavy commercial vehicles.
competencies.
Approved
Page 2233 of 7618

22 January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2234 of 7618

22 January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

vehicle steering and suspension systems are accessed and
interpreted
work
1.4. Effects of systemic deficiencies, discrepancies or faults with
heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems
are identified and confirmed from indirect or direct evidence
procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose faults
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2235 of 7618

22 January 2015

Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to heavy commercial vehicle steering and
suspension systems
vehicle steering and suspension systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems
types, functions, operations and limitations of heavy commercial vehicle steering and
suspension systems and components
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment relating to heavy
commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems
testing procedures of heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension systems
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2236 of 7618

22 January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension
systems with real or simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle
steering and suspension systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated heavy commercial
Page 2237 of 7618

22 January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
vehicle steering and suspension system faults

faults in heavy commercial vehicle steering and suspension
systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2238 of 7618

22 January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
safety (WHS)
requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
primary operations
and computer systems
incorrect axle alignment.
wiring and connector integrity, operation and specification of
input and output devices, controlling electronic components and
computers, data interpretation and readings relating to direct,
indirect and intermittent causes
use of a shock absorber dynamometer
axle alignment checks
on-road testing
component testing.
shock absorber dynamometer
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
pulse generators
schematics and operational procedures relating to heavy vehicle
Page 2239 of 7618

22 January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2240 of 7618

AURHTD5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehi cle steering and suspension system faults Date this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURHTD5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle steering and

Release
Comment
Release 1

steering and suspension system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate heavy

vehicle steering and suspension systems in order to initiate action to


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2241 of 7618

AURHTD5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle steering and suspension system faults Date this document was generated: 22 January
2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2242 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
vehicle steering and suspension systems are accessed and
interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Heavy vehicle steering and suspension system components
are prepared for the diagnostic process, including park-up,


and documented.
Approved
Page 2243 of 7618

2015
ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2244 of 7618

2015

Required skills
steering and suspension systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge

pneumatic systems.
detailed knowledge of steering system theory, including steering angles (camber, castor, king
pin inclination, toe-in and toe-out).
general knowledge of the functions of hydraulic pressure within steering and suspension
systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle steering
and suspension systems/components.
mechanical steering systems/components
detailed knowledge of the types and influences of single and multiple trailer operations on
heavy vehicle power steering systems/components.
Approved
Page 2245 of 7618

2015

equipment.
Approved
Page 2246 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

steering and suspension systems with real or simulated
select and document the most appropriate rectification
measures.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, heavy vehicle steering and suspension systems with real
or simulated faults, monitoring processes and testing equipment
Approved

Page 2247 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2248 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Steering and suspension

systems
Steering and suspension systems to be covered in this unit are to

include mechanical, power and split-air suspension.
Steering system failures
Heavy vehicle steering system failures covered by this unit are to

include mechanical steering, power steering, tyre wear, driveability,
vibration, directional stability, tracking, calibration/adjustment
specification, component specifications, component assembly,
Suspension system failures
Heavy vehicle suspension system failures covered by this unit are

to include erratic steering, suspension trailer influences, mechanical
damage, chassis alignment, component damage and systems
modifications.
Unit context

Evaluative criteria


standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include tape measure, tyre pressure gauge,

string line, adjustable electronic bubble level and laser wheel
Approved
Page 2249 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT
alignment system or equivalent wheel and chassis alignment
equipment.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include tyre pressures, tyre tread,

toe-in, toe-out turns, camber, castor, king pin inclination, king pin
wear, steering linkage and bar specification, axle track, average
axle track, axle parallelity, chassis alignment, ride height, wheel
bearing specification, drag link specifications, turning radius
left/right, air bag leveller operation.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to heavy vehicle steering and
suspension systems.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2250 of 7618

AURHTE2001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine assemblies
AURHTE2001 Remove and install heavy vehicle engine

assemblies
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT201164A Remove and install engine assemblies

Evidence updated to reflect modern heavy vehicle technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and install engine assemblies fitted to heavy vehicles. It involves
the identification of work requirements, preparation for work,
removal of assemblies, installation of engine assemblies and
completion of work finalisation processes, including cleaning and
documentation, and post-installation testing procedures.

Work applies to the removal and installation of engine assemblies

of heavy vehicles in the road transport, mining, construction,
agricultural and marine environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2251 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2252 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to remove heavy

vehicle engine assemblies

requirements relating to removing heavy vehicle engine
assemblies
1.4. Removal options are analysed and those most appropriate to
1.5. Warnings in relation to working with lifting and jacking
equipment are observed
2. Carry out the removal of

heavy vehicle engine
assemblies
2.1. Engine assembly is removed according to workplace

systems
2.2. Observations are noted and documented during the removal
of engine assembly
3. Install heavy vehicle

engine assemblies

appropriate to the circumstances are selected
3.3. Engine assembly is installed according to workplace
systems
4. Carry out
post-installation tests and
adjustments
4.1. Post-installation adjustments are carried out according to

4.2. Post-installation tests are carried out according to


Approved
Page 2253 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to

numeracy skills to:
interpret gauges, instruments and measuring equipment

technical skills to use workplace tools and equipment relating to the removal and installation
of heavy vehicle engine assemblies
Required knowledge
dangers of working with lifting and jacking equipment
methods of disconnecting related systems, including:
air conditioning system
cooling system
electrical systems
exhaust system
fuel system
power steering system
transmission systems, including:
Approved
Page 2254 of 7618


manual transmission
removal procedures for heavy vehicle engine assemblies, including:
correct use of lifting and supporting equipment
item tagging procedures
correct disposal methods of hazardous substances

installation procedures for heavy vehicle engine assemblies
post-installation testing and adjustment procedures for heavy vehicle engine assemblies,
including:
pre-start procedures
operational testing and run-in procedures
Approved
Page 2255 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


remove and install a range of heavy vehicle engine assemblies
requirements
present heavy vehicle in a condition that complies with



of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles and heavy vehicle engine assemblies
tools and equipment appropriate for the removal and installation
of heavy vehicle engine assemblies
Page 2256 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2257 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
include:
(WHS) requirements:
verbal instructions
removal and installation methods, processes and equipment.

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.

may include:
Removal options may
Approved
safe work procedures relating to the removal and installation of

heavy vehicle engine assemblies
signage
automotive industry
removal of the engine assembly alone or with the transmission
assembly
Page 2258 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Observations may include:
removal with the engine attached to chassis.
routing of system components

damaged or faulty components
components and parts required for engine installation.

include:
installation of the engine assembly alone or with the

transmission assembly
installation with the engine attached to chassis.
Post-installation
adjustments may include:
throttle adjustments
coolant replacement
oil replacement
tappet adjustment
re-tensioning of cylinder head bolts.
Post-installation tests may

include:
stationary and mobile engine performance tests

testing of associated systems, including:
cooling system
ancillary systems
transmission system.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical - Engines

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2259 of 7618

AURHTE3002 Re pair engines and associated engine components (heavy vehicle)
AURHTE3002 Repair engines and associated engine components

(heavy vehicle)
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH301166A Repair engines and associated engine

components (heavy vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out repair of an

engine, and associated engine components on compression ignition
engines.
Approved
Page 2260 of 7618

AURHTE3002 Repair engines and associated engine components (heavy vehicle)


requirement, preparation for work, engine system testing and
analysis, repair of engines and associated components and
documentation.
Engines may include those for, heavy vehicles, mobile plant,
agricultural machinery and marine craft.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2261 of 7618


ELEMENT
repair of engines

confirmed
the work as applicable to tasks
specifications, and tools, are sourced
1.6. Technical and/or calibration requirements for engine
systems repair are sourced and support equipment is
1.7. Warnings in relation to working with engines and associated
systems are observed
2. Conduct engine systems

tests and analyse results
2.1. Methods for engine systems tests are implemented in

2.2. Engine is started and run up to operating temperature and
checked for leaks, abnormal noises and pressures
non-compliance
3. Carry out repair

specifications
4. Prepare vehicle/
storage

expectations
Approved
Page 2262 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 2263 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
Required knowledge

National Environmental Protection Measures for Diesel Vehicles as applicable to tasks
engine construction and operation relevant to application
engine/component repair procedures
engine removal and replacement procedures
equipment/component safety requirements
Approved
Page 2264 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
dismantling, evaluating, assembling, adjustment, measuring and
testing
repairing a range of engines and associated components to
workplace requirements and specifications
repairing of engine and associated components completed
within workplace guidelines and timeframes

simulated worksite

material relevant to the repair of engines and associated engine
components
engines and associated engine components

Approved
Page 2265 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2266 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Engines
Engines may be:
four stroke compression ignition engines for heavy vehicle,

agricultural machinery, mobile plant and marine craft
two stroke compression ignition for heavy vehicle, agricultural
machinery, mobile plant, and marine craft
Repair methods
Repair methods are to include identification of component

wear/damage, fluid leakage, removal, dismantling, reassembly,
refitting, adjusting and testing
WHS

equipment, use of tools and equipment, workplace environment and
safety, handling of material, use of fire fighting equipment,
substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements


Approved
Page 2267 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include hand tools, power tools, lifting
and jacking equipment, specialist tooling and lubricant dispensing
equipment
Materials
Materials may include spare parts, consumables, lubricants and

cleaning materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to repairing engines and
industry, including Australian Design Rules, Environment
Protection Regulations (Diesel Fuels), National Environment
Protection For Diesel Vehicle Guidelines Engineer's design
specifications and instructions
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2268 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Engines
Page 2269 of 7618

AURHTE4003 Di agnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines
AURHTE4003 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel

engines
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines systems in order to
initiate action to service, repair, replace or improve performance.
Faults may be electrical, electronic or mechanical by nature,
requiring the application of complex diagnostic processes to
resolve.


diesel engines in the road transport, mining, construction and
agricultural environments.
competencies.
Approved
Page 2270 of 7618

AURHTE4003 Diagnose complex faults in heavy vehicle diesel engines
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2271 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning heavy vehicle diesel
engines systems are accessed and interpreted
work
heavy vehicle diesel engines systems are identified and
confirmed from indirect or direct evidence
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2272 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to heavy vehicle diesel engine systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of heavy vehicle
diesel engine systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
heavy vehicle diesel engine systems
concepts, types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle diesel engines, including:
fuel, ignition, intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting systems/
components
vehicle diesel engine systems
testing procedures for heavy vehicle diesel engine systems, including accessing and
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2273 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different heavy vehicle diesel engines systems with real or
simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults heavy vehicle diesel engine
systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated heavy vehicle diesel
Page 2274 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
engine system faults

faults in heavy vehicle diesel engine systems

knowledge.
Competence in this unit may be assessed in conjunctio n with other
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2275 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
engine (poor performance, excessive oil consumption, engine
stoppages)
fuel (contamination, flow, pressure, leakage)
ignition (no-start, no-run, misfire, erratic operation, lack of
power, charging)
intake (leakage, noise, vibration, inadequate control
exhaust (pressure, abnormal emissions)
lubrication (pressure, flow, leakage, abnormal engine wear,
inadequate filtration, sludge formation, excessive deposits,
overheating)
cooling (overcooling, insufficient cooler flow, coolant out of
specification, lack or air flow, internal corrosion)
mounting (noise, vibration, hardness, clutch shudder, erratic
transmission control)
indirect engine mechanical faults.
component wear analysis, compression, cylinder leakage,
engine performance, exhaust gas sampling, flow, oil
consumption, pressure, sample collection and processing,
specific gravity, temperature and vacuum.
Page 2276 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
road test.
bore gauges, compression gauges, cooling system analyser, dial

gauges, exhaust gas analysers, micrometers, multimeter,
oscilloscope, pressure gauges, stethoscope, telescopic gauges,
temperature gauges, tachometer, timing lights, vacuum gauges,
verniers, and may include anemometer, barometer, hygrometer,
specific gravity gauge

include:

schematics and operational procedures related to heavy vehicle
diesel engines
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Engines

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2277 of 7618

AURHTE5004 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle engine and fuel system faults
AURHTE5004 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle engine and fuel

system faults
Release
Comment
Release 1

engine and fuel system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

vehicle engine and fuel systems in order to initiate action to sustain,
vary or enhance performance.


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2278 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2279 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
vehicle engine and fuel systems are accessed and
interpreted.
1.3. National Environment Protection Measure for Diesel
the work as applicable to tasks.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
supplier and enterprise requirements. Tooling and materials
required to support the diagnostic process are identified,
selected and prepared for use.
2.5. Heavy vehicle engine and fuel system components are


Approved
Page 2280 of 7618

ELEMENT
and documented.
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2281 of 7618


Required skills
engine and fuel systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and
safety procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
National Environment Protection Measures for Diesel Vehicles.

pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle engines.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle fuel
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle engine
electrical systems/ components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle intake
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle exhaust
systems/components.
Approved
Page 2282 of 7618

lubrication systems/ components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle cooling
systems/components.
equipment.
general knowledge of automotive digital computing systems
Approved
Page 2283 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

engine and fuel systems with real or simulated multi-system
engine and fuel systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, heavy vehicle engine and fuel systems with real or
Approved

Page 2284 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2285 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process
The objective of the failure analysis and evaluation process may

be to determine fault rectification measures, to effect variation
in system characteristics and parameters or to enhance system
performance.
Engine and fuel systems
Engine and fuel systems to be covered in this unit are to include

the engine, computer controlled management systems, closed
loop diesel engine management systems and related fuel,
electrical, intake, exhaust, lubrication and cooling systems.
Engine and fuel system

failures
Engine and fuel system failures covered by this unit are to

include engine management, engine performance (response,
fuel consumption, power), charging, contamination, damaged
components, emissions, forced induction, fuel pressure/supply,
lighting leaks, operating temperature, overheating, sensors,
starting.
include indirect faults caused by the influence of external
systems which may or may not be faulty in their primary
operations.
Unit context

Protection Measures for Diesel Vehicles.
Evaluative criteria


standards.
Approved
Page 2286 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include compression gauges, computerised

diagnostic system, cooling system analyser, dynamometer,
manometer, multimeter, pressure gauges, pyrometer, refractometer,
temperature gauges, vacuum gauges and may include anemometer,
barometer, hygrometer, specific gravity gauge.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include component wear analysis,

compression, cylinder leakage, engine performance, exhaust gas
sampling, flow, oil consumption, pressure, sample
collection/processing, specific gravity, temperature, vacuum, boost
pressures.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to heavy vehicle engine and
fuel systems.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2287 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Engines
Page 2288 of 7618

AURHTF2001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components
AURHTF2001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and

components
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components for the
purpose of establishing safe operating conditions and making any
repair or maintenance recommendations.

Work applies to the fuel systems and components of heavy

commercial vehicles and may include inspecting fuel systems and
components on or off the vehicle.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2289 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for inspection

requirements relating to inspecting heavy commercial
vehicle fuel systems
1.3. Procedures and information relating to heavy commercial
vehicles are sourced and interpreted
2. Inspect fuel systems and

components to determine
condition
2.1. Work area is checked to ensure safe working conditions

2.2. Fuel systems and components are inspected according to
workplace or manufacturer requirements and without
causing damage to components or systems


procedures
Approved
Page 2290 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to
document work performed during inspection operations

numeracy skills to perform simple measurements and assess tolerances

technical skills to use workplace tools and equipment relating to the inspection of heavy
commercial vehicle fuel systems and components
Required knowledge
workplace safety procedures related to heavy commercial vehicle movements and pedestrian
traffic
operating principles of heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems
methods of sourcing information relevant to inspecting heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems
inspection procedures of heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components
Approved
Page 2291 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect a range of heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and
components according to workplace, manufacturer and
record results of inspection according to workplace
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and components
tools and equipment appropriate for the inspection of heavy
commercial vehicle fuel systems and components
Page 2292 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2293 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
heavy commercial vehicle fuel systems and component

inspection methods, processes and equipment

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.

may include:
Fuel systems and
Approved
safe work procedures relating to the inspection of heavy

commercial vehicle fuel systems
signage
automotive industry
heavy commercial vehicle inspection requirements and repair
manuals.
fuel tanks and fittings
Page 2294 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
fuel lines
fuel filters
fuel pumps
fuel injectors
water separators.
workplace computerised or written customer records and
invoice
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Fuel systems

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2295 of 7618

AURHTJ1001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres for the purpose of
establishing safe operating conditions and making any repair or
maintenance recommendations.

Work applies to heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyre

assemblies and vehicles and may include inspecting wheels and
tyre assemblies on or off the vehicle.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2296 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2297 of 7618


ELEMENT

vehicles wheels and tyres
vehicle wheels and tyre assemblies are sourced and
interpreted
2. Inspect wheels and tyre

assemblies to determine
condition

2.2. Wheels and wheel attachments, tyre condition and inflation
fittings are inspected according to workplace or
manufacturer requirements and without causing damage to


procedures
Approved
Page 2298 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to

numeracy skills to interpret numerical information printed on tyres

commercial vehicle wheels and tyres
Required knowledge
dangers of working with tyres and air pressure
dangers associated with split and multi-piece wheel rims
traffic
vehicle wheel and tyre terminology, including types of rim and tyre construction and tyre
coding
inspection procedures of heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyre assemblies
Approved
Page 2299 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect a range of heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyres
requirements
record results of inspection according to workplace
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy commercial vehicle wheel and tyre assemblies relevant to
commercial vehicle tyres and wheel assemblies
Page 2300 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2301 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
verbal instructions

include:
heavy commercial vehicle wheels and tyre assembly inspection


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.

may include:
Wheels and wheel

attachments may include:
Approved
workplace procedures related to the identification and fitting

of tyres and rims for specific heavy applications
tyre manufacturer technical information
vehicle and equipment operator manuals
charts, tables, graphics, work bulletins
Australian Standards for heavy commercial vehicle rims and
tyres
Australian Design Rules as they relate to heavy commercial
vehicle rims and tyres.
single and dual configurations
wheel nuts
wheel caps or trims
axle and bearing fittings
one-piece rims
split rims and attachments
locking rings.
Page 2302 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Tyre condition may include:
tread depth
tread wear patterns
flat spots
cuts and damage
sidewall condition
separation
delamination
under-inflation
over-inflation
deformation
penetrations.
invoice.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Wheels and Tyres

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2303 of 7618

AURHTJ2002 Select heavy vehicle tyres and rims for specific applications
AURHTJ2002 Select heavy vehicle tyres and rims for specific

applications
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT317968A Identify and fit tyres and rims for

specific applications (heavy) and AURT217985A Fit tyres and rims
for specific applications (heavy)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select

heavy vehicle tyres and rims to suit specific applications. It
involves identifying and confirming work requirements, preparing
for work, selecting tyres and rims and completing work finalisation
processes.

Work applies to the heavy vehicle tyres and rims of heavy vehicles
in the road transport, mining, construction, agricultural and other
industrial environments.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2304 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to select tyres

applications

requirements
1.2. Workplace Health and Safety (WHS) requirements are
1.3. Procedures and information for selecting tyres and rims are
sourced
2. Select tyre and rims for

2.1. Information required for selecting heavy vehicle tyres and

rims is accessed from manufacturer and component supplier
specifications and correctly interpreted
2.2. Tyre and rim options are analysed to identify technical
compliance and economic benefits
2.3. Selection procedures are carried out according to
legislation, industry and workplace policies
2.4. Selected products are those which most closely meet
Approved
Page 2305 of 7618


Required skills
ask questions to clarify instructions or procedures
report inspection results

learning skills to identify sources of information and assistance
literacy skills to:
complete job card

numeracy skills to interpret numerical information printed on tyres
Required knowledge
relating to heavy vehicle tyres and rims
Australian Design Rules relating to heavy vehicle tyres and rims
heavy vehicle tyre and rim terminology and codes
heavy vehicle tread patterns, rim and tyre types and their applications
Approved
Page 2306 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


access and interpret information required for selecting tyres and
rims
select a range of heavy vehicle tyres and rims for heavy vehicle
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles with tyres and rims relevant to the qualification
being sought
equipment and material suitable for sourcing information
related to selecting heavy vehicle tyres and rims
workplace instructions.
Page 2307 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2308 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
verbal instructions
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
schedules, plans, specifications, work bulletins, memos,
regulatory and legislative requirements pertaining to automotive
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2309 of 7618


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2310 of 7618

AURHTJ2003 Remove, inspect, and refit heavy vehicle wheel assemblies
AURHTJ2003 Remove, inspect, and refit heavy vehicle wheel

assemblies
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT217665A - Remove, fit and inspect wheel

assemblies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

inspect and fit wheel assemblies fitted to heavy vehicles. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, removal, inspection
and fitting procedures of wheel assemblies.

Work applies to the wheel assemblies of heavy vehicles in the road

transport, mining, construction and agricultural environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2311 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2312 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to remove wheel

assembly

requirements relating to removing heavy vehicle wheel
assemblies

wheel assembly
2.1. Wheel assembly is removed according to workplace

systems
2.2. Inspection of wheel assembly, mounting points and fittings
for damage and wear is carried out
3. Fit wheel assembly
3.1. Fitting options are analysed and those most appropriate to

3.3. Wheel assembly is fitted according to workplace procedures
3.4. Wheel operation is checked for correct assembly, run-out
and alignment according to workplace procedures and


Approved
Page 2313 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to

numeracy skills to interpret gauges, instruments and measuring equipment

technical skills to use workplace tools and equipment relating to the removal, inspection and
fitting of heavy vehicle wheel assemblies
technology skills to use technology to collect and provide information.
Required knowledge
dangers of working with heavy vehicle wheel assemblies
lifting and supporting procedures for heavy vehicles
types and applications of wheels and rims, including:
cast-spoke wheels
disc wheels, including:
stud-piloted wheels
hub-piloted wheels
single-piece tyre-to-rim assemblies
two-piece tyre-to-rim assemblies
three-piece tyre-to-rim assemblies

removal, inspection and fitting procedures of heavy vehicle wheel assemblies
post-fitting procedures and checks of heavy vehicle wheel assemblies
Approved
Page 2314 of 7618

Approved
Page 2315 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


remove, inspect and fit a range of heavy vehicle wheel
assemblies
remove, inspect and fit heavy vehicle wheel assemblies
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles and heavy vehicle wheel assemblies
tools and equipment appropriate for the removal, inspection and
Page 2316 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2317 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
Removal options may

include:
Approved
verbal instructions
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
safe work procedures relating to the removal, inspection and
signage
automotive industry
heavy vehicle service requirements and repair manuals
front wheel removal
rear wheel removal
dual wheel removal
removal of other systems to gain access to wheel
Page 2318 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Inspection of wheel
assembly may include:
Fitting options may include:

include:
tyre condition
rim condition
wheel bearing condition
manual handling or motor-assisted handling of wheel
assemblies
manual or power-tool tightening of wheel nuts
wheel assembly run-out and alignment testing
correct operation is ensured of vehicle systems affected by the
removal and fitting of wheel assemblies
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2319 of 7618

AURHTJ2004 Demount, inspect, repair and mount agricultural equipment tyres and tubesDate this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURHTJ2004 Demount, inspect, repair and mount agricultural

equipment tyres and tubes
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to perform

repair operations to tyres and tubes fitted to agricultural equipment.
It involves demounting agricultural equipment tyres and tubes from
wheel rims, inspecting the tyre and rim to assess condition,
performing minor tyre and tube repairs and remounting tyres and
tubes to rims.

Work applies to the tyres and tubes of agricultural equipment and

machinery.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2320 of 7618

2015


Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2321 of 7618

AURHTJ2004 Demount, inspect, repair and mount agricultural equi pment tyres and tubesDate this document was generated: 22 January
2015

ELEMENT
1. Prepare to demount,
repair and mount tyres
and tubes

requirements for the demounting, repair and mounting of
agricultural equipment tyres and tubes
1.3. Wheel type, rim type and mounting system is identified and
procedures and information are sourced and interpreted
1.4. Wheel assembly is visually inspected to assess immediate
threat to health and safety according to legislation,
manufacturer and site procedures
2. Demount tyre from rim
2.1. Tyre is demounted from rim according to workplace

specifications
2.2. Demounting of the tyre from the rim is completed without
causing damage to any components
3. Inspect tyre, tube and rim

non-compliance
repairs
4. Repair and mount tyres

and tubes
4.1. Repair is carried out according to manufacturer and

component supplier and workplace procedures
4.2. Tyre is mounted to rim according to manufacturer and
component supplier and workplace procedures and without
causing damage to components
4.3. Wheel assembly is checked to confirm component
compatibility, serviceability and correct assembly prior to
inflating according to manufacturer and site procedures
4.4. Tyre is inflated according to manufacturer and component
supplier and workplace procedures
4.5. Post-repair testing is carried out according to manufacturer
and component supplier and workplace procedures


expectations and wheel is presented ready for use
Approved
Page 2322 of 7618

2015

Approved
Page 2323 of 7618

2015

Required skills

literacy skills to


fitting of agricultural equipment tyre assemblies
Required knowledge
hazard identification procedures and risk control methods
types and classifications of agricultural equipment wheels and rims
inspection procedures of agricultural equipment tyre assemblies
tyre deflation methods of agricultural equipment tyres and rims
demounting procedures of agricultural equipment wheel assemblies, including:
safety lock rim
rim or hub mounted multi piece rim
one piece wheel/rim

repair procedures of agricultural equipment tyre and tubes
mounting procedures of agricultural equipment tyre assemblies
inflation procedures of agricultural equipment tyre assemblies
post-mounting inspection procedures of agricultural equipment tyre assemblies
Approved
Page 2324 of 7618

2015
Approved
Page 2325 of 7618

AURHTJ2004 Demount, inspect, re pair and mount agricultural equipment tyres and tubesDate this document was generated: 22 January
2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


demount and mount a range of agricultural equipment tyres
according to workplace and manufacturer and component
present wheel in a condition that complies with workplace
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

a range of agricultural equipment tyre assemblies
equipment appropriate for the demounting, repair and mounting
of agricultural equipment tyre assemblies
Page 2326 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2327 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
Agricultural equipment
tyres and tubes may
include:
safety (WHS)
requirements:
Procedures and
Approved
verbal instructions
deep lug tyres
radial tractor tyres
bias ply tractor tyres.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
safe work procedures relating to the inspection, removal, repair
and fitting of agricultural tyres
signage
automotive industry
agricultural equipment tyre service requirements and repair
manuals
Page 2328 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:
lifting equipment
hand tools, power tools
jacks and support stands
tyre handling equipment.
visual inspection of wheel assemblies
monitoring of tyre pressure
leak detection methods.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical Mobile Plant Equipment
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2329 of 7618

AURHTJ2006 Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes (heavy)
AURHTJ2006 Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes

(heavy)
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT217966A Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and

tubes (heavy)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to remove and refit heavy
vehicle tyres and tubes from rims, inspect tyres and tubes to assess
serviceability and carry out tyre and tube repairs.


requirement, preparation for work, removal, repair and fitting of
heavy tyres and tubes and completion of work finalisation
Work involved includes all single or dual wheel heavy vehicles
other than those requiring wheel ballast.
Approved
Page 2330 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2331 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to remove, repair

and fit heavy tyres and
tubes

confirmed
specifications, and tooling required, are sourced
1.5. Technical requirements for repair and fitting of tyres and
tubes are sourced and support equipment is identified and
prepared
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with rims, tyres and tubes
are observed

analyse results
2.1. Methods for the inspection are implemented in accordance

with workplace procedures and manufacturer/component
non-compliance
procedures
3. Carry out removal, repair

and refit
3.1. Methods for the removal, repair and refit are implemented
in accordance with workplace procedures and
3.2. Adjustments made during the removal, repair and refit are
specifications

use or storage

4.2. Final inspection is made to ensure safety features are in
place
expectations
4.4. Equipment is cleaned for use or storage to workplace
expectations
procedures
Approved
Page 2332 of 7618

AURHTJ2006 Remove, inspect, repair an d fit tyres and tubes (heavy)
Approved
Page 2333 of 7618


Required skills
Apply analytical skills required for identification and analysis of technical information
team members
customers
wastage
use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, apply accurate
use workplace technology related to the removal, repair and fitting of heavy tyres and tubes,
including the use of measuring equipment, computerised technology, specialist tooling and
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with tyre and tube repair equipment
operating principles of tyre and tube repair equipment and their relationship to each other
repair procedures
Approved
Page 2334 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
accurately interpreting inspection results
conducting the removal, repair and refit of tyres and tubes in
accordance with workplace and manufacturer/component
completing removal, repair and refit of wheels, tyres and tubes
and associated components within workplace timeframes
equipment is presented to customer in compliance with

simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to the removal, repair and fitting of heavy
tyres and tubes
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the removal,
repair and fitting of heavy tyres and tubes

Page 2335 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2336 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices
evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, breaker devices,

gauges, jacks, hoists and pressure testing devices
Approved
Page 2337 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Communications


safe work procedures related to the removal, repair and fitting
of heavy tyres and tubes
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2338 of 7618

AURHTJ3005 Identify and apply pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement systems (heavy vehicle)Date this document was
AURHTJ3005 Identify and apply pneumatic wheeled traction

performance enhancement systems (heavy vehicle)
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT309627A Identify and apply pneumatic wheeled

traction performance enhancement systems (heavy vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to identify and apply

pneumatic wheeled traction performance enhancement techniques,
such as ballasting, chains, inflation and tread patterns.

Work involved includes heavy vehicle mobile equipment that

requires improved traction techniques.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2339 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2340 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to identify
enhancement systems

confirmed
understood
specifications are sourced
1.5. Technical requirements for wheeled traction are sourced and
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with wheeled vehicles are
observed
2. Prepare to apply a
enhancement system

2.3. Technical and tool requirements for traction performance
enhancement are identified and support equipment is
3. Carry out traction

performance
enhancement procedures
3.1. Methods for implementing traction performance

enhancement are implemented in accordance with
specifications
3.2. Wheel adjustments made during the traction enhancement
are in accordance with manufacturer/ component supplier
specifications

storage
4.1. Vehicle modification schedule documentation is completed

expectations
expectations
Approved
Page 2341 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
use workplace technology related to the application of traction performance enhancement
techniques, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment and communication
devices and the documenting/recording of results
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with wheeled vehicles and equipment
operating principles of traction performance enhancement systems and their relationship to
each other
Approved
Page 2342 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
interpreting traction performance enhancement requirements
applying the technique/system in accordance with workplace
and manufacturer/component supplier requirements
completing process within workplace timeframes
requirements

simulated worksite

material relevant to application of traction performance
enhancement techniques
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to application
of traction performance enhancement techniques

Approved
Page 2343 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2344 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Traction performance
enhancement techniques
Traction performance enhancement techniques and systems may

include ballasting, chains, inflation and tread pattern variations
Traction techniques
Traction techniques need to be varied in accordance with terrain,

soil condition and load
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures

Approved
Page 2345 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
authorities
Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, meters and

gauges
Materials
Materials may include ballast material, air supply and cleaning

materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the application of traction
performance enhancement techniques
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2346 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2347 of 7618

AURHTL4001 Inspect, repair and diagnose alternative fuel systems for heavy vehicle engines
January 2015
AURHTL4001 Inspect, repair and diagnose alternative fuel

systems for heavy vehicle engines
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH404584A Inspect, repair and diagnose alternative

fuel systems for heavy vehicle engines
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to inspect, repair and

diagnose and analyse alternative fuel systems in heavy vehicle
engines.


requirement, preparation for work, inspection, repair and diagnosis
of alternative fuel systems for heavy vehicle engines and
documentation.
Work involved includes all alternative fuel systems used for heavy
vehicle engines.
Approved
Page 2348 of 7618

January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2349 of 7618

AURHTL4001 Inspect, repair an d diagnose alternative fuel systems for heavy vehicle engines
January 2015

ELEMENT

repair alternative fuel
systems in heavy vehicle
engines

confirmed.
specifications, and tools, are sourced.
the circumstances are selected and prepared.
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for the inspection
of alternative fuel system for heavy vehicle engines are
sourced and support equipment is identified and prepared.
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with alternative fuel
systems are observed.
2. Inspect alternative fuel

engines
2.1. Methods for system inspection are implemented in

2.2. Inspection results are compared with
compliance or non-compliance.
information and recommendation(s) made.
procedures.
3. Repair alternative fuel

engines
3.1. Methods for repairs are implemented in accordance with

specifications.
3.2. Adjustments made during repairs are in accordance with
3.3. Technical and/or calibration requirements for the repair of
alternative fuel system for heavy vehicle engines are sourced
and support equipment is identified and prepared.
4. Prepare to undertake the

diagnosis of alternative
fuel systems for heavy
vehicle engines

and confirmed.
specifications and tooling, are sourced.
Approved
Page 2350 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENT
4.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for the diagnosis
of alternative fuel systems are sourced and support
equipment is identified and prepared.
4.6. Warnings in relation to working with alternative fuel
systems are observed.
5. Conduct alternative fuel

systems for heavy vehicle
engines diagnosis and
analyse results
5.1. Methods for the conduct of the diagnosis are implemented

5.2. Alternative fuel system test results are compared with
compliance or non-compliance.
information and recommendations(s) made.
procedures.
6. Prepare the vehicle for

use or storage
6.1. Report documentation completed.

6.2. Final inspection is made to ensure safety features are in
place.
expectations.
6.4. Vehicle is cleaned for use or stored to workplace
expectations.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2351 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
use workplace technology related to the inspection, repair and diagnosis of alternative fuel
systems, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment, computerised
technology and communication devices and reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge

requirements.
dangers of working with alternative fuel systems on heavy vehicle engines
operating principles of alternative fuel systems on heavy vehicle engines
range of common gas system faults and their causes, symptoms and effects
diagnosis procedures
test procedures.
Australian Gas Industry Standards for automotive
Approved
Page 2352 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
conducting the diagnosis in accordance with workplace and
interpreting and documenting the test results
completing the inspection ,repair and diagnosis of alternative
fuel systems within workplace timeframes
requirements.

simulated worksite.
Australian and Gas Industry Standards.
Approved

materials relevant to the inspection, repair and diagnosis of
alternative fuel systems
inspection, repair and diagnosis of alternative fuel system for

automotive industry's RS&R Training Package.
Page 2353 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
performance together with application of underpinning knowledge.
the integration of key competencies.
simulated) and require evidence of process.
subject to agreed authentication arrangements.
Approved
Page 2354 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Repair methods and
sequence
Repair methods and sequence are to include isolation of fault(s);

dismantling, inspection and evaluation; replacement of component
parts; assembly and completion of operational tests and records.
Faults
Faults to be diagnosed may include poor engine performance,

abnormal consumption, engine malfunction and fuel leaks.
WHS

substances.
Personal protective
equipment

practices.
and shifting, working in proximity to others and site visitors.
evacuation.
Environmental
requirements

waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management.

procedures.
Approved
Page 2355 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
authorities


leak testing devices and decanting equipment.
Materials
Materials may include spare parts and cleaning materials.
Communications

job/task, telephones and pagers.

safe work procedures related to the inspection, repair and
diagnosis of alternative fuel system for heavy vehicle engines
industry, including Australian Design Rules, gas industry
standards and Australian Standards
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2356 of 7618

January 2015
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Alternative Fuels
Page 2357 of 7618

AURHTQ2001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline components
AURHTQ2001 Inspect heavy commercial vehicle driveline

components
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

heavy commercial vehicle driveline components for the purpose of
establishing safe operating conditions and making any repair or
maintenance recommendations.

Work applies to the driveline components of heavy commercial

vehicles and may include inspecting driveline components on or off
the vehicle.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2358 of 7618



of competency.


ELEMENT

vehicle driveline components
vehicles are sourced and interpreted
2. Inspect driveline
components to determine
condition

2.2. Driveline components are inspected according to workplace
or manufacturer requirements and without causing damage
to components or systems


procedures
Approved
Page 2359 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to

numeracy skills to perform simple measurements and assess tolerances

commercial vehicle driveline components
Required knowledge
traffic
operating principles of heavy commercial vehicle driveline systems and components
methods of sourcing information relevant to inspecting heavy commercial vehicle driveline
inspection procedures of heavy commercial vehicle driveline components
Approved
Page 2360 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
assessment and
evidence required to
demonstrate
The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit must be

relevant to workplace operations and satisfy all of the requirements of
the performance criteria and required skills and knowledge.

inspect a range of heavy commercial vehicle driveline components
requirements
record results of inspection according to workplace requirements.

resources for
workplace environment that accurately reflects performance in a real
assessment
workplace setting.

The following resources must be made available for the assessment of

this unit:

heavy commercial vehicles with driveline components relevant to

Training Package.
Approved
Page 2361 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
performance (over time and in a range of workplace relevant contexts)
together with the application of required skills and knowledge.
diverse clients.
Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally sensitive and
appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the
Approved
Page 2362 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
verbal instructions

include:
heavy commercial vehicle driveline component inspection


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.

may include:
Driveline components may
Approved
safe work procedures relating to the inspection of heavy

signage
automotive industry
heavy commercial vehicle inspection requirements and repair
manuals.
universal joints, constant velocity joints and centre bearings
Page 2363 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
drive-shafts, half-shafts and prop-shafts

yokes and flanges.
invoice.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Driveline Final Drives

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2364 of 7618

AURHTQ3002 Repair final drive assemblies (heavy vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH312666A Repair final drive assemblies (heavy

vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out repairs to

final drive assemblies.


requirement, preparation for work, testing, analysis of results and
carrying out repairs to final drive assemblies and associated
Work involved may include heavy vehicles and agricultural
machinery and earthmoving equipment.
Approved
Page 2365 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2366 of 7618


ELEMENT
repairs to final drive
assemblies

confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for final drive
assembly repair are sourced and support equipment is
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with final drive assemblies
are observed
2. Conduct final drive

assembly tests and
analyse results
2.1. Methods for test on final drive assembly are implemented in

non-compliance

workplace procedures and manufacture/component supplier
specifications

storage

features are in place
expectations
expectations
procedures
Approved
Page 2367 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with wheeled and tracked vehicles and equipment
the identification of application, purpose and operation
inspection and test procedures
repair procedures
Approved
Page 2368 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
identification of application, purpose and operation
application of full repair sequence as per the Range Statement
to a final drive assembly relative to the qualification being
sought
repair of final drive assembly and associated components
completed within workplace timeframes
requirements

simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to the repair of final drive assemblies
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to the repair of

Page 2369 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2370 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Variables
Variables may include bevel, spiral bevel and hypoid gearing
Repair methods and

sequence
Repair methods and sequence are to include isolation of fault(s),

dismantling, inspection and evaluation, replacement of components
parts, assembly and completion of operational tests and records
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures

Approved
Page 2371 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
authorities

pulling, pushing and load testing devices
Materials
Materials may include lubricants, spare parts and cleaning materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to repair of final drive assemblies
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2372 of 7618

AURHTQ3003 Repair final drive - driveline (heavy vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH313166A Repair final drive driveline (heavy

vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out repairs to the
driveline and its components.


requirement, preparation for work, testing and analysis of results,
completion of repairs to final drive and completion of work
Work involved includes heavy vehicles and agricultural machinery
and earthmoving equipment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2373 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2374 of 7618


ELEMENT
driveline

confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for repair of
drivelines are sourced and support equipment is identified
and prepared
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with rotating components
are observed
2. Test driveline and analyse

results
2.1. Methods for tests associated with drivelines is implemented

2.2. Driveline test results are compared with manufacturer/
non-compliance
procedures

specifications
3.2. Adjustments made during the repair work are in accordance

use or storage

expectations
expectations
procedures
Approved
Page 2375 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with rotating shafts and gear systems
testing procedures, including balancing shaft
repair procedures
Approved
Page 2376 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
to a driveline relative to the qualification being sought
completing repair of driveline and associated components
equipment presentation to customer in compliance with

simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to repairing final drivelines
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to repairing
final drivelines
Page 2377 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2378 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Variables
Variables may include universal joints, constant velocity joints and

centre bearings
Repair methods and

sequence

Faults
Faults to include:
driveline vibration
abnormal noises
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements


Approved
Page 2379 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include hand tools, meters, gauges and
Materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the repair of final drive
(driveline) and associated components
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2380 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Driveline and FInal Drives
Page 2381 of 7618

AURHTR3005 Diagnose and repair heavy trailer electronically controlled roll stability systems Date this document was generated: 22
January 2015
AURHTR3005 Diagnose and repair heavy trailer electronically

controlled roll stability systems
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair electronically controlled roll stability systems fitted to
trailers over 4.5 tonnes. It involves diagnosing deviations from
correct operation, repair operations of roll stability system
components and associated systems, and post-repair testing
procedures.

Work applies to the roll stability systems of trailers in the road

transport environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2382 of 7618

January 2015


of competency.
Approved

Page 2383 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT

repair a heavy trailer roll
stability system

requirements
prepared
2. Diagnose a heavy trailer

roll stability system

systems
3. Repair a heavy trailer roll

stability system

prepared


Approved
Page 2384 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills

initiative and enterprise to adapt to new and emerging situations in the workplace
literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
interpret gauges, diagnostic and test equipment


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools related to the repair of heavy trailer roll stability
measuring equipment
computerised technology and communication devices
Approved
Page 2385 of 7618

January 2015

Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy trailer roll stability systems
dangers of working with heavy trailer roll stability systems
application, purpose and operating principles of heavy trailer roll stability systems
testing procedures for heavy trailer roll stability systems
repair procedures for heavy trailer roll stability systems
post-repair testing procedures for heavy trailer roll stability systems
identification of the effects of associated systems on heavy trailer roll stability systems
Approved
Page 2386 of 7618

AURHTR3005 Diagnose and repair heavy trailer electroni cally controlled roll stability systems Date this document was generated: 22
January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.

diagnose and repair a range of heavy trailer roll stability systems
diagnose and repair heavy trailer roll stability systems according
to workplace, manufacturer and component supplier
requirements
requirements.

resources for assessment workplace environment that accurately reflects performance in a real
workplace setting.


of this unit:
Approved

heavy trailer with roll stability faults relevant to the qualification
being sought
equipment appropriate for the testing of heavy trailer roll
stability systems
Page 2387 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE

heavy trailer roll stability systems.

Training Package.
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2388 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
heavy trailer roll stability system diagnosis and repair methods,

processes and equipment

requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
heavy trailer roll stability systems
automotive industry
heavy trailer roll stability service requirements and repair
manuals.
isolation of faults

may include:
Approved
Page 2389 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Faults may include:
electrical and electronic component faults

electronically-controlled braking system faults.
component repair procedures, including


include:
visual inspection of heavy trailer roll stability components

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical- Electrical and Electronic

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2390 of 7618

AURHTX3001 Repair transmissions - manual (heavy vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH306666A Repair transmissions manual (heavy

vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out removal,

repair and replacement of manual transmissions.
Approved
Page 2391 of 7618



removal, repair and replacement of manual transmissions and
documentation.
For repairs to electronic controlled drive management refer to
systems.
This unit of competence applies to the following and should be
heavy vehicles, agricultural machinery and mobile plant

equipment.

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2392 of 7618


ELEMENT
testing of manual
transmission

confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for testing of
manual transmissions are sourced and support equipment is
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with manual transmissions
are observed
2. Test manual transmission

and analyse results
2.1. Methods for tests are implemented in accordance with

specifications
2.2. Road/site test is conducted for abnormalities
non-compliance
procedures
3. Prepare to repair manual

transmissions


specifications
4.2. Adjustments made during repairs are in accordance with
5. Prepare vehicle/
storage

5.2. Road/site test is conducted to ensure transmission operation
is to manufacturer/component supplier specifications
Approved
Page 2393 of 7618

ELEMENT
expectations
procedures
Approved
Page 2394 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
Required knowledge

dangers of working with transmissions
repair procedures
Approved
Page 2395 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
selecting methods and techniques, appropriate to the
circumstances
interpreting testing results
to a manual transmission relative to the qualification being
sought
conducting repairs in accordance with workplace and
completing repair of transmissions and associated components
vehicle/transmission presentation to customer in compliance
with workplace requirements

simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to repairing manual transmissions
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to repairing
manual transmissions
Page 2396 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Approved
Page 2397 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Methods
Methods include:
road testing, test under operating conditions

visual, aural and functional assessment (including: fluid
leakage, gear selection, wear, damage, corrosion)
manual transmissions, front and/or rear wheel drive

configurations
transmission must be of multiple speed constant mesh or
synchromesh design
Other variables may include:
belt drive transmission

power take off assemblies
multiple forward and reverse gears
multi countershaft
synchronised and non-synchronised gear selection
metal and non-metal gears
electrical/pneumatic control
transverse/longitudinal mounting
helical, double helical and spur gears
transfer case
Repair methods and

sequence
Repair methods and sequence are to include isolation of fault(s);

dismantling, inspection and evaluation; replacement of component
parts; assembly and completion of operational tests and records
Faults
Faults to include noisy operation, jumping out of gear, external oil

leaks, loss of drive
WHS

Approved
Page 2398 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures
authorities

Materials
Materials may include fluids, spare parts and cleaning materials
Communications

Approved

safe work procedures related to repair, removal and replacement
of manual transmissions and/or associated components
Page 2399 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2400 of 7618

AURHTX3002 Inspect, test and replace transmissions - automatic (heavy vehicle)
AURHTX3002 Inspect, test and replace transmissions - automatic

(heavy vehicle)
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH307165A Inspect, test and replace transmissions automatic (heavy vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

inspection, testing and replacement of automatic and
semi-automatic transmissions and associated components.


requirement, preparation for work, inspecting, testing and analysis
of systems, replacement of and automatic and semi-automatic
transmissions and completion of work finalisation processes,
Work involved includes automatic and semi-automatic
transmissions in heavy vehicles, agricultural machinery and mobile
plant equipment.
Approved
Page 2401 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2402 of 7618


ELEMENT

test transmission

confirmed
transmissions are sourced and support equipment is
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with semi automatic,
automatic transmissions are observed
2. Inspect and test the

transmission and analyse
results
2.1. Methods for system inspection are implemented in

2.2. Methods for system tests are implemented in accordance
2.3. Road/site test is conducted to identify transmission
operational abnormalities
non-compliance
procedures

replace transmission

3.3. Technical and tool requirements for removal and
replacement are identified and support equipment is
4. Carry out removal and

replacement
4.1. Methods for removal and replacement are implemented in

4.2. Adjustments made during the removal and replacement are
Approved
Page 2403 of 7618

ELEMENT
specifications
5. Prepare vehicle/
storage
Approved
5.1. Removal and replacement schedule documentation is

completed
expectations
procedures
Page 2404 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
Required knowledge

operating principles of automatic and semi automatic transmissions and their relationship to
other systems
removal and replacement procedures
Approved
Page 2405 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
interpreting diagnosis results
conducting repair and/or replacement of a range of
transmissions in accordance with workplace and
vehicle/transmissions presentation to customer in compliance

simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to carrying out repairs to automatic and
semi-automatic transmissions and associated components
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to carrying out
repairs to automatic and semi-automatic transmissions and

Page 2406 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2407 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Transmissions
Transmissions may include:
Testing methods
automatic and semi automatic transmissions, power shift

transmissions
pre-selective transmissions
electronically controlled transmissions
operational testing, testing under operating conditions, test

bench testing, electrical testing
visual, aural and functional assessment (including fluid leakage,
speed and range selection, wear, damage, corrosion, electrical
circuits faults)
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
Approved
Page 2408 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
requirements

procedures
authorities

load and pressure testing devices
Materials
Materials may include transmission fluids, spare parts and cleaning

materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the repair of automatic and
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2409 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2410 of 7618

AURHTX3003 Repair transmissions - automatic (heavy vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTH307166A Repair transmissions - automatic

(heavy vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out the repair of
automatic and semi-automatic transmissions and associated
components.
Approved
Page 2411 of 7618



repair and replacement of and automatic and semi-automatic
transmissions and completion of work finalisation processes,
For repairs to electronic control drive management systems refer to
systems.
transmissions in heavy vehicles, agricultural machinery and mobile
plant equipment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2412 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to test
transmission

confirmed
transmissions are sourced and support equipment is
2. Test transmission and

analyse results
2.1. Methods for system tests are implemented in accordance

non-compliance
procedures
3. Prepare to repair and

replace transmission
3.1.WHS requirements, including individual State/Territory

4. Carry out repair and

replacement
4.1. Methods for repair and replacement are implemented in

4.2. Adjustments made during the repair and replacement are in
specifications
5. Prepare vehicle/
5.1. Repair and replacement schedule documentation is

completed
Approved
Page 2413 of 7618

ELEMENT
storage
Approved
expectations
procedures
Page 2414 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
Required knowledge

operating principles of automatic and semi automatic transmissions and their relationship to
other systems
repair and replacement procedures
Approved
Page 2415 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
conducting repair and replacement of a range of transmissions
in accordance with workplace and manufacturer/component
vehicle/transmissions presentation to customer in compliance

simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to carrying out repairs to automatic and
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to carrying out
repairs to automatic and semi-automatic transmissions and

Page 2416 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2417 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Transmissions
Transmissions include automatic and semi automatic transmissions,

power shift transmissions
Variables
Testing methods
transfer case
operational testing, testing under operating conditions, test

bench testing, electrical testing
visual, aural and functional assessment (including fluid leakage,
speed and range selection, wear, damage, corrosion, electrical
leakage, short circuits, broken circuits)
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


Approved
Page 2418 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures
authorities

load and pressure testing devices
Materials
Materials may include transmission fluids, spare parts and cleaning

materials
Communications

Approved

safe work procedures related to the repair of automatic and
Page 2419 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2420 of 7618

AURHTX3004 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT306170A Inspect, service and/or repair clutch

assemblies and associated operating system components
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair clutch systems fitted to heavy vehicles. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repair operations of
the clutch system and associated components, and post-repair
testing procedures.

Work applies to the clutch systems of heavy vehicles in the road

transport, mining, construction, and agricultural environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2421 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2422 of 7618


ELEMENT

clutch system

requirements
prepared

clutch system

systems

clutch system

3.2. Appropriate tooling, techniques and materials are selected
and prepared
procedures and relevant legislation.


Approved
Page 2423 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
carry out measurements


determine the underlining causes of faults
causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of heavy vehicle clutch systems,
including the use of:
measuring equipment
Approved
Page 2424 of 7618



Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements, relating
to the diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle clutch systems
dangers of working with heavy vehicle clutch systems
application, purpose and operating principles of heavy vehicle clutch systems, including:
single-disc clutch assemblies
two-disc clutch assemblies
coil spring clutches
diaphragm spring clutches

maintenance procedures of heavy vehicle clutch systems
testing procedures of heavy vehicle clutch systems
repair procedures of heavy vehicle clutch systems
post-repair testing procedures of heavy vehicle clutch systems
Approved
Page 2425 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of heavy vehicle clutch systems
relative to the qualification being sought
diagnose and repair heavy vehicle clutch systems according to
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles with clutch system faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of heavy vehicle clutch
systems
Page 2426 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

heavy vehicle clutch systems.

knowledge.
units which together form part of an holistic work role.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2427 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
heavy vehicle clutch systems diagnosis and repair methods,

Workplace Health and

Safety (WHS) requirements

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
heavy vehicle clutch systems
automotive industry
heavy vehicle clutch service requirements and repair manuals.
hydraulic and mechanical systems

may include:
Diagnosis tests may include:
Approved
Page 2428 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Faults may include:

include:
clutch slippage
clutch drag and binding
clutch chatter
clutch pedal pulsation
clutch vibration
clutch system noise.
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate clutch performance
Unit Sector(s)
Not applicable.

Competency field
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2429 of 7618

AURHTX4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systemsDate this document was generated:
22 January 2015
AURHTX4006 Diagnose complex faults in heavy commercial

vehicle transmission and driveline systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in heavy commercial vehicle transmission and
driveline systems in order to initiate action to service, repair,
Faults may be electrical, electronic, mechanical or hydraulic by
resolve.


transmission and driveline systems of heavy commercial vehicles.
competencies.
Approved
Page 2430 of 7618

22 January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2431 of 7618

22 January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

vehicle transmission and driveline systems are accessed and
interpreted
work
heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline
systems are identified and confirmed from indirect or direct
evidence
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2432 of 7618

22 January 2015

Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to heavy commercial vehicle transmission and
driveline systems
vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems
concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of heavy commercial vehicle
transmission and driveline systems and components
commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems
testing procedures for heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2433 of 7618

22 January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different heavy commercial vehicle transmission and driveline
diagnosis of complex heavy commercial vehicle transmission
and driveline systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated commercial vehicle
Page 2434 of 7618

22 January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
transmission and driveline system faults

faults in commercial vehicle transmission and driveline systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
the candidate and the work being performed
Approved
Page 2435 of 7618

22 January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
faults with
clutches
torque converters
manual and automatic transmissions
drive and power take-off shafts
differentials
mechatronic modules and multi-class bus systems
input sensors
output actuators
wiring harness
computer systems
computer systems, calibration/adjustment specifications
mechanical and hydraulic system faults.
Page 2436 of 7618

22 January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT

include:

include:
intermittent causes
road test.
pulse generators
schematics and operational procedures related to transmission
and driveline systems
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical Heavy commercial Vehicle
Unit sector
Technical Transmission

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2437 of 7618

AURHTX5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle transmission system faults
AURHTX5005 Analyse and evaluate heavy vehicle transmission

system faults
Release
Comment
Release 1

Reference to OHS legislation replaced with new WHS legislatio n
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

vehicle transmission systems in order to initiate action to sustain,


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2438 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2439 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
vehicle transmission systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Heavy vehicle transmission system components are


and documented.
Approved
Page 2440 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2441 of 7618


Required skills
transmission systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and
safety procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge

pneumatic systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of heavy vehicle manual
transmission systems/components.
automatic transmission systems/components.
equipment.
Approved
Page 2442 of 7618

Approved
Page 2443 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

transmission systems with real or simulated multi-system and
transmission systems.
recommended rectification.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, heavy vehicle transmission systems with real or
Approved

Page 2444 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2445 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Systems
Transmission systems to be covered in this unit are to include

both mechanical, automatic and integrated computer controlled
systems made up of components, including clutches, torque
converters, automatic and manual electric transmissions,
gearboxes, differentials, drive shafts and final drives.
System failures
Transmission system failures covered by this unit are to include

noises, leaks, air system pressures, contamination, clutch
operation, vibrations, hard shifting, abnormal gear wear, loose
mountings, lubrication, and operating temperature.
Diagnosis
Diagnosis for module and parts replacement in related electrical

and electronic control systems are covered.
Unit context

Evaluative criteria


standards.
Approved
Page 2446 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include pressure gauges, multimeters,

inclinometer (electronic) and computerised diagnostic systems.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include pressure (oil and air), lubricant

sampling, sensor integrity and function, wiring harness integrity.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to heavy vehicle
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2447 of 7618

AURHTY2001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes
AURHTY2001 Inspect and service mechanical connections of

heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and service mechanical connection systems fitted to both the
tractive unit and the towed unit of heavy vehicles.
The unit involves an inspection of the mechanical connection
system to note deviations from correct operation as well as service
to ensure the system complies with manufacturers specifications.

Work applies to the mechanical connection systems of heavy

vehicles in the road transport, mining, construction, agricultural and
other industrial environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2448 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2449 of 7618


ELEMENT

service a heavy vehicle
mechanical connection
system

requirements relating to inspecting and servicing heavy
vehicle mechanical connection systems
2. Inspect a heavy vehicle

system

3. Service a heavy vehicle

system

prepared


Approved
Page 2450 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to

numeracy skills to carry out measurements and perform calculations

of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
Required knowledge
identification, purpose and operating principles of heavy vehicle mechanical connection
systems
inspection procedures of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
service procedures of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
Approved
Page 2451 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect and service a range of heavy vehicle mechanical
connection systems according to workplace, manufacturer and
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy commercial vehicles with mechanical connection
systems relevant to the qualification being sought
servicing of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
Page 2452 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2453 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:
Heavy vehicle mechanical
connection systems may
include:
(WHS) requirements may
include:
heavy vehicle mechanical connection system inspection and

servicing methods, processes and equipment.
5th wheel systems

king pins
landing gear systems.

may include:
Approved
verbal instructions

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
signage
automotive industry
Page 2454 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
Service schedule
heavy vehicle mechanical connection system service

requirements and repair manuals.
lubricant application and replacement
final check of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
and components
checking of heavy vehicle mechanical connection system
operation during mobile or stationary tests
cleaning of vehicle and components.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Chassis and Frame

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2455 of 7618

AURHTY3002 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes
AURHTY3002 Diagnose and repair mechanical connections of

heavy vehicles and trailers over 4.5 tonnes
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair mechanical connection systems fitted to both the tractive
unit and the towed unit. It involves diagnosing deviations from
correct operation, repair operations of the mechanical connection
system and associated components, and post-repair testing
procedures.

Work applies to the mechanical connection systems of heavy

vehicles in the road transport, mining, construction and agricultural
environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2456 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2457 of 7618


ELEMENT

system

requirements
1.3. Procedures and information are sourced
prepared

system

systems

system

and prepared


expectations and vehicle and trailer is presented ready for
use
4.2. Tools and equipment are cleaned and stored according to
Approved
Page 2458 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of heavy vehicle mechanical
connection systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Approved
Page 2459 of 7618


Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
dangers of working with heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
application, purpose and operating principles of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems,
including:
5th wheel systems
king pins
landing gear systems

maintenance procedures of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
testing procedures of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
repair procedures of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
post-repair testing procedures of heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems
Approved
Page 2460 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of heavy vehicle mechanical
connection systems
diagnose and repair heavy vehicle mechanical connection
systems according to workplace, manufacturer and component
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles with mechanical connection system faults
equipment appropriate for the testing of heavy vehicle
Page 2461 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
mechanical connection systems

heavy vehicle mechanical connection systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2462 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
mechanical connection systems diagnosis and repair methods,


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
heavy vehicle mechanical connections
automotive industry
heavy vehicle mechanical connections service requirements and
repair manuals.

may include:
Approved
checking for slack in the fifth wheel operation, when connected
Page 2463 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
to a trailer
inspecting top plate and brackets for cracks
inspecting the fifth wheel and mounting plate welds
use of a lock tester to check fifth wheel operation.
Faults may include:

include:
non-engagement of fifth wheel jaws or locks

cracked welds
slackness or movement between mounting components.
correct engagement of fifth wheel jaws or locks

checking of clearances to manufacturers specifications.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Chassis and Frame

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2464 of 7618

AURHTZ3001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
AURHTZ3001 Diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission

control systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT304666A Repair and replace emission control

systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair emission control systems fitted to heavy vehicles. It
involves diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repair
operations of emission control components and associated systems,
and post-repair testing procedures.

Work applies to the emission control systems of heavy vehicles in

the road transport, mining, construction, agricultural and marine
environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2465 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2466 of 7618


ELEMENT

emission control system

requirements
1.4. National Environment Protection Measure for Diesel
the work
prepared


systems


and prepared


Approved
Page 2467 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to interpret instruments, gauges and other measuring equipment
refer problems outside area of responsibility to appropriate person and suggest possible causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of heavy vehicle emission control
measuring equipment
Approved
Page 2468 of 7618


Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing heavy vehicle emission control systems
dangers of testing exhaust gases
legislation and regulatory requirements for heavy vehicle emissions
identification of motor vehicle emissions and their effects on the environment and health
application, purpose and operating principles of heavy vehicle emission control systems
identification of the effects of associated systems on vehicle emissions
interpretation of technical information, graphic symbols and diagrams
diagnostic and testing procedures for heavy vehicle emission control systems
repair procedures for heavy vehicle emission control systems
post-repair testing procedures of heavy vehicle emission control systems
Approved
Page 2469 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of heavy vehicle emission control
systems relative to the qualification being sought
diagnose and repair heavy vehicle emission control systems
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles with emission control faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of heavy vehicle emission
Page 2470 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
control systems
heavy vehicle emission control systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2471 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
heavy vehicle emission control system diagnosis and repair


requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
heavy vehicle emission control systems
automotive industry
National Environment Protection Measure for Diesel Vehicles
(Guidelines)

may include:
Approved
Page 2472 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
visual inspection of emission control system components

evaporative emission control
crankcase ventilation
exhaust gas recirculation
diesel exhaust fluid
catalytic converters
diesel particulate filters.
rough running
poor performance
excessive fuel consumption
excessive emissions (particulates, hydrocarbons, carbon
monoxide, oxides of nitrogen)
excessive oil consumption.
Faults may include:

include:
exhaust gas colour assessment

exhaust gas composition analysis
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Emission and Exhaust

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2473 of 7618

AURJTA1001 Perform minor adjustments to motorcycles

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

minor adjustments to motorcycle components and equipment.
The unit involves identifying motorcycle components and
adjustment requirements, including the use of specialist tools to
perform minor adjustments to motorcycles to ensure safe and
efficient operation.

Work applies to the minor adjustments of motorcycles in the

motorcycle retail, service and repair environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2474 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2475 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements relating to adjusting motorcycles
1.3. Work areas are cleared to allow set-up and activities to take
place according to workplace policies and procedures
2. Inspect motorcycle and

determine work
requirement
2.1. Inspection is carried out to determine adjustment

requirements according to workplace procedures and
manufacturer and component supplier specifications and
procedures, including recommendations for necessary minor
adjustments
3. Perform minor
adjustments
3.1. Adjustment options are analysed and those most appropriate

prepared
3.3. Adjustments are carried out according to workplace
systems
3.4. Post-adjustment testing is carried out to ensure safe and
correct operation of the motorcycle


procedures
Approved
Page 2476 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills:
reading skills to the level required to understand information relating to work orders,
including common industry terminology, work plans and safety procedures
writing skills to prepare reports and interpret technical information and specifications
numeracy skills to correctly interpret metric and non-metric systems of measurement
contribute to activities which implement and follow standard workplace procedures


follow basic workplace documentation, such as maintenance procedures

teamwork skills to:

apply technical information related to motorcycle componentry and maintenance

procedures
select and use appropriate tools and equipment

use workplace technology to assist with work practices
Required knowledge
motorcycle terminology
methods of sourcing information relevant to adjusting motorcycles
motorcycle inspection procedures
motorcycle adjustment procedures, including the use of tools and equipment
motorcycle post-adjustment testing procedures
Approved
Page 2477 of 7618

Approved
Page 2478 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


preform a range of adjustment tasks on a minimum of three
different motorcycles with real or simulated adjustment
requirements according to workplace, manufacturer and
present motorcycle in a condition that complies with workplace
requirements.


Approved

motorcycles and motorcycle components
equipment, hand and power tools and specialised repair tools
and equipment appropriate to adjusting motorcycle
Page 2479 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2480 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:
Motorcycles may include:

(WHS) requirements:
Minor adjustments may

include:
Appropriate tools may

include
Approved
verbal instructions
motorcycle inspection and adjustment methods, processes and
equipment.
road and touring
enduro
agricultural
motocross
trials
scooters and mopeds
2 stroke and 4 stroke.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
brakes
clutch
suspension and steering
engine, attachments and controls
chain tension
foot controls
handlebars and controls
accessories.
hand tools
hand, power and air tools
specialised motorcycle repair tools
Page 2481 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
floor stands, workbench.

warranty information
invoice.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2482 of 7618

AURJTA1002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and accessories
AURJTA1002 Remove and replace motorcycle components and

accessories
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

replace and make final adjustments to components and accessories
fitted to motorcycles.
This unit involves demonstrating the ability to interpret equipment
specifications and use tools and equipment to remove, fit and adjust
motorcycle components and accessories to Australian Standards
and customer requirements.

Work applies to components, ancillary equipment and accessories

of motorcycles and motor scooters, including road, off-road,
agricultural and race applications.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2483 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2484 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

requirements relating to removing and replacing motorcycle
1.5. Tools and equipment required for the task are selected and
prepared

motorcycle components
or accessories
2.1. Components or accessories for removal are identified

2.2. Removal of component is carried according to manufacturer
and component supplier specifications and without causing
3. Fit, test and adjust

motorcycle components
3.1. Components or accessories for fitting are identified

3.2. Fitting is implemented according to manufacturer and
component supplier specifications and without causing
3.3. Adjustments are made to components or accessories
specifications
3.4. Post-fitting testing is performed to ensure integrity of work
carried out
3.5. Further adjustments are made where necessary on
conclusion of testing


Approved
Page 2485 of 7618


Required skills
communicate effectively regarding work requirements with supervisor or other workers

literacy skills:
reading skills to the level required to understand information related to work orders,
including common industry terminology, work plans and safety procedures
writing skills to prepare reports and interpret technical information and specifications
numeracy skills to: correctly interpret metric and imperial systems of measurement
contribute to activities which implement and follow standard workplace procedures


follow basic workplace documentation, such as work plans or procedures

use tools and equipment to perform minor adjustments to motorcycle components and
accessories
Required knowledge
relating to removing and replacing motorcycle components and accessories
motorcycle terminology
types, function, application and operation of tools and equipment used for removing and
replacing motorcycle components and accessories
removal and replacement procedures of motorcycle components and accessories
testing procedures and adjustment methods relating to motorcycle component and accessory
removal and replacement
Approved
Page 2486 of 7618


Approved
Page 2487 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


select removal, replacement, inspection and adjustment
methods and techniques appropriate to the circumstances
conduct a minimum of three different removal, replacement and
adjustment tasks according to manufacturer and component
confirm effectiveness of work relating to component or
accessory removal or replacement
complete workplace documentation requirements relevant to
tasks performed.


Approved
operational motorcycles and a range of suitable components or

accessories
equipment, hand and power tools and specialised motorcycle
tools and equipment appropriate for the removal and
replacement of motorcycle components and accessories
Page 2488 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2489 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:

(WHS) requirements:

may include:

include:
Components or accessories
may include:
Approved
verbal instructions
motorcycle component and accessory removal and replacement
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
job card or work schedule
written maintenance procedures
workshop manuals
work bulletins
verbal or written and graphical instructions
product assembly instructions
service instructions
manufacturers design specifications and maintenance
instructions.
hand tools
hand-held power tools and air tools
specialised motorcycle repair tools
floor stands
workbench.
wheels
mudguards
lighting system components
suspension system components
Page 2490 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

fuel and oil tanks
seat
control cables
ignition system components
handlebars and hand controls
foot controls and foot-pegs
mufflers and exhaust pipes
windshield
pannier bags
luggage racks.
safety and emergency procedures
organisational quality policies and procedures
regulatory and legislative requirements pertaining to motorcycle
safety
organisation work instructions and requirements
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2491 of 7618

AURJTA5003 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle engine and transmission system faultsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURJTA5003 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle engine and

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT573193A Analyse and evaluate motorcycle engine

and transmission system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate motorcycle

engine and transmission systems in order to initiate action to


evaluation process.
Approved
Page 2492 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2493 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
motorcycle engine and transmission systems are accessed
and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Motorcycle engine and transmission system components are


and documented.
Approved
Page 2494 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2495 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary motorcycle

engine and transmission systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
motorcycle terminology and definitions.

pneumatic systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of motorcycle engines
and transmission systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle fuel
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle ignition
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle intake
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle exhaust
systems/components.
Approved
Page 2496 of 7618

detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle lubrication
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle cooling
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle engine and
transmission mounting systems/components.
equipment.
Approved
Page 2497 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three motorcycle
engine and transmission systems with real or simulated
two available repair/modification procedures for motorcycle
engine and transmission systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, motorcycle engine and transmission systems with real
or simulated faults, monitoring processes and testing equipment
Approved

Page 2498 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2499 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Motorcycles
Motorcycles are to include two-wheel, four-wheel and two-wheel

fitted with sidecar.
Motorcycle engine systems Motorcycle engine systems are to include two-stroke, four-stroke
petrol single and multi-cylinder.
Total engine systems
Total engine systems to be covered in this unit are to include the

engine and related fuel, ignition, intake, exhaust, lubrication and
cooling systems.
Motorcycle engine system

failures
Motorcycle engine system failures covered by this unit are to

include engine (poor performance, excessive oil consumption,
engine stoppages), fuel (contamination, flow, pressure, leakage),
ignition (no-start, no-run, misfire, erratic operation, lack of power,
charging), intake (leakage, noise, vibration, inadequate control,
exhaust (noise, pressure, abnormal emissions, blockages,
overheating, cooling (overcooling, insufficient cooler flow, coolant
out of specification, lack of air flow, internal corrosion), mounting
(noise, vibration, hardness, clutch shudder, erratic transmission
control).
Transmission systems
Transmission systems to be covered by this unit are to include

mechanical with variable ratio or constant mesh and chain drive,
belt drive and gear drive.
Transmission system
failures

abnormal component wear, clutch operations, clutch pack slippage,
chain or belt drive slippage, incorrect belt/chain adjustments,
contamination, driveline phasing and alignment, hard shifting,
leaks, loose mountings, lubrication, noises, operating temperature,
rear wheel locking, vibrations.
Approved
Page 2500 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Engine and transmission
system failures
Engine and transmission system failures covered by this unit are to

WHS

management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods
code and safe operating procedures.

Evaluative criteria


standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include bore gauges, compression gauges,

computer-based diagnostic system, cooling system analyser, crank
case pressure tester (2-stroke), dial gauges, exhaust gas analysers,
feeler gauges, micrometers, multimeter, oscilloscope, pressure
gauges, spring compression testers, stethoscope, tachometer,
telescopic gauges, temperature gauges, tension gauges, timing
lights, torque gauges, vacuum gauges and verniers, and may
include anemometer, barometer, hygrometer, specific gravity gauge
and internet/satellite based diagnostics.
Tests

sampling, flow, lubricant sampling, oil consumption, pressure,
sample collection/processing, sensor integrity and function, specific
gravity, temperature, transmission clutch slippage, vacuum and
wiring harness integrity.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures
Approved

equipment.
Page 2501 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

and operational procedures related to motorcycle engine and
Motorcycle industry legislation/regulations.
Motorcycle industry publications related to emerging engine
and transmission system technology and technology changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2502 of 7618

AURJTB3001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT310166A - Repair hydraulic braking systems

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair braking systems fitted to motorcycles. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing braking

Work applies to the braking systems of motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2503 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2504 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a motorcycle
braking system

requirements
prepared
2. Diagnose a motorcycle
braking system

systems
3. Repair a motorcycle
braking system

prepared


Approved
Page 2505 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of motorcycle braking systems,
measuring equipment
Approved
Page 2506 of 7618


Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle braking systems
dangers of working with motorcycle braking systems
operating principles of motorcycle braking systems
application, purpose and operation of motorcycle braking systems, including:
drum brake systems
disc brake systems

testing procedures for motorcycle braking systems
repair procedures for motorcycle braking systems
post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle braking systems
Approved
Page 2507 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of motorcycle braking systems,
including motorcycle disc brake and drum brake systems
diagnose and repair motorcycle braking systems according to
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles with braking system faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of motorcycle braking
systems
Page 2508 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

motorcycle braking systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2509 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
verbal instructions

include:
motorcycle braking system diagnosis and repair methods,


requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment
toxic substances.

may include:
Approved

signage
motorcycle braking systems
automotive industry
motorcycle service requirements and repair manuals.
visual inspection of braking system components
Page 2510 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Faults may include:

include:
disc rotor thickness, parallelism and run-out measurements

brake drum diameter, out-of-round, and bell-mouthing
measurements
brake fluid evaluation
isolation of faults.
braking system leaks
dragging brakes
excessive braking lever travel
abnormal braking system noise or smell.
performance.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical Motorcycle
Unit sector
Technical Brakes

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2511 of 7618

AURJTB5002 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle braking system faults
AURJTB5002 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle braking system

faults
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT573393A Analyse and evaluate motorcycle braking

system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

braking systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2512 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2513 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
motorcycle braking systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Motorcycle braking system components are prepared for the
requirements.


and documented.
Approved
Page 2514 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2515 of 7618


Required skills

braking systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and safety
procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge

pneumatic systems.
motorcycle braking systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle mechanical
braking systems/ components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle hydraulic
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle abs
detailed knowledge of the influence of equipment trailing on motorcycle braking systems.
general knowledge of the Australian design rules requirements related to motorcycle braking
Approved
Page 2516 of 7618

systems.
equipment.
Approved
Page 2517 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

braking systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, motorcycle braking systems with real or simulated
work environment.
Approved

Page 2518 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2519 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

system characteristics and parameters, or to enhance system
performance.
Motorcycles

Braking systems

mechanical, hydraulic and ABS systems.
Braking system failures
Unit context

application and release times, brake balance, brake drum wear,
calibration/adjustment specifications, component damage,
conductors - piping specifications, contamination, fluids out of
specification, friction material abnormalities, leaks,
overheating, system pressures.
Evaluative criteria


standards.
Approved
Page 2520 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include air gauges, computer-based

diagnostic systems, dynamometer, micrometers, multimeter,
pressure gauges, temperature gauges, verniers and may include
brake timer and electronic stethoscope.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include accumulator pressure, disc

stack height, pressure, system performance (distance/balance),
sensor/actuator and wiring harness integrity, sampling (collection
and processing, wear analysis (drum/disc/lining material) and
monitoring/analysis of computer-based diagnostic systems.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to motorcycle braking
systems.
Motorcycle industry regulations.
Motorcycle industry publications related to emerging braking
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2521 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 2522 of 7618

AURJTD2001 Inspect and service motorcycle suspension systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and service suspension systems fitted to motorcycles.
The unit involves an inspection of the suspension system to note

Work applies to the front and rear suspension systems of

motorcycles and motor scooters, including road, off-road,
agricultural and race applications.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2523 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2524 of 7618


ELEMENT

service motorcycle
suspension system

requirements relating to inspecting and servicing
motorcycle suspension systems
2. Inspect motorcycle
suspension system

3. Service motorcycle
suspension system

prepared


Approved
Page 2525 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to

numeracy skills to perform simple measurements

of motorcycle suspension systems
Required knowledge
operating principles of motorcycle suspension systems
methods of sourcing information relevant to inspecting and servicing motorcycle suspension
systems
inspection procedures for motorcycle suspension systems, including:
front and rear suspension systems

service procedures for motorcycle suspension systems, including:
front and rear suspension systems
Approved
Page 2526 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect and service a range of motorcycle suspension systems,
including front suspension systems and components and rear
suspension systems and shock absorbers according to
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles relevant to the qualification being sought
servicing of motorcycle suspension systems
Page 2527 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2528 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

include:
Motorcycle suspension
motorcycle suspension system inspection and service methods,

telescopic fork suspension

inverted telescopic fork suspension
front telelever and duolever
rear swing arm suspension (twin-sided, monoshock and
paralever)
shock absorbers.

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
Approved
verbal instructions

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
automotive industry
Page 2529 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
Service schedule

fluid replacement
final check of suspension systems and components
checking of suspension system operation during mobile or
stationary tests
cleaning of motorcycle.
motorcycle service book
invoice.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical - Motorcycles
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2530 of 7618

AURJTD2002 Inspect and service motorcycle steering systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and service steering systems fitted to motorcycles.
The unit involves an inspection of the steering system to note

Work applies to the steering systems of motorcycles and motor

scooters, including road, off-road, agricultural and race
applications.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2531 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2532 of 7618


ELEMENT

service motorcycle
steering systems

motorcycle steering systems
steering system

steering system

prepared


Approved
Page 2533 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to

numeracy skills to perform simple measurements

of motorcycle steering systems
Required knowledge
operating principles of motorcycle steering systems
methods of sourcing information relevant to inspecting and servicing motorcycle steering
systems
inspection procedures for motorcycle steering systems
service procedures for motorcycle steering systems
Approved
Page 2534 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect and service a range of motorcycle steering systems
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles relevant to the qualification being sought
servicing of motorcycle steering systems
Page 2535 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2536 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:
Motorcycle steering systems
may include:
motorcycle steering system and component inspection and

service methods, processes and equipment
telescopic forks / fork legs

wheel and axle assembly
triple clamps
handlebars, clamps and controls
headstock and bearings
steering stops
steering dampers.

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
Approved
verbal instructions

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
automotive industry
Page 2537 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
Service schedule

fluid replacement
final check of steering systems and components
checking of steering system operation during mobile or
stationary tests
invoice.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical - Motorcycles
Unit sector
Technical Steering and Steering

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2538 of 7618

AURJTD3003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle suspension systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTM316166A Repair suspension systems

(motorcycle)
Evidence updated to reflect modern motorcycle technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair suspension systems fitted to motorcycles. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing suspension

Work applies to the suspension systems of motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2539 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2540 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a motorcycle
suspension system

requirements
1.3. Procedures and information relating to motorcycle
suspension systems are sourced and interpreted
prepared
suspension system

systems
suspension system

prepared


Approved
Page 2541 of 7618


Required skills
Approved
Page 2542 of 7618

learning skills to:

literacy skills to:
numeracy skills to:
causes
plan own work requirements, setting own work program and managing time to ensure tasks
are finished on time
teamwork skills to:
identify and describe own role and role of others
work within a team
and tasks
technical skills to use workplace technology and tools related to the repair of motorcycle
suspension systems, including the use of:

Approved
Page 2543 of 7618
measuring equipment
of Australia,
2015
Commonwealth
technology
skills to:

Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle suspension systems
dangers of working with motorcycle suspension systems
operating principles of motorcycle suspension systems
application, purpose and operation of motorcycle suspension systems
testing procedures for motorcycle suspension systems
repair procedures for motorcycle suspension systems, including:
front fork cartridge removal and replacement procedures, including seal replacement, oil
replacement and air purging
front fork slider bushes replacement procedures
rear shock absorber removal and replacement procedures
rear shock absorber dismantle and repair procedures
steering damper assembly repair procedures

post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle suspension systems
Approved
Page 2544 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of motorcycle suspension systems
including:
front fork cartridge removal and replacement, including seal
replacement, oil replacement and air purging
rear shock absorber removal and replacement
diagnosis and repair motorcycle suspension systems according
requirements
present motorcycle in a condition the complies with workplace
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved
Page 2545 of 7618

AURJTD3003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle sus pension systems
EVIDENCE GUIDE
motorcycles with suspension system faults relevant to the

equipment appropriate for the testing of motorcycle suspension
systems
motorcycle specifications and workplace instructions
tooling appropriate for the repair, replacement and adjustment
of motorcycle suspension systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2546 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
motorcycle suspension system diagnosis and repair methods,


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.

may include:
Motorcycle suspension
Approved

safe work procedures related to the diagnosis and repair of
telescopic fork suspension
inverted telescopic fork suspension
front telelever and duolever
rear swing arm suspension (twin-sided, monoshock and
paralever).
Page 2547 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Fault(s) may include:

include:
visual inspection of suspension system components

evaluation of suspension during mobile or stationary tests
isolation of fault(s).
lack of front or rear suspension rebound damping
excessive front or rear suspension rebound damping
lack of front or rear suspension compression damping
excessive front or rear suspension compression damping.
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate suspension system

performance
bounce-test to ensure air has been purged from front fork
assembly.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2548 of 7618

AURJTD3004 Diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTM315166A Repair steering systems (motorcycle)

Evidence updated to reflect modern motorcycle technologies
Release 2
Minor typographical errors corrected
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair steering systems fitted to motorcycles. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing steering

Application of the unit Work applies to the steering systems of motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2549 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2550 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a motorcycle
steering system

requirements relating to motorcycle steering systems
diagnosis and repair
prepared
steering system

systems
steering system

prepared


Approved
Page 2551 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace technology and tools relating to the repair of motorcycle
steering systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Approved
Page 2552 of 7618



Required knowledge
operating principles of motorcycle steering systems
application, purpose and operation of motorcycle steering systems
testing procedures of motorcycle steering systems
repair procedures of motorcycle steering systems, including:
triple clamp fork alignment procedures
front axle aligning procedures

post-repair testing procedures of motorcycle steering systems
Approved
Page 2553 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of motorcycle steering systems
including headstem bearing removal, replacement and bearing
preload adjustment
diagnose and repair motorcycle steering systems according to
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

a motorcycle or motorcycles with steering system faults
equipment appropriate for the testing of motorcycle steering
Page 2554 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
systems
motorcycle steering systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2555 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

include:
Motorcycle steering systems
may include:
requirements:
motorcycle steering system diagnosis and repair methods,

triple-clamp steering
hub-centre steering.

may include:
Approved
verbal instructions

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
safe work procedures relating to the diagnosis and repair of
automotive industry
Page 2556 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

visual inspection of steering system components
evaluation of steering during mobile or stationary tests
tight steering
loose steering
notchy steering
incorrect steering alignment.

include:
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate steering system

performance.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Steering and suspension

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2557 of 7618

AURJTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURJTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and

suspension systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems in
performance.
Faults may be mechanical, electrical, electronic, hydraulic or
pneumatic by nature, requiring the application of complex
diagnostic processes to resolve.


steering and suspension systems of motorcycles.
competencies.
Approved
Page 2558 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2559 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning motorcycle steering
and suspension systems are accessed and interpreted
work
motorcycle steering and suspension systems are identified
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2560 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to motorcycle steering and suspension systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of motorcycle steering
and suspension systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
motorcycle steering and suspension systems
types, functions, operations and limitations of motorcycle steering and suspension systems and
components
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment related to
motorcycle steering and suspension systems
testing procedures of motorcycle steering and suspension systems, including accessing and
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2561 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different motorcycle steering and suspension systems with real
or simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in motorcycle steering and
suspension systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated motorcycle steering and
Page 2562 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
suspension systems faults

faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2563 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:

include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
computer systems
computers, data interpretation and readings related to direct,
use of a shock absorber dynamometer
on-road testing
component test.
shock absorber dynamometer
pulse generators
analysing manufacturer/component supplier specifications,
schematics and operational procedures related to motorcycle
Page 2564 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2565 of 7618

AURJTD5006 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system faults
January 2015
AURJTD5006 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle steering,

suspension and frame system faults
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT573093A Analyse and evaluate motorcycle

steering, suspension and frame system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

steering, suspension and frame systems in order to initiate action to


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2566 of 7618

January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2567 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
motorcycle steering and suspension frame systems are
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Motorcycle steering, suspension and frame system


and documented.
Approved
Page 2568 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2569 of 7618

January 2015

Required skills

steering, suspension and frame systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge

pneumatic systems.
steering system theory, including steering angles.
the functions of hydraulic pressure within steering and suspension systems.
working knowledge of the types, applications and limitations of tyres used on motorcycles.
detailed knowledge of the types, applications and limitations of materials used in motorcycle
frames.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle steering
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle suspension
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types and influences of leading and trailing link suspension on
motorcycle performance.
Approved
Page 2570 of 7618

January 2015

equipment.
Approved
Page 2571 of 7618

AURJTD5006 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle steering, suspension an d frame system faults
January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

steering, suspension and frame systems with real or simulated
steering, suspension and frame systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, motorcycle steering, suspension and frame systems with
real or simulated faults, monitoring processes and testing
Approved

Page 2572 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2573 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Motorcycles


systems
Steering and suspension systems to be covered in this unit are to

include steering, telescopic forks and leading and trailing link
suspension.
Frames
Frames are to include tubular frame and alloy formed section.

failures
Steering and suspension failures covered by this unit are to include

alignment, control systems, emergency systems, frame out of
specification, tyre wear, incorrect tyres, wheel balance, vibration,
directional stability, calibration/ adjustment specifications, loss of
oil, contamination, lubrication out of specification, loss of gas
pressure, component specifications, abnormal component wear,
component assembly, component damage (forks, frame, swinging
arm, bearings, faulty valves, damaged/faulty springs and system
modifications.
Steering, suspension and

frame system failures
Steering, suspension and frame system failures covered by this unit

are to include indirect faults caused by the influence of external
operations.
Unit context
Approved

Page 2574 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
Evaluative criteria


standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include callipers, dial indicator, flow

meters, fork/oil and rear suspension gas filler kits, handle bar
gauge, plumb line, pressure gauges, protractors, squares, static and
dynamic wheel balancer, straight edges, string line, tape measures,
theodolite, tyre pressure gauges and verniers, and may include laser
and light alignment equipment.
Tests

toe-in, toe-out, system pressures, frame alignment, ride height and
wheel bearing specifications.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to motorcycle steering,
suspension and frame systems.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2575 of 7618

January 2015
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2576 of 7618

AURJTE3001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle engines

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair engines fitted to motorcycles. It involves diagnosing
deviations from correct operation, repairing engine components and

Work applies to the engines of motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2577 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2578 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a motorcycle
engine

requirements
prepared
engine

systems
engine

prepared


Approved
Page 2579 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


teamwork skills to work within a team
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of motorcycle engines, including
the use of:
specialised tooling and equipment
Approved
Page 2580 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge
operating principles of motorcycle engines
application, purpose and operation of motorcycle engines, including:
air-cooled engines
liquid-cooled engines
two-stroke engines
four-stroke engines
testing procedures of motorcycle engines
repair procedures of motorcycle engines
post-repair testing procedures of motorcycle engines
Approved
Page 2581 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of motorcycle engines
diagnose and repair motorcycle engines according to
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles with engine faults relevant to the qualification
being sought
equipment appropriate for the testing of motorcycle engines
Page 2582 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

motorcycle engines.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2583 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
motorcycle engine diagnosis and repair methods, processes and

equipment.

requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
motorcycle engines
automotive industry
evaluation of abnormal noises
engine compression tests

may include:
Approved
Page 2584 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Faults may include:

include:
cylinder leakage tests

oil pressure tests
visual inspection of engine and components
measurement of engine component wear
abnormal engine noise or operation
loss of power
engine component wear
engine leaks.
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate engine performance.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical - Engines

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2585 of 7618

AURJTE4002 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURJTE4002 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle engine and

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems in
performance.
resolve.

Work applies to system fault and failure diagnosis of engine and

transmission systems of motorcycles.
competencies.
Approved
Page 2586 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2587 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning motorcycle engine
and transmission systems are accessed and interpreted
work
motorcycle engine and transmission systems are identified
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2588 of 7618


Required skills

strategies for solving complex problems as they relate to motorcycle engine and transmission
systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of motorcycle
engine and transmission systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of motorcycle engine and transmission systems

types, functions, operations and limitations of motorcycle engine and transmission systems
and components
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment related to
motorcycle engine and transmission systems
testing procedures of motorcycle engine and transmission systems, including accessing and
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2589 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different motorcycle engine and transmission systems with real
or simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in motorcycle engine and



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles with real or simulated engine and transmission
Page 2590 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
system faults
faults in motorcycle engine and transmission systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2591 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:

include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
computer systems
computers, data interpretation and readings related to direct,
on-road testing
component test.
pulse generators
schematics and operational procedures related to motorcycle
engine and transmission systems
Page 2592 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Engines and Transmissions

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2593 of 7618

AURJTJ2001 Remove, inspect and fit motorcycle wheel assemblies
AURJTJ2001 Remove, inspect and fit motorcycle wheel

assemblies
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

inspect and fit wheel assemblies fitted to motorcycles. It involves

Work applies to the wheel assemblies of motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2594 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2595 of 7618


ELEMENT

assembly

requirements for the removal of motorcycle wheel
assemblies

wheel assembly

systems
3.1. Information required for fitting, adjustment and refitting of

wheel assemblies is accessed from manufacturer and
component supplier specifications and correctly interpreted
3.2. Wheel fitting and adjustments are carried out according to
3.4. Systems affected by wheel removal and refitting are
checked for correct operation


expectations
Approved
Page 2596 of 7618


Required skills
ask questions to clarify instructions or procedures

learning skills to identify sources of information and assistance
literacy skills to:
complete job card

numeracy skills to:
interpret gauges and instruments
interpret numerical information printed on tyres

planning and organising skills to plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve
required outcomes

use workplace technology and tools related to the removal, refitting and adjustment of
motorcycle wheel assemblies, including the use of specialist tooling and equipment,
measuring equipment and computerised technology
Required knowledge
relating to motorcycle tyres and tubes
lifting and supporting procedures for motorcycles
wheel and rim types and applications
motorcycle drive types and applications
wheel removal, inspection, refitting and adjusting procedures
post-fitting procedures and checks
Approved
Page 2597 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


remove, inspect and fit a range of motorcycle wheel assemblies
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycle wheel assemblies
equipment appropriate for the removal, inspection, fitting and
adjustment of motorcycle wheel assemblies
Page 2598 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2599 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
Motorcycle wheel assemblies

may include:

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
Removal options may

include:
Inspection of wheel
Approved
verbal instructions
spoked wheels
composite type wheels
one-piece wheels.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
schedules, plans, specifications, work bulletins, memos,
safe work procedures related to the repair and replacement of
motorcycle wheel assemblies
regulatory and legislative requirements pertaining to automotive
front wheel removal
rear wheel removal
removal of other systems to gain access to wheel.
tyre condition
rim condition
Page 2600 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Adjustments may include:
wheel bearing condition.

spoke tensioning
axle nut tensioning
drive chain or drive belt tensioning.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2601 of 7618

AURJTQ2001 Inspect and service motorcycle driveline systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and service driveline systems fitted to motorcycles.
The unit involves an inspection of the driveline system to note

Work applies to the driveline systems of motorcycles and motor

scooters, including road, off-road, agricultural and race
applications.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2602 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2603 of 7618


ELEMENT

service motorcycle
driveline system

motorcycle driveline systems
driveline system

driveline system

prepared


Approved
Page 2604 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to


of motorcycle driveline systems
Required knowledge
operating principles of motorcycle driveline systems
methods of sourcing information relevant to inspecting and servicing motorcycle driveline
systems
inspection procedures for motorcycle driveline systems
service procedures for motorcycle driveline systems
Approved
Page 2605 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


inspect and service a range of motorcycle driveline systems,
including motorcycle chain, belt and driveshaft systems
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles and motorcycle driveline system components
servicing of motorcycle driveline systems
Page 2606 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2607 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

include:
Motorcycle driveline systems
must include:
motorcycle driveline system inspection and servicing methods,

chain drive
belt drive
driveshaft drive.

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
Approved
verbal instructions

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
automotive industry
Page 2608 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
Service schedule

fluid replacement
final check of motorcycle driveline fluid levels
checking of motorcycle driveline system operation during
mobile or stationary tests
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Driveline and Final Drives

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2609 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair driveline systems fitted to motorcycles. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing driveline

Work applies to the driveline systems of motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2610 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2611 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a motorcycle
driveline system

requirements relating to diagnosing and repairing
prepared
driveline system

systems
driveline system

prepared


Approved
Page 2612 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
calculate ratios

causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of motorcycle driveline systems,
Approved
Page 2613 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge
dangers of working with motorcycle driveline systems
operating principles of motorcycle driveline systems
application, purpose and operation of motorcycle driveline systems, including:
driveshaft systems
chain and sprocket systems
belt drive systems

testing procedures of motorcycle driveline systems
repair procedures of motorcycle driveline systems
post-repair testing procedures of motorcycle driveline systems
Approved
Page 2614 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of motorcycle driveline systems,
including motorcycle chain, belt and driveshaft systems
diagnose and repair motorcycle driveline systems according to
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles with driveline system faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of motorcycle driveline
systems
Page 2615 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

tooling appropriate for the repair, replacement and adjustment
of motorcycle driveline systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2616 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

include:
Motorcycle driveline systems
must include:
motorcycle driveline system diagnosis and repair methods,

chain drive
belt drive
driveshaft drive.

requirements:

may include:
Approved
verbal instructions

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
automotive industry
Page 2617 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

visual inspection of driveline system components
measurement of driveline wear
abnormal driveline system noise or operation
rear wheel loss of power
rear wheel lock-up
driveline system leaks.

include:
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate driveline system

performance.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2618 of 7618

AURJTR5001 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle electrical and electronic system faultsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURJTR5001 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle electrical and

electronic system faults
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT573293A Analyse and evaluate motorcycle

electrical/electronic system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

electrical/electronic systems in order to initiate action to sustain,


evaluation process.
Approved
Page 2619 of 7618

AURJTR5001 Analyse an d evaluate motorcycle electrical and electronic system faultsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2620 of 7618

AURJTR5001 Analyse and evaluate motorcycle electrical and electronic system fault sDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
motorcycle electrical/electronic systems are accessed and
interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Motorcycle electrical/electronic system components are


and documented.
Approved
Page 2621 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2622 of 7618


Required skills

electrical/electronic systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options
reporting of work outcomes and completion of regulatory, commercial and vehicle informatio n
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge

electrical theory covering voltage, current, resistance, power, magnetics and inductance.
pneumatic systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of motorcycle
electrical/electronic systems/components.
general knowledge of the Australian design rules requirements related to motorcycle
electrical/electronic systems.
equipment.
Approved
Page 2623 of 7618

Approved
Page 2624 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

electrical/electronic systems with real or simulated
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, motorcycle electrical/electronic systems with real or
Approved

Page 2625 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2626 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Motorcycles

Electrical/electronic
systems
Electrical/electronic systems covered in this unit are to include

lighting, ignition, charging, fuel injection, ABS, engine
management and safety lock-out systems.
Electrical/electronic
systems failures
Unit context
Evaluative criteria
Approved
Electrical/electronic system failures covered in this unit are to

include lighting (short circuit, grounded circuit, open circuit,
faulty equipment, switches and relays), ignition (no-start,
no-run, misfire, erratic operation, lack of power, charging,
security lock-out), fuel injection (contamination, loss of power,
no-start, poor or erratic running, abnormal emissions), ABS
(intermittent faults, operator feedback), engine management
(poor performance, lack of power, erratic running, induction
interference), safety lock-out systems (failure to crank, engine
stops).
Electrical/electronic system failures covered in this unit are to
operations.

Page 2627 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include ABS diagnostic tooling,

computer-based diagnostic systems, electronic vacuum gauge,
engine control unit analyser, engine emission tester, fuel pressure
and flow meter, headlight aiming testing equipment, injector tester,
LED test lights, magnetic coil condenser tester, multimeter, peak
voltage meters, resister flow dynamometer, vacuum gauge.
Tests

monitoring/analysis of computer-based diagnostic systems.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to motorcycle
Motorcycle industry regulations.
Motorcycle industry publications related to emerging
electrical/electronic system technology and technology changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2628 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2629 of 7618

AURJTX3001 Diagnose and repair motorcycle clutch systems

Release
Comment
Release 1

Evidence updated to reflect modern motorcycle technolo gies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair clutch systems fitted to motorcycles. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing clutch

Work applies to the clutch systems of motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2630 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2631 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a motorcycle clutch
system

requirements
prepared
clutch system

systems
clutch system

prepared


Approved
Page 2632 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of motorcycle clutch systems,
Approved
Page 2633 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge
dangers of working with motorcycle clutch systems
operating principles of motorcycle clutch systems
application, purpose and operation of motorcycle clutch systems, including:
wet clutch systems
slipper clutch systems

testing procedures for motorcycle clutch systems
repair procedures for motorcycle clutch systems
post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle clutch systems
Approved
Page 2634 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of motorcycle clutch systems,
including motorcycle wet clutch and slipper clutch systems,
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles with clutch system faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of motorcycle clutch
systems
Page 2635 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

motorcycle clutch systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2636 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
motorcycle clutch system diagnosis and repair methods,


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
motorcycle clutch systems
automotive industry
visual inspection of clutch system components

may include:
Approved
Page 2637 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
clutch performance testing

clutch fluid evaluation
Faults may include:

include:
slipping clutch
dragging clutch
excessive clutch lever travel
hydraulic clutch operating system leaks
clutch lever and cable faults
abnormal clutch system noise or smell.
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate clutch system

performance.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2638 of 7618

AURJTX3002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions
AURJTX3002 Diagnose and repair motorcycle manual

transmissions
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair manual transmissions fitted to motorcycles. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing manual
transmission components and associated systems, and undertaking

Work applies to the manual transmissions of motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2639 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2640 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a motorcycle
manual transmission

requirements
prepared
manual transmission

systems
manual transmission

prepared


Approved
Page 2641 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
calculate ratios


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of motorcycle manual
transmissions, including the use of:
Approved
Page 2642 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle manual transmissions
operating principles of motorcycle manual transmissions
application, purpose and operation of motorcycle manual transmissions
testing procedures for motorcycle manual transmissions
repair procedures for motorcycle manual transmissions
post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle manual transmissions
Approved
Page 2643 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of motorcycle manual transmissions
diagnose and repair motorcycle manual transmissions according
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycle with manual transmission faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of motorcycle manual
transmissions
Page 2644 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

motorcycle manual transmissions.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2645 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
light vehicle manual transmission diagnosis and repair methods,


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
motorcycle manual transmissions
automotive industry
visual inspection of linkages and shafts

may include:
Approved
Page 2646 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

abnormal transmission noise or operation

difficult engagement of gears
jumping out of gears
transmission fluid leaks.

include:
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate manual transmission

performance.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2647 of 7618

AURJTX3003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions
AURJTX3003 Diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic

transmissions
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair automatic transmissions fitted to motorcycles. It involves
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing automatic
transmission components and associated systems, and undertaking

Work applies to the automatic transmissions of motorcycles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2648 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2649 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a motorcycle

requirements
prepared

systems

prepared


Approved
Page 2650 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
calculate ratios


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of motorcycle automatic
transmissions, including the use of:
Approved
Page 2651 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing motorcycle automatic transmissions
operating principles of motorcycle automatic transmissions
application, purpose and operation of motorcycle automatic transmissions, including:
continuously variable transmissions (CVT)

testing procedures for motorcycle automatic transmissions
repair procedures for motorcycle automatic transmissions
post-repair testing procedures for motorcycle automatic transmissions
Approved
Page 2652 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of motorcycle automatic
transmissions
diagnose and repair motorcycle automatic transmissions
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

motorcycles with automatic transmission faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of motorcycle automatic
Page 2653 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
transmissions
motorcycle automatic transmissions.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2654 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
motorcycle automatic transmission diagnosis and repair


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
motorcycle automatic transmissions
automotive industry
visual inspection of linkages and shafts
hydraulic pressure tests

may include:
Approved
Page 2655 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


include:
transmission slippage or loss of drive

harsh gearshifts
flaring gearshifts
transmission fluid leaks
abnormal transmission noise or smell.
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate automatic transmission

performance
stall tests
hydraulic pressure tests.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2656 of 7618

AURJTY3001 Repair and align motorcycle frames

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURV328166A Repair and align motorcycle frames

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out inspection

and determine repairs required, replace and repair components and
align motorcycle frame/components.


requirement, preparation for work, the replacement, repair and
alignment of frames and completion of work finalisation processes,
This competence unit applies to all types of motorcycle frames,
including for those with side cars and carrying compartments.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2657 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2658 of 7618


ELEMENT
frame alignment and
repair
1.1. The nature and scope of the work requirements are

identified and confirmed.
specifications, and tooling, are sourced.
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for frame
alignment and repair are sourced and support equipment is
identified and prepared.
2. Inspect and measure to

determine repair
requirements
2.1. Information is accessed and interpreted from manufacturer/

component supplier specifications.
2.2. Detailed inspection report is prepared to guide the
assessment of repair options.
2.3. Work is completed without causing damage to any
component or system.
2.4. Inspection activities are carried out according to industry
regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise
procedures/policies.
2.5. Results of inspection are documented/processed in
accordance with enterprise requirements.
3. Replace and repair frame

components

3.2. Repair/replacement is completed without causing damage to
any component or system.
3.3. Replacement and repair activities are carried out according
to industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and
enterprise procedures/policies.
4. Align frame and

components

4.2. Alignment of frame and components is carried out in
accordance with vehicle manufacturer/component supplier
specifications for methods, equipment used and tolerances.
4.3. Alignment is completed without causing damage to any
component or system.
4.4. All alignment activities are carried out according to industry
regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation, and enterprise
procedures/policies.
Approved
Page 2659 of 7618

ELEMENT
5. Prepare frame for
and/or storage
Approved
5.1. Alignment/repair documentation completed.
expectations.
5.4. Frame is prepared and/or stored to workplace expectations.
procedures.
Page 2660 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
use workplace technology related to repair and alignment of motorcycle frames, including
specialist tooling, the use of measuring equipment, computerised technology and
communication devices and the reporting/recording of results
Required knowledge

industry code of practice
principles of frame alignment and steering geometry as applied to motorcycles
alignment procedures
repair procedures
Approved
Page 2661 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
accurately interpreting measurements
conducting the repair and alignment of a range of frames in
accordance with the workplace and manufacturer/component
completing repair and alignment of frames and associated
frame presentation to customer in compliance with workplace
requirements
completing workplace documentation.

simulated worksite.
Approved

materials relevant to repair and alignment of motorcycle frames
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to repair and
alignment of motorcycle frames
the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package.
Page 2662 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved

knowledge.
reinforce the integration of key competencies.
require evidence of process.
circumstances.
work role.
Page 2663 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Repairs and alignment
methods
Repair and alignment methods are to include:
visual, aural and functional assessment (including damage,

wear and breakage)
using principles, angles and geometry of vehicle wheel and
frame alignment.
WHS

substances.
Personal protective
equipment

practices.

shifting, working in proximity to others and worksite visitors.
extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid requirements and worksite
evacuation.
Environmental
requirements

waste management, noise, dust and clean-up management.

procedures.
Approved
Page 2664 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
authorities

and codes of practice.

specialist tooling for removal/adjustment, measuring equipment,
pressing equipment, heating equipment, pullers, welders - MMAW,
oxy, GMAW, GTAW, lifting equipment, testing equipment and air
operated equipment.
Materials
Materials may include spare parts and cleaning materials.
Communications

visual instructions and fault reporting and may include worksite
related to job/task, telephones and pagers.

safe work procedures related to repair and alignment of
motorcycle frames
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2665 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2666 of 7618

AURKTA3001 Synchronise plant and equipment

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT300373A Synchronise plant/equipment

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to synchronise plant/

equipment.

Work involved includes plant/equipment used for specific

applications.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2667 of 7618

AURKTA3001 Synchronise plant an d equipment


of competency.
Approved

Page 2668 of 7618


ELEMENT
synchronising operations

1.4. Technical and/or calibration requirements for synchronising
are sourced and support equipment is identified and
prepared
1.5. Warnings in relation to working with plant/equipment are
observed
2. Conduct synchronising
procedures
2.1. Methods for synchronising procedures are implemented in

2.2. Synchronising procedures are implemented
2.3. Documentation of synchronising tests are completed
3. Analyse results
3.1. Operational functions are carried out and test results are
compared with manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
3.2. Results are analysed to indicate compliance or
non-compliance
4. Prepare plant and

storage
4.1. Workplace documentation is completed

expectations
4.4. Plant/equipment is cleaned for use or storage to workplace
expectations
Approved
Page 2669 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
use workplace technology related to synchronising plant/ equipment, including the use of
specialist tooling, measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices
and the documenting/recording of results
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with vehicles and/or plant and equipment
operating principles of engines and associated components and their relationship to each other
workshop and site synchronisation procedures
Approved
Page 2670 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
completing the synchronisation of plant/equipment to
workplace and manufacturer/component supplier requirements
conducting testing and inspections in accordance with
presenting plant/equipment to customer in compliance with

simulated worksite

material relevant to synchronising plant/equipment
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to
synchronising plant/equipment

Approved
Page 2671 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2672 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements


procedures
authorities


load testing devices and sample analysis equipment
Approved
Page 2673 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to synchronising plant/ equipment
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Mechanical - Mobile Plant
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2674 of 7618

AURKTA3002 Inspect, service and repair harvesting equipment

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT300471B Inspect, service and repair harvesting

equipment
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

inspection, service and repair of harvesting equipment.

Harvesting equipment refers to specialised equipment

involved in harvesting. It does not cover generalised
equipment and systems which form the platform or the
towing vehicle.
requirement, preparation for work, inspection and analysis
of results, servicing and repair of equipment and
completion of work finalisation processes, including
Approved
Page 2675 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2676 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to inspect

confirmed
1.2. WHS requirements, including State/Territory regulatory
requirements and personal protection needs are observed
throughout work
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for inspecting
harvesting equipment are sourced and support equipment is
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with harvesting equipment
observed

analyse results
2.1. Methods for inspection are implemented in accordance with

specifications
non-compliance
procedures
3. Service and repair

3.1.WHS requirements, including individual State/Territory

3.3. Technical and tool requirements for service and repair are
identified and support equipment is identified and prepared
3.4. Methods for service and repair are implemented in
specifications

operation
4.1. Variable operating parameters are identified from

analysis of proposed working environment and conditions
4.2. Equipment variables, including management systems
Approved
Page 2677 of 7618

ELEMENT
settings, controls and monitoring systems are established
and prepared for proposed operations
4.3. Equipment and systems are test run and final adjustments
are made to achieve and maintain operating parameters
4.4. Regulatory requirements, including equipment safety and
environmental compliance, are applied and satisfied

use or storage
Approved

expectations
expectations
procedures
Page 2678 of 7618


Required skills
apply analytical skills for identification and analysis of technical informatio n
apply plain English literacy and communication skills in relation to dealing with
customers and team members
apply questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining information
from customers
apply oral communication skills sufficient to convey information and concepts to
customers
apply planning and organising skills to own work activities, including making good
use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring own performance
interact effectively with ot7
her persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups, including understanding and
responding to the needs of a customer and working effectively as a member of a
team to achieve a shared goal
establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems
and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking
and avoid wastage
use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, assess tolerances,
apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and establish quality
checks
use workplace technology related to the servicing and repair of harvesting
equipment, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment,
computerised technology and communication devices and the
Required knowledge
WHS and environmental regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal

safety requirements
dangers of working with harvesting equipment
operating principles of harvesting equipment and their relationship to each other
equipment operating parameters and the factors which will impact on these
Approved
Page 2679 of 7618

Approved
Page 2680 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
completing a minimum of four full cycles requiring inspection,
servicing, repair and preparing of harvesting equipment for
operations, ensuring:
accurate interpretation of inspection results
completion of inspection, service and repair in accordance

requirements
completion of work within workplace timeframes
preparation of equipment for operations


simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to the inspection/servicing and repair of
and repair of harvesting equipment
Page 2681 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Approved
Page 2682 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Harvesting equipment
Harvesting equipment may include grain, cane, cotton, rice, forage,

sugar and balers
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements

waste management, machine hygiene, dust and clean-up
management

procedures
authorities

Approved
Page 2683 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, diagnostic and

monitoring systems, meters, gauges, load testing devices and
pulling and pushing devices
Materials

materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the inspection, servicing and
repair of harvesting equipment
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2684 of 7618

AURKTA3003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and seeding equipment
AURKTA3003 Inspect, service and repair crop planting and

seeding equipment
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT300571A Inspect, service and repair crop planting

and seeding equipment
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

inspection, service and repair of crop planting and seeding
equipment.
Approved
Page 2685 of 7618


Crop planting and seeding equipment refers to specialised

equipment involved in planting and seeding. It does not cover
generalised equipment and systems which form the platform or the
towing vehicle.
requirement, preparation for work, inspection and analysis of
results, servicing and repair of equipment and completion of work
Work involves purpose-designed and constructed crop planting and
seeding equipment which may be self-propelled, towed or airborne.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2686 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to inspect crop

equipment

confirmed
crop planting and seeding equipment are sourced and
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with crop planting and
seeding equipment observed

analyse results

specifications
non-compliance
procedures
3. Service and repair crop

equipment

specifications

operation

Approved
Page 2687 of 7618

ELEMENT

use or storage
Approved

expectations
expectations
procedures
Page 2688 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
use workplace technology related to the servicing and repair of crop sewing and seeding
equipment, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment, computerised
technology and communication devices and the documenting/ recording of results
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with crop planting and seeding equipment
operating principles of crop planting and seeding equipment and their relationship to each
other
Approved
Page 2689 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
servicing, repair and preparing of crop planting/seeding
equipment for operations ensuring;
completion of inspection, service and repair in accordance

requirements
completion of work within workplace timeframes


material relevant to the servicing and repair of crop planting
and seeding equipment
and repair of crop planting and seeding equipment

Approved
Page 2690 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2691 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements

management

procedures
authorities


monitoring systems, meters, gauges, load testing devices, and
Approved
Page 2692 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Materials

materials
Communications


repair of crop planting and seeding equipment
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2693 of 7618

AURKTA3004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading equipment
AURKTA3004 Inspect, service and repair spraying and spreading

equipment
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT300671A Inspect, service and repair spraying and

spreading equipment
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

inspection, service and repair of spraying and spreading equipment.
Approved
Page 2694 of 7618


Spraying and spreading equipment refers to specialised equipment

involved in spraying and spreading. It does not cover generalised
equipment and systems which form the platform or the towing
vehicle.
Spraying and spreading equipment covered by this unit is
characterised by being purpose built and having controls for
pressure, volume and coverage.
requirement, preparation for work, inspection and analysis of
results, servicing and repair of equipment and completion of work
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2695 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to inspect
spraying and spreading
equipment

confirmed
spraying and spreading equipment are sourced and support
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with spraying and
spreading equipment observed

analyse results

specifications
non-compliance
procedures
3. Service and repair

spraying and spreading
equipment

specifications

operation

Approved
Page 2696 of 7618

ELEMENT

use or storage
Approved

expectations
expectations
procedures
Page 2697 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage
use workplace technology related to the servicing and repair of spraying and spreading
equipment, including the use of specialist tooling, measuring equipment, computerised
technology and communication devices and the documenting/ recording of results
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with spraying and spreading equipment
operating principles of spraying and spreading equipment and their relationship to each other
Approved
Page 2698 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
servicing, repair and preparing of spraying and spreading
equipment for operations ensuring;
completion of inspection and service and repair in accordance
requirements
completion of the work within workplace timeframes

simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to the servicing and repair of spraying and
spreading equipment
and repair of spraying and spreading equipment
Page 2699 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Approved
Page 2700 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Spraying and spreading
equipment
Spraying and spreading equipment may be self-propelled, trailed

and three-point linkage
Spraying equipment
Spraying equipment is used for distribution of liquid pesticides,

herbicides and fertilisers
Spreading equipment
Spreading equipment is used for distribution of solids and

semi-solids, including fertilisers and waste products
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements

management

Approved
Page 2701 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures
authorities


monitoring systems, meters, gauges, load testing devices, and
Materials

materials
Communications


repair of spraying and spreading equipment
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2702 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2703 of 7618

AURKTA3005 Inspect, service and repair tracked type drive and support systems Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURKTA3005 Inspect, service and repair tracked type drive and

support systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT316271A Inspect, service and repair tracked type

drive and support systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

inspection, service and repair of track type drive and support
systems.


requirement, preparation for work, inspection of tracked type drive
and support systems, analysis of inspection results, repair and
servicing of track drive and support systems and completion of
Work involves track driven type vehicles.
Approved
Page 2704 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2705 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to inspect tracked

systems

confirmed
1.5. Technical and calibration requirements for inspection of
track type drive and support systems are sourced and
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with track type drive and
support systems are observed

analyse results

specifications
non-compliance

repair track type drive
and support systems


repairs

specifications

delivery to customer or
storage
5.1. Service/repair schedule documentation is completed

Approved
Page 2706 of 7618

ELEMENT
expectations
5.4. Vehicle is cleaned for delivery to customer or stored to
procedures
Approved
Page 2707 of 7618


Required skills
apply questioning and active listening skills for example when obtaining
information from customers
customers
interact effectively with other persons both on a one-to-one basis and in groups,
including understanding and responding to the needs of a customer and working
effectively as a member of a team to achieve a shared goal
use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, assess
tolerances, apply accurate measurements, calculate material requirements and
establish quality checks
establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and resolve problems
and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise reworking
and avoid wastage
use workplace technology related to the inspection, service and repair of track type
drive and support systems, including the use of measuring equipment,
Required knowledge
WHS and environmental regulations/requirements, equipment, material and

dangers of working with track type drive and support systems
the identification of component parts to include physical, fluid, gases and heat
generation
service and repair procedures
Approved
Page 2708 of 7618

Approved
Page 2709 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
conducting inspection, service and repair of different tracked
type drive and support systems in accordance with
manufacturer/component supplier and workplace requirements
interpreting inspection results
completing service and repair within workplace timeframes
presenting vehicle to customer in compliance with workplace
requirements

simulated worksite
Approved

material relevant to the inspection, service and repair of track
type drive and support systems
inspection, service and repair of track type drive and support
systems

Page 2710 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2711 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Variables
Variables to include idlers, rollers, drive sprocket, track frame
Servicing
Servicing to include fluids, filters, adjustments, operational testing,

visual inspections and records
Repair methods

Faults
Faults include misalignment wear, pin and bush excessive wear,

grouser wear and track tension
WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


evacuation
Environmental
requirements

Approved
Page 2712 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling, meters, gauges

and load testing and pulling or pushing devices
Materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the inspection, service and
repair of track type drive and support systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2713 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2714 of 7618

AURKTA4009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems
AURKTA4009 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems in order to initiate
Faults may be electrical, electronic or hydraulic by nature, requiring
the application of complex diagnostic processes to resolve.


hydraulic systems in the mobile plant environment.
competencies.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2715 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2716 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning mobile plant
hydraulic systems are accessed and interpreted
work
mobile plant hydraulic systems are identified and confirmed
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2717 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to mobile plant hydraulic systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of mobile plant
hydraulic systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
mobile plant hydraulic systems
concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of mobile plant hydraulic systems and
components
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment related to mobile
plant hydraulic systems
testing procedures for mobile plant hydraulic systems, including accessing and interpreting
scan tool system data
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2718 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different mobile plant hydraulic systems with real or simulated
faults
diagnosis of complex faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated mobile plant hydraulic
system faults
Page 2719 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

faults in mobile plant hydraulic systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2720 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
mechanical and hydraulic system faults
intermittent causes
road test.
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
pulse generators
Page 2721 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
pressure gauges

schematics and operational procedures related to mobile plant
hydraulic systems
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical Mobile Plant
Unit sector
Technical

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2722 of 7618

AURKTA5006 Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems faults
AURKTA5006 Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant

transmission, steering and braking systems faults
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT572393A Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile

plant transmission, steering and braking systems faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate tracked

mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems in order to


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2723 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 2724 of 7618


ELEMENT

the work
requirement
1.1. Work instructions and reports are used to determine

the nature and objective of the analysis and
evaluation requirements.
tracked mobile plant transmission, steering and
braking systems are accessed and interpreted.
isolation requirements and personal protection needs
are observed throughout the work.
1.4. Effects of systemic deficiencies/discrepancies or
faults are identified and confirmed from indirect
and/or direct evidence.
1.5. Possible safety impacts of the work are considered
and responded to in accordance with regulatory and
enterprise obligations and practices.
2. Prepare for analysis

and evaluation

2.2. System performance achievements and/or
discrepancies are identified from an analysis of
technical support information and available on-board
diagnostic systems.
diagnostic process, sequence, tests and testing
equipment are developed and/or identified and
selected from the range of available options.
2.4. Testing equipment is obtained and prepared for
application in accordance with regulatory,
manufacturer/component supplier and enterprise
requirements.
2.5. Tooling and materials required to support the
diagnostic process are identified, selected and
prepared for use.
2.6. Tracked mobile plant transmission, steering and
braking system components are prepared for the
diagnostic process, including park-up, isolation and
3. Apply the analysis

and evaluative
methodology
3.1. Selected analytical and diagnostic process is

followed in accordance with specifications and
directions and/or the locally authorised method.
3.2. Tests and testing equipment are applied in
accordance with regulatory requirements and
Approved
Page 2725 of 7618

ELEMENT
3.3. Analytical and other diagnostic findings are verified,
if necessary, by using reliable alternate or optional
processes, and documented.
3.4. Analytical findings and results are evaluated against
the agreed criteria.
3.5. Valid conclusions are drawn from the available
evidence and documented to enterprise requirements.
3.6. Information and detail related to the analysis and
evaluation is provided to the appropriate parties in
accordance with regulatory and commercial
obligations.
4. Select response
measure

information.
options, prevailing circumstance, regulatory
requirements and commercial policies.
4.3. Selected response option is documented and reported
in accordance with regulatory and enterprise
requirements and practices.
5. Restore the
workplace

5.2. Testing equipment and other support materials are
cleaned, maintained and prepared ready for further
use or stored in accordance with
enterprise requirements.
procedures.
5.4. Equipment and work area are cleaned and inspected
for serviceable condition in accordance with
workplace procedures.
5.5. Unserviceable equipment is tagged and faults
identified in accordance with workplace.

Approved
Page 2726 of 7618


Required skills

tracked mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems, monitoring and
testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and safety procedures.
communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements
and specifications, coordination of work with site supervisor, other workers and
customers, reporting of work outcomes and completion of regulatory, commercial
and vehicle information systems inputs.
plan and organise activities, including the planning of analytical processes,
establishment of evaluative (success) criteria, preparation and layout of the
worksite and the obtaining of testing equipment and materials to avoid
backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage.
work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative
approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.
use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate
analytical requirements, calibrate and establish testing equipment and present
analytical results.
establish analytical processes, including diagnostic processes, which anticipate and
allow for risks, cater for both direct and indirect evidence, avoid or minimise
reworking and avoid wastage.
use the workplace technology related to systems analysis and diagnosis,
information research and management systems, testing equipment, maintenance
equipment, tooling, calculators and measuring devices.
Required knowledge
tracked mobile plant terminology and definitions.

general knowledge of the concepts, principles and processes involved in planning
and implementing systems analysis and evaluation.
basic electrical theory covering voltage, current, resistance, power, magnetics and
inductance (including semi-conductors and electronic system applications).
mechanical theory covering the concepts and principles of mechanical, hydraulic
and pneumatic systems.
the functions of hydraulic pressure with transmission, steering and braking
systems.
detailed knowledge of tracked mobile plant transmission systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of tracked
mobile plant steering and braking systems/components.
detailed knowledge of automotive digital computing systems.
general knowledge of the theory of diagnosis, including concept, design and
planning.
detailed knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic
testing equipment.
Approved
Page 2727 of 7618

general knowledge of the methods and processes for documenting and reporting
diagnostic findings and recommendations.
Approved
Page 2728 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
demonstrate competency in this
unit


Apply safety requirements, including the isolation of
equipment and use of personal protective equipment.
Follow work instructions, operating procedures and

products
maintain required production output and product

quality.
Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three tracked
mobile plant transmission, steering and braking systems
with real or simulated multi-system and intermittent faults
and identify, evaluate, select and document the most
appropriate rectification measure.
Analyse and validate or recommend variations to a
minimum of two available repair/modification procedures
for tracked mobile plant transmission, steering and
braking systems.
Document and report the diagnostic process and findings
and recommended rectification for two of the above.
Modify activities to cater for variations in workplace
context and environment.

facility with process equipment, material, work instructions
and deadlines.
evaluation, tracked mobile plant transmission, steering and
braking systems with real or simulated faults, monitoring
processes and testing equipment appropriate to the
objective(s), research facilities and technical information and
a work environment.
Approved
Assessment of this unit of competence is most likely to be

project related under real or simulated conditions and require
Page 2729 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
portfolios or other forms of indirect evidence of process.
Direct evidence may include certification of compliance of
the final outcome/product or authorisation for use by a
Assessment must confirm the inference that competence is
able not only to be satisfied under the particular
circumstances, but is able to be transferred to other
circumstances.
work role.
assessment
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Failure analysis and evaluation
process
The objective of the failure analysis and evaluation

process may be to determine fault rectification
measures, to effect variation in system
characteristics and parameters or to enhance system
performance.
Steering and braking systems
Steering and braking systems to be covered in this

unit are to include mechanical and hydraulic
operated steering clutch/brake, independent drives,
planetary and differential planetary, hydrostatic
drive, single and multi-disc brake units.
Transmission, steering and

breaking failures
Approved
Transmission, steering and braking failures

covered by this unit are to include those to
mechanical, hydraulic and electrical/electronic
systems, including control systems, emergency
systems, directional stability,
Page 2730 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
calibration/adjustment specifications,
contamination, component specifications,
component assembly, component damage and
system modifications .
Transmission, steering system and braking
failures covered by this unit are to include
indirect faults caused by the influence of
external systems which may or may not be
faulty in their primary operations
Tracked mobile plant
Tracked mobile plant covers all mobile plant with

tracked undercarriage. Included are tracked type
loaders, crawler tractors tracked type plant,
hydraulic excavators and face shovels, material
handling machines, agricultural tracked equipment
and other rural equipments.
Transmission systems
Transmission systems to be covered in this unit are

to include mechanical, power shift and automatic
transmissions, clutches, torque converters,
drivelines and final drive sub-systems.
Coverage
Coverage is to include infinitely variable

transmission (belt, hydraulic and planetary).
Unit context
WHS requirements include vehicle industry

regulations, safety management systems,
hazardous substances and dangerous goods
Work is carried out in accordance with
legislative obligations, Australian Design
Rules, environmental legislation, health
regulations, manual handling procedures and
organisation insurance requirements.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate
research, analytical, judgement and
problem-solving skills in the diagnosis of
faults.
Evaluative criteria
Evaluative criteria, sometimes referred to as

success factors, detail the criteria against which the
achievement of the objectives of the analysis are
judged. They are to include statistically based
Equipment isolation procedures are to industry and

Approved
Page 2731 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include pressure and

temperature gauges, flow meters, multimeter, data
readers, computer-based diagnostic systems.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include system

pressures, flow rates, stall testing, operating
temperatures, and sensor and actuator integrity.

prescribed under legislation, regulations and
enterprise policies and practices.
Information and procedures
Workplace procedures relating to the use of

Workplace procedures relating to reporting and
communication.
Manufacturer/component supplier
specifications and application procedures for
testing equipment and material.
specifications, schematics and operational
procedures related to tracked mobile plant
steering and braking systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to
emerging steering and braking system
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Technical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2732 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2733 of 7618

AURKTA5007 Analyse and evaluate mobile plant hydraulic system faults
AURKTA5007 Analyse and evaluate mobile plant hydraulic

system faults
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT572693A Analyse and evaluate mobile plant

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate mobile

plant hydraulic systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2734 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2735 of 7618

AURKTA5007 Analyse and evaluate mobile plan t hydraulic system faults

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning mobile
plant hydraulic systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Mobile plant hydraulic system components are prepared for


and documented.
Approved
Page 2736 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2737 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary mobile plant
hydraulic systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and
safety procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
wheeled and tracked mobile plant terminology and definitions.

basic electrical theory covering voltage, current, resistance, power, magnetics and inductance
(including semi-conductors and electronic system applications).
pneumatic systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, function and limitations of wheeled and tracked mobile plant
excavating and ground engaging systems/components.
equipment.
Approved
Page 2738 of 7618

Approved
Page 2739 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three mobile plant
hydraulic systems with real or simulated multi-system and
intermittent faults and identify and evaluate, select and
two available repair/modification procedures for mobile plant
hydraulic systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, mobile plant hydraulic systems with real or simulated
work environment.
Approved

Page 2740 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2741 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Mobile plant
Mobile plant covers all mobile plant with both wheeled and tracked
undercarriage. Included are loaders, dump trucks, graders, scrapers,
industrial tractors, crawler tractors, excavator plant, material
handling machines, agricultural harvesters and other rural
equipment.
Hydraulic systems
Hydraulic systems to be covered in this unit are to include all

hydraulic systems or attachments and ground engaging equipment
other than the transmission, steering, braking or suspension
systems. Coverage is to include compensated systems, pressure
and flow (PFC) and load sensing systems.
Failures
Failures covered by this unit are to include those to mechanical,

hydraulic and electrical/electronic systems, including control
systems, emergency systems, vibration, calibration/adjustment
specifications, contamination, component specifications,
modifications.
Unit context
Evaluative criteria
Approved


Page 2742 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include stop watches, pressure gauges, flow

meters, multimeter, data readers, computerised diagnostic system.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include pressure, flow and

temperature, cycle time performance, filter inspection, sequencing,
sensor and actuator integrity and wiring harness integrity.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to mobile plant hydraulic
systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging hydraulic
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2743 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2744 of 7618

AURKTB3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant braking systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to repair

braking systems and associated components. It involves identifying
and confirming safety requirements, diagnosing deviations from
correct operation, repairing mobile plant braking system
components and associated systems, and undertaking post-repair
testing procedures.

Work applies to the braking systems of mobile plant equipment in

construction, mining and agricultural environments.
This unit does not apply to work relating to anti-lock braking
systems (ABS) or to air braking systems.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2745 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2746 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a mobile plant
braking system

requirements
1.4. Safety issues and warnings in relation to working with
heavy mobile equipment and its braking systems are
1.6. Appropriate diagnostic tools and equipment are selected
and prepared
2. Diagnose a mobile plant

braking system

system
3. Repair a mobile plant

braking system

3.2. Tools and testing equipment are identified and checked for
safe and effective operation
3.3. Repairs, component replacement and adjustment are carried
out according to workplace procedures and manufacturer
and component supplier specifications, and without causing
3.4. Post-repair testing of braking system is carried out
according to workplace procedures and relevant legislation


Approved
Page 2747 of 7618


Required skills
coordinate work with site supervisor and other workers

adapt to new and emerging situations in the workplace relating to repairing mobile plant
braking systems
learning skills to:
ask questions to gain information

literacy skills to:
read workplace instructions, specifications, warnings and technical procedures
produce clear and understandable workplace documentation


determine job requirements
produce recommendations for necessary repairs or adjustments


teamwork skills to work in a team, as applicable to the workplaces procedures and practices,
to repair mobile plant braking systems
check and use mobile plant braking system testing and repair equipment
carry out measuring and testing, repair and adjustment procedures according to
Approved
Page 2748 of 7618


operate diagnostic and testing equipment

conduct performance testing of components, systems and equipment
use tools and equipment efficiently and safely
store and care for components, parts, tools, test equipment and support equipment
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment and material relating to mobile plant braking
systems, including personal safety requirements
environmental regulations and requirements relating to mobile plant braking systems
application, purpose and operating principles of mobile plant braking systems, including:
multi-disc wet braking systems, including associated cooling systems
disc braking systems
drum braking systems

lifting and support procedures for mobile plant equipment
testing procedures of mobile plant braking systems
repair procedures of mobile plant braking systems
post-repair testing procedures of mobile plant braking systems
Approved
Page 2749 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


the work
diagnose and repair a range of mobile plant braking systems



of this unit:
Approved

material relevant to the repair of mobile plant braking systems
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to the repair of
Page 2750 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
mobile plant braking systems


knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2751 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
mobile plant equipment braking system diagnosis and repair


requirements:
is to include that prescribed under individual legislation,

regulations, codes of practice, and workplace policies and
practices
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
industry

may include:
Safety issues and warnings
Approved
Page 2752 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
must include:
Diagnostic tools and


include:
Faults may include:
Diagnosis findings may

include:

include:
Approved
dangers associated with the workplace environment

hazard identification and control of hazardous materials and
substances, including hydraulic fluid, brake fluid and brake
lining fibres
machine tag-out, isolation and wheel chocking
stored fluid pressures from accumulators
high-pressure fluid hazards.
hand tooling
oil pressure gauges
nitrogen test and charging equipment
lifting and slinging equipment
bleeding and brake testing devices
dust-extraction equipment.
stall testing of service, park and secondary brakes
dynamic brake testing
friction material wear
brake drum component serviceability
disc brake component serviceability
multi-disc wet brake component serviceability
vehicle braking efficiency
accumulator pre-charge and oil application pressure testing.
poor performance of service, park or secondary brakes
failure or partial failure of service, park or secondary brakes
binding of service, park or secondary brakes.
comparison of test results to manufacturer specifications
recommendations for repair, adjustment or replacement of parts.
stall testing of service, park and secondary brakes
dynamic brake testing.
Page 2753 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Brakes

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2754 of 7618

AURKTB4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking systems
AURKTB4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant braking

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in mobile plant braking systems in order to initiate
resolve.


braking systems in the mobile plant environment.
competencies.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2755 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2756 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

braking systems are accessed and interpreted
work
mobile plant braking systems are identified and confirmed
from direct and/or indirect evidence
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2757 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to mobile plant braking systems
braking systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required skills
types, functions, operations and limitations of mobile plant braking systems and components
plant braking systems
testing procedures for mobile plant braking systems, including accessing and interpreting scan
tool system data
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2758 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different in mobile plant braking systems with real or simulated
faults
diagnosis of complex faults in mobile plant braking systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated mobile plant braking
system faults
Page 2759 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

faults in mobile plant braking systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2760 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
indirect mechanical faults.
intermittent causes
road test.
lab oscilloscopes
data scanners
pulse generators
Page 2761 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
pressure gauges.

braking systems
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Braking

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2762 of 7618

AURKTB5002 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant braking system faults
AURKTB5002 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT572593A Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile

plant braking system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate wheeled

mobile plant braking systems in order to initiate action to sustain,


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2763 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2764 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning wheeled
mobile plant braking systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Wheeled mobile plant braking system components are


and documented.
Approved
Page 2765 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2766 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary wheeled

mobile plant braking systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
wheeled mobile plant terminology and definitions.

pneumatic systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of wheeled mobile plant
foundation braking systems/components.
wheeled mobile plant braking systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of abs traction control
braking systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of air over hydraulic
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of hydraulic over
Approved
Page 2767 of 7618

hydraulic braking systems/ components.

detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of air braking
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of full hydraulic braking
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of compression braking
systems components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of mobile plant retarder
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the influence of equipment trailing on mobile plant braking systems.
general knowledge of the Australian design rules requirements related to wheeled mobile plant
braking systems.
general knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing
equipment.
detailed knowledge of automotive digital computing systems.
Approved
Page 2768 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three wheeled
mobile plant braking systems with real or simulated
two available repair/modification procedures for wheeled
mobile plant braking systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, wheeled mobile plant brake systems with real or
Approved

Page 2769 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2770 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. I t allows for different work
evaluation process

performance.
Wheeled mobile plant
Wheeled mobile plant covers all mobile plant other than that with
tracked undercarriage. Included are loaders, dump trucks, graders,
scrapers, industrial tractors, material handling machines,
agricultural harvesters and other rural equipment.
Braking systems

foundation, ABS with traction control, air over hydraulic, hydraulic
over hydraulic, air brakes, regenerative braking, full hydraulic,
compression and transmission retarders.
Unit context
Evaluative criteria
Approved
Braking system failures covered by this unit are to include air

supply capacity and response, application and release times,
brake balance, brake drum wear, calibration/ adjustment
specifications, component damage, conductors - piping
specifications, contamination, fluids out of specification,
friction material abnormalities, leaks, overheating and system
pressures.

Page 2771 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include air gauges, computer-based

diagnostic systems, micrometers, multimeter, pressure gauges,
temperature gauges and verniers, and may include brake timer and
electronic stethoscope.
Tests

monitoring/ analysis of computer-based diagnostic systems.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to wheeled mobile plant
braking systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging braking
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2772 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 2773 of 7618

AURKTD3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems
AURKTD3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair suspension systems fitted to mobile plant. It involves
suspension systems and associated systems, and post-repair testing
procedures.

Work applies to the suspension systems of mobile plant in the

mining, construction and agricultural environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2774 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2775 of 7618


ELEMENT

suspension system

requirements
prepared

suspension system

systems

suspension system

prepared


Approved
Page 2776 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
interpret instruments, gauges and other measuring equipment


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of mobile plant suspension
Approved
Page 2777 of 7618

measuring equipment
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements

dangers of working with mobile plant suspension systems
application, purpose and operating principles of mobile plant suspension systems
identification of the effects of associated systems on mobile plant suspension systems
interpretation of technical information, graphic symbols and diagrams, including hydraulic
system power flows
testing procedures for mobile plant t suspension systems
repair procedures for mobile plant suspension systems
post-repair testing procedures of mobile plant suspension systems.
Approved
Page 2778 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of mobile plant suspension systems
diagnose and repair mobile plant suspension systems according
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

mobile plant with suspension systems faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of mobile plant
Page 2779 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
suspension systems
mobile plant suspension systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2780 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
mobile plant suspension systems diagnosis and repair methods,


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
mobile plant suspension systems
automotive industry
mobile plant service requirements and repair manuals.
isolation of faults

may include:
Approved
Page 2781 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Faults may include:
hydraulic component failure

mechanical component failure.
hydraulic system pressure tests.

include:
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2782 of 7618

AURKTD3002 Diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair steering systems fitted to mobile plant. It involves
steering systems and associated systems, and post-repair testing
procedures.

Work applies to the steering systems of mobile plant in the mining,

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2783 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2784 of 7618


ELEMENT

steering system

requirements
prepared

steering system

systems

steering system

and prepared
carried out in accordance with workplace procedures and
3.4. Repairs are performed without causing damage to


Approved
Page 2785 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of mobile plant steering systems,
Approved
Page 2786 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge
WHS regulations, requirements, equipment, material and personal safety requirements

dangers of working with mobile plant steering systems
application, purpose and operating principles of mobile plant steering systems
identification of the effects of associated systems on mobile plant steering systems
interpretation of technical information, graphic symbols and diagrams, including hydraulic
system power flows
testing procedures for mobile plant steering systems
repair procedures for mobile plant steering systems
post-repair testing procedures of mobile plant steering systems
Approved
Page 2787 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of mobile plant steering systems
diagnose and repair mobile plant steering systems according to
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

mobile plant with steering systems faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of mobile plant steering
systems
Page 2788 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

mobile plant steering systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2789 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
mobile plant steering systems diagnosis and repair methods,


requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
mobile plant steering systems
automotive industry
mobile plant service requirements and repair manuals.
isolation of faults

may include:
Approved
Page 2790 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Faults may include:

include:
hydraulic system leaks

loose steering
binding steering.
hydraulic system pressure tests.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2791 of 7618

AURKTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems Date this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURKTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant steering

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required diagnose

complex faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems in
performance.
resolve.


steering and suspension systems in the mobile plant environment.
competencies.
Approved
Page 2792 of 7618

2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2793 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

steering and suspension systems are accessed and
interpreted
work
mobile plant steering and suspension systems are identified
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2794 of 7618

2015

Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to mobile plant steering and suspension systems
steering and suspension systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
mobile plant steering and suspension systems
concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of mobile plant steering and suspension
plant steering and suspension systems
testing procedures for mobile plant steering and suspension systems, including accessing and
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2795 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different simulated mobile plant steering and suspension
diagnosis of complex faults in simulated mobile plant steering
and suspension systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated mobile plant steering
Page 2796 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE

faults in mobile plant steering and suspension systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2797 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:
Testing equipment may include:
Approved

procedures
may include:
first aid equipment

indirect faults caused by the influence of external
systems (electrical and electronic) which may or may
not be faulty in their primary operations
direct faults in input sensors, output actuators, wiring
harness, computer systems, calibration or adjustment
specifications
component specifications, component assembly,
operation and specification of input and output
devices
data interpretation and readings related to direct
road test.
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
Page 2798 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT
Diagnostic processes may include:

pulse generators
manufacturer and component supplier testing
equipment
pressure gauges.
analysing manufacturer and component supplier
specifications, schematics and operational procedures
related to mobile plant steering and suspension
systems
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2799 of 7618

AURKTD5003 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension system faults Date this document was generated: 22
January 2015
AURKTD5003 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant

Release
Comment
Release 1

plant steering and suspension system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

mobile plant steering and suspension systems in order to initiate


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2800 of 7618

January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2801 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
mobile plant steering and suspension systems are accessed
and interpreted.
1.3.WHS requirements, including equipment and system
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension system


and documented.
Approved
Page 2802 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2803 of 7618

AURKTD5003 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile pl ant steering and suspension system faults Date this document was generated: 22
January 2015

Required skills

mobile plant steering and suspension systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge

pneumatic systems.
steering system theory, including steering angles.
the functions of hydraulic pressure with steering and suspension systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, applications and limitations of wheels and tyres used on
wheeled mobile plant.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of wheeled mobile plant
power assisted steering systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of wheeled mobile plant
power full hydrostatic steering systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types and influences of trailed equipment operations on wheeled
Approved
Page 2804 of 7618

January 2015
mobile plant steering performance.

detailed knowledge of the types, function and limitations of wheeled mobile plant rigid frame
suspension systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function and limitations of wheeled mobile plant oscillating
axles suspension systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function and limitations of wheeled mobile plant hydrostatic
detailed knowledge of the types, function and limitations of wheeled mobile plant oil/gas
detailed knowledge of the types, function and limitations of wheeled mobile plant cushion
hitch suspension systems/components.
equipment.
detailed knowledge of the methods and processes for documenting and reporting diagnostic
Approved
Page 2805 of 7618

January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

mobile plant steering and suspension systems with real or
simulated multi-system and intermittent faults and identify,
evaluate, select and document the most appropriate rectification
measure.
mobile plant steering and suspension systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, wheeled mobile plant steering and suspension systems
Approved

Page 2806 of 7618

January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2807 of 7618

January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
scrapers, industrial tractors, material handling machines,
Steering systems
Steering systems to be covered in this unit are to include

power-assisted, full hydrostatic and steer-by-wire systems for front,
rear, all wheel drive, and articulated arrangements.
Steering failures
Steering failures covered by this unit are to include those in

mechanical, hydraulic and electrical/electronic systems, including
alignment, control systems, emergency systems, tyre wear,
vibration, directional stability, calibration/ adjustment
specifications, contamination, component specifications,
modifications.
Suspension systems
Suspension systems are to cover rigid frame, oscillating axles,

hydrostatic, oil/gas suspension units and cushion hitch.
Suspension system failures covered by this unit are to include

alignment, hydraulics, ride height, component damage and systems
modifications.

system failures
Steering and suspension system failures covered by this unit are to

Unit context
Approved

Page 2808 of 7618

January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
Evaluative criteria


standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include tape measures, pressure gauges,

flow meters, tyre pressure gauges, string line, multimeter, data
readers, computerised diagnostic systems and may include laser
and light alignment equipment.
Tests

toe-in, toe-out, system pressures, frame alignment, ride height,
wheel bearing specification, leveller operation, sensor and actuator
integrity.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2809 of 7618

January 2015
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2810 of 7618

AURKTD5004 Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant undercarriage and suspension system faultsDate this document was generated:
22 January 2015
AURKTD5004 Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile plant

undercarriage and suspension system faults
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT572493A Analyse and evaluate tracked mobile

plant undercarriage and suspension system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate tracked

mobile plant tracks, undercarriage and suspension systems in order
to initiate action to sustain, vary or enhance performance.


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2811 of 7618

22 January 2015
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2812 of 7618

22 January 2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning tracked
mobile plant undercarriage and suspension systems are
evidence.

evaluation

2.5. Tracked mobile plant undercarriage and suspension system


and documented.
agreed criteria.
Approved
Page 2813 of 7618

22 January 2015
ELEMENT

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2814 of 7618

22 January 2015

Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary tracked,

undercarriage and suspension systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
tracked mobile plant terminology and definitions.

electrical theory covering voltage, current, resistance, power, magnetic.
pneumatic systems.
the functions of hydraulic pressure within undercarriage and suspension systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of mobile plant tracked
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of tracked mobile plant
undercarriage systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of tracked mobile plant
general knowledge of mobile plant digital computing systems.
Approved
Page 2815 of 7618

22 January 2015
equipment.
Approved
Page 2816 of 7618

22 January 2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

Interpret work instructions and requirements and locate,

interpret and apply information.
Comply with regulatory and commercial obligations.
Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three undercarriage
and suspension systems with real or simulated multi-system and
two available repair/modification procedures for plant
undercarriage and suspension systems.
Document and report analysis and evaluation processes,
findings and outcomes.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, operational tracked mobile plant undercarriage and
suspension systems with real or simulated faults, monitoring
processes and testing equipment appropriate to the objective(s),
research facilities and technical information and a work
environment.

Approved
Page 2817 of 7618

22 January 2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2818 of 7618

22 January 2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Tracked mobile plant
Tracked mobile plant covers all mobile plant with tracked

undercarriage, including tracked type loaders, crawler tractors
tracked type plant, hydraulic excavators and face shovels, material
handling machines, agricultural tracked equipment and other rural
equipments.
Tracked systems
Tracked systems to be covered in this unit are to include linked,

sealed, and sealed and lubricated.
Undercarriage systems and Undercarriage systems and components to be covered in this unit
components
are to include rollers, idlers, frames and recoil mechanisms.
Suspension systems and
components
Suspension systems and components to be covered in this unit are

to include rigid platform, low track, live axle, dead axle and
elevated sprocket.
Failures
Failures to be covered in this unit are to include alignment,

abnormal wear, component out of specification, component
damage, mechanical variations, adjustment errors, inadequate
modifications.
Variations and failures
Variations and failures covered by this unit are to include those

caused by the influence of external systems which may or may not
be faulty in their primary operations.
Unit context
Approved

Australian Standards, environmental legislation, health
Page 2819 of 7618

22 January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
Evaluative criteria


standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include callipers, infrared temperature

sensor, micrometers, profile and template gauges, tape measures,
temperature measuring equipment and verniers, and may include
laser alignment system and ultrasound systems (metal thickness).
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include material thickness, temperature

variation, tracking alignment, and wear rate analysis.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to tracked mobile plant
undercarriage and suspension systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging undercarriage
and suspension system technology and technology changes.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2820 of 7618

22 January 2015
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2821 of 7618

AURKTE5001 Analyse and evaluate mobile plant engine and fuel system faults
AURKTE5001 Analyse and evaluate mobile plant engine and fuel

system faults
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT572293A Analyse and evaluate mobile plant

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate mobile

plant engine and fuel systems in order to initiate action to sustain,


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2822 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2823 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning mobile
plant engine and fuel systems are accessed and interpreted.
the work.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Mobile plant engine and fuel system components are


Approved
Page 2824 of 7618

ELEMENT
and documented.
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2825 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary mobile plant
engine and fuel systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and
safety procedures..
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
mobile plant terminology and definitions.

general knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of mobile plant engines.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of mobile plant fuel
systems/components, including all current electronically controlled and/or actuated
arrangements.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of mobile plant engine
and fuel electrical systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of mobile plant intake
systems/components, including charge cooling and after/inter-cooling arrangements.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of mobile plant exhaust
systems/components, including single and multi-staged turbo charging.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of mobile plant
Approved
Page 2826 of 7618

lubrication systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of mobile plant cooling
systems/components.
national environment protection measure for diesel vehicles.
equipment.
Approved
Page 2827 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three mobile plant
engine and fuel systems with real or simulated multi-system
two available repair/modification procedures for mobile plant
engine and fuel systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, mobile plant engine and fuel systems with real or
Approved

Page 2828 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2829 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
Mobile plant
Mobile plant covers all mobile plant, including both wheeled and
scrapers, industrial tractors, materials handling machines,
Engine and fuel systems to be covered in this unit are to include the
engine and related fuel, electrical, intake, exhaust, lubrication and
cooling systems.
Coverage
Coverage is to include electronic monitoring, real time diagnostics,

fuel monitoring, closed loop diesel engine management, advanced
emission reduction technology, ceramic and other new component
materials and evaluation for reuse.
Engine and fuel system

failures
Unit context
Approved

include engine and fuel management, engine performance
(response, fuel consumption, power), charging, contamination,
damaged components, emissions, forced induction, fuel
pressure/supply, lighting leaks, operating temperature,
overheating, sensors, starting.
operations.
Protection Measures for Diesel Vehicles.
Page 2830 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Evaluative criteria


standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include compression gauges, computerised

diagnostic system, cooling system analyser, dynamometer,
manometer, multimeter, pressure gauges, pyrometer, refractometer,
temperature gauges, vacuum gauges and may include anemometer,
barometer, hygrometer, specific gravity gauge.
Tests

sampling, lubricant sampling, oil consumption, pressure sample
(intake, exhaust, crank case and turbo-charger boost), sample
collection/processing, sensor and actuator integrity and function,
temperature and wiring harness integrity.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures
Approved

equipment.
and operational procedures related to mobile plant engine and
fuel systems.
Vehicle industry publications related to emerging engine and
fuel system technology and technology changes.
Environment Protection Regulations (Diesel Fuels)/ National
Environment Protection Measure for Diesel Vehicle Guidelines.
Page 2831 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Engines
Page 2832 of 7618

AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and

off-the-road tyres
Release
Comment
Release 1
Approved
Page 2833 of 7618

Application
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, inspect and fit earthmoving
and off-the-road (OTR) tyres to construction, mining, agricultural and industrial vehicles. It
involves removing the tyre from the rim; controlling risks; inspecting the tyre, wheel and rim
assembly; recommending required repair action; fitting the tyre to the wheel and rim
assembly; and preparing the tyre, wheel and rim assembly for use or storage.
It applies to those who fit earthmoving and OTR tyres, rims and wheel assemblies of 24
inches nominal diameter or greater, including a nominal diameter of more than 29 inches.
Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this unit in some
jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant regulatory authority.
Competency Field
Unit Sector

ELEMENTS

essential outcomes.
Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate

achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare to remove tyre

from wheel and rim
assembly of a vehicle
1.1 Australian standards for earthmoving and OTR tyres,

manufacturer instructions, workplace procedures and safety
information are identified and interpreted
1.2 Site and task hazards are identified, and control measures
determined
1.3 Work health and safety (WHS) requirements are identified and
applied
1.4 Tyre, rim and mounting system is identified
1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked according to
manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
2. Control risk
2.1 Hazardous conditions in work environment are identified and

controlled
2.2 Hazardous tyre and wheel and rim assembly conditions are
identified and controlled
2.3 Tyre is deflated according to Australian standards,
Approved
Page 2834 of 7618

ELEMENTS
3. Remove tyre from

wheel and rim
assembly
3.1 Australian standards and workplace procedures are accessed

and interpreted to determine tyre removal procedures
3.2 Tyre is removed according to Australian standards and
3.3 Tyre removal is completed without causing component damage
3.4 Tyre and rim assembly are cleaned and visually inspected
according to Australian standards and workplace procedures
4. Inspect tyre, wheel and

rim assembly
4.1 Tyre is cleaned and visually inspected for damage and wear
4.2 Wheel and rim assembly are visually inspected for
serviceability
4.3 Mounting components and fasteners are visually inspected for
damage, wear, corrosion, foreign material and cracks according
to workplace procedures
5. Recommend repair
action and replace
unserviceable parts
and components
5.1 Inspection findings are recorded and reported according to

5.2 Recommended repair actions are documented according to
5.3 Unserviceable parts and components are replaced and reported
6. Fit tyre to wheel and

rim assembly
6.1 Workplace procedures for fitting tyres are accessed and

interpreted
6.2 Tyre is fitted according to workplace procedures
6.3 Tyre and rim assembly are checked according to Australian
standards and workplace procedures to confirm correct
assembly and component compatibility and serviceability prior
to inflation
7. Inflate tyre
7.1 Tyre inflation safety procedures are identified and applied prior
to inflating tyre
7.2 Tyre is inflated according to Australian standards and
7.3 Tyre and rim assembly are monitored during inflation
8. Complete work
processes
8.1 Final work inspection is conducted to ensure work is to

required standard
8.2 Tyre, wheel and rim assembly are prepared for use or storage
8.3 Tools and equipment are checked, tagged where necessary, and
stored according to workplace procedures
Approved
Page 2835 of 7618

ELEMENTS
8.3 Workplace documentation is completed and processed
Approved
Page 2836 of 7618

Foundation Skills
This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are
essential to performance.
Skills
Reading skills to:
Writing skills to:

Oral communication skills
to:
Description
Read and interpret:
written information in Australian standards, workplace

procedures, manufacturer instructions, and WHS
requirements relating to removing, inspecting and fitting
earthmoving and OTR tyres
charts, lists, drawings and other applicable documents.
document inspection findings and recommend repair actions.
ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures

brief team and customers.
Numeracy skills to:
Digital literacy skills to:

skills to:
Self-management skills to:
use workplace computerised technology and tools relating to the

removal and refitting of earthmoving and OTR tyres.
plan and prioritise own work to achieve required outcomes.
select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and

procedures
recognise limitations and seek timely advice.
identify tyre condition and performance
match tyres to wheel and rim assemblies and vehicle type.
Problem-solving skills to:
Teamwork skills to:
Approved
read and interpret both metric and imperial systems of

measurement.
read and interpret mathematical information including:
charts and drawings

use specialist tools and measuring equipment, including:
gauges
pressure testing guns.
work with team members, such as riggers, doggers, mechanics,

tyre fitters, drivers and site operators.
Page 2837 of 7618

Range of Conditions
This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential
operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate,
accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised
wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Work health and safety
requirements must include:
Tools and equipment must

include:
Approved
those prescribed under Australian standards, WHS Act and

regulations, and workplace policies and procedures
using machinery:
cranes
earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers
forklifts
grab trucks
integrated tool handlers

hazard control
manual-handling techniques
using tools and equipment
working with dangerous or toxic substances:
chemicals
compressed air
nitrogen gas
polyurethane resin (PUR) tyre fill
tyre additive.
bead breakers
cranes
forklifts
grab trucks
hand tools
inflation and deflation tools
jacks
lifting equipment
lock ring catcher
mufflers
pneumatic tools
power tools
soft face hammers
specialist tyre handling forklifts
support stands
torque tools
Page 2838 of 7618

Hazardous conditions must

include:
Work environment must

include:
Hazardous tyre and wheel

and rim assembly
conditions must include:
Mounting components and

fasteners must include:
Approved
tyre levers
wire brushes.
changing and unstable ground conditions
dust
hard, soft or uneven ground conditions
line of fire
noise
standard or non-standard heavy rims
traffic
variable weather conditions
working in or around other machinery.
day and night
indoors and outdoors
interaction of work personnel
workshop or work site.
blocked or damaged valves
cracks
corrosion
cuts and damage
distortion
dislodged components
expired scheduled testing date
heat damage
leakage
mechanical damage
structural damage
tyre defects
under- or over-inflated tyre
valve gear
wear
wheel and rim component defects.
adaptor rings
bolts
cleats
nuts
reducers
spacer bands
Page 2839 of 7618

must include:
studs
washers
wedge bands
wedges.
job safety analysis
risk assessment
tyre change documentation.
Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.
Links
Implementation Guide - http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aur- implementation-guide
Approved
Page 2840 of 7618

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyresDate this document was generated:
22 January 2015
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ001 Remove, inspect and

fit earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
Release
Comment
Release 1
Performance Evidence
Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently removed,
inspected and fitted earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) tyres on a minimum of three
occasions, on a range of earthmoving and OTR tyres that include tyres of a nominal diameter
of greater than 29 inches.
Individuals must demonstrate they can:
follow safety procedures and requirements when removing, inspecting and fitting tyres
communicate effectively with others involved in or affected by the inspection findings
prepare for work systematically
follow removal and refitting procedures, Australian standards for earthmoving and OTR
tyres, and workplace procedures
finalise inspection and complete workplace documentation.
Approved
Page 2841 of 7618

22 January 2015
Knowledge Evidence
Individuals must be able to demonstrate knowledge of:
Australian standards relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR
tyres
procedures relating to earthmoving and OTR tyres:
fitting
hazard identification and risk control methods
inflation and deflation
inspection
post-fitting inspection
pre-removal inspection
removal procedures of earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies relating to:
methods of undoing fasteners
handling methods of earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies
safety lock rim
split industrial rim
rim or hub-mounted multi-piece rim
one piece wheel and rim

types and classifications of earthmoving and OTR tyres, rims and wheel assemblies
types of mounting systems for earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies
tyre deflation methods of earthmoving and OTR tyres
work health and safety (WHS) requirements relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting
earthmoving and OTR tyres.
Assessment Conditions
Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements.
Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately
reflects performance in a real workplace setting.
Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide
evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have worked on, e.g. repair orders.
Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to
The following resources must be made available:
tyres, wheels and rim assemblies
grab truck
earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies
tyre, wheel and rim assembly specifications and workplace instructions
tools and equipment appropriate for removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and
OTR tyres
earthmoving and OTR tyre handler
WHS requirements and workplace procedures relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting
earthmoving and OTR tyres
workplace location or simulated workplace.
Approved
Page 2842 of 7618

22 January 2015
Links
Assessment Strategies Guide http://www.asacompanionvolumes.com.au/aur-assessment-guide
Approved
Page 2843 of 7618

AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies
January 2015
AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and

off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies
Release
Comment
Release 1
Application
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to remove, inspect and fit earthmoving
and off-the-road (OTR) wheel and rim assemblies and fasteners.
It applies to those who fit earthmoving and OTR tyres, rim and wheel assemblies of 24 inches
nominal diameter or greater, including a nominal diameter of more than 29 inches, in the
construction, mining, agricultural and other industrial environments.
Competency Field
Unit Sector
Approved
Page 2844 of 7618

January 2015

ELEMENTS

essential outcomes.

achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used,
further information is detailed in the range of conditions section

and rim assembly from
a vehicle
1.1 Australian standards for earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim
assemblies, workplace procedures and work health and safety
(WHS) requirements are identified and interpreted
1.2 Site and task hazards are identified, and control measures
determined
1.3 Wheel and rim assembly to be removed is identified
1.4 Wheel and rim assembly is cleaned and visually inspected to
assess potential health and safety threats according to
1.5 Tools and equipment are selected and checked according to
2. Control risk
2.1 Hazardous conditions in work environment are identified

and controlled
2.2 Hazardous wheel and rim assembly conditions are identified
and controlled
3. Remove wheel and rim

assembly from vehicle
3.1 Vehicle is raised and supported according to Australian

standards and workplace procedures
3.2 Tyre is deflated according to Australian standards and
3.3 Wheel and rim assembly is removed according to
4. Inspect wheel and rim

assembly, mounting
surfaces and fasteners
4.1 Wheel and rim assembly is cleaned and visually inspected

4.2 Mounting components and fasteners are visually inspected
according to manufacturer instructions and workplace
procedures
4.3 Findings are recorded and reported according to Australian
standards and workplace procedures
5. Fit wheel and rim

assembly
5.1 Wheel and rim assembly is checked and confirmed prior to

fastening
5.2 Wheel and rim assembly is fitted using handling equipment
5.3 Wheel and rim assembly positioning and alignment are
checked prior to fastening
5.4 Wheel and rim assembly tightening sequence and torque
settings are applied according to Australian standards and
Approved
Page 2845 of 7618

January 2015
ELEMENTS
6. Inflate tyre
6.1 Tyre inflation safety procedures are identified and applied

prior to inflating tyre
6.2 Tyre is inflated according to Australian standards and
6.3 Tyre, wheel and rim assembly are monitored during inflation
7. Complete work processes
7.1 Vehicle is lowered according to Australian standards and

7.2 Wheel fastener torque settings are re-checked according to
Australian standards and workplace procedures
7.3 Wheel and rim assembly clearances are checked
7.4 Final inspection is made to ensure work is to workplace
requirements
7.5 Tools and equipment are checked and stored according to
7.6 Workplace documentation is completed and processed
Approved
Page 2846 of 7618

January 2015
Foundation Skills
Skills
Reading skills to:
Writing skills to:

to:
Description
Read and interpret:
written information in Australian standards, workplace

procedures, manufacturer instructions, and WHS requirements
relating to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and
OTR wheel and rim assemblies
charts, lists, drawings and other applicable documents.
document inspection findings and recommended repair actions.

ask questions to clarify instructions and procedures
brief team and customers.
Numeracy skills to:
Digital literacy skills to:

skills to:
Self-management skills to:
use workplace computerised technology and tools relating to

removing and refitting earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim
assemblies.
plan and prioritise own work to achieve required outcomes.
select and use appropriate equipment, materials, processes and

procedures
recognise limitations and seek timely advice.
Teamwork skills to:
Approved

measurement
use specialist tools and measuring equipment, including:
gauges
pressure testing guns.

charts and drawings.

identify tyre condition and performance
match wheel and rim assemblies to tyres and vehicle type.
work with team members, such as riggers, doggers, mechanics,
tyre fitters, drivers and site operators.
Page 2847 of 7618

January 2015
Range of Conditions
Work health and safety
requirements must include:
Wheel and rim assembly

must include:
Tools and equipment must

include:
Approved
those prescribed under Australian standards, WHS Act and

regulations, and workplace policies and procedures
hazard control
manual-handling techniques
working with dangerous or toxic substances:
chemicals
compressed air
nitrogen gas
polyurethane resin (PUR) tyre fill
tyre additive.
rim or hub mounted multi-piece rim
rim or hub mounted split rim
safety lock rim
split rim
tyre and rim
tyre and rim mounted to a hub.
bead breakers
cranes
earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers
forklifts
grab trucks
hand tools
inflation and deflation tools
jacks
lifting equipment
lock ring catcher
mufflers
pneumatic tools
power tools
soft face hammers
specialist tyre handling forklifts
support stands
Page 2848 of 7618

January 2015
Hazardous conditions must

include:
Work environment must

include:
Hazardous wheel and rim

assembly conditions must
include:
Mounting components and

fasteners must include:
Approved
torque tools
tyre levers
wire brushes.
changing and unstable ground conditions
dust
hard, soft or uneven ground conditions
line of fire
noise
standard or non-standard heavy rims
traffic
variable weather conditions
working in or around other machinery.
day and night
indoors and outdoors
interaction of work personnel
workshop or work site.
blocked or damaged valves
cracks
corrosion
cuts and damage
distortion
dislodged components
expired scheduled testing date
heat damage
leakage
mechanical damage
structural damage
tyre defects
under- or over-inflated tyre
valve gear
wear
wheel and rim component defects.
adaptor rings
bolts
cleats
nuts
reducers
Page 2849 of 7618

January 2015
Checked and confirmed

must include:
must include:
spacer bands
studs
washers
wedge bands
wedges.
component compatibility
wheel and rim component serviceability
correct assembly of wheel and rim assembly.
job safety analysis
risk assessment
tyre change documentation.

No equivalent unit.
Links
Approved
Page 2850 of 7618

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies
document was generated: 22 January 2015
Date this
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ002 Remove, inspect and

fit earthmoving and off-the-road wheel and rim assemblies
Release
Comment
Release 1
Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently removed,
inspected and fitted earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) wheel and rim assemblies on a
minimum of three occasions on a range of earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies.
The work must have included tyres of a nominal diameter of greater than 29 inches.
follow safety procedures and requirements when working with wheel and rim assemblies
communicate effectively with others involved in or affected by the inspection findings
follow removal and refitting procedures, Australian standards for earthmoving and OTR
tyres, and workplace procedures.
Approved
Page 2851 of 7618

Date this
Knowledge Evidence
procedures relating to earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies:
fitting
hazard identification and risk control methods
inflation and deflation
inspection
post-fitting inspection
pre-removal inspection
raising, supporting and lowering procedures for mining and construction vehicles that
include soft ground support procedures and systems
removal procedures of earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies:
methods of undoing wheel or rim fasteners
handling methods
safety lock rim
split industrial rim
rim or hub mounted multi-piece rim

types and classifications of earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies
types of mounting systems for earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies
tyre deflation methods of earthmoving and OTR tyres
WHS requirements relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR
tyres.
Approved
Page 2852 of 7618

Date this
grab truck
earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies
tyre, wheel and rim assembly specifications and workplace instructions
tools and equipment appropriate for removing and fitting earthmoving and OTR wheel
and rim assemblies
vehicles with earthmoving and OTR wheel and rim assemblies
WHS requirements relevant to removing, inspecting and fitting earthmoving and OTR
Links
Approved
Page 2853 of 7618

AURKTJ003 Pe rform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and

off-the-road tyres
Release
Comment
Release 1
Application
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to conduct non-destructive testing of
vehicle wheel and rim assemblies. It requires the ability to use technical skills to prepare for
and conduct non-destructive testing.
It applies to those who conduct non-destructive testing of vehicle wheels and rims in order to
determine their serviceability by checking for material defects and malfunctions.
Competency Field
Unit Sector
Approved
Page 2854 of 7618


ELEMENTS

essential outcomes.

achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further
information is detailed in the range of conditions section
1. Prepare for
1.1 Workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions are used

to determine job requirements
1.2 Inspection area is cleaned and prepared for testing using
workplace materials and in line with required procedures
1.3 Tools and equipment are checked for safety and serviceability
1.4 Non-destructive test equipment is prepared according to
1.5 Work area and equipment problems are reported to appropriate
personnel
2. Perform
2.1 Testing methods are determined in line with workplace

procedures and manufacturer specifications
2.2 Hazards and safety requirements associated with testing are
identified and addressed
2.3 Testing is performed according to workplace procedures and
2.4 Non-conformance and defects are identified against workplace
procedures and manufacturer instructions
2.5 Test results are verified and documented according to
3. Clean work area
3.1 Testing equipment is maintained and stored according to

3.2 Work area is cleaned and prepared for subsequent use
Approved
Page 2855 of 7618

Foundation Skills
Skills
Reading skills to:
Description
Writing skills to:

to:
Numeracy skills to:
read and interpret information in:

written workplace procedures
charts, lists, drawings and other applicable documents
collect, analyse, organise and understand information relating to
non-destructive test results.
produce reporting documentation detailing non-destructive test
results.
confirm work requirements
report work outcomes and problems.
measurement.
charts and drawings
use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete
measurements and estimate material requirements required for
non-destructive testing.

skills to:
prepare and lay out work area, and obtain equipment and material
to avoid wastage, backtracking and workflow interruptions.
Teamwork skills to:
work with team members, such as technical supervisors,

technicians and workers.

No equivalent unit.
Links
Approved
Page 2856 of 7618

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ003 Perform minor

repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
Release
Comment
Release 1
Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently conducted
non-destructive testing on wheels and rims on a minimum of four occasions, using at least
two of the following hardness testing methods:
penetrant
magnetic
Rockwell
Brinell.
prepare equipment for testing, including zeroing and calibration checks

select and apply testing methods
verify test results
record test outcomes.
Knowledge Evidence
principles and methods of penetrant, magnetic, Rockwell and Brinell hardness testing, and
limitations, advantages and hazards associated with the testing
non-destructive testing terminology
non-destructive test equipment use, maintenance and storage
non-destructive testing preparation procedures
non-destructive testing verification methods and techniques
non-destructive testing analysis techniques
reporting and recording procedures relevant to non-destructive testing.
Approved
Page 2857 of 7618

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ003 Perform minor repairs to earthmoving and off-the-road tyres
evidence that links them to the equipment that they have worked on, e.g. test results.
Australian standards relevant to the non-destructive testing of wheel and rim assemblies
workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions
non-destructive testing equipment
Links
Approved
Page 2858 of 7618

AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific applications
AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels

and rim assemblies for specific applications
Release
Comment
Release 1
Application
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to select earthmoving and off-the-road
(OTR) vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assemblies to suit specific applications. It involves
identifying and confirming work requirements; preparing for work; selecting tyres, wheels
and rim assemblies; and completing work finalisation processes.
It applies to those working on earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assemblies
in the mining, construction and other industrial environments.
Competency Field
Unit Sector
Approved
Page 2859 of 7618


ELEMENTS

essential outcomes.

1. Prepare to select tyres,

wheels and rim
assemblies
1.1 Customer and job requirements are determined

1.2 Workplace instructions and information required to select
tyres, wheels and rim assemblies are sourced
2. Determine appropriate
tyres, wheels and rim
assemblies
2.1 Information required to select earthmoving and OTR tyres,

wheels and rim assemblies is accessed from manufacturer and
2.2 Tyre, wheel and rim assembly options are analysed to identify
technical compliance, economic benefits and operational
requirements
2.3 Selection procedures are carried out according to workplace
instructions and work health and safety (WHS) requirements
2.4 Product is selected according to customer requirements,
manufacture and component supplier specifications
3. Complete selection of
tyres, wheels and rim
assemblies
3.1 Customer is briefed on product selection

3.2 Required documentation regarding selection is completed
Approved
Page 2860 of 7618

Foundation Skills
Skills
Description
Learning skills to:
Reading skills to:
Writing skills to:

to:
Numeracy skills to:
identify sources of information and assistance in selecting

earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies.
read and interpret written information in:
job instructions
document product selection.
ask questions to clarify instructions, procedures or customer
requirements
brief customer on product selection
follow oral instructions.
measurement.
interpret numerical information in:
job instructions
workplace instructions relating to wheels, rim assemblies, and
tyres.
seek information and assistance to solve problems.

No equivalent unit.
Links
Approved
Page 2861 of 7618

Asse ssment Requirements for AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific
applications
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving

and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific
applications
Release
Comment
Release 1
Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently selected a
minimum of two different earthmoving and off-the-road (OTR) tyres, wheels and rim
assemblies.
access and interpret information required for selecting tyres, wheels and rim assemblies
select a range of earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assemblies
according to customer, workplace, manufacturer and component supplier requirements,
observing safety procedures and requirements.
Knowledge Evidence
Australian standards relating to earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim
assemblies
work health and safety requirements relating to selecting earthmoving and OTR vehicle
tyres, wheels and rim assemblies
earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim assembly terminology and codes
earthmoving and OTR tyre tread patterns; and tyre and wheel and rim assembly types and
their applications.
Approved
Page 2862 of 7618

Asse ssment Requirements for AURKTJ005 Select earthmoving and off-the-road tyres, wheels and rim assemblies for specific
applications

Australian standards relating to earthmoving and OTR vehicle tyres, wheels and rim
assemblies
earthmoving and OTR vehicles with tyres, wheels and rim assemblies
Links
Approved
Page 2863 of 7618

AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlers

Release
Comment
Release 1
Application
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to use an earthmoving and
off-the-road (OTR) tyre handler. It includes checking the tyre handler and work site for
suitability, operating the tyre handler, and completing work according to operational
requirements.
It applies to those who fit earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheels and rim assemblies of 24
inches nominal diameter or greater, including a nominal diameter of more than 29 inches, in
the construction, mining, agricultural and other industrial environments.
Earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers must be operated in compliance with the licence
requirements and regulations of the relevant state or territory authority. Licensing, legislative,
regulatory or certification requirements are applicable to this unit.
Competency Field
Unit Sector
Approved
Page 2864 of 7618


ELEMENTS

essential outcomes.

1. Check tyre handler and

work site for suitability
1.1 Work site is selected for operations

1.2 Work area is checked for obstructions and proximity to
vehicles and equipment
1.3 Barriers and warning signs are erected in areas where there
may be passing traffic
1.4 Specialist equipment and tools are selected
1.5 Tyre handler is inspected for serviceability and compliance
with relevant Australian standards
2. Operate tyre handler
2.1 Tyre handler pre-operational checks are conducted, and any

operating hazards identified and addressed
2.2 Tyre handler, and specialist equipment and tools are operated
within safe working limits and to maximise efficiency of
operations
2.3 Tyres, wheels and rim assemblies are handled according to
workplace procedures and Australian standards
3. Complete work
3.1 Barriers and warning signs are removed and stored

3.2 Tyre handler, and specialist equipment and tools are returned
to appropriate storage or parking area
3.3 Documentation is completed, reporting any damage or faults
Approved
Page 2865 of 7618

Foundation Skills
Skills
Description
Reading skills to:
read and interpret written information in Australian standards and

workplace procedures relating to the use of earthmoving and
OTR tyre handlers.
document actions required during work.
report damage or faults.
interpret vehicle instruments and indicators

measurement.
Writing skills to:

to:
Numeracy skills to:
Initiative skills to:
identify and avoid potential work obstructions and danger to

passing traffic.

skills to:
prepare and lay out work area, and obtain equipment and material
to avoid wastage, backtracking and workflow interruptions.
Range of Conditions
Damage or faults must
include:
specialist equipment and tools damage

tyre, wheel and rim assembly damage
tyre handler damage or faults
work area damage.

No equivalent unit.
Approved
Page 2866 of 7618

Links
Approved
Page 2867 of 7618

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlersDate this document was generated: 22 January
2015
Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and

off-the-road tyre handlers
Release
Comment
Release 1
Before competency can be determined, individuals must have competently used an
off-the-road (OTR) tyre handler on a minimum of three occasions.
communicate effectively with others involved in or affected by the tyre handler work
observe safety procedures and requirements when operating earthmoving and OTR tyre
handlers
select methods and techniques to operate an earthmoving and OTR tyre handler
appropriate to the circumstances.
Knowledge Evidence
Australian standards and workplace procedures relevant to operating an earthmoving and

OTR tyre handler
duty of care requirements relating to operating an earthmoving and OTR tyre handler
handling procedures for earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers
earthmoving and OTR tyre handler controls, instruments and indicators and their use
operating hazards and procedures to be followed in the event of an operational emergency
procedures for pre-operational checks
factors affecting selection of work site, including site layout and obstacles.
Approved
Page 2868 of 7618

Assessment Requirements for AURKTJ006 Use earthmoving and off-the-road tyre handlersDate this document was generated: 22 January
2015
Assessors must satisfy SNR/AQTF assessor requirements and have a current earthmoving and
OTR tyre handler licence.
evidence that links them to the vehicles that they have worked on, e.g. vehicle log books.
Australian standards relevant to the use of an earthmoving and OTR tyre handler
earthmoving and OTR tyre and wheel and rim assemblies
tools and equipment appropriate to the use of an earthmoving and OTR tyre handler
vehicles with earthmoving and OTR tyres, wheel and rim assemblies
workplace instructions relating to the use of earthmoving and OTR tyre handlers
Links
Approved
Page 2869 of 7618

AURKTQ3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assemblies
AURKTQ3001 Diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive

assemblies
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair final drive assemblies fitted to mobile plant. It involves
final drive assemblies and associated systems, and post-repair
testing procedures.

Work applies to the final drive assemblies of mobile plant

equipment in the mining, construction and agricultural
environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2870 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2871 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a final drive
assembly

requirements
prepared
2. Diagnose a final drive

assembly

systems
3. Repair a final drive

assembly

prepared


Approved
Page 2872 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of mobile plant final drive
assemblies, including the use of:
Approved
Page 2873 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing mobile plant final drive assemblies
dangers of working with mobile plant final drive assemblies
application, purpose and operating principles of mobile plant final drive assemblies
testing procedures for mobile plant final drive assemblies
repair procedures for mobile plant final drive assemblies
post-repair testing procedures for mobile plant final drive assemblies
Approved
Page 2874 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of mobile plant final drive
assemblies
diagnose and repair mobile plant final drive assembly according
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

mobile plant with final drive assembly faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of mobile plant final drive
Page 2875 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
assemblies
mobile plant final drive assemblies.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2876 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
mobile plant final drive assembly diagnosis and repair methods,


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
mobile plant final drive assembly
automotive industry
mobile plant final drive assembly service requirements and
repair manuals.
isolation of faults

may include:
Approved
Page 2877 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Faults may include:
loss of drive
noisy final drive assembly.

include:
assessment of final drive noise

assessment of final drive operation.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Driveline and Final Drives

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2878 of 7618

AURKTR3001 Diagnose and repair electric-over-hydraulic control systems
AURKTR3001 Diagnose and repair electric-over-hydraulic

control systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

repairs to electric over hydraulic control systems fitted to vehicles.
It involves identifying and confirming safety requirements,
electric over hydraulic control systems and associated systems, and

Work applies to the electric over hydraulic control systems of

vehicles in the road transport, mining, construction, agricultural,
marine and other industrial environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2879 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2880 of 7618


ELEMENT
1.
Prepare to
diagnose and repair
an electric over
hydraulic control
system
requirements
prepared
2. Diagnose an electric over

hydraulic control system

systems
3. Repair an electric over

hydraulic control system

prepared


Approved
Page 2881 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of electric over hydraulic control
Approved
Page 2882 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing electric over hydraulic control systems
dangers of working with electric over hydraulic control systems
application, purpose and operating principles of electric over hydraulic control systems
testing procedures for electric over hydraulic control systems
repair procedures for electric over hydraulic control systems
post-repair testing procedures for electric over hydraulic control systems
Approved
Page 2883 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of electric over hydraulic control
systems
diagnose and repair electric over hydraulic control systems
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles with electric over hydraulic control systems
equipment appropriate for the testing of electric over hydraulic
Page 2884 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
control systems
electric over hydraulic control systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2885 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
electric over hydraulic control system diagnosis and repair

methods, processes and equipment

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
electric over hydraulic control systems
automotive industry
electric over hydraulic control system service requirements and
repair manuals.
isolation of faults

may include:
Approved
Page 2886 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Fault may include:
hydraulic component faults

electrical component faults.

include:
hydraulic pressure checks

electrical checks, such as voltage drop, resistance and current
flow.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2887 of 7618

AURKTX3001 Diagnose and repair powershift transmissions

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair powershift transmissions fitted to heavy vehicles. It
involves diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repair
operations of powershift transmissions and associated systems, and

Work applies to the powershift transmissions of heavy vehicles in

the road transport, mining, construction, agricultural and other
industrial environments.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2888 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 2889 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a powershift
transmission

requirements
prepared
2. Diagnose a powershift
transmission

systems
3. Repair a powershift
transmission

prepared


Approved
Page 2890 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair powershift transmissions systems,
Approved
Page 2891 of 7618


measuring equipment
computerised Technology
Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing powershift transmissions
dangers of working with heavy vehicle powershift transmissions
application, purpose and operating principles of heavy vehicle powershift transmissions
testing procedures for powershift transmissions
repair procedures for powershift transmissions
post-repair testing procedures for powershift transmissions
Approved
Page 2892 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of powershift transmissions
diagnose and repair heavy vehicle powershift transmissions
requirements
requirements..



of this unit:
Approved

heavy vehicles with powershift transmission faults relevant to
equipment appropriate for the testing of heavy vehicle
powershift transmissions
Page 2893 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

heavy vehicle powershift transmissions.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2894 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
heavy vehicle powershift transmission diagnosis and repair


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
powershift transmissions
automotive industry
powershift transmission service requirements and repair
manuals.
isolation of faults

may include:
Approved
Page 2895 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Faults may include:
loss of drive
noisy transmission
poor shifting.

include:
assessment of shift quality

assessment of transmission noise
hydraulic pressure testing
mobile or stationary tests to evaluate transmission performance.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2896 of 7618

AURKTX4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission systems
AURKTX4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in mobile plant transmission systems in order to
initiate action to service, repair, replace or improve performance.
resolve.


transmission systems in the mobile plant environment.
competencies.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2897 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2898 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

transmission systems are accessed and interpreted
work
mobile plant transmission systems are identified and
confirmed from direct and/or indirect evidence
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2899 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to mobile plant transmission systems
transmission systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
electric over hydraulic systems
concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of mobile plant transmission systems and
components
plant transmission systems
testing procedures for mobile plant transmission systems, including accessing and interpreting
scan tool system data
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2900 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different mobile plant transmission systems with real or
simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in mobile plant transmission
systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated mobile plant
Page 2901 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

faults in mobile plant transmission systems
technical reference information and workplace instructions..

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2902 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:

include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
indirect mechanical faults.
mechanical and hydraulic system faults
intermittent causes
road test.
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
pulse generators
Page 2903 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

include:
pressure gauges

Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2904 of 7618

AURKTX5002 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant transmission system faultsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURKTX5002 Analyse and evaluate wheeled mobile plant

Release
Comment
Release 1

plant transmission system faults
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

mobile plant transmission systems in order to initiate action to


evaluation process.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2905 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2906 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
mobile plant transmission systems are accessed and
interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Wheeled mobile plant transmission system components are


and documented.
Approved
Page 2907 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2908 of 7618


Required skills

mobile plant transmission systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge

pneumatic systems.
clutch systems/ components.
torque converter systems/components.
transmission systems/components.
driveline systems/ components.
Approved
Page 2909 of 7618

differential systems/ components.

final drive systems/ components.
equipment.
Approved
Page 2910 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

mobile plant transmission systems with real or simulated
mobile plant transmission systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, wheeled mobile plant transmission systems with real or
Approved

Page 2911 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
be transferred to other circumstance.
Approved
Page 2912 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
evaluation process

performance.
scrapers, industrial tractors, materials handling machines,
Systems
Transmission systems to be covered in this unit are to include

mechanical, power shift and automatic transmissions with
integrated computer controls and clutches, torque converters,
drivelines, differentials and final drive sub-systems.
System faults
Transmission system faults covered by this unit are to include

abnormal component wear, clutch operations, clutch pack slippage,
contamination, driveline phasing and alignment, hard shifting,
leaks, loose mountings, lubrication, modulation, noises, operating
temperature, system pressures, torque converter slippage and
vibrations.
System failures

indirect faults caused by the influence of external systems which
may or may not be faulty in their primary operations.
Unit context
Evaluative criteria
Approved


Page 2913 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

standards.
Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include computer-based diagnostic

systems, micrometers, multimeters, pressure gauges, spring
compression testers, tachometer, temperature gauges and verniers.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include component wear, lubricant

sampling, operating temperature, pressure (torque converter and
transmission pressure), torque converter stall, transmission clutch
slippage, sensor integrity and function, wiring harness integrity,
and diagnosis for module and parts replacement in related electrical
and electronic control systems.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2914 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2915 of 7618

AURLLD3001 Determine compliance of steering and suspension modifications
AURLLD3001 Determine compliance of steering and suspension

modifications
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT316316A Determine compliance of steering and

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to advise customers

whether their proposed or actual steering and suspension
modifications comply with Australian Design Rules for normal
road usage.
Approved
Page 2916 of 7618



requirement, preparation for work, clarification of the customers'
needs, the analysis of needs/proposals against Australian Design
Rules requirements, recommendation as to a compliant plan of
action and completion of work finalisation processes, including
The unit applies to steering and suspension systems fitted to a range
of light vehicles, which includes 4WD vehicles and light
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2917 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Clarify details of steering

and suspension
modifications
1.1. Confirmation is sought, through discussion with the

customer, if steering and suspension modifications are actual
or proposed
1.2. Reasons for modifications are discussed and confirmed with
the customer
1.3. Modification specifications and dimensions are determined
and documented
1.4. Non-standard steering and suspension components are
identified
2. Determine specific
information relating to
modifications
2.1. Australian Design Rules bulletin applicable to modifications

is identified
2.2. Section providing a ruling on the legality of modifications is
identified
2.3. Any ruling against modifications is interpreted
2.4. Interpretation of the ruling made in relation to modifications
is clarified and discussed with customer
3. Recommend a plan of
action to achieve
3.1. Implications of non-compliance with a specific Australian

Design Rules is discussed with the customer
3.2. Suitable plan of action to meet Australian Design Rules
requirements is discussed and clarified with customer
Approved
Page 2918 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
wastage)
use workplace technology related to determining compliance of steering and suspension
modifications, including the use of measuring equipment, electronics, computerised
Required knowledge

purpose and format of Australian Design Rules
contents of Australian Design Rules relative to steering and suspension systems
enterprise procedures for determining compliance or non-compliance
enterprise procedures for making recommendations to resolve non-compliance situations
Approved
Page 2919 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
locating and interpreting Australian Design Rules in relation to
a customer suspension modifications
discussing Australian Design Rules interpretations at an
understandable level with customer
making recommendations to avoid non-compliance situations
recommending a plan of action to provide a compliant response
to customer's needs

simulated worksite

material relevant to determining compliance of steering and
equipment and tooling appropriate to determining compliance
of steering and suspension modifications

Approved
Page 2920 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2921 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
modification
Types of steering and suspension modification may include

lowered or raised normal ride heights, increased track width,
variations between front and rear ride heights and reductions in
ground clearance due to fitting non-standard components
Work requirements
Work involves ability to access technical information from

published Australian Design Rules bulletins and interpret the
content applicable to a customer specific steering and
Work includes ability to be able to explain in 'easy to
understand terms' mandatory requirements to customer and be
able to discuss implications of non-compliance findings
Competence may be demonstrated in a variety of workplaces
involved with specific steering and suspension procedures, such
as: service stations, dealerships, road-side repairers and
automotive after-market specialists
WHS

Personal protective
equipment

practices

vehicular movement and working in proximity to others and site
visitors

not be limited to enterprise first aid requirements and site
evacuation
Environmental
requirements

clean-up management

Approved
Page 2922 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures
authorities

Tooling and equipment may include road springs, shock absorbers,

sway bars and bump stops
Communications


safe work procedures related to determining compliance of
steering and suspension modifications
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Mechanical - Light Vehicle
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2923 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2924 of 7618

AURLTA1001 Apply automotive mechanical system fundamentals
AURLTA1001 Apply automotive mechanical system

fundamentals
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

demonstrate basic knowledge and awareness of automotive
terminology and mechanical terms and principles as they apply to
vehicle mechanical systems, components and technologies found in
modern motor vehicles.

Work applies to light vehicles and is based on demonstrating

knowledge of systems and components function, location and
operation, as well as an understanding of basic automotive
mechanical terminology.
Applying knowledge of fundamental operating principles of
vehicular mechanical systems, including internal combustion
engines, vehicular drivetrain, braking, suspension and steering
systems and technologies forms the basis of this unit.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2925 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2926 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Identify mechanical
fundamentals
1.1. Suitable relevant sources of information are located to

assist with mechanical fundamentals research
1.2. General automotive mechanical system fundamentals are
identified in relation to modern vehicle platforms
1.3. Mechanical terminology and operating principles of systems
and components are referred to and identified for a particular
application
2. Identify operation of
system or component
2.1. Component or system to be researched is identified

2.2. Information is researched to ensure sufficient understanding
of component or system to assist with its further
identification and application
2.3. Potential for unsafe conditions or safety hazards is
identified
3. Locate system or
component on vehicle
3.1. Suitable automotive systems and components are sourced

to assist with task
3.2. Location of system or component is confirmed in relation to
modern vehicle configuration
4. Apply mechanical
fundamentals

4.2. System or component is examined and sub-assembly
components are identified
4.3. Method of operation is determined to confirm principles of
system or component function
4.4. System or component relationship to light vehicle operation
is determined
4.5. Potential common faults with system or component are
identified
Approved
Page 2927 of 7618


Required skills
communicate ideas and information in verbal and written report
use questioning and active listening skills, e.g. when clarifying information
initiative and enterprise skills to identify sources of information, assistance and expert
literacy skills to:
understand workplace safety-related procedures
reference documents
numeracy skills to use and communicate basic mathematical ideas and techniques that relate to
automotive systems and components
identify risk factors


automotive components and systems identification, location and function
safely use workplace tools and equipment when applying mechanical fundamentals
Required knowledge
methods of sourcing information relevant to mechanical systems
types, functions, location and basic operation of major vehicle systems and components,
including basic automotive mechanical terminology
common faults of major vehicle systems and components
Approved
Page 2928 of 7618

Approved
Page 2929 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:

identify automotive mechanical systems and components

source relevant technical information
locate mechanical systems and components on modern motor
vehicles
explain the function of at least three major systems of a modern
motor vehicle
demonstrate basic knowledge of possible causes of faults or
problems with vehicle systems.



of this unit:
Approved

technical reference information
a range of functioning automotive systems and components
vehicles relevant to the qualification being sought
automotive tools and equipment
Page 2930 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
personal protective equipment and workplace safety equipment.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2931 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Safety hazards may include:
Automotive systems and


(WHS) requirements:
Hand tools and equipment

may include:
Approved

service bulletins
automotive texts
magazine technical articles
documented workplace procedures.
toxic substances
lifting practices
spillages.
engine systems
transmissions and drivetrains
fuel systems
cooling systems
braking systems
exhaust systems.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
hammers
screwdrivers
wrenches
sockets and accessories
Page 2932 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Common faults may include:
pliers
specialist tools for component removal or adjustment.
failure to achieve ignition and power
failure to achieve fuel flow
excessive exhaust smoke or noise
unusual engine noises or vibrations
excessive play or vibration through steering
loss of coolant
slow response or excessive pedal travel when braking
system or component fluid or gas leakage.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Mechanical Light Vehicle
Unit sector
Technical

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2933 of 7618

AURLTB3003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
AURLTB3003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic

braking systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT310166A Repair hydraulic braking systems

Evidence updated to reflect modern light vehicle technologies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair hydraulic braking systems fitted to light vehicles. It
involves identifying and confirming safety requirements,
diagnosing deviations from correct operation, repairing light
vehicle braking system components and associated systems, and

Work applies to the braking systems of light vehicles, four-wheel

drive and light commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to
work related to antilock braking systems (ABS) or to air braking
systems.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2934 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2935 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a light vehicle
braking system

requirements
prepared
2. Diagnose a light vehicle

braking system

systems
3. Repair a light vehicle

braking system

prepared


Approved
Page 2936 of 7618

AURLTB3003 Diagnose and repai r light vehicle hydraulic braking systems

Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:


problem solving skills to:
causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of light vehicle braking systems,
measuring equipment
Approved
Page 2937 of 7618


Required knowledge
relating to light vehicle braking systems, including:
lifting and supporting procedures for light vehicles
dangers of working with brake dust and brake fluid

operating principles of light vehicle braking systems
application, purpose and operation of light vehicle braking systems
testing procedures for light vehicle braking systems
repair procedures for light vehicle braking systems
post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle braking systems
Approved
Page 2938 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of light vehicle hydraulic braking
systems, including disc brake and drum brake systems
diagnose and repair light vehicle hydraulic braking systems
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

light vehicles with hydraulic braking faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of light vehicle hydraulic
Page 2939 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
braking systems
light vehicle hydraulic braking systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 2940 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
include:
computer generated instructions

verbal instructions

include:
light vehicle braking system diagnosis and repair methods,


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
light vehicle braking systems
automotive industry
light vehicle service requirements and repair manuals.
friction material wear
brake drum component serviceability

may include:
Approved
Page 2941 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Faults may include:

include:
disc brake component serviceability

vehicle braking efficiency.
worn, damaged or badly-adjusted components.
performance.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Brakes

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2942 of 7618

AURLTB4001 O verhaul braking system com ponents (light)
AURLTB4001 Overhaul braking system components (light)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT410145AA Overhaul braking system components

(light)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out an overhaul

of hydraulic, mechanical, vacuum and power assisted, and electric
light braking system components.

The unit includes identification and confirmation of the

work requirement, preparation for work, overhauling of
braking system components, conducting of serviceability
tests on components, preparing brake components for use
or storage and completion of work finalisation processes,
including clean-up and documentation
This unit of competence applies to light vehicles,
motorcycles, trailers, caravans and outdoor power
equipment.
Work requires individuals to demonstrate some judgement
and problem-solving skills in managing own work
activities and contributing to a productive team
environment.
Approved
Page 2943 of 7618

AURLTB4001 O verhaul braking system components (light)
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2944 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to overhaul
braking system
components

and confirmed
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for overhaul are
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with stored energy as in
emergency braking actuators are observed
1.7. Dangers working with brake dust and preventative
measurers are observed
2. Overhaul braking system

components/
sub-assemblies

2.2. Braking system components are overhauled using approved
methods, equipment and materials, in accordance with
2.3. Overhaul of braking system components/sub assemblies is
completed without causing damage to any component or
system
2.4. All braking systems component overhaul activities are
carried out according to industry regulations/guidelines,
procedures/policies
3. Conduct serviceability
tests on components
3.1. Methods for the conduct of the test is implemented in

3.2. Observations on the performance of the components is
noted during the test
3.3. A determination is made as to the serviceability of
components
3.4. Failed components are tagged for rework
3.5. Documentation of observations are completed
4. Prepare brake
components for use
and/or storage
4.1. Inspection is made to ensure safety features are in place

expectations
4.3. Brake components are presented for use or stored to
Approved
Page 2945 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 2946 of 7618


Required skills
team members
customers
use workplace technology related to the overhaul of light braking system components,
including the use of specialist tooling and equipment, measuring equipment, computerised
technology and communication devices and reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge

health hazards working with brake dust
hydraulic principles
operating principles of light braking systems and their components
overhaul procedures
test procedures
Approved
Page 2947 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



by the work
circumstances
conducting the overhaul of a range of braking system
components in accordance with workplace and
presentation/storage of brake components in compliance with

simulated worksite

materials relevant to the overhaul of light vehicle braking
systems
of light vehicle braking systems

Approved
Page 2948 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2949 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Actuating mechanisms
Actuating mechanisms may include fluid operated, mechanically

operated, power assisted, anti-lock brake systems, computer
systems, dual braking systems and anti-dive systems
System components
System components may include disc pads, master cylinders, brake

shoes, brake callipers, brake hoses, brake actuators, mechanical
devices and hydraulic valves

sequences

WHS

substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices
evacuation
Environmental
Approved
Page 2950 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
requirements

procedures
authorities


specialist tooling for removal/adjustment, lifting and supporting
equipment, brake dust extraction equipment, measuring instruments
and overhaul machining equipment
Materials
Materials may include spare parts, lubricants and cleaning materials
Communications


safe work procedures related to the overhaul of light vehicle
braking systems
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Page 2951 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 2952 of 7618

AURLTB4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking systems
AURLTB4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle braking

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in light vehicle braking systems in order to initiate
resolve.


braking systems of light vehicles, four wheel drive and light
competencies.
Approved
Page 2953 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2954 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning light vehicle
braking systems are accessed and interpreted
work
light vehicle braking systems are identified and confirmed
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 2955 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to light vehicle braking systems
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of light vehicle
braking systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of mechanical, hydraulic, electrical and electronic systems related to
light vehicle braking systems
types, functions, operations and limitations of light vehicle braking systems and components
testing procedures for light vehicle braking systems, including accessing and interpreting scan
tool system data
recommendations.
Approved
Page 2956 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Critical aspects for assessment and The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this
be able to:

for assessment

information
apply safety requirements, including the use of
personal protective equipment
identify and select appropriate diagnosis processes to
be performed
complete diagnosis of complex faults on a minimum
of three different light vehicle braking systems with
real or simulated faults
document and report outcomes and required actions
of diagnosis of complex faults in light vehicle
braking systems.



Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated light vehicle
Page 2957 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

tools and equipment appropriate for the diagnosis of
complex faults in light vehicle braking systems
technical reference information and workplace
instructions.

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 2958 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:
Testing equipment may include:
Approved

procedures
may include:
first aid equipment

indirect faults caused by the influence of external
systems (electrical and electronic) which may or may
not be faulty in their primary operations
direct faults in input sensors, output actuators, wiring
harness, computer systems, calibration/adjustment
specifications
component specifications, component assembly,
wiring and connector integrity, operation and
specification of input and output devices, controlling
electronic components and computers, data
interpretation and readings related to direct, indirect
and intermittent causes
brake fluid testing
on-road braking efficiency testing
component test.
decelerometer or brake test meter
brake fluid tester
ABS sensor tester
analogue and digital multimeters, lab oscilloscopes,
scan tools, test lights and test LEDs
pulse generators
Page 2959 of 7618

AURLTB4004 Diagnose complex faults in ligh t vehicle braking systems
RANGE STATEMENT
Diagnostic processes may include:
analysing manufacturer/component supplier

specifications, schematics and operational procedures
related to braking systems
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Brakes

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2960 of 7618

AURLTB5002 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle braking system faults
AURLTB5002 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle braking system

faults
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT570393A Analyse and evaluate light vehicle

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to analyse and evaluate light

vehicle braking systems in order to initiate action to sustain, vary or


performance achievements and variations.
It also requires the candidate to identify, evaluate, select and
Approved
Page 2961 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2962 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

requirements.
1.2. Benchmark specifications for correctly functioning light
vehicle braking systems are accessed and interpreted.
evidence.

evaluation

available options.
2.6. Light vehicle braking system components are prepared for


and documented.
Approved
Page 2963 of 7618

ELEMENT
agreed criteria.

information.
practices.

procedures.
procedures.
Approved
Page 2964 of 7618


Required skills
research, organise and understand technical information related to contemporary light vehicle
braking systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic methods and options and safety
procedures.
systems inputs.
wastage.
measuring devices.
Required knowledge
light vehicle terminology and definitions.

basic theory covering electrics, hydraulics, friction, mechanical advantage, levers, heat,
pressure and area.
mechanical theory covering the concepts and principles of mechanical, hydraulic and electrical
braking systems, including performance and balance.
functions of brake fluid.
detailed knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of light vehicle braking
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of abs braking
systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the Australian Design Rules requirements related to light vehicle
braking.
working knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of light vehicle air
braking (multiple trailer) systems/components.
Approved
Page 2965 of 7618

equipment.
Approved
Page 2966 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


processes to:

products

Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three light vehicle
two available repair/modification procedures for light vehicle
braking systems.
and environment.

deadlines.
evaluation, light vehicle braking systems with real or simulated
work environment.
Approved

Page 2967 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2968 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Failure and analysis and
evaluation process

performance.
Vehicles
Light vehicles are to include two wheel and four wheel drive
vehicles.
Braking systems
Braking systems to be covered in this unit are to include disc, drum,

ABS, AJPB, brake by wire and ceramic brakes.
Drum brakes
Drum brakes are to include leading/trailing, twin leading, duo

servo, multiple shoe variations, cast iron and aluminium brake
drums.
Park brakes
Park brakes are to include hand, foot, electric and Banksia type.
Electronic systems
Electronic systems are to include anti-lock braking systems and

brake by wire.
Braking system failures covered by this unit are to include indirect

faults caused by the influence of external systems which may or
may not be faulty in their primary operations.
Unit context
Evaluative criteria
Approved


Page 2969 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

standards.
Testing equipment
Tests
Testing equipment is to include decelerometer, electronic brake

fluid analyser, multimeter, data scanner, oscilloscopes, pressure
gauges, vacuum gauge, brake tester.
Testing equipment may include a chassis dynamometer.
Tests to be conducted are to include performance, brake fluid
boiling point, rotor and drum wear, pad and lining thickness,
brake pedal travel, handbrake mechanism travel, NVH,
directional control and ABX operation and performance.
Tests may include braking during cornering, friction material
wear rate, and disc drum and rotor temperature.
Personal protective
equipment

Information and
procedures

equipment.
and operational procedures related to light vehicle braking
systems.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2970 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Brakes
Page 2971 of 7618

AURLTD3001 Select and install performance enhanced suspension system productsDate this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURLTD3001 Select and install performance enhanced

suspension system products
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT316168A Select and install performance enhanced

suspension system products
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to select and install performance

enhanced products to light vehicle suspension systems.

Work involves selecting products to suit a customer's proposed

suspension system modification requirements. It also includes
removal of existing components, installation of new products and
suspension system adjustments.
The unit applies to suspension system configurations fitted to light
vehicles, which may include 4WD vehicles, light commercial
vehicles and off-road and motorsport vehicles.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2972 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2973 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Identify customer
requirements and assess
for practicality and safety
compliance
1.1. Purpose for proposed modifications are established and

confirmed with the customer
1.2. Practicality of the customer requirements are assessed and
discussed with the customer
1.3. Proposed modifications are assessed in relation to safety
and Australian Design Rules compliance
1.4. Project parameters, including cost and timeframe
considerations, are discussed and confirmed with the
customer
1.5. Vehicle is road tested to ensure proposed modifications are
relevant and the condition of the vehicle is appropriate to
safely incorporate performance enhanced products
1.6. Written quote is prepared to be authorised by the customer

modifications
2.1. Suspension system components needed for project are

sourced and ordered
commencing removal procedures
2.3. Vehicle is road tested to confirm roadworthiness prior to
commencing component removal procedures
3. Fit components and make

suspension system
adjustments
3.1. Original components are removed and stored according to

customer requirements or enterprise disposal procedures
3.2. New components are inspected to confirm serviceability of
use prior to installation
3.3. New components are installed according to
manufacturer/component supplier instructions and enterprise
guidelines
3.4. Fluids and lubricants are added to components according to
manufacturer/component supplier guidelines and enterprise
procedures
3.5. Suspension system adjustments are completed according to
4. Road test vehicle, make

final adjustments and
complete documentation
4.1. Vehicle is road tested to ensure compliance with project

intent
4.2. Suspension system is inspected to confirm it is free of leaks
and other malfunctions
4.3. Final adjustments are completed
4.4. Vehicle is road tested with the customer to confirm
acceptance of work carried out
4.5. Documentation relating to the work carried out is completed
Approved
Page 2974 of 7618

ELEMENT
and distributed/filed according to enterprise procedures
5. Clean up work area
Approved

to enterprise procedures
5.2. Equipment used in the job tasks is cleaned and returned to
designated locations in the workplace
5.3. Work area is cleaned and inspected for serviceable and safe
working conditions according to enterprise requirements
Page 2975 of 7618


Required skills
collecting, analysing and organising information from a variety of sources to ensure the
performance enhanced products are selected to achieve the customer's proposed modifications
discussing job card requirements and desired vehicle performance characteristics with the
customer
following removal, refitting and adjusting procedures in a planned sequence as in workshop
manuals and other technical publications to achieve desired system modifications within
efficient timeframes
selection and fitting of specialised products requires cooperative working arrangements with
colleagues and supervision relating to sharing of specialist equipment, sharing of technical
knowledge and procurement of specialist parts
applying basic mathematical techniques when converting specification details to the processes
of adjustment procedures and dimension recording
establishing safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and
wastage
using workplace technology related to the selection and installation of performance enhanced
suspension system products, including the use of measuring equipment, computerised
Required knowledge
operating principles of various suspension systems and major components

how specific performance enhanced suspension products affect suspension system and driving
characteristics
enterprise product ordering procedures
component removal, refitting and adjusting procedures
road test principles and procedures
methods of using lubricants and sealants
methods of fitting gaskets and circlips
methods of interpreting results from specific testing equipment(eg shock absorber tester)
how to access information from a computer
methods of effectively requesting advice or additional information from others in the
workplace
effective communication techniques with customers
Approved
Page 2976 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

Applying and using safety equipment and items of PPE

Selecting and fitting performance enhanced suspension system
products to suit a customer requirements
Following task instructions, operating procedures and approved
minimise risk of injury to self and others
prevent damage to workshop equipment and customer

vehicles
achieve outcomes within quoted timeframes quality

standards
Applying safe work practices
Correctly interpreting and communicating technical information
Applying safe and effective vehicle road testing techniques
Correctly completing workplace documentation
Working with and around other team members
Working effectively with others
Modifying work activities to cater for variations in workplace

simulated worksite
Assessment is to be conducted without additional assistance from
supervision or other work colleagues except where it is normal
practice to consult or clarify with others on matters pertinent to
specific job tasks
Information accessed by an external assessor during assessment
procedures, which is derived from enterprise policies and practices,
must be treated as commercial-in-confidence and not passed on to
unauthorised persons
Approved
Page 2977 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

material relevant to the selection and installation of
performance enhanced suspension system products
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to the selection
and installation of performance enhanced suspension system
products
Candidate for assessment should be able to access resources to

complete job tasks if they are deemed part of normal workplace job
requirements. However, if assessment is to be conducted in a
simulated work environment, resources must be provided but with
additional verbal questioning to confirm how the candidate would
access these resources in the workplace

Assessment of workplace outcomes performance must only take
place after a sufficient period of supervised practice and repetitive
experience
Approved
Page 2978 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
WHS
WHS requirements include WHS legislation, safety management

systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code,
enterprise safe operating procedures and Australian Design Rules
Modifications
Modifications refer to suspension system components which have

been altered from the standard manufacturer design either in
material, shape, specification or adjustments according to an
aftermarket component manufacturer with the intent of enhancing
or improving the function of the standard suspension system

environmental legislation, WHS regulations, manual handling and
lifting equipment procedures and enterprise insurance requirements
Work requirements
Proposed modifications
Types of proposed modifications may include:
Project parameters may

include:
Approved
Work involves being able to correctly select and install

products which will address the requirements of the customer
and ensuring the customer is conversant with the altered ride
and handling characteristics of their vehicle
Work also involves the ability to discuss requirements of the
customer at a suitable technical level that does not intimidate or
confuse the customer. It also includes being able to access
technical information from workshop manuals, technical
bulletins and manufacturer/component supplier publications of
performance enhanced suspension system products to assist the
customer to understand how their requirements may be
achieved
modified spring rates

modified shock absorbers and struts
modified sway bars
modified suspension bushes
modified torsion bars
removal of factory fitted electronic suspension systems and
replacement with non-electronic components
Project parameters may include:
whether work will be carried out in phases
Page 2979 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Suspension system
components
Suspension system components may include:
Service information
upper and lower control arms

struts
front cross member
rear axle housing
trailing arms
missing split pins
Types of documentation may include:
Approved
setting adjustable shock absorbers

wheel hub bearing adjustments
Types of malfunctions may include distorted suspension system

components such as:
Types of documentation
workshop manuals
product manufacturer/component supplier specifications and
guidelines
enterprise service information
customer product information
Suspension system adjustments may include:
Types of malfunctions
shock absorbers and struts

coil springs
leaf springs
torsion bars
panhard rods
suspension bushes
bump stops
dust boots
shackle and sway bar bushes
ball joints
Service information may include:
Suspension system
adjustments
requesting specific persons to carry out the work

using specific manufacturer/component supplier products
variation to product final adjustments
enterprise job cards

customer vehicle history database
product warranties
computerised invoicing system
Page 2980 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2981 of 7618

AURLTD3002 Service and rectify faults in lift assisted suspension systems
AURLTD3002 Service and rectify faults in lift assisted suspension

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT316171A Service and rectify faults in lift assisted

suspension systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out specific

servicing procedures and to locate and rectify faults in various
types of lift assisted suspension systems.
Approved
Page 2982 of 7618



requirement, preparation for work, inspection and servicing of
systems, rectification of system faults, final testing of the system
and completion of work finalisation processes including clean-up
and documentation.
Work involves servicing various types of lift assisted suspension
systems and rectifying faults identified during the servicing
procedures.
The unit applies to all types of lift assisted suspension systems
fitted to light vehicles which may include 4WD and light
Work requires individuals to demonstrate judgment and
problem-solving skills in managing work activities and contributing
to a productive team environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 2983 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for work

observed throughout the work activity
2. Service lift assisted

suspension systems

2.2. Current status and previous fault history of lift assisted
suspension system is determined in conjunction with
customer
2.3. Current status of lift assisted suspension system is
confirmed through a road test program
2.4. Lift assisted suspension system is serviced in accordance
with manufacturer/component supplier specifications and
enterprise and WHS procedures
3. Rectify lift assisted


diagnosis
3.2. The customer is notified of fault(s) which are discussed to
obtain agreement to carry out work
3.3. Faulty components are removed and replaced with approved
3.5. System adjustments are completed relevant to components
replaced


system faults
4.2. Outcomes of rectification work are explained to the
satisfaction of the customer to enable invoicing/
4.3. Documentation is completed in accordance with workplace/
Approved
Page 2984 of 7618

ELEMENT

maintain equipment
Approved

procedures
Page 2985 of 7618


Required skills
collecting information from a variety of sources to ensure the major component can be
serviced to achieve the manufacturer/component supplier intent
discussing job card requirements and vehicle symptoms with the customer
following up fault diagnosis outcomes, which may also require ongoing consultation with the
customer to confirm a course of repair action
servicing and fault rectification procedures need to be followed in a set order as specified in
workshop manuals and other technical publications to achieve a serviceable outcome within
efficient timeframes
the servicing of components requires cooperative working arrangements with colleagues and
supervision relating to sharing of specialist equipment, sharing of technica l knowledge and the
procurement of spare parts
establishing safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve problems and
wastage
using mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly calculate time, assess tolerances, apply
using workplace technology related to the servicing and rectification of faults in lift assisted
suspension systems, including the use of specialist tools, measuring equipment, computerised
technology and communication devices and the reporting/recording of results
Required knowledge

requirements
principles of operation relating to various types of hydraulic and pneumatic lift assisted
suspension systems
construction and operation of major components
system testing procedures
servicing procedures
road-testing techniques
fault diagnostic methods and procedures
methods of accessing and interpreting manufacturer/ component supplier specification charts
enterprise procedures for reporting system faults and material defects
safe methods of using lubricants and sealants
methods and techniques for using specific precision measuring tools
methods of using and interpreting results from specific test equipment
enterprise and customer documentation
Approved
Page 2986 of 7618


Approved
Page 2987 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE



communicating effectively with others involved or affected by
the work
selection methods and techniques appropriate to the
circumstances
completing fault diagnosis and analysis
completing servicing and fault rectification procedures to
workplace and manufacturer/component supplier requirements
presentation of equipment to customer in compliance with
correctly completing job documentation

simulated worksite
Assessment is to comply with regulatory requirements including
specified Australian Standards

materials relevant to servicing and rectification of faults in lift
assisted suspension systems
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to servicing and
rectification of faults in lift assisted suspension systems

Approved
Page 2988 of 7618

AURLTD3002 Service and rectify faults in lift assisted sus pension systems
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Approved
Page 2989 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Lift assisted suspension
systems
Types of lift assisted suspension systems may include hydraulic

and pneumatic
Road test programs
Types of road test programs may include off-road terrain, highway,

city and proving ground facilities
Test procedures
Types of test procedures to confirm fault rectification may include

shock absorber testing
WHS

safety, handling of materials, use of fire fighting equipment,
substances
Personal protective
equipment

practices


not limited to emergency shutdown and stopping of equipment,
evacuation
Environmental
requirements
Environmental requirements are to include, but are not limited to


regulations including Australian Standards, internal enterprise
Approved
Page 2990 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures
authorities


load testing devices, computerised diagnostic equipment and shock
absorber testers
Materials

materials
Communications


safety data sheets and diagrams or sketches
safe work procedures related to the servicing and rectification
of faults in lift assisted suspension systems
industry including Australian Design Rules
instructions issued by authorised enterprise or external
personnel
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 2991 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 2992 of 7618

AURLTD3003 Reset steering system alignment adjustments to customer specifications Date this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURLTD3003 Reset steering system alignment adjustments to

customer specifications
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT317172A Reset steering system alignment

adjustments to customer specifications
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to carry out vehicle

alignment pre-checks and to reset steering system
alignment adjustments according to customer
specifications.
authority.
Approved
Page 2993 of 7618

2015

The unit applies to alignment procedures relative to a

range of light vehicles which may include 4WD vehicles,
light commercial vehicles and various types of motorsport
vehicles.
Work involves resetting wheel alignment adjustments to
achieve non-standard specifications according to a
customer's specifications.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 2994 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT
1. Prepare to reset
steering system
alignment
1.1. Work instructions are used to determine job

requirements, including quality, material, equipment
and quantities
1.3. WHS requirements, including breathing protection,
personal protection needs, are observed throughout
the work
1.4. Material for application is selected and inspected for
quality
1.5. Correct hand and power tooling are identified and
checked for safe use
1.6. Products are determined to minimise waste material
1.7. Reasons for resetting alignment specifications to
no--standard settings are discussed and clarified with
customer
2. Carry out alignment

pre-checks
2.1. Non-standard adjustment settings are confirmed as

technically appropriate and are safe to carry out
2.2. Modifications made to steering and suspension
system are inspected to confirm they do not make the
vehicle unroadworthy if it is designed for road use
2.3. Serviceability status of components involved in
alignment adjustments is confirmed
2.4. Vehicle is tested to confirm the serviceability of
steering and suspension system
3. Make alignment
adjustments to
achieve
specifications
3.1. Alignment equipment is safely connected to the

vehicle according to enterprise work practices
3.2. Wheel alignment measuring equipment is used in a
safe manner in accordance with
manufacturer/component/ supplier/enterprise
instructions and work practices
3.3. Alignment adjustments are completed without
causing damage to system components and/or
alignment equipment
3.4. Any alignment problems are notified and discussed
with the customer prior to rework being carried out
3.5. Vehicle is tested to confirm customer requirements
have been achieved
4. Complete
documentation and
vehicle history
4.1. Alignment adjustment data is entered in customer's

vehicle history file(s)
4.2. Customer documentation is completed and
Approved
Page 2995 of 7618

AURLTD3003 Reset steering system ali gnment adjustments to customer specifications Date this document was generated: 22 January
2015
ELEMENT
records
and maintain
equipment
confirmed
procedures
identified in accordance with workplace
5.5. Operator maintenance is completed in accordance
and site procedures
procedures

Required skills
Required knowledge
WHS regulations/requirements, equipment, material and personal safety

requirements
methods of accessing and interpreting manufacturer/ component supplier standard
wheel alignment specifications
principles of steering geometry, including 4WS
implications of making non-standard alignment settings on driving and ride
characteristics
procedures for using specific enterprise wheel alignment equipment
methods of effectively road testing a vehicle before and after wheel alignment
procedures
enterprise and customer documentation
Approved
Page 2996 of 7618

2015
Approved
Page 2997 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


for assessment

communicating effectively with others involved in or
circumstances
manner
completing a range of steering system alignment
procedures according to specifications
completing workplace records

workplace or simulated worksite
constraints
including Australian Standards

material relevant to the resetting of steering system
alignment adjustments
resetting of steering system alignment adjustments
Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment

guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R Training
Package
Approved
Page 2998 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
competence is able not only to be satisfied under the
particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to
other circumstances
It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather
than an event and occurs over a period of time to cover
varying quality circumstances. Evidence of performance
may be provided by customers, team leaders/members or
other persons subject to agreed authentication
arrangements
with other functional units which together form part of
the holistic work role
Approved
Page 2999 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Resetting alignment
specifications
Reasons for resetting alignment specifications to

non-standard settings may include:

modifications
Types of steering and suspension modifications

may include:
Alignment equipment
Approved
two head alignment equipment

four head alignment equipment
Types of vehicle history data may include:
WHS
modified road springs

revised shock absorbers
modified sway bar (stabiliser bar) fitted
altered ride heights
types of alignment adjustments may include:
camber
caster
toe-in or toe-out
scrub radius
Alignment equipment may include:
Vehicle history data
for off-road use

vehicle ride height is altered
non-standard wheel and tyre combinations
fitted
variations to amounts of oversteer or
understeer
for specific motorsport requirements
information derived from customer

computer vehicle history files
customer vehicle history data files (hard copy
version)

enterprise safety policies and procedures. This
Page 3000 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT
may include protective clothing and equipment,
use of tooling and equipment, workplace
environment and safety, handling of material, use
of fire fighting equipment, enterprise first aid,
hazard control and hazardous materials and
substances


not limited to operational risk assessment and
treatments associated with vehicular movement,
toxic substances, electrical safety, machinery
movement and operation, manual and mechanical
lifting and shifting, working in proximity to

include but may not be limited to emergency
shutdown and stopping of equipment,
extinguishing fires, enterprise first aid
requirements and site evacuation
Environmental requirements are to include but are

not limited to waste management, machine
hygiene, dust and clean-up management

limited to regulations, including Australian
Standards, internal company quality policy and
standards and enterprise operations and
procedures
Statutory/regulatory authorities may include

Federal, State/Territory and local authorities
practice
Tooling and equipment may include hand tooling,

diagnostic and monitoring systems, meters,
gauges, load testing devices, and pulling and
pushing devices
Materials
Materials may include spare parts, lubricants,
Approved
Page 3001 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT
fluids and cleaning materials
Communications

limited to verbal and visual instructions and fault
documenting and may include site specific
pagers

safe work procedures related to the resetting
of steering system alignment adjustments
Design Rules
instructions
requirements
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3002 of 7618

2015
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3003 of 7618

AURLTD3004 Repair steering systems (light vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTL315166A Repair steering systems (light vehicle)

Approved
Page 3004 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to carry out

repairs to light vehicle steering systems and associated
components.
authority.


requirement, preparation for work, tests and analysis of
results, completion of repairs and completion of work
finalisation processes, including clean-up and
documentation.
This unit of competence applies to the following:
light vehicles and outdoor power equipment.

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3005 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3006 of 7618


ELEMENT
repair of steering
system
1.1. Nature and scope of work requirements are identified

and confirmed
1.2. WHS requirements, including individual
State/Territory regulatory requirements and personal
protection needs are observed throughout the work
1.3. Procedures and information such as workshop
manuals and specifications, and tooling, are sourced
1.4. Method options are analysed and those most
appropriate to the circumstances are selected and
prepared
1.5. Technical and/or operational requirements for
inspecting and repairing steering systems are sourced
and support tooling and equipment are identified and
prepared
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with wheeled and
tracked vehicles are observed
2. Conduct test and

analyse results
2.1. Methods for steering system tests are implemented in

manufacturer/ component supplier specifications
2.2. Inspection/test results are compared with
manufacturer/ component supplier specifications to
indicate compliance or non-compliance
2.3. Results are documented with evidence and
supporting information and recommendation(s) made
2.4. Report is forwarded to persons for action in
3.1. Methods for repair are implemented in accordance

with workplace procedures and
3.2. Adjustments, including wheel bearing adjustments
are made during the repair are in accordance with
4. Prepare vehicle/
equipment for
customer and/or
storage

4.2. Final inspection is made to ensure protective guards,
safety features and cowlings are in place
4.3. Final inspection is made to ensure work is to
Approved
Page 3007 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures

Required skills
customers
establish safe and effective work processes which anticipate and/or resolve
problems and downtime, to systematically develop solutions to avoid or minimise
use workplace technology, including the use of measuring equipment,
Required knowledge

operating principles of mechanical and power assisted steering systems and their
relationship to each other
Approved
Page 3008 of 7618

dangers of working with vehicles

steering systems testing and adjusting procedures
steering systems repair procedures
Approved
Page 3009 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability

to transfer competence to changing circumstances and to
respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects
of:

for assessment

circumstances
manner
completing repair to a range of steering systems to
vehicle/equipment presentation to customer in

constraints
Approved

material relevant to the repair of steering systems
repair of steering systems

Page 3010 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Package
other circumstances
arrangements
Approved
Page 3011 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Repair of steering systems and
equipment
Repair of steering systems and equipment may

include:
Repair methods
component and/or system adjustments

ball joints, struts, idler arms, steering boxes,
steering columns, steering racks
electronic controlled systems and two and
four wheel steer
power assisted steering
operational testing, electrical testing

visual, aural and functional assessments
(including: damage, corrosion, wear)
principles, angles and geometry of vehicle
wheel alignment
WHS

substances


Approved
Page 3012 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


not limited to waste management, noise, dust and
clean-up management

procedures

practice

meters, gauges, testing equipment and devices,
including camber, caster, KPI and toe out on turns
measuring systems
Materials

Communications

pagers
Approved

safe work procedures related to the repair of
steering systems
Page 3013 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Design Rules
instructions
requirements
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3014 of 7618

AURLTD3005 Repair suspension systems (light vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTL316166A Repair suspension systems (light

vehicle)
Approved
Page 3015 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

repairs to suspension systems and associated components.
authority.


requirement, preparation for work, inspections/testing and
analysis of outcomes and completion of repair actions and
work finalisation processes, including clean-up and
documentation.
This unit of competence applies to the following and
being applied:
light vehicles and outdoor power equipment
Work involves wheeled vehicles, including chain drive

vehicles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3016 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3017 of 7618


ELEMENT
repairs to suspension
systems and
associated
components

and confirmed
prepared
1.5. Technical and/or measurement requirements for
suspension systems are sourced and support
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with wheeled are
observed
2. Conduct
inspection/test and
analysis
2.1. Methods for inspection/test procedures and

manufacturer/ component supplier specifications
2.2. Inspection/test results are compared with

3.2. Procedures and information are identified and
sourced
3.3. Technical and tool requirements for repair are
identified and support equipment is identified and
prepared
3.5. Adjustments made during the repair are in
specifications

use or storage

Approved
Page 3018 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures

Required skills
customers
Required knowledge
Approved
Page 3019 of 7618



the types, characteristics, uses and limitations of commonly encountered
suspension systems
dangers of working with equipment on chassis
repair procedures
Approved
Page 3020 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

of:

for assessment

circumstances
manner
conducting repair of a range of systems in accordance
with manufacturer/component supplier and
vehicle/equipment presentation to customer in

constraints
Approved

material relevant to the repair of suspensions systems
repair of suspensions systems
Page 3021 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Package
other circumstances
arrangements
Approved
Page 3022 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Suspension systems
Repair methods
Suspension systems may be gas, hydraulic,

pneumatic, mechanical or rubber suspension
lateral and longitudinal arms, independent

suspension
ball joints, rose joints
self-levelling device, ride control, height

control
functional testing, pressure testing, electrical

testing
visual, aural and functional assessments
(including: damage, corrosion, fluid levels,
fluid leaks, air leaks, wear, alignment)
adjustment of shock absorbers
WHS

substances


Approved
Page 3023 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


clean-up management

procedures

practice

meters, gauges, load testing devices,
computerised diagnostic equipment and shock
absorber testers
Materials

Communications

pagers
Approved

suspension systems
Page 3024 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Design Rules
instructions
requirements
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3025 of 7618

AURLTD3006 Carry out wheel alignment operations (light vehicle)
AURLTD3006 Carry out wheel alignment operations (light

vehicle)
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTL317108A Carry out wheel alignment operations

(light vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit identifies the competence required to carry out

wheel alignment operations.
authority.


requirement, preparation for work, carrying out wheel alignment
operations and completion of work finalisation processes, including
Wheel alignment operations may be for light vehicles and
motorcycles.
Approved
Page 3026 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3027 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Carry out wheel

alignment pre-checks
1.1. Information is gained from customer outlining

handling characteristics and history
1.2. Nature and scope of work requirements are
identified and confirmed
sourced
1.4. Vehicle/equipment tests are performed to confirm
need for alignment
1.5. Vehicle wheel alignment pre-checks are carried out
procedures and workplace requirements
2. Perform vehicle
wheel alignment

2.2. Wheel alignment measuring equipment is connected
to vehicle in accordance with
2.3. Wheel alignment is completed without causing
damage to any component or system
2.4. Corrective adjustments/repairs are carried out in
specifications
2.5. Vehicle/equipment is tested to confirm accuracy of
adjustments according to manufacturer/component
supplier specifications and customer requirements
2.6. Wheel alignment testing and adjustment is carried
out according to industry regulations/guidelines,
procedures/policies
2.7. Customer is notified of any major problem(s) prior
to rework being carried out
2.8. Workplace documentation is completed and dealt
with relevant to alignment outcomes
3. Complete
documentation and
service history
documents
3.1. Service history is updated in accordance with

3.2. Before and after alignment measurements are
documented and included in customer documentation
procedures
Approved
Page 3028 of 7618


Required skills
customers
Required knowledge

requirements
operating principles of steering geometry and wheel alignment
wheel alignment procedures
relationships between fault symptoms and component defects
frame alignment checks
wheel alignment system types and their construction
use of measuring tools and testing equipment
use of hand tools and specialised equipment
Approved
Page 3029 of 7618

pre-check procedures
Approved
Page 3030 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Critical aspects of evidence
It is essential that competence is fully observed and

there is ability to transfer competence to changing
circumstances and to respond to unusual situations in
the critical aspects of:
communicating effectively with others involved

in or affected by the work
selecting methods and techniques appropriate to

the circumstances

manner
conducting the alignment of a range of wheels in

accordance with workplace and
accurately interpreting wheel alignment

measurements
completing wheel alignment within workplace

timeframes
vehicle/equipment is presented to customer in

Context of assessment

work practices, safety requirements and
environmental constraints
Assessment is to comply with regulatory
requirements, including Australian Standards

material relevant to wheel alignment operations
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to wheel
Approved
Page 3031 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

guidelines of the automotive industry's RS&R
Training Package
Assessment must be by direct observation of tasks,
with questioning on underpinning knowledge and it
must also reinforce the integration of key
competencies
particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred
to other circumstances
It is preferable that assessment reflects a process
rather than an event and occurs over a period of time
to cover varying quality circumstances. Evidence of
performance may be provided by customers, team
leaders/members or other persons subject to agreed
Competence in this unit may be assessed in
conjunction with other functional units which
together form part of the holistic work role
Specific resource
requirements for this unit
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Approved
Page 3032 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Wheel alignment operations
Wheel alignment operations are to include one or

more of the following systems:
Methods
rear wheel drive, front wheel drive

two and four wheel steer
single wheel steer
chassis/underframe alignment checks

measurement and adjustment
road testing (before and after adjustments)
visual, aural and functional assessment
(including: damage, corrosion, wear,
measurement)
alignment equipment operation
string lining
WHS

use of tools and equipment, workplace
substances

prescribed under legislation/regulations/codes of

not limited to the conduct of operational risk
assessment and treatments associated with
vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical
safety, machinery movement and operation,
manual and mechanical lifting and shifting,
working in proximity to others and site visitors

include, but are not limited to emergency
Approved
Page 3033 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

clean-up management

procedures

practice
Tools and equipment may include hand tools, tyre

gauge and/or specialist tooling for
removal/adjustment, mechanical and/or electronic
wheel alignment equipment, measuring
equipment, lifting equipment, two head and four
head wheel aligner
Materials
Materials may include minor parts and cleaning

materials
Communications

pagers
Approved

safe work procedures related to wheel
to the automotive industry, including
instructions
Page 3034 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
requirements
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3035 of 7618

AURLTD4009 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems Date this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURLTD4009 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle steering

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems in
performance.
Faults may be mechanical, electrical, electronic, hydraulic or
pneumatic by nature, requiring the application of complex


steering and suspension systems of light vehicles, four wheel drive
and light commercial vehicles.
competencies.
Approved
Page 3036 of 7618

2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 3037 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

steering and suspension systems are accessed and
interpreted
work
light vehicle steering and suspension systems are identified
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 3038 of 7618

2015

Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to light vehicle steering and suspension systems
steering and suspension systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
light vehicle steering and suspension systems
concepts, types, functions, operations and limitations of light vehicle steering and suspension
steering geometry, including:
caster
camber
steering axis inclination
toe-in and toe-out

vehicle steering and suspension systems
testing procedures of light vehicle steering and suspension systems, including accessing and
Approved
Page 3039 of 7618

2015

recommendations.
Approved
Page 3040 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different light vehicle steering and suspension systems with real
or simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in light vehicle steering and
suspension systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated light vehicle steering
Page 3041 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE

faults in light vehicle steering and suspension systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 3042 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Light vehicle steering and
suspension systems may
include:
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
mechanical, power and electric steering systems

coil, spring, torsion bar and leaf-spring type suspension
systems.
may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
tyre wear, driveability, vibration, directional stability, tracking,
calibration and adjustment specifications, component
erratic steering, mechanical damage, sub-frame alignment.
Tests may include:
ball-joint wear, camber, castor, leveller operation pitman arm

specifications, ride height, steering access inclination, steering
linkage specification, sub-frame alignment, thrust line, toe-in,
toe-out turns, turning radius, tyre pressures, tyre tread and
wheel bearing specification.

include:
tape measure, tyre pressure gauge, string line, adjustable

electronic bubble level
laser or computerised wheel alignment system.

include:
Approved

schematics and operational procedures related to steering and
suspension systems
Page 3043 of 7618

2015
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3044 of 7618

AURLTD5007 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle steering and suspension system faults Date this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURLTD5007 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle steering and

Release
Comment
Release 1

Approved
Page 3045 of 7618

2015
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

light vehicle steering and suspension systems in order to
authority.

It includes failure analysis covering the complex diagnosis

of multi-system and intermittent faults as well as
evaluation of performance achievements and variations.
It also requires the candidate to identify, evaluate, select
and document the most appropriate response to the stated
objective of the analysis and evaluation process.
The unit relates to an automotive technologist or subject
matter specialist. It encompasses and builds on trade level
competencies.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3046 of 7618

2015


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3047 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT

the work
requirement

light vehicle steering and suspension systems are

and evaluation

diagnostic systems.
requirements.
prepared for use.
2.6. Light vehicle steering and suspension system
including park-up, isolation and cleaning.

and evaluative
methodology

Approved
Page 3048 of 7618

2015
ELEMENT
obligations.
4. Select response
measure

information.
5. Restore the
workplace

procedures.
identified in accordance with workplace procedures.

Approved
Page 3049 of 7618

2015

Required skills

light vehicle steering and suspension systems, monitoring and testing processes,
diagnostic methods and options and safety procedures.
analytical results.
Required knowledge

inductance.
theory covering the concepts and principles of mechanical, hydraulic and
pneumatic systems.
steering system theory, including steering angles (camber, castor, steering access
inclination, toe-in and toe-out).
functions of hydraulic pressure with steering and suspension systems.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of light
vehicle manual steering, power steering and suspension systems/components.
planning.
testing equipment.
Approved
Page 3050 of 7618

2015
Approved
Page 3051 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

for assessment
Interpret work order and locate and apply

information.
prevent damage and wastage of goods, equipment

and products

quality.
Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three
different light vehicle steering and suspension
systems with real or simulated multi-system and
intermittent faults and identify, evaluate, select and
minimum of two available repair/modification
procedures for different light vehicle steering and
suspension systems.
Document and report the diagnostic process and
findings and recommended rectification for two of
the above.
Assessment may occur on the job or in a workplace

simulated facility with process equipment, material, work
instructions and deadlines.
Access to a requirement and objectives for analysis and
evaluation, light vehicle steering and suspension systems
with real or simulated faults, monitoring processes and
testing equipment appropriate to the objectives, research
facilities and technical information, and a work
environment.
Approved
Page 3052 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Assessment of this unit of competence is most likely to

be project related under real or simulated conditions and
require portfolios or other forms of indirect evidence of
process. Direct evidence may include certification of
compliance of the final outcome/product or authorisation
for use by a competent authority.
Assessment must confirm the inference that competence
is able not only to be satisfied under the particular
circumstances.
Approved
Page 3053 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Failure analysis and evaluation The objective of the failure analysis and evaluation
process
performance.
Vehicles
Light vehicles are to include two-wheel and

four-wheel drive vehicles.
Steering systems
Steering systems to be covered in this unit are to

include mechanical and power.
Steering failures
Light vehicle steering failures covered by this unit

are to include tyre wear, driveability, vibration,
directional stability, tracking,
calibration/adjustment specifications, component
specifications, component assembly, component
damage and system modifications.
Suspension systems
Suspension systems are to cover coil, spring and

spring leaf types.
Light vehicle suspension system failures covered

by this unit are to include erratic steering,
mechanical damage, sub-frame alignment,
component damage and systems modifications.
Unit context
Approved
WHS, vehicle industry regulations, safety

management systems, hazardous substances and
dangerous goods code and safe operating
procedures.
Page 3054 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT
faults.
Evaluation criteria

achievement of the objectives of the analysis are
Equipment isolation procedures are to industry and

Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include tape measure, tyre

pressure gauge, string line, adjustable electronic
bubble level and may include laser wheel alignment
system.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include ball-joint wear,

camber, castor, leveller operation pitman arm
specifications, ride height, steering access
inclination, steering linkage specification,
sub-frame alignment, thrust line, toe-in, toe-out
turns, turning radius left/right, tyre pressures, tyre
tread and wheel bearing specification.

Approved

communication.
procedures related to light vehicle steering and
suspension systems.
Australian design rules.
emerging steering and suspension system
Page 3055 of 7618

2015
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3056 of 7618

AURLTE2001 Remove and install light vehicle engine assemblies

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT201164A Remove and install engine assemblies

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and install engine assemblies fitted to light vehicles. It involves the
identification of work requirements, preparation for work, removal
of assemblies, installation of engine assemblies and completion of
work finalisation processes, including cleaning and documentation,
and post-installation testing procedures.

Work applies to the engine assemblies of motorcycles, light

vehicles, four wheel drive and light commercial vehicles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3057 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 3058 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to remove light

vehicle engine assemblies

requirements relating to removing light vehicle engine
assemblies
1.5. Warnings in relation to working with lifting and jacking
equipment are observed
2. Carry out the removal of

light vehicle engine
assemblies
2.1. Engine assembly is removed according to workplace

systems
2.2. Observations are noted and documented during the removal
of engine assembly
3. Install light vehicle

engine assemblies

3.3. Engine assembly is installed according to workplace
systems
4. Carry out
post-installation
adjustments and tests
4.1. Post-installation adjustments are carried out according to

4.2. Post-installation tests are carried out according to


Approved
Page 3059 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to

numeracy skills to:
interpret gauges, instruments and measuring equipment


technical skills to use workplace tools and equipment relating to the removal and installation
of light vehicle engine assemblies
Required knowledge
dangers of working with lifting and jacking equipment
methods of disconnecting related systems, including:
cooling system
electrical systems
exhaust system
fuel system
transmission systems, including:
Approved
Page 3060 of 7618


manual transmission
removal procedures for light vehicle engine assemblies, including:
correct use of lifting and supporting equipment
item tagging procedures
correct disposal methods of hazardous substances

installation procedures for light vehicle engine assemblies
post-installation testing and adjustment procedures for light vehicle engine assemblies,
including:
pre-start procedures
operational testing and run-in procedures
Approved
Page 3061 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


remove and install a range of light vehicle engine assemblies
requirements
present light vehicle in a condition that complies with



of this unit:
Approved

light vehicles and light vehicle engine assemblies
tools and equipment appropriate for the removal and installation
of light vehicle engine assemblies
Page 3062 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 3063 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
include:
safety (WHS)
requirements:
verbal instructions
removal and installation methods, processes and equipment.

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
Procedures and
Removal options may
Approved
safe work procedures relating to the removal and installation of

light vehicle engine assemblies
signage
automotive industry
removal of the engine assembly alone or with the transmission
assembly
Page 3064 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Observations may
include:
removal with the engine attached to chassis.
routing of system components

damaged or faulty components
components and parts required for engine installation.

include:
Post-installation
adjustments may include:
Post-installation tests
may include:
installation of the engine assembly alone or with the

transmission assembly
installation with the engine attached to chassis.
drive belts
fluid level checks
cable freeplay.
stationary and mobile engine performance tests
testing of associated systems, including:
cooling system
transmission system.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical - Engines

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3065 of 7618

AURLTE3002 Repair engines and associated engine components (light vehicle)
AURLTE3002 Repair engines and associated engine components

(light vehicle)
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTL301166A Repair engines and associated engine

components (light vehicle)
Approved
Page 3066 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

repair of an engine and associated engine components on
two and four stroke spark ignition and two and four stroke
compression ignition engines.
authority.


requirement, preparation for work, engine system testing
and analysis, repair of engines and associated components
and completion of work finalisation processes, including
For service and repair of outdoor power equipment
engines and associated components see AURPTE2002
Service engines and associated engine components
(outdoor power equipment).
Engines may include those for light vehicles, motorcycles
and marine craft.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3067 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3068 of 7618


ELEMENT
repair of engines

and confirmed
1.2.WHS requirements, including individual
1.3. National Environmental Protection Measure for
Diesel Vehicles (Guidelines) is sourced and observed
throughout the work as applicable to tasks
prepared
1.6. Technical and/or calibration requirements for engine
systems repair are sourced and support equipment is
1.7. Warnings in relation to working with engines and
associated systems are observed
2. Conduct engine
systems tests and
analyse results
2.1. Methods for engine systems tests are implemented in

2.2. Engine is started and run up to operating temperature
and checked for leaks, abnormal noises and pressures
2.3. Test results are compared with
manufacturer/component supplier specifications to
3. Carry out repair

specifications
4. Prepare vehicle/
storage

Approved
Page 3069 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures

Required skills
customers
Required knowledge
Approved
Page 3070 of 7618

requirements
National Environmental Protection Measures for Diesel Vehicles as applicable to
tasks
engine construction and operation relevant to application
engine/component repair procedures
engine removal and replacement procedures
equipment/component safety requirements
Approved
Page 3071 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE


for assessment

circumstances
manner
dismantling, evaluating, assembling, adjustment,
measuring and testing
repairing a range of engines and associated
components to workplace requirements and
specifications
repairing of engine and associated components
completed within workplace guidelines and
timeframes

constraints
Approved

material relevant to the repair of engines and
associated engine components
repair of engines and associated engine components
Page 3072 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Package
other circumstances
arrangements
Approved
Page 3073 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Engines
Engines may be:
four stroke spark ignition engines for light

vehicle, motorcycle and marine craft
two stroke spark ignition engines for
motorcycle and marine craft
four stroke compression ignition engines for
light vehicle, heavy vehicle, mobile plant and
marine craft
two stroke compression ignition for heavy
vehicle, mobile plant, and marine craft
Repair methods
Repair methods are to include identification of

component wear/damage, fluid leakage, removal,
dismantling, reassembly, refitting, adjusting and
testing
WHS

substances


Approved
Page 3074 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT


clean-up management

procedures

practice
Tools and equipment may include hand tools,

power tools, lifting and jacking equipment,
specialist tools and lubricant dispensing
equipment
Materials
Materials may include spare parts, consumables,

lubricants and cleaning materials
Communications

pagers
Approved

safe work procedures related to repairing
engines and associated components
Design Rules, Environment Protection
Page 3075 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Regulations (Diesel Fuels), National

Environment Protection For Diesel Vehicle
Guidelines Engineer's design specifications
and instructions
requirements
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Engines
Page 3076 of 7618

AURLTE4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines
AURLTE4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle petrol

engines
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines in order to initiate
Faults will be mechanical by nature, requiring the application of
complex diagnostic processes to resolve.


petrol engines of light vehicles, four wheel drive and light
competencies.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3077 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 3078 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning light vehicle petrol
engines are accessed and interpreted
work
light vehicle petrol engines are identified and confirmed
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

alternative or optional processes
Approved
Page 3079 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to light vehicle petrol engines
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of light vehicle petrol
engines, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of light vehicle petrol engines

types, function, operation and limitations of light vehicle petrol engines, including:
intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting systems and components
vehicle petrol engines
testing procedures of light vehicle petrol engines, including accessing and interpreting scan
tool system data
recommendations.
Approved
Page 3080 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Critical aspects for assessment and The evidence required to demonstrate competency in this
be able to:

for assessment

information
be performed
complete diagnosis of complex faults on a minimum
of three different light vehicle petrol engines with
real or simulated faults
document and report outcomes and required actions
of diagnosis of complex faults in light vehicle petrol
engines.



Approved

vehicles with real or simulated light vehicle petrol
Page 3081 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
engine faults
complex faults in light vehicle petrol engines
instructions.

application.
work role.
performed.
Approved
Page 3082 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Light vehicle petrol engines
may include:
(WHS) requirements:
two-stroke, four-stroke or rotary petrol engines to 8 litres

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
stoppages)
intake system(leakage, noise, vibration, inadequate control
exhaust system (pressure, abnormal emissions)
overheating)
which may or may not be faulty in their primary operations
indirect engine mechanical faults
Faults may include:
Tests may include:
Approved
component wear analysis, compression testing, cylinder

leakage, engine performance analysis, exhaust gas sampling, oil
consumption analysis, oil pressure testing, temperature and
engine vacuum measurement.
road test
bore gauges, compression gauges, scan tools, cooling system
analyser, dial gauges, exhaust gas analysers, micrometers,
Page 3083 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:

include:
multimeter, oscilloscope, pressure gauges, stethoscope,

telescopic gauges, temperature gauges, tachometer, timing
lights, vacuum gauges, verniers, barometers
manufacturer/component supplier testing equipment
schematics and operational procedures related to light vehicle
petrol engines
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Engines

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3084 of 7618

AURLTE4005 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines
AURLTE4005 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle diesel

engines
Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit
descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose complex

faults in light vehicle diesel engines in order to initiate action to service, repair,
The unit involves evaluating system performance and identifying possible
operational anomalies.
Faults will be mechanical by nature, requiring the application of complex
Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this
unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant

Work applies to system fault and failure diagnosis of diesel engines

of light vehicles, four wheel drive and light commercial vehicles.
competencies.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3085 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 3086 of 7618


ELEMENT

work requirement

1.2. Specifications for correctly functioning light vehicle diesel
engines are accessed and interpreted
work
light vehicle diesel engines are identified and confirmed
procedures
diagnosis
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 3087 of 7618


Required skills

and avoid wastage
for solving complex problems as they relate to light vehicle diesel engines
technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the complex diagnosis of light vehicle diesel
engines, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of light vehicle diesel engines

types, function, operations and limitations of light vehicle diesel engines, including:
intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting systems and components
testing procedures for light vehicle diesel engines, including accessing and interpreting scan
tool system data
recommendations.
Approved
Page 3088 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
unit

be able to:


information
be performed
complete diagnosis of complex faults on a minimum of
three different light vehicle diesel engines with real or
simulated faults
diagnosis of complex faults in light vehicle diesel
engines.



Approved

vehicles systems with real or simulated light vehicle
Page 3089 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
diesel engine faults

complex faults in light vehicle diesel engines
instructions.

workplace relevant contexts) together with the application
of required skills and knowledge.
knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.
work role.
work environments and training situations to
performed.
Approved
Page 3090 of 7618

AURLTE4005 Diagnose com plex faults in light vehicle diesel engines
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in
the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be
present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate,
Light vehicle diesel
engines may
include:
Workplace health
and safety (WHS)
requirements:
two-stroke and four-stroke diesel engines to 8 litres
are those prescribed under legislation, regulations, codes of practice,

and workplace policies and procedures
may include:
first aid equipment

hazard control, including control of hazardous materials and toxic
substances.
Faults may
include:
Tests may include:
Approved

stoppages)
fuel systems (contamination, flow, pressure, leakage)
intake system (leakage, noise, vibration, inadequate control
exhaust system (pressure, abnormal emissions), including forced air
induction systems
overheating)
mounting (noise, vibration, hardness, clutch shudder, erratic
transmission control)
component specifications, component assembly, component damage
and system modifications
indirect engine mechanical faults
component wear analysis, compression testing, cylinder leakage,
engine performance analysis, exhaust gas sampling, oil consumption
analysis, oil pressure testing, temperature and forced induction
pressure tests
Page 3091 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in
the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be
present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate,
Testing equipment
may include:
road test
bore gauges, compression gauges, scan tools, cooling system

analyser, dial gauges, exhaust gas analysers, micrometers,
multimeter, oscilloscope, pressure gauges, stethoscope, telescopic
gauges, temperature gauges, tachometer, timing lights, vacuum
gauges, verniers, and may include anemometer, barometer,
hygrometer, specific gravity gauge
manufacturer/component supplier testing equipment
Diagnostic
processes may
include:

schematics and operational procedures related to light vehicle diesel
engines
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field Mechanical Passenger/Light Vehicle
Unit sector
Technical Engines

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3092 of 7618

AURLTE5003 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle engine and fuel system faults
AURLTE5003 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle engine and fuel

system faults
Release
Comment
Release 1

Approved
Page 3093 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

light vehicle engine and fuel systems in order to initiate
authority.


matter specialist. It encompasses and builds on trade
level competencies.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3094 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3095 of 7618


ELEMENT

the work
requirement

light vehicle engines are accessed and interpreted.

and evaluation
2.1. Evaluative criteria are developed/adopted to meet

objectives of the work.
diagnostic systems.
requirements.
prepared for use.
2.6. Light vehicle engine and fuel system components are
prepared for the diagnostic process, including
park-up, isolation and cleaning requirements.

and evaluative
methodology

Approved
Page 3096 of 7618

ELEMENT
obligations.
4. Select response
measure

information.
5. Restore the
workplace

5.2. Testing equipment and support materials are cleaned,
maintained and prepared ready for further use or
stored in accordance with manufacturer/component
supplier specifications and enterprise requirements.
procedures.
identified in accordance with workplace procedures.

Required skills
Approved
Page 3097 of 7618

light vehicle engine and fuel systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic
analytical results.
Required knowledge

inductance.
general knowledge of the types, functions, operations and limitations of light
vehicle engines.
vehicle fuel, ignition, intake, exhaust, lubrication, cooling and engine mounting
systems/ components.
planning.
testing equipment.
Approved
Page 3098 of 7618

Approved
Page 3099 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

for assessment

information.

and products

quality.
Complete failure analysis on a minimum of three
light vehicle engine and fuel systems with real or
simulated multi-system and intermittent faults and
identify, evaluate, select and document the most
appropriate rectification measures.
procedures for light vehicle engine and fuel systems.
the above.

evaluation, light vehicle engine and fuel systems with
real or simulated faults, monitoring processes and testing
equipment appropriate to the objectives, research
facilities and technical information and a work
environment.
Approved
Page 3100 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

circumstances.
Approved
Page 3101 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Failure analysis and evaluation The objectives of the failure analysis and
process
evaluation process may determine fault rectification
measures, effect variation in system characteristics
and parameters or enhancing system performance.
Engine and fuel system failures
Unit context
Approved
Engine and fuel systems are to include

two-stroke, four-stroke rotary, petrol engine to
8 litres and diesel engine to 8 litres.
Engine and fuel systems to be covered in this
unit are to include the engine and related fuel,
ignition, intake, exhaust, lubrication and
cooling systems. Systems are to include
innovative engine design and ceramic engine
componentry.
Engine and fuel system failures covered by this
unit are to include engine (poor performance,
excessive oil consumption, engine stoppages),
fuel (contamination, flow, pressure, leakage),
ignition (no-start, no-run, misfire, erratic
operation, lack of power, charging), intake
(leakage, noise, vibration, inadequate control,
exhaust (pressure, abnormal emissions),
lubrication (pressure, flow, leakage, abnormal
engine wear, inadequate filtration, sludge
formation, excessive deposits, overheating),
cooling (overcooling, insufficient cooler flow,
coolant out of specification, lack or air flow,
internal corrosion), mounting (noise, vibration,
hardness, clutch shudder, erratic transmission
control).
Engine and fuel system failures covered by this
unit are to include indirect faults caused by the
influence of external systems which may or
Page 3102 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

faults.
Evaluative criteria

achievement of the objectives of the analysis
Equipment isolation procedures to industry and

Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include bore gauges,

compression gauges, computer-based diagnostic
system (direct and internet), cooling system
analyser, dial gauges, exhaust gas analysers,
micrometers, multimeter, oscilloscope, pressure
gauges, stethoscope, telescopic gauges, temperature
gauges, tachometer, timing lights, vacuum gauges,
verniers, and may include anemometer, barometer,
hygrometer, specific gravity gauge.
Tests
Tests are to include component wear analysis,

compression, cylinder leakage, engine
performance, exhaust gas sampling, flow, oil
consumption, pressure, sample
collection/processing, specific gravity, temperature
and vacuum.

Approved

communication.
Page 3103 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
testing equipment and materials.

procedures related to light vehicle engine and
fuel systems.
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Mechanical - Light
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical - Engines
Page 3104 of 7618

AURLTF3001 Diagnose and repair mechanical fuel injection systems
AURLTF3001 Diagnose and repair mechanical fuel injection

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT303166B Repair petrol fuel systems

Evidence updated to reflect mechanical fuels injections
technologies
Release 2
Minor typographical errors corrected
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair mechanical fuel injection systems fitted to vehicles. It
mechanical fuel injection components and associated systems, and

Work applies to the mechanical fuel injection systems of light

vehicles in the passenger vehicle and light commercial
environments.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3105 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 3106 of 7618


ELEMENT

repair a mechanical fuel
injection system

requirements
prepared
2. Diagnose a mechanical
fuel injection system

systems
3. Repair a mechanical fuel

injection system

prepared


Approved
Page 3107 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:


causes

technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of motorcycle braking systems,
measuring equipment
equipment to measure and adjust exhaust emissions

Approved
Page 3108 of 7618



Required knowledge
dangers of working with petrol
principles of carburation
application, purpose and operation of mechanical fuel injection systems
testing procedures for mechanical fuel injection systems
repair procedures for mechanical fuel injection systems
post-repair testing procedures for mechanical fuel injection systems
Approved
Page 3109 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunctio n with the

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of mechanical fuel injection
systems
diagnose and repair mechanical fuel injection systems
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with mechanical fuel injection faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of mechanical fuel
Page 3110 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunctio n with the
injection systems
light vehicle mechanical fuel injection systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 3111 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
mechanical fuel injection system diagnosis and repair methods,


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
mechanical fuel injection systems
automotive industry
cold-start enrichment inspection
cold and hot engine exhaust gas analysis.

may include:
Diagnostic tests must
Approved
Page 3112 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
include:
Faults may include:
Post-repair testing must

include:
associated component inspection and evaluation

fuel pump pressure, vacuum and flow tests
testing for air leaks
isolation of faults.
rough running
poor performance
monoxide, oxides of nitrogen).
cold-start enrichment operation

exhaust gas analysis.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Fuel Systems

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3113 of 7618

AURLTJ2001 Select tyres and rims for specific applications (light)
AURLTJ2001 Select tyres and rims for specific applications

(light)
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT217668A Select tyres and rims for specific

Approved
Page 3114 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to select tyres

and rims to suit specific applications in an automotive
retail, service and/or repair context.
authority.


requirement, preparation for work, selection of tyres and
rims and completion of work finalisation processes,
Tyres and rims may be those covered by the RS&R
Training Package and may include, but are not limited to
light vehicles, motorcycles, trailers that are used on sealed
and unsealed surfaces.
and contributing to a productive team environment within
the scope of this unit. This includes an understanding of
the level of work to be performed.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3115 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3116 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to select
tyres and rims for

and confirmed
manuals specifications, and tooling required, are
sourced
1.4. Methods appropriate to the circumstances are
selected and prepared in accordance with standard
2. Select tyre and rims

for specific
applications
2.1. Information required for the work is accessed from

2.2. Tyre and rim options are analysed to identify
technical compliance and economic benefits
2.3. Selection procedures are carried out in accordance
with legislation, industry and enterprise
policies/procedures guidelines
2.4. Selected products are those which most closely meet

Required skills
apply analytical skills required for identification and analysis of technical
information
Approved
Page 3117 of 7618

customers
use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring one's own
performance
use workplace technology related to the selection of tyres and rims, including the
use of measuring equipment, computerised technology and communication devices
and the reporting/ documenting of results
Required knowledge
WHS regulations/requirements, Australian Design Rules equipment, material and

tyre and rim terminology and codes
differing rim and tyre types and tread patterns and their applications
safe handling and storage procedures
Approved
Page 3118 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Critical aspects for assessment It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to
transfer competence to changing circumstances and to
demonstrate competency in this respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of:
unit


circumstances
accurately interpreting information upon which selection

is based
conducting selection in accordance with customer and

achieving the closest possible match between products and

requirements
completing selection within workplace timeframes

Application of competence is to be assessed in the workplace

or simulated worksite

material relevant to the selection of tyres and rims
selection of tyres and rims
Assessment must satisfy the endorsed assessment guidelines

of the automotive industry's RS&R Training Package
Assessment methods must confirm consistency and accuracy
of performance together with application of underpinning
Approved
Page 3119 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge
Assessment may be applied under project related conditions
and require evidence of process
particular circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other
circumstances
It is preferable that assessment reflects a process rather than
an event and occurs over a period of time to cover varying
quality circumstances. Evidence of performance may be
provided by customers, team leaders/members or other
persons subject to agreed authentication arrangements
work role
Approved
Page 3120 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Tyres
Tyres may include tube, tubeless, dual sizing,

radial, belted bias or directional
Specific applications
Specific applications may include varying terrain

and soils, weather conditions and tracking
requirements
WHS

substances


vehicular movement, machinery movement

include, but not limited operating safely in the
event of fires, enterprise first aid requirements
and plant evacuation

clean-up management

Approved
Page 3121 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
procedures

practice
Tooling and equipment are to include a range of

different tyres and wheels for different
applications
Communications
Communications are to include but are not limited

to verbal and visual instructions and fault
pagers

safe work procedures related to the selection
of tyres and rims
to the Automotive manufacturing
instructions
requirements
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Approved
Mechanical - Light
Page 3122 of 7618

Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3123 of 7618

AURLTJ2002 Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes (light)
AURLTJ2002 Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and tubes

(light)
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT217766A Remove, inspect, repair and fit tyres and

tubes (light)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence required to remove,

inspect, repair and fit tubes and tyres.
authority.


requirement, preparation for work, removal, repair and
fitting of tyres and tubes and completion of work
documentation.
Work involved includes light vehicles, motorcycles,
trailers and outdoor power equipment.
environment.
Approved
Page 3124 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3125 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to remove,
repair and fit tyres
and tubes

and confirmed
sourced
prepared
1.5. Technical requirements for removal, repair and
fitting of tyres and tubes are sourced and support
2. Remove tyre from

rim
2.1. Methods for the removal are implemented in

2.2. Removal of tyre is carried out in accordance with
vehicle/ plant/system manufacturer/component
2.3. Tyre is removed without causing damage to any
component
2.4. Tyre is inspected in readiness for repair
2.5. Tyre removal activity is carried out according to
industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation,
legislation and enterprise procedures/policies
3. Repair tyres and

tubes
3.1. Methods for the repair are implemented in

3.2. Repair of tyre and tube are carried out in accordance
with vehicle/plant/system manufacturer/component
3.3. Tyre and tube are repaired without causing damage
to any component
3.4. Tyre removal activity is carried out according to
industry regulations/guidelines, WHS legislation,
legislation and enterprise procedures/policies
4. Fit tyres and tubes
4.1. Methods for the fitting are implemented in

Approved
Page 3126 of 7618

ELEMENT
4.2. Tyre and tube are mounted onto rim
4.3. Tyre and tube assembly are pressure tested
5. Prepare tyre and

tube assembly for
use or storage
5.1. Repair documentation is completed

5.3. Tyre and tube assembly are presented for use or
storage to workplace expectations
procedures

Required skills
apply analytical skills required for identification and analysis of technical
information
customers
use of time and resources, sorting out priorities and monitoring one's own
performance
use workplace technology related to the removal, repair and fitting of tubes and
Approved
Page 3127 of 7618


tyres, including the use of measuring equipment, specialist tooling, computerised
technology and communication devices and the reporting/documenting of results
Required knowledge

requirements
dangers of working with tyre changing equipment
general knowledge of types of rim and tyre construction, terms and codes
removal, repair and fitting procedures
Approved
Page 3128 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Critical aspects for assessment It is essential that competence in this unit signifies ability to
transfer competence to changing circumstances and to
demonstrate competency in this respond to unusual circumstances in the critical aspects of:
unit


circumstances
conducting the removal, inspection, and fitting of tyres in

accordance with workplace and manufacturer/ component
completing the repair of tyres in accordance with

presenting wheel assembly to customer in compliance


Approved

material relevant to the removal, repair and fitting of tyres
and tubes
removal, repair and fitting of tyres and tubes

Page 3129 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge
circumstances
work role
Approved
Page 3130 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Tyres
Tyres may include: tube, tubeless, dual sizing,

radial, belted bias, directional
Repairs
Repairs to tyres are to be within the specifications

and limits imposed current Australian Design
Rules
WHS

substances


vehicular movement, toxic substances, electrical
safety, machinery movement and operation,
manual and mechanical lifting and shifting,

include, but are not limited to emergency

Approved
Page 3131 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
clean-up management

procedures

practice

power tooling, specialised equipment such as
buffs, spreaders, tyre removal equipment,
immersion tanks and various repair material
Communications

pagers
Approved

safe work procedures related to the removal,
repair and fitting of tubes and tyres (light)
to the automotive industry, including
instructions
requirements
external persons
Page 3132 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Mechanical - Light
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3133 of 7618

AURLTJ2003 Remove, inspect, and refit light vehicle wheel assemblies
AURLTJ2003 Remove, inspect, and refit light vehicle wheel

assemblies
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT217665A Remove, fit and inspect wheel

assemblies
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

inspect and fit wheel assemblies fitted to light vehicles. It involves

Work applies to the wheel assemblies of light vehicles, four wheel

drive, light commercial vehicles and light trailers. This unit does
not apply to work related to motorcycle or heavy vehicle wheel
assemblies.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3134 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 3135 of 7618


ELEMENT

assembly

requirements relating to removing light vehicle wheel
assemblies

wheel assembly

systems
3.1. Fitting options are analysed and those most appropriate to

3.3. Wheel assembly is fitted according to workplace procedures


Approved
Page 3136 of 7618


Required skills

literacy skills to


fitting of wheel assemblies
Required knowledge
dangers of working with light vehicle wheel assemblies
lifting and supporting procedures for light vehicles
types and applications of wheels and rims, including:
stamped or pressed-steel rims
die-cast or forged rims

removal, inspection and fitting procedures of light vehicle wheel assemblies
post-fitting procedures and checks of light vehicle wheel assemblies
Approved
Page 3137 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


remove, inspect and fit a range of light vehicle wheel
assemblies according to workplace, manufacturer and
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

light vehicles and light vehicles wheel assemblies
tools and equipment appropriate for the removal, inspection and
fitting of light vehicle wheel assemblies
Page 3138 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 3139 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:

(WHS) requirements:

may include:
tyre condition
Inspection of wheel
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
safe work procedures relating to the removal, inspection and
fitting of light vehicle wheel assemblies
signage
automotive industry
front wheel removal
rear wheel removal
removal of other systems to gain access to wheel
Removal options may

include:
verbal instructions
Page 3140 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Fitting options may include:

include:
rim condition
wheel bearing condition
manual handling or motor-assisted handling of wheel
assemblies
manual or power-tool tightening of wheel nuts
wheel assembly run-out and alignment testing
the correct operation of vehicle systems affected by the removal
and fitting of wheel assemblies
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3141 of 7618

AURLTJ3004 Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre combinations
AURLTJ3004 Provide advice on the effects of wheel and tyre

combinations
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT318054A Provide advice on the effects of wheel

Approved
Page 3142 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit covers the competence to effectively advise

customers on how specific wheel and tyre combinations
can affect their vehicle's ride and handling characteristics.
authority.

The unit applies to light vehicles, including 4WDs, light

commercial vehicles and various types of motorsport
vehicles.
It includes identification and confirmation of work
requirement, preparation for work, confirmation of
customer needs, technical analysis of needs and options,
provision of advice on compliance, recommendation as to
a plan of action and completion of work finalisation
Work involves advising customers how specific
non-standard wheel and tyre combinations can affect ride
and handling characteristics of their vehicle.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3143 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3144 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Confirm facts relating

to customer enquiry
1.1. Customer is consulted to determine if wheel and tyre

modifications are actual or proposed
1.2. Reasons for requiring alternative wheel and tyre
combinations are discussed and confirmed with
customer
1.3. Specifications of proposed or actual wheel and tyre
combinations are clarified with customer
2. Access and confirm

data to make an
informed technical
opinion
2.1. Technical product persons from identified wheel and

tyre manufacturer/component supplier are consulted
to access technical information and advice
2.2. Proposed or actual modifications are confirmed if
they contravene Australian Design Rules
2.3. Technical product information to assist with
providing information about wheel and tyre
modifications is researched and accessed
2.4. Colleagues are consulted who may be able to assist
through previous technical knowledge and
experience
3. Recommend a plan of
action to meet
customer
requirements
3.1. An explanation is given to the customer on how

specifications relate to intended use of vehicle
3.2. Implications of wheel and tyre combination not
complying with a specific Australian Design Rules
regulation is discussed with customer
3.3. Suitability of proposed or actual wheel and tyre
combination is discussed with customer and advice
is given based on experience or facts derived from
product sources
3.4. Suitable plan of action is discussed and clarified to
meet customer needs

Required skills
Approved
Page 3145 of 7618


customers
use workplace technology related to advising on wheel and tyre combinations,
including the use of measuring equipment, computerised technology and
communication devices and the documenting/recording of results
Required knowledge

requirements
the implications of contravening Australian Design Rules
principles of wheel and tyre technology
types, characteristics, uses and limitations of wheel and tyre combinations
methods of effectively discussing technical information with customers
Approved
Page 3146 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Critical aspects for assessment It is essential that competence is fully observed and there is
ability to transfer competence to changing circumstances and
demonstrate competency in this to respond to unusual situations in the critical aspects of:
unit


circumstances
confirming facts relating to wheel and tyre modifications
accessing sources of wheel and tyre technical information
developing a plan of action which satisfies customer

requirements in the most economical and legal fashion
presenting automotive wheel and tyre technical

information and specifications at an understandable level
to customer


material relevant to advising on wheel and tyre
combinations
equipment and tooling appropriate to advising on wheel

Approved
Page 3147 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
knowledge
Assessment may be applied under project related conditions
and require evidence of process
circumstances
work role
assessment
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Wheel and tyre specifications
Types of wheel and tyre specifications are to

include wheel rim sizes, wheel material, wheel
diameters, tyre sizes, tyre compounds and tyre
tread designs
Product sources
Product sources are to include specialist tyre retail

outlets, specialist wheel retail outlets, specialist
Approved
Page 3148 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
wheel and tyre repairers, wheel and tyre
manufacturer/component suppliers
Colleagues
Colleagues may include other mechanics or

technicians, supervisory staff and contacts made
with wheel and tyre manufacturer/component
suppliers
WHS

substances


clean-up management

procedures

practice

breaker devices, gauges, jacks, hoists and pressure
testing devices
Communications

Approved
Page 3149 of 7618

AURLTJ3004 Provide advice on the e ffects of wheel and tyre combinations
RANGE STATEMENT
pagers

Design Rules
instructions
requirements
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Technical
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3150 of 7618


Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTL312666A Repair final drive assemblies (light

vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

repairs to final drive assemblies.
authority.


requirement, preparation for work, testing, analysis of
results and carrying out repairs to final drive assemblies
and associated components and completion of work
documentation.
Work involved includes light vehicles, motorcycles and
outdoor power equipment.
environment.
Approved
Page 3151 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites

unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3152 of 7618


ELEMENT
assemblies

and confirmed
prepared
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for final
drive assembly repair are sourced and support
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with final drive
assemblies are observed
2. Conduct final drive

assembly tests and
analyse results
2.1. Methods for test on final drive assembly are

implemented in accordance with workplace
specifications
2.2. Test results are compared with
manufacturer/component supplier specifications to
3.1. Methods for repairs are implemented in accordance

manufacture/component supplier specifications
specifications

use or storage

expectations
Approved
Page 3153 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures

Required skills
customers
Required knowledge

dangers of working with wheeled and tracked vehicles and equipment
Approved
Page 3154 of 7618

generation
inspection and test procedures
repair procedures
Approved
Page 3155 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

of:

for assessment

circumstances
manner
application of full repair sequence as per the Range
Statement to a final drive assembly relative to the
repair of final drive assembly and associated
components completed within workplace timeframes
vehicle presentation to customer in compliance with

constraints
Approved

material relevant to the repair of final drive
assemblies
repair of final drive assemblies
Page 3156 of 7618

AURLTQ3001 Repair final drive assem blies (light vehicle)
EVIDENCE GUIDE

Package
other circumstances
arrangements
Approved
Page 3157 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Variables
Variables to include bevel, spiral bevel and

hypoid gearing
Repair methods and sequence
Repair methods and sequence are to include

isolation of fault(s), dismantling, inspection and
evaluation, replacement of components parts,
assembly and completion of operational tests and
records
WHS

substances



Approved
Page 3158 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

clean-up management

procedures

practice

meters, gauges, pulling, pushing and load testing
devices
Materials
Materials may include lubricants, spare parts and

cleaning materials
Communications

pagers
Approved

safe work procedures related to repair of final
drive assemblies and associated components
Design Rules
instructions
requirements
external persons
Page 3159 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Mechanical - Light
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3160 of 7618

AURLTQ3002 Repair final drive - driveline (light vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTL313166A Repair final drive driveline (light

vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

repairs to drive and tail shafts.
authority.


requirement, preparation for work, testing and analysis of
results, completion of repairs to final drive and completion
of work finalisation processes, including clean-up and
documentation.
Work involved includes light vehicles.
environment.
Approved
Page 3161 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3162 of 7618


ELEMENT
driveline

and confirmed
prepared
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for repair
of drivelines are sourced and support equipment is
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with rotating
components are observed
2. Test driveline and

analyse results
2.1. Methods for tests associated with drivelines is

specifications
2.2. Driveline test results are compared with
procedures

3.2. Adjustments made during the repair work are in
specifications
4. Prepare equipment
for use or storage

expectations
Approved
Page 3163 of 7618

ELEMENT
procedures
Approved
Page 3164 of 7618


Required skills
customers
Required knowledge

generation
dangers of working with rotating shafts and gear systems
testing procedures, including balancing shaft
repair procedures
Approved
Page 3165 of 7618

Approved
Page 3166 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

of:

for assessment

circumstances
manner
Statement to a driveline relative to the qualification
being sought
completing repair of driveline and associated
equipment presentation to customer in compliance

constraints
Approved

material relevant to repairing final drivelines
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to
repairing final drivelines
Page 3167 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE


Package
other circumstances
arrangements
Approved
Page 3168 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Variables
Variables include universal joints, constant

velocity joints and centre bearings

isolation of fault(s), dismantling, inspection and
evaluation, replacement of components parts,
records
Faults
Faults to include:
driveline vibration
abnormal noises
WHS

use of tools and equipment, workplace
substances



Approved
Page 3169 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

clean-up management

procedures

practice

meters, gauges and load testing devices
Materials
Materials may include spare parts and cleaning

materials
Communications

pagers
Approved

final drive (driveline) and associated
components
Design Rules
instructions
Page 3170 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
requirements
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3171 of 7618

AURLTQ5003 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle driveline system faults
AURLTQ5003 Analyse and evaluate light vehicle driveline system

faults
Release
Comment
Release 1

Approved
Page 3172 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

light vehicle driveline systems in order to initiate action to
authority.


matter specialist. It encompasses and builds on trade level
competencies.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3173 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3174 of 7618


ELEMENT

the work
requirement

evaluation requirements
light vehicle driveline systems are accessed and
interpreted
1.3. WHS requirement, including equipment and system
are observed throughout the work
and/or direct evidence
enterprise obligations and practices

and evaluation

objectives of the work
diagnostic systems
selected from the range of available options
requirements
prepared for use
2.6. Light vehicle driveline system components are
prepared for the diagnostic process, including
park-up, isolation and cleaning

and evaluative
methodology

directions and/or the locally authorised method
Approved
Page 3175 of 7618

ELEMENT
processes, and documented
the agreed criteria
evidence and documented to enterprise requirements
obligations
4. Select response
measure

information.
5. Restore the
workplace

procedures.
identified in accordance with workplace.
Approved
Page 3176 of 7618


Required skills

light vehicle driveline systems, monitoring and testing processes, diagnostic
analytical results.
Required knowledge

inductance.
vehicle clutch, torque converter, manual transmission, automatic transmission,
drive shaft, final drive systems/components.
detailed knowledge of the types, function, operations and limitations of four wheel
drive system components using transfer cases, differentials and free wheel hubs.
Approved
Page 3177 of 7618

planning.
testing equipment.
Approved
Page 3178 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

for assessment

information.

and products

quality.
Complete failure analyses on a minimum of three
light vehicle driveline systems with real or simulated
multi-system and intermittent faults, and identify,
evaluate, select and document the most appropriate
rectification measure.
procedures for light vehicle driveline systems.
the above.

evaluation, light vehicle driveline systems with real or
simulated faults, monitoring processes and testing
equipment appropriate to the objectives, research
facilities and technical information and a work
environment.
Approved
Page 3179 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

circumstances.
Approved
Page 3180 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Failure analysis and evaluation The objective of the failure analysis and evaluation
process
performance.
Vehicles
Light vehicles are to include two wheel and

four-wheel drive vehicles.
Driveline systems
Driveline systems are to cover all sub-systems and

components, including clutches, torque converters,
manual transmissions (including electric and clutch
less), automatic transmissions, drive shafts and
final drives.
Diagnosis
Diagnosis is to cover module and parts replacement

in related electrical and electronic control systems.
Driveline system failures
Unit context
Approved
Driveline system failures covered by this unit

are to include abnormal gear wear, abnormal
clutch operations, contamination, hard shifting,
harshness, loose mountings, leaks, lubrication,
noises, transmission slippage and vibrations.
Driveline system failures covered by this unit
are to include indirect faults caused by the
influence of external systems which may or
Rules, environmental legislation, WHS, manual
handling procedures and organisation insurance
requirements.
Page 3181 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
faults.
Evaluative criteria

achievement of the objectives of the analysis are to
be judged. They are to include statistically based
Equipment isolation procedures to industry and

Testing equipment
Testing equipment is to include compound levels,

pressure gauges, multimeters, tachometers and
computerised diagnostic systems.
Tests
Tests to be conducted are to include lubricant

inspection, pressure, road testing, sensor integrity
and function, solenoid operation/function, wiring
and power control ECU integrity.

Approved

communication.
procedures related to light vehicle driveline
systems.
Page 3182 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3183 of 7618

AURLTX3001 Repair transmissions - manual (light vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTL306666A Repair transmissions - manual (light

vehicle)
Approved
Page 3184 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

removal, repair and replacement of manual transmissions.
authority.


systems, removal, repair and replacement of manual
transmissions and completion of work finalisation
This unit of competence applies to the following and
being applied:
light vehicles, motorcycle and outdoor power

equipment.

environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3185 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3186 of 7618


ELEMENT
testing of manual
transmission

and confirmed
prepared
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for testing
of manual transmissions are sourced and support
1.6. Warnings in relation to working with manual
transmissions are observed
2. Test manual
transmission and
analyse results
2.1. Methods for tests are implemented in accordance

2.2. Road/site test is conducted for abnormalities
non-compliance
procedures
3. Prepare to repair
manual
transmissions

sourced
prepared
4.1. Methods for repairs are implemented in accordance

4.2. Adjustments made during repairs are in accordance
5. Prepare vehicle/
Approved
Page 3187 of 7618

ELEMENT
storage
5.2. Road/site test is conducted to ensure transmission
operation is to manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
procedures

Required skills
customers
Approved
Page 3188 of 7618


Required knowledge

requirements
generation
repair procedures
Approved
Page 3189 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

of:

for assessment

circumstances
manner
interpreting testing results
Statement to a manual transmission relative to the
conducting repairs in accordance with workplace and
completing repair of transmissions and associated

constraints
Approved

material relevant to repairing manual transmissions
equipment, hand and power tools appropriate to
repairing manual transmissions
Page 3190 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Package
other circumstances
arrangements
Approved
Page 3191 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Repair methods
Methods include:
Variables
road testing, test under operating conditions

(including: fluid leakage, gear selection, wear,
damage, corrosion)
manual transmissions, front and/or rear wheel

drive configurations
belt drive transmission
transmission must be of multiple speed
constant mesh or synchromesh design

multiple forward and reverse gears
multi countershaft
synchronised and non-synchronised gear
selection
metal and non-metal gears
electrical/pneumatic control
transverse/longitudinal mounting
helical, double helical and spur gears
transaxle, overdrive, transfer case and belt
drive speed control

isolation of fault(s); dismantling, inspection and
evaluation; replacement of component parts;
records
Faults
Faults to include noisy operation, jumping out of

gear, external oil leaks, loss of drive
Approved
Page 3192 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS

substances




clean-up management

procedures

practice

meters, gauges and load testing devices
Approved
Page 3193 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Materials
Materials may include fluids, spare parts and

cleaning materials
Communications

pagers

safe work procedures related to repair,
removal and replacement of manual
transmissions and/or associated components
Design Rules
instructions
requirements
external persons
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3194 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3195 of 7618

AURLTX3002 Repair transmissions - automatic (light vehicle)

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURTL307166A Repair transmissions - automatic (light

vehicle)
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

repair of automatic and semi-automatic transmissions and
associated components, including torque converters.
authority.


systems, repair or replacement of and automatic and
semi-automatic transmissions and completion of work
documentation.
For repairs to electronic control drive management
systems refer to AURETR3044 Service and repair
electronic drive management systems.
transmissions in light vehicles.
Approved
Page 3196 of 7618


environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3197 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare to test
transmission

and confirmed
manuals and specifications, and tools, are sourced
prepared
1.5. Technical and/or calibration requirements for testing
of transmissions are sourced and support equipment
is identified and prepared
2. Test transmission
and analyse results
2.1. Methods for system tests are implemented in

non-compliance
procedures
3. Prepare to repair
and/or replace
transmission

sourced
prepared
4. Carry out repair

and/or replacement
4.1. Methods for repair and/or replacement are

procedures and manufacturer/ component supplier
specifications
4.2. Adjustments made during the repair and/or
Approved
Page 3198 of 7618

ELEMENT
replacement are in accordance with
5. Prepare vehicle/
storage
5.1. Repair and/or replacement schedule documentation is

completed
safety features are in place
procedures

Required skills
customers
Approved
Page 3199 of 7618


Required knowledge

requirements
operating principles of automatic and semi automatic transmissions and their
relationship to other systems
repair and/or replacement procedures
Approved
Page 3200 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

of:

for assessment

circumstances
manner
conducting repair and/or replacement of a range of
transmissions in accordance with workplace and
vehicle/transmissions presentation to customer in

constraints
Approved

material relevant to carrying out repairs to automatic
and semi-automatic transmissions and associated
components
equipment, hand and power tooling appropriate to
carrying out repairs to automatic and semi-automatic
transmissions and associated components
Page 3201 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Package
other circumstances
arrangements

assessment
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Approved
Page 3202 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Transmissions
Transmissions include:
Repair methods
automatic and semi automatic transmissions

power shift, front and/or rear wheel drive
configurations
operational testing, testing under operating

conditions, test bench testing, electrical testing
(including fluid leakage, speed and range
selection, wear, damage, corrosion, electrical
leakage, short circuits, broken circuits)
WHS

substances



Approved
Page 3203 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
clean-up management

procedures

practice

meters, gauges and load and pressure testing
devices
Materials
Materials may include transmission fluids, spare

parts and cleaning materials
Communications

pagers
Approved

automatic and semi-automatic transmissions
Design Rules
instructions
requirements
external persons
Page 3204 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3205 of 7618

AURLTX3003 Diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems

Release
Comment
Release 1

Unit Descriptor
Unit
descriptor
This unit describes the performance outcomes required to diagnose and repair
clutch systems fitted to light vehicles. It involves diagnosing deviations from
correct operation, repairing clutch components and associated systems, and
Licencing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements may apply to this
unit in some jurisdictions. Users are advised to check with the relevant

Work applies to the clutch systems of light vehicles, four wheel

drive and light commercial vehicles. This unit does not apply to
work related to motorcycle or heavy vehicle clutch systems.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3206 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 3207 of 7618


ELEMENT

clutch system

requirements
1.3. Procedures and information relating to light vehicle
clutch systems are sourced and interpreted
1.4. Diagnosis options are analysed and those most
1.5. Appropriate diagnostic tools and equipment are selected
and prepared

clutch system

procedures and without causing damage to components
or systems
2.2. Faults are identified from diagnostic test results and
causes of faults are determined

clutch system
3.1. Repair options are analysed and those most appropriate

3.2. Appropriate tools, techniques and materials are selected
and prepared
3.3. Repairs and component replacements and adjustments
are carried out without causing damage to components or


Approved
Page 3208 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to:
obtain, record and interpret measurements
reading and interpretation of mathematical information


causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of light vehicle clutch systems,
Approved
Page 3209 of 7618


measuring equipment
Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle clutch systems
dangers of working with light vehicle clutch systems
operating principles of light vehicle clutch systems
application, purpose and operation of light vehicle clutch systems
testing procedures for light vehicle clutch systems
repair procedures for light vehicle clutch systems
post-repair testing procedures for light vehicle clutch systems
Approved
Page 3210 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of light vehicle clutch systems
diagnose and repair light vehicle clutch systems according to
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

light vehicles with clutch system faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of light vehicle clutch
systems
Page 3211 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

light vehicle clutch systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 3212 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
light vehicle clutch system diagnosis and repair methods,


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
light vehicle clutch systems
automotive industry
dry single or multi-plate clutch
cable operated clutch

may include:
Light vehicle clutch systems
Approved
Page 3213 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
hydraulically-operated clutch
mechanically operated clutch.

include:
Faults may include:

include:
analysis of clutch system operation during mobile or stationary

tests
isolation of faults
clutch slippage
clutch drag and binding
clutch chatter
clutch pedal pulsation
clutch vibration
clutch system noise.
testing of clutch system operation during mobile or stationary

tests.
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3214 of 7618

AURLTX4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systemsDate this document was generated: 22 January
2015
AURLTX4004 Diagnose complex faults in light vehicle

Release
Comment
Release 1
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

complex faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems
in order to initiate action to service, repair, replace or improve
performance.
resolve.


transmission and driveline systems of light vehicles, four wheel
drive and light commercial vehicles.
competencies.
Approved
Page 3215 of 7618

2015
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


of competency.
Approved

Page 3216 of 7618

2015

ELEMENT

work requirement

transmission and driveline systems are accessed and
interpreted
protection needs, are observed and applied throughout the
work
light vehicle transmission and driveline systems are
identified and confirmed from direct or indirect evidence
procedures
2. Prepare to diagnose faults
2.1. Criteria for fault diagnosis are developed and adopted to

meet the objective of the work
2.2. System performance achievements and discrepancies are
process, sequence, tests and testing process, are identified
3. Apply complex
diagnostic process

Approved
Page 3217 of 7618

2015

Required skills

strategies for solving complex problems as they relate to light vehicle transmission and
driveline systems
transmission and driveline systems, including the use of:
measuring equipment
Required knowledge
concepts and principles of light vehicle transmission and driveline systems

types, functions, operations and limitations of light vehicle transmission and driveline
types, functions, operations and limitations of diagnostic testing equipment relating to light
vehicle transmission and driveline systems
testing procedures for light vehicle transmission and driveline systems, including procedures
for accessing and interpreting scan tool system data
recommendations.
Approved
Page 3218 of 7618

2015
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


information
performed
different light vehicle light vehicle transmission and driveline
diagnosis of complex faults in light vehicle light vehicle
transmission and driveline systems.



of this unit:
Approved

vehicles with real or simulated light vehicle transmission and
Page 3219 of 7618

2015
EVIDENCE GUIDE

faults in light vehicle transmission and driveline systems

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 3220 of 7618

2015
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
(WHS) requirements:
Faults may include:
Tests may include:
Approved

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
faults with:
clutches
torque converters
mechanical and automatic transmissions
drive and power take-off shafts
differentials
mechatronic modules and multi-class bus systems
input sensors
output actuators
wiring harnesses
computer systems
primary operations
wiring and connector integrity and the operation of input and
output devices controlling electronic components and
computers
data interpretation relating to direct, indirect and intermittent
causes
brake fluid testing
Page 3221 of 7618

2015
RANGE STATEMENT

include:

include:
on-road transmission and driveline efficiency testing

component tests.
lab oscilloscopes
scan tools
pulse generators
schematics and operational procedures relating to transmission
and driveline systems
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3222 of 7618

AURLTZ3001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems
AURLTZ3001 Diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control

systems
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURT304666A Repair and replace emission control

systems
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

and repair emission control systems fitted to light vehicles. It
emission control components and associated systems, and

Work applies to the emission control systems of motorcycles,

passenger and light commercial vehicles.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3223 of 7618



of competency.
Approved

Page 3224 of 7618


ELEMENT


requirements
1.3. Procedures and information related to light vehicle
emission control systems are sourced and interpreted
prepared


systems


prepared


Approved
Page 3225 of 7618


Required skills

learning skills to:


literacy skills to:

numeracy skills to interpret instruments, gauges and other measuring equipme nt
plan own work requirements and prioritise actions to achieve required outcomes and
ensure tasks are completed on time

causes


technical skills to use workplace tools relating to the repair of light vehicle emission control
measuring equipment
Approved
Page 3226 of 7618



Required knowledge
relating to diagnosing and repairing light vehicle emission control systems
dangers of testing exhaust gases
legislation and regulatory requirements relating to light vehicle emission control systems
identification of motor vehicle emissions and their effects on the environment and health
operating principles of light vehicle emission control systems
application, purpose and operation of light vehicle emission control systems, including:
effects of associated systems on vehicle emissions

testing procedures of light vehicle emission control systems
repair procedures of light vehicle emission control systems
post-repair testing procedures of light vehicle emission control systems.
Approved
Page 3227 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

knowledge.
to:


diagnose and repair a range of light vehicle emission control
systems
diagnose and repair light vehicle emission control systems
requirements
requirements.



of this unit:
Approved

light vehicles with emission control faults relevant to the
equipment appropriate for the testing of light vehicle emission
Page 3228 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
control systems
light vehicle emission control systems.

knowledge.
diverse clients.
Approved
Page 3229 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
may include:
verbal instructions

include:
light vehicle emission control system diagnosis and repair


(WHS) requirements:

may include:
first aid equipment

toxic substances.
signage
light vehicle emission control systems
automotive industry
light vehicle emission control systems service requirements and
repair manuals.
evaporative emission control

may include:
Light vehicle emission
Approved
Page 3230 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
control systems may include:
Diagnostic test may include:
Faults may include:

include:
crankcase ventilation
exhaust gas recirculation
diesel exhaust fluid
catalytic converters
diesel particulate filters.
exhaust gas analysis
isolation of fault(s)
rough running
poor performance
monoxide, oxides of nitrogen)
excessive oil consumption.
exhaust gas colour assessment

exhaust gas composition analysis
Unit Sector(s)
Competency field
Unit sector
Technical Emission and Exhaust

Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3231 of 7618

AURMBA2001 Transport a light competition vehicle and support equipment
AURMBA2001 Transport a light competition vehicle and support

equipment
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURM240173A Transport a light competition vehicle

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to prepare support equipment and a competition
vehicle for transportation.
It requires the ability to select, prepare and pack the tools
and equipment, prepare and fit transportation devices,
components and covers to a competition vehicle, and load
and unload the tooling, equipment and competition vehicle.
No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification
requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.
Approved
Page 3232 of 7618


This unit applies to individuals who prepare support

equipment, tools and competition vehicles for
transportation in a motorsports environment.
For the purposes of this unit of competency, light
competition vehicles are vehicles under 300 kg unladen
weight, such as go-carts, motorbikes, mountain bikes and
jet skis.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3233 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare specific
tooling and
equipment needed
for an event
1.1. Use team instructions/specifications and category

rules and supplementary regulations to specify job
requirements, including configuration, quality,
equipment and quantities
1.2. Observe workplace health and safety (WHS)
requirements, including regulatory requirements,
equipment and system isolation requirements, and
personal protection needs throughout the work
1.3. Select specific tooling and equipment needed for an
event
1.4. Pack and secure tooling and equipment to avoid
damage during transportation
1.5. Check equipment listing and account for resources
2. Load and secure

competition vehicle
and equipment for
transportation
2.1. Compile checklist for resources and vehicle securing

2.2. Conduct loading according to team procedures
2.3. Safely secure vehicle and equipment and check
mechanisms
2.4. Store hazardous material in accordance with team
requirements
2.5. Secure tailgates, ramps, doors and bins
3. Unload competition
vehicle and support
equipment
3.1. Unload light competition vehicle according to team

procedures
3.2. Unload tooling and equipment according to team
procedures
3.3. Clean transport vehicle and prepare for subsequent
use
3.4. Report problems to appropriate person
Approved
Page 3234 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use workplace technology related to lifting
equipment
communication skills to the level required to communicate ideas and information
to enable organisation of tooling and equipment and reporting of progress against
schedule
literacy skills to the level required to collect, organise and understand information
related to storage and transportation of dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals,
team tool and equipment requirements, and event scheduling and location details
numeracy skills to the level required to use mathematical ideas and techniques to
correctly complete measurements and estimate material requirements required for
the work
problem-solving skills to the level required to use checking and inspection
techniques to maximise space utilisation
team skills to the level required to work with others and in a team by recognising
dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and
productivity
planning skills to the level required to plan and organise activities, including
loading and unloading sequence, to avoid backtracking or workflow interruptions
Required knowledge
storage and transportation of hazardous chemicals and dangerous goods methods

and equipment
competition vehicle transportation preparation methods
competition vehicle security principles
load distribution principles
loading and unloading techniques
securing methods and equipment
record keeping techniques
codes of practice, including WHS, personal safety and environment, relevant to
preparing competition vehicles and support equipment for transportation, including
manual handling and loading heavy equipment
Approved
Page 3235 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
unit
Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can

competently and consistently:

Approved
interpret and apply team requirements, controlling body

and category rules, and supplementary regulations
correctly apply and use safety equipment and personal
follow task instructions, operating procedures and
prevent damage to competition vehicle or equipment
achieve required outcomes within team time and

quality standards
correctly load and unload a minimum of one (1) light
competition vehicle and support equipment in differing
conditions:
weather
day or night
terrain conditions
load lists
work with and around other team members
modify activities to cater for variations in workplace
workplace or a simulated environment that reflects as far
as possible the actual working environment.
constraints.
Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory
requirements, including specified Australian standards.
accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and
Page 3236 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
disability.
process equipment, material, work instructions and

deadlines
access to a competition vehicle, transporters and

associated support equipment
lifting and materials handling equipment
team procedures
securing equipment guidelines.

workplace relevant contexts) together with application of
Required Skills and Knowledge.
tasks and include questioning on Required Skills and
Knowledge to ensure its correct interpretation and
application.
Assessment may be applied under project-related
conditions (real or simulated) and require evidence of
process.
competency is able not only to be satisfied under the
other circumstances.
with other functional units which together form part of the
holistic work role.

sensitive and appropriate to the language and literacy capacity
of the candidate and the work being performed.
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Approved
Page 3237 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Loading of the light competition Loading of the light competition vehicle may
vehicle
include:
WHS requirements

personal protective equipment and clothing,

including closed-in shoes, long trousers,
handling gloves and other equipment
safety equipment
first aid equipment
control of hazardous materials and substances
manual handling, including shifting, lifting and
carrying
material safety management systems
manufacturer/component supplier
specifications
local safe operating procedures

and codes of practice and may include:
Approved
removing fluids, including fuel

disconnecting battery/power supply
gear position

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
health regulations
Page 3238 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
competition vehicle
transporters and associated support equipment
materials handling equipment
Specific transportation devices, Specific transportation devices, components and

components and covers
covers may include:
Information and procedures may include:
Approved
anti-rub devices
blanking plugs (e.g. exhaust)
guards
air filter covers
vehicle covers
transportation tyres and wheels
controlling body rules, category rules and

supplementary regulations
event scheduling and location details
team procedures and standards related to:
competition vehicle transportation and

security competition vehicle assembly
reporting and communication
emergency service contacts and team

persons emergency contacts
team emergency and event procedures for

accidents or injury
work instructions, including worksheets,
material safety data sheets (MSDS), assembly
procedures, plans, drawings, designs and
checklists
test equipment and material
safety body publications
environmental, hazardous chemicals and
dangerous goods legislation and local
requirements relating to the disposal and use of
fuels, lubricants, coolants and cleaning agents
Page 3239 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Support and Logistics
Page 3240 of 7618

AURMBA3002 Load and unload a competition vehicle and support equipment
AURMBA3002 Load and unload a competition vehicle and

support equipment
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURM340205A Load and unload a competition vehicle

Approved
Page 3241 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to prepare, load and unload support equipment and
a competition vehicle for transportation.
It requires the ability to select, prepare and pack tools and
equipment, prepare and fit transportation devices,
components and covers to a competition vehicle and load
and unload the tooling, equipment and competition vehicle.

This unit applies to individuals who prepare support

equipment, tools and competition vehicles for
transportation in a motorsports environment.
For the purpose of this unit of competency a competition
vehicle is an automobile over 300 kg unladen weight,
which competes in any event of a competitive nature.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3242 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3243 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare specific
tooling and
equipment needed for
an event
1.1. Clarify job requirements using team instructions,

specifications, category rules and supplementary
regulations, including configuration, quality,
equipment and quantities
personal protection needs throughout the work
1.3. Select specific tooling and equipment needed for an
event
1.4. Pack and secure tooling and equipment to avoid
damage during transportation
1.5. Check equipment listing and account for resources
2. Prepare competition
vehicle for
transportation
2.1. Clean competition vehicle and prepare for

transportation
2.2. Fit specific transportation devices, components and
covers
2.3. Identify secure locations on vehicle and transporters
2.4. Report problems with required equipment or vehicle
to appropriate persons
3. Load and secure

competition vehicle
and equipment for
transportation
3.1. Compile checklist for resources and vehicle securing

3.2. Conduct loading to team procedures
3.3. Safely secure vehicle and equipment and check
mechanisms
3.4. Store hazardous material in accordance with
3.5. Secure transporters tailgates/ramps and doors/bins
4. Unload competition
vehicle and support
equipment
4.1. Unload competition vehicle according to team

procedures
4.2. Unload tooling and equipment according to team
procedures
4.3. Clean transporters and prepare for subsequent use
4.4. Complete team/event documentation
Approved
Page 3244 of 7618


Required skills
and securing equipment
to enable organisation of tooling and equipment and reporting of progress against
schedule
related to storage and transportation of dangerous goods and hazardous chemicals,
team tool and equipment requirements, and event scheduling and location details
correctly complete measurements and estimate material requirements required for
the work
techniques to maximise space utilisation
dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and
productivity
loading and unloading sequence, to avoid backtracking or workflow interruptions
Required knowledge
storage and transportation of hazardous chemicals and dangerous goods methods

and equipment
competition vehicle transportation preparation methods
competition vehicle security principles
load distribution principles
loading and unloading techniques
securing methods and equipment
record keeping techniques
preparing competition vehicles and support equipment for transportation, including
manual handling and loading heavy equipment
Approved
Page 3245 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
unit


Approved

and category rules and supplementary regulations

quality standards
correctly prepare, load and unload a minimum of one (1)
competition vehicle and support equipment on two (2)
occasions in differing conditions
constraints.
disability.
transporter over 4.5 tonne unladen
process equipment, materials, work instructions and
Page 3246 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
deadlines
access to a competition vehicle, transporters and
lifting and materials handling equipment
team procedures
securing equipment guidelines.

application.
process.
holistic work role.

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Approved
Page 3247 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Preparation of the competition
vehicle
Preparation of the competition vehicle may

include:
WHS requirements

personal protective equipment and clothing,

including closed-in shoes, long trousers,
handling gloves and other equipment
safety equipment
first aid equipment
management of hazardous materials and
substances
carrying
team insurance requirements
controlling body requirements
specifications

Approved
applying vehicle-specific transportation

requirements
removing fluids, including fuel
disconnecting battery/power supply
downloading data
gear position
other transportation requirements necessary for
transportation by a third party via means such
as road freight, air, rail or sea

Page 3248 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
health regulations
vehicle transportation
transporter over 4.5 tonne tare weight and

material and manual handling equipment
winches
ratchet straps and tie down straps
Specific transportation devices, Specific transportation devices, components and

components and covers
covers may include:
Approved
anti-rub devices
blanking plugs (e.g. exhaust)
guards
air filter covers
vehicle covers
transportation tyres and wheels

competition vehicle transportation and

security competition vehicle assembly


accidents or injury
checklists
Page 3249 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Support and Logistics
Page 3250 of 7618

AURMCA5001 Manage motorsport team media liaison

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURM542538A Manage motorsport team media liaison

Approved
Page 3251 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge

required to identify team media requirements and
limitations, prepare media information, issue media
information, arrange media interviews and evaluate
publicity benefits.
authority.

Work involves all aspects of liaising with the media on

behalf of a motorsport team and supporting team members
with media interviews and appearances. It includes
researching the media liaison needs of the team and the
most appropriate media outlets, and preparation of a
budget to support media liaison activities.
Tasks require individuals to demonstrate discretion,
judgement and problem-solving skills in the development
of media releases and arrangement of media interviews.
Competence may be demonstrated in a motorsport team
workplace, a simulated environment, or workplaces of
enterprises supporting and working closely with
motorsport teams.
Not Applicable
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3252 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3253 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Identify team media

requirements and
limitations
1.1. Desired outcomes of media liaison are identified in

relation to team goals
1.2. Limitations on information to be provided are
identified in accordance with team requirements,
confidentiality, ethical conduct and promotion
partner requirements
1.3. Media liaison budget is developed
1.4. Media outlets and persons are researched and
choices made according to team requirements, ethical
conduct and promotional partner requirements
2. Prepare media
information
2.1. Media suitable for promotional strategy and team

requirements is selected
2.2. Specific media outlet information needs are
researched
2.3. Media needs/requests are considered in light of team
objectives, confidentiality requirements and ethical
issues
2.4. Team information and performance statistics are
researched and documented
2.5. Information prepared is clear, succinct and
appropriate to target audience
2.6. Information prepared meets team and media outlet
needs and industry ethics
3. Issue media
information
3.1. Media persons are contacted and release timing

arrangements made
3.2. Team management approval is obtained and
information provided to media outlet
3.3. Promotional partner representatives are advised of
release details
4. Arrange media
interviews
4.1. Media persons are contacted and requirements

negotiated
4.2. An interview schedule and agenda is determined
4.3. Material for interviews is researched and prepared
4.4. Team persons are briefed and coached in
presentation techniques where required
4.5. Team management are regularly informed of
arrangements and outcomes
4.6. Promotional partner representatives are advised of
interview details
Approved
Page 3254 of 7618

ELEMENT
5. Evaluate publicity
benefits
5.1. Exposure statistics are obtained from media outlets

5.2. Promotional partner feedback on media
release/interview is obtained
5.3. Data and feedback is analysed to assess effectiveness
5.4. Outcomes are measured against media liaison budget
and team objectives

Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to media, team and

promotional partner publicity requirements
communicate ideas and information to enable effective team appearances and
information dissemination
plan and organise activities including team member media appearances
approaches to optimise workflow and productivity
use mathematical ideas and techniques to set-up scheduling and operate budget
use knowledge of scenario planning, logistics and differing requirements to meet
team, promotional partner and media outlet needs
use workplace technology, including facsimiles, telephones and computer software
related to planning and information presentation
Required knowledge
controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations

workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements, including state/territory and
federal legislation
ethical advertising legislation and code of practice
presentation techniques
media content requirements
interview techniques
Approved
Page 3255 of 7618

Approved
Page 3256 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
Critical aspects for assessment Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can
interpret and apply controlling body and category rules

unit
and supplementary regulations
apply safety requirements including the use of personal



quality standards
develop media releases for a minimum of three (3)

types of media
arrange a minimum of two (2) media appearances for

team persons. Appearances must be for two (2) types of
media, which may include:
radio
television
live appearance at an event
guest speaker
conduct work to quality and timeliness standards

Approved

Assessment of this competence may include project
related tasks and require portfolios or other forms of
indirect evidence of process.
Access to controlling body rules, category rules and
supplementary regulations and legislation as identified in
the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm consistency of
Page 3257 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
performance over time and in a range of workplace
contexts.
conjunction with assessment of other units of competency.
holistic work role.

assessment
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Research team media needs
Research of team media needs includes:
Media
Media may include
Media releases
print (local, community, daily newspapers,

magazines, industry publications)
television
radio (mainstream, community)
internet
Media releases include information prepared for

dissemination through:
Approved
clarification of team goals and objectives

with team members
identification of promotional partner
expectations
consideration of ethical issues in advertising
and promotion
print (e.g. newspaper and magazine)
Page 3258 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Media interviews
Media interviews may include, but are not

limited to:
Promotional partners
electronic (e.g. radio, television and internet)

media
radio
television
internet video clip interviews
Promotional partners include:
existing or potential partners that are an

external individual or organisation, providing
financial or in-kind support to a motorsport
team.
Promotional partners may also be termed

'sponsors' or 'business partners'
Promotional activities and
follow-up
Promotional activities and follow-up includes:
WHS requirements
WHS requirements include:
liaison with media, promotional

partners/sponsors and dissemination of team
performance information
state/territory and federal legislation

manufacturer specifications and local safe
Work is carried out in accordance with legislative

obligations (including environmental
requirements), health regulations, manual
handling procedures and team insurance
requirements
Resources
Resources may include, but are not limited to:
Approved
a computer and word processing software

team procedures relating to dissemination of
information and media appearances
task instructions including worksheets,
checklists and plans
Page 3259 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
team procedures relating to reporting and

communication
legislation regarding ethical advertising
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Sales and Marketing
Page 3260 of 7618

AURMCA5002 Manage motorsport team promotional partnerships and marketing Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015
AURMCA5002 Manage motorsport team promotional

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURM542638A Manage motorsport team promotional

Approved
Page 3261 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge

required to determine opportunities and requirements in
relation to marketing the team and attracting and managing
promotional partnerships.
authority.

This unit requires individuals to demonstrate discretion,

judgement and problem-solving skills in researching
opportunities and devising strategies.
Competence may be demonstrated in a motorsport team
workplace, a simulated environment, or workplaces of
enterprises supporting and working closely with
motorsport teams.
Not Applicable
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3262 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3263 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Research team
marketing
opportunities and
promotional partner
requirements
1.1. Team strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and

threats (SWOT) are identified, analysed and
documented
1.2. Team members and other parties are consulted and
specialist marketing advice is sought where necessary
and opportunities/requirements are documented
1.3. Promotional partner requirements are researched and
documented
1.4. Principles, policies and strategic direction of the
team are identified and documented to enable
marketing effort to be focused
including regulatory requirements and personal
protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2. Devise and
implement a team
marketing strategy
2.1. Promotional strategies emphasising team strengths

are analysed with team members
2.2. The legal, ethical and environmental constraints of
the market are identified and their effect on
marketing objectives determined
2.3. Promotional strategies are researched and a
marketing strategy, including measurable
performance targets, is developed and documented
2.4. Risk management strategies are developed and
documented
2.5. Team members are briefed on their roles and
responsibilities
3. Prepare promotional
partnership proposals
3.1. Team funding/sponsorship amount and type required

is determined
3.2. Networks for funding/sponsorship are researched and
developed in line with the policies, aims and
objectives of the team
3.3. Potential promotional partners are identified on the
basis of supporting the principles and policies of the
team and approached with the aim of forming a
promotional partnership
3.4. Potential promotional partner requirements are
researched and documented
3.5. Benefits to the promotional partner are identified and
documented
3.6. Information regarding opportunities and benefits is
prepared in a professional format and distributed to
Approved
Page 3264 of 7618

ELEMENT
potential promotional partners
4. Present to
promotional partners
4.1. Follow-up is conducted with promotional partner

persons to arrange meeting details
4.2. Presentations and supporting material specific to
potential promotional partners are prepared
4.3. Introductory/supporting material is forwarded prior
to the meeting
4.4. Meeting with potential promotional partner is
attended and presentation is conducted
4.5. Follow-up information is supplied
5. Coordinate
promotional
partnership activities
5.1. Written contracts/agreements are made with the

promotional partner , including full details of the
commitments made by both parties
5.2. Team members are briefed on details and
commitments of promotional partnership
arrangements
5.3. Activities are organised in accordance with
promotional partnership agreements and agreements
made are honoured
5.4. Activities are monitored and evaluated in terms of
team and promotional partner objectives
5.5. Feedback is provided to and requested from
promotional partner as required
5.6. Payments from promotional partners and other
contract formalities are actioned and monitored

Required skills
collect, organise and understand information related to market information and

promotional partner/s
communicate ideas and information to enable effective presentation of proposals
and strategies
plan and organise activities including proposal and strategy presentation
Approved
Page 3265 of 7618

approaches to optimise workflow and productivity
use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly determine financial
requirements and benefits
use knowledge of group dynamics, scenario planning and the motorsport industry
to match team and potential promotional partner requirements
use workplace technology related to planning and presentation including computer
software
Required knowledge
controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations

WHS requirements, including state/territory and federal legislation, material safety
management systems and local safe operating procedures
legislation and codes of practice relating to ethical advertising
intellectual property and copyright principles and practices
communication principles
marketing plan development
presentation techniques
Approved
Page 3266 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
unit


Approved
interpret and apply controlling body and category rules

and supplementary regulations

quality standards
prepare and present a minimum of two (2) promotional
proposals. Each proposal is to include, as a minimum:
a profile of the team and members
team achievements
proposed partnership arrangements
marketing strategy
benefits to promotional partner

conduct work to quality and timeliness standards
Assessment of this competence may include project
related tasks and require portfolios or other forms of
indirect evidence.
Access to controlling body rules, category rules and
supplementary regulations and legislation as identified in
the Range Statement.
Assessment methods must confirm consistency of
performance over time and in a range of workplace
contexts.
Page 3267 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

conjunction with assessment of other units of
competency.
the holistic work role.

assessment
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Promotional partners
Promotional partners include:
existing or potential partners that are an

external individual or organisation, providing
financial or in-kind support to a motorsport
team
Promotional partners may also be termed

'sponsors' or 'business partners'
Teams may have more than one promotional
partner
There may be one major or exclusive promotional
partner or a number of smaller promotional
partners
WHS requirements
WHS requirements include:
Approved
state/territory and federal legislation

manufacturer specifications and local safe
Page 3268 of 7618

AURMCA5002 Manage motorsport team promoti onal partnerships and marketing Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015
RANGE STATEMENT
Work is carried out in accordance with legislative

obligations (including environmental
requirements), health regulations and team
Resources
a computer and word-processing, presentation

and spreadsheet software

team policies and procedures on customer
relations
contracted promotional partner requirements
task instructions including worksheets,
communication
presentation material
team policies and procedures relating to
confidentiality and protection of intellectual
property
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3269 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Sales and Marketing
Page 3270 of 7618

AURMDA2001 Develop and update motorsport industry knowledge
AURMDA2001 Develop and update motorsport industry

knowledge
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURMO2001A Develop and update motorsport industry

knowledge
Approved
Page 3271 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to develop and update general knowledge of the
motorsport industry, including industry structure, event
categories and classifications, rules and regulations, and
roles of officials and volunteers. This knowledge underpins
effective participation and officiating in all motorsport
events.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake officiating,

support or voluntary roles in motorsport events, including
practice sessions.
The unit acknowledges the need for individuals who
participate in the motorsport industry to be able to source,
develop and apply current and emerging information
about the industry in order to effectively carry out their
role. The unit is relevant to those individuals working in
an officiating and voluntary support role. More specialised
and advanced motorsport officiating, event organisation
and management knowledge is found in other units.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3272 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3273 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Research information
on the structure and
operation of the
motorsport industry
1.1. Correctly identify sources of information about the

motorsport industry, including sources providing
information relating to industry structure, major
industry bodies or associations, different motorsport
types and disciplines, event protocols, rules and
regulations, competition calendars and participation
opportunities
1.2. Access sources of information and establish
networks and key contacts to obtain information
2. Source and apply

information on
ethical and legal
issues for motorsport
officiating
2.1. Obtain information on ethical and legal issues to

assist effective work performance
2.2. Ensure own status and conduct complies with legal
obligations and ethical industry practices
3. Explore opportunities
to participate and
update motorsport
knowledge
3.1. Compile an annual calendar of events for a

motorsport discipline
3.2. Describe the range of officiating and volunteer roles
in motorsport events
3.3. Identify the roles best suited to own level of
knowledge, skills and interest
3.4. Identify and use a range of opportunities to improve
own performance and update knowledge of the
motorsport industry

Required skills
technical skills to the level required to operate information and communications

technology to access information
communication skills to the level required to communicate effectively with other
motorsport industry personnel, and to relate to people from a range of social,
cultural and ethnic backgrounds and of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to read and interpret a wide variety of
Approved
Page 3274 of 7618

information sources
research skills to the level required to source information on motorsport industry
issues within a defined range
problem-solving skills to the level required to identify needs and to organise
thoughts and information in a systematic manner
Required knowledge
structure and hierarchy of the motorsport industry

participation opportunities within the motorsport industry
general knowledge of different types of motorsports
in depth knowledge of a specific discipline, including:
competition categories and scope
event rules and regulations, including supplementary regulations
types and roles of officials and volunteers
protocols and procedures for communicating with stewards, officials and other
relevant persons
key organisations and associations

legal and ethical issues that impact on officials and volunteers
ethical and unethical conduct in officiating
codes of practice, including workplace health and safety (WHS) and environmental
regulations, relevant to officiating or volunteering in a motorsport event
organisational policies and procedures, including safety requirements, personal
presentation, communication, reporting and recording procedures, and organisation
and planning processes, related to officiating or volunteering in a motorsport event
Approved
Page 3275 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
explain the ways in which industry knowledge can be

unit
applied to maximise effective performance as an official
or volunteer
communicate effectively with others to source, develop

and share motorsport information
describe the organisational structure, competition

categories, event rules and regulations, and roles of
officials and volunteers in at least one (1) motorsport
discipline
apply knowledge of motorsport protocols, rules and

regulations in specific motorsport event contexts.
Approved

constraints
requirements, including specified Australian standards
disability
access to information and communication technology,

including the internet
access to current sources of motorsport industry

information
NCR and event supplementary regulations
industry magazines and related publications.

Page 3276 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
Required Skills and Knowledge. The following examples
are appropriate for this unit:
case studies and problem-solving to assess application

of knowledge in different motorsport event contexts
questions to assess knowledge of different aspects of

the motorsport industry as detailed in the Evidence
Guide
review of portfolios of evidence and third-party reports

of on-the-job performance by the candidate.
process/
other circumstances/
holistic work role/

assessment

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsports
Motorsports may include:
Approved
automobile (car, truck and cart), motorcycle

and powerboat events
competitions and practice sessions
circuit, track, speedway, rally, road and
Page 3277 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Opportunities to update
knowledge
Opportunities to update knowledge include:
Legal issues
dress, personal presentation, preparedness

and personal conduct
respect for the rights and responsibilities of
others
commitment and responsibility to safety
confidentiality, impartiality and no conflict of
interest
contribution to the overall effectiveness of the
team
self-improvement through feedback,
performance appraisal and training
Approved
public liability
duty of care
licensing
risk management
WHS
Professional and ethical standards for officials

may include:
industry seminars
training courses
industry association membership
participation in industry association activities
informal networking with colleagues
reading industry journals
internet research
Legal issues may include:
Professional and ethical

standards
off-road events
club, state/territory, national and international
events

verbal, written and graphical information
safe work procedures related to motorsport
officiating and volunteering
to motorsport officiating and volunteering
National Competition Rules (NCR) and event
Page 3278 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements


WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
Environmental requirements may include but are

not limited to:
Approved

safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
and carrying

motorsport organisation manuals, code of

conduct, policies and procedures
event policies and procedures relating to
work areas, authorities and lines of
communication
task instructions, including briefings,
worksheets, checklists and plans
waste management
noise
habitat, flora and fauna protection
Page 3279 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

procedures
clean-up management

include:

opportunity, and anti-discrimination policies
and procedures
communication, reporting and recording
procedures
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Officiating
Page 3280 of 7618

AURMDA2002 Assist with motorsport officiating duties

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURMO2004A Assist with motorsport officiating duties

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to act as a trainee official or volunteer in a
motorsport event.
It requires a basic knowledge of the conduct of the
applicable motorsport category and its rules and
regulations.

This unit applies to individuals who perform the duties of

a trainee official or volunteer in a motorsport event
including practice sessions.
The person will be assigned work under direct supervision
of an experienced person as part of a work team.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3281 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3282 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Make pre-event
preparations
1.1. Read documentation supplied by the event organiser

and clarify any items not understood
1.2. Identify and prepare personal requirements and
equipment and check for safe and operational
condition
1.3. Prepare for conditions on the day, including weather,
nutrition and personal comfort
1.4. Attend pre-event briefing session and confirm own
role and responsibilities
2. Carry out assigned

duties
2.1. Confirm with supervisor the designated work

practices for carrying out assigned duties safely and
effectively
2.2. Follow instructions carefully and remain alert to
safety hazards and risks
2.3. Recognise own limitations and seek advice and help,
when necessary
2.4. Carry out all activities according to event rules and
regulations, official's codes of practice,
organisational safety and emergency procedures
3. Review and analyse

performance
3.1. Attend post-event debriefing session

3.2. Reflect upon own performance and seek feedback to
identify areas for improvement
3.3. Develop personal plan in consultation with support
personnel for improving officiating performance
3.4. Undertake additional training in deficient areas to
improve performance

Required skills
communication skills to the level required to receive and clarify information and
instructions from other motorsport personnel, to seek advice and feedback on own
Approved
Page 3283 of 7618

performance, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic
backgrounds and of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to read and understand information related to the
conduct of the event, rules and regulations, workplace health and safety (WHS)
requirements and safe work practices
problem-solving skills to the level required to recognise and respond appropriately
to actual and potential problems and emergencies
team skills to the level required to work effectively and cooperatively with others
Required knowledge
organisational structure of the motorsport event, including authority and

communication lines
basic knowledge of rules and regulations pertaining to the motorsport event
professional and ethical responsibilities of officiating
personal preparations, resources and equipment required for officiating
potential risks associated with motorsport officiating
organisational policies and procedures, including ethical requirements, emergency
response, reporting and recording procedures, and work organisation and planning
processes, related to motorsport officiating
Approved
Page 3284 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
complete preparatory activities in a systematic manner

unit
follow safe work practices as directed by supervisor
communicate effectively with other personnel involved in

the event
develop and implement a plan for improving own

officiating performance
act as a trainee official or volunteer in at least two (2)

motorsport events.
Approved

constraints.
disability.
access to suitable motorsport events
all documentation, including rules and regulations,

safety procedures and event procedures
all equipment, including personal safety equipment.

Page 3285 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment

application.
process.
holistic work role.

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsport
Motorsport may include:
Rules and regulations
Motorsport rules and regulations may include:
Approved

circuit, track, speedway, road and off-road
events
events
National Competition Rules (NCR)

National Rally Code (NRC)
event supplementary regulations
association and club rules, regulations and
Page 3286 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

standards

may include:
Pre-event preparation
Approved
corporate dress requirements

event documentation and information
personal needs, such as nutrition, medication
and protection from the elements
travel and accommodation arrangements
Sources of information and documents may

include:
dress, personal presentation, preparedness and

personal conduct
others
interest
team
Pre-event preparations may include:
Information and documents
codes
Officials Code of Conduct
Federation Internationale de l'Automobile
(FIA)
Federation Internationale Motocycliste (FIM)

event policies and procedures relating to work
areas, authorities and lines of communication
instructions issued by authorised internal or
external persons

Page 3287 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
and codes of practice, and may include legislation
related to:
WHS requirements

waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management

include:
Approved

safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
and carrying

procedures

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

opportunity and anti-discrimination policies
and procedures
codes of practice
Page 3288 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Officiating
Page 3289 of 7618

AURMTA3009 Collect and log motorsport data

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURM340312B Collect and log motorsport data

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor
This unit of competency describes the skills and

knowledge required to collect and log motorsport data.
It requires the ability to identify the data, prepare collection
methods and systems, and use technical skills to collect
and evaluate data.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake data

collection and logging in a motorsports environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3290 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3291 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Identify situations
where motorsport
data is required
1.1. Clarify purpose of data collection

1.2. Clarify sources of data
1.3. Use team instructions and procedures to specify data
requirements
1.4. Clarify end users of motorsport data
1.5. Interpret controlling body rules, category rules and
requirements, including regulatory requirements and
personal protection needs, throughout the work
2. Prepare resources for

data collection
2.1. Develop checklists/recording sheets according to

team specifications
2.2. Prepare manual instruments for data collection
2.3. Check electronic data acquisition system settings
2.4. Check and adjust equipment settings, calibration and
system in accordance with task requirements and
equipment manufacturer instructions
2.5. Conduct trial runs to check equipment and
procedures for function, accuracy and efficiency
2.6. Make necessary adjustments to equipment or
procedures
3. Collect data
3.1. Carry out data acquisition system start-up procedure

in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2. Operate data acquisition system in accordance with
its designed capacity and purpose and to
manufacturer recommendations
3.3. Estimate and describe potential for inaccurate results
arising from variables
3.4. Collect data using manual and electronic methods
3.5. Check data for accuracy
3.6. Report problems with the required data or the
operation of the equipment to appropriate persons
4. Log data
4.1. Import selected data into data analysis software

4.2. Evaluate data for preliminary indication of
non-conformity and trends or patterns
4.3. Collate findings from data and report to appropriate
persons
4.4. Store data for later retrieval in accordance with team
procedures
Approved
Page 3292 of 7618

ELEMENT
5. Maintain data
acquisition
equipment
5.1. Clean, maintain and prepare equipment and support
material ready for further use and store in accordance
with manufacturer specifications and team
requirements
5.2. Conduct systems check
5.3. Tag unserviceable equipment and document faults in
accordance with team procedures
5.4. Complete operator maintenance in accordance with
manufacturer specifications and team procedures

Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use technology related to preparing for and
collecting data electronically, data representation and the maintenance of data
acquisition systems, including electronic data acquisition systems, calculators and
measuring devices and computer-aided systems
communication skills to the level required to communicate effectively regarding
work requirements and specifications with the supervisor and with other workers
within the team, to communicate ideas and information, to report data collection
and data systems outcomes and problems, and to relate to people from a range of
literacy skills to the level required to understand information related to work
orders, including common industry terminology, plans and safety procedures, and
to interpret team requirements, technical information and specifications
numeracy skills to the level required to accurately collect, log, represent and
analyse data
problem-solving skills to the level required to anticipate changing information
requirements or influences
to recognise dependencies, and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow
and productivity
Required knowledge
Approved
Page 3293 of 7618


end users of motorsport data and their needs

manual and electronic data collection and logging methods and techniques,
including the production and use of worksheets and checklists
types, characteristics, components, uses and limitations of data acquisition systems
techniques for inspection and basic fault-finding of data acquisition systems
procedures for reporting equipment faults and data irregularities
preliminary data evaluation techniques
manufacturer, component supplier and team guidelines regarding acceptable
tolerance levels
team policies and procedures, including quality requirements, and reporting and
recording procedures related to collecting and logging data
collecting and logging motorsport data
Approved
Page 3294 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
apply team requirements, controlling body and category

unit
rules, and supplementary regulations
observe and apply safety procedures and requirements

including the use of personal protective equipment


quality standards
correctly collect and log data using manual and electronic

systems on a minimum of two (2) occasions, covering
each of the following:
vehicle data
weather data
circuit data
driver/rider characteristics
collect and log data within team quality and time line
standards

follow team data security and confidentiality procedures

and processes at all times.
Approved

constraints.
Page 3295 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment

disability.
a range of electronic systems and components
relevant information, including manufacturer

specifications.
application.
process.
holistic work role.

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Approved
Page 3296 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsport data
Motorsport data may include:
Manual data collection
Manual data collection may include using:
Electronic data acquisition

system components
sensors and transducers

electronic or dash loggers
analysis software
wiring looms or electrical connectors
lap beacons
communications and telemetry components
Team policies and procedures may include:
Approved
observation
listening
stop watches
video cameras
radar guns
instrument telltales
temperature tape or paint
Electronic data acquisition system components

include:
Team policies and procedures
vehicle data
weather data
circuit data
team requirements relating to data acquisition

team procedures relating to the use of data
acquisition systems and equipment
task instructions, including worksheets,
communication
team procedures relating to the use of tooling
and equipment
quality policies and procedures, including
manufacturer specifications and industry codes
Page 3297 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

collecting and logging data


accidents or injury
checklists
fuels, lubricants, coolants and cleaning agents.

Approved
data acquisition system

multimeters
calculators
mathematical tables
graphing and charting equipment
computers and manual data collection
equipment
of practice

Page 3298 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements
WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care


safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
carrying
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3299 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Technical
Page 3300 of 7618

AURMDA3004 Recover a motorsport vehicle

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURMO3007A Recover a motorsport vehicle

Approved
Page 3301 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to recover damaged or broken-down vehicles in
motorsport events in a safe and timely manner without
causing further damage to the vehicle.
authority.

This unit applies to individuals who perform vehicle

recovery operations in motorsport events, including
practice sessions. This can include carrying out
pre-operational checks on recovery vehicles and
equipment, driving a recovery vehicle carrying/towing a
load, operating ancillary equipment, and completing
documentation.
Persons achieving competence in this unit will need to
fulfil the applicable legislation and relevant regulations
covering the operation of the tow truck and related
equipment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3302 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3303 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Assess situation and

plan recovery
1.1. Assess the equipment requirements and techniques

to carry out the recovery
1.2. Confirm availability of recovery vehicle and
associated equipment and personnel to carry out the
job
1.3. Identify potential hazards at the recovery site and
during the recovery operation and take appropriate
precautions and strategies to manage and control the
risks involved
1.4. Identify the type of vehicle to be towed and
determine critical aspects of vehicle design that could
impact recovery operations
1.5. Plan the recovery operation with consideration for
security and safety of persons, vehicles and property
2. Set up and secure the

recovery situation
2.1. Set up and secure the recovery situation in

accordance with the established action plan
2.2. Deploy safety equipment, barriers and warning signs
in accordance with operating procedures and
2.3. Manage spectators and other personnel in the
vicinity of the towing situation in accordance with
safety procedures and security requirements
2.4. Manoeuvre vehicle to be recovered into position
using appropriate equipment and standard operating
procedures
2.5. Prepare the vehicle for recovery without causing
damage to any component or system, as far as
possible
3. Recover vehicle
3.1. Use personal protective equipment in accordance

with standard operating procedures and workplace
health and safety (WHS) requirements
3.2. Operate recovery equipment in accordance with
manufacturer specifications, safe working practices
and regulatory requirements
3.3. Identify attachment points and check the weight of
the vehicle being recovered to ensure that they are
consistent with established guidelines, regulatory
requirements and the permissible safe working loads
for the recovery vehicle and its associated equipment
3.4. Secure the recovered vehicle using appropriate
winches, ropes and cables in accordance with
Approved
Page 3304 of 7618

ELEMENT
relevant load restraint regulations and standard
3.5. Safely convey and unload the recovered vehicle to
the designated location
4. Clean up and
complete reports
4.1. Clear the recovery area and its near vicinity of debris
and clean up any spills
4.2. Complete recovery vehicle log in accordance with
organisational requirements and regulations
4.3. Complete incident report and official forms related
to recovery operations
5. Check and maintain

equipment
5.1. Check recovery vehicle and equipment for

operational effectiveness in accordance with
manufacturer specifications and standard operating
procedures
5.2. Carry out routine servicing and lubrication checks of
the recovery vehicle and its equipment in accordance
with the maintenance and service schedule
5.3. Identify and tag faulty equipment or components that
may affect the safe operation of the vehicle and
report to the appropriate personnel for rectification

Required skills
technical skills to the level required to operate recovery vehicle and associated
tools and equipment
communication skills to the level required to understand and relay technical
information and instructions, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural
and ethnic backgrounds and of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to read and interpret instructions, procedures,
regulations, signs, charts, maps and labels, relevant to recovery operations
numeracy skills to the level required to calculate loads, assess tolerances and apply
accurate measurements
problem-solving skills to the level required to modify activities and take
Approved
Page 3305 of 7618

AURMDA3004 Recover a motorsport vehi cle
appropriate initiatives depending on differing recovery contexts, risk situations and

environments
team skills to the level required to ensure completion of tasks in a safe and timely
manner
Required knowledge
procedures for recovery type, preparation of vehicles, recovery procedure and

worksite clean-up requirements
recovery vehicle controls, instruments and indicators and their use
recovery vehicle handling procedures, both with and without a tow or load
procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency when operating a recovery
vehicle, including the use of portable fire extinguishers
pre-operational checks carried out on a recovery vehicle and its equipment and
related action that should be taken
communication procedures, including reporting lines within the motorsport
environment
range of potential workplace hazards, risks and emergency situations
basic principles of risk management
codes of practice, including WHS and environmental regulations, relevant to
recovering vehicles in a motorsport event
organisational policies and procedures, including safety requirements, hazard
identification, risk assessment and emergency response procedures, related to
recovering vehicles in a motorsport event
Approved
Page 3306 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

unit
communicate effectively with others involved in or


circumstances
complete vehicle recovery procedures safely and without

damage to vehicle or equipment
complete area clean-up
complete log book and reporting requirements.

Approved

constraints.
disability.
access to relevant recovery vehicle and equipment
applicable personal protection and safety equipment

and resources
copies of safe work practices and standard operating

procedures.
Page 3307 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
application.
process.
holistic work role.

assessment

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsports
Potential hazards
Approved

off-road events
events
Potential hazards at the recovery location may

include:
Page 3308 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Recovery vehicle
Recovery vehicle may include:
Safe work practices
use of flashing lights on vehicles

deployment of safety equipment (e.g. warning
signs or witch's hats)
strategic positioning of recovery vehicle
use of appropriate personal protective
equipment and clothing
checking equipment and isolating, rectifying
or reporting any defective equipment
following correct procedures in the event of
spilt or leaking fuel or oil
using correct portable firefighting equipment
use of reflective raincoats and vests
correct manual lifting strategies
Approved
tow truck
tilt tray
trailer
dolly wheels
low loader
Safe work practices may include:
Tools and equipment
other vehicular traffic

live electrical wires
contaminated blood at scene
weather conditions
spilt or leaking oil or fuel (slippery surfaces)
unsafe or damaged equipment
unsafe procedures in the use of recovery
equipment
fire
unsafe manual lifting procedures
sharp edges
hand tools
chains, slings and ropes
safety equipment
towing bar
jack
shovel, broom and spill kit
remote lights, signs, torch and work light
Page 3309 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Communication skills
Communication skills to manage the reactions of

participants to decisions may include:
Approved
addressing people politely

clarifying the relevant rule or regulation
presenting information in logical order
refraining from swearing, arguing or fighting
remaining patient
refraining from interrupting
speaking clearly
using language that is not patronising but at a
suitable level
using body language and voice in an assertive
but not aggressive manner
using non-discriminatory language
using effective listening and speaking skills
verifying what has been said or done and why
it has been said or done
WHS requirements
air lines and fittings

reduction blocks
communication equipment

safe work procedures related to vehicle
recovery and equipment operation
to operating a recovery vehicle
National Competition Rules (NCR) and event
motorsport organisation manuals, codes of
communication

Page 3310 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

waste management
noise
clean-up management

include:
Approved
relevant state/territory roads and traffic

authority driving regulations and
licence/permit requirements pertaining to the
recovery vehicle operations
WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

not limited to:

procedures

safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
and carrying

and procedures
Page 3311 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

procedures
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Officiating
Page 3312 of 7618

AURMDA3005 Act as a marshal in a motorsport event

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURMO3006A Act as a marshal in a motorsport event

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to perform the duties of a marshal as assigned in a
motorsport event.
It requires the ability to observe event conditions and
activities in own area of responsibility and correctly apply
rules and regulations, as required, to ensure safety and
compliance.
authority.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the duties

of a marshal in a motorsport event.
A marshal may perform general duties or be assigned to a
specific role, such as paddock marshal, assembly marshal,
grid marshal, pit marshal, communications marshal,
course marshal or sector marshal.
The role of a flag marshal is covered by AURMDA3006
Communicate using flags and signals in a motorsport
event.
Approved
Page 3313 of 7618

Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3314 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Make pre-event
preparations
1.1. Read and interpret event documentation, including

1.2. Ensure all personal documentation is up to date
1.3. Identify and prepare personal clothing and
equipment requirements and check for safe and
operational condition
1.5. Attend pre-race briefing session and confirm own
2. Prepare post
2.1. Confirm location of allocated post and identity other

team members
2.2. Set up post and any equipment, if required
2.3. Assess location for risks and plan an emergency
escape route
2.4. Check that communication system is operational
3. Carry out
marshalling duties
3.1. Maintain communication with chief marshal and

other official personnel and report, as required
3.2. Remain vigilant and alert at assigned post to monitor
event conditions and respond to flags, signals or
announcements
regulations, Officials Code of Conduct, and safety
and emergency procedures
3.4. Respond to emergency situations in accordance with
event procedures and within limits of own authority
3.5. Manage the reactions of participants to decisions and
deal with conflict situations in accordance with the
3.6. Record any incidents or observations to include in
final report
4. Finalise duties
4.1. Check, maintain and return all communication and

other equipment
4.2. Clean and secure marshalling post
4.3. Prepare a written report for the chief marshal
4.4. Attend post-meeting debriefing session
Approved
Page 3315 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use communication and other equipment
required to carry out marshalling duties in a motorsport environment
communication skills to the level required to receive and convey information and
instructions with other motorsport personnel, deal with conflict, and to relate to
people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and of varying
related to rules and regulations, marshalling duties, workplace health and safety
(WHS) requirements and team procedures, related to safety and emergency
response
numeracy skills to the level required to count and measure
problem-solving skills to the level required to apply rules and regulations, and
recognise and respond appropriately to actual and potential problems and
emergencies
Required knowledge

communication lines
rules and regulations applicable to the motorsport event
responsibilities and tasks of a marshal, and relationship with other officials
communication techniques, including radio etiquette and hand signalling
motorsport flag and light signal types and their meaning
risks associated with motorsport officiating
codes of practice, including WHS and environmental legislation and regulations,
relevant to motorsport officiating
Approved
Page 3316 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

unit
assess risks and plan an emergency escape route
communicate effectively with others using

communication equipment and hand signals
respond to flags, signals and announcements in

accordance with instructions and rules and regulations
carry out the duties of a marshal safely and efficiently in

at least two (2) motorsport events
prepare written reports.

Approved

constraints.
disability.

all equipment, including communication and personal

safety equipment.
Page 3317 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment

application.
process.
holistic work role.

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsport
Marshalling roles
Marshalling roles within motorsport can include:
Approved

races and competitions
off-road events
events
paddock marshals responsible for controlling

entry into and activities within the restricted
Page 3318 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

standards

technical regulations
codes
international sporting code
(FIA)

may include:
Approved
paddock area
assembly marshals responsible for controlling
the entry and order of vehicles in the
marshalling area prior to entering the starting
grid
grid marshals responsible for placing vehicles
in correct order on the grid, checking for
problems at the start and assisting stalled
vehicles
pit marshals responsible for monitoring the pit
area for safety hazards and breaches of the
rules during pit stops
trackside, course and sector marshals
responsible for monitoring track conditions,
other officials and spectators within their
designated areas
recovery and rescue marshals responsible for
maintaining equipment and being prepared to
respond to emergency situations

personal conduct
others
interest
Page 3319 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

Approved

external persons

WHS requirements

Information and documents may include:
team
Page 3320 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

procedures
safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
and carrying
waste management
noise
dust
clean-up management

include:

and procedures
codes of practice
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3321 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Officiating
Page 3322 of 7618

AURMDA3006 Communicate using flags and signals in a motorsport event
AURMDA3006 Communicate using flags and signals in a

motorsport event
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURMO3003A Communicate using flags and signals

Approved
Page 3323 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to communicate with competitors, officials and
other motorsport personnel, using flags and other signalling
methods.
It requires the ability to observe race and track conditions
and correctly apply signalling conventions to communicate
warnings, alerts and other information.
authority.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the duties

of a flag marshal or equivalent in a motorsport event,
While all officials are required to understand the meaning
of flags and signals, it is the responsibility of the flag
marshal to know when and how to use flags in accordance
with motorsport event rules and regulations.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3324 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3325 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Make pre-event
preparations
1.1. Read and interpret event documentation, including

1.2. Identify and prepare personal requirements and
equipment and check for safe and operational
condition
1.4. Attend pre-race briefing session and confirm own
2. Prepare post
2.1. Confirm location of allocated post and identity of

other team members
2.2. If flags are to be used, ensure flag set is complete
and lay out flags ready for use
2.3. If signal lights are to be used, check for correct
operation
2.4. Check and prepare signal boards and related
equipment
2.5. Assess location for risks and plan an emergency
escape route
2.6. Check that communication system is operational
3. Use flags and signals

during the event
3.1. Maintain communication with chief marshal and

other official personnel and report, as required
3.2. Remain vigilant throughout the event to identify
need for flags or signals
3.3. Use flags or signals, when necessary, in accordance
with relevant motorsport rules and regulations
regulations, Officials Code of Practice, and safety
and emergency procedures.
4. Finalise duties
4.1. Check, maintain and return all flags and

communication equipment
4.2. Clean and secure marshalling post
4.3. Prepare a written report for the chief marshal
4.4. Attend post-meeting debriefing session
Approved
Page 3326 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to apply flag and signalling rules and
techniques and use communication systems in a motorsport environment
communication skills to the level required to receive and convey information and
instructions with other motorsport personnel, and to relate to people from a range
of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and of varying physical and mental
abilities
related to controlling body rules, category rules and supplementary regulations,
workplace health and safety (WHS) requirements and team procedures, related to
safety
numeracy skills to the level required to count and measure
problem-solving skills to the level required to recognise and respond appropriately
to actual and potential problems and emergencies
Required knowledge

communication lines
all rules and regulations pertaining to the motorsport event
responsibilities and tasks of a flag marshal, and relationship with other officials
communication techniques, including radio etiquette and hand signalling
motorsport flag and light signal types and their meaning
flag rules and flagging techniques
risks associated with motorsport officiating
codes of practice, including WHS and environmental legislation and regulations,
relevant to motorsport activities
response, reporting and recording procedures and work organisation and planning
Approved
Page 3327 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

unit
assess risks and plan an emergency escape route
communicate effectively with others using

communication equipment and hand signals
use flags or signalling techniques appropriate to the

circumstances and in accordance with rules and
regulations
prepare written reports.

Approved

constraints.
disability.

all equipment, including flags, communication and

personal safety equipment.
Page 3328 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment

application.
process.
holistic work role.

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsport
Flags
Flag rules and techniques include:
Approved

off-road events
events
regulation sizes and colours

single or double flags
waved or stationary
Page 3329 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Other signals
Other signal methods may include:

Approved

personal conduct
others
interest
team

(FIA)
codes

may include:
lights
hand signals
signal boards

standards
duration of flagging
facing direction and positioning of flag
marshal
Page 3330 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

WHS requirements

safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
and carrying
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

external persons
waste management
noise
dust
Page 3331 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

procedures
clean-up management

include:

and procedures
codes of practice
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Officiating
Page 3332 of 7618

AURMDA3007 Act as a steward in a motorsport event

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURMO3005A Act as a steward in a motorsport event

Approved
Page 3333 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to act as a steward in a motorsport event.
It requires strong verbal and written communication skills,
extensive knowledge of the conduct of the applicable
motorsport category, its rules and regulations and judiciary
processes.
authority.

This unit applies to individuals who perform the duties of

a steward in a motorsport event, including practice
sessions.
The steward is usually appointed by the motorsport
controlling body and has the authority to act on their
behalf to ensure the event is conducted in compliance with
all applicable rules and regulations. This includes ensuring
all aspects of the event organisation meet requirements
before the event can proceed. During the event, the
steward must ensure it is conducted in accordance with
the rules and regulations and has the power to stop the
event or suspend participants, if necessary. The steward
can also adjudicate on protests, disputes or breaches of the
rules.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3334 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3335 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Authorise the
commencement of the
event
1.1. Evaluate all event documentation for clarity and

compliance with controlling body requirements
1.2. Ensure all essential official positions are filled by
suitably qualified or experienced people
1.3. Ensure facilities, equipment, personnel and safety
arrangements meet controlling body requirements
1.4. Order the commencement of the event
2. Monitor the conduct

of the event
2.1. Ensure the meeting is run in accordance with the

published program and all applicable rules and
regulations
2.2. Maintain communication with the Clerk of Course
throughout the conduct of the event
2.3. In consultation with the Clerk of the Course,
authorise any modifications to the program or event
conditions deemed necessary to meet safety
requirements or in exceptional circumstances
2.4. Settle any issue that might arise, and impose
penalties, subject to the right of appeal
2.5. Exclude from the event any vehicle deemed to be
unsafe or non-compliant and any participant deemed
to be unfit
2.6. Order the administration of any vehicle, fuel or
other compliance test
2.7. Amend the results in accordance with rules and
regulations
3. Adjudicate on
protests or disputes
3.1. Notify persons involved to attend the hearing

3.2. Clarify the nature of the protest or dispute
3.3. Identify the applicable rules and regulations
3.4. Hear and evaluate the evidence
3.5. Make decision and impose penalty, if required
3.6. Implement procedures for an appeal, if necessary
3.7. Maintain accurate records of the proceedings and
the outcomes
4. Complete final report
4.1. At the conclusion of the meeting, collect all

personal notes, event documentation and results on
which the report will be based
4.2. Write a report detailing the conduct of the meeting,
the results of each competition, and details of any
protests, decisions, penalties and appeals
Approved
Page 3336 of 7618

ELEMENT
4.3. Secure any evidence for appeals or future reference
4.4. Submit the report to the controlling body within the
designated time after the event

Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use communications, information and

business technology to access and produce event information and results and
maintain contact with event personnel
communication skills to the level required to gather, interpret and relay information
with other stewards, officials and event personnel, to conduct hearings and manage
conflict, and to relate to people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic
backgrounds and of varying physical and mental abilities
literacy skills to the level required to read, interpret and apply information related
to event operations, rules and regulations, and to complete detailed written reports
problem-solving skills to the level required to modify event proceedings to ensure
safety, adjudicate protests and disputes, apply relevant rules and regulations and
assign penalties
team skills to the level required to lead and work effectively with others
Required knowledge

communication lines
extensive knowledge of rules and regulations pertaining to the motorsport event
professional and ethical responsibilities of stewards
potential risks associated with motorsport
application of risk management principles
protest, inquiry and appeal processes and procedures
principles of administrative law and natural justice when applied to motorsport
investigations, protests, inquiries and appeals
conflict management techniques
reporting requirements and procedures
Approved
Page 3337 of 7618

procedures for operation and maintenance of required equipment and technology

regulations, relevant to motorsport events
processes, related to motorsport events
Approved
Page 3338 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
demonstrate extensive knowledge of rules and regulations

unit
applicable to the motorsport category
undertake pre-event inspections and authorisation in a

systematic manner
apply rules and regulations correctly to facilitate safe and

effective conduct of a motorsport event
communicate effectively with other personnel involved in

the event
participate effectively in protests and hearings, make

decisions and impose penalties
complete a written final report to the controlling body.

Approved

constraints.
disability.

all equipment, including communications and personal

safety equipment.
Page 3339 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment

application.
process.
holistic work role.

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsport
Approved

off-road events
events
Page 3340 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

standards

may include:
Pre-event inspection
Approved

personal conduct
others
interest
team
Items to be checked before authorising an event to

proceed may include:

technical regulations
codes
international sporting code
(FIA)
applicable rules and regulations, including

event program
instructions for participants
appointment of essential officials
number of officials and volunteers
adequacy and condition of facilities and
equipment
safety arrangements, including emergency
response
communication systems
eligibility of vehicles and participants
suitability of signs and advertisements
Page 3341 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

WHS requirements

safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
and carrying
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care


external persons
waste management
noise
dust
Page 3342 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

procedures

clean-up management

include:

and procedures
codes of practice
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Officiating
Page 3343 of 7618

AURMGA2001 Set up and dismantle temporary work location and equipment
AURMGA2001 Set up and dismantle temporary work location

and equipment
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURM240172B Set up and dismantle temporary work

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to set up temporary work location and equipment
according to team requirements.
It requires the ability to set up and dismantle temporary
shelter and equipment storage, layout equipment, erect
team promotional signage and set up functional workspace.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake site

preparation and assembly and disassembly of temporary
work locations in a motorsports environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3344 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3345 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare site
1.1. Interpret site information and requirements and

confirm with site supervisor/circuit manager
1.2. Consider security and confidentiality issues and
select risk management measures
1.3. Identify potential hazards and select risk
management measures
1.4. Consider path of movement (obstacles, hazards and
safety conditions) in positioning of equipment and
tooling and take measures to eliminate hazards
requirements, including equipment and system
isolation requirements, and observe personal
protection needs throughout the work
2. Assemble temporary
work location
2.1. Unload equipment and tooling from transporters in

2.2. Assemble, erect and secure temporary work shelter
and associated fittings in accordance with shelter
manufacturer/component supplier procedure, team
requirements and event supplementary regulations
3. Position equipment
and tooling
3.1. Assemble equipment according to

3.2. Position equipment according to team requirements,
WHS requirements, controlling body rules, category
rules and supplementary regulations
3.3. Identify, fit and install required protective equipment
and team guidelines
3.4. Monitor effectiveness of area layout during use and
make recommendations for changes to appropriate
persons
3.5. Identify problems with the work area and report to
appropriate persons
4. Dismantle temporary
work location
4.1. Clean, dismantle and pack temporary work shelter in

preparation for transportation in accordance with
team procedures
4.2. Account for tooling and equipment and maintain and
pack in preparation for transportation in accordance
with team procedures
4.3. Load shelter, equipment and tooling on transporters
in accordance with team procedures
Approved
Page 3346 of 7618

ELEMENT
4.4. Clean and inspect work area for serviceable
condition in accordance with local requirements
Approved
Page 3347 of 7618


Required skills
and measuring devices and equipment connections
to enable checking of temporary work location and stowage of tooling of
equipment in transporters, and to report work outcomes and problems
related to set-up and dismantling of temporary work location structure and layout,
set-up of equipment, event, and category rules and supplementary regulations
correctly complete measurements relating to team operating area layout and
equipment positioning
techniques to ensure safety of temporary work location structure and equipment
positioning
team skills to the level required to work with others and in a team by using
cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity
planning skills to the level required to plan and organise activities to set up and
dismantle site under limited supervision
Required knowledge
event category rules, supplementary regulations, site and team requirements

principles and functionality requirements of the layout of temporary work location
workflow of pit lane/service area operations
tooling and equipment required for specific events
temporary shelter assembly and erection methods and techniques
positioning of equipment for ease of access, security, logical workflow and
ergonomic use
set-up of equipment for safe and effective operation (e.g. correct boom height,
securing of gas bottles, and secure service area moorings/pontoon)
loading and unloading equipment and shelter erection
Approved
Page 3348 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
unit


Approved


quality standards
correctly set up and dismantle a temporary work location
on a minimum of three (3) occasions, in at least two (2)
different locations, and complete the following:
identify/confirm temporary location layout
establish the area layout
confirm effectiveness of area layout

constraints.
disability.
Page 3349 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
an area to set-up a temporary work location

standard operating procedures

application.
process.
holistic work role.

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Ancillary set-up
Ancillary set-up may include:
Approved
erection of temporary wheel alignment and
Page 3350 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Temporary work locations
Temporary work locations may include
Setting up a temporary work

location
installation of floor matting

set-up of tables and benches
positioning of tooling and equipment, including
category specific resources, such as:
nitrogen bottles
tyre warmers
power leads
jacking systems
installation of computing and data acquisition
equipment
installation of firefighting and environmental
protection equipment, including:
drip/spill trays
oil absorbent material
cleaning agents
disposal containers
erection of promotional signage and security
barriers

Approved
specified pit areas (e.g. pit lane and pit bay)

service areas for rally and boating events
Setting up a temporary work location may include:
WHS requirements
weighing equipment
installation of pit wall resources:
data acquisition beacon
pit board
stop watches
links
cabling

safety equipment
first aid equipment
Page 3351 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

lifting devices
basic construction tooling:
hammers
pliers
zip ties
tape
step-ladder
spanners
screwdrivers
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
health regulations
Material
substances
carrying
specifications
light gauge tubing

synthetic panelling
wire
Page 3352 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
rope and cord

setting up a temporary work location


accidents or injury
checklists
test equipment and materials
building codes
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3353 of 7618

Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3354 of 7618

AURMGA4002 Manage personal presentation and development

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURM441538B Manage personal presentation and

development
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

knowledge required to manage personal presentation,
learning and career options, develop personal conflict
management skills and health and fitness plan.
It requires the ability to take responsibility for own
personal presentation, identify personal strengths and
support career path with appropriate learning, manage
physical health and fitness and communicate effectively
within a team.

This unit applies to individuals who manage their own

presentation and learning and career options, develop
personal conflict management skills and a health and
fitness plan in a motorsport environment.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3355 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3356 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Establish personal
presentation
standards
1.1. Clarify team, role and personal presentation

expectations
1.2. Maintain personal presentation standards of team
1.3. Develop and implement strategies to achieve
personal presentation standards
career paths in
motorsport
2.1. Identify, develop and implement personal strengths

and opportunities for improvement
2.2. Identify personal attitudes needed to succeed in
motorsport
2.3. Review and link personal goals and team goals
2.4. Consider career options within the team and outside
the team
2.5. Identify potential career paths to achieve personal
goals
2.6. Document achievements and experience in the form
of a comprehensive rsum
3. Manage personal
learning
3.1. Research different learning styles and identify own

learning style preference
3.2. Develop strategies to maximise the effectiveness of
personal learning
3.3. Research and apply the effects of preferred learning
styles in the team environment
3.4. Review and modify strategies, as necessary
4. Develop personal
health and fitness
plan
4.1. Manage personal nutritional requirements for

functioning in a motorsport environment
4.2. Manage stress and fatigue using appropriate
strategies
4.3. Manage personal physical fitness requirements in
relation to team role requirements
4.4. Develop strategies to manage the impact of legal and
illegal drugs on personal competence and
performance within a motorsport environment
4.5. Review and modify own health and fitness plan
5. Establish personal
conflict resolution
strategies
5.1. Identify potential causes of conflict in relation to

preferred learning style within the team environment
5.2. Implement personal strategies for dealing with
conflict
5.3. Research communication techniques
5.4. Implement strategies for improving communication
Approved
Page 3357 of 7618

ELEMENT
with team members

Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use workplace technology to assist research
and store information
to enable development of conflict management strategies and effective ways for
working with other team members, and to report work outcomes and issues
related to team roles and relationships, learning styles, health and nutrition,
communication and conflict resolution
estimate the financial and time wastage impact of inefficient working strategies
problem-solving skills to the level required to use scenario planning techniques to
assist in determining career choices and knowledge of group dynamics to anticipate
potential conflict situations and plan management strategies
dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise information flow and
communication
research into learning styles, career options, conflict management strategies, and
nutrition and physical fitness requirements
Required knowledge
team roles, responsibilities and relationships

motorsport sectors and categories
goal setting methods, such as specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, timely
(SMART)
personal presentation standards, including hair, clothes, personal hygiene, posture,
body language and speech
rsum and curriculum vitae development
Approved
Page 3358 of 7618

learning styles and the impact of appropriate persons with different learning styles
working together in normal and pressure environments
positive and negative effects of personal attitudes in a motorsport environment
group dynamics in high-pressure environments
conflict management strategies and techniques
human nutritional requirements, food groups and their effect on the human body,
including specific nutritional requirements for functioning in a motorsport
environment
the impact of legal and illegal drugs on the human body and their implications in
motorsport
principles of physical fitness and fitness requirement for functioning effectively in
a motorsport environment
Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
unit

interpret and apply team standards and expectations

demonstrate personal presentation and conduct to team
expectations for a minimum duration of one (1) day on at
least three (3) occasions in motorsport environments,
including:
workshop
competition event
promotional activity
(each environment must be covered at least once)
Approved
develop a personal rsum, including detailed statements

of:
qualifications and training
experience in the motorsport industry
Page 3359 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

Approved
relevant experience beyond the motorsport industry
testimony from employers, colleagues or training

bodies
develop a personal health and fitness plan, including
detailed statements of:
a minimum of three (3) strategies for managing

nutrition needs. Each strategy must demonstrate a
knowledge of recommended nutritional intake
a minimum of three (3) strategies for increasing

personal fitness. Strategies must address at least one
(1) of flexibility, cardiovascular fitness, muscular
strength and endurance
a minimum of three (3) stress management strategies

demonstrate a minimum of three (3) conflict resolution
strategies, in situations covering:
tight timeframes or extended working hours
differing expectations
different working styles
appropriate persons external to the team

constraints.
disability.
access to job/role descriptions
documentation of team procedures and processes.

Page 3360 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment

application.
process.
the holistic work role.

sensitive and appropriate to the language and literacy
capacity of the candidate and the work being performed.
Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Career planning
Career planning may include:
Managing personal learning
Managing personal learning may include:
Approved
researching personal expectations and potential

career paths within and beyond the motorsport
team, including national and international
opportunities
researching different learning styles

determining personal preferences
devising strategies to increase the effectiveness
of personal learning
Page 3361 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Health in a motorsport
environment
Health in a motorsport environment may include

understanding:
WHS requirements


safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
carrying
specifications
Approved
the principles of fitness

nutrition
the impact of legal and illegal drugs on body
functioning
performance and stress management

team policies and procedures relating to
representing the team in public
communication
Page 3362 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3363 of 7618

AURMKA4001 Manage motorsport data

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURM441438B Manage motorsport data acquisition

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to configure a data acquisition system and to
analyse and present motorsport data.
It requires the ability to analyse data requirements,
configure an electronic system and retrieve, analyse and
present data in various forms, including charts, graphs,
tables, comparisons and reports.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake the

identification of data acquisition needs of a motorsport
team and configure a system so as to retrieve, analyse and
present the data. Data may be related to weather, circuit,
driver/rider characteristics, systems capability and vehicle
design specifications.
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3364 of 7618

Pre-Requisites
Prerequisite units
AURETR2012
AURMTA3009
MEM30012A
Apply mathematical techniques in a manufacturing, engineering or

related environment


unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3365 of 7618


ELEMENT

data acquisition
requirements
1.1. Use controlling body rules, category rules,

supplementary regulations and team requirements to
specify task requirements, including configuration,
equipment, quality and quantities
1.2. Access and interpret benchmark specifications for a
correctly functioning electronic data acquisition
system
personal protection needs, throughout the work
2. Configure electronic
data acquisition
systems
2.1. Select and prepare tools and material to support the

data acquisition process
2.2. Calculate and enter component rates/ratios and
parameters for input sensors within system math
channels
2.3. Enter sample rates most suited to particular data
logging channel
2.4. Conduct system check in accordance with
regulatory, manufacturer/component supplier and
team requirements
3. Retrieve data
3.1. Use team instructions and procedures to identify data

retrieval requirements for specific purposes
3.2. Follow data retrieval process in accordance with
specifications and directions
3.3. Verify data retrieved, where appropriate, by using
reliable alternate or optional processes
3.4. Identify variables and potential for inaccurate results
4. Analyse data
4.1. Compare all sources of collected data

4.2. Analyse data using mathematical processes
4.3. Analyse trends and patterns in data including
non-conforming results outside of the predicted
outcomes
4.4. Investigate possible reasons for trends and patterns
4.5. Identify potential performance enhancement
solutions
4.6. Report problems with the required data and/or the
operation of the equipment to appropriate persons
5. Present data
5.1. Identify end users of statistical data and their
Approved
Page 3366 of 7618

ELEMENT
preferred format
5.2. Represent data to meet the needs of the end user
5.3. Document appropriate recommendations
5.4. Present recommendations with supporting data

and maintain
equipment
Approved
6.1. Clean, maintain and prepare equipment ready for

future use and store in accordance with
team requirements
6.2. Remove waste material according to team
procedures
6.3. Diagnose faults in acquisition systems and
components
6.4. Document unserviceable equipment and faults and
take appropriate action in accordance with team
procedures
Page 3367 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use workplace technology related to

configuring data acquisition systems, retrieving and presenting collected data
to enable clarification of work requirements, coordination of work with team
members, and reporting of work outcomes and issues
related to configuring data acquisition systems, retrieving and presenting collected
data, and the analysis of data system requirements for end users
correctly complete measurements and calculations required during the
configuration of data acquisition systems and presentation of data
problem-solving skills to the level required to use problem-solving techniques to
anticipate changing information requirements and influences
team skills to the level required to work with others to foster the team, recognise
dependencies, and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and
productivity
planning skills to the level required to plan and organise activities, including the
coordination of data acquisition equipment, systems and materials to avoid
backtracking, workflow interruptions or wastage
Required knowledge
data acquisition channel requirements, including types, characteristics, uses and

limitations of signal devices/sensors
methods for determining/calculating component rates and ratios
configuration, inspection and system checks of data acquisition systems
operation of data acquisition systems and the inputting of variables
data retrieval processes and techniques
data analysis principles, techniques and methodology, including associated
mathematical formulae
types of statistical representations of motorsport data, users of the data and their
preferred format of data display
types of motorsport data sources include vehicle, weather, circuit and driver/rider
mathematical processes to arrange data
data comparison methods
Approved
Page 3368 of 7618

data presentation methods

data acquisition system fault diagnosis
data security and confidentiality procedures
procedures for reporting equipment faults and data defects
managing data acquisition
Approved
Page 3369 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE

unit
apply safety requirements, including the isolation of

equipment and the use of personal protective equipment


quality standards
correctly configure data acquisition, acquire, analyse and

present motorsport data on a minimum of two (2)
occasions. At least one (1) of these must be an appropriate
event, and cover each of the following:
vehicle data
weather data
circuit data
retrieve data within relevant team quality and timeliness

standards

Approved

constraints.
Page 3370 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

assessment
Approved

disability.
team requirements
access to data acquisition system and associated

material and equipment
information on work specifications
organisational procedures
safety procedures, regulations and quality standards.

application.
process.
holistic work role.

Page 3371 of 7618

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Tools and equipment
WHS requirements


safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
carrying
specifications

Approved
data acquisition tools

multimeters
computers
hand-held calculators
mathematical tables
graphing and charting equipment

Page 3372 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Sources of collected data
Approved
WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care
health regulations

managing motorsport data acquisition


accidents or injury
checklists
Australian Design Rules (where applicable)
vehicle
weather
circuit
driver/rider
Page 3373 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Page 3374 of 7618

AURMLA2001 Comply with motorsport rules and regulations when officiat ing
AURMLA2001 Comply with motorsport rules and regulations

when officiating
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURMO2003A Comply with motorsport rules and

Approved
Page 3375 of 7618

AURMLA2001 Comply with motorsport rules and regulations when officiating
Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

knowledge required to apply relevant rules and regulations
when acting as an official or volunteer in a motorsport
event. It requires an understanding of the effects of
non-compliance on the image of motorsport and on
participants. It also includes the application of some basic
strategies to prevent and/or deal with minor disputes
regarding decisions made by the official.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake officiating,

support or voluntary roles in motorsport events, including
practice sessions.
The unit supports volunteers and officials to understand
and comply with the rules of motorsport and related
protocols.
Work is performed under routine supervision and
competency requires some judgement and decision
making.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3376 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3377 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Assess event
conditions
1.1. Familiarise self with rules and regulations

governing the event or competition
1.2. Assess the participant status and criteria for the
event or competition
1.3. Ensure the environment, facilities and equipment
within own area of responsibility are in accordance
with requirements for the event or competition
1.4. Assess and confirm that the safety and other risk
management issues are within acceptable levels
prior to the commencement of the event or
competition, within own area of responsibility
1.5. Report any concerns promptly to senior official
2. Observe the conduct

of an event
2.1. Maintain vigilant and alert observation of the event

or competition at all times
2.2. Undertake observation in accordance with relevant
rules, regulations and guidelines for the event or
competition
2.3. Respond to identified problems without delay and
take appropriate safety and risk management actions
3. Interpret and apply

3.1. Follow the rules and regulations of motorsport in

the performance of duties
3.2. Practice ethical behaviour in the application of rules
and regulations
3.3. Discuss the consequences of perceived corruption or
conflict of interest on the image of motorsport
3.4. Determine the rule or regulation which is
appropriate for the given situation
3.5. Interpret the rule or regulation for the given
situation to ensure consistency with competition
outcomes
3.6. Make decisions based on fairness
3.7. Comply with directions and requests from stewards
and senior officials
4. Communicate
decisions
4.1. Communicate decisions in accordance with the

rules, regulations and guidelines, and the level of
competition
4.2. Manage the reactions of participants to decisions in
accordance with the rules, regulations and guidelines
4.3. Report incidents or non-compliant activities to
senior official and/or stewards
Approved
Page 3378 of 7618


Required skills

technology to access and apply information on rules and regulations
communication skills to the level required to communicate and discuss rules and
regulations, deal with minor disputes, and to relate to people from a range of social,
literacy skills to the level required to read and interpret rules and regulations and to
accurately record and report details of incidents and non-compliance
problem-solving skills to the level required to determine the rule or regulation
which applies to a given situation and make appropriate decisions
manner
Required knowledge
relevant motorsport codes, guidelines and rules and regulations

appeals and inquiries processes and procedures
communication procedures, including reporting lines, within the motorsport
environment
basic conflict management techniques
procedures for reporting incidents and documentation which needs to be completed
officiating or volunteering in a motorsport event
Approved
Page 3379 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
demonstrate sufficient knowledge of relevant rules,

unit
regulations and guidelines and ability to apply them to
facilitate the outcome of an activity
assess that conditions are in compliance with event rules

and regulations
observe the conduct of an activity and identify

information on which to base decisions
practice fairness and ethical behaviour in the application

of rules and regulations
communicate decisions and manage outcomes in

accordance with relevant rules, regulations and guidelines.
Approved

constraints.
disability.
access to relevant rules and regulations, codes and

guidelines

and resources.
Page 3380 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
application.
process.
holistic work role.

assessment

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsports
Approved

off-road events
events
Rules and regulations impacting on officials may

include:
Page 3381 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Fairness
Fairness relates to:
consistent interpretation and application of

elimination of biases towards one team or
competitor
one team or competitor not gaining an unfair
advantage over another

Approved
current edition of the relevant National

Competition Rules (NCR)
supplementary regulations for the event or
competition
(FIA) and Federation Internationale
Motocycliste (FIM) policies and procedures
organisations' rules, policies and procedures
regarding competent and ethical officiating,
dress requirements and protocols, health and
safety, and other values underpinning the
activity
professional association regulations and
codes of conduct
Australian Sports Commission Officials Code
of Conduct policy
relevant national, state/territory or local
government regulations and guidelines

remaining patient
speaking clearly
suitable level
Page 3382 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Risk
Risk relates to
Risk control
Procedures for controlling risks may include:
Approved
application of the hierarchy of control

basic risk assessment
complying with safe operating procedures for
equipment
correct selection, use, storage and
maintenance procedures for personal
evacuation
maintaining vigilance, awareness and
observation in the work environment
reporting of identified risks or hazards
requests for backup support or instructions
use of fire safety equipment
WHS requirements
the likelihood of a hazard causing injury or

harm

FIA and FIM policies and procedures
communication

Page 3383 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

waste management
noise
clean-up management

include:
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

not limited to:

procedures

safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
and carrying

and procedures
procedures
Page 3384 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Regulatory or Legal
Page 3385 of 7618

AURMLA3002 Monitor compliance with motorsport rules and regulations
AURMLA3002 Monitor compliance with motorsport rules and

regulations
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURMO3002A Monitor compliance with motorsport

Approved
Page 3386 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

knowledge required to ensure relevant rules and
regulations are applied accurately and consistently by
officials and volunteers in a motorsport event. It also
includes the application of conflict resolution strategies to
prevent and/or deal with minor disputes regarding
decisions made by an official.

This unit applies to individuals who undertake a

supervisory role to promote and monitor the accurate
interpretation and application of rules and regulations by
officials, support staff or volunteers in motorsport events,
Correct and consistent application of rules and regulations
is integral to the integrity and image of motorsport and to
provide fair and equitable outcomes for participants.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3387 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3388 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Provide information
on rules and
regulations
1.1. Accurately and clearly explain to personnel relevant

rules and regulations, including organisation-specific
1.2. Make all current and updated rules and regulations
readily accessible to staff in a timely and regular
manner according to organisational procedures
1.3. Regularly provide information and clearly explain to
the work group information about the application
and interpretation of rules and regulations
1.4. Provide opportunities for staff members to
contribute their views on the application and
interpretation of rules and regulations, including
possible ramification of poor decisions and conflicts
of interest
2. Monitor application
of rules and
regulations
2.1. Monitor ongoing compliance with rules and

regulations and ethical behaviour in the application
2.2. Take prompt and appropriate action to address
non-compliance or misinterpretations of rules and
regulations
2.3. Monitor the effectiveness of rules and regulations in
maintaining the integrity of the event and ensuring
fair outcomes for participants
2.4. Provide timely feedback on non-compliance to
designated person according to organisation
procedures
3. Adjudicate on
decisions
3.1. Adjudicate on decisions, where required, in

accordance with the rules and regulations
accordance with the rules and regulations
3.3. Use effective communication skills to manage and
resolve conflict situations
3.4. Report incidents or non-compliant activities to
senior official and/or stewards
4. Identify training
needs
4.1. Provide advice on training needs of individuals and

workgroup based on monitoring of team
performance
4.2. Provide coaching and mentoring assistance to team
members and/or facilitate arrangements for fulfilling
training needs in consultation with appropriate
management and according to organisation policies
Approved
Page 3389 of 7618

ELEMENT
and procedures

Required skills

technology to access and disseminate information on rules and regulations
regulations, promote compliance, deal with conflict and disputes, and to relate to
people from a range of social, cultural and ethnic backgrounds and of varying
literacy skills to the level required to read and interpret rules and regulations, and
to accurately record and report details of incidents and non-compliance
which applies to a given situation, to assess situations and make appropriate
decisions
team skills to the level required to coordinate team adherence to, and correct and
consistent application of, rules and regulations
Required knowledge
applicable motorsport codes, guidelines, and rules and regulations

environment
types and causes of conflict that typically occurs and resolution techniques
organisation policies and procedures on conflicts and complaints, including any
reporting requirements
procedures for reporting incidents and documentation which needs to be completed
appeals and inquiries processes and procedures
Approved
Page 3390 of 7618


Approved
Page 3391 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
demonstrate broad knowledge of relevant rules,

unit
regulations and guidelines, and the ability to apply them to
facilitate the outcome of an activity
provide clear and accurate explanations of rules and

regulations to other personnel
monitor the application of rules and regulations and

identify non-compliance

adjudicate decisions and manage conflict in accordance

with relevant rules, regulations and guidelines
complete accurate reports on incidents and disputes.

Approved

constraints.
disability.

guidelines

and resources.
Page 3392 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE
application.
process.
holistic work role.

assessment

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsports
Approved

off-road events
events
Rules and regulations impacting on officials may
Page 3393 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
include:
Implications
Implications of non-compliance with rules and

regulations may include:
Fairness
consistent interpretation and application of

elimination of biases towards one team or
competitor
one team or competitor not gaining an unfair
advantage over another
Conflict resolution techniques include:
Approved
health and safety

duty of care
employment
privacy
natural justice
tribunals/judiciaries/hearings
contracts
sponsorship
Fairness relates to:
Conflict resolution techniques

competition
activity
professional association regulations and codes
of conduct
of Conduct policy
problem solving
negotiation
use of appropriate communication skills
Page 3394 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT

WHS requirements


Approved

remaining patient
speaking clearly
suitable level

safety equipment
first aid equipment
Page 3395 of 7618

AURMLA3002 Monitor compliance with motorsport rules and regula tions
RANGE STATEMENT

waste management
noise
clean-up management

include:
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

not limited to:

procedures

substances
and carrying

and procedures
procedures
Page 3396 of 7618

Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Regulatory or Legal
Page 3397 of 7618

AURMLA3003 Inspect motorsport vehicles and equipment for compliance
AURMLA3003 Inspect motorsport vehicles and equipment for

compliance
Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURMO3004A Inspect motorsport vehicles and

Approved
Page 3398 of 7618

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to inspect competition vehicles and safety
equipment for compliance with applicable motorsport rules
and regulations. It also includes inspecting the drivers'
documents, clothing and equipment.

This unit applies to individuals who act as scrutineers in

motorsport events, examining vehicles to ensure they meet
eligibility and safety criteria for the particular event
category, including practice sessions.
This can include testing of engines and mechanical
components, inspection of vehicle frame and construction
and ensuring all guards and safety equipment are correctly
fitted.
The work requires sufficient mechanical knowledge and
skills to use testing and measuring equipment to check
mechanical and safety specifications and to recognise
non-compliance.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3399 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3400 of 7618


ELEMENT
1. Prepare for
scrutineering
1.1. Be conversant with rules and regulations governing

vehicle and driver eligibility and safety criteria for
the event
1.2. Ensure the scrutineering bay has all necessary tools
and equipment to perform tests and measurements
1.3. Assess and confirm that safety and other risk
management issues are within acceptable levels,
within own area of responsibility
1.4. Ensure all necessary documentation is on hand
1.5. Report any concerns promptly to Chief Scrutineer
or Clerk of Course
1.6. Attend pre-event briefing session
2. Confirm driver
eligibility
2.1. Examine each driver's documents to confirm status

and eligibility for the event
2.2. Examine each driver's clothing and equipment for
compliance with safety specifications
3. Confirm vehicle
compliance
3.1. Examine each vehicle to ensure it complies with

mechanical and safety specifications for the event
3.2. Complete an inspection report for each vehicle
3.3. Document any discrepancies in log book
3.4. Impound defective parts, components or whole
vehicles, where necessary
4. Monitor vehicle
compliance
4.1. Observe vehicles in the assembly and starting areas

to identify any mechanical or safety problems
4.2. Oversee work done on vehicle during pit stops to
ensure it is in accordance with relevant rules and
regulations
4.3. Examine vehicle damage after an incident to
ascertain roadworthiness for re-entry into the event
4.4. Prepare damage reports on vehicles and note
logbook, as required
5. Communicate
decisions and
complete reports
5.1. Advise Chief Scrutineer or Clerk of Course of any

breach of compliance
accordance with rules, regulations and Officials
Code of Conduct
5.3. Ensure inspection reports are completed accurately
and signed
5.4. Complete a scrutineer's report at the end of the
Approved
Page 3401 of 7618

ELEMENT
event

Required skills
technical skills to the level required to operate testing and measuring instruments,
tools and equipment
regulations, deal with minor disputes, and to relate to people from a range of social,
literacy skills to the level required to read and interpret rules and regulations,
mechanical specifications and safety criteria, and to accurately record and report
details of incidents and non-compliance
which applies to a given situation, assess level of damage or non-compliance and
make appropriate decisions
manner
Required knowledge
relevant motorsport codes, guidelines, and rules and regulations

mechanical knowledge to a level appropriate to the situation
safe operation of testing and measuring instruments and equipment
methods for examining vehicles and equipment for mechanical and safety
compliance
procedures for reporting non-compliance and incidents and documentation which
needs to be completed
environment
Approved
Page 3402 of 7618


Approved
Page 3403 of 7618

Evidence Guide
EVIDENCE GUIDE
demonstrate sufficient knowledge of relevant rules and

unit
regulations and the ability to apply them to determine
eligibility of vehicles and participants
act as a scrutineer in at least two (2) motorsport events
use relevant tools, instruments and equipment
conduct all activities in accordance with safety and risk


communicate decisions and manage outcomes in

accordance with relevant rules, regulations and guidelines
complete documents and reports accurately.

Approved

constraints.
disability.

guidelines
access to facilities, tools and equipment to check

vehicles

and resources.
Page 3404 of 7618

EVIDENCE GUIDE

application.
process.
holistic work role.

assessment

Range Statement
RANGE STATEMENT
Motorsports
Approved

off-road events
Page 3405 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
events
Rules and regulations may include:
Eligibility criteria
Eligibility criteria will vary according to different

motorsport categories and may include
regulations or specifications for:
Approved

competition
activity
professional association regulations and
codes of conduct
of Conduct policy
participant or competitor registration or

licence
participant or competitor safety apparel and
equipment
fitness of the person to participate in the
event
vehicle markings, including advertising
vehicle construction
engine capacity
mechanical components and systems (e.g.
brakes, exhaust, steering and driveline)
safety devices (e.g. fire protection, safety
cage, roll bars and safety harness)
windscreens and window nets
vehicle weight
noise emission
wheels and tyres
fuels, lubricants and consumables
Page 3406 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
Tools and equipment
Tools and equipment used to check vehicle

compliance may include:


remaining patient
speaking clearly
suitable level
Approved
computerised diagnostic equipment

multimeters
dynamometers
measuring equipment (e.g. micrometers,
depth gauges, vernier calipers, dial gauges
and pressure gauges)
exhaust gas analysers

Page 3407 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
WHS requirements

waste management
noise
clean-up management

include:
Approved

WHS
the environment
equal opportunity
anti-discrimination
duty of care

not limited to:

procedures

safety equipment
first aid equipment
substances
and carrying

communication

Page 3408 of 7618

RANGE STATEMENT
and procedures
procedures
Unit Sector(s)
Unit sector
Motorsport
Co-requisite units
Not applicable.
Competency field
Competency field
Approved
Regulatory or Legal
Page 3409 of 7618

AURMMA2001 Operate in a motorsport environment

Release
Comment
Release 1
Replaces AURM240080B Operate in a motorsport environment

Unit Descriptor
Unit descriptor

required to operate in a motorsport environment.
It requires the ability to determine a career path, meet
motorsport team expectations and employment
expectations, manage daily work activities and contribute
to the effective working of the team.

This unit applies to individuals who establish individual

goals, understand and meet team expectations, and
manage daily work activities in a motorsport environment.
Not applicable.
Pre-Requisites
Not applicable.
Approved
Page 3410 of 7618



unit of competency.
Approved

Page 3411 of 7618


ELEMENT
career path and
develop individual
goals
1.1. Observe workplace health and safety (WHS),

including regulatory requirements and personal
protection needs, throughout the work
1.2. Identify structure of the motorsport sector, including
the roles and functions of industry/association
bodies, identified
1.3. Assess personal skills to identify strengths and
weaknesses
1.4. Research motorsport team expectations
1.5. Set goals to achieve personal expectations
1.6. Research potential career paths in motorsport and
match with personal goals
1.7. Identify training needs and incorporate into career
planning
2. Meet motorsport
team employment
requirements
2.1. Identify team organisational structure and team

member roles and responsibilities
2.2. Comply with obligations to employers and others,
including confidentiality requirements
2.3. Identify and comply with team lines of
communication and authority
2.4. Comply with legislation, regulations, codes of
practice and team expectations, policies and
procedures
2.5. Identify and demonstrate principles and methods of
gaining and maintaining health and fitness levels to
job role
3. Manage daily work

activities
3.1. Comply with own work role and responsibilities

3.2. Use required lines of communication with
supervisors, peers and external persons
3.3. Identify, prioritise and complete individual tasks
within designated timeframes and team standards
and according to work schedule
3.4. See assistance from appropriate persons when
difficulties arise in achieving allocated tasks
3.5. Make changes to workload or work priorities where
unforeseen circumstances or developments occur
3.6. Monitor own work and adjust according to feedback
obtained from supervisors
3.7. Maintain a well organised and safe personal
workspace in accordance with team and workplace
Approved
Page 3412 of 7618

ELEMENT
standards
3.8. Identify potentially discriminating or hazardous
practices and policies and report to team persons
4. Contribute to a
productive team
environment
Approved
4.1. Share information and knowledge with team

members to ensure designated work goals are met
4.2. Identify and prioritise personal work objectives in
4.3. Receive, encourage, acknowledge and act upon
constructive feedback from other team persons
4.4. Detect variations in the quality of components or
work practices from team standards and report to
team persons in accordance with team procedures
4.5. Actively seek assistance from, or provide to, other
persons when difficulties arise
4.6. Use communication techniques to gather and
understand instructions
4.7. Identify signs of potential interpersonal conflict and
constructively act upon or refer to a supervisor
Page 3413 of 7618


Required skills
technical skills to the level required to use workplace technology related to

measurement, including tooling, equipment, calculators and measuring devices
communication skills to the level required to communicate ideas and information,
to articulate personal goals, career choices and information to team members, and
to report work outcomes and issues
literacy skills to the level r

Aur12 R2.0

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Aur12 R2.0

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service

and Repair Training Package

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AUR32312 Certificate III in Automotive and Marine Trimming Technology.................580

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURAFA5006 Prepare technical reports........................................................................867

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURETR2015 Inspect and service batteries .................................................................1711

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURJTD4005 Diagnose complex faults in motorcycle steering and suspension systems2558

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURKTX4003 Diagnose complex faults in mobile plant transmission systems .............2897

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURMMA3008 Coordinate operations of a motorsport team ......................................3432

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURRTA3003 Winterise vessel and engine systems .....................................................3953

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURTTK2002 Use and maintain workplace tools and equipment ................................4980

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURVEN3002 Monitor environmental and sustainability best practice in the automotive

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURVTN3014 Repair body panels by beating and split repair.....................................5977

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AURVTS3001 Carry out wood working operations for fabrication ..............................6474

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

BSBFIA303A Process accounts payable and receivable ................................................6891

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

MEM24001B Perform basic penetrant testing ..............................................................7314

AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair T raining Package

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair Training

AUR21913 Certificate II in Tyre Servicing Technology

AUR32112 Certificate IIII in Automotive Body Repair

Three revised skill sets:

AURSS00011 Battery Electric Vehicle Diagnosis and

Six superseded units replaced:

AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair T raining Package

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

Changes between this training package (AUR12

Air conditioning Install and

3 new skill sets:

AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair T raining Package

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

Changes between this training package (AUR12) and

AUR12 Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair T raining Package

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work

Under the following conditions:

Attribution - You must give the original author credit.

Special Conditions (Waiver)

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

Summary of AQF qualifications in Automotive Industry Retail, Service and Repair

Certificate I in Automotive Vocational Preparation

Certificate II in Automotive Administration

Certificate II in Automotive Air Conditioning Technology

Certificate II in Bicycle Mechanical Technology

Certificate II in Automotive Electrical Technology

Date this document was generated: 22 January 2015

Certificate II in Automotive Servicing Technology